a ' hy yh ie 0+ We sdeidg> tehinaag ' ont ON ray ty Mee Ler { 4 Nisa daleab duat - + a, RHR AR TT sheiieSaeteeinigeeefnnaetgneae Nsitiaieee ' seine leattaacaaner ae daha i - Aa eet yl ¥ re Soo vie ) uw i pers: ¥ babe Re Al) eRahad dyed inte aH ot D iy aiditt NA da sielt is 4 be! ihe hag eh s Heed elton ed ange deta isa Ay dl bts hr ery + Danita i i ay \ i uti thi! Silgokeastsgs et \ ‘gas * wie ah pecs Mie! " / sith Ushairhe . ; t \ Wit H ae Socal Me ah ose) Po i Meta ris M we Hag ty we nit Ist . Reésiehenthedabenensd H Sfebahuny ath | ; seh Wey ‘i . r STEEN HPO? hat Runa at iva pate ' Ben ediad gl lageke if Sey pare Ma}¥) 9} tis i ) ( PU teralene al Ws iat stalls iW { Hay VQ5204 SAAD SUP AD Lie, Aihin Hitry shed ie : dosgog eee ada Assos at shih a UDisyoht ttyl! BARNA 1) iM ht ie be Fis ise: vin + Ke ttt aby ht feist ' Baya aryittas ie diane nit es iis } sie ihi : EAL NPS edb eae ne 1 ah bese sidbad ais Ty it} i 4! \ ; inal Fatale ili 134 Hee Rates aba VS ey teint oe “4 i sot Sy Nia tan biye ead jaha alate iN i \ 1h Naa telebite ati Pua nr ; he! 1 4/)) dit} ist ele iit "aie iho { va TAT ON Dd 7) ; > Hf } Hann: Ne ie Ahad} ene us : crags hai ' %, i Hieaiece) tla Dist ' Seaiiel Tun yh bad) Para Rif : Vii ee rie 2 ede ' i ; ) , Mia i iy ; STS Hee bag) : HAAR RiP AH FOD): f tlehe} tL its yapetissdri4p: oa¥t) eisai iti hare Exthat ei iia sve Unerinate ihs ; t ' 4 1 " 4 H Taare oi N os Wye ' i 1 Aut t hig ; ihr RenaMes ett : \ ' Ths jeu agdy tide , ( Sedrti oeeaeyal jeter Sits be Le kes ' a Li t } ; i 4 . } ' ‘+ i eee eet Pas aad chi eqn ean te - } He, iailites i Vy } NE Mody og aed ae { t / 5 ph wessa y ch 1m Feit tay Sf iy 4 } Hai ty ire iosihe st ie hee: a Ved pateeeA br nh matereit site ae { to yey ere sh thas seen tit i i epee 4d Fa cae ag) sobs oae : ¢ wi fii " iva Lilet Me AV Fig | a gana rf ' Arete Nara sro it Ub wets art pa { i it) Hibs ee tf i vaiged iboats H 4 Lr { i Sata 4 nee H Fy) iy i } (2 Pet i ot i } lan 4 wis iH) \\ ; aut i an ae ipl ae ae “a } Noy Rett is Das AH PAE Ay x J sey Dries, J Pt : 1 i ] i + ray aheri te abe i Melani tit RH ea eeey Ht t [Ske oak NP RTM i A a ne vil} rere bahia a6 & i i} ey: rit ara Beans \ ; ‘aed nap tab y \ §] i HF be ites Dea | ih I ae # f \ Were cnits et WI : seth i iat . , 4 ed tthe \ 7 i j , t ie H “a Ene ee (ih) ie ae ‘i 1 i ie} ORFTED ATA tl wlelaQagalalpab Ta } f ae ny ot t j i’ if feiali te as eatate aries ay hey % i } sas ; , i) ArH EEE bt ee ee TT ieee } ile A 1 HRY : wis? ; M eee ROD Be tege: Hl uit Hi MACHT TR ete Za

peg oii weed ob

SS a Yh : ,

Ly Lo b

LOW eat cabi

. by oye a! ins i ying - "| hay «| t bit WD bi! rs sel a % ‘¢ Pi eux eh vt sani 3 a i 5 ee 7 ‘4 ti a wii eis ; iv

:

ttre

The latest &the earliest Frost in each year from a plantation book of record kept

by James H.Hammond near Silver Bluff S.C

March

+ it

t = i= Es3 =====_ === S BP Summer Solstice Z E EZ SQ LY 22" June. SSS SS = ‘Sas = S = = S ess one S SSSSSS5 = CVw = = S Ss = : ~ SS = S Easels Lz = = a SS SS

ee ei —*

October

November

EXPLANATION or Tastr.—Take the 1st column, the Year 1832, and it will be seen by the heavy lines (which denote the day on which the frost fell) that there was frost on March 7th, and lower down, in same column, on Noyember 11th, showing that the last frost that fell in 1832 was on March 7th, and the first on November 11th, and so on through each year.

A, 4 f sore eee ae eo?

ie i pH

/ 1 i

i i

i a

| ti Mh Ni)

= ==

Hi | ‘uae i

hi i

a

t Hi

4

i r

TH CAROBINA

SOURCES AND POPULATION,

i>

TITUTIONS AND INDUSTRIES. | ae ; sph o

Rye! PUBLISH ED BY THE ; “han

~

OF SOUTH CAROLINA. . i Gov-rnor HUGH S. THOMPSON, Chairman.

A. P. BUTLER, Commissioner.

CHARLESTON, S. C. Waker, Evans & Cocsweijt, Prinrens, Nos. 3 Broad and 109 Kast bagXStreets, \ 3, : | Tere Gh reas “. a ee

PREF ACE.

iy Red Cliffe, Beech Island, So. Ca., 15th October, 1883.

facts and figures as TI could

ether in these pages as many,

sal, touching the Resources of The Map I have prepared t locate and bound each

Thave brought tog South Carolina, and the

in the time at my dispo conditions of life m her limits. will enable the reader to nsus within the State. This to fill all the details of th

Physicu! and a

more obvious accompany this volume Enumeration District of the 10th United States Ce gives, for the first time, the frame work in which

These may be considered Ut connection with the

Census. lso @:

far as ascertained, are a

logical features of the State, which, tiv so , . So on this Map. ay 2 T return my thanks to many persons who, in response fo my Pr we . g | in especial to General Joh

ed important data for this volume, an

contribut vernor of the State, caus

Hagood, who, being then Go it effective furtherance.

sok. induce others to promote these regards,

ed the work to be wun

taken, and gave

Should. this extending Our knowledge T shall esteem myself fortunate.

HARRY HAMM OND,

or to prosecute similar work, assist. them wn and in making

available for human use,

FREFACHs

‘I Red Cliffe, Beech Island, So. Ca., 15th October, 1888.

|

LT have brought together in these pages as many facts and figures as I could, in the time at my disposal, touching the Resources of South Carolina, and the more obvious conditions of life in her limits. The Map I have prepared to accompany this volume will enable the reader to locate and bound each Enumeration District of the 10th United States Census within the State. This gives, for the first time, the frame work in which to fill all the details of th Census. These may be considered in connection with the Physical and C logical features of the State, which, in so far as ascertained, are also e: on this Map.

I return my thanks to many persons who, in response to my inquiries, contributed important data for this volume, and in especial to General Joh Hagood, who, being then Governor of the State, caused the work to be un taken, and gave it effective furtherance.

Should this book induce others to promote or to prosecute similar work, assist them in extending our. knowledge in these regards, and in making 4

available for human use, I shall esteem myself fortunate.

HARRY HAMMOND,

the following have

In addition to the works elsewhere cited in this book,

been consulted: HISTORY OF CAROLINA, by JOHN, LAWSON. .....cseseenersresenatersnter mG TT HISTORY OF THE NORTH AMERICAN INDIANS, by ADAIR. .sscesrecseceeeescrers HISTORY OF THE EPISCOPAL CHURCH IN SOUTH CAROLINA, Darcno...1820 TO THE AGRICULTURAL SOCIETY OF

ORIGINAL COMMUNICATIONS SOUTH TL TROTTNAB EON faicdcsnesnwedidtendsvennctphtesetnetarione sits g7 Th ot I ae 1824 PROCEEDINGS STATE AGRICULT , 1839 to (BAB cee tya dates 1846 LEURAL SOCIETY, 1857 to 1850.......cesreeeeee 1859)

TRANSACTIONS STATE AGRICU

EDINGS STATE AGRICULTURAL SOCIETY, 1869 to 1873, Published

PROCE

Annually. sOuUTH CAROLINA, by H. H. Carron,

valie cece eGeleiale welery weimle Wawra ¥iUS OTT Sa Siam

ORT OF THE GEOLOGY OF SOUTH CAROLINA, by TUOMEY..-++-nssrsssyss

YLOGICAL SURV BY OF SOUTH CAROLINA, by Lieber, 4 wR COUNTRY OF soUuTH

u

WIR hn tp ree ee a etek «nee aie ¥ Ta ‘Tl vaireeepeldl in insu) eee seal if }

HISTORICAL COLLECTIONS OF 1836

® Volumes «.-ssrccerecnereenenscccernsee® Nee nnn OS ard GEOGRAPHY OF SOUTH CAROLINA, by War GIitMORE SIMMS sceesessersecesersnee 1843 REPORT OF AGRICULTURAL SURVEY Or sOUTH CAROLINA,— ; by RUBIN sereereeeeetr ss Bee AM couevaqun tenes nagiae (set ON aaa 1843 RT OF AGRICULTURAL AND GEKOLOGICAL SURVEY OF SOUTH CAROLINA, by ESTE CE ERE at Rai as See 1844 1848

Volumes, 1856-7-8-) CAROLINA, by Locan, 1804

STORY OF THE UPPE eBOW'S RESOURCES OF THE SOUTH, 3 Volumes.....-: w aiuile eabonien | Set ea aam 1852 ‘TOOL HISTORY OF SOUTH CAROLINA, by J. Woop DAVIDSON .ceeeeeenee reese 1869) ESOURCES OF SOUTHERN FIELDS AND FORESTS, by PORCHER,..++-:+resesrs 1869 YEAR BOOKS OF CHARLESTON....-.+: er hk Usgadh cdntebanle ee aes Oaainnens Samia 1880-1-2 SOUTH CAROLINA STATE GAZETTEER, ....ccethardyedenrar yesh ey asannss 25 Sa 1883

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Pinte wk \ Uy

CHAPTER I. INTRODUCTORY. Location. Area: Maps. Greneran Features, Rivers, Reaions. Aaricunrurr: Small Grain, Rice, Indigo, Indian Corn, Cotton Sea Island Cotton, Remarks. DiAGRAm or Crops, 1670 to 1880..... sve geeoeaohdes Tami

CHAPTER II, COAST REGION. Location: Area, Characteristics. Gronoay: Subsidence, Krosion, Sedimentation, Formation of Islands, Topography, Pirystca, Features, Tides. Sos: Uplands, Bays, Salt-Marshes. ANALYSES: Krror, Occurrences of Marls, &. Crimarn: Health. Srarisrrcs. Propucrions. Corron: Three Kinds of Seeds, Hybrids, Origin, Improvement, and Characteristics of Sea Island. Farms: Number, Value of Land. Lasor: Tenures, Credits, Diagram, Knclosures, Drainage, Plows, Hoes, Fallows. Cuvrurr: Of Sea Island Cotton. Enemies: Of the Plant, Handling. Srep: Santees and Mains. Lirrs: Of Culture. Cosr of Production, Yield, Itemized Statement of Expenditures.......... Piawi tote ts cdesuea Pieeevates eoaaraeee pp. 14-45,

CHAPTER III. LOWER PINE BELT, OR SAVANNA REGION. Locarron. PuystcAL—Features, Rivers, Lakelets, Elevation, D ‘ainage, ITrrigration, Freshets GroLoay: Cretaceous, Buhrstone, Santee Marls, Ashley and Cooper Maris. Prito PHATES ; Occurrence, Characters, Fossils, Changes, Origin, Extent. Mining. Sur Uplands, Analyses, Swamps. Growrn. Crumare: Health. Srarisrics. Propucrions : Rice Culture, Oats, Grasses. Arba: In Cotton. Farms: Labor, Wages, Rents, Value of Land, Credits. Tintacre: Fallowing, Rotation of Crops, Manures. Corron: Culture, Handling. Cost: Of Production. Disasters to the Plant. Abstract of Township Cor- MAREE MMR stays fos js ae'ns Sepaceineges cdl hes sip usan ek argadu Ge ttedee Gk cen eae wav To ee AEE we pp. 44-70.

CHAPTER IV. UPPER PINE BELT. Location. Exvevation: Water Courses’ GnroLoagy : Cretaceous, Miocene, and Eocene Marls, Buhystone. Sorts: Analyses, Pee Dee Lands, River Lands, Swamp Lands. Crimare: Frost Diagram. Growrr: Indian Fires. Propucrions Sravristics. Apvances: To Farmers. Size of Farms. Lapor: Wages, Rent, Value of Land. Taste: Exhibiting Production in Relation to Credits, Size of Farms, those Rented and those Worked by Owners. ENcLosures: Drainage, Fallows, Rotation, Tillage, Growth on Lands Lying Out, Manures. Coron : Culture, Mandling.. Ratio: Of Lint to Seed Cotton. Siriereinc. Grass, Lice, Rust. Cost} Of Production. Ditto in 1848. Ansrracr; Of Township Correspondence......... pp. 71-409.

CHAPTER V. RED HILL: REGION. Location. Grotocy: Sienna Colored Clay, Gravel Bed, Buhrstone, Siliceous Rock. Sorms: Analyses. Cimare. Growin. y ; IM Days Poca) cine cis ensadeed paved CaP OMe Serve ce ataantsisy tact krssae cheat oties Aa eMozy og tkten pp. 110-116, CHAPTER VI. SAND HILL REGION. Posrrion and Area: Klevation, Contour, Diagram, Streams, Lakelets, Blowing Wells. Gro.tocy: Granite Sandstone, Loose Lo} , , £ , Sand, Kaolin Clay. Soms: Analyses. Growrn and Productions, Criioarr, Sra- SSO AeLOS MeN aiesy och siess eth urhltyitas eseesdeesae rusk cane cihve rodnni by udscre'sb ic ‘a Reads Zemshh cena eerae DD Wau Waa leas

~~ Oo

\

Gc ee Sorcerers, LI crore

a, }

TABLE OF CONTENTS. eS

(ER VII. PIEDMONT REGION. Location, Name, Elevations, Fall in Watersheds, Rivers, Table, Navigation, GEroLoey : Triple Occurrence of

_. Gneiss, Hornblende, Mica Slate, Ores and Minerals, Talc. Slate, Diamonds, “te, Trap. Goip Mines: Occurrence, Diagram, Golden Age, Stiver, Lead, Zine, Bismuth, Iron, Barytes, Manganese, Graphite, Felspar. Asbestos, Soapstone, fourmaline, Corundum, Zircons. SOorLs: Disintegration of Rocks. Sors: Gray

J Analyses, Red Loams, Analyses, Hornblendic, Analyses, Mica Slate, Clay Slate, imyses, Trappean, Analyses, 3ottom Lands. Crimate: Temperature, Rainfall, ‘ealth, Malarial Line. GRowrH: Cane, Pines, Chestnut. PRODUCTIONS: Cattle, Hemp, Sobacco, Grapes, Bermuda Grass, Lucerne. Statistics: Farm Values and Productions

in relation to System of Agriculture, Table, Deductions Land Holdings, Provisions, \ Advances, Banks. Lanor, Wages, Value of Lands, Rents. TILLAGE: Rotation, Fallow- M ing, Old Fields, Manuring. Cotton Culture, Enemies. Crab Grass. GINNING, SHIPPING, Cosr of Production. Assrract of Township Correspondence. ......sssessereeee pp. 126-182. ; CHAPTER VIII. ALPINE REGION. Location: Features, Great Fault, Water- J sheds, Mountain Knobs, Elevations, Aspect. GEOLOGY : Rocks, Ores, Minerals. Sorns. i Sratistics. LAazor. Tirnacr. Cotton Culture. Grnninc. Abstract of Township Corres- 0 oa RS aes pes otc ca Re Ree CT Sc pp. 183-195. {

CHAPTER IX. WATER POWERS. Sources of Information. Taree Regions, Puysicat Conditions, Climate, Rainfall. Warer Courses, Table, Power Utilized, Table. Mernop of Estimating Water Power. SUMMARY of Powers, Notes. ArrLuENts of the Savannah, Aggregate of Power, Employment of Water Power, Cost......-+-++ pp. 196-208.

CHAPTER X. LIST OF VERTEB 2ATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 1) Mawnars, Brrps, Reptiies, Fishes, Bibliography......csecereceeserececeeeeserersseress pp. 209-264.

CHAPTER XI. LIST OF THE INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF SOUTH CARO- I LINA. Inrropuctory: Ivsects, Bibliography, Sprpers, HuNDRED-LEGS, Craps, WORMS, 7 PARAsItes, CUTTLE-FISH, SNAILS, Musse.s, STAR-FISH, JELLY-FISH, CoRALs, SPONGES, pp- 265-311. |

CHAPTER XII. LIST OF THE PLANTS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. FLOWERING { Plants, with two seed leaves, with one seed leaf. FLOWERLESS Plants, Horsetails,

Ferns, Club-mosses, Water-ferns. Mosses. Lichens. Seaweed. Mushrooms. Sum- pp. 312—359.

TABLES. | 7 |

/ TABLE I. Meteorological Records from 1752 to 1880.

TABLE II. Statistics of the Agricultural Regions of South Carolina, 1880.

TABLE III. Statistics of the Agricultural Regions of South Carolina, 1870.

TABLE IV. General Statistics of Agriculture in South Carolina, and in the United ¢ States, from 1850 to 1860.

TABLE V. Agricultural Statistics of each Township of South Carolina, in 1880.

N.B. The data of Tables I., TII., and V- may be localized by reference to the Map accompanying this Volume.

TABLE OF CONTENTS. vil

aoe Pe RES

CHAPTERI. POPULATION, Inp1ans, Origin, Numbers, Synopsi« of Nations and Tribes, Survivors. Nrcroes, Introduction of, Numbers of Imported, R, e of Increase from 1714 to 1790, from 1790 to 1865, Increase of Free Negroes, Increase \ South Caro- lina, 1810 to 1880, Compared with Other Populations, Intermixture, Femalé , Centres of Population, Divergence of African and European. Disrripution of Negro, Foreign, and Aggregate Population according to Elevation, to Mean Annual Temperature, to Summer Temperature, to Winter Temperature, to Highest Temperature, to Lowest Temperature, to Rainfall. Disrrinurion within the State, Chronologically. Drrruston. EuRoPEANS, Chronology 1497 to 1783, Numbers, 1790 to 1880, Increase, 1790 to 1880, Tables, Diagram, No Antagonism of Races, Prospect. Movement of Population, Population Maps, 1790 to 1880, Tables. ForEiGNErs. SExES. AGEs, Aggregate Years Lived, Ratio of Different Ages, Tables, Military Age, Citizenship Age, Table. Dwellings and Families, Tables.

; pp. 363-399.

CHAPTER II. VITAL STATISTICS. Mortuary Records, Comparison of Deaths in South Carolina and in the United States, Diagram, Death Rate of Foreigners. Mar- rRrAGES: Table, Season. Brrrus: Number, Table, Season, Plurality Births, Still Births. Deatus: Table, 1855-59, Months, Ages, Longevity, Causes of Death. Mavartat Dts- EASES: Census of 1880, Mortality in the Different Regions of the State, Age, Sex, BMP AIM IS CASO c3 a4 sis. cs sin slndavsedsen danciccce ticle sesidarie categh atv cne sagacisbes samme a tate pp. 400-421.

CHAPTER III. INSTITUTIONS. Government and Laws of South Carolina. Origin of the name Carolina. CHARACTER and Nationalities of the Colonists, Government under the Lords Proprietors, Locke’s Constitution, the Royal Governors, Constitutions of 1776 and 1790, Progress between the Revolutionary War and Secession. LEApING Prin- ciples of the Constitution, Declaration of Rights and Form of Government, Legislative Department, Executive Department, Judicial Department; The Suffrage, Taxation, Education ; The Militia, Marriage and Divorce, Amendments and Revision of the Constitution. Tim Srarure Law, Crimes and Punishments, Murder, Rape and Arson, Manslaughter, other Crimes and Misdemeanors. Law or Property, Pusiic Ixsrruc- TION, DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE, IMMIGRANTS AND SEAMEN, GENERAL REMARKS, MAO RMUMSKCOMSUL LEG, «ss cobaneaeaaapadcnaes snes. Csaeces ea sunaren Saumascudeunnane Seca tauec nese pp. 421-444.

CHAPTER IV. A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. |. pp, 449-549.

CHAPTER V. CHURCHES. Church of England, other Churches, Negro Churches, Se Aas RP Te oss s av octic ose apddtiatende danas Ca wuech BetecaahitOatenememer a cabin cacti ss Maa pp. 550-556.

CHAPTER VI. OCCUPATIONS. Population Accounted for, Percentage of Work- ers, Increase. Sex, and Nativity, Changes of Occupation, Agriculture, Professional and Personal Services, Trade and Transportation, Manufactures and Mining. The Insane:

Sdiots, Blind, Deaf Mutes; Paupers, Prisomers...05. 0.0 ..sc.seacssacwundeedees Genscaesene pp. 557-572.

CHAPTER VII. MANUFACTURES. Compared with Agriculture, Retrospect, Growth, Present Condition. Corron Goons, Cortron GINNING. FERTILIZERS, FLOUR AND

Grist Minis. SawinG Lumper, TurPENTINE, and other Manufactures. Mrinina: Phos- PHabes Kaolin Granite; PISHOTICS. .tes.esc-csccesccecerssccecescesusiartssrveceesensscnmaacecs pp- 573-610,

CHAPTER VII. THE HISTORY AND PRESENT CONDITION OF TRANS- BORTATION IN SOUTH CAROBINA Gs sc...0cccsecck scesesssnvsceesdacevergdeaeuteue pp. 611-640,

TAS Rees Ae TE See ER wPIne bak BUMP DeIMae Oe Pe ee hye 4 c Pt ca 4 é ? Mie n : HVE Lee dire

vill TABLE OF CONTEN'ES. | : ¢

CHAPTER IX, DEBT AND TAXATION. Fiscal History, Bank of the State. INTERNAL IMPROVEMENTS: FrxancrAL Conprrron, 1859-1868, 1871-2, 1882. Taste or Desr AND TAxarion: 1801-1881, Frperat Taxation: Internal Revenue Customs: RUIN MALY, tThrae Plates ..\.sdbvanaccanakesdpeesivssuacn Pestpatewcst pews Be caneeg vs naitete Seemcee pp- 641-658.

CHAPTER X. TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. Retrospect, Table of Towns and Trading Points; Bank Statement, 1849 to 1881. Coast ReGion: Port Royal, Beau- fort, Mount Pleasant, Charleston, Georgetown. Lowrr Pine Bett: Hampton, Colleton, Berkeley, Williamsburg, Clarendon, Horry. Uprrr Pine Beur: Barnwell, Orange- burg, Sumter, Darlington, Marlboro, Marion. Rep Hitt ann Sanp Hinis: Aiken, Lexington, Richland, Columbia, Kershaw, Chesterfield. Prepmonr Recion: Abbeville, Anderson, Chester, Fairfield, Greenville, Lancaster, Laurens, Newberry, Spartanburg, Union, York. A.pinz Rearon: Oconee, Pickens...........:..ssccsssccoeersesas pp. 659-716.

ERRATA.

10th page, last line, for 1860 read 1850. | 4th page, Mth line, for of fishes read of other llth page, 5th line, for 1850 read 1860, j fishes.

12th page, 4th line, forState read United States. | 254th page, 22d line, for eyloid read eyeloid. 15th page, 36th line, for erosive read eroded. 254th page, 24th line, for kell read well.

22d page, 37th line, for being read was. 255th page 24th line, for vertebrate read verte- 82d page, 4th line, for 11.4 read 1.14, | brae.

lllth page, 87th line, for by read but. 259th page, 12th line, for Sepidosteus read Lepid- 112th page, 4th line, for literal read littoral. osteus.

115th page, 19th line, for included read unculti- | 318th page, 24th line, for copillina read copallina.

vated. 325th page, 18th line, for masculata read macu-

119th page, 28th line, for in read it, lata.

122d page, 50th line, for said read sand. 59th page, 386th line, for Hooke’s read Hooker’s,

124th page 18th line, for Piedmont read Alpine, | 865th page, 5th line, for natives read nations. 124th page, 20th line, for truly read to rely. s80th page, 20th line, for counties read States.

124th page, 59th line, for herd read head. dsist page, 13th line, for 377 read 402. 182d page, 19th line, omit “and their gradual | 889th page, 6th line, for eighty read seveuty- slopes on their northeastern face.” eight. 208th page, 5th line, for 1876 read 1870, Sth page, 26th line, for Belquiver read Belgium. 2l4th page, 14th line, for uctivagans read nocti- | 406th page, 18th line, for 428 read 417. vagans, 406th page, 24th line, for 277 read 269. 238th page, ISth line, for spring read spiny. 406th page, 24th line, for 9 read ,9. 248d page, 27th line, after Prof. Goode insert | 418th page, 20th line, after mortality read from annually. this cause. 246th page, 15th line, for Pelaris read Polaris. 568th page, 88th line, for B read FP, : 249th page, 15th line, for ratarius read aratrarius. | 574th page, 2lst line, for possesses read pos- 249th page, 27th line, for Bollosoma read Boleo- sessed. soma, 578th page, 17th line, for renumeration read re- 2lst page, 3d line, for Blethari read Blephario. enumeration. lst page, 15th line, for colsos read Colias. 601st page, 16th line, for changes read charges, 258d page, 4th line, for basis read bases, 648th page, Ist line, read years subsequently 28d page, 30th line, for Himrhamphus read | was, in the hands,”’ &e,

Hemirhamphus,

PART I,

AN ACCOUNT OF THE COUNTRY.

CHAPTER I.

INTRODUCTORY.

LOCATION.

The State of South Carolina lies between North latitude 82° 4‘ 30" and 35° 12’ and longitude West from Washington 80’ and 54".

, AREA.

William Gerald De Brahm gave to the public, in 1757, the first Map of South Carolina, estimating the area of the State at 35,760 square miles. James Cook, in 1771, and Henry Mouzon, in 1775, published in London excellent maps of the State, from which Drayton and Ramsay make the area 24,080 square miles. Between 1816 and 1820 the State expended $52,760 on a map of the State, under the direction of John Wilson; this map was published in 1822. The State spent $12,000 more for this pur- pose in 1825, and obtained Robert Mills’ large Atlas of South Carolina, probably the most accurate map of the State even to this day. Mills estimates the area of the State at 30,213 square miles, The United States Census of 1870 places it at 34,000 square miles, while the census of 1880 makes it 30,170. Thus, although geography may be held as one of the exact sciences, it seems that these geographers, with no material changes in the boundaries, vary in their estimates from twenty-six to thirty- seven per cent.

BOUNDARIES.

The State approaches in shape the form of an isosceles-triangle. The equal sides being on the North, the boundary line of North Carolina, and on the South and West, the Sarasa river separating it from Georgia. The apex of the triangle rests upon the summits of the Blue Ridge moun- tains. The base sweeping with a gentle s shaped curve from the south- west to the northeast, forms part of the Atlantic shore line of North America. This line is parallel, or nearly so, with about one-half the

4 INTRODUCTORY.

coast lines of the continents of the earth, as witness the northwest coast lines of America, Europe and Africa, and the southeast coast lines of South America, Africa and Asia.

GENERAL FEATURES.

Parallel also with this coast line trend the divisions between the various geological formations of the State. First,extending not more than ten miles inland, we have the strata of the post pleiocene resting on the formations of the eocene. These, with here and there a patch of the meiocene and cretaceous formations, stretch back into the interior about one hundred miles, until they reach the crystalline rocks, whose well marked line has, during the entire past history of the State, divided it socially, politically and industrially, as well as physically, into what has always been known as the up-country and the low-country of Carolina. This division of the State into up-country and low-country by the line bounding the southern margin of the crystalline rocks, and trending northeast and southwest across its central portion, is strongly marked in everything, in the hills and highlands of the up-country, with their heavy red clay soils, and in the gentle slopes or wide flats of lighter colored sandy loam of the low- country, in the rapid, turbid water courses of the one, and the slow, clear currents of the other; in the vegetable growth, the chestnut, the deciduous oaks and the short leaf pine, occupying the up-country, and the long leaf

pine, the magnolia and the evergreen oaks, with the long gray moss, |

marking the low-country ; and lastly, in the manners, character, ancestry, and even in the very tones of voice of the inhabitants. Passing beyond the lower margin of the crystalline rocks and proceeding towards the mountains, we find in all the various strata—in the order of their super- position—one above the other, the limestones, the itacolumite, the clay talc and mica slates, the gneiss and the granite—that the same parallel- ism is maintained throughout, the prevailing strike in all being N. 20° to 30° E. If we regard the movements of the atmosphere, we find here also that the predominating currents of the air move in a northeasterly and southwesterly direction.

RIVERS.

Perpendicular to this direction—that is to say, in a southeasterly course—the four great rivers, with their numerous tributaries that drain and irrigate South Carolina, make their way from the mountains to the sea. Before leaving the crystalline rocks—the point that marks their lower falls and the head of steam navigation—the rivers have received the rapid currents of nearly all their affluents. Thereafter their stately

INTRODUCTORY. 5

flow proceeds more slowly, passing the great inland swamps of the low country, as if the waters still remembered when they found issuances through these ancient deltas. In the great freshet of 1796, the waters of the Santee river broke through at Hell-Hole swamp, and made their way to the sga through Cooper river. During the same freshet, the Savannah river made its way through the swamps of Hampton county, and emptied its waters through Broad river into the sea at Port Royal. As each river leaves the region of rocks to enter the borders of the low- country, it makes a sudden and well-marked detour eastward, except the Savannah, which seems to have had its bed shifted westward at this line of demarcation. Thus, had the grooves cut through the ancient strata of the crystalline rocks by these streams been prolonged among the sands and clays of the low-country, their estuaries would have been quite different from what they are at present. Had the line of the Savannah, as it channeled its way ages ago through the mica, slate and gneiss rock of Oconee, Anderson and Abbeville counties, not been thrown westward by the granites of Horse creek and the high sand and clay hills of Aiken county, it would have continued its course to Broad river, at present that magnificent arm of the sea formmeg the head of Port Royal harbor. Here it would have been joined, too, by the waters of the North and South Edisto, had they not been deflected eastward by the granite rocks and sand hills of Aiken and Orangeburg counties. Here, also, the waters of the Santee, containing those of the Wateree and Congaree, would have joined them, had they followed the line of the ancient channel of the Catawba, their most easterly affluent, as it grooved its way through tale slates and granites of Lancaster, York. and Chester counties. It would seem more appropriate that some great Father of Waters, having these proportions, should have built up such a grand delta as the islands, rivers, sounds and bays of Beaufort present, rather than it were the sole and undisputed estuary of such insignificant claimants as the rivers Tillifinny, Pocotaligo and Coosawhatchie, preserving in their long names alone the memory of the noble river that once must have found its way to the ocean here. Noting the remarkable parallelism in this eastward deflection of nearly all the water courses of Carolina, it would seem that one and the same cause must have produced these changes. Such a cause would have been an upheaving force—or forces, rather—operating from the southwest to the northeast, in the line of the eruptive rocks that cross the State from Edgefield to York counties. We may readily imagine how these successive elevations running from the southwest, after turning the Savannah into its present delta, pushed the other streams eastward, dropping the different affluents as it passed along, leaving the Combahee

6 INTRODUCTORY.

and Edisto at St. Helena sound, as the Tillifinny, Pocotaligo and—

Coosawhatchie were left at Port Royal to mark the delta there, and losing the Ashley and Cooper rivers at Charleston harbor, while the Santee,

moved further westward, still marks out its channel to the sea near |

Winyaw bay. i iN

Again, on the near approach of the rivers to the sea, some of them show a deflection westward. But the previously noticed parallelism does not obtain in this case. In some, as in the Pee Dee, the westward bend is well marked. In others, as in the Edisto, the river is merely turned from an eastward to a south course, while the Santee seems scarcely at all diverted from its eastwardly course. It would not seem, therefore, that this change had resulted from the action of any single cause, but, rather, that it was the resultant of opposing forces, operating with varying intensities. Such forces would be found in the southeasterly currents of the streams themselves, opposed by that southwesterly ocean current—a recurrent of the Gulf Stream—that sweeps along the Carolina coast. Where the river currents were strong, and loaded with a wealth of detritus from the drainage of an extensive back country, it would hold its own against the ocean current, dam it out and establish for itself the direction of its outlet. Hence the Santee piles up its banks and carries the shore line out beyond Cape St. Romain, and all the coast southwest of it, the site of ancient and actual deltas, is lined with islands. Short or sluggish streams, however, supported by the detritus of no” great water-shed—as the Waccamaw river—would yield readily to the action of the ocean currents, conform to their direction, establish no nests of islands at their deltas, but leave the sea to make a smooth, bare sand beach. Such we find the curving shore from Georgetown entrance to the North Carolina line to be, where, for twenty miles on a stretch, a carriage may roll along the beach at low water, leaving in the hard sands not the slightest impress of its wheels.

Crossing the crystalline rocks nearly at right angles, the waters, in their course through the up-country, encounter a series of natural dams, which, while it renders them easily available as water-powers, seriously obstructs navigation. The passage of boats, say of two hundred tons burthen, as a rule, reaches inland but very little farther than the remarkable belt of high and healthy sand hills which lie along the lower borders of these rocks.

The tortuous course into which the streams have been forced by the causes already stated, after entering the low country, while it has increased the navigable waters of the State, giving, “apart from creeks and inlets of the sea, an inland navigation of twenty-four hundred miles,” has seriously impeded the drainage of the low country, creating there

INTRODUCTORY. : 7

some fifty-five hundred square miles of swamp lands, which, though naturally, when reclaimed, of almost inexhaustible fertility, remain to this day for the most part waste, the prolific source of the miasms so deleterious to the health of this region. Numerous suggestions to remedy this evil have been made, but as yet nothing has been attempted on a scale commensurate with the importance of the undertaking. The Legislature even refused, in 1846, to grant a charter to a company proposing to prolong the channel of the Edisto in a direct line through Wassamassaw swamp to the Ashley river; and a suggestion of a similar character, for straightening the Santee through to the Cooper river, and draining, thereby, Biggin, Fair Forest, Walleye, and the numerous adjacent swamps, made by Governor Seabrook, in 1848, met with no response. Such works would have reclaimed for the plow large bodies of soil, consisting of fine mud and decomposing vegetable matter, resting, at a depth of five to ten feet, on marl or gravel; restored the adjoining uplands to remunerative culture; and would have established on a secure foundation the healthfulness of the entire region.

PHYSI@GAL AND AGRICULTURAL REGIONS.

In addition to the two grand divisions of South Carolina already dwelt upon into the up-country and low-country,” it will facilitate the con- sideration of the agricultural characteristics of the State to treat of them under certain minor natural and parallel sub-divisions, which are quite well marked. These are as follows:

I. The Coast Region. It coincides very nearly with the post pleiocene formation, rarely extending inland more than ten miles from the shore line. It consists—

. list. Of the Sea Islands lying south of Santee river, and containing Shout eight hundred square miles.

2d. The salt marshes, uncovered at low tide, bordering and intercalating with the Sea Islands, capable of being reclaimed, and embracing six hundred square miles.

3d. The continuous shore line north of Santee river and Georgetown entrance, three hundred square miles in extent.

Il. The Lower Pine Belt or Savannah Region, lying inland and parallel with the Coast Region. It has a width ofabout fifty miles, attains a maximum elevation above the seaof one hundred and thirty feet. It may be divided, .

1st. Into the region below the influence of the tides, the rice fields of

‘South Carolina.

8 SARE INTRODUCTORY.

2d. The region above tide water, notable for its turpentine farms and its cattle ranges.

IIT. The Upper Pine Belt or the Central Cotton Belt, having a width of twenty to forty miles. It is covered with a growth of long leaf pine, mixed with oak and hickory. ‘The soil consists of a light sandy loam underlaid by red and yellow clays. It has an elevation above the sea of from one hundred and

thirty to two hundred and fifty feet. Large inland swamps, bays and.

river bottoms of unsurpassed fertility, covering five thousand five hundred square miles, are interspersed among the two regions last named.

IV. The Red Hills are immediately north of the last region. They have an elevation of three hundred to six hundred feet above the sea. The soil is red clay and sand, and there is a heavy growth of oak and hickory. They embrace the range of hills extending from Aiken county

through Orangeburg to Sumter, where they are known as the High Hills -

of Santee, and also the ridge lands of Edgefield, famous for their fertility.

V. The Sand Hill Region. A remarkable chain of sand hills, attaining an elevation above the sea of six hundred to seven hundred feet, and extending across the State from Aiken to Chesterfield counties.

VI. The Piedmont Region includes that portion of the State known as the upper country. It has a mean elevation above the sea level of four hundred to eight hundred feet. Its soils are—

Ist. The cold gray lands overlying for the most part the clay slates.

2d. The gray sandy soils from the decomposition of granite-and gneiss.

3d. The red hornblende lands.

4th. The trappean soils, known as flat woods meadow or black-jack lands in various sections. ;

VII. The Alpine Region is the extreme northwestern extension of the rocks and soils of the region just mentioned, differing from the former by its more broken and mountainous character, and by its greater elevation, ranging from nine hundred feet to three thousand four hundred and thirty feet at Mount Pinnacle, near Pickens C. H., the highest point in the State.

AGRICULTURAL RETROSPECT.

The first permanent settlers established themselves on the sea-coast of South Carolina in 1670. Bringing with them-the traditions of a hus- bandry that must have been very rude at a period so long ante-dating the

w - a a a? es

INTRODUCTORY. 9

Tullian era of culture, and adapted solely to the requirements of colder latitudes, they met with such poor success in the cultivation of European cereals that they soon found it would be more profitable to em- ploy themselves in collecting and exporting the products of the great for- ests that surrounded them. In return for the necessaries of life, they ex- ported to the mother country and her colonies, oranges, tar, turpentine, rosin, masts, potashes, cedar, cypress and pine lumber, walnut timber, staves, shingles, canes, deer and beaver skins, etc. It is interesting to re- mark in the accompanying diagram, that after being more or less in abeyance during a period of two hundred years, amid the fluctuations of other great staple crops, these forest industries seemed, in 1870, about to assume their ancient supremacy once more. With the settlement of the up-country the culture of small grain became more successful ; and when Joseph Kershaw established his large flouring mills near Camden, in 1760, flour of excellent quality was produced in such abundance as to become an article of export of considerable consequence. In 1802, flouring mills had proven so profitable that quite a number were established in. the counties of Laurens, Greenville and elsewhere. About that time, how- ever, the attractions of the cotton crop became so great as to divert atten- tion from every other, and the cereals lost ground, until the low prices of cotton prevailing between 1840 and 1850 prepared the-~way for a greater diversity of agricultural industries, and the small grain crop of 1850 ex- ceeded four million bushels. Simce then cereal crops have declined, and seem likely to do so, unless the promise held out by the recent introduc- tion of the red rust proof oat should be fulfilled and restore them to prominence. )

In 1693, Landgrave Thomas Smith—of whose descendants more than five hundred were living in the State in 1808 (a number doubtless largely in- creased since), moved perchance by a prophetic sense of the fitness that the father of such a numerous progeny should provide for the support of an extensive population—introduced the culture of rice into South Caro- lina. The seed came from the island of Madagascar, in a vessel that put into Charleston harbor in distress. This proveda great success, and as early as 1754, the colony, besides supplying an abundance of rice for its own use, exported one hundred and four thousand six hundred and eighty two barrels. Great improvements were made in the grain by a careful selection of the seed. Water culture was introduced in 1784, by Gideon Dupont and General Pinckney, rendering its production less de- pendent on the labor of man or beast than any cultivated crop. In 1778, Mr. Lucas established on the Santee river the first water power mill ever adapted to cleaning and preparing rice for market—the model to which all subsequent improvements.were due—diminishing the cost of this pro-

10 INTRODUCTORY.

cess to a degree incalculable without some standard of reference as to the value of human labor, on which the drudgery of this toil had rested for ages. In 1828, one hundred and seventy-five thousand and nineteen tierces were exported, and the crop of 1850 exceeded: two hundred and fifty thousand tierces, that of 1860 was something less, and in 1870 the product tumbled headlong to fifty-four thousand tierces.

INDIGO.

In 1742, George Lucas, governor of Antigua, sent the first seeds of the indigo plant to Carolina, to his daughter, Miss Eliza Lucas (afterwards the mother of Charles Cotesworth Pinckney). With much _ perseverance, after several disappointments, she succeeded in growing the plant and ex- tracting the indigo from it. Parliament shortly after placed a bounty on the production of indigo in British possessions and this crop attained a rapid development in Carolina. In 1754, two hundred and sixteen thou- sand nine hundred and twenty-four pounds and in 1775, one million one hundred and seven thousand six hundred and sixty pounds were produced. But the war with the mother country, the competition of in- digo culture in the’ East Indies, the unpleasant odor emitted and the swarms of flies attracted by the fermentation of the weeds in the vats, but above all the absorbing interest in the cotton crop, caused the rapid de- cline of its culture, and in the early part of this century it had ceased to be astaple product, although it was cultivated in remote places as late as 1848.

INDIAN CORN.

Indian corn, the grain which, next to rice, supplies food to the largest number of the human race, * * the most valuable gift of the new

world to the old,” as a plant unknown to European culture, and in ill.

repute as the food of the ever hostile red man, received little attention from the early settlers. Nevertheless, with the steadiness that marks true merit, it worked its way to the front rank among the crops grown in the State. As early as 1739 it had become an important article of export and continued such until after 1792, in which year ninety-nine thousand nine hundred and eighty-five bushels were exported. About this time, in consequence of the absorption by cotton of all surplus energy, it fell from the list of exports and shortly after entered that of imports, on which to-day—taken in all its forms—it stands the largest! But its cul- ture was by no means abandoned; on the contrary, the crop grew in size

with the increase of the population. In 1860, morethan sixteen millions ~

INTRODUCTORY. 11

of bushels were produced. In 1857, Dr. Parker made, near Columbia, the largest crop per acre ever obtained anywhere; from two acres he gath- ered three hundred and fifty-nine bushels, and one acre gave two hun- dred bushels and twelve quarts. In consequence of the higher prices of cotton the corn crop was reduced in 1850 by one million of bushels; in 1870 it had gone down one half, having fallen to seven and a half million bushels.

COTTON.

Cotton is mentioned in the records of the colony as early as 1664, and in 1747, seven bags appear on the list of exports from Charleston. In 1787, Samuel Maverick, and one Jeffrey, shipped three bags of one hun- dred pounds each of seed cotton from Charleston to England as an ex- periment, and were informed for their pains by the consignee, that it was not worth producing, as it could not be separated from the seed. In 1790 a manufactory of cotton homespuns was established by some Irish, in Williamsburg county, the lint used being picked from the seed by hand. a task of four pounds of lint per week being required of the field laborers in addition to their ordinary work. Al] this speedily changed with the invention of the saw gin by Eli Whitney, in 1794. The first gin moved by water power was erected on Mill Creek, near Monticello, in Fairfield, by Capt. James Kincaid, in 1795. Gen. Wade Hampton erected another near Columbia, in 1797, and the following year gathered from six hundred _acres, six hundred bales of cotton, and cotton planting became soon after the leading industry in nearly every county in the State. The crop steadily increased in size until 1860, when the three hundred and fifty thousand bales produced in the State were worth something over fourteen millions of dollars. From this date to 1870 there was a great decline, the crop of that year being more than one-third less than the crop of ten years pre-

vious, and reaching only.two pundired and twenty-four thousand five hundred bales.

TABLE, _ Showing the Production of Cotton in South Carolina from 1830 to 1880: - Years. ATpnles, ‘Weise Lbs. Lint Cotton, 1830... . 185,166 x 341 = 63,446,606 1840... . 156,600 x 394 61,710,274 ' #850... . . 300,301, x 429 = ‘128,829,129 1860... . 353,412 X 477 = 168,577,524 1870 .. . . 224,500 x 442 90,229,600 1880... . 516,490 x 475 = 245,486,305

12 _ INTRODUCTORY.

SEA ISLAND COTTON.

The first crop of sea island cotton was raised on Hilton Head, in 1790, by William Elhott. This crop reached its year of maximum production in 1827, when 15,140,798 pounds of long staple cotton was exported from the State ; in 1841 it had fallen to 6,400,000 pounds. Since 1856 this crop has Are aad from a minimum in a ASGE of 4,577 bales to a maximum in 1872 of 13,150 bales.

Even in so brief a summary as this, the ntednon of the reader must be called to the remarkable influence exerted on the three great crops of corn, cotton and rice, by their culture on the South Carolina coast.

The finest, as food for man, of all the known varieties of corn is the white flint corn, peculiar to the sea islands.

The finest cotton ever produced is the long staple cotton of Edisto island, which has sold for $2 per pound, when other cottons were bring- ing only nine cents.

_ Carolina rice heads the list in the quotations of that article in all the

markets of the world. Not only has its yield and culture been brought to the highest perfection here, but mankind are indebted to the planters of this coast for the mechanical inventions by which the preparation of this great food stuff, instead of being the most costly and laborious, is made one of the easiest and cheapést.

DIAGRAM 13

Showing the relative importance and fluctuations of the staple crops cultivated im South Carolina from 1670 to 1880. The money value of each crop is estimated for the year of its maximum pro- duction anterior to 1880, anda point assigned it above the line A B. From this point the distance of the line of each crop above the line A B is determined by the amount pro- duced without regard to prices.

1 x—_*—_*_X_*—_*_&X Upland Cotton.

2. = Corn 3 ae ar Se Sea Island Cotton

4 o_o —_v—_ 0 —-0_0_0_0— Rice

\ :

\ Seacaryi Coe ES Le \ 6 4-4-4-F4-++4-+4-4-++ Forest Products. \ Te tt mall; Gram,

CHAPTER II.

THE COAST REGION.

LOCATION AND AREA.

The coast of Carolina, from the mouth of the Savannah river to that of Little river, on the North Carolina line, 1s about one hundred and ninety miles in length. East of the outlet of the rivers, that is northeast of Winyaw Bay, the coast line curves inland, there are no islands, and the smooth hard beach (noted for its delightful seaside residences during the summer months) that forms the continuous shore line, is of little interest agriculturally. South of Winyaw Bay, whence issue the waters of Black and Lynch’s rivers, and of the Great and Little Pee Dee, with the Wac- camaw, the Santee river, with its great watershed in North and South Carolina, draining an extensive region stretching to the highest eleva- tions of the Apalachian range, dikes its delta out into the ocean, and the shore line swelling seaward becomes lined with numerous islands. From this point to Charleston Harbor the islands, though numerous, are small and low, and in this distance of more than fifty miles not more than seven hundred acres are planted in cotton, yielding about two hundred and seventy-five bales of long staple. South of Charleston Harbor the islands increase rapidly in size and number to the waters of Port Royal, where they line the shore in tiers three and four deep. They attain their maxi- mum development around Broad river, and diminish again in size and ‘number more rapidly even than they had increased, as they approach the Georgia line at the mouth of Savannah river. The Sea Islands are separated from the mainland by numerous salt water rivers, creeks and Anlets of the sea..

GEOLOGY.

The coast region corresponds almost exactly with the post-pleiocene for- ‘mation. Its strata of sand, clay and mud, have an estimated thickness of about sixty feet, stretching inland some ten miles and thinning out at a slight elevation above tide water. They rest in Horry and Georgetown on the pleiocene, and for the remainder of the coast, on the eocene, in

which occur the phosphate deposits of the Ashley, the Cooper and the

Coosaw rivers.

;

_ THE COAST REGION. 15

The origin and formation of the sea islands may be accounted for by one of four possible suppositions.

1st. By’a subsidence of the coast resulting in the submergence of the lower lands. This explanation was offered by Sir Charles Lyell, and recently by Professor G. H. Cook, who believes that the whole Atlantic seaboard is sinking.

2d. By the elevation of the sea bottom. This theory has not been maintained by any one and need not be considered.

3d. By the erosive action of the tides and currents of the sea, cutting into the shore line and detaching, as.it were, portions of the mainland. A theory of Professor Shaler.

4th. By an outgrowth of the land into the sea, resulting from the depo- sition at the mouths of the rivers of the detritus brought down by their currents from the interior.

Mr. Tuomey shows in detail that the instances of the submergence of oak, pine and cypress trees, and other landmarks, adduced as evidence of subsidence of the coast, occur in localities of restricted area. That the lands immediately adjacent show no signs of ,participation in this move- ment, which they would do if the cause were so general a one as the sub- sidence of the coast. That encroachments of the sea of a purely local character after storms explain the phenomena. And lastly, that if it were admitted that the submerged live oak and pine stumps near Little River, or the dead cedars and cypress of the “Church Flats,” on Wadmalaw island, were evidence of a subsidence of the coast, the rate at which it is progressing, according to this data, is so rapid that on this low lying shore, sea water would long since have been admitted to the rice planta- tions, totally destroying them, and that St. Michael’s Church, the orna- ment of Charleston, would now be a geological monument of the greatest interest, with its tall spire only protruding above the waves.

If the sea islands resulted from the erosive action of ocean currents, we should expect to find them most numerous in localities where the erosive action is most manifest. Such a locality is the recess of Long bay, hol- lowed out by the action of the sea, between Winyaw bay, the outlet of the great rivers of South Carolina and the outlet of the rivers of North Caro- lina at Cape Fear. So far is this from being the case, however, that there is not a single island on this incurving line of erosive coast. On the con-

trary, it is only when the land bellies out into the sea near where the

great rivers deliver their detritus to its waves that the sea islands make their appearance.

At this point, namely, at Georgetown entrance, we look in vain for evidence of erosion. The records all point the other way, to a gradual encroachment of the land upon the sea. Thus, in the year 1700, the

16 THE COAST REGION. - | aS

“Rising Sun,” a large vessel, with three hundred and forty-six passengers,

that could not cross the Charleston bar, made its way without a pilot to 5

the present site of Georgetown, a thing utterly impossible during the last one hundred years. Moreover, a comparison of the soundings on Chart No. 428, of U.S. Coast Survey of 1877, with a Chart of the same locality,

published in Drayton’s View of South Car olina, in 1802, shows that, instead : :

of any scouring out or erosion, there has been a great filling up in the- interval. Seaward from Georgetown Light House, Drayton gives depths of 9 feet to 30 feet, where Captain Boutelle only found 6% feet to 19 feet of water. Inside the entrance, where the water once was 30 to 36 feet, the

mean level of low tide now only gives a depth of 9 to 31 feet. Ten sounds"

ings taken off South Island average now 7% feet, while ten soundings in ~

the same locality on Drayton’s Chart average 18 feet.

It would seem, then, according to the fourth and remaining hypothesis, that the Sea Islands were an outgrowth of the mainland into the sea. And that this is but a continuation of the process by which the tertiary plain, stretching back to the feet of the ancient and lofty Apalachian chain, was itself formed. ‘The broadest portion of this plain lies under the loftiest and broadest vestiges of this mountain chain, whose denuda- tion furnished the most abundant material. Northward, under lesser elevations, which could only furnish less material, the tertiary plain gradually wedges out and the sea approaches the mountains. The slow uniformity of this long process of growth is further shown by the gentle and uniform slope with which this plain approaches the sea. Nor does it end abruptly there. For one hundred miles or more the sea scarcely exceeds one hundred fathoms, until it suddenly deepens to two thousand fathoms under the gulf stream. The sea islands are not isolated phe-

nomena peculiar to this period. In the interior the intricate network of. 5

swamps and bays corresponding with the present inlets, creeks and rivers of the coast, represent the old channels and deltas through which the waters flowed, when the pine flats and ridges, still resting in the meshes of this network, were themselves veritable sea islands. Prof. Toumey refers to Murphy’s island, south of South Santee inlet, as furnishing a typical illustration of the manner in which this occurs. A bar is formed at the mouth of the river by the action of the ocean. Breakers make their appearance seaward, and gr adually push forward the sand as they approach the shore. When i sand rises above the | surface, the water becomes too shallow to produce breakers; they disap ) pear, and commence again off the shore, and further south. An eddy is _

formed between the sandbar and the shore, in which the river deposits” its sediment. From an eddy it is changed, first into a lagoon, and then ~

a

ae ee

. THE COAST REGION. 17

It then becomes a marsh and is taken possession of by the marsh reed, to be succeeded, when the debris collected by their growth has raised the

- locality above high water, by tufts of rushes. Meanwhile seaward, the

sands, first pushed up against the outflowing current of the river by the ocean, are dried by the sun, and then blown forward and heaped into hills and ridges, forming a protection against the encroachments of the waters whence they came. Every breeze blowing landward carries along with it particles of fine sand, till they meet with a log or bush, or other obstacle, when they begin to accumulate in proportion to the velocity of the wind, sometimes with extraordinary rapidity—piling up and running over the top, rising in ridges and hills to the height of thirty or even of forty feet. The prevailing winds of this region, the southwest and north- east, are indicated by valleys running in this direction through these hills.”

In the manner thus described, the salt water of the ocean being ex- cluded, the surgent island is prepared for the growth of fresh water plants, such as the cypress and other swamp trees, while pines and pal- mettoes, the advance guard of the vegetable kingdom, establish outposts wherever a few inches of intervening sand renders them safe from im- mediate contact with sea water.

This theory will also account for certain topographical features observed on these islands and in their vicinity. The highest land is usually found on the margin of the island. A fact which, viewed in connection with the general observation that the banks of streams are higher than the adjacent alluvial lands, strongly sustains the view of their deposition from river currents. The prevailing shape of the islands is triangular. The apex is directed southwest, often terminating in marshes, while the higher and dryer base faces northeast. From Mr. Tuomey’s observations, it appears that it is the sandbar on the northeast that first rises above the waves, remaining the most elevated, while the growth proceeds in a south- westerly direction. This southwardly growth results from a deflection of the river current that is transporting the material of which the island is to be formed. Whether this deflection toward the right (or the southwest) be due, as Prof. Kerr thinks, to a force arising from the earth’s rotation, which deflects all moving bodies to the right in the northern hemisphere, or to the prevailing southwestwardly current along these shores, or to

both, it is certain that such a deflection clearly exists. Seaward it may

be clearly noted in the charts of the coast survey in the depositions now

taking place at the mouths of the rivers. The ship channels are always found to the south of the harbors. Inland, the south and southwest bend

of the rivers has been already mentioned ; and coupled with it is the observation made long since by Mr. Ruffin, that the bluffs are on the west 2

18 THE COAST REGION.

and the swamps are on the east banks of these streams, or as it would be stated from observations on the sea islands, the short slopes face north | and east, and the long slopes south and west. The contours of the slopes throughout the tertiary plain conform generally to this rule, and mam ; be accounted for in this way. |

PHYSICAL FEATURES.

In approaching the coast from the sea about the time the white caps of the first breakers are seen, a long, low line of smooth, hard, sandy beach, | for the most part of a snowy whiteness, makes its appearance. Immedi- ately inland from the beach swell the undulating ridges of blowing sand, ripple-marked by the action of the wind, in striking similarity to the wave marks of water. ‘=.

Here the palmetto meets you, standing often solitary and alone, a con- spicuous landmark in the picture. Beyond rise the dark green turrets of the pine, beneath which a tangled growth of myrtles and vines is found. Sometimes more than one ridge of sand hills, with an average elevation of ten or fifteen feet, must be traversed before the borders of the salt marsh aré reached. The salt marshes, their stiff, green reeds rising out of the black ooze visible at low tide, and at the flow apparently floating on the water, with here and there a stray palmetto ora group of under-sized live oaks, their limbs covered with the long, gray moss, form the scarcely varying _ framework of all landscapes among the sea islands. Everywhere these marshes are penetrated by salt rivers and creeks of greater or less width and depth, and surround islands varying from a few acres to many square __ miles in area. These islands attain a height of ten to fifteen feet—rarely of twenty-five or thirty—above high tide. The mean rise and fall of the tides is 6.9 ft. at the mouth of the Savannah river; 6.7 ft. at Port Royal; 5.1 ft. at Charleston harbor, and 3.5 ft. at Georgetown entrance, showing a marked diminution as you advance northeast along the coast. The _ influence of the tide extends to a distance of thirty miles in a direct line from the sea, up the Savannah river, and about fifteen miles up the San- tee. Salt water, however, usually ascends the Santee river only about two miles, and even when the current of the river is diminished in seasons of great drought, not more than four miles. Up Georgetown bay it reaches amhen and is sometimes injurious to the crops at a distance of 4 fourteen miles. What has been said of the Santee in regard to fresh and» salt water, is true to nearly the same extent of the Savannah river. .

SOIL

The soil of the sea island consists, for the most part, of a fine, sandy loam. This soil rests on a subsoil of yellow sand or yellow clay, of fine

THE COAST REGION. 19

_ texture and deepening in color, sometimes to red. These clays give a yel-

low hue to the otherwise gray surface, which is noticed by Mr. Seabrook as indicating lands peculiarly adapted for the production of the silky

_ fibre of long staple cotton. Besides these soils there are numerous flats, or

fresh water swamps, known as bays; here and there a few of these have been reclaimed by drainage ; the soil is a black vegetable mould of great fertility, resting on fine ine clay and marl. To a very limited extent the salt marsh has also been reclaimed, but as yet agriculture has availed itself so little of the vast possibilities in this line, that the chief value of the salt marsh attaches to its use in furnishing forage and litter for stock and inexhaustible material for the compost heap. Low as these lands lie, they are susceptible of drainage. The following analyses will indicate more in detail the character of the soils:

(1) (2) (3)

Meeoluble matter... ... ...... . 89.368 92.480 58.110 RICA, is ee ey i et) 20062 0.425 0.328 IN 5 ie isl ho Sa to oh ee ORT \ 0.190 so Sh OOTT hie 1476 Sh sa OAT | Va wives, oe? So te OUTS 0.892 0.420 REELS ee alia “a cee ya p08 trace 0.517 Mupmermanganese. . ..... .°. . 0.154

SITOD a ee ee 0.598 \ 9.490 1.860 BE ea yee yl Bae oh OBL OF 1.131 Mumemtntic acid...) 0. ae. 4 0168 0.095 0.062 MERIC ACIC. ys Se ee OSA 0.070 0.422 Waiter and organic matter... ... . 4.789 2.928 44.865 RIT eee laa 0.420 0.840

(1) Is soil from northeast end of James island, furnished by Elias Riv- ers, Hsq., for analysis, to Dr. Eugene A. Smith, of Tuscaloosa, Ala., and may be taken as a specimen of the less sandy soils of the sea islands. Such land will yield ie hundred pounds of long staple lint one year with another.

(2) Is by Prof. C. U. sikcnnd of Charleston, of soil from Mr. J. J. Mi-

_ kell’s place on Edisto island, famous for having long and profitably pro-

. . 4

:%

3

duced the finest grade of sea island cotton, and may be considered as a representative soil.

(3) Is also by Prof. C. U. Shepard, being an analysis of an air-dry speci- men of salt marsh.

_ These analyses will serve to correct serious errors in statements as to "the poverty of sea islands, made by J. B. Lyman and J. R. Sypher, in a

20 THE COAST REGION. J

work on cotton culture, published by Orange Judd & Co., New York. It is stated there (page 129) that a chemical analysis discloses the fact that the soil on an acre of sea island cotton land, taken to the depth of one foot, contains only fifteen pounds of phosphoric acid and twenty pounds” of potash. By the above analyses, however, we find an average of more than one-tenth of one per cent. of phosphoric acid, and one-sixteenth of one per cent. of potash. Allowing a cubic foot of earth to weigh one hun- dred pounds, we would have on an acre to the depth of one foot four mil- lion, three hundred and fifty-six thousand pounds, of which one-tenth of one per cent. would be four thousand, three hundred and fifty-six pounds, showing nearly two long tons of phosphoric acid instead of fifteen pounds to the acre. The potash, by the same calculation, would amount to five thousand and fifty pounds instead of twenty pounds to the acre. Thus, in. the place of being barren for lack of these ingredients, each acre of the sea islands possess an amount which, if rendered available to plant growth, would suffice for the production of over eight million, six hundred and eighty thousand pounds of lint cotton, as they do not, by Jackson’s and Shep- ~

ard’s analyses, constitute the one-twentieth of one per cent. of cotton fibre. a Besides, the salt marsh materials for maintaining and developing the fer-— tility of the soil abound throughout the coast region. There are numer- ous deposits of post pleiocene marl on the islands, as at Daton’s swamp, Johnson’s island, Stono creek, Edisto island, James Seabrook’s island, | Distant island, near Beaufort, and elsewhere. The banks of “raccoon” oyster” shells, peculiar to this latitude, are found in abundance on— this coast and furnish excellent and easily accessible stores of lime. These shells are also used for concrete for walls, known as tabby work. The walls of forts several centuries old attesting its dura- bility. Roads and streets are also made smooth and hard by their use, Here, also, in the Stono, Edisto, Coosaw, Bull, Morgan, Johnson’s, Beau- fort and Broad rivers, and in other creeks and imarehes is found, and largely exported as a fertilizer to foreign lands, the phosphate rock. Ex- periments have also demonstrated that the fish, so numerous in these waters, may be caught and used for manures.

CLIMATE.

The Seis of sadbeeds are, as ‘nie be expected, greatest in , direction of low temperature, and the cold, which is sometimes injuri to the orange and olive trees, destroys, also, the germs of many insects, as of the cotton caterpillar, inimical to vegetation; and of more impo

THE COAST REGION. 21

still, it destroys the germs of disease, as of yellow fever and of numerous skin diseases that flourish in similar regions elsewhere, preventing them from becoming indigenous, and keeping them exotics forever, requiring yearly renewal from without.

Table I, at the end of Part I, presents the leading features of the coast climate, as preserved in the records of meteorological observations made at Charleston, S. C.

Notwithstanding the amount of rainfall and proximity to the sea, the climate is not excessively moist, as might be inferred. This is owing to the large number of clear days, averaging about two hundred and thirty- five during the year, against an average of eighty-six days in which rain fell, and forty-four cloudy and rainless days. Fogs are of very infrequent occurrence. . Vegetation is usually checked by cold for not more than six weeks in the year, from the middle of December to the first of February. Nature, that does not allow the inhabitants of higher latitudes to become purely agricultural in their pursuits, forcing them, during the snows and ice of winter, to seek occupation in other arts and industries, here bares her bosom the year round to furnish food and work for man, and seed time and harvest occur in every month.

HEALTH.

By the U.S. Census for 1870, it appears that the minimum number of deaths in South Carolina occur during the month of October. After that month the number steadily increases during winter and spring, until the month of May, when the maximum number of deaths take place. From this date the mortality diminishes, more rapidly than it has increased, until the minimum in October is reached. By the same authority it is also shown that the groups of diseases most fatal during the month of _ May are such as hydrocephalous, apoplexy, accidents and injuries, none which can in any way be considered as due to climatic or local influences. From this it follows that death, and, consequently, ill health, in South Carolina cannot be attributed to the preponderance of any climatic or local causes, but supervene from such causes as may and must exist everywhere. The correctness of this negative conclusion may be safely accepted as descriptive of the sanitary condition of the State at large. There has been, however, and not without some foundation, an idea prevalent regarding the unhealthfulness of the coast region from malarial causes, which requires mention, especially as occurrences of recent date have greatly modified it. While the sand ridges between the rivers have always been esteemed healthy; while the well-kept vital statistics of the city of Charleston show that its health record will compare favorably

22 THE COAST REGION.

«

with that of other cities; and while numerous localities along the coast, as Mount Pleasant, Sullivan’s island, and Beaufort, and many other places were much frequented as health resorts during the summer months, even by people from the up-country, it was confidently predicted, at the commencement of the late war, that no picket line along the ceast between the armies could be maintained during the summer months. To the surprise of nearly every one, however, such did not prove to be the case. Climatic influences interfered in no way with the vigorous prosecution of hostilities. And it was demonstrated that large bodies of

white men, under proper hygienic regulations, with the use of quinine as a preventive, might be safely counted on to endure unusual exposure and toil on these shores during the heat of summer. Since the war numerous white families, who formerly removed to the North or to the up-couatry during summer, have remained upon their farms the year round in the © enjoyment of their usual health. By the census enumeration of June, 1880, the death rate among the rural population of the entire sea island district was fourteen per one thousand for the preceding year. Of the twenty-three white men who were enumerators of the tenth census on ~ the sea islands, during the months of June and July, 1880, there was no day lost from work on account of sickness, though many of them were unaccustomed to the exposures which the work necessitated. Doubtless the prophylactic use of quinine has had something to do with the ~ apparently increased healthfulness of this section, but it is also true that the danger to health was formerly greatly overestimated. With thorough drainage and careful attention to the rules of health, and especially to” securing pure drinking water, there is no question that fevers might be- expelled here as completely as they were from the fens of Cambridgeshire, in England, where they once : prevailed, but have since yielded to 7 the above methods. During the excessively hot and dry summer of 1728, “yellow fever” made its first appearance in Charleston. At greater ~ or less intervals of time it has since visited the city during the summer ~ months. After 1748 it did not make its appearance during a period of forty-four years. John Drayton writes, in 1801, “to the natives and long inhabitants of the city it has not yet been injurious.” The germs of this disease have never been naturalized on this coast, and require a fresh

war being clearly traced to a vessel from Havana, that had run the block- ade, and,as Mr. Drayton describes it, this disease still remains restricted ©

it may be enjoyed. This was clearly shown in the very fatal epidemic imported into Port Royal in 1877, causing a number of deaths there, while no case originated in the town of Beaufort, four miles distant, to

THE COAST REGION. 23

which place, however, patients suffering from the disease in Port Royal were carried for treatment.

The following table is from the reports of the Board of Health, and shows the number of deaths occurring in each one thousand of the population of the city of Charleston :

BE enh ee 3 td 29 22 23 23 25 23 Ra a ee 3. AP AT 40 41 50 46 Total. Pee 8d. pe 82" [S88 r)s 84 34

The figures for 1880 show fifty per cent. more deaths than were reported by the enumerators of the tenth U.S. Census. Of 1,621 deaths in 1881, 61, or nearly 4 per cent. were of persons over 80 years of age.

STATISTICS.

The population of the coast region, exclusive of the towns of Beaufort, Charleston and Georgetown, is 67,132. Of this number, 83 per cent. are colored, being the largest percentage in any region of the State, the proportion of the colored to the white population decreasing in each successive region as you go inland, until it is only 27 per cent. in the mountain region. This percentage has decreased on the coast since 1870, appearing in the census of that year as 90 per cent., a difference of 7 per cent. The population per square mile is 39.4, which, in spite of the large amount of marsh land, is the largest of any region in the State, the ratio varying elsewhere from 11.7 in the sand hills, to 37.8 in the upper country or region of the metamorphic rocks.

The farms are 5,847 in number, and average 3.4 per square mile, which is the largest average of any of the regions of the State except that of the upper country, which is 3.7 per square mile; but excluding the six hundred square miles of marsh on the coast, no similar tract of waste land being found in the upper country, the ratio of farms to area is much greater on the coast than elsewhere. This is not the case with the ratio of farms to population, which here reaches a minimum of eight-hundredths of a farm per capita, or twelve and one-half people to the farm, while in the sand hills it reaches fourteen-hundredths of a farm per capita, or seven

_ people to the farm. This shows that here the population is in excess | even of the small farms; and there being no other occupation, except,

24 THE COAST REGION.

perhaps, phosphate mining, in which they may be employed, it follows that a large number must earn a living as farm laborers or live without employment, both of which conclusions are correct. The work stock numbers 7,692 animals, being eleven-hundredths of an animal per capita, which is more than the ratio in the lower pine belt, but less than that of the other regions. The work stock per square mile is 4.5, being greater than in any other region, except in the upper pine belt and Piedmont regions. The product of grain, including corn, small grain and rice, is 793,669 | bushels, being 11 bushels per capita, the minimum found in any region of the State. Per square mile, the average is 466 bushels, which compares favorably with an average of 501 bushels for the whole State, especially when the salt marshes are allowed for. This is an increase on the crop of 1870, which was only stated at 389,720 bushels, or 229 bushels | per square mile, and 18 bushels per capita, the latter figure bemg much ~ diminished by the larger population returns of 1880. The total of all stock, including work stock, is 43,946, averaging 25.8 per square mile against an average of 57.1 for the whole State, and 0.65 per capita, being a little less than half the average of the whole State, which _ is 1.27. This is an increase since 1870, the average then being 9.4 per square mile, and 0.70 per capita. | The acreage of improved land is 106,772, being 62 acres per square mile, not quite one-tenth of the total area, and 1.5 acres per capita, as against an average of 3.8 acres per capita for the whole State. The bulk of this land is planted in corn, cotton, small grain and rice, there being only 9,552 acres in other crops and fallow; a large part of the latter being, ~ doubtless, the cotton lands left fallow by the best planters each alternate year.

PRODUCTIONS.

The olive and orange tree bring their fruit to full perfection on the South Carolina coast. Once only during a period of sixteen years pre vious to 1880 were the orange trees injured by frost, when the tops of about one-fourth were killed, while the roots put out fresh shoots; the fruit from single trees in the neighborhood of Beaufort has for a series of years sold for $150 to $250. The oranges of this region bring a higher price in the market and are thought superior to those grown further south. Even the banana, with a not expensive winter protection, has been made to ripen its fruit. Fig trees of every variety, with little or no

attention, grow everywhere and produce several abundant crops yearly; | so that could some process similar to the Alden process for drying fruit

4

¢

?

THE COAST REGION. 25

be adapted to them, they might become an important staple of export. Every variety of garden produce does well, as witness the extensive truck gardens on Charleston Neck, which furnish large supplies of fruits and vegetables of the finest quality to distant markets. The wild grapes, which attracted the notice of the first French colonists in 1562, still abound, and perhaps the largest grape vine in the world is one eighteen inches in diameter, near Sheldon Church, Beaufort County. Hay made of Bermuda grasses, ranking in the market with the best imported hay, has been profitably grown. Five acres at the Atlantic farm have, for a series of years, yielded nine thousand pounds per acre yearly, and on the Stono farm two tons one year, and four and a half another, has been made to the acre. Winter vetches grow wild, and the vine of the cow pea fur- nishes an abundant forage, besides increasing the fertility of the soil. The red rust proof oat, recently introduced, is peculiarly adapted to the mild winters of this region, yielding readily, and with great certainty, thirty to fifty bushels per acre. Should an increase of the population call fora larger food supply, the sweet potato would furnish it to an extent prac- tically unlimited. Indigo, rice, hemp, beans, peanuts, the castor oil bean, the sugar cane, and many other sub-tropical fruits and vegetables, too nu- merous to catalogue here, have been successfully cultivated as field crops. Indian corn, of the white flint variety, yields in the coast counties a little more per acre than the average yield of the same crop throughout the State. Nevertheless, only a very limited attention is bestowed on the culture of any of these articles, the leading crop, to the exclusion or dwarfing of all others, being

LONG STAPLE COTTON.

In every handful of ordinary cotton seed, three varieties, presenting well marked differences, may be recognized at a glance. The largest of these is covered with a green down; another, smaller and much more numerous seed, is covered with a white or grayish down; the third variety is naked, smooth and black. Whether these three sorts of seed corres- pond to three classes under which the numerous varieties of cotton are

- arranged, that is, the green seed with gossypium hirsutum or shrub

cotton, attaining a height of ten or twelve feet, a native of Mexico, and varying as an annual, biennial or perennial, according to the climate in which it is grown; the white seed, with gossypium herbaceum, or herbaceous cotton, an annual, attaining a height of two feet, native of the Coromandel coast and the Nilgeherries ; the black seed, with gossypium arboreum, or tree cotton, a native of the Indian Peninsular, but attaining a height of one hundred feet on the Guinea coast, and producing a silky

i

¥

26 THE COAST REGION.

cotton, it may not be possible to say. The black seed, however, is not distinguished from the seed of the long staple or sea island cotton. If selected from among the other varieties of upland cotton seed, it will in a series of years produce a finer, silkier and stronger fibre than ordinary ~ uplands. If the best and purest sea island cotton seed be planted in the ~ neighborhood of the upland or short staple cotton they will readily hybridize. Among the numerous varieties of hybrids thus produced, there will prominently appear a vigorous plant, with a very large green seed. The staple of these green seed plants varies greatly, in some in- stances being very short and coarse, in others longer and finer even than the best sea island. The most marked characteristic, however, of there hybrids will be the size and vigor of the plants, the size of the seed and the very small amount of lint they yield. A noticeable feature, j too, is the large number of vigorous, growing, but unfruitful, plants that these green seed hybrids produce, their large, glossy leaves showing above _ the other plants, but bearing the season through neither bud or blossom. Possibly such plants merely resume the biennial character of the tree or the shrub cotton and would be fruitful the second season.

original type of the allied species which Darwin refers to, as a frequent occurrence among hybrids produced between remoter and more dissimilar q varieties. 3

ORIGIN OF LONG STAPLE COTTON.

Tt would be a matter of much interest to determine the origin and his-— tory of the varieties of cotton now in cultivation. The difficulties of doing ~ this are much increased by the very wide geographical range occupied by the plant. The earliest explorers, Columbus, Magellan, Drake, Capt. Cook, and others, seem to have found it almost everywhere in the broad belt extending from the equator to 30° S. and to 40° and 45° N. latitude, where it now grows. Although it is not found among those oldest of vest- ments, the wrappings of Egyptian mummies, its use was known to man in ~ Europe, Asia, Africa, America, and the outlying islands of the sea, in the remote past, far beyond the historic age. Its very name itself bears ~ evidence to this, occurring as it does in many, and in the most ancient languages.. Thus through the Dutch ketoen, Italian cotone, Spanish al- godon, we pass to the Greek kiton, turned wrong side out in the Latin tunie, to the Arabic katan, the Syriac kethene, the Samaritan kitana, the Sanserit katan, the Hebrew kuttoneth (Gen. xxxvil: 23, 31), the Ethiopic kethan, the Chaldee kethan; and Gesenius conducts us to a most ancient and

rj

obsolete Semetic root, kathan, signifying to cover. Nevertheless nothing

THE COAST REGION. QT

E , can show more clearly the importance of tracing and understanding the

history of plants under cultivation than the variations and improyements in black seed cotton since its introduction on the Carolina coast. It is known that the first bale of long staple cotton exported from America, in 1788, was grown on St. Simon’s island, Georgia. That this bale was grown by a Mr. Bissell, from seed that came from either the Bahama or the Barbadoes islands. Singularly enough the authorities leave this mat- ter in doubt—the Hon. Wm. Elhott saying it came from Anguilla, one of the Bahamas, and Signor Filippo Partatori (Florence, 1866) saying it came from Cat island, one of the Barbadoes. But as Anguilla is one of the Barbadoes, and Cat island one of the Bahamas, it would seem difficult to decide*to which group of islands we are indebted for these seed. How- ever, as Mr. Thomas Spalding, of Sapelo island, says in a letter to Goy- ernor Seabrook, in 1844, that three parcels of long staple cotton seed were brought to a gentleman in Georgia, from the Bahamas, in 1785 and 1786, it would seem that the seed reached our coast from those islands. In the Bahamas it was called gossypium barbadense, in consequence doubtless of being brought from Barbadoes. In the latter island it was known as Persian cotton (Edward’s West Indies, vol. iv., p. 863) and was thought to have come from that country where it was originally derived from the gossypyum arboreum of India. Be this as it may, Mrs. Kinsey Burden, of Burden’s island, Colleton county, 8. C., obtained some of these seeds from

Georgia and planted them. This crop failed to mature, and the first suc-:

eessful crop of long staple cotton grown in South Carolina was planted in 1790, by Wilham Elliott, on the northwest corner of Hilton Head, on the exact spot where Jean Ribault landed the first colonistsand erected a column

_ of stone, claiming the territory for France a century before the English

settled on the coast. Mr. Elliott’s crop sold for 103d. per pound. Other planters made use of this seed, but it was not until Kinsey Burden, Sr., of Colleton county, began his selections of seed, about the year 1805, that at- tention was strongly called to the long staple. Mr. Burden sold his crop of that year for twenty-five cents per pound more than did any of his neighbors. He continued to make selections of seed and to improve his staple, and in 1825 he sold a crop of sixty bales at $1.16 perpound. 'The year subsequent his crop sold for $1.25, and in 1828, he sold two

_ bales of extra fine cotton at $2.00 per pound, a price not often exceeded since. The legislature was on the point of offering Mr. Burden $200,000

for his method of improving the staple of cotton, and Mr. Wm. Seabrook,

or Edisto, was prepared to pay him $50,000 for his secret, when it was discovered that the fine cotton was due wholly to improvements made in

the seed by careful and skillful selections. Since then the greatest care

_ has been bestowed upon the selection of the seed, and to such perfection

28 THE COAST REGION. ten

was the staple brought by this means, that the crops of some planters _ were sold, not by sample, but by the brand on the bale, as the finest wines are. During the war the cultivation of the finest varieties being abandoned on the islands, the seed remowed to the interior greatly dete- riorated in quality. So scarce, on this account, was good seed directly after the war, that J. T. Dill, a cotton merchant in Charleston, at one time had in an ordinary letter envelope the seed from which all the bet- ter qualities of long staple cultivated now was derived. Nor have the improvements made by careful selection of the seed ceased in later years. The staple has kept fully up to the best grades of former days, and the proportion of lint to seed cotton has been increased. Formerly one pound’ of lint cotton from five pounds of seed cotton of the fine varietieS’ was con- sidered satisfactory. Thanks to the efforts of Mr. E. M. Clark, a fine va- riety of cotton has been recently found, which yields one pound of lint to— three and one-half pounds of seed cotton, preserving at the same time the strength, length and evenness of fibre characteristic of the best varieties.

APPEARANCE OF THE PLANT.

The sea island cotton plant is a larger and more vigorous grower than the upland plant. It withstands the vicissitudes of the heat and cold better, and it is less subject to disease ; blight and rust do not affect it as readily as they do the upland cotton, nor does it shed its forms and bolls to anything like the same extent. These remarks as to rust apply also to those varieties of uplands in which the length of the staple has been improved by selection of the seed, and rows of this are often seen healthy: and vigorous, while the short staple uplands around are withered with the rust. The early growth of the sea island is so vigorous, that it main=- tains itself in fields infested with Bermuda and nut grass, as the uplands could not do. The leaves are larger, smoother, and of a brighter green than uplands, and the flowers are larger, handsomer, and of a mo golden yellow. But the bolls are smaller, and instead of being five-lobec are only three-lobed—these lobes being so sharp pointed as to prick the fingers, to the serious inconvenience of pickers not accustomed to gather it. Ofcourse the small size of the bolls requiring so many to make ¢ pound, adds much to the tediousness and expense of harvesting the crop The fibre of the lint is much finer, stronger, smoother and silkier than uplands; and while the latter is only } to } inches in length, the se: island will measure 1} to 2} inches; the color, too, has a cast of creamy yellowness not observed in uplands. *

THE COAST REGION. 29

LABOR AND SYSTEM OF PLANTING.

On the sea islands of Carolina, field labor is performed almost exclu- sively by negroes. Nearly all of them are engaged in farming on their own account; a large number own farms; a still larger number rent lands for cultivation, and even the laborers are paid most generally by granting them the use of so many acres of land for certain stipulated services. The total number of farms on the islands is stated to be fifty-four hundred and fifty-three, but the number probably exceeds six thousand, the enu- merators having had the lands and crops cultivated by renters returned by the landowner, and consolidating them as being in some sort under one management, when they were, in reality, entirely independent—an error ever likely to occur, and sometimes quite difficult to avoid, and which bas no doubt caused the number of farms to be underestimated and their size overestimated in many sections of the South. The largest number of acres of sea island cotton planted under one management nowhere exceeds one hundred acres. The white planters do not proba- bly average more than thirty acres, and this necessitates that they

should be landlords of considerable estate. For as the laborers are fre- ‘quently given five to seven acres for two days’ work in the week, and as this two days’ work per week does not suffice for the cultivation of more than four acres, to cultivate thirty acres of cotton under this system requires seventy-five acres of land; add to this the amount usually planted in corn and other crops, and we will have one hundred and twenty acres. As under the best system the land lies fallow every other year, the planter of thirty acres of cotton wil] require two hundred and forty acres of open land; and as scarcely one-fifth of the land is under cultivation, such a planter will probably own some twelve hundred acres. Thus there is no proportion between the size of the farm actually culti- vated and the land holdings—the first being quite small and the last large. This state of things is owing to absence of capital and the low price of land and labor. Lands which were worth $50 to $60 an acre more than half a century ago (Mill’s Statistics §. C., pp. 372 and 472), and which had increased in value down to 1860, being until recently either wholly unsaleable or selling at $10 per acre or less.

WAGES.

On James island, which at this time is perhaps under a more progres- | sive system of culture than the other sea islands, laborers are paid cash for their work, at the rate of fifty cents per diem and $10 per month, with

30 THE COAST REGION.

board—the latter being a ration of three pounds of bacon and one peck. of grist a week, with shelter and fuel. The soil and the condition of the laborers is reported as improving, and cash wages are considered prefer- able to the share, or the land system of payment. Arable land ren ts. here at $2 an acre per annum. The price of land is from $15 to $30 an acre. A few laborers own their houses, but very few own any farming land.

On John’s island, cash wages are from $8 to $10 a month, with board. Most of the laborers, however, are engaged for two days’ work a week by allowing them a house, fuel, and six to seven acres of land free of rent. The report is that the system is not satisfactory. The lands worked by the landlords are improving; that worked by the laborers on their own | account is deteriorating rapidly. The labor is not so easily controlled as when cash wages are paid. The lands vary greatly in price—prices” ranging from $2.50 to $20 per acre, with some lands valued recently still higher. Rent is higher than on James’ Island, in consequence of a sys- tem. that increases the demand by multiplying small farmers, and i about $3 per acre per annum.

On Edisto island, the two days’ system prevails. The laborer gives” the landlord two days’ work in every week during ten months of the year, and receives in return a house, fuel, and six acres of arable land, which, together with such other land as he may rent, he cultivates on his own account during the remainder of the week. When extra work is required on the farm, these laboring tenants are employed at fifty cents by the day. The system is reported as being quite unsatisfactory, these two days hands not cultivating more than two acres 4s an average for the pro- prietor, and burdening his estate with the support of a much larger population than necessary to its cultivation. By means of this, howeyer, a large amount of resident labor is secured on the place, which is of prime importance during the cotton-picking season. The laborers themselves prefer this system, having four days out of the week for themselves, they are more independent, and can make any day they choose a holiday. As a rule, they are comfortably off, and about seven per cent. are reported as owning homes of their own and some land. The land for which they pay rent service generally deteriorates in value. The lands worked 1 the proprietors are among the very best on the sea-coast, and are improv: ing. The average yiéld of cotton on the whole island is a bale to 2.6 acres; for the six largest planters it is a bale to 1.7 acres. Consideri nk the quality of the staple produced, it may be safely said that the large farms yielded between two and three times as much as the small ones Lands here are worth from $10 to $25 per acre—formerly they wer worth from $50 to $70 per acre. Small tracts rent for about $4 per a x

‘J ye)

7

THE COAST REGION. 31

per annum, larger tracts for less. And there is a state of things which tends to reduce the saleable value of lands, while it increases the rental value-of it.

West of St. Helena sound, land is almost without exception in the hands of small negro farmers, either as tenants or proprietors. Much of this land, valued formerly at $40 to $60 an acre, was confiscated, as a war measure, by the U.S. government. A good deal of it was purchased

by negroes at the government sales, at $1.25 an acre, on credit, and is still owned by them. The size of the land-holdings is from one to twenty acres, and nowhere is more than fifteen acres of cotton cultivated under one management. Much of the land is uncultivated, and the remainder, in small patches, varying from one-eighth of an acre and less to three acres in size, is planted in corn, cotton and sweet potatoes, curiously intermingled. Nowhere in the State, not even among the gardens on Charleston Neck, is the system of small culture so strikingly illustrated. The farmers usually own a cow, a mule or horse, and the work stock is sufficiently numerous, though of a very inferior quality. Farm fixtures are of the simplest and cheapest description. There is seldom any shelter for the stock, the cabin of the proprietor being generally the only house on the premises. The stock is fed on marsh grass, with a little corn, and is, in a large measure, subsisted by being picketed out, when not at work, to graze on such weeds as the fallow spontaneously furnishes. Plows are numerous enough, but the chief reliance is upon the hoe, which, for several generations, was the only implement known to agriculturists on this coast. These small negro farmers have enjoyed many advantages. They bought their lands on easy terms, at one-thirtieth to one-fiftieth of their value. They had the benefit of the famine prices of cotton during the war for their staple product. Since the war, the industries connected with the working of the phosphate rock in the rivers, and on the main | lands adjacent to them, have furnished the men with employment at higher wages than could be obtained elsewhere in the State. The opening of the railway to Port Royal harbor has, also, made a demand for labor in loading and unloading vessels, at a better per diem than was elsewhere obtainable. Graded schools were early established here, and have been maintained on a large scale, uninterruptedly, for many years. Fish, oysters and game abound, and poultry, as chickens, ducks and turkeys, do particularly well. This adds largely to the ease with which these people subsist. They live comfortably, happily and peacefully. All the larger houses and buildings about the old farmsteads have rotted down or been burned down, and have been replaced by small cabins and a few country stores, where the traders, invariably white men, who take no part i in the cultivation of the soil, collect and dispose of the crop and supply

i i he

}

32 THE COAST REGION.

the community with such articles of food and dress as are required. Most of the men are engaged at the phosphate works, or on the wharves at Port Royal, and the heft of the farm work is performed by the women and - children, Land is worth $10 to $15 an acre. (See opposite table, showing relation of size of farms, number of work stock and production.)

CREDITS AND ADVANCES.

Purchasing supplies on a credit prevails to a considerable extent, especially among the small farmers. The exact rate at which these advances are made cannot be given, as it is not charged as interest, but is included in an increased price asked for supplies purchased on credit. It varies from twenty to one hundred per cent. above the market value of the goods, according to the amount of competition among the store-keepers, who here, as elsewhere in the State, are by far the most ~ prosperous class of the community, in proportion to the skill and capital employed. The better class of farmers do not approve of this credit system. It furnishes facilities to small farmers, and encourages them to undertake operations they cannot make remunerative to themselves; it reduces the number of laborers, and precludes high culture. The rental value of land is thus increased, and land which could not be sold for $10 may be rented for $5. The thriftless culture resulting from the small farms, unduly multiplied by this unhealthy stimulus of credit, causes many acres to be thrown yearly out of cultivation. Thus the increasing demand to rent land, in consequence of the increasing facilities for credit: to small farmers, and the constantly diminishing area of arable land, resulting from the very imperfect system of culture their lack of means forces them to adopt, create high rents, injurious to the small farmer, and impoverishes the landlord by deteriorating the quality of his land, as well as by abstracting the labor he could employ in remunerative culture.

TILLAGE AND IMPROVEMENT.

The sea islands have, since 1866, enjoyed a law special to them, requir. ing the owners of live stock to enclose them. Owing to this and to the numerous ereeks and marshes that intersect these islands, and which serve as natural divisions, when required, between the different fields fences are not a burden on the agriculture of the coast lands, and there is oop, anaes little sig

the sea eas as to Be ahaa semi of eng considered a regular a g ce

ricultural operation, has of necessity always been practised to some exten! nt

\

IY} UO “UOt~NPOLT

SOLOW 8} 01 YOOIS YIOAL

Se eee Bn eS CEES 0D LyoOdaAvag GT 0} T oF el SESE SS SEES... "9909* NWIST S.NHOr 41 T os ot Sea SSS MEE = VIS] MVIVINGY AY FFO1T g SI SSSanessa SSS GEESE... “*"" GNWIS] OLSIay ST 9 T 9S 91 eer Ser setters HOMDH ISTH 0g 0} T FS SEs SS (oo Sees. ito ANWIS]T sanve ¢ OT FI ; “pu OTTL Oo | *posonpo. d Fe ane ike 3 sy Le r 2Bo ae a ; i ; PUBT PILL } p pol UIBy Yo *XLITVOOT

ee_ Youd 0] W009 ur soloy

0} PULT PILL JO soloy JO JoquINN sSeoay

UONOD) 9} “YooKy YwoA, fo waqunyy ayy pun swung fo arg ay) fo suoynpy ay) hynnydviy burnoys ATV

4 THE COAST REGION. 33

The remarkably high beds on which cotton is planted here, being from eighteen inches to two feet high, subserves this purpose. ‘The best plant- ers have long had open drains through their fields. These were gener- ally made by running two furrows with a plow, and afterwards hauling out the loose dirt with a hoe, thus leaving an open ditch, if it may be so termed, a foot or more in depth. In recent years the enterprising farm- ers on James’ island have made deeper ditches and placed plank drains in them. Seeing the great benefit resulting from this, they subsequently replaced the plank with regular drainage tile. In this way they have reclaimed a good deal of land, besides adding largely to the value of that already under cultivation. The outlets open to the sea at low-water mark and the pressure of the water in the pipes preserves a constant out- flow even at high tide. So that land only a foot or two above high-water mark, is susceptible of thorough drainage to the depth of four or even five feet. The borders of these islands being usually their highest parts, and the interior often quite low, a wide field for improvement is offered in this direction.

In the early part of the century, when agriculture had so far devel- oped the value of these lands as to make $60 an acre for planting land not an unusual price, the use of the plow was entirely unknown here, and all the operations of tillage were performed by hand with the hoe alone. This continued to be the usual practice until the war. Since then plows have come more and more into use, until their employment is now quite ° general.

Fallowing is practiced to the extent that land planted i in cotton one year is pastured by cattle and sheep, not hogs. It is claimed that great benefit is derived by having the loose soil of the islands trodden by stock. during the year they lie fallow. The rapid growth of bushes, briars and weeds is kept down by the stock, and the dried stems of the cotton stalks of the previous year are broken up and trampled down. If care be taken “that the grass is not eaten so close as to expose the soil on the tops of the beds to the summer sun,” it is found when the stock are turned off in November, to range through the fields, that the pasture “is in exactly the right condition for the coming season’s cotton fields, with no cotton stalks, or troublesome growth to be got off, or under the land and make it too husky.”

About one-half of the land formerly cultivated is reported as “turned out” on John’s island, and the same or a larger proportion on Wadma- law. On the other islands less land has passed out of cultivation, but no- where has the acreage under cultivation increased.

34 THE COAST REGION.

CULTIVATION.

a A mule can do the plowing required in the cultivation of thirty acres”

in sea island cotton, and can, in addition, cultivate a sufficiency of land to supply corn for its own feed, perhaps something over. ‘he first step in the preparation of the land is to hoe off the weeds (“hurricane”), cut up the cotton stalks, and pile and burn this litter. This costs forty cents per acre. Bushes are grubbed up at a cost of seven cents per acre. The land is not broken up broadcast with the plow, but early in February two fur-— rows of a single-horse turning plow are run in the old alleys, making a trench seven or eight inches deep. In this furrow asubsoil plow may or- may not be run, according to the character of the subsoil. Wherever un-

der drainage is practised, as on James island, the furrow is generally used. |

Before plows came into use this trench was never made, and even now it

is omitted by some of the most successful planters. Into this trench, or

into the middle of the alley, where there is no trench, the manure is,

placed. This consists usually of about twenty cart loads of marsh mud

and one thousand to one thousand four hundred pounds of cotton seed.

Stable and lot manure, together with composts of marsh mud and rushes,

are also applied in the furrow at the rate of forty cart loads per acre on—

‘such a portion of the land as the limited number of stock enables the— farmer to treat in this method. On the lines of manure thus laid down,

acertain quatitity of commercial fertilizer is drilled. This practice, i

wholly unknown formerly, is very common now, even the smallest negro

farmers often going heavily in debt to obtain these fertilizers from the

store-keepers. They are handy, obviate the labor and care of stock and

the forethought and toil of collecting and manipulating composts. On

James island and John’s island a mixture consisting of two hundred and

fifty pounds acid phosphate, two hundred pounds kainit (German potash.

salt) and: two hundred pounds calcined marl is applied per acre. Ot : Edisto island they use two hundred pounds fish scrap (half dry in bar-

peracre. On St. Helena island little fertilizer is used. Cotton seed i worth $15 to $20 per ton, and the commercial fertilizers from $15 to $e )

i

the manure. This costs only seventeen and one-half cents per acré,

a

THE COAST REGION. 35.

while the listing with the hoe costs eighty cents, although the latter has the great advantage of bringing all the vegetable mould and humus di- rectly to the spot where the roots of the plant are to grow. Over the mass of dirt, weeds, manure, ete., thus collected in the old alley, a double roller, five feet from centre to centre, and weighing about eight hundred’ pounds, is passed to press together and compact the whole, completing two rows atatime. All this should be completed by the first to the mid- dle of March, and the bed is then built up by lapping in two more fur- rows on a side, with a single or double horse turning plow.

The land is now ready for planting, which may begin any time after the 20th of March; but the 1st to the 10th of April is the time preferred. Cotton planters are not used. Three hands do this work ; the one ahead

_ chops a hole with a hoe on the top of the bed at intervals of twelve to

eighteen inches; another hand drops eight or ten seed in each hole, and

the third follows and covers carefully with the hoe. Three to four pecks

of seed are used to the acre. The seed makes its appearance above ground in eight to twelve days after being planted, and the stand is perfected from the second week in April to the first week in May. Hoeing begins about the first of May. The second hoeing takes place the last of May. The plows then break out the middles (the spaces between the new beds where the old beds stood). The hoe hands follow, and pull up the loose dirt left by the plow to the foot of the cotton. This is called hauling; by it the new bed is completed, the cotton is kept from flagging (falling down), and the grass is kept under. It costs eighty cents per acre. At the second hoeing some stalks are thinned from the bunch in which the seed breaks the ground, and at each succeeding hoeing and hauling other stalks are remoyed, until in July only one ;stalk of each bunch is left. There are four hoeings and four haulings by the last week in July, one or more furrows with a sweep plow being run through the middles pre- vious to each hauling. By the last of July the culture is completed, except to run a furrow with the sweep between the rows in August, to destroy grass and keep the cotton growing.

The first blossoms appear about the middle of June, when the cotton is fifteen inches high, and the*bolls open towards the end of August, when the plants have attained a growth of four to five feet. Cotton picking commences from the last week in August to the second week in Septem- ber. For the first picking, while the cotton is thin, one and a half cents per pound seed cotton is paid. Subsequently the price is one cent per pound, never less, until the last of November, when it rises again to one and a half to two cents. By the 15th December the crop is gathered.

_ Mr. W. E. Fripp, a progressive planter on John’s island, remarks in

_ concluding his report: “No improved implements are used or needed

“t ty

ae

36 THE COAST REGION.

in sea island cotton culture.” Any one hand, with ordinary implements and management, can make four times as much cotton as he can gather.” Naturally this suggests the reflection, what is to be done, in a region devoted almost exclusively to cotton culture, with the three hands not needed during the cultivation of the crop, but of. paramount importance during the picking season. What industries can be introduced to give them employment? It would seem, whatever they are, they must be of such a character as is suited not only to cheap labor, but to cheapen labor. Already the cotton picker pockets one-sixth of the gross value of the crop, and isa heavy burden on the producer. At $7.50 per bale, which is below the actual cost of picking, it requires an expenditure of $40,000,000 to $45,000,000 to gather the crops now made. This large sum is paid out in the space of two mouths for work in which the most unskilled and least robust laborers excel. Just here there is a gorge in the industry of the cotton belt, piling up a vast reserve of stagnant energies to surmount the obstacle of cotton picking. Should it ever be removed, and ma- chinery be invented to reduce the cost of this work, improvements in culture would follow so rapidly, and the product of cotton could be so greatly increased, that, besides being used for clothing, it might become one of the cheapest materials for building purposes. Everywhere, in the production of this staple, improvements are possible to an indefinite extent; but when cotton picking is reached, there, as in gold digging, the only resource is a human being, an unskilled drudge, at low wages.

This absolute dependence of cotton production on purely human labor has not been without its humanizing influences, and king cotton has been, q more powerful to preserve friendly relations between the stronger and the weaker race than military governors and reconstruction acts. The comparatively small amount of manual labor necessary for crops of grain or hay might, had such crops replaced the culture of cotton, have left the negro with as little support on American soil as the Chinaman, and their hegira to the West, or to Africa, might have been possible; as it is, the home of the cotton pickers has been made too soft and easy a place to— them to render any such occurrence at all probable.

DISEASES AND ENEMIES.

As has been already stated, the long staple cotton is a more vigorous grower and less subject to diseases than upland cotton. Neither sore shin, blight, rust, or the shedding of fruit in unfavorable seasons, seems

to affect it to the same extent. Its enemies are in the vegetable kingdon m,

fk

weeds and grass, especially the nut grass and the Bermuda, and agains ; these the constant and skillful use of the hoe and plow are the only sa

Seah hy oo ae

THE COAST REGION. 37

guards. The most dreaded enemy of the crop is the cotton caterpillar, which makes its appearance in warm wet spells in the latter part of summer, and speedily consumes the foliage. At one time so great and constant were the depredations of these worms, that it was feared that they would, as they did for some years, put a stop to the profitable cul- ture of this crop. Now, however, by the use of paris green the planter

counts securely on contending successfully with them, and no crop has been lost in late years where it has been used in season. A mixture of one pound of paris green, one of rosin, and forty pounds of flour, is dusted by hand over the leaves on the first appearance of the worm, and this inexpensive process secures exemption from their ravages, even when they come in such numbers and work with such rapidity, that the por- tion of a field not treated to the mixture in consequence of the interven- tion of Sunday, is consumed beyond remedy.

PREPARATION OF THE COTTON FOR MARKET.

When the cotton has been picked, weighed and housed, it is next spread out in the sun, on what is called “an arbor.” This is a platform, usually made of inch boards, raised a few feet above the ground and some twenty-five feet or more square. Here the sun and air dries the cotton, preventing it from heating, which it is hable to do when stored in bulk, and it is also thought to cause the lint to absorb some of the oil in the seed, which adds to the silky lustre of the fibre. After being thus dried, it may be either stored or passed at once to the “whipper,” a machine that knocks out the dust and sand, and leaves the cotton whiter and more open. Formerly, when the price was higher than it is at present, it was all assorted. A hand was given one hundred and fifty pounds of seed cotton as a day’s task, which he thoroughly overhauled, picked out all specks, stained cotton, fragments of leaf, ete. At present, however, this is usually done by two hands, who examine the cotton as it passes into the gin, and two others behind the gin, who pick out cracked seed, motes, etc., as the lint issues from the gin. The roller gin in some form has always been used for detaching the lint from black seed cotton. Nearchus, the admiral of Alexander the Great, reports its use among the Hindoos in his time. The first roller gin used in this country was one constructed in 1788, by Mr. Bissell, of Georgia, the gen- tleman already mentioned as having introduced this variety of cotton, It consisted of two short wooden rollers moving in opposite directions, each turned by a boy or girl, and giving, as the result.of a day’s work, five pounds of lint cotton. To this succeeded the foot or treadle gin, im- ported from the West Indies, where they had been in use, having reached

38 THE COAST REGION.

there with this varieiy of cotton seed, descendants, doubtless, of the Hin- doo gins, mentioned by Nearchus. In 1790, Dr. Joseph Eve, a distin- guished physician and poet, then of the Bahama islands, but subsequently a resident in Georgia, near Augusta, made great improvements in this . gin, and adapted it to be run by horse or water power. It was claimed that his gin would detach the seed from short staple cotton; but it ap- pears not to have succeeded in doing this. Other improvements took place in the roller gin, from time to time; and about 1840, F. McCarthy, of Alabama, devised a machine which bears his name, and has been in use ever since on the sea islands. Shortly after this, small steam engines were used with the McCarthy gin, and now oxen and horses have been discarded and all the gins on the sea islands are run by steam power. A two horse power is required for each gin, which turns out on an average a bale weighing three hundred and fifty pounds as a day’s work. There is a recent English improvement of the McCarthy gin, known on the sea islands as the double McCarthy. This gin gives two bales ina ; day’s work; but as it requires greater skill to attend ‘it, they are not in © general use; two, however, are in successful operation in the large gin- house of Mr. John G. Nichols, on St. Helena island. ; The great subdivision of the land into small farms under independent management, renders it impracticable for each cotton planter, as formerly, to have a gin and ginhouse of his own. To meet this state of things, “toll” gins have been established. They are usually in the hands of store-keepers at the various boat landings. The largest establishment of this sort is the one above mentioned on St. Helena island. Here ten gins under one shelter are run by one steam engine. Bagging is kept on hand for the convenience of customers, and the cotton is either purchased by the proprietor of the gin, or shipped by him directly from the ginhouse to any American or European port the planter may prefer. There being a large store on the premises, where the wants of the planters are sup-— plied throughout the year, and a skilled machinist being in constant attendance on the gins, to keep everything running in the best order, it~ is much patronized. Almost the entire crop is prepared and marketed here, and planters, even as remote as Edisto island, bring their cotton to” be ginned and disposed-of at this gin, saving thereby, as they say, the heavy charges of wharfage, storage, insurance and commission, which are” incurred when sent to city factors to be sold. This establishment is worked, in connection with others of a similar character along the coast df Georgia, and in Florida, which together handle and dispose of eight thousand or nine thousand bales of long staple cotton annually. The usual charge ‘at these gins is three and a half to four cents per pound, lint, and they are said to pay well. The cotton is packed 11

(ae a <Y y

ae

THE COAST REGION. 39

Dundee bagging, in round bales. No press is used, as it is thought it would injure the fibre. The work is done by hand, the cotton being beaten into the bag with a pestle. At the large ginhouse on St. Helena, however, even this work is accomplished by machinery. The bag is con- veniently suspended from an iron hoop, and a disc of two inch plank, exactly fitting the bag, and moved by steam, pushes the cotton in, secur- ing greater dispatch and accuracy in the packing.

The seed is used for manure, and when sold for this purpose, brings . twenty-five to thirty-five cents per bushel of forty pounds. In 1880, only about fifty tons were exported from Charleston, chiefly to Egypt, to be used as planting seed. In this connection an incident related by Governor Seabrook illustrates the difficulties attending the handling of newly in- troduced products. In 1796, on Mr. Brisbane’s White Point plantation, in St. Paul’s Parish, the disposition to be made of the cotton seed, which “the gins began to furnish freely, became a perplexing question. Being carelessly thrown on the ground, the hogs ate it and they died. It was then put into pens, but the pigs found their way between the interstices of the rails and shared the fate of their elders. As a last resort, and with a view to be rid of the nuisance, it was deposited in a small creek con-

tiguous to the Mansion House. There, at low tide, it soon generated a miasmatic odor, which, when the wind was favorable, was so offensive as to create a strong feeling against the future culture of the crop.”

What has been written refers distinctly to the seaislands. <A consider- able quantity of long staple cotton in addition is grown on the mainlands and is known as Santees and as mains. The general economy of the cul- ture is the same as on the sea islands. The seed is obtained annually or

biennially from the islands, as it is thought to deteriorate very rapidly on the mainland. In the absence of determinate experiments for a series of years it is not easy to say what the cause of this deterioration is, or even if it is due to causes of a permanent character. That the seed does deteri- orate is a fact beyond question. But whether it would do so if not ex- posed to hybridization with uplands, and if the selections were made with the same skill and patience that is shown by. the sea island planters, can- not be said to have been demonstrated. To be perfectly secure from the influence of uplands it should be planted at least three miles distant from it, that being determined as the range of the bee whose search for honey and pollen is the fruitful source of this miscegenation. New factors too might have to be taken into consideration in the selection of the seed on new soilsand in a new climate. Crops of sea island cotton have been ~ made as high up as Orangeburg and Aiken counties. The yield was as _ good as on the coast, and the staple, while ranking well in the market,

did not command the higher prices. Were a serious effort made for a

40 THE COAST REGION.

number of years, it is not improbable that the culture of this high-priced cotton might be much extended.

It is difficult to finda satisfactory answer to the question why is tone staple cotton planted exclusively on the coast. Uplands have been tried there, and it has been found that they yield no more than long staple, which of course caused their abandonment as less profitable. The only explanation offered is to refer this case to that general law of cultivated plants, that their culture is most profitable at the northern limit at which they can be grown, inasmuch as their yield at that point is greater, their cultivation cheaper, the period of growth being shorter, and their product of better quality. This certainly is true to a large extent of cotton. Latitude is the only reason that can be given why the Carolina long sta-— ples are superior to those of Florida and Georgia. Cotton samplers say that the same is true of uplands, and the staple grown near the moun- tains are finer, stronger, and more even than the crops raised south of them. The rapid advance that cotton culture is making in the Piedmont - country would seem to show that its culture there was being found more profitable than further south.

THE COST OF COTTON PRODUCTION.

| The cost of production may be considered from two points of view. First, the actual cost to certain producers, of whom inquiry has been made. Second, what may be termed the rational cost, that is, the labor, material and capital necessarily expended in production, directly or indirectly, by the producer himself, or by some one else. The -first 1s_ real, but by no means expresses everything involved. For instance, on unsaleable land, a landholder, with little or no expenditure of capital, may produce a certain amount of cotton with labor given in return for debts ~ that could not be otherwise collected. Such cotton would cost almost ~ nothing to the producer. Between this and the opposite extreme, where the land had been bought above its real value, and a large expenditure made in the culture, there is every variation of individual experience— _ from one of immense profits, to one ending directly in bankruptey. The. rational cost, on the other hand, is sete theoretical; in estimating the cost of each item of expenditure, it must be gener ea and reduced to an average that does not, perhaps, conform exactly to the experience of any individual. It summarizes these items, and leaves them recorded for consideration. Both methods are given.” Messrs. Hinson & Rivers, on James’ island, say $80 a bale of 400 pounds, or 20 cents per pound. Dr. A. B. Rose, of Charleston, puts the cost at $70 per acre, which should yield a bale,of 350 pounds, which gives, likewise, 20 cents per pound. One of

THE COAST REGION. © 41

the most, if not the most, successful among sea island planters, Mr. J.J Mikell, of Edisto, says the cost is 15 cents per pound there. ,

_ Before considering the rational cost, a word should be said as to the amount of production. The highest yield on record to one acre is 566 pounds of lint, on a single acre on Mr. Schaffer’s place, on Wadmalaw island. A planter on John’s island made an average of 290 pounds of lint per acre, on a tract of 20 acres, while small farmers in the same locality produced only 50 pounds to 75 pounds lint per acre. The members of _ the Farmers’ Club on James’ island recorded, for 1870, an average yield

on their fields of 280 pounds of lint. On Edisto island, there is a tract of 100 acres, producing, in that year, 210 pounds of lint per acre, and conservative farmers there consider 200 pounds of lint an average on the larger farms, year in and year out, a fair yield of fine staple. In Mills’ Statistics of South Carolina, published in 1825, it is stated that a farmer on Edisto island produced, on an extensive scale, an average of 270 pounds of clean cotton to the acre. He also states that there were lots of land that had produced 485 pounds of lint to the acre. From which it would appear that the soil, climate, and old methods of culture had a capacity not very far inferior to that with which the invention of fertilizers, and of improved implements and methods, at the present time, endows this locality.

The following table presents the rational cost, giving an itemized account of all expenditures, as reported by intelligent sea island planters. The first three columns are from Edisto, the yield being placed at 200 pounds of lint cotton to the acre. Number four is from James’ island, the yield taken at 280 pounds of lint per acre. Number five represents the average expenditures of the better class of small farmers on John’s island:

492 THE COAST REGION.

Cost of each Item of Labor and Material expended in the Culture of an dot

of Cotton. ITEMS. ONE. | TWO. |THREE.| FOUR. | FIVE, e | $c] $ .e |S: el eae Rent or interest on money invested Mo dands: vei. 4: 5 00 | 5 00! 5 00} 38 00) 8 00 Wear and tear of implements . I 00° (25.00 200 ae Cleaning and burning weeds and stalks. 40) 4() AQ Nae Other cleaning up.. . O7 O7 07 25 Digging and carting salt mud . 1 00 Re ef oe Spreading salt mud. . 80 Acie eae Cotton seed for manure, 20 paltee at 35 cents. . 6 40 af SAE Lapping mud and seed in with two furrows, or rolling ditto . 123 Ue ee 15). a Fish scrap, 200 Ibs., ; and spreading, | ISI Ce 0 i rg ea aie 2 65 0 ck ano ae <img Kainit, 200 Tbs... . 1 50 ve » oa Acid. Phosphate, 200 Ibs . | AOD ze ee a Spreading last two, 15 cents each. . DOI se) ¢) aie veh or Commercial manures... .. . - -| 6.50 , 6 50.) 10 00) 7a Home-made manures.. ..... et 20 1 20 ete oe 3 mpelying amantirres, | he. on aida thy Leas cele 5d Bedding upwith plow. . .... 25 40. 40) 50 50- Splitting minddles 2 "4% siecle 25 25 50 50. Breaking out suas of old bed . 123 123 {24 aa Planting... 45.1 50 |. 0) Be ) Replanting . SE RAR, 20 25 25 25 ) Seed. 30 30 3 1 50 40 Hight to ten hoeings and hauling gs.| 5 60 | 5.60 | 5 60) 6 00! 6 06 Plowi ings with sweep plow . 25 25 25 | 2 50) “25a Thinning and regulating stand. . 123 123 124 50 50 Cleaning ditches. . 10 10 10 “5 - Brekime cotta 0: ns aye 8 00 | 8 00 | 8 00 | 11 20; 4 00 Sunning and drying cotton . . 15 15 ae : Ginning, cleaning and packing . 3 00 | 8 00 | 7 00 | 8 80) tae Bagging and twine, per bale... . 58 55 55 50 27 Hauling to gin. . 4() 40 50 25 Hauling to steamboat and freight to 4 GILY cs a), ep (cork Re 50 50 50 50 Storage, insurance, weighing, ‘dray- age > and Selling Per Pn est 2 50 | 2 50 | 2 50 | 2 50) > tae Foreman’s wages and rations.. .| 2 75 | 1 50 : oe a) 45 69351 293148 52 7 52 ae 7 a

“Ns

THE COAST REGION. 43

It would bea still more difficult problem to arrive at a satisfactory estimate of the profit per acre to the farmer. This would vary, in the first place, according to the grade of cotton produced, the prices fluctuat- ing, with the fineness of the staple, from 30 cents all the way up to $1.10 per lb. The value of the cotton, too, would depend greatly on the hand- ling of the crop, whether it was picked in time, properly stored, sunned, dried, ginned, and moted—in all of which operations the skill, care, and forethought of the farmer would count for a great deal. But if we place the price of the cotton at 40 cents per pound, we may offer the following estimates as coming somewhere near the correct deductions to be made from the data furnished by the foregoing figures.

Cost of Cotton Per Pound, and Profit Per Acre.

ONE. TWO. THREE. FOUR. FIVE.

Cost per pound

|

22 8-10¢.|254c. 24te. 18 3-5e. (27 3—10ce.

Do. plus value of seed produced and less in- > terest on investment, ip

17 9-10¢.|20 7-10¢.!19 8-10¢./15 1-10¢.'21 $e.

Profit per cultivated acre! $45 20 | $38 20 | $41 40 | $69 72 | $78 25

These figures can, of course, only be approximately correct, but the wide difference that prevails between large farms and high culture, and the small farms and insufficient culture, is a hopeful indication that the efforts at improvement have met with success, a success that would be much enhanced if we estimate the improved value of soil itself, where high culture has been practiced.

CHAPTER (TH.

THE LOWER PINE BELT, OR SAVANNA REGION.

LOCATION AND BOUNDARIES.

Contiguous to and immediately inland from the coast region les the Lower Pine Belt, or Savanna region, of South Carolina. Northward it may be bounded by a line dividing Hampton county nearly in half, leaving the Savannah river in Lawton township, running east across the county and through Broxton and Warren townships, in the northwest eorner of Colleton county, to Orangeburg county, including the town- ships of Branchville and Cow Castle. Thence along the northern bound- ary of Charleston county to the Santee river. Leavi ing the Santee river about Wright’s Bluff, this line traverses Clarendon county to its north- east corner, crosses Lynches river, descends that river to a point opposite where Catfish creek empties into the Great Pee Dee ; follows that stream to Barker’s creek, passes up it to Reedy creek, down it to the Little Pee Dee, and up that river to the North Carolina line. The section thus bounded includes the half of Hampton county, nearly all of Colleton, two town- ships in Orangeburg, all but the northwest corner of Clarendon, the southwest portion of Marion, the whole of Williamsburg, and all Charles- ton, Georgetown and Horry counties not lying on the coast, and com- prises nearly one-third of the entire State.

THE PHYSICAL FEATURES

of the Lower Pine Belt bear a striking analogy to those of the coast region. The uplands, the so-called “pine barrens,” represent the sea islands. Numerous large fresh water rivers replace the great salt water rivers and arms of the sea along the coast, and the interminable net-work

THE LOWER PINE BELT, OR SAVANNA REGION. 45

of extensive swamps and bays recall the salt marshes of the coast. Eight large rivers receiving all the water that falls in South Carolina, and a large proportion from the watershed of North Carolina, besides several smaller rivers and innumerable lesser streams, traverse this region and furnish more than 1,000 miles of navigable waters. The general ap- pearance of the country is low and flat. The uniform level of the sur- face is scarcely broken anywhere, except here and there on the banks of the streams by the occurrence of slightly rolling lands. Lime sinks are found and there is a notable chain of them south of Eutawville, between the great bend of the Santee river and the head waters of Cooper river. In a depression of the sarface a miniature lake, never exceeding fifty yards in length by a dozen in width, and sometimes only a few feet in diameter, is found. The water is ot crystalline clearness, with a visible depth of twelve to fifteen feet, and is contained in a funnel-shaped hollow of the blue limestone rock, that underlies the soil at the depth of a few inches. These lakelets or springs have no outlet, but at their bottom fissures in the limestone rock, leading to unknown depths, are observed. Through these fissures numbers of all the varieties of fresh water fish common to this locality, including eels and alewives, some of them of considerable size are seen to pass. So numerous are these fish that if all these open basins were put together into one, it would not afford food or breeding space for one-hundredth part of the fish found in any one of them. The inference seems warranted that there is here, in the caverns of the limestone rock, a subterranean stream or lake many miles in extent. The maximum elevation of this region above tide-water is reached at the village of Branchville on the South Carolina railway, and is 134 feet. From the data furnished by the surveys of the railroads traversing this region, the Port Royal, South Carolina and Wilmington roads (the Charleston and Savannah road runs near to and parallel with the coast, and the surveys of the Northeastern road have been destroyed), it ap- pears that the average slope is about 33 feet per mile. This slope, how- ever, seems to be much more rapid in the western and narrower part than it is in the eastern and broader portion of the belt. _Altmans, on the Port Royal railroad, is 105 feet above mean high tide at the head of Broad river, 18 miles distant in a direct line, giving a fall of 5.8 ft. per mile. Branchville is 134 ft. above the sea, which at North Edisto inlet, near Jehossee island, is 48 miles distant, making the fall 2.8 feet per mile. In the east the railroad bridge of the Great Pee Dee is 52 miles from the sea and has an elevation above it of only about 59 feet, or but little more than one foot to the mile. This fall would, with skillful engineering, be sufficient for thorough drainage. Left as it is, however, wholly to the operations of nature, this desirable object is far from being accomplished,

46 THE LOWER PINE BELT, OR SAVANNA REGION.

¢

and the broad but slow currents of the tortuous streams never free the swamps and lowlands of their superfluous water. So level is the country and so abundant the supply of water, that the engineering skill and out- lay required to perfect its drainage would, at comparatively small addi- tional outlay, render the larger part of the surface susceptible to cultiva- tion by irrigation. In connection with drainage and the embankment of the rivers, the assertion is frequently made, that such works are less practicable now than formerly, when they were attempted in conse- quence of the increased size and frequency of freshets, resulting from cutting down the forests, the chief obstructions to the rapid passage of rain water into the streams. In the absence of records giving exact data on this point, this assertion rests more on the apparent nature of the case than on ascertained facts. On the contrary, nothing can be more certain than that no subsequent freshet has attained the height and ex- tent of the great flood of 1796, known as the Yazoo freshet, and that none has exceeded the May freshet of 1840.

GEOLOGICAL FEATURES.

Out-crops of the cretaceous rocks of the secondary formation occur east of the Santee river, in numerous localities in the Lower Pine Belt of South Carolina. Commencing at Little river, in the southeastern corner of Horry county, Prof. Tuomey followed these rocks to Mars Bluff on the Great Pee Dee points as far north as Darlington C. H. They make their appearar Yes river in about the same latitude, and were traced by Mr. n as far west as Kingstree, the county seat of Williams- burg. They consist of a soft marl of a dark gray color, containing (as at Mars Bluff) the remains of belemnites in great number. This marl ay- erages about 34 per cent. of carbonate of lime, and rests on a stratum of hard lime or marl stone, which yields 75 per cent. of carbonate of lime. The marl stone in turn rests on a black shale of laminated clay, which rests on beds of sand. The buhr-stone reaches down into the Lower Pine Belt in several localities along its northwestern edge. Prof. Tuomey thought he had traced it as far as the Ashepoo river in Colleton and to Huspa creek in Beaufort county. But as the rocks he referred to are now recognized as belonging to the phosphate rock formation, the buhr-stone does not extend so far south as he supposed.

The body of the Lower Pine Belt is underlaid by marl belonging to that portion of the eocene formation of the tertiary, designated by Mr. Ruffin the Great Carolina Bed. These marl beds are divided into two well-marked groups, known as the Santee marls and as the Ashley and Cooper river marls. The Santee marls are the older, lower and more ex-

)

vu

THE LOWER PINE BELT, OR SAVANNA REGION. AT

tensive formation. Reaching from Mazyck’s ferry on the Santee in Charleston county to Vance’s ferry on that river in Orangeburg county, and underlying nearly the whole of Clarendon county, they have been traced along Potato creek as far north asSumter county. Westward they extend through Colleton, Orangeburg, Hampton and Barnwell counties, to the Savannah river; reaching as high up on that stream as Shell bluff, a noted locality in Burke tounty, Ga. Their northern margin rests on the buhr-stone, and to the west and south they pass under the Ashley and Cooper marls. The Santee marls form the lowest member of the cal- careous strata of the Charleston basin, and was designated by Prof. Tuomey the Coralline bed of the Charleston basin, being composed of the remains of corals and gigantic oyster shells. It consists of strata of soft marl, marl-stone and green sand, and is very rich in carbonate of lime, averaging 90 per cent. of that valuable ingredient of the soil. Resting on the Santee marls, and passing out with them beneath the pleiocene and post-pleiocene of the coast under the sea to a great depth, are the Ashley and Cooper marls. Unlike the Santee marls, they contain neither corals or oyster shells, but are composed of minute many cham- bered shells (Polythalamia and Foraminfera). These marls are of a dark gray color and granular texture, sometimes so compact as to render the material suitable for building purposes. Prof. Tuomey mentions ¢ ruined house, erected long ago, by Sir John Colleton, of this material, which reminded him of Portland stone. The markggefathe tools upon the walls exposed to the weather were as well de rey had been impressed yesterday, and the angles of a tasteful , handsomely moulded and decorated, were as sharp, despite its long neglect, as when

first executed. These marls are not so rich as the Santee marls and ay-

erage only about 60 per cent. of carbonate of lime. They have long been known, however, to contain a notable quantity of phosphate of lime, and a great interest attaches to them, as it is the fragments broken from their irregular surface, and rounded by the waves, which have been conyerted into the nodules rich in phosphate of lime and known as

PHOSPHATE ROCK.

The deposits of phosphate rock occur over a wide range of country, reaching from North Carolina to Florida, and extending in some instances as much as 60 miles inland. Vertically, so far as their occurrence in quantities of value economically is concerned, their distribution is con- fined within narrow limits. They are found at the bottom of rivers, 20 to 30 feet in depth, and on land they occur at an eleyation but slightly above mean high tide, so that the tides of the existing sea, supplemented

48 THE LOWER PINE BELT, OR SAVANNA REGION.

in a few instances perhaps by the action of storms, is sufficient to account for any movements that these water-worn nodules have undergone. The rock of commerce occurs always above the marl, and is known as the land or water rock, according as it is found in the one element or the other. The water rock is darker in color and harder than the land rock, and is frequently found in a layer or sheet of cemented or tightly compacted nodules, overlying the marl at the bottom of the rivers and creeks, where it either forms the bottom itself or is overlaid by a deposit of mud of greater or less depth. It has been seldom dredged for at a depth exceed- ing 20 feet. The land rock is found at a depth of 2 feet to 10 feet (and more under elevations) below the surface of the soil, but is not mined at a depth exceeding 5 to 7 feet. It is found in masses or nodules, varying from the size of a potato to several feet in diameter. These nodules are rounded, rough, indented, and frequently perforated with irregular cay- ities. They vary in color from olive or bluish black to a yellowish or grayish white. Their specific gravity is 2.2 to 2.5. Their hardness from 3.5 to4. The fragments of a nodule give off a peculiar foetid odor on friction. By analysis itis found to contain phosphate of lime 55 to 61 per cent., carbonate of lime 5 to 10 and organic matter and -water 2 to 10 per cent., with small quantities of fluorine, iron, magnesia, alumina and sulphuric acid, besides sand. The land rock is found in .a loose layer, varying from a few inches to 80 in depth, averaging about 8 inches. It occurs in sand, mud, clay or peat, and is often intermingled with numerous remains of land and marineanimals. Among the former are the remains of the mastodon, elephant, tapir, deer, and of our do- mestic animals, the horse, the cow and the hog. Thus showing that these very animals which were imported by the first white settlers had once inhabited this region, from which they had disappeared, so far as tradi- tion informs us, before the advent of man, furnishing Prof. Agassiz with one of his strongest arguments in favor of independent centres of crea- tion.” The remains of these land animals are found intermingled with, but never imbedded in, the phosphate rocks, giving no evidence that there was any community of origin between them. So abundant are the re- mains of marine animals that Mr. Toumey named this formation the Ashley Fish Bed.” Most striking among these remains are the beauti- fully preserved teeth of sharks, from 2 inches to 4 inches in length; if the proportions between the teeth and the body found among existing sharks obtained with these monsters, they must have been 60 feet to 80 feet in length. The sharks teeth, on the other hand, found in the Santee marls do not differ much as regards size from those of the sharks now living on the coast, and artesian wells in the phosphate region yield, at a depth of 700 feet below, these colossal teeth—teeth similar in size to the ancient

THE LOWER PINE BELT, OR SAVANNA REGION. 49

fossil teeth found far inland, imbedded in the Santee marls, and to those of the fish now living in the vicinity. As to the origin of the phosphate rock, the identity of the fossil shells it contains with those of the under- lying marl make this much certain, that it consists of fragments broken from the irregular surface of the marl, and that its rounded and nodular form was imparted to it by the action of the waves and currents to which it was subsequently subjected. The important question of how a marl containing originally 60 per cent. of carbonate of lime and 2 to 4 per cent. of phosphate of lime has been changed into one containing 50 to 60 per cent. of phosphate of lime and 5 to 10 per cent. of carbonate of lime remains for consideration. It is a noteworthy circumstance, that, while the great body of the eocene marls in South Carolina have preserved their constitution almost unchanged, a remarkable change is manifest at the beginning and at the close of the series; in the buhr-stone on the north- ern border, and in the widely removed phosphate rock on the southern ; in the buhr-stone the original carbonate of lime composing the shells has been replaced by silica, rendering great masses of rock, that once might have imparted valuable properties to the soils, valueless agriculturally ; in the phosphate region masses of carbonate of lime have been converted into the phosphate, rendering them still more valuable to the tiller of the soil. Two theories have been offered to account for this substitution of the phosphate for the carbonate of lime.

One theory assumes that the fragments of marl were charged with the sweepings from guano beds formed above them by the congregation there, at some indefinite time in the past, of vast flocks of birds; in this case, bones of the birds should be among the fossils preserved in these beds. No such remains having been found, but instead the remains of numerous animals, such as the mastodon and elephant above mentioned, and it was thought that immense herds of these animals had collected at one time about the shallow salt lakes in which the nodules were left upon the re- cession of the sea, just as animals now do about the salt licks of Kentucky, and that the phosphoric acid derived from their excrements and remains wrought the change in the marl. To this it is objected that the spots where the most of these bones are found are not the richest in phos- phates; and while itis by no means probable that the nodules were in all, or even in most instances, formed where they are at present found, it is difficult to suppose that agencies of such local and restricted character as salt licks could account for the conversion of so great a mass of material, over an area so extensive, as that presented by the phosphate formation.

The other explanation of the formation of these rocks is, that certain mollusks possess the power of separating the phosphate of lime from sea

water, and that through their instrumentality the marl, and especially 4

50 THE LOWER PINE BELT, OR SAVANNA REGION,

the upper strata, became charged with a certain amount of phosphate of lime. That the proportion of the phosphate of lime thus obtained to the whole body of the superficial layers of the marl was afterwards increased ; Ist, by the removal of a considerable amount of the carbonate of lime, rendered soluble by the percolation through it of rain water containing carbonic acid, derived from the decomposing vegetable matters in the soil overlaying the marl. 2d, by a well known proneness of phosphorie acid, when diffusely distributed, to concentrate and to give rise to concre- tionary processes similar to those observed in the flint nodules and peb- bles of the English chalk. This theory agrees with the diffused oceur- rence of phosphate of lime in the superficial layers of the marl, as wellas with the fact that the upper layers of the deposits and the outside of the nodules are the richest in phosphate. It substitutes for a local cause a general one, commensurate at once with the wide area occupied by the phosphate rocks and by the phosphatic marls of the South Atlantic sea- board. Sucha cause also might have been in operation ages ago, when the layers of phosphate rock, found at a depth of 300 feet in artesian borings, were forming; and it may be in operation now, as the dredging work of the United States Coast Survey shows that the marls accumulat- ing at the depth of 200 fathoms on the floor of the Gulf Stream, between Florida and Cuba, contain a considerable percentage of phosphate of lime.

No systematic survey, determining the extent of these deposits, has yet been attempted. The only information on this head comes from prospectors, seeking easily accessible rock in localities convenient for shipment. Widely varying estimates as to the quantity of the rock have been ventured. Some have placed it as high as five hundred millions of tons, and others as low as five millions. The latter is the estimate of Prof. Shepard, who has prepared a map of the region. He traced the deposit over 240,000 acres, and roughly estimates the accessible rock as covering only about 10,000 acres. Even this estimated area at 800 tons per acre, which he gives as an average, should yield 8,000,000 tons. But if we examine a single mining region, as that for instance occupied by the Coozaw company, we must conclude that he has very greatly under- estimated the amount. This company has the exclusive right to a terri- tory of about 6,000 acres in Coosaw river, besides the adjacent marshes, yet unexplored. Everywhere the river bottom is covered with rock, which for the most part forms a solid sheet, varying from 8 inches to 14 feet in thickness. Taking the lesser thickness, we have, with a specific gravity of 2.5, after subtracting 25 per cent. for loss in washing and dry- ing, something over 1,700 tons to the acre, which would give for the river territory alone belonging to this one company something more than

THE LOWER PINE BELT, OR SAVANNA REGION. 51

ten millions of tons.. And in effect this company (which is the only thoroughly equipped river mining company now at work, 1881) con- sider, in spite of their large plant, consisting of extensive drying sheds and wharves, three heavy dredges, four large steam tugs, sixty large flats and a numerous fleet of smaller ones, besides washers, workshops, &c., by which they daily raise and prepare for market hundreds of tons of rock, that their supply of material is practically unlimited. From the works of this company fleets of dredging boats belonging to other parties may be seen at work, and in the neighborhood there are several well known localities where rock as rich, as abundant, and, with suitable ma- chinery as accessible, is found, but which remain unworked. It seems re-

markable that while coal mining at great depths is found profitable,

when the product sells at $3.00 per ton, that capital has not more eagerly sought employment in these superficial deposits, worth never less than $5.00, and now $9.00 per ton.

There are ten (1881) companies engaged in land mining. The land either belongs to them or is leased by them for a term of years. Parallel : ditches, two yards wide, are sunk through the soft soil toa depth of 4 feet to 7 feet, to the stratum of sand or mud in which the loose layer of phos- phate nodules is found. The rock is shoveled out, thrown into heaps and transported by rail to the washers situated on the wharves, whence it is shipped. A common laborer will raise a ton a day, for which he is paid $1.75. The product of the land rock is about 100,000 tons a year, and the most of it is ground and manufactured into acid phosphates and other fertilizers, by the eight manufacturing companies within the State.

The river miners work under charters from the State, which grant them a general right to work a specified territory with any other comers, or under an exclusive right to such territory. In either case they pay a royalty to the State of $1.00 for every ton of rock raised. The river works yield about 100,000 tons of rock per annum; being harder, and therefore more difficult to grind, it has been mostly shipped to foreign or northern ports to be manufactured. Labor receives good wages at this work. Divers raising the rock from a depth of 10 feet or 12 feet, paid by the amount raised, working 1} hours on the ebb and 14 en the flood tide, earn as much as $18 a week. This work is neither dangerous or un- healthy, and those engaged in it seem to enjoy their aquatic exercise. It is thought that large quantities of rock underlie the salt marshes between the high and low water mark, which would be the property of the State. So far very little work, and no extensive exploration, has been made in this direction. In fact, vast quantities of the best rock yet unworked cover the buttom of man y of these rivers.

The total amount of phosphate rock mined from the Ist of June, 1874,

e

52 THE LOWER PINE BELT, OR SAVANNA REGION.

to the 51st of January, 1882, is estimated at 1,505,550 tons; of this about 44 per cent. was shipped to foreign ports. The royalty of $1.00 per ton

paid to the State for rock raised from navigable waters amounted, in 1881,

to $124,541; a single company, the Coosaw, paying $99,135. In this year 71,516 tons of river rock were shipped to foreign, and 52,225 tons to domestic ports. The State can safely count on a much larger reyenue from this source for years to come, for at this rate of production the Coosaw company itself would not exhaust the rock in sight, without further exploration in its own territory, in 120 years, and the demands of agriculturists for this valuable material, while they can scarcely be less than at present, are likely to increase very much.

SOIL.

The 7,000 square miles of uplands in the Lower Pine Belt comprises three leading varieties of soil: 1st. A sandy loam, with a white sandy subsoil. 2d. A sandy loam, with a yellow subsoil. 6d. A sandy loam, with a clay subsoil; the clay is generally yellow, but sometimes it is red. The surface soil is hghter or darker, in proportion to the varying quan- tities of vegetable matter it contains, and where the clay subsoil occurs, it assumes, on cultivation, a mulatto color. These soils bear a strong re- semblance to the sea island soil, having this advantage, however, over them that are very generally underlaid by easily accessible beds of marl, richer in lime than those of sea islands. In drainage, however, they compare unfavorably with the sea islands. For the scouring effect of the rise and fall of the tide, which keeps the water ways around the islands open, 1s not only not experienced in this belt, but, on the contrary, the luxuriant water growth that flourishes here has filled up the chan- nels, converting them into swamps, through which scarcely any current passes. This, in connection with the level character of the country, renders the body of these lands wet. But for this, the good mechanical constitution of the soil, being ght and easily tilled, and at the same time (except in the case of white sandy subsoil) sufficiently compact to be retentive of manures and moisture, together with the abundance of marl and of peat and muck at hand as amendments to, the virgin soil, would have made them most desirable lands for tillage. As it is, not more than one acre in 22 is under cultivation, and the pricesof lands are from $5.00 down to 50 cents.

The following analyses by C. U. Shepard, Sr., from Toumey’s report, give an idea of the constitution of some of the poorer soils of this re- gion, classed as pine barren. 1. Loose sandy soil. 2. Dark gray soil. 3. Very light sandy soil. 4. Loose yellow sandy soil:

THE LOWER PINE BELT, OR SAVANNA REGION. 58

ese Ns bee. a nae OE 7 Nad SOE RO 7 Maal Vy 5 | ah 2D pt 6 i> wiirK A ie eR Se se Pel wh 25.1498 Belt eal 94.00. 93.00 Alumina. 9°. a arma ea Ste a athe ASC} wT oad OE OE FON + Ne Peroxide iron, and carbonate and phosphate’ | |

limien .) . ome sete OPEL: “Os60) 7 ORO diem

Water of absorption and organic matter. . .| 5.03) 6.16! 4.56, 4.99

_!100. 00 100. 00 100. 00) 100. 00

—— —- SEE ee ———— = = : =

Dr. J.-L. Seni matehan in the report nite the following analyses of cotton lands in this section. In 1,000 parts of surface soil :

(eran geal Me 4 5

(Ea a ee ef Se rae hee eee. nisehy he dona ght | 760 | 900 | 800 | 680 | 800 PE Ret. cg late xe Boss ew de i AOL: ) BZ LOB: 0. Pag RM a rte eisai line bk ay mrcng ody | BONN fe Biol Le, 1 20 Seem Vegetable matter ey Saad sh) HOES eke Dk 0" 30 222 *f. BOCK 28

Portions of these soils, pati in warm muriatic Sac were found to contain phosphoric acid.

The 4,500 square miles of overflowed lands in the savanna region present quite a variety of swamp lands. The most elevated of these are cypress ponds—shallow flats, with an impervious clay bottom, thickly grown with small cypress. Some of them contain a thick deposit of vegetable matter, and, when drained, have proved very productive. Next in order come the almost impenetrable bays, thickly set with a growth of bay, gum and tulip trees, and a dense undergrowth of vines and bushes. The soil is peat or muck, resting on blue mud, and underlaid by marl and sand. Then come the open savannas and the river bottoms, a rich, tough, loamy soil, having at times a depth of sixty feet, derived from the denudation of the upper country, whose in well-sifted purity in these vast swamps.” These are the rice, lands of Carolina. ‘Taken all in all, whether we consider the physical character of the soil, the amount of organic matter it contains, the variety of its mineral constituents, or the subtropical climate, of the locality, with the facilities for irrigation, either for culture or to renew the surface fertility, they are, perhaps, excelled in productiveness by'no lands in the world.

richest possessions are found

GROWTH.

The characteristic growth of the uplands is the long-leayved pine, ex- tending in open pine woods over the wide plain, with scarcely any undergrowth except here and there the scrub oak and grasses of the

ot THE LOWER PINE BELT, OR SAVANNA REGION.

genus aristada and spordolus, the wire and drop seed grass. The palmetto

reaches only a few miles inland from salt water, but the live oak is found as much as sixty miles from the shore line. The magnolia, tulip tree, sweet and black gum, the white and red bays, the white oak, the black walnut, the elm, hickory and cypress are among the largest and most conspicuous trees of the swamps; the undergrowth, commencing with a fringe of gall berry (prinos glaber) on the margin of the swamps, and consisting of a great variety of grape, briar and other vines, myritles, &e., is very dense.

CLIMATE.

In the absence of weather records, it is difficult to express the difference between the climate of lower pine belt and that of sea coast, already described, more definitely than to say that it is such difference as is to be found between the conditions favorable for the growth of the cabbage palmetto, which barely touches the southern border of the belt, and of the live oak, that just extends to its northern or inland margin. A low, flat country, intersected by numerous swamps, might naturally be thought very sickly. This region, however, has one advantage. Almost every- where there are found small tracts, islands, as it were, of dry, sandy soil, heavily timbered with the long leaf pine, which is a barrier to the in- vasion of malaria. These retreats furnish places of residence as healthy as are to be found anywhere; such a place is the village of Summerville, on the 8. C. R. R., a health resort that divides with Sullivan’s island the patronage of the citizens of Charleston during the warm weather. McPhersonville, in Hampton, and Pineville, in Georgetown, are villages of the same character, and there is scarcely a neighborhood that has not some such healthy spot as a place of residence during summer. The dread of malaria is much less than it was when the opinion that the colored race was exempt from such influences was adduced as an argu- ment to show the providential nature of their location here to develop these fertile lands. The reverses of fortune, sustained as a result of the war, have forced many white families to reside the summer long where it was once thought fatal to do so, and the experiment has been successful, thus exploding the idea that white people ceuld not enjoy health here during the summer months. Replies from twenty-three townships state without exception, that the inhabitants enjoy good health, and that a considerable portion of the field work is performed by whites—a great change since the war. The census returns give fifteen deaths per one thousand population in the portions of Charleston and Colleton counties lying in this region, for the year 1880. ) ©

= m c 4 + 4 oe a ea he oe

4"

THE LOWER PINE BELT, OR SAVANNA REGION.

STATISTICS.

The lower pine belt contains 10,226 square miles, of which 4,500 are allu- vial or swamp lands, either covered with water or subject to overflow. The tilled land is 358,533 acres, by the census returns of 1880, which is 30 per cent., or 171,506 acres, less than the number given by the census of 1870. There are 1.6 farms and 35 acres of tilled land per square mile, or 20 acres of tilled and 400 acres of untilled land to the farm. Something less-than 1 per cent. of the total area, or 6.4 acres per square mile, is planted in cotton; there is in grain of all kinds 15.8 acres, and in other crops and fallow, 13 acres per square mile, with 1.8 head of work stock and 25 head of all live stock. These figures represent the minimum (the area in other crops and fallow alone excepted) to be found anywhere in the State. Notwithstanding the small proportion of stock to the area, the people here are the staunchest adherents of the fence law, and claim entire freedom of range for their cattle. This, too, while the entire num- ber of stock of all sorts is only 1.15 per capita of the population, being less than in any part of this State, except upon the coast.

The population numbers 203,748 (including 49,999 ine the city of Charleston), or 18.9 per square mile, which is less than in any part of the State, the sand hills excepted, where the number is 11.7. The ratio of colored to white is greater than elsewhere except upon the coast, and is sixty-nine per cent., the same that it was given at in 1870.

The tilled land is 1.7 acres per capita; .2 acres more than on the coast. This is not quite one-half the average for the whole State, and is owing, Ist, to the large area of unreclaimed swamps; 2nd, to the number of the population engaged in the turpentine and lumber business. The large bodies of land held solely for the forest products they yield, as turpentine, lumber, shingles, staves, &c., accounts for the fact that while the number of farms to the square mile is few, the number in proportion to the pop- ulatton is as great,even as among the small farms on the coast, being one to every twelve and a half of the population. Nevertheless the amount of land tilled per capita has decreased thirty-eight per cent. since 1870. Showing that the forest industries are gaining on agriculture.

In point of production we have 2.7 bales of cotton per square mile

‘against 1.9 in 1870, an increase of forty-one per cent., but still less than

half the minimum produced elsewhere, except on the coast. Per capita the yield is only sixty-eight pounds of lint, but per acre planted in cotton it is 219 pounds, showing that in this little cultivated region the yield of the land planted is not only above the average of the State, but is abso- lutely the maximum any where reached. So, too, of the grain crop, while

56 “THE LOWER PINE BELT, OR SAVANNA REGION:

it was only seven bushels in 1870, and in 1880 only eleven bushels per ~~ capita, and only 236 bushels to the square mile, it averages over fifteen bushels to every acre planted, which is nearly fifty per cent. above the average of the State. The increase in the amount of grain produced has been eighty-two per cent. on the crop of 1870. The work stock during ~ the same period have increased fifty per cent.,and the live stock seventy- six per cent.

The explanation of these seemingly paradoxical facts is found im the consideration, that this fertile but thinly peopled region is scarcely re- claimed at all from the dominion of the waters for man’s uses. That there being neither capital or organized labor commensurate with this under- taking, what of either of these forces is to be found, employs itself in cul- tivating the poorer, but more easily tilled land, or in the more tempting ; occupation still of gathering the products of the forest, which nature vey lavish hand offers in abundance.

PRODUCTIONS

The most characteristic, if not the most important, crop of this region is the rice crop. The various methods of its culture fall under two classes, the dry and the wet culture.

The dry culture is pursued on uplands and on low grounds not suscep- . tible of irrigation. It is cultivated very much like cotton, planted in d drills two and a third to three and a half feet, and in hills eighteen to twenty-four inches apart, twenty to thirty seed being dropped in the hills. The ground is afterwards kept clean and stirred by the use of the plow and hoe, with one hand picking of the grass in the hills, when the rice is about six inches high. The yield varies with the soil and culture, from : fifteen bushels to fifty bushels to the acre. This rice sometimes fetches a fancy price, as seed rite, being free from the seed of the red rice that springs up asa volunteer in the fields under water culture.

The water culture of rice is conducted on three sorts of low grounds, 1st. Flats, which may be irrigated from ponds or water reserves lying at a higher level. 2nd. River swamps, into which water may be conducted | by canals running from the river above, and returned to it again at a lower level; such lands may be found anywhere in the State. 8rd. The tide water lands, which are only found near the coast. Theselands hein such a position on the lower course of the rivers, that while they are subject to— a sufficient pitch of the tide” to irrigate them on the flood and to drain them on the ebb, they may be dammed against the invasion of salt water below and from the freshets above. By taking in the fresh water from the rivers above and letting it out below at low tide, these lands have been ie

THE LOWER PINE BELT, OR SAVANNA REGION. 57

reclaimed as low down as the salt marshes. They are of limited quantity and of inexhaustible fertility, the waste of cultivation being constantly restored by the rich deposits from the turbid streams that irrigate them. Formerly their value was estimated in hundreds of dollars per acre. Since the war the difficulty of obtaining labor has changed this, many of the finest plantations remain uncultivated, or are only partially cultivated, and lands once worth from $200 to $300 per acre may now be bought at from $20 to $30, or less. There are more than two million of acres of land, consisting of inland and river swamps, and of fresh water and of salt marshes, admirably adapted to rice culture, now lying unused, in this section of the State, most of it in its original wilderness. There are nu- merous methods employed in the water culture of rice, from that known as dry culture, when water is sparingly used, to that known as the “all water culture,’ where the crop is only dried once or twice during the season for the purpose of weeding it. Usually it is flowed four times. Known as the “sprout flow,” to perfect germination, the point flow,” to stretch up the young plant, the “long flow,” when the plant is six to eight inches high, after the first and second hoeings, and the “lay by flow,” after the third hoeing and until harvest. The fine mud and decomposed vegetable matter that compose this soil is so soft that a horse will readily bog in it, and therefore horse power has been little used in their cultiva- tion, an objection that, with the solid cross dams at short distances, would not apply to the plow moved by steam power. Horse power has, how- ever, been used so far as to show that seed drills for planting and the mowing machine for harvesting may be successfully employed in rice eulture. Under these circumstances, taking into consideration the amount and certainty of the yield, from forty to eighty bushels per acre, and the improved machinery for threshing and hulling, there is perhaps no food crop so entirely under the control of mechanical inventions, and so little subject either to the vicissitudes of season, or the uncertainties of Human labor as the rice crop. The straw is much superior as forage to that of any of the small grains, and except the hulls of the grain, there is no waste in the crop, the very dust from the pounding, known as rice flour, being most nutritious food for stock.

Although eighty bushels per acre is generally given as a large field crop, the possibilities of the product are much greater, and Mr. Kinsey Burden reports a yield from selected seed at the rate of 1,486 bushels per acre. The rice crop for the whole State averages 20 bushels to the acre. This means 600 pounds of merchantable rice, worth say $30 ; 400 pounds of straw, worth $2.80; and 100 pounds of flour, $1.50—in all, $35.30. Cotton gives an average of 182 pounds per acre, which, at ten cents, would be only $18.20, or a little over half the gross yield of rice. Why

58 THE LOWER PINE BELT, OR SAVANNA REGION.

is it, then, that rice culture is in so depressed a condition, and cotton culture so flourishing? It may be briefly stated as that condition of in- dustry which favors small enterprises, and discourages accumulation of capital in large investments and the organization of labor into large masses, Which the embankment, drainage and irrigation of a rice field requires.

It has also been asserted that the protective duty of 2? cents. per

pound on rice operates adversely to its culture. This culture requires a large outlay of vested capital in dams, ditches and waterways. But as. an act of Congress may any day remove the protective tariff, and thus lower the market value of the product by one-third or more, capital is unwilling to encounter such a risk, refuses to enter into permanent in- vestments in improving and restoring these lands, or in mortgages given for this purpose, and prefers to restrict itself to hand to mouth advances on the growing crop at exorbitant rates. Thus throwing largely into the hands of mere speculators what was once the most solid and certain in- dustry of the State. One thing is certain: while the cotton crop has largely increased, even while burdened with a tax of two cents per pound on it, the rice crop, with the protection of a duty of two cents per pound, has not recuperated, and amounts to scarcely one-third of the production it attained formerly without protection.

The allurement of the ready money realized by collecting the products of the forest, and by rice and cotton culture, has diverted attention from other crops in this section. The culture of corn as a market crop would be profitable. The red rust proof oat is admirably adapted to this climate, and is one of the most certain crops, yielding readily thirty bushels to fifty bushels to the acre. Although New England, and even European, hay has for many years been purchased to subsist, in part, the work stock in this section, Mr. Ruffin, who came from the clover fields of Virginia, says in his official report on the agriculture of the lower and middle parts of South Carolina: Few countries possess greater natural facilities, or which are more improvable by industry, for producing in abundance, grasses, hay and live stock, and their products of meat, butter and milk, all of which are now so deplorably deficient.”

COTTON.

Although the lower pine belt comprises nearly one-third of the State, it produces only a fraction over five per cent. of the cotton crop. The per centage of the total area planted in cotton is less than one-tenth of one per cent. in the southeastern third of Charleston county, in the whole of Georgetown county, and in the greater portion of Horry county.

THE LOWER PINE BELT, OR SAVANNA REGION. 59

From one-tenth to one per cent. of the area is planted in cotton in the lower half of Hampton county, in Colleton county, in the northeastern portion of Charleston county, in the southern third of Williamsburg, and in portions ef Horry. From one to five per cent: of the area is planted in cotton in the northeastern corner of Colleton, in the northeastern part of Charleston, in the upper two-thirds of Williamsburg, in the lower one- fourth of Marion, and in Clarendon county.

LABOR AND SYSTEM OF FARMING.

In Colleton county, the farms on which cotton is planted vary in size from fifty to two hundred acres, and are in some instances as much as four hundred acres. A system of mixed farming is pursued ; food sup- plies mostly, and in an increasing degree, are raised at home. Bacon, however, for the laborers is usually bought in Charleston. There are a few white laborers, and the labor is chiefly performed by negroes. Wages vary from $6 a month to $120 and to $150 a year. Very few farms are worked on shares; when it is done, the landholder usually furnishes all supplies, and takes one-third of the cotton and one-half of the provision crop. The share system is not entirely satisfactory ; the quality of the staple is not affected by it, but the quantity produced is small, and the land deteriorates. Money wages are preferred, because it places the man- agement under intelligent control, enables the laborer to meet his current expenses and preserves his independence from debt. The condition of the laborer is good, and about two per cent. of the negro laborers own some land, or the houses in which they live. The market value of land is two to five dollars. The rent is from one dollar and fifty cents to three dollars an acre. The system of receiving advances on the growing cotton crop is diminishing. #

In Williamsburg county, the farms on which cotton is planted vary from one hundred to six hundred acres in size. Mixed farming is prac- ticed; the family supplies of the landlord being usually raised at home, those of the laborer purchased in Charleston; the tendency to raise sup- plies is increasing. There are some white laborers, but generally negroes are employed; wages averaging eight dollars a month, are paid monthly or oftener. A few cotton farms are worked on shares—the terms being one-quarter of all crops for the landlord, he for the most part advancing all supplies, for which he is repaid. Land deteriorates under the share; and improves under the wages system, which latter is better for the laborer, his energies being more intelligibly directed his labor is more productive and worth more, besides it induces economy, enables him to understand fully his financial condition, and he is more satisfied at the

60 THE LOWER PINE BELT, OR SAVANNA REGION.

end of the year, than when there is a settlement of accounts, the run of which he cannot keep. There is little demand for land; the price ranges from two to fifteen dollars an acre. It rents for one to two dollars an acre; more generally for one-quarter or one-third of the. crop. The system of credits and advances on the growing cotton crop prevails largely from one-half to three-quarters of the farmers, both black and white, recelving such assistance.

In Clarendon, the usual size of a cotton farm: is eighty acres. Mixed farming is practiced, but much of the supplies consumed is purchased in Charleston, though the tendency to raise them at home is increasing. The field labor is performed by native whites and negroes. Laborers are usually contracted with by the year, and the settlement takes place at its close. One-third of the crop to the landlord is the usual rate, where cotton farms are worked on shares, he advancing all supplies, for which he is repaid. The share system is preferred to wages. The condition of the laborers is good, and about five per cent. of them own houses and Jands. Land is worth from three to five dollars an acre, and rents for one dollar per acre. The liens for advances on the growing crops, re- corded in the Clerk of Court’s office for the year 1880, numbered 2,716, or one to every farm save nine, and aggregate $283,517.18.

In Horry, the farms average fifty acres, and run from ten acres to two hundred acres in size. All supplies are made at home. The laborers are largely white natives, but there are some negroes. Wages five to sixteen dollars by the month, fifty dollars to $125 by the year. No cotton farms are worked on shares. The soil improves under culture. Wages system preferred. The condition of the laborers is good, and about twelve per cent. of the negroes own houses and land. Unimproved land sells for one to two dollars an acre; very few advances on the crop, and those wholly for fertilizers. The liens on the growing crop recorded in the Clerk’s office, 1880, numbered twenty-seven, and aggregate $1,179.80.

TILLAGE AND IMPROVEMENT.

In Colleton county, one-quarter to one-half of the swamp lands are re- ported as thrown out of cultivation, but none of the lighter uplands. In Williamsburg, ten to thirty per cent. of the cultivated lands have been abandoned. In Clarendon, at least one-third of the cultivated lands have been turned out since the war; in Horry, very little. These lands all produce as well as virgin soil when reclaimed and again brought under cultivation. The depth of plowing is usually four inches with a single horse plow; sometimes a double horse plow is used, and a depth of six to seven inches attained. Subsoiling is little practiced; fall plowing is es-

THE LOWER PINE BELT, OR SAVANNA REGION, 61

pecially adapted to these light soils that are not run together and packed by winter rains, but it is not generally practiced, because the weak force on the farms are scarcely ever sufficiently up with the work to afford the time. TF allowing is only practiced to the extent of letting fields lie idle during summer, which it is found greatly benefits them. A rotation of crops is attempted so far as the exigencies of the cotton crop allow; by following cotton with corn, and that in the same year with oats, sowing peas on the stubble, and following with cotton again next spring. Home made manures are used, so far as they go, with excellent results. Composts of muck and stable manures are coming more into use, and the field pea, either turned under green or allowed to wither on the surface, adds largely to the fertility ; by these means almost any of the uplands are made to produce a bale of cotton to the acre. The limited means at the disposal of the farmers in these regards, in asection where little attention is paid to corn and cattle, is largely supplemented by the purchase of commercial fertilizers, especially the Charleston phosphates. In Clarendon, these are used almost exclusively, but in Colleton they are coming somewhat into disfavor, and the preference is given to the potash salts. Cotton seed, which were once thought to be only valuable as a manure for corn, are now applied with great benefit to cotton, and with the exception of a very small amount fed to stock, it is all employed in thismanner; selling at from ten to fifteen cents a bushel.

PLANTING AND CULTIVATION.

Under the best system the land is broken up broadcast, with single or double plows, in the winter or early spring, but the prevailing practice is simply to turn the old beds into the alleys by running the bar of a single- horse plow to them, making two to four furrows to the bed, the usual, width of the rows being three anda half feet. This leaves an open furrow in the centre of the old bed, in which the manure is deposited as early as practicable in February and March. The furrows are then re-covered, and the dirt thrown on the manure, the bed built up again, and the land is ready for planting. The seed used belongs to the more prolific and improved varieties of short staple, and passes under the names of Dickson’s or Herlong’s improved, select, or cluster cotton. From one to three bushels are sown to the acre. Cotton-planters are much used, a cheap machine, drawn by a mule, rolling on a wheel similar to that of a wheelbarrow, by the rotation of which motion is imparted to fingers that keep the seed moving in a hopper containing them, and from which they fall into the furrow; a plow in front of the hopper opens a trench to receive the seed, and a board follows and covers. There is an arrangement to

62 THE LOWER PINE BELT, OR SAVANNA REGION.

regulate the amount of seed sown, and a good hand and mule will easily plant six acres a day and do it inthe best manner. The only objection to the use of the machine is the difficulty of obtaining a careful hand to work it; simple and easy as it is, practically it is found they allow the seed to give out, plant them too deep, or neglect to cover them—such care- lessness, which may escape notice at the time, resulting as irreparable loss in injury to the stand. On this account much seed is sown in a trench opened on the top of the bed, made with a plow or some implement de- vised for the purpose, or in holes chopped at proper intervals with a hoe. The latter method has the advantage of spacing the plants more accu- rately than can be done after they come up, by chopping them out with a hoe. Planting takes place about the 10th of April. The seed appeargbove ground in five to ten days, although when late planted, in dry time, they may remain in the ground for four weeks, and when the rain comes, still give a good:stand. The work of chopping out the plants in the drill, to a stand twelve to fifteen inches apart, is commenced as soon as they are firmly set, that is when they have a height of five inches, and the third, or first true leaf makes its appearance. It is desirable to complete the thinning early in June, in order -that the plants may spread when the forms or squares are making their appearance. The after cultivation consists usually of four hoemgs and four plowings, to keep the plant free from grass and the surface soil light and porous. These are completed from the last of July to the Ist of August. The plant attains a height of ten to fifteen inches before blooming, and the first blooms make their appearance from the Ist to 20th of June. The first open bolls are seen from the last of July to the middle of August. Picking commences from the middle of August to the Ist of September. By the 10th of November the cotton is generally all picked. Black frost occurs sometimes as early as the 20th of October, but is not counted on until the middle of No- vember, and it is sometimes deferred as late as the middle or end of December.

Cotton attains a height of two to four feet, and is most productive at three feet. Fresh upland, unmanured, yields from 500 to 1,000 pounds of seed cotton, the average being safely set at 600 pounds. Under good cultivation, even without manure, five crops may be taken without diminishing the yield; 1,200 pounds of seed cotton is thought, on an average, to yield a bale of 400 pounds of lint, and the estimates of the amount required for this purpose range from 1,000 to 1,500 pounds. It is thought by some that the staple on old is shorter than on fresh land, but so nice a point is difficult to decide, and there is no general opinion upon the subject.

THE LOWER PINE BELT, OR SAVANNA REGION. 63

PREPARATION OF THE CROP FOR MARKET.

The cotton is housed or carried to the gin as fast as picked, and the - object is to prepare it for market with the greatest dispatch. The ginning season closes about the Christmas holidays. A variety of saw gins—the Henry, the Brown, and the Winship—are employed. Mr. Grace, of Colleton, uses the needle gin. They vary in size, from forty to fifty saws, require, when run by horse-power, one mule to fifteen saws. About half the gins are run by steam engines of from six to ten horse-power; the balance by horses. The average of lint turned out per hour is 217 pounds, but it varies from 120 pounds per hour on a forty-saw Winship gin, run by horse-power, to 400 pounds on the needle gin, run by steam. There is, also, a variety of presses. The old-fashioned screw is gradually being replaced by lever presses of cheap construction. Man and horse power alone are used, four men and one to two horses packing from six to eight bales a day. Rope has been entirely replaced by iron ties for baling, and the arrow tie is generally used. Gunny bagging is used, the object being to get the heaviest in the market. Much of it is furnished from a bagging factory established in Charleston, which produces annually about the amount consumed in the State. The bales range from 450 to 500 pounds, and the average is 500 pounds. The crop is shipped by sailing vessel direct to New York from Horry county, at a cost of $1.75 per bale, and all charges, including insurance, commission, &c. {e., amount to $3 to $3.50 per bale. Elsewhere, the crop is mostly shipped to Charleston—if by river, the Santee and Pee Dee, at a cost of $1 per bale; if by rail, on the Northeastern or Charleston and Savannah railway, at $1.25 per bale The total cost of marketing, including freight and all charges, when sent to Charleston, is reported at from $3 to $5 per bale.

The total cost of production is stated at seven cents per pound, at six cents to seven cents, at five cents to ten cents, varying with the season, and at eight cents.

-From the following table, taken from thestatements of planters as to the cost of the labor and material expended in cultivating an acre of cotton, it would appear that this averages $51.52 in the lower pine belt. Such cultivation should produce a 500 pound bale, but allowing for the vicissitudes of season, and taking 450 pounds of lint as a fair yield under this plan of operations, putting this at ten cents at the gin house, we have a net profit of $13.68 per acre, making the cost of lint cotton per pound, 6 1-10 cents, or a little less than the. above estimates. This profit per acre is not credited with the value of the 1,000 pounds of cotton seed produced, amounting to about $10 more.

64 THE LOWER PINE BELT, OR SAVANNA REGION.

Cost of each Item of Labor and Material expended in the Cultivation of 4 an Acre of Cotton: a

= i 20S Pe

‘Rent . : $ 2 00$ 3 00$ 2 00 Fenong, Repairs and. Interest . Rie tO 3 00, 1 00): 1 00 Knocking stalks . . . Ryeie arian eta iee 20) 20s aie Pulling and burning pias Nas wage Slate ee ec OP ais coe Pai) . Other clearing Tp aloe tartas Marae nia aes Dy Rn RC foo: 25 50 Listing . . ph ie Nhe ES ay ook ae ee eee ce , Bedding with hoes . Le pat ig Suey easa Has ellen lieve. haM eh ae gm hak eels ean Breaking HAIN 6 hse he he esse hoa a SN ae Galle ecto sepa on gr } PT ArT OWA 1) oi) A Woe hy ia SS EY Dae) as ded ee eA 4 ae TOAD TAY EOS ve 55 (5! Papas’ fa Te pitet de Pens eclayears, Sia thee ie 50 20 apa Meath ete LS: i s5 Vas 2) says Potenat te, oarRt eee el ton eee 20|. - 40 IB EWOLSL@ esi 6 os Ge Sos ee ee hele ea eats ae Rat a : Laying off. pete Tear Voi... Zao ae han Ae eR ees 16) 25 20 Commercial manures... ......... .| 400} 5 00+ 2 50 iome-made manures. 20°. 0203. 2. od | EE OO) BOR ee yO) 0) Winey 4b AYN OI 2. Hi eae nae lr See Rel a eT Ee SEbOS 69) 50 25 : “LEE NG GIS) Cy pier Oey ae eG een crease A Pasties (ramp Sin. o1 30) 50) 30 Splitting Biidllad, 4 pln sce tw ey hacia: aoaeaaa 30. 25, 52 Peo AONE WERE sh ios AAA, ate Chapa Nee Rives es Oemeet 2 10 Planting—opening . eon Bie ( ie 20 40 » dropping. 20 25 20 Coverings choy ahr dilate pes on e yey 25 10 Paces Rueda Gk net Se ee ete a wpe eae 20 25 10 ReCULERoae 0) ites icon ey cet te Tika icmhad MN hi teiateey Gane eh ene 40) 40 45 SRO EINER EE 2 9 fg) nh 0h Maa we GRRL aN. doe ee 10, 50) 55 20 Plowine 17.5 1 .75|. 2 2oO0 Hoeing . . 2 00) 2 00) 3 00 Picking . 5 60} 5 60) 7 00

Hauling to mah AES CAP RA ev gts een nae AL oi 10 10} 1 00 Ginnie x ask eles a SR epee a a eee 37; 1 50 Milam semen) 651 0 Nhe. nad ky ite eel ths wpa rei tes ol LOO. see NYear ofimiplememisie.) i 2 ol) Sieh a et ee ets AQ)... Seale aguas Bagging and ties . eo dieY Buia 6 wea ale [ah lay eek Matt ay eNO et

Total ee ee Oo Re ae

DISEASES, INSECTS, ENEMIES, &C.

It may be safely said that more injury is done to cotton in this section by grass than by anything else, and the only remedy that can be devised against this is hoeing and plowing. Crab grass is the chief intruder. In

THE LOWER PINE BELT, OR SAVANNA REGION. 65

warm and wet seasons the cotton sometimes grows too much to weed, when heavily manured. ‘Topping is tried asa remedy, but it is thought that un- der-drainage would be more effective. “Sore shin” is supposed to result from bruising the plant from careless hoeing, and is not a trouble of much consequence here. Shedding occurs in extremes of heat and cold. Rust and blight make their appearance late in July and August; they are attributed to the exhaustion of some elements of the soil, and’ potash is very popular as a remedy; they are likely to occur on coarse, sandy, ill-drained soil. Caterpillar is seldom hurtful, and Paris green has been used successfully for its destruction.

ABSTRACT OF THE REPORTS OF TOWNSHIP CORRESPOND- ENTS IN THE LOWER PINE BELT.

HAMPTON COUNTY.

Coosawhatchie Township: Pine uplands—light, porous, gray, sandy loam, with yellow sand, sometimes with yellow and red clay subsoil. Swamp lands—vegetable qoould or fine alluvial deposits, resting on blue mud. About one per cent. under cultivation. Land for sale at from two to ten dollars per acre; improved land rents at from one dollar to three dollars per acre. Phosphate rocks found, but not developed. Clay of good quality for brick making. Summer pasturage of native grasses good ; fine growth of cane in swamps for winter pasturage. Little at- tention paid to stock. Very little white labor in the lower, but a good deal in the upper portion of the township.—H. D. Burnett, Grahamville, SW.

Peeples Township: Uplands—light, sandy loam, with clay in some sections; subsoil generally a coarse, yellow sand, under which is found red clay, with strata of coarse, white gravel and quicksand. Price of land, one dollar to five dollars. Rents, one dollar per acre. Wages of labor, fifty cents to one dollar per day. One-half of field labor performed by whites—J. H. Steimage, Jr., Early Branch, S. C.

COLLETON COUNTY.

Adam’s Run: Level, light, sandy loam, on dark sandy subsoil. Depth to water in wells, five to ten feet: Price of land, three dollars to five dollars per acre. Wages of day labor, seventy-five cents for men, fifty cents for women. One twentieth of field work is done by whites. Marl in abundance.

5

66 THE LOWER PINE BELT, OR SAVANNA REGION.

Carn: Lands level, flat, mostly clay loam, sometimes sandy, yellow clay subsoil. Corn yields ten to thirty bushels per acre; rice, ten to forty bushels per acre. Much land is rented, little for sale, price two dollars to four dollars per acre. Much ash, poplar and cypress timber in Four-Hole swamp. Little attention paid to stock. Day wages, forty cents.

George's: Lands level; two-thirds finesandy loam, light gray color, four to six inches to sandy subsoil, resting on clay. Corn yields ten bushels, rice fifteen bushels, and sugar cane 300 gallons syrup per acre. One-third in swamps and bays unreclaimed. Price of land $2 to $5 per acre. Clay for brick. Three water-powers, one working, the other two abandoned. Wages forty to fifty cents a day. One-third of field work done by whites.

Glover: Fifteen per cent. pine uplands, barely rolling enough for good drainage. Soil coarse sandy loam, resting on red clay, w an a white coarse sand below it. Ten percent. abandoned rice fields. Soil, vegetable mould two to four feet deep, resting on stiff blue clay; easily reclaimable by cleaning out the old canals. and ditches, which, while serving to drain and irrigate the land, would also give water transportation for the pro- duce. Seventy-five per cent. swamps and hammocks unreclaimed, but very fertile, yielding, when fresh, fifty bushels corn per acre, and yield- ing now twenty-five bushels to thirty bushels corn, after being worked every year without manure since 1852. Nearly all the land owned by non-residents, and for sale; rents when improved for two dollars per acre. Sells for cash at from fifty cents to two dollars per acre. Lower portion underlaid by phosphate rock, but not developed. Stock do well, but little attention is paid to it. Wages fifty cents a day. One-tenth of the farms worked by white men.—H. C. Glover, Walterboro, S. C.

CHARLESTON COUNTY.

St. Thomas and St. Denis: Once one of the wealthiest and most popu- lous parishes of the Colony and State; now scarcely one per cent. of the land under cultivation. Uplands level, light, sandy loam, resting on clay. Natural growth—pine, live oak, palmetto. Swamp lands unre- claimed, except the rice plantations on Cooper river. Industries—three brick-yards, five turpentine stills, and wood for fuel boated to Charleston. Phosphate rock abounds in Wando river and the adjacent swamps, not developed.

St. John’s Berkeley: Much of the land unreclaimed swamp; there is a belt of open prairie near the Santee, running from Orangeburg to the St. Stephen’s line. Soil, light, fine sandy loam, resting on yellow clay ; at six inches to twelve inches depth below chalk and marl are found. Lime rock crops out on Santee river, that hardens on exposure and might be

THE LOWER PINE BELT, OR SAVANNA REGION. 67

utilized for building material; water, near the river, limestone; inland, free stone. Price of land, $1 to $5an acre. One place sold for $8. Very little field work by whites; negroes hire at from twenty cents to forty cents per day, or $50 to $75 by the year, or work two days in the week for a house and as much land as they can cultivate, or on shares, the land- owner furnishing all except manures, and taking half. Timber abundant for lumber, staves, shingles, hoops, &c.

St. Stephen’s: Lands along the river rolling, for the rest ‘level and swampy ; soil, a sandy loam, resting, at depth of six inches to twenty inches, on subsoil of stiff red clay. Much unreclaimed swamp, composed of alluvial deposits and rich vegetable mould. Some marl stone found on the river, with some green sand. Price of land, $1 to $5; per diem wages, average forty cents; the long staple cotton, known as Santees, formerly grown here, neglected now; woods grass, swamp cane and marsh furnish a good range for stock, to which little attention is paid.

St. Andrew’s: Fine, dark, gray, sandy loam, resting, at six to ten inches depth, on blue clay, underlaid by phosphate rock and marl. No land for sale; rents at from $1 to $3 per acre; eighty per cent. not under cultiva- tion; cane, woods grass, and swamp marsh furnish a good range for stock.

CLARENDON COUNTY.

Mott’s Township : Three-fourths level, fine, gray, sandy loam, six inches to twelve inches to yellow sand (sometimes clay) subsoil, clay found one: to two feet beneath surface; one-fourth white, sandy soil, and stiff clay” land, or black flat land. Yields 700 pounds of seed cotton, five to twenty- five bushels of corn, ten to twenty-five bushels of rice. Land sells from $2 to $10 an acre, and rents for from $1 to $5; unimproved water-powers on Lynch’s river and Douglass swamp. ‘Two-thirds of field work done-_ by whites ; wages average sixty-two and a half cents by the day.

St. Paul’s: 1st. Light sandy soil; near the river swamp, not subject to overflow ; contains lime, and is very productive. 2d. Inland from last, a belt of stiff clay land, called bay land,” produces a bale of cotton to the acre, without manure. 3d. The highlands, comprising the body of the township, known under the name of clay lands,” low and somewhat rolling, a sandy loam with small gravel in it, subsoil, yellow clay. Marl is found four to eight feet below low water mark; yields 700 pounds of seed cotton, ten to twenty bushels corn, and the same of rice. Sugar-cane: two to three hundred gallons of syrup per acre; potatoes two to four hun- dred bushels. Half the landholders reside outside the township; land mostly rented to negro farmers for four hundred pounds of lint for one “mule farm; two hundred pounds for one ox farm. White farmers do their

68 THE LOWER PINE BELT, OR SAVANNA REGION.

own field work; labor only to be had by the job or by the day, at cents to one dollar. Land sells cheap for cash; on time at from $4 tp. per acre. wis Manning : Surface level ; two-thirds uplands, fine dark sandy loam, rest- . ing on subsoil of yellow sand with yellow clay at one to twelve feet, beneath, which a blue clay is found; alluvial bottoms. Virgin upland soil yields —_ fifteen bushels corn,or six hundred poundsseed cotton, ortwohundred and fifty bushels potatoes peracre. Price of land, one dollar to twenty dollars per acre. Besides clays, kaolin, etc., there are peats of good quality, marl ~ a and lime rock. Wages of day labor, fifty cents to one dollar. Ones "a of farm work done by whites. F . Sammy Swamp: Ist. Light, dark gray, sandy loam. 2d. Reddish . clay and sand loam, with clay subsoil. 3d. Low, flat, sandy loam, with a gray clay subsoil; wet, but produces well when drained. No. 2, the most productive, yielding, with manure, two thousand pounds of seed + cotton. Price of land, one dollar to ten dollars per acre. Day wages, forty cents to one dollar; one-half the field labor performed by whites, Marl, as a shell rock, underlays this township at a depth of five feet.

WILLIAMSBURG COUNTY. ¥

~

Hope Township: Lands low, flat, level ; uplands fine, dark gray, sandy loam, with yellow sand subsoil; clay found at a depth of eighteen inches; ‘swamp lands unreclaimed ; yield of cotton, two hundred te four hundred pounds per acre; corn, eight bushels; rice, fifteen bushels; rent for one dollar and fifty cents per acre; can be bought for cash at three dollars to four dollars per acre; two water-powers unimproved; amount of white labor increasing; day wages fifty cents; abundance of yellow pine, oak, cypress, etc., for lumber, staves and shingles.

Scranton: Low, level lands, with fine, gray, sandy soil; subsoil of yellow sand, beneath which is fine, stiff clay, overlying quicksand ; four per cent. under cultivation ; yield—corn ten bushels; rice, twenty bushels; potatoes, one to four hundred bushels; cotton, eight hundred to twelve hundred pounds in the seed; price, from one dollar and fifty cents to three dollars per acre; rents for one dollar, or one-fourth of the crop. Strata of marl occur; some valuable water-powers; turpentine, shingles and staves are gotten; abundant timber, including black walnut ; wages, © a day, fifty cents for men, thirty cents for women ; five-sixths of the work done by whites.

Camp Ridge: Lands low, level; large swanps unreclaimed; upland fine, sandy loam, gray and dark, with yellow sand subsoil, BE which

occurs clay and sometimes strata of marl; about one per cent. a

THE LOWER PINE BELT, OR SAVANNA REGION. 69

Forests yield staves, shingles, yellow pine lumber and turpentine. Yield of corn, two to twenty-five bushels; rice, five to fifty bushels ; seed cotton, two hundred to eighteen hundred pounds. Land sells from one dollar and fifty cents to three dollars per acre; improved land rents from one dollar to three dollars per acre; lands rented mostly to negro tenants, a house and six to twelve acres given for two days’ work in the week for -ten months of the year; day wages, from twenty cents to seventy-five cents; half of the field work done by whites.

Suttin’s: Near the river, lands rolling, fine, dark sand; six inches to clay subsoil; wells twenty-five to fifty feet deep. Further off, low, flat, light sandy soil, one foot to clay subsoil; wells, four to ten feet deep; strata of marl rock occur; white oak staves, shingles, ton timber, &c., abound in the forests, besides turpentine. Yield, without fertilizers, six to twenty bushels corn, one-half to one bale cotton. ‘Turpentine lands sell for one dollar and fifty cents to two dollars per acre; other lands, three dollars to ten dollars per acre. Day wages, fifty cents to one dollar; nine-tenths of the field labor white, though the negroes are one and one-half to one of the whites.

Mingo: The uplands level, fine sandy loam, gray to darkish and black, with clay subsoil. Swamps yield fifty to eighty bushels corn per acre; rice, twenty to fifty bushels; uplands, ten bushels corn, one-half bale cotton, without manure; sweet potatoes, one hundred to three hundred bushels per acre. Naval stores, white oak staves, cypress shingles, and other forest products abound. Day wages, fifty cents on farms, one dollar in turpentine business; land rents from one dollar to two dollars per acre, sells for two dollars to three dollars. Three-fourths of field work by whites. Yellow calcareous sands and marl occur.

&

MARION COUNTY.

Britton’s Neck: Most of the land river swamps or inland swamps, known as bays or back swamps; not reclaimed, but might be. The up- lands are pine ridges and flats, a gray, sandy loam; four to twelve inches to subsoil of yellow clay; produce well. Cypress timber and other swamp woods in abundance; cattle raising much followed formerly. Day wages, fifty cents ; much, if not most, of the field work done by white men.

HORRY COUNTY.

Gallivant’s Ferry: Three-fourths of the land isa fine, dark gray, sandy loam, six inches to twelve inches to subsoil of red, less frequently of yellow clay, below which pipe clays of various colors occur. One-fourth

70 THE LOWER PENE BELT, OR SAVANNA REGION.

swamp land of great fertility, but unimproved. Yield, three hundred to fifteen hundred pounds seed cotton per acre, five to thirty bushels corn, fifteen to thirty bushels rice. Nine-tenths of the labor performed by whites, and directed principally to collecting forest products, timber, staves, shingles, naval stores, &e.

GEORGETOWN COUNTY.

Plantersville. Large inland swamps, not cleared ; pine upland, white to gray colored sandy soil, with a subsoil of sand, sometimes of red:clay ; tide water rice lands, alluvial deposits, four to fifty feet thick. Price of uplands, one dollar to fifteen dollars per acre; of rice lands, three dollars to fifty dollars per acre. Wages fifty cents per day.

CHAT EEE: EV .

Tan UPPER EINE BEET.

LOCATION, PHYSICAL FEATURES AND GEOLOGY.

The upper pine belt of South Carolina is sometimes called the middle country, as distinguished from the upper country and the low country, between which it lies. It has also been known as the central cotton region of Carolina, having formerly led, as it still does, in some regards, in the culture of that staple. It may be defined as that portion of the State lying between an elevation above the sea of 130 and 250 feet. It crosses the State, in a northeasterly direction, from the Savannah river to the North Carolina line. To the south it is bounded by the lower pine belt, where the flat, open piney woods, with an undergrowth of coarse grasses, gradually gives place to the higher and more rolling pine lands, with an undergrowth of oak and hickory. To the north, the upper pine belt sweeps round the feet of the interrupted range of high red hills traversing the State, or rises, in the intervals of this range, to thestill more elevated sand hills. It comprises, generally, the counties of Barnwell, Orangeburg, Sumter, Darlington, Marlboro and Marion. The northern half of Hampton and the northwest corner of Colleton are included in it. Along the rivers, it penetrates northward beyond the limits of the counties named. As uplands, on the first level above the swamps, it extends, in Aiken county, as high up the Savannah as Old Fort Moore, at Sand Bar ferry ; in Richland, it reaches along the Congaree nearly to Columbia, em- bracing the wide, level area of Lower Township, lying between that river and the sand hills; along the Wateree, between the swamps and the High Hills of Santee, it passes into Kershaw county, and along the Great Pee Dee it passes up among the sand hills of Chesterfield.

\

~I bo

THE UPPER PINE BELT.

PHYSICAL FEATURES.

The land is level, without being flat, and is sufficiently rolling to insure good drainage for the most part. While the general slope follows the southeasterly course of the rivers, the land rises more rapidly in the west, which gives the region a marked easterly slope in addition to its south-

easterly inclination. Thus, in the west, Appleton, on the Port Royal

railroad, 46 miles distant from tide water, has an elevation of 259 feet, while Orangeburg, on the South Carolina railway, 65 miles from tide water, has only the same elevation, and Wedgefield, on the Manchester and Wilmington road, 74 mils from tide water, has an elevation of only 236 feet ; these being the highest points on the respective roads. The

WATER COURSES

rising in this region, or in the sand hill region above, are clear and rapid, while the larger rivers passing through it, that come from the mountains, are turbid. The latter furnish this region with valuable facilities for the transportation of produce. On the western side, the Savannah is nayi- gable to Augusta for steamboats of two hundred to three hundred tons burden. The Salkehatchie river, rising in Barnwell county, might be rendered navigable to the county seat, by removing logs. The two Edistos might be rendered navigable for small steamboats, and if the contemplated canal, connecting these streams with the Ashley river, were opened, it would become an important avenue for the cheap transporta- tion of produce. Steamboats carrying eight hundred to one thousand bales of cotton have passed up the Santee and its confluents, the Con- garee and Wateree, as far as Granby (two miles below Columbia), and to Camden. In the east, the Great Pee Dee is navigated to Cheraw, one hundred and twenty miles in an air line from the sea, by steamers ; for smaller craft, Lynch’s river (the Kaddipah) and Black Creek were navigable, the one eighty, and the other thirty miles from where they join the Great Pee Dee. The Little Pee Dee is also navigable for vessels. of considerable burden. Besides the large streams mentioned, there are numerous smaller ones in this region, flowing with a rapid current, through healthy localities heavily timbered with pine, and capable of furnishing water-powers sufficient for the largest factories. Such are the Three Runs creeks and the Little Salkehatchie river, in Barnwell, with many smaller mill creeks ; in Orangeburg, such are Four Hole, Caw Caw, Halfway, Bull, and Dean swamps, with many lesser mill streams (on the ridge between the North and South Edisto, springs of fine drinking water

THE UPPER PINE BELT. 73

furnish a water-power sufficient for grinding and ginning, a few hundred feet from the spot where they issue from the earth). In Sumter, such are Black river, Scape, and Big and Little Rafting creeks; in Darlington, Cedar (where a cotton factory was erected in 1812 by General Williams), Sparrow, High Hill, Swift, Dake, Jeffry’s, Middle, and Brickhold creeks, with others; in Marlboro, Crooked, Beaver Dam, Three Runs, Naked, Muddy, White’s, Phill’s, Husband’s, and Hick’s creeks; in Marion, Cat- fish, Ashpole, Buck, Sweet, Big, Smith, and Pope creeks. There are numerous small lakes, chiefly in the swamps, but sometimes on the up- lands; in Barnwell, there is one, a beautiful sheet of clear water, two miles in circumference, with a beach-like shore, affording a fine drive, and surrounded on all sides by high and healthy pine uplands. The sweep wells, the bucket being attached to a pole, fastened to a long lever balanced near its middle, are characteristic of this region ; generally they are from ten to twenty feet in depth, with only a short wooden curb on top, for the rest uncurbed, being dug through a, fine, compact, yellow or red clay, to a stratum of quicksand, in which an abundant supply of pure and cool water is found.

GEOLOGICAL FEATURES.

West of the Black river, in Sumter county, the line where the buhr-stone formation passes under the Santee marls, traverses the centre of the upper pine belt. North of it occur the silicified shells of the buhr-stone ; south of it, the coralline marls, both belonging to the eocene. East of the stream named, and in the direction of Darlington courthouse, occur numerous outcroppings of the miocene marls, in Sumter and Darlington counties. Lower down, in Darlington and Marion counties, on the waters of Lynch’s river and of the Great and Little Pee Dee, extensive beds of marl of the cretaceous formation of the secondary make their ap- pearance.

Commencing on the Savannah river, a few miles above the mouth of the lower Three Runs, Mr. Tuomey traces the upper limit of the Santee marls to Tinker’s creek, the dividing line of Aiken and Barnwell counties ; thence, southeasterly, to Binnaker’s bridge, on the South Edisto river ; thence to Caw Caw swamp, forth of Orangeburg, and across to Halfway swamp, where, below the site of Stuart’s old mill, the most satisfactory locality is found for observing the passage of the buhr-stone formation under the green sand, overlaid by thick strata of Santee marls; thence to the Santee river, and across that stream into Clarendon and Sumter counties. As an average, the Santee marls are found to contain 8872 per cent. of carbonate of lime,and were formerly,in considerable use as an

74 THE UPPER PINE BELT.

amendment to the soil. Quantities of excellent lime were also obtained from them by burning, especially by Dr. Jamison, on Caw Caw swamp. The green sand marls intercalated with them contain 30 per cent. of car- bonate of lime, and 22 per cent. of green sand.

The marls of Sumter and Darlington, examined by Mr. Tuomey, were found to contain 60 to 70 per cent. of carbonate of lime, with traces of phosphate of lime. Larger quantities of the latter are said to have been found here since attention has been directed to the value of phosphates.

SOILS.

The upper pine belt contains something over 6,000 square miles, about one-sixth of which is swamp and the remainder uplands.

The uplands consist of a fine, hg¢ht, gray, sandy loam, resting on a sub- soil of red or yellow clay. In the east,in Marlboro and Marion, it is usually found at only three inches to four inches. In the west it is often deeper, and a subsoil of yellow or red sand intervenes between it and the surface soil; even here the depth to clay is seldom as much as two feet.

The following are the analyses of these soils, made by Eugene A. Smith, of Alabama, for the Tenth United States Census:

(1) (2) (3) (4)

Insoluble matter. . . . 93.695 91.230 96.000 84.754 ei ble ilies: sh. 2 MASS 2.489 0.950 - 4.435 Reb eins RP OOO 0.092 0.040 0.192 Smee Maid Sache 4 WR oc OOO 0.046 0.027 0.069 IMS pats Cs 3s as 3) aR see OA 0.092 0.052 0.068 RI eMPSIA 3 ho. SIG yeu 0202 0.046 0.062 0.294 Bn. Oxide of Manganese. 0.020 0.105 0.023 0.036 Peroxide: of ‘Iron). 2}. 4 0737 0.760 0.564 1.997 BRUNER EIVITE, Se Sige Soret 8, te dd OO 2.389 0.456 4.854 Phosphoric acid... . . 0.086 0.125 0.049 0.022 Sulphuric ‘acid... 20>... «1 -OFL06 0.160 0.063 0.236 Water and organic matter 1.771 3.091 1.561 3.312

Matal ¢.4 cs. sia) er OO 46 100.625 99.843 100.269 Hydroscopic moisture @ PATE Ls PRS. se 2.245 1.441 4518 ~

No. 1 is from the Johnson field, on the Cathwood plantation of P. F. Hammond, in Aiken county, near the Savannah river, the soil being taken uniformly, as all the samples were, to the depth of twelve inches. The

THE UPPER PINE BELT. 713

original growth was long leaf pine, with undergrowth of post oak and black jack runners. The land was cleared in 1835 and has been planted continuously in cotton for the last thirteen years, yielding from 1,000 to 1,200 pounds seed cotton average on two hundred acres last year. The cotton being a long staple variety of uplands, selling for two to five cents a pound above ordinary uplands and not very prolific. ;

No. 2, from Goy. Hagood’s plantation, near Barnwell C. H.; mulatto soil; original growth, long leaf pine; oak and hickory undergrowth; yield 764 pounds seed cotton, average for ten years on one hundred and forty acres.

No. 3, field of Hon. C. 8S. McCall, near Bennettsville ; original growth long leaf pine, with undergrowth of oak and dogwood; has been planted for two or three generations; yield for several years past, one bale per acre.

No. 4, virgin forest soil, from red clay ridge, near Marion and Marlboro line, on Donohoe, plantation of W. D. Johnson; growth, large hickory, oak and pine; similar land under present culture averages for large fields a bale of cotton to the acre one year with another, when planted for a succession of years in the same crop.

The following analyses are by Prof. Shepard, and were published in Tuomey’s Agricultural Survey of South Carolina, in the year 1848. No. 1 is from the cotton lands below Columbia, in Richland county ; and No. 2 is from near Bennettsville, Marlboro county :

(1) (2)

LE TUL ESRILEVU YS, 2 a a 9.00 5.40 EE oe NAS Up Ee See ei so Ck) RES yt aeOO 77.30 AVEO A scald SEE tae oh rg RR PONT Lah Oat 6.60 4.80 Meera NEOs = oo. ate se SS 2.40 5.00 Pies: <a ie lap a ee tee ea As PG uel, sy EO 0.80 Mranmesian sao fk wna MAU Seid uy Oy oY LAS TN Tone Te 0.50 1.00 aan sodas th eo ie fy ee, trace “p06 Reeregotaerbes cs viz ia. th aka re oe TU Gan 0.00 0.00 PinmeE ima insats 208 REY yond iS a raat teh OO 4.70

100.00 100.00

The-Pee Dee lands were little esteemed formerly, and seventy-five years ago many of them were considered so impoverished by cultivation as to have been abandoned by their owners for the fresh lands of Alabama. Under the present system of culture they are the most productive and certain in the State. As the above analyses show no superiority of the

76 THE UPPER PINE BELT.

chemical constituents of these soils, it must be stated that their greater productiveness can only be attributed mainly to their excellent and ju- dicious management, by which lands, naturally yielding only three to four hundred pounds of seed cotton, are made to give a bale of cotton one year with another. A good, though not a thorough, drainage, by open ditches, has lowered the water level in those lands at least four feet. The physical properties of the soil lend themselves readily to improvement. The sandy surface soil, although thin, is very fine, and the clay. is of so fine a texture as to be usually described as floury. It is noteworthy, also, that fresh land of a grayish color, or where the plow turns up the subsoil of a yellowish or reddish cast, blackens on exposure, and becomes darker year by year as they are cultivated. The exemption from drought, which these lands in large measure enjoy, while greatly due to their drainage and good tilth, may depend somewhat on the body of live water in the quicksand which underlies them at a depth of fifteen to twenty-five feet, whose inhaustion, in hot dry seasons, through the fine texture of the in- tervening clays, is not unlikely. At any rate this locality rarely sutfers from drought.

The swamps, covering 1,000 square miles of this region, are of two descriptions :

Ist. The river swamps. The soil is of a mulatto or mahogany color, and is a heayy alluvial loam, rendered lighter sometimes by an admix- ture of fine sand and mica, whence they are called isinglass lands. Such swamps are found on the banks of the Savannah, the Santee, the Con- garee, Wateree and Pee Dee rivers, varying from narrow strips to broad bottoms six and eight miles in breadth. The following is an analysis made for the patent office, by C. T: Jackson, M. D., of Boston, in 1857, of the alluvial soil of the Savannah river:

RULE) 7 Sg ee Blo ho eure) esa SD Shue ai ae ea CU: CME ITEM oe dryness 101 SAAS ae ee eS TMC ER RUSS TOR ILS ae! Binemestal tit. i SU. RUG PEN AOS ieee a er coi se MORONS Mier tery SOL OE. li kB Rib e M e eO ES SRS SS Sn Peroxide of iron and oxide of manganese. . ........ 4800 Phosphoric:acid ).'6. 0. Be ee Sea Sk Reh oe a sulphuric aeid oye fin Foe a ede BO Shee SESS I Ohilorine ls). ae Pe) ESP ee ey SE Crenic, apocrenic and humic acids...) . w-.. ... .. 20.) Oza

Insoluble veyetable matter’:’ 9. ao AM LAS a

100.140 *—

ce

%

THE UPPER PINE BELT. 77

The body of these swamps lie below the point where the above sample was obtained, and are of course more fertile. Such soil, well cultivated, yields, without manure, 1,200 to 1,500 pounds of seed cotton, and from forty to seventy-five bushels of corn. These lands were being rapidly cleared and cultivated anterior to the war. Since then they have been to a great extent abandoned for the higher and more easily tilled uplands. The freshet of 1865 broke the dams on the Great Pee Dee, which excluded the freshets, and they have never been repaired. These lands are subject to overflow, and the erection of levees for protection has been only prac- ticed here and there by large planters. In the absence of records show- ing the risk from freshets to these lands, the following extract from a plantation record, kept by James H. Hammond, is taken. The island field is at Silver Bluff, on Savannah river, and lies rather lower than the average of the Savannah river swamps. It received no manure, and be- ing small and of little moment in the larger operations of the plantation, it had hardly average care bestowed upon it. It was planted continuously in corn and pumpkins (no record kept of the latter crop, which was always abundant). The years not entered are due to the absence of the proprie- tor, the land being planted as usual :

YEAR. AcrES PLANTED. Crop. gee el ho ee tak it ud Se eS 25 925 bushels. 1 DE ONIN ES EEE REO hs § OR GR ag AER Ea 25 Ja Te NPE OTS TOS Fa ios one Ba ut 15 HSS Oe dle ici ha i a enrahes AR ah Vg” 1p he 20 675 me Dee eens th Dana Cotta te Aglaia gl Seviasy a 25 2d ott 2 he EOS ESR OL eed, it. Brant eecaiieo a7 20 895 ef see aie are aad Oe ban oear 25 850. «.f ee Mertens 10) Louse ay Sis.) © tle ne! Ss 25 500 Ss 1847. . LPN aie, Weate L, \comegs!, ame aS Sit Sha Be ge gh 10 $3200 08 MMe ete bn deni Uo Ree eg rl a 25 2 fe: aan 1849. . SEY oF ORE ad Be Ge ES A 25 1,000 ph A He cp ah is) Se Uy ae ea eh 25 DOO acts 2 TTS GE BSS ps lt CORO ee nt a ct 25 587 re Dacre We Ah dane Ne lh ET aE ie 25 800% arr ee Ral ee 22S" Ss Rupee Pad, Amite 30 600 xf TSS RRB BOR aA a nD 2 aes cee ee” 30 QADe 5 TOSSES ee nad Cota 2 CORN a Paap a es SY Ce 30 900 ee (EE SUS OO oh ET bear eae SO TP RL) OS 25 GOO) ie

Giving an.average yield of thirty-five bushels corn per acre. During these twenty-two years only one crop was seriously damaged by freshets.

78 THE UPPER PINE BELT.

The great August freshet of 1852 injured one-third of the crop so that it - could only be fed to hogs. The fluctuations of yield from eight to eighty- five was due to the seasons to a very small extent, and resulted chiefly from neglect of this field for larger interests.

2d. The other descriptions of swamps are known as bays, or upland swamps, and creek bottoms. They occur on the smaller streams, and: rarely exceed two miles in width. They are also found in bodies of seyve- ral thousand acres in the pine lands, on the second levels from the rivers— probably ancient lakes, choked up with water-growth. The soil is black, consisting largely of decomposed vegetable matter, with a depth of three to fifteen feet, resting usually on white sand. The following analysis was made by Professor Shepard, ‘of a sample taken from the swamp of South Edisto river :

MOTPAMIC TOALEET Sane el Se tag as |e ete Bigs Ve nak teehee er BUM No Aide tee) Wa cia Le ar ne? yan) eat a UEad ed eae Phra os. Se SO A OES on eS ee ne Ok en ee a MUNG OT AME ON) re * cy. Pe Us) fom, 7) Feige le, Hecate ae A ae hk ee PMY eva t= athe oe case lnararet Mtcca tag he Meer Ledeen nae. Ween Poimehwamd soda: cee ee a ka Vag emer ad LOSS’ -< sat fab ac ett 2 8 VR wk cne nlgt le, wate seas eee ae

100.00

From 1845 to 1860, a good deal in the way of clearing these lands was done. Since then they have been much neglected, of necessity, and are relapsing into their original state. They are not suitable for cotton, but produce large crops of corn. The Cowden plantation gave for twelve years, without manure of any sort, an average yield of thirty-five bushels of corn per acre, on 600 to 900 acres in one field. One year 600 acres gave -an average of sixty-two and one-third bushels of corn per acre. Now it does not produce even enough to feed the stock of the negro renters, who are cultivating patches of cotton on its margin, owing to the abandonment of all drainage.

Under the system of agriculture, at present pursued, the chief atten- tion is paid to the more easily tilled, but less fertile uplands. Neverthe- less, there is in the upper pine belt a body of 600,000 acres of productive corn land, now almost wholly neglected, but once cultivated with great profit, when corn was worth only fifty to sixty cents a bushel, capable now of yielding fifty per cent. more than the present entire corn crop of the State.

by James 5

The Jatest &the earliest Fros

24) fo polsag |

SS re I iN NNN LG EES TEN UTHER AED EO AED SNS 22202200 AE SC Ah | eecereeet cay eee eee = ANN WM ‘f Pea TUTTI ATTA MET TTT TTT ATT BY TOTTINUEVEAAUGDAO VERTED REEOAAEUOETARTRAEEY RTO EORE GEDA nN TOREAV ALUN ET ST TET TTT i ne SRT NN anal 1 poses TAL TTT TTT eT TUDE TLE TVTITTT TTT TUTTE SUSU Youd judy fae. | 4990790) JaquiaeAon | 2 ' Pegeast Ps } 'S ie | | & fx | ay | cats | | psoufnoyy | | skog e207 |

EXPLANATION OF TABLE.—Take the 1st column, the Year 1832, anc there was frost on March 7th, and lower down, in same column, on No

first on November 11th, and so on through each year.

Z Hi TENDVOANTOANTTEATTT AA a Pre ATTAINS EERE sg 2 TT A Ee fe UTS PP NOAA A 2g. 0 inv QOVOOAAATT TA TTL TT ze 2 slept AUST os 4 IH NAA ATR ag 3 E88 UH Lr ° re i a 3 a BS) TUNA WELTER AT som SH (TAC IIE FROTUOAGVOOAGOAAAT AUT Eee 2S k= INANE i PAOOANOAAEONAREOAID it so - a ll il AAA =3 Ge if il CT TT 23. SES HITE PAT aa Ea TUT PAN ATTA Pe, a an iH E ‘Ss = AY Hi) se : : es LIN TT 23 « as MN ga 4 SE MSN sae % LN 2 | ee CN am iui HN HAA 3% fo (e HA be = 2 eM I a5 2 3 (evil Hou pry s > (ell tit 0 eli | = IE a oR 23% 2 HEU = es ; 3 ET 23 as o S 1 7 2 = tI HE PER EEE ‘ee Ilaliby PE \ae 4 c 2 | Jaquoron 244 a * s ae J : : | ie Z 1G BE z - ed au dic be oN shog £62 7 | Sa Ma 1 241 fo polsag . =

. = = —— = a = a lf Siete = = _— —— = SS = ——— = ae! = - == a ae ee ~ ————— : a = = - LDP : > el ae —_ = - ; of ' i ee @

THE UPPER PINE BELT. 79

CLIMATE.

The upper pine belt isa peculiarly healthy region, and throughout its extent Mills and Simms, in their statistics, have enumerated a remarkable number of instances of longevity. There are no prevailing diseases unless it be a mild type of malarial fever during autumn, along the river swamps. The upland swamps not being subject to overflow, and resting on sand, are not troubled with these complaints when drained and cultivated. The seasons most favorable for cotton are those in which there is a dry, cold winter to facilitate the preperation of the land. Light showers in April to insure germination. A dry and warm May and June, not only to render the destruction of the grass easy, but, as the cotton- planters term it, to “cook the cotton plant”; hot weather, and even drought, at this stage of growth, increasing its productiveness. In July and August, hot weather, and seasonable showers, to keep up the strength of the plant and promote fructification. A dry fall for picking. The length of time between the latest frost in the spring and the earliest frost in autumn has an important bearing on the crop, and, in the absence of other records, the preceding table is given.

Although the cotton planting during these years was sometimes com- pleted as early as the 30th of March, irreparable injury to the stand was only inflicted once, in 1849, when snow fell on the 15th of April, and was succeeded by cold weather. Nor do the autumn frosts always destroy the plant completely ; blossoms at Christmas and New Year are not unfre- quently seen, and there are occasionally winters of such mildness that the old cotton roots throw out fresh shoots in the spring, and there are rare instances where fields lying out have thus borne a crop the second year, that was worth gathering.

GROWTH.

The early settlers in this region were stock raisers. They kept up the Indian practice of burning off the woods during the winter. The destruction of the undergrowth by this means favored the growth of grasses, and numerous herds of almost wild cattle and horses found abun- dant pasturage, chiefly upon what was known as the wild oat, and the wild pea-vine. The cattle were sometimes slaughtered for their hides and tallow. The names of many townships and neighborhoods still testify to this primitive industry, as Steer Pen, Steerpoint, Horse Pen, and Pen Cor- ner. The uplands were covered, as they still are, with a large growth of yellow pine, but a deer might then have been seen, in the vistas made by their smooth stems, a distance of half a mile, where now, since the dis- continuance of the spring and autumn fires, it could not be-seen fifteen

80 THE UPPER PINE BELT.

paces for the thick growth of oak and hickory that has taken the land. Among the many varieties of oaks, the live oak does not appear, except asa planted tree; the water oak, however, attains perfection, covering with its evergreen foliage, not unfrequently, an area of half an acre, and meas- uring eight to ten feet through at the root. This is the northern limit of the magnolia in its wild state, and of the gray moss. The swamp woods are cypress, White oak, gum, ash, hickory, beech, elm, and black wainut. Besides the pine, there is on the upland, dogwood, hickory and eight or ten varieties of oak, among which are the forked leaf blackjack, indica- tive here of a dry and thirsty soil; and the round leaf blackjack, showing a moister and more fruitful soil. The olive, the Italian chestnut, and pine, varieties of mulberry, the fig, peaches, apples, pears, pomegran- ites, plums, pecan nuts, English walnuts, grapes, &c., are successfully grown.

PRODUCTIONS.

The staple crops are cotton, corn, oats, rye (the southern variety), and wheat, to a limited extent; peanuts, yielding an average of forty bushels per acre, sweet potatoes and rice. The culture of indigo and tobacco has been abandoned, though once found profitable. Considerable attention is paid in some localities to forest products—turpentine, pine timber, cypress shingles, and white oak staves. Little attention is paid to stock raising. Ninety to ninety-five per cent. of the work stock, oxen excepted, are im- ported. Cattle, hogs and sheep depend almost entirely for their support upon such food as the range furnishes, with as little (or less) looking after as the first settlers bestowed on their wild herds. Mills gives the stock in Orangeburg county, in 1825, as foilows: cattle, 25,000; sheep, 10,000 ; swine, 00,000. In the census of 1880 it stands: cattle, 16,573; sheep, 5,766 ; swine, 87,742—a decline in the total of 20,000, notwithstanding the population has increased from 15,568, at that time, to 40,995 in 1880, agriculture remaining still their chief pursuit. Besides clay for bricks and marl (except a deposit of iron ore near High Hill creek, Orangeburg), no minerals of value have been discovered in this region. The Pee Dee is the last river to the south where herring is caught in large numbers. Shad in the spring, and sturgeon and rockfish in the summer and autumn, ascend all the rivers in this region, except that shad never enter the waters of the Little Pee Dee, notwithstanding they are clear and deep like those of the Edisto.

STATISTICS.

The upper pine belt covers about 6,230 square miles, and has a popu- lation of 221,409, or 35.5 to the square mile, bearing in this regard about the same proportion to the other regions of the State that it did in the |

THE UPPER PINE BELT. 81

.

enumeration of 1870. The percentage of colored population is sixty against sixty-three in 1870. .

The area of tilled land is 948,521 acres, being 152 acres to the square mile, or nearly one-fourth of the entire surface. It is 4.2 acres per capita, and twenty-one acres to the head of ‘work stock. These lands being of easy tillage, not unfrequently forty-five acres, exclusive of small grain, is well cultivated to the mule. This is an increase of 167,497 acres over the enumeration of 1870, by no means proportionate to the increase in the population since that date. More than one-third, or 558,505 acres, is in cotton, which is nine anda third per cent. of the entire surface, and twenty-six per cent. of the cotton acreage of the State. It is ten acres to the work animal, and one and a half acres per capita of the population ; 418,417 acres are in grain crops of all kinds, including corn, small grain and rice; 169,796 acres are in fallow and in other crops; as fallow is not regularly practiced in the husbandry here pursued, and as the other crops include only sugar cane, potatoes, orchards and gardens, almost exclu- sively for local use, and consequently small, this figure includes some of the corn lands whose culture has been so largely abandoned, but which are not yet entirely grown up.

The farms number 19,649, averaging nearly fifty acres of tilled land to the farm, which is the largest average in the State. Their relation, how- eyer, to the population remains about the same as in the regions south of this, viz: one farm to twelve and a half of the population; north of this the number of farms in proportion to the population increases.

The crops are:

Cotton, 148,050 bales, against 83,210 in 1870, an increase of seventy’ per cent. It is twenty-eight per cent. of the crop of the State. The yield is 327 pounds lint per capita, the largest, except in the comparatively small Red Hill region, where it is 348 pounds of lint. The average yield per acre is 202 pounds of lint, which is also larger than elsewhere, except for the small crop of the lower pine belt. In Marlboro county, the yield per acre averages 267 pounds of lint, and the yield per capita, 536 pounds of lint. This is the maximum product in the State, and entitles the region to its designation as the central cotton belt of Carolina.

The grain crop is 3,631,502 bushels, an increase of one and a half mil- lions of bushels on the returns of 1870. This includes corn, small grain and rice, and constitutes twenty-one per cent. of the grain crop of the State. It is sixteen bushels per capita of the population, and 8.6 bushels per acre. Allowing eighty bushels a year to the head of work stock, the 35,469 head in this region would leave less than 600,000 bushels for the population, two and three-quarter bushels per capita, with nothing for the other live stock. The maximum average product is attained in Marlboro,

6

82 THE UPPER PINE BELT.

ten and a quarter bushels per acre, twenty and a half bushels per capita of population.

The live stock number 313,811, which is one to every thirteen acres ; sixteen to each farm; 11.4 head to each one of the population; two to the bale of cotton, and one to every eleven bushels grain produced.

SYSTEM OF FARMING AND LABOR.

A mixed system of farming is pursued in the upper pine belt, and the attempt is made to raise at least a portion of the necessary farm supplies. They are not raised, however, to the extent they were formerly, and al- though the reports all state that the tendency to raise them is increasing, the deficiency still remains very great, as the number of hens given for provisions and recorded against the growing crop show. In Barnwell there were 2,026 liens, averaging one hundred and twenty-five dollars, being eight dollars and eighty cents per bale of cotton produced; in Orangeburg there were 2,470 liens, averaging ninety dollars, being nine dollars and eighty-seven cents per bale; in Darlington there were 3,925 liens, averaging one hundred dollars, being sixteen dollars and forty cents per bale; in Marl- boro there were 1,183 liens, averaging one hundred and ten dollars, being five dollars and forty cents per bale; in Marion there were twelve hundred liens, averaging one hundred dollars, being five dollars and a half per bale. The number of liens for 1880 show an increase on those given above for 1879. This does not indicate a diminution in the amount of supplies raised by farmers, but only shows an increase in the number of laborers who are seeking a credit, to enable them to do business on their own account as tenant farmers. It is by this class chiefly that the hens are given, mostly for provisions, next for fertilizers, and to some extent for mules and farm implements. It is the general experience that these small tenant farmers, mostly negroes, meet their obligations to the best of their ability ; nevertheless, a mortgage given in January or February, on a crop not to be planted until April, is not taken as a first-class com- mercial security, and consequently the charges on the advances are heavy; for instance, when the cash price of corn is seventy five cents, the credit price is not unfrequently one dollar and twenty cents and up- ward.

West of the Santee and Wateree rivers in this region, the average acre-.

age in cotton to the farm is fourteen acres; on only one farm is there over oD 5 , q

four hundred acres in cotton; in seventeen townships the maximum acre- age is under one hundred acres; in twenty it is one hundred to two hun-

dred; in five it is two hundred to three hundred; in two it is three:

hundred to four hundred.

THE UPPER PINE BELT. 83

East of the rivers named there are farms having over six hundred acres in cotton, the average acreage in cotton to the farm is sixteen acres. Here forty-six per cent. of the farms are rented, and fifty-four per cent. worked by the owners. Of the rented farms, thirteen per cent. are over fifty acres, while of those worked by the owners eighty per cent. are above.that figure.

The laborers are chiefly negroes, but the number of whites engaged in field labor is largely increasing, in some localities, especially east of the Pee Dee, where one-third to one-half the field labor is performed by whites. The general price of day labor is fifty cents and food, though it fluctuates from forty cents to seventy-five cents. The class of day laborers is also largely increasing, being recruited from the increasing class of tenant farmers, who supplement their earnings by hiring out when not busy with their own crops, or when pressed for ready cash. Contract labor- ers are becoming much fewer; the general wages is ten dollars a month and rations, but in some localities it is as low as six dollars to eight dol- lars, and in others as high as twelve dollars to fifteen dollars, the higher prices prevailing in the northeast, the lower to the southwest, being less where the percentage of negroes is greatest, and vice versa. Hands hired by the year receive from ninety dollars to one hundred and twenty dollars, with rations, shelter firewood and truck patches. Hands, how- ever, have always preferred, when contracting for a year’s work, to have some interest in the crop, and this desire has steadily increased so as to have become by far the most general practice. This has been arranged in so many, and in such complicated ways, as to preclude any general de- scription. For instance, a widely adopted system is one proposed as early as 1866, by a negro laborer in Silverton township. The laborer works five days in the week for the land owner and has a house, rations, three acres of land, and a mule and plow every other Saturday to work it when necessary, with sixteen dollars in money at the end of the year. Had he worked four days and a half per week for the land owner, and one and a half days for himself, this would have been equivalent to one-fourth of the crop and his food. The sixteen dollars was intended to cover the fifty- two half days more than this, which he worked.* This system proved

* This freedman was impressed with the belief that the share of the laborer should be his food and shelter, and one-fourth of the produce. While he was sure that his proportion covered this, he could neither state the rationale as above given, or ap- parently understand it, when stated. It may serve as an illustration of the instinctive processes by which these people seemed to grasp intuitively the most complicated prob- lems, and the most advanced doctrines in the great questions as to the remuneration of labor. Only just emancipated, they at once take ground, to which the laborers of the old world seem to have been struggling up through all the centuries since the abolition of serfdom.

84 THE UPPER PINE BELT.

very successful, and the second year a number of laborers proposed to work only four days, feed themselves and take double the land and mule work, without the money. The third year three-day hands came in, fur- nishing in part their own work stock ; and as some hands paid the rent for a house and an acre of land by giving two days work a week, there were found various classes of hands on the same places, working from two to six days in the week. The share system is practiced more largely in Barnwell than in Hampton, and still more in Darlington and Marlboro. The terms are generally the same, the employer furnishing land, teams and implements, the laborer feeding himself and getting one-third to one- half, after paying for his pro rata of bagging, ties, and fertilizers. Chan- cellor Johnson says (Marlboro county): “I have a good many tenants, white and black. I furnish the stock, food for it, pay one-half the black- smith, fertilizer, bagging and ties account, and furnish ginning facilities ; the tenant (has his garden and potato patch free) does all the work, from repairing fences and ditches to preparing the crop for market, my-ad- vances are repaid and the crop is equally divided. The tenants generally get at the rate of eight to ten bales for each mule they work, grain for their family supplies and enough to make their meat. I get the same amount of cotton and more than grain enough for the next year’s crop. I have had some tenants over ten years.” He prefers hired labor where the planta- tion is not too large, that is about eight plows. The advantage of either system depends upon the character of the individual, good tenants being sometimes poor laborers, and vice versa. Each locality reports favorably of the system pursued there. tf

In Hampton, the wages system is preferred, the laborers run no risks, the soil is improving, the condition of the laborers good, very few of them .own house or land. Lands sell from one dollar to twenty-five dollars per acre, and rent for one dollar to three dollars in small patches; little land is rented.

In Barnwell, the laborer decides under which system he will work. Share hands and renters pick cleaner cotton than wage hands. The wages system is preferred, by the planters, the laborer runs no risks, his pay is net money, he spends it and lives and works better, and land im- proves. The condition of the laborer is good and improving, quite a number own houses and lands. The market value of land is three dollars to ten dollars an acre, including improved and unimproyed., The rent is from one dollar to three dollars in money; in kind it is seventy- five pounds of lint cotton per acre, or one thousand pounds of lint for a forty acre farm, or a five hundred pound bale for fifteen to twenty acres.

In the lower part of Orangeburg, year hands receive monthly six dol-

THE UPPER PINE BELT. 85

lars; the share system is also practiced here; no preference expressed be- tween the two. The condition of the laborers is reported as good. The market value of land is from two dollars to ten dollars; and a good deal is rented from two to four dollars.

In Darlington, wages by the year are one hundred and twenty dollars for men, ninety dollars for women, with house, rations, fuel and truck patches. The share system and tenant system are largely practiced ; the laborers do not work so well, nor do they realize so much, but they prefer less and to be independent of control; their condition is good, two per cent. own houses and land. The market value of land is ten dollars, and the rental yields about seven per cent. on the invest- ment.

In Marlboro and Marion, a considerable part of the field labor is per- formed by whites; day wages are from thirty to sixty cents, by the month six dollars to twelve dollars, and the same when engaged for the year, in all cases with board. The share and tenant system are largely practiced (see above for terms, &c.). Condition of the laborers good, they are contented and happy; three to five per cent. of the negroes own land or a house. The market value of land is ten dollars to fifty dollars per acre, and rents are from three dollars to fifteen dollars per acre. (For further particulars see abstract of reports of township corres- pondents.)

From the southwest of Aiken county it is reported that the tendency to raise supplies fluctuates with the price of cotton, being increased by low and diminished by high prices. The share systém is largely practiced, the laborer having one-third where he feeds himself, one-fourth where he is fed, the land owner advances everything, and the laborer’s proportion of the expenses is taken out of the crop. The share system is not gene- rally satisfactory ; it is difficult to get cotton cleanly handled; land worked under the supervision of the proprietor generally improves ; when rented, especially to negro tenants, it rapidly deteriorates; five per.cent. of the negro laborers own land or their house; those who work steadily are prosperous, the proportion that do this is not, however, large. The market value of land is four dollars to fifteen dollars per acre, in- cluding wood land; tilled land rents for from one dollar to five dollars per acre.

The following comparison in some of the regards above treated of be- tween Darlington and Marlboro counties is offered, because in 1870 Dar- lington led all the counties in the State in the production of cotton, nearly doubling the crop of the next highest; now it stands eighth in total pro- duction, and Marlboro stands highest in the yield per capita and per acre ; the counties le side by side:

86 THE UPPER PINE BELT.

= SS ES = —= = = = = >

Yield in | Amount

Ibs. lint FE RS FARMS. Cotton. for each Bale of COUNTIES. Percentage.| Percentage | Percentage oi Cotton | worked by | worked by 5 produced i “| owners. renters. Sia aS ed ce : a cs sa e z e 5 Under | Over |Under, Over Polat NS: 1879. |= st | fifty | fifty | fifty | fifty Aa] 2 = Acres. | Acres. /Acres.|Acres SE Se ee Darlington...| 339] 197; $16.40 | 43 | 57 | 17 83 85 15 Marlboro....... 536} 267} $540] 55 | 45) 12 88 80 20

TILLAGE AND IMPROVEMENT.

Enclosures, under the colonial laws, that have not been changed, are required to be cattle proof. The fences are built of pine rails ten feet in length, running about one hundred to the cord, worth usually fifty cents a cord, and are split for fifty cents per hundred, making the cost one dollar per hundred in the woods. Fourteen rails make eight feet in length of worm fence, or 9,240 rails per mile, lasting, on an average, five years. A recent act of the legislature allows each township to determine by vote, whether the crops or the stock shall be enclosed, if the latter, the township to tax itself for the fences necessary to protect it from the stock of the adjoining townships. To this date few townships in this belt have availed themselves of this law.*

Drainage is little practiced in this region; the culture of the swamps being generally abandoned, and the uplands being thought not to require it. In Marlboro and Marion, however, great benefit results from a system of open ditches very generally adopted (see above soils). Little or noth- ing is required in the way of hillside ditches on these comparatively level lands, where little injury is experienced from washing.

The former practice of allowing fields to lie fallow, for the benefit of the growth of weeds, which increased the vegetable matter in the soil, and

*Since the above was written the State legislature has passed a general law for the whole State, making it incumbent on the owners of live stock to see that they do not trespass on others. The tiller of the soil is no longer compelled to build fences to protect the fruits of his labor from the inroads of his neighbors’ cattle, thus saving all cost in building and repairing fences, estimated in 1879 at $917,000 by the 10th U.S. Census.

“.

THE UPPER PINE BELT. 87

which killed by their shade the grasses that were especially troublesome on cultivated lands, has been almost wholly abandoned. Nor is there any regular or general system of rotation of crops. Cotton lands espe- cially are planted year after year in the same crop, and if properly man- ured, are thought to improve. Rotation, when practiced, is two years cotton, one year corn; small grain is planted in the fall, after the corn is gathered, and the next summer a crop of corn or cow-peas is grown on the stubble, to be followed the next spring by cotton. In Marlboro county, land planted in cotton for fourteen successive years, without additional manure, except the increased cotton seed from the larger crops, produce double what they did at first.

Phe fall plowing of cotton and corn lands, once much practiced, has been very generally abandoned; some still think it pays to break the land eight or ten inches deep in the fall about every fourth year, other- wise it is only done to turn under weeds on land that has been resting.

The depth of tillage varies from two and a half to six inches, measured on the land side of the furrow, and it is very rare to see more than one animal used in plowing. It is only the larger farmers, who are becoming scarcer, who use two-horse plows occasionally.

The amount of land once cultivated, that has been abandoned, is stated as very little in Hampton county; at from ten to twenty per cent. in Barn- well; at ten to fifteen per cent. in Orangeburg; at twenty-five per cent. in Darlington, and, excluding swamps, at nothing in Marion and Marlboro. When the uplands areturned out in this region, they grow up first in broomsedge, which is succeeded by short leaf pine, beneath which in time all grass and undergrowth disappears. When again taken in, they yield well with manuring, but without good treatment they deteriorate more rapidly than virgin soil. It is a question—on which there is a diversity of opinion—whether the second growth of pines is a benefit or an injury to land; in the lower country it is thought to be injurious, supporting the view that narrow leaved growths do not improve the soil. In the upper country the opinion is, however, decided that the soil improves under the old-field pine. With some other growths there is no question, in this regard; for instance the persimmon always impfoves lands, and seems to exert no bad influence even on the growing crops in cultivated fields, it being often remarked that the tallest cotton is found under such trees, where it is dwarfed by the proximity of a pine or a post-oak. Certain other forest trees seem to favor particular growths here, as the sugarberry, under which verdant patches of blue grass are often seen, when found no where else. There seem to be friendly and unfriendly relations among plants. Bermuda grass will not grow under pines or cedars, but thrives most under the Euonymus. Polk is said to give the rust to cotton, and Jamestown weed will, it is believed, eradicate nut grass.

88 THE UPPER PINE BELT.

;

Green manuring, especially with the cow-pea, is regarded favorably, al-. though it is not practiced as a system. Sown broadcast, manured with the Ash element” (a cheap fertilizer composed chiefly of lime and potash) and turned under after the vines are wilted by frost, remarkable results have been attained. Col. Thomas Taylor says that lands subject to rust, and never yielding more than seven bushels of wheat, have given twenty- six bushels under this treatment. After the cotton is laid by a furrow is sometimes run in the alley, and cow-peas drilled in, forming the basis on which the next year’s cotton bed is to be constructed. Peas grown among corn are esteemed highly for the beneficial influence they exert on the soil, as well as for the crop they yield.

The limited amount of stable and lot manure, furnished chiefly by the work stock, other cattle being rarely fed or penned systematically, is much valued. Cotton seed is wholly used for manure, and its use has much in- creased, either alone, or composted with woods mould and litter, or the superphosphates. These means of maintaining the fertility of the land are largely supplemented by the use of guanes and other fertilizers. In Marlboro county the general rule is, to return to the land all the cotton seed produced on it,-and in addition one sack of Guanape guano, or half a sack of it, with one hundred pounds of superphosphates, and if rust is apprehended, one hundred pounds of kainit. Lands so treated are counted on with much certainty to give a bale of cotton to the acre one year with another. This may be taken as the best established and most successful practice regarding manures. There are wide variations from it. A very few, but not the least successful farmers, purchase no commercial fertilizers and rely wholly on cotton seed, composts of woods moulds and leaves, and stable manure. The use of fertilizer is very gen- erally deprecated as unthrifty and extravagant, but the facility with which they may be obtained and used, makes their employment the general practice.

The first step in preparation for planting cotton is to dispose of the old stalks. If small, they are not attended to. Ordinarily they are knocked to pieces by hand with a club. Machines have been devised for this pur- pose, but have not proved successful, thus leaving a field open to inventors. When the stalks are very large, say four to five feet high, they have to be pulled up, and sometimes to be burned. Some planters pull up the stalks and lay them in the furrow on which the bed is to be made; it is objected to this practice that the plow in cultivation strikes the buried stalks and destroys the young cotton.

The furrow for the bed is either run in the alley between the rows, or the old bed is barred off and the furrow run through its centre. The first practice alternates the cotton rows every year, the second plants on

_ THE UPPER PINE BELT. 89

the same spot. The rows are rarely under three feet three inches, they average three and a half, and are sometimes four feet, and even five feet, on land making a large growth. The manure is placed in the furrow, and the bed is built up in February and March, the object being to get cotton seed in and covered as early as possible to prevent its sprouting and heat- ing after planting, which is injurious to the stand. In Marlboro the fer- tilizers are not applied with the cotton seed, but a furrow is run through the bed just before planting and the fertilizer put into it then. The usual practice has been to put the manure in as deeply as possible; a practical difficulty in accomplishing this arises from the settling of the finely pul-. verized and lightly thrown up beds; and finer and specifically heavier particles of the soil pass through and under the coarser and lighter cotton seed, compost, or stable manure. So that even after the greatest care to cover them deeply has been taken, they disappoint the planter by appear- ing at or near the surface during planting or the subsequent* cultivation of the crop. <A very successful practice in Aiken and Barnwell counties has been to put the manure in a shallow furrow, but to finish the bed by splitting the middle out with a double horse shovel plough running to the depth of fourteen inches. This leaves the sides of the beds and the alley light and loose, and it is kept so by after cultivation. The sweep runs shallow in the harder soil near the plants, and deeper in the looser soil of the alley, and can thus skim the surface and destroy weeds near the plant without cutting the roots; the drainage of the bed is increased, and loose earth is provided, where it alone can be maintained during cul- tivation, in the alley, to absorb atmospheric moisture, and to dirt the plant or manure.

Planting occurs during the month of April, from the 1st to the 50th. Early planting runs the risk of frost, late planting runs the risk of a dry spell, which not unfrequently prevents cotton planted the last of April from coming up before the first of June. These risks are nearly equal, andthe early planting has the additional advantage of a longer season for its growth and maturity. Bancroft’s or Dicksons’s improved cluster cotton seed are generally used ; a prolific cotton, making a good yield of lint, being sought after, without regard to the quality of the staple. Im- proved staples have peed produced, and are profitably cultivated by the larger planters who ship it themselves to the North, or Europe. Smaller

*It appears that particles of the solid earth are not at ‘rest, but are continually in movement, caving in and settling after rains, &. So that here the law of sues eravities also operates, and in the lapse of time, the diverse components are assorted, finding theirtrue level as certainly as acork rises or lead sinksin water. In illustration of this law, large quantities of bones, buried two feet deep, in land formerly prepared for vineyards in this region, have, in the course of ten years, worked their way to the surface.

90 THE UPPER PINE BELT.

farmers, confined to the home markets, cannot sell such staple to advan- tage, and therefore neglect it. The quantity of seed used depends on the method of planting; in drilling by hand, the most common practice, three bushels is required; with the planter, which is coming more into use, one to one and a half bushels answers; with the dibble, a two-wheeled implement, drawn by a horse, the wheels running on the beds and mak- ing holes for the seed by blocks fastened on to the tire, a half-bushel will do. The seed comes up according to the greater or less favorableness of the season, in from four to ten days after planting. The young plants are thinned out to hills eight inches to twelve inches apart, sometimes to eighteen inches; usually only one stalk is left, some prefer to have two. Thinning occurs four to six weeks after planting, from the time the third to the sixth leaf makes its appearance, and is completed early in June. Blossoms first appear when the plant is six inches to twelve inches high, from the 10th to the 20th of June. Bolls open forty-two to forty-five days after the blossom in the latter part of July and first of August. In favorable seasons, picking has commenced before the 12th of August ; or- dinarily not until the 20th. The cotton is picked and ginned as fast as it opens, and the work can be done, the best planters estimating the loss of leaving it in the field, even during good weather, for a few weeks, as very heavy. All the crop is picked by the 1st to the 15th of December, and by far the most of it in the market before Christmas. The after cul- tivation of the crop consists of four to five ploughings with the sweep and three to four hand hoeings, and is completed from the first of July to the last of August.

GINNING, BALING AND SHIPPING.

No decided preference for any of the numerous gins used in this region can be ascertained; those most commonly in use are the Brown, Winn- ship, Gullett, Carver, Findley and Massey, Elliott, Winn, Taylor and Ex- celsior. Thirteen correspondents report that four employ steam engines, seven employ horse power, and two employ water power in ginning. The steam gins turn out two hundred and twenty-five to four hundred pounds lint per hour, the horse-powers one hundred pounds to two hundred pounds in the same time, the water-powers two hundred and fifty to four hundred. The estimate of seed cotton required to make four hundred pounds of lint, varies from 1,200 to 1,400 pounds, and averages 1,225 pounds. On this point a correspondent says: The proportion of lint varies largely with the season, with the variety of cotton, with the stage at which the cotton is picked, and even with different bolls of the same variety picked at the same stage. I plant a large part of my crop with a fancy long staple upland variety. I have known it to require 1,800

THE UPPER PINE BELT. 91

pounds seed cotton average through the season to make a bale of five hundred pounds, while the past season the entire crop gave at the rate of a five hundred pound bale to 1,540 pounds of seed cotton. A few years ago my crop of Rio Grande, a very short staple variety, gave a five hundred pound bale to 1,365 pounds of seed cotton. Cotton picked damp, and that suffered to remain sometime without picking, gives the smallest proportion of lint, while that picked as soon after opening as the bolls dry off gives the best. I once picked a large number of bolls from a patch, itself grown from selected seed, weighed them separately on a druggist’s scales and separated the lint from the seed by hand. The poorest boll gave nineteen per cent. of lint, the best thirty-six per cent. The weight of the heaviest boll, seed and lint, was one hundred and thirty-six gross, and of the lightest, forty-two gross. Even such wide va- riations as these could not have been detected by the eye or without the use of the scales.”

Owing to the unsatisfactory character of the mechanical arrangements for using horse power, the use of horses for ginning is being superseded by steam engines. It was thought that traction engines would supply this want, and, like steam grain threshers, would move from farm to farm and gin the cotton. They were tried to a considerable extent, but it was found that the exigencies of the farmer did not allow him to keep his cotton, as he might his grain, until the gin came to him, and that it did not pay to move the gin once or twice a day, to gin the crops, bale at a time as it was gathered, so that they have been mostly abandoned.

There isa similar diversity as to the press in use. In twelve gin houses there were six hand presses, the Brooks, Schofield, McBride, Finley, Board- man, and Smith, packing about eight bales with four hands per day. There was one water press, and one run by steam, four old wooden-pin screw presses run by mules. Four hands on the Smith or the Boardman press will average a bale every fifty minutes: eight men and three mules on the old screw will average a bale every thirty minutes; by pushing, more can be done. The delay and cost in packing occurs in treading the light, loose cotton into the box, at which only one, or at most two men can work, the other hands being meanwhile idle. Formerly the lint- rooms were built very large, and twenty or thirty bales were ginned be- fore any was packed. Now with smaller lint-rooms, and with condensers coming into use as a preventive of fire, the cotton is packed as fast as it is ginned. Feeders to gins have been tried, but owing to the difficulty of keeping them in order, they are not much used. }

Rope for baling has been entirely replaced by the iron Arrow” tie and the heaviest gunny bagging is used. The bales vary in weight, from four hundred and fifty pounds to five hundred and fifty pounds, and

92 THE UPPER PINE BELT.

average four hundred and eighty-nine pounds. Shipments to market are made during the fall months, from September to January. _ By steam- boat there are no extra charges for extra weight; the charge is seventy- five cents per bale on the Savannah river, to Savannah, and one dollar on the Pee Dee to Charleston. On the Port Royal railroad to Charleston or Savannah the charge is two dollars per bale of four hundred and fifty pounds or less, and twenty cents for each hundred pounds over that weight. On the South Carolina railway the charge from Augusta is one dollar for way stations on this route, one dollar and fifty cents and thirty-five cents per hundred weight over five hundred pounds. From Darlington to Charleston by rail the charge is one dollar and twenty-five cents. From Marlboro and Marion it is three dollars and twenty-five cents to New York, and one dollar and fifty cents to Charleston or Wilmington by rail; in the latter there is an extra charge (amount not stated) for bales weigh- ing over four hundred and fifty pounds.

_ DISEASES, ENEMIES, &c.

There are few crops grown anywhere more certain than the cotton crop in the upper pine belt. A complete failure never occurs, and a reduction of twenty per cent. in the yield is an unusual occurrence. The greatest variations have been in an increase of product under better cultivation, and it is believed that a wide field for development lies in this direction. The principal obstruction to the growth of the plant is the crab grass,* necessitating constant labor and vigilance, or resulting in fatal injury to the crop. Usually the task is one acre in hoeing, which is completed by dinner time; but most frequently it is far from being thoroughly done. In Marlboro, where the work is well done, and perhaps on this account, two acres is the task and it is completed by 4 P. M., usually.

Drought is very seldom injurious, except during the fruiting season in July and August. Sore shin, except as resulting from bad hoeing, is not known.

Lice, a minute aphid, appears on the underside of the leaves in May and later, and gives them a curled, but at the same time a deeper green appearance. Dry weather is favorable to them, and in good seasons they are not thought to injure the plant. Some say they promote fruitfulness. In bad seasons, 7. e., excessive drought, during fruiting, rust appears ear- lest and is most injurious where these aphids have been most numerous.

Rust and blight affect the crop, especially during the fruiting season ; it is most injurious to the prolific short-limbed cluster cotton. Under fa-

*Corruption for crop grass, being found only on cultivated lands, and often furnished excellent crops.

THE UPPER PINE BELT. 93

vorable conditions the plant will take on a heavy crop of fruit in four to six weeks, any time from the middle of June to the middle of September. At such a period it will cease to grow, the leaves will pale and turn red, all the energies of the plant being devoted to reproductive efforts. Com- mercial fertilizers promote this crisis, by contributing more to the fruit- fulness than to the growth of the plant. Any vicissitude of the weather, heat or cold, wet or drought, will seriously enfeeble or even kill the plant in this its term of labor, especially on poor, sandy, or ill-drained soils. A crop will have been made, the utmost that the soil, the variety of seed, and the seasons admit of, but the future growth and fruitfulness of the plant is checked or destroyed. This is what is usually termed rust or blight. The remedies are, varieties of the plant that are more vigorous growers, those of longer limb, and less given to excessive fruiting; stable manure in the place of fertilizers; the potash salts are used with marked benefit; and thorough drainage.

Cotton sheds by far the largest portion of the forms which come on it, and the closest observers state that in the great mass of our cotton lands, the cotton plant will not, in the best of seasons, mature into open bolls one in five of the blossoms that appear, generally not one in ten. Reme- dies for this are being sought in the selection of seed, and in various methods of culture, but nothing decided has been thus far obtained.

When the early season is wet and warm, the plant may run too much to weed. Some attribute this in part to late thinning and deep cultiva- tion ; others think it may be checked by running a deep, narrow furrow, closing after the plow, close to the cotton. Short-limbed varieties of cot- ton, cotton seed and phosphates as fertilizers, are recommended as remedies.

Although the cotton caterpillar moth is frequently met with, even dur- ing the severest winters, the worm rarely makes its appearance before September, and hardly ever does any damage.

CHARGES ON SELLING.

In addition to freight, these consist of the following items, at the rates _ stated : commissions on. sales, two and a half per cent.; storage, twenty-five to fifty cents per bale per month ; drayage, wharfage, mending, forty cents ; insurance, twenty-five cents. These charges vary slightly, and with freight, amount to from three-quarters to one cent per pound of lint, or a little over seven per cent. on the net sales.

COST OF PRODUCTION.

Eight correspondents state the cost of production at six to eight cents per pound lint; one at eight and a half cents; one at twelve and a half

94 THE UPPER PINE BELT.

cents; one at four cents. Paul F. Hammond, of Beech island, furnishes the following: “The cost of production varies greatly with the character of the land cultivated, and the skill of the planter. The complement of hands and mules is two of the former and one of the latter. The items of expense are, wages of hands, meat for hands, cost per annum of mule, exclusive of feed; extra picking, guano, gear, implements, bagging and * ties. One mule and two hands will cultivate, on an average, twenty acres in cotton, fourteen acres in corn and four acres in oats, making grain enough to furnish bread to the hands, and feed for the mule. I am in- clined to think that 4,000 pounds of lint, including weight of bagging and ties, to the mule, is rather above than below the average. In some instances planters may reach a production of 8,000 or even 10,000 pounds of lint to the mule, while more frequently those who fall below 2,000 pounds may be met with. In the following estimates no allowance for taxes, rents, interest on capital invested, nor for the services of the pro- prietor or manager, nor for transportation or charges for selling, is made.

| : lilire bales Eight bales | Four bales

to the mule. to the mule. to the mule.

Wages for two hands per annum. . $180 00 $180 00 $180 00 Meat for hands, 300 lbs.,(@8 cents . 24 00 24 00 24 00 Cost of mule perannum .... 30. 00 30. 00 30 00 Trrameming..." et. t62) er se 48 50 20: 00..-. |e Pre tele NY fs au ep sa’ Fee AS 60. 00 60 00 |. 60 00 Gearand implements...... 10 00 10 00 10 00° Baooine and ties.) 2. sas Nels 15 50 9 00 4 50 $366 00 $333 00 | $308 50

Cost per pound lint... .. 6.10¢. 8.32$¢. | 15.22$¢.

* ee ee

4

THE UPPER PINE BELT.

95

Table showing the cost of each item of Labor and Material expended in the cul- tivation of an acre of Cotton in the Upper Pine Belt Region of South

Carolina :

ITEMS. Re hy (el ee | 6. ie | 8 | g.° | doef ae ee FT ransmiaauunu|$ 200 § 2 00/8 3 00|S 2 50,8 2 50 § 2 50 8 4 00S 4 00 $ 3 OS 3 |S 8 75 Fencing, repairsandintereston| 1 00] 40 50 60 2 54 a 50, 1 00 75} 100 PMRNCUCA TE REGIE See vacccvssccesuxcanasebe 20 12 10 15 Wi ‘10 30| 2 10 10 15 Pulling and burning stalKs.......) ..ccc6] cescee| ceseee | ceeeee] ceeeee] | eeeeee] nereee | seeeee PA Te ce (es Other cleaning Up.............cc00000..] cosees 05 st Wee 05 AON Maceo Laedapecul) cometns 2 10 CUNT PT oS | eee BUN retehde | tecceeta tics cckant ls Mapwale | bee ges lig Season |) Asa eRe PEAIAS ESDP VOI OIRTRCIOS ccctsvovaacesscusenes) Chasccded: Vacercil” avaone|| Mansog! dscedaa/l y sosap, |, | oneseyili ( aseenall socndail. jaseapuifl, arian REE MPE TE SOUR ND 2ee osha ches on ec sctin haha. on 150) D650} oo... |). ‘senest ie Ges 100 1 95 | faite BO), <tecs 73 SPRMIREE UD POMC ie 8 sore hae. ccdeae sauna meveel> \@kessi tt ‘aacnas |! o'necese exseds | Seaepllll. acicen |’ dddcwell's teysaos' | cadectslll steel acumvanes SHERE I OL DEUH. ccectxecestcconensssss | sseeye SHS Sse 38 BO)“ adsess Wir apsuts | + odsbse | oa ateppellitacbect [i cease Splitting middles........................ 50 13) hy eee 25 17) See hI Gace endorse | PPL | Sebo ht REY Nalin 03 chika odes vis nas edcuek val Mi. onand 7 Nee SEN Ce, Bln tact 1 (i ae SE a Aber |p hee Laying off....:......-.. Bhs nexcare 415 |e soe 25 10}) - aaens 13 A Nocckes 18 Manures, Commercial .............. 300} 350) 200, 350) 300) 450) 450) 625 600) 600) 450 Manures, home-made.............+. 200) 400) 300, 225] 425) 300) 300) 500) 250] ...... 5 00 Applying manures.............ss00 25 38 15/ 08} &7| 100} 250} 35) 60) 12) 7% Bedding up............ 50 sr sin 50| 33) 75; 100} 50) 25/ 150) 160 PUTER S MLA GOS sc. ccssccececsevsnress | ccsses |.) aes 25 Pee ee 50 25 (1) ieee barges 3 EMC OLL, DEGAS 1505. pecschess goons | ‘xtee, « 13) Pi ee DO aes Son'|e aindease D0? teste 10 1D] ceeeee Planting, opening............ceee 20 20 35 25 31 16 30 13 25 20 25 Pianting, dropping.............. ..2.. 2 Ne aetres lll’: Vaccacull Measeeollt > vaxeee4) < wanven 17 25 16}. © evans Planting, covering..............000 20 10? Ae 220. PN icsodeslle-cenanen |i Makan 13 20 DD}, seats Replanting............... ageeeneees speeesude 50 28 10 05 10 10 TON, -acisect hy cxsssall © tckasel Br veeee RSERA Cotta yd eaves ade Aa ousis's -ais0 iapesvineane 80 50 35 50 30 30 30 o 50 30 PRES DEUS es dea dae as dniise kf ena ssasns Sobadvane 25 as 50 15 30 DO ese eng h shewnabe 40 50 50 Number of plowings,5,5,5and6; 1 85 200; 165) 225) 133] 280} 800) 225) 225) 200) 200 Number of hoeings, 4, 4,1, 4 ..... 80; 1 oo 50| 140} 100] 175, 200) 200/42 00) 150) 200 Pe AMRS A ONG 5d ov dda s Scck uta dinwigcntant stake Pee, 600) 500) 470) 600} 550) 500; 600] 500) 500) 600 UULEST SUDO) 076 J 46 ee eel ie a ‘a ee oe 60 25 50) 100 BOIS Kscey, 100 75 SOM EINA DIANE ox cts anata cep ety aconveesec se sannonead 2 95 200 300) 260) 208] 165) 200) 250| 200] 120) 200 RRR ERIARBONNNOND Ut ona con att cedveane das ads ess 500} 1 Ga 5 00; 2 50) ...... 200) 200] ..... 8.00} 200! ..... Wear and tear of implements...) se. | ...| sees | AUPE NOD eget pa green | Meee ey age Net NED 425 BASING ANG LISS... «220, c2-cecisoese seeces 135) 135] 110) 120/ 115] 110) 130) 135} 108} 110) 110

JET a ee ees S51 55 $B os|5B5 0 e718] 6B5 1a SO 75 BDH ga am 77 98 TS Cost per pound linta.ee uss] OF | 07/08 1-6 069-10/067-40| 08 |107-10.08210.094-10 opiio| 08 (00 4-5 Profit, per acre, at ten cents per Raa Wiel ee tl enidss Bh) sae hc UN hoe Le

OR en 5h hgeace $23 45 $11 02| $6 40 $11 92/311 88] $6 25, $2 45) $7 14) $1 87| $6 53) $3 22 Profit, deducting charges for ol ae eek pel TTT TM NEGA Sap Sueaa huarad bes (VATE

rent and management..........

|

$26 45 $14 02)$14 sg hs 92/14 30/$10 75

$3 55 $11 14) $7 87/11 x0 22

96 THE UPPER PINE BELT.

1, E. H, Peeples, Lawton Township, Hampton county: Makes a bale of 450 pounds lint cotton per acre under this culture—seed cotton 1,350 pounds, cotton seed thirty bushels,

2. Homer H, Peeples, Peeples’ Township, Hampton county : Average 1,200 pounds seed cotton, 400 pounds lint, twenty-seven bushels seed,

3. G. Varn, Esq., Folk’s Store, Colleton county: Crop 1,000 pounds seed cotton, lint 333 pounds, seed twenty-two bushels, ;

4, W. B. Rice, Bamberg, Barnwell county: Crop 850 to 1,500 pounds per acre, say 1,175 seed cotton, average hiv -pounds lint, twenty-six bushels seed, at twelve and a half cents.

5. John S. Stoney, Allendale, Barnwell county: Yield 1,200 pounds seed cotton, 370 pounds lint, seed twenty-two bushels

6. O. N. Bowman, Rowesville. Orangeburg county: 1,100 pounds seed cotton, 370 pounds lint, twenty-six bushels seed.

7. Kb. T. Stackhouse, Little Rock, Marion county: He says, I worked last year twenty acres in cotton on contract with Ksau Page, which actually cost as follows: All work repairing fencing, picking, ginning, &c., $344.00; Commercial manures, $114.00; feed and rent of mule, $100.00; wear and tear to machinery, $35.00; hauling straw, &e., to stable, $13,00; bagging and ties for twenty- nine bales, $46.00; for my direction, $50.00. Total, $702.00, or $35.00 per acre. Crop. 13,277 pounds lint cotton. Contract satisfactory; has run for several years. Rents 230 of the 290 acres of his home iarm for forty-four pounds lint cotton. Renters engage to make all repairs and keep up fertility ot land. Estimate on 1,000 pounds seed cotton, 333 pounds lint, twenty-three bushels seed.”

8 W. D. Johnson, Marion C. H.: Yield 1,200 pounds, 400 pounds lint, thirty bushels seed. Ina good year 1,400 to 1500 pounds seed cotton. N.B. The rent and home made manure, i. e., cotton seed, constitute one-half or more of profits.

9. C.S. McCall, Bennettsville, Marlboro county: Average yield 1,000 pounds, 333 pounds lint, twenty-three bushels seed.

10. Edward E, Evans, Society Hill, Darlington county: Yield 1,000 pounds, 333 pounds lint, twenty- eight bushels seed.

ll. Henry P. Duvall, Cheraw, Chesterfield county: Yield 1,200 pounds, 400 pounds lint, thirty bushels seed.

The mean of the above estimates makes the cost of cotton 8 3-10 cents; not calculating the im- provement of the land by culiure or any of the numerous perquisites attending such employ- ment. The average profit per acre is $7.80, deducting charges for rent and management it is $15.75, Thrift and management will aiso reduce and even wipe out many of the items charged as ex- penses. Home-made manures, consisting largely of cotton seed which is reproduced each suc- cessive year in constantly increasing quantity, is such an item

It is interesting to compare these estimates of the cost of produc- ing cotton with those made in former times. A writer in the Carolinian, in 1848, declares that five cents a pound for cotton will not pay a profit, and gives this statement as the experience on a plantation with twenty field hands, total investment, $20,000.

EXPENSES FoR 1848.

Wapesiaf overseer. fs 6. We ky Se Ae Blacksmith and medical: accounts: ¢ 204°) Eee Eee 65 00

Poth gy? ii. ee eh ie ia cia! Bagging and rope for 120 bales cotton oS a a SABES le) See Tle A ee ie Fee a Re

Salt $12, nails $5.00, hoes $4.50 . 2. 2.0. 5 0 2) | NS ee Hospital supplies 2°00. fk SS eR a 7 50 Wear and icar of land). os |. 0s ats ee ee Wear and tear of mules, wagons, dc. 2... oo ee Transporting cotton to market at seventy-five cents per bale a

$1,282 00

s

ete es

THE UPPER PINE BELT. i

Crop 120 bales of 350 pounds, 42,500 pounds lint, cost three cents per pound, not counting interest on investment. That, at seven per cent., would have made the cost six and a third cents, omitting to credit the account with all perquisites to the planter, as a home and home supplies, with increase of negro property, Kc.

Mr. Solon Robinson, of New York, in an extensive tour through the South, gave, in 1848, the following carefully prepared statement regard- ing the plantation of Col. Williams, of Society Hill, Darlington county,

“South Carolina:

CAPITAL INVESTED.

4,200 acres land (2,700 cultivated) at $15 per acre. . . . . $ 63,000 00 254 slaves at $350 average, old and young ........ 89,900 00 60 mules and mares, one jack, onestud :........ 3,720 00 RR CRTR OT HAT i Peon te gy Ta wlligy vl ft Rly ins a va nla eS 2,000 00 EER) WLC LNA Sy gallon, ae awh A seh wttpass' yaa ice 520 00 500 head of Biers Pet OA Sa ary a 1,000 00 60 bull-tongue plows, 60 she ing plow S, 95 RS plows, 18

ren luows, Les LALTOWS:)). 3°99 “ort Gopretiat w\o ele #30, ¢ 262 00 All other plantation tools, AEN oe Par ua AGMA KAld ty wri) bat 1,000 00

REM AIA VOSERIGIG @ 5) ods ce a la -veael cite we) ©, otra ow» LOL SO2 OS

EXPENSES.

Seven per cent. interest on first fiveitems.. . .... . . . $11,103 00 3,980 yards Dundee bagging Site MES COMBE pic Sa 8 | Jersey id ne wl 536 80 epOUNEs TOPOL EX CENTS 2.) Fe le a ae ie, OO BXES 5.5 ayy 263 04 Three overseers, wages . $900, odical bck alec 8317. 50 . . aired Sete) HOOW PUTCNASOU i) 52) Mich eee dae Te Oe ee 200 00 Clothing account .. . 4) 0) nee Fifty sacks of salt 880. 00, aaa an iplaaved $194. 00 . eae tet 274 00 Carpenters and blacksmith work extra .......... 100 00 ET AE 0 ENS OUC TA Meise ee an wy etme! ss, “aha. ae) ge 80. 00 Molasses, tobacco and flour ... . asthe Wp 170 00

Three-eighths cent per pound freight aad dfateaeis for market- IRN SS c/o, Se a wee TAA Rice we taleyren er Sat 9) he Oe

$17,894 48

98 THE UPPER PINE BELT.

CROP. seo

13,509 pounds bacon for home place and factory. . . .. . . $675 00 Beef and butter for ditto and sales. . . ys Leticia ag ee 1,100 bushels corn for ditto and sales .. . 1... °: 3 ws se Highty cords of tan bark fortan yard .....:. . ... .. 40000m

Charges to others for blacksmith work... ......... J00;08 Mutton and wool.for home use and sales . ......... £125 00

$2,430 00 This sum, that is products other than cotton, deducted from expenses above stated leaves then... . .... ... . . $15,464 00

This was the cost of a cotton crop of 351,000 pounds lint cotton, mak- ing the cost per pound 4 7-10 cents. The cotton was sold at seven cents per pound. Omitting charges for interest and taking no account of the increasing value of the property, this gives 11 6-10 per cent. profits on the total investment. Mr. J. J. Lucas, also from Society Hill, Darlington county, reports, for 1879, that the cost of making cotton is twelve and a half cents per pound, that the value of land is ten dollars and not fifteen dollars per acre, as Mr. Williams states it, and that rents pay seven per cent. on the investment in place of the above.

Tt will be noticed that the cost of transportation to market and charges for selling, &e., were about one-half in 1848 what they are now.

Abstract of the replies of Township correspondents, arranged accord- ing to the Counties, Supervisor’s Districts (Sup. Dist.) and Enumeration Districts (KE. D.) of the 10th United States Census, in which they resided:

Hampton County, (2d Sup. Dist. 10th United States Census.)

Lawton Township, E.D.118 and 119): Northern part rolling, remainder ~ level. Swamps on the Savannah river and other water courses, for the most part unreclaimed ; one-third, a stiff mulatto upland, with clay sub- soil borders the swamp; two-thirds, upland, a dark gray sandy loam, underlaid by clay at the depth of eighteen to twenty inches. Crops under good cultivation yield four hundred pounds lint cotton, twelve to twenty bushels corn, thirty bushels oats, fifteen to fifty bushels rice; peanuts, twenty-five to fifty bushels; sugar cane syrup, two hundred gallons per acre. ‘Timber, best yellow pine, cypress, white oak, ash and poplar. Stock raising has been profitable, and might be greatly enlarged, there being abundance of Bermuda grass, cane and swamp mast. Wages of field labor, forty to fifty cents a day; one-tenth performed by whites. A large portion of the laborers rent lands, obtain supplies by giving a lien

ee a alli a

THE UPPER PINE BELT. 99

on the growing crops to the country merchants, and work most of the time on their own account. Land sells from two dollars to ten dollars per acre; rents for one-fourth of the crop, or one dollar to two dollars in money. Health good, except mild type of malarial fever in low places.

Peeples’ Township, (E. D. 120): One-fourth of the land in swamps. The uplands slightly rolling ; soil coarse and fine sandy loam, gray to brown and black in color. Subsoil yellowish red, blueand brown clay, containing brown pebbles, underlaid by gravel and quicksand at twelve to twenty feet, in which water is found. Considerable business in collecting turpentine, getting timber and shingles and sawing lumber. Little attention paid to stock. Wages for field work, eight dollars per month; one-half field labor performed by whites. At Pondtown there is a large number of white farmers owning small tracts of lands, doing all their own work and working out for wages, who are prosperous and excellent laborers, free from debt. Land rents for two dollars an acre. Malarial fever in the swamps, otherwise healthy.

BAaRNWELL County, (2d Sup. Dist. 10th United States Census.)

Bull Pond, (E. D. 29): Gray pine lands, generally level, a fine sandy loam with clay subsoil. Growth, pine, oak and hickory. Little attention paid to stock. Wages, forty cents per day. Five per cent. of field labor performed by whites. No land in the market; one-half is rented for eighty pounds of seed cotton per acre. Yield, about one bale to the three acres, rented land badly cultivated, reduces the general average.

Allendale, (E. D. 25): “Light clay lands,” rather elevated and rolling. Soil, a light clay loam, gray and yellow in color, underlaid by clays of various hue, from red to purple, also sandy subsoil. Growth, pine, oak, hickory, dogwood, maple, poplar, ash, black walnut, cypress. Marl occurs and is available. Two streams, twenty and forty feet wide, respectively, with velocity of three to four miles an hour, furnish water powers. Little attention paid to stock. It might be profitably raised. Wages, forty to fifty cents a day. One-tenth of field labor performed by whites. No Jands in the market. No fevers except in the river bottoms.

Bennett Springs, (2. D.26): Land level. Soil, sandy subsoil, sometimes red clay and sometimes red sand. Growth, pine, oak and hickory on the uplands; usual growth of the Savannah river swamps on that stream. Crops, seven hundred and fifty pounds of seed cotton, ten bushels corn, twenty-five bushels rice, seventy-five bushels peanuts per acre. Some business done in shingles, staves and turpentine. Stock raising might be made profitable. Six gins and grist mills driven by water power, not more than one-fifth of which is utilized. No prevailing diseases. No

100 THE UPPER PINE BELT.

field work performed by whites. Much of the land is rented for five hundred pounds lint cotton for twenty-five acres.

Williston, (2. D. 37): The level lands are a sandy loam, with clay sub- soil within two feet. The rolling lands are a clay soil. Clay extends beneath the soil and subsoil to depth of twenty to sixty feet, as shown in wells. Growth, yellow pine, oak, hickory. Crops, ten to twelve bushels corn, eight hundred to one thousand pounds seed cotton; oats, twenty-

five to thirty bushels per acre. Little attention paid to stock. Edisto

river is a clear stream, one hundred feet wide, six feet deep, velocity, two to three miles an hour. Two mill streams empty into the Edisto. Wages of field labor, six dollars to ten dollars, and rations, per month. One- third of field work performed by whites. Very little improved land for sale. It rents from two dollars to three dollars per acre, supphes and rents secured by a hen on the crop.

ORANGEBURG Counry, (2d Sup. Dist.)

Hebron, (E. D. 143): Some valuable swamp lands on the North Edisto river and its tributaries. Uplands rolling sometimes, but generally level, without being flat. Soil, mostly a fine sandy loam, subsoil sandy, in some places clay. Growth, pine, with large red oak in places. Crops, ten to thirty bushels corn per acre, four hundred and fifty pounds lint cotton to two acres, thirty to thirty-five bushels rice per acre. Some business in tur- pentine, shingles, staves and timber is done. Stock is not, but might be raised profitably. Wages of field labor, forty to fifty cents a day. One- fourth of it performed by whites. North Edisto affords a large water- power, and there are two flour and four saw mills on its tributaries. Land rents for two dollars an acre, or one-fourth of the crop. There are some tracts for sale at five dollars an acre.

Liberty, (£2. D. 144): Large bodies of swamp lands on the North Edisto, consisting of deep, black vegetable mould, resting on clay. Little of it improved. The uplands are elevated, fine, dark, gray, sandy loam, six to eight inches to subsoil of yellow clay, underlaid by chalk and clay. Growth on uplands, pine, oak, hickory and dogwood. As much as 2,000 pounds of seed cotton, thirty bushels corn, and sixty bushels oats per acre has been made on these lands, but the usual average is much less. Wages of farm labor, forty cents a day. One-half to two-thirds of it per- formed by whites. Very little land for sale; prices, three dollars to ten dollars an acre. The poorer lands are rented at from one dollar to two dollars an acre. The locality is very healthy.

Willow, (£. D. 154): Some very fertile, but mostly unreclaimed, swamps on the South Edisto and its tributarles. Uplands level, fine, gray, sandy

THE UPPER PINE BELT. 101

loam, six to eighteen inches to subsoil of sticky clay, beneath which sands, gravel and chalk are found. Marl occurs on South Edisto river. Growth, pine, oak and hickory. Crops, fifteen bushels corn, one-half bale cotton, twenty bushels oats per acre. There is a large turpentine factory. The tributaries of the Edisto furnish water powers for ginning and grinding. Stock does well, and might be profitably raised. Wages for field work, fifty cents a day. One-third of the field work performed by whites. Land for sale at four dollars to ten dollars an acre; rents from two dollars to three dollars. Generally healthy; mild form of chills and fever sometimes.

Union, (E. D. 153): Land level. Soil, fine, gray, sandy loam, three inches to yellow sand subsoil, and eighteen to twenty inches to yellow clay, containing sometimes numerous brown pebbles, which become mixed with surface soil and give it a darker color. Growth of uplands, pine, ash, hickory and dogwood; of the swamps, elm, poplar, ash, white oak, gum. Crops, six hundred pounds seed cotton, ten bushels corn, fifteen bushels rice, one hundred and fifty bushels sweet potatoes, three hundred gallons syrup per acre. Besides the South Edisto river, there are Cooper creek, ten feet wide, two feet deep, velocity two miles an hour; Snake creek, fifteen feet wide, four feet deep, velocity two miles an hour. Some industry in shingles, hoops and turpentine. No attention paid to stock ; it might be profitably raised. Wages for work, forty cents per day. One- fourth of field work performed by whites. Mild form of chills and fever in swamps, otherwise healthy. Lands sell at five dollars to six dollars an acre, and rents for two dollars and fifty cents.

Goodbye’s, (E. D. 141): Lands level. Soil, light sandy loam, with oe- easionally a stiff strip. Subsoil, at six inches depth, light yellow clay. Growth, pine, oak, hickory. One-third of the field labor performed by whites. Lands sell from one dollar to five dollars, and rents from one dollar to two dollars an acre. Some chills and fever.

Vances, (E. D. 155): Lands level, except along Santee river, where they are rolling. Soil, fine sandy loam, beneath which is a yellow sand sub- soil resting on red clay, that extends to a depth of twenty to thirty feet on the river, and twelve to fourteen feet elsewhere, to the depth of the wells in both instances. Growth, pitch pine. Crops, five to twenty-five bushels corn, five hundred to fifteen hundred pounds seed cotton, ten to forty bushels oats per acre. Marl occurs in abundance. Little attention given to stock; it might be profitably raised. Some lands for sale at eight dollars to ten dollars an acre. Some chills and fever.

Sumter Counry, (3d Sup. Dist. 10th United States Census.) Privateer, (E. D. 120): Lands level; light gray sandy loam, with sub-

102 THE UPPER PINE BELT’.

soil of yellow sand and clay. Growth, pine, oak and hickory. Crops, five hundred pounds seed cotton, ten bushels corn per acre. A black rock found that is used for building to some extent. Forest products are turpentine and shingles. Several mill sites. Wages for field work, fifty cents a day. All kinds of stock do well. Land sells at from three dollars to twelve dollars; rents from one dollar to five dollars. per acre. |

Concord, (E. D. 114): Lands low and level, much of it swamp; up- lands dark gray calcareous sands, with clay subsoil at depth of eight . inches to ten inches that extends to the depth of the wells, fifteen feet to twenty feet. Marloccurs. Wages, fifty cents a day for field labor, one-fourth of which is performed by whites. Little land for sale; rents for one dollar and fifty cents to two dollars per acre. Some chills and fever.

Mt. Clio, LE. D. 119): Lands level; dark sandy loam, four inches to six inches to subsoil of red clay, beneath which layers of white clay and fine sand are found to the depth wells are dug, fifteen to thirty feet. Growth, pine, with occasional ridges of oak and hickory. Average crop, four hundred pounds seed cotton. Marl occurs. Scape creek affords fine water power. Wages for farm work, forty cents to fifty cents a day; one-eighth of field work performed by whites. Lands sell from five dollars to ten dollars, and rent from one dollar to three dollars an acre.

Shiloh, (E. D. 123): Land level. Soil, light, loose sandy loam, four inches to six inches to subsoil of yellow clays underlaid by stiffer clays, containing gravel to the depth of the wells, sixteen feet to twenty feet- Growth, pine, oak and hickory. Crops average eight hundred pounds seed cotton, eight bushels corn; as high as one and a half bales of cotton per acre has been made. Marl is found under all the swamp lands, Stock raising might be made profitable. Farm labor receives fifty cents a day; in some portions nearly all the work is done by whites. Land sells from five dollars to eight dollars an acre, rents for one- fourth to one-third of the crop. Sometimes chills and fever, otherwise healthy.

Bishopville, (E. D. 112): Western or upper part sand hills, the middle undulating, known as “ridge lands;” the lower part level. Soil, ight sandy loam, six inches to two feet to red clay subsoil, extending to the depth of the wells, ten to twenty feet. Growth, pine, with occasional spots covered by large red oaks and hickory. Crops, eight hundred pounds seed cotton, ten bushels corn, but the tenant system has so dimin- ished the yield that an average can not be stated. Wages, fifty cents for field labor, more than one-half of which is performed by whites. Land

THE UPPER PINE BELT. 103 sells at eight dollars to ten dollars, and rents at from two dollars to four dollars an acre.

Daruineton County, (3d Sup. Dist. South Carolina.)

Farv’s Bay, (2. D. 48): Lands low, level, interspersed with bays that are very productive when reclaimed; uplands, a fine light sandy loam of a dark gray color. Subsoil, light sandy clay, underlaid by white clay- Heavily timbered with pine and oak ; swamp growth, oak, poplar, walnut and cypress. Crops, cotton, five hundred pounds to fifteen hundred pounds seed cotton, eight bushels to fifteen bushels corn, fifteen bushels to thirty bushels rice. Little attention paid to stock. Much of the land uncleared. No demand to purchase land; rents for from one dollar and fifty cents to two dollars per acre. No prevailing disease; fifteen deaths in 1880— no three from same cause. Farm labor, thirty to fifty cents a day. Nearly all the whites do field work.

Hartsville, (2. D. 36): One-half lands elevated, level. Soil, coarse gray sandy loam. One foot to subsoil of yellow clay, underlaid by alternating strata of sand and clay. The other half hilly, broken and sandy; not very productive. Growth, pine, oak and hickory. Crops, six to eight hundred pounds seed cotton, ten bushels corn, five to forty bushels small grain per acre. Large beds of chalk occur. Black creek affords good water power. Wages, fifty cents. One-half the field work done by whites. Land sells for six dollars to twenty dollars an acre; rents for two dollars to four dollars. Very healthy.

Timmonsville, (EF. D. 49): Soil, a stiff mixture of sand and clay, with a red clay or pipe clay subsoil at four inches to six inches depth, underlaid by very stiff clay and gravel to the depth of the wells, ten feet to twenty feet. Growth, pine, oak and dogwood. Crops, eight hundred to two thousand pounds seed cotton, ten bushels corn, ten to one hundred bush- els oats, ten to fifty bushels rice per acre. Grapes do especially well and a good deal of wine is made. Geese are raised in great numbers. Lake Swamp creek, twenty feet wide, four feet deep, velocity three to four miles an hour. One-half of the field work done by whites. No land for sale price ten dollars to fifty dollars; rents for three dollars to six dollars an acre. Very healthy.

Florence, (E. D. 35): Lands level, flat. Soil, dark sandy loam, four inches to five inches to subsoil of red clay. Growth, pine and small oaks. Crops, seven hundred pounds seed cotton, ten bushels corn, twenty bushels to thirty bushels oats per acre. Wages, fifty cents a day. No field work done by whites. Improved lands sell at from ten dollars to twelve dollars an acre. About half the lands are rented at two dollars and fifty cents _per acre.

104. THE UPPER PINE BELT.

High Hill, (E..D.37): Land flat. Soil, a dark clay loam, with clay sub- soil to the depth of the wells, fifteen feet to twenty-five feet, when a yellow sand is found. Growth, pine, oak and hickory. Improved lands sell at eight dollars to twelve dollars, and unimproved at three dollars to six dollars an acre. One-fourth field work performed by whites.

Antioch, (E. D. 29): Lands level. Soil, mostly sandy, though clay lands cover a considerable portion of the township; subsoil, red clay and red sand, the latter is best adapted to corn, the former to cotton. Growth, pitch and yellow pine, oak, hickory and dogwood. Much fine shingle and stave timber, and a considerable amount of turpentine produced. Little attention is paid to stock. Several water powers. Farm labor, forty cents to fifty cents; one-half or more performed by whites. Lands rent at from five hundred pounds to one thousand pounds lint cotton for a one-horse farm (thirty acres). Very healthy. Much uncertainty in se- curing laborers.

Society Hill, (2. D. 45): There are clay lands, mostly swamp along the Pee Dee river. The central portion is rolling; the soil is a fine sandy loam, four inches to subsoil of a yellowish color, turning white on ex- posure; underlying this is red clay, in the west the gum flats, consisting

of fine black sand, have a similar subsoil. Growth of uplands, pine, oak, ~

and dogwood; of the swamps, white oak, ash, and poplar. Crops, aver- age three hundred pounds seed cotton, eight bushels corn, thirty bushels oats per acre; under good culture 1,500 pounds to 2,000 pounds seed cotton, and twenty bushels to twenty-five bushels corn per acre is made. A sand stone is used for building chimneys. Cedar creek is twenty feet wide, three feet deep, velocity three miles an hour. Wages, fifty cents a day. Locality very healthy. Improved lands sell at ten dollars to twelve dollars an acre, unimproved at three dollars to five dollars.

Palmetto, (E. D. 483): Lands rather rolling. Soil, of coarse and of fine sand, mixed with clay; subsoil, red clay; growth, pine and oak. Crops, five hundred pounds seed cotton, eight bushels corn, twenty bushels oats per acre. High Hill ereek is twenty feet wide, with good fall; Black ereek is forty feet wide, eight feet deep, velocity four to five miles an hour. Wages, fifty cents a day. No land offered for sale; rents for about two dollars an acre.

Marion County, (3d Sup. Dist., 10th United States Census.)

Cain, (BE. D. 87): Lands level; soil, fine dark gray sandy loam, six inches to eighteen inches to clay subsoil, beneath which occur strata of marl and clay. Growth, pine, oak, dogwood, cypress, &c. Crops, seven hundred pounds seed cotton, ten bushels corn per acre. Wages of field

THE UPPER PINE BELT. 105

labor, twenty-five cents to fifty cents a day; one-third field work done by whites; land sells from three dollars to ten dollars an acre.

Rowell, (FE. D.101): Lands level; soils, on the bottoms, heavy; on the uplands, a light “fluffy” sandy loam, on a red clay subsoil. Growth, pine, oak, poplar, dogwood, hickory, cypress, &c. Some business done in shingles, hoops, staves and turpentine. Tine pasturage for stock. Wages for field work, forty cents to fifty cents a day for men, and thirty cents to forty cents for women. The locality has been very healthy for fifty years. Land sells for ten dollars, and rents for two dol- lars an acre.

Jeffries, FE. D. 91): Prevailing soil a sandy loam, mixed with clay, varying in color from yellowish to dark gray, and resting on subsoil of red and yellow sand, containing a good deal of clay. The higher lands have more clay, the bottoms are more sandy. Much very fertile land unreclaimed on the Great Pee Dee and other water courses. Most of the land-needs drainage. Growth of lowlands, oak, hickory and dogwood ; on ridge lands, pitch and yellow pine, with oak, &c. Grapes are unfail- ing, and grow with little care. Stock raising has been profitable. Wages for field work, thirty cents to forty cents a day; one-third of it performed by whites. Some fever in the swamps, otherwise healthy. Some lands for sale at five dollars to ten dollars an acre.

Marion, (E. D. 95): Lands level or slightly rolling, one-half known as fluffy soil,” is a dark gray clay loam, four inches to twelve inches to a subsoil of red or yellow clay. The other half is fine dark sandy loam, with subsoil of yellow sand; below the subsoil occur clays of various colors, which extend to the depth of the wells, ten feet to twenty-five feet, where excellent water is found in a stratum of quicksand and gravel. Very fertile bodies of unreclaimed swamps may be purchased at fifty cents to one dollar an acre, admitting of thorough drainage and easy til- > lage. Growth, pine, oak, hickory on uplands, with the usual swamp growth. Crops, eight hundred pounds seed cotton, fifteen bushels corn, twenty bushels rice, two hundred bushels sweet potatoes, under good cul- ture much more is made. Much attention is paid to fruits, which do well; the finer varieties of grapes succeed admirably ; the scuppernong is native to the locality. Timber for shingles, staves and hoops abundant, and some turpentine. Marl occurs. Field work, paid forty cents to fifty cents a day; one-half of it performed by whites. A little land for sale at five dollars to eight dollars an acre, more for rent at two dollars to six dollars an acre, or one-fourth or one-third the crop, rent for a portion of the crop preferred. No malarial disease; very healthy.

Kirby, (E. D. 72): Land level. To the north, coarse, sandy soil, three feet to ten feet to light colored clay, mixed with gravel. In the centre,

106 THE UPPER PINE BELT.

the land is darker and finer. To the south, there is a gray loamy soil, resting at one foot to three feet on bright red clay. The ridges on what is known as the “slashes,” is a mulatto soil on dark red clay, beneath the clay, white sand, mixed with gravel, is found. Growth, long and short leaf pine, with the usual swamp growths on the water courses. Crops, eight hundred pounds seed cotton, ten bushels corn, twenty bushels oats, twenty bushels rice per acre. The sandy lands were formerly considered worthless, a bale to three acres was unusual; now with manures and ju- dicious culture, an average of 1,500 pounds to 2,000 pounds seed cotton is not uncommon. Farmers now who do not make their supplies and a bale to the acre are not considered as doing well, e. g., a farm of three hundred and thirty acres in cotton made, last year, three hundred and forty-six bales; on smaller fields more has been made; last year a farm of twenty acres made 44,600 pounds seed cotton. Besides thorough til- lage, twenty or thirty loads of straw or litter, one hundred pounds to two hundred pounds Kainit, with one hundred and fifty pounds or two hun- dred pounds of superphosphate or of Peruvian guano, is applied to the acre. The “Thomas grape,” a fine variety scuppernong, was first culti- vated here, and is still found wild. Farm wages, for men, fifty cents a day ; for women, thirty cents; one-eighth of the field work is performed by whites; some fever near the river, otherwise remarkably healthy. Improved lands rent for five dollars an acre, unimproved for a four hun- dred pound bale for a one-horse crop. Lands sell from three dollars to one hundred dollars an acre.

Legett’s, (E. D. 93): Rolling clay lands, sometimes flat and low. The sandy soils are level and dry. The subsoil mostly a yellow clay, some of red, or yellow sand. Sand is found again four feet to ten feet beneath the clay, and in some places marl occurs. Wages of field labor, forty cents to fifty cents a day, four dollars to eight dollars a month. One- half of the field work done by whites. KnowS of no land for sale, may be bought for four dollars to ten dollars an acre. Rents for one-third or one-fourth of the crop, or worked on shares for one-half to two-thirds of the cotton, and two-thirds of the corn; rents often yield five dollars to ten dollars an acre.

Hillsboro, (£. D.90): Soil a darkish gray clay loam, six inches to eight inches to a yellow clay subsoil, overlying a very compact red clay that reaches twelve feet to twenty-five feet, the depth of wells, where water is found in quicksand. In the eastern part thousands of acres of most fertile swamp lands might be reclaimed by drainage. There are also some sandy soils, with yellow sand subsoil. Crops, ten bushels to twenty- five bushels corn, five hundred pounds to fifteen hundred pounds seed cotton, one hundred bushels to two hundred and fifty bushels sweet po-

HE UPPER PINE BELT. 107

tatoes per acre. Field work paid thirty cents to forty cents a day; one- third done by whites. Health good.

Carmichael, (E. D. 88): Lands elevated and level. Soil, a fine sand or red clay loam, containing much vegetable mould, underlaid at two feet or more bya very dark clay. Growth, pine, oak, hickory and dogwood, with juniper and cypress in theswamps. Average crops, one thousand pounds seed cotton, twelve bushels to fifteen bushels corn, fifteen bushels wheat, thirty-five bushels oats, twenty-five bushels rice per acre. Grapes do un- usually well. Field labor paid, thirty-five cents to fifty cents a day; one- third of it done by whites,a sturdy wide awake population of Scotch descent. Locality very healthy. Some land for sale at two dollars to thirty-five dollars an acre. Most of it rented to laborers at two dollars to eight dollars an acre, or for one-third of the crop.

Harlleesville, (E. D. 89): Most of the land is elevated and level, some of it, however, is low enough to require drainage. Three-fourths of the soils are fine clay, with little vegetable matter, except in the bottoms; one-fourth are sandy soils, with a subsoil of yellow clay, mixed with sand; it is the best adapted to corn and small grain; beneath the subsoils clay is found to the depth of the wells, fifteen feet to twenty feet, where water is found in quicksand. Growth, on uplands, pine and oak; in the swamps, poplar and cypress; much timber is rafted down the Little Pee Dee. Provision crops are neglected for cotton, and high prices for the advancement of suplpies are paid. No fever, the locality is very healthy. Price of lands, six dollars to forty dollars an acre. Farm labor paid, thirty cents to fifty cents a day ; one-half the field work done by whites.

Marrporo County, (8d Sup. Dist., 10th United States Census.)

Red Hill, (E. D. 110): Lands generally level or slightly rolling; rarely hilly or broken. The cultivation of large bodies of rich river lands on the Great Pee Dee has been abandoned, or they are rented to negro ox- farmers. Somesbay lands have been reclaimed. To the north, the up- lands are a sandy loam, resting on dark tlay. Growth, oak and hickory. Crops, six to twelve hundred pounds seed cotton, ten to fifteen bushels corn, eight to forty bushels oats, fifteen to twenty-five bushels wheat. Fruit very fine. Wages of farm labor, fifty cents to seventy-five cents a day. One-eighth of field labor done by whites. The best land will com- mand twenty-five dollars to thirty dollars; average lands fifteen dollars, and river bottoms two dollars and fifty cents per acre. Ordinary land rents for one hundred pounds seed cotton an acre, or two four hundred pound bales for a one-horse farm. Some fever on the river, elsewhere remarkably healthy.

108 THE UPPER PINE BELT.

Bennettsville, (E. D. 105): Large bodies of bottom land on the Pee Dee,

once very productive, are now abandoned. Culture is chiefly confined to the uplands, which are level or gently undulating. Soil, a fine sandy loam, resting at four inches on red clay underlaid by a chalky clay. Growth, pine, oak and dogwood, with the usual swamp growths. Crops, one thousand pounds to fifteen hundred pounds seed cotton, ten bushels to thirty bushels corn, twenty bushels to sixty bushels oats, fifteen bushels wheat per acre. Grapes, fruits and vegetables do well. Wages for farm work, fifty cents to seventy-five cents a day; one-third of it done by whites. Two large mill creeks traverse the township. Little land for sale, price ten dollars to twenty-five dollars. Rent, three dollars to five dollars per acre. Very healthy.

Hebron, (E. D. 108): Level to flat lands. Soil, a sandy loam, mixed with clay on clay subsoil. Growth, pine, oak and dogwood. Crops, eight hundred pounds seed cotton, ten bushels to thirty bushels corn, ten bush- els to forty bushels oats, five bushels to thirty bushels wheat per acre. All fruits do well. Wages, fifty cents to seventy-five cents a day; one- fourth of field work done by whites. No prevailing disease. Land sells from ten dollars to fifty dollars an acre; rents for three dollars to five dollars an acre.

Brightsville, (E. D. 106): Lands elevated. Two-thirds of the soils fine gray sandy loam, with yellow sand subsoil resting on red clay; the other one-third the same, without the clay. Growth, pine, oak and dogwood. Crops, eight hundred pounds seed cotton, eight bushels corn per acre. Wages, fifty cents a day; two-thirds of the labor performed by whites. No prevailing disease. No land offered for sale or to rent.

Adamsville, (E. D. 104): Lands level or a little broken. Soil of fine and coarse whitish or yellowish sand, ten inches to fifteen inches to sub- soil of red clay, under which a chalky clay occurs. Growth, pine, oak, hickory and dogwood. Crops, one thousand pounds seed cotton, fifteen bushels corn, seventy-five bushels oats, twenty bushels wheat per acre. Crooked creek is twenty feet wide, eight feet deep, fall eight feet per mile. Wages, fifty cents a day. One-half of field work done by whites. Very little sickness of any sort. No land offered for sale; price would be twenty-five dollars an acre; it rents for one hundred and twenty-five pounds seed cotton, or two bales of five hundred pounds for one-horse farm (twenty-five acres).

Red Bluff, (E. D. 109): Prevailing soil a gray or brown sandy loam, with subsoil the same, less the vegetable matter, resting at one foot to two feet on clay that extends eighteen feet to the bottom of the wells, where excellent and abundant water is found in quicksand. Growth, pine, oak, hickory, dogwood and gum. Great resources in timber, hoops, shingles,

ee:

THE UPPER PINE BELT. 109

turpentine, &c., untouched, except a little rafted down the Little Pee Dee.

There is a mill at Red Bluff, on the Little Pee Dee; the river here has a - width of fifty-five feet, a depth of six feet, and a current of three miles an hour. Crops, one thousand pounds seed cotton (many farms yield a bale per acre), and fifteen bushels corn. Farm wages, forty cents to sixty cents a day; one-half of the field work done by whites. Little land offered for sale; prices range from five dollars to forty dollars an acre, Rent, in money, is six dollars an acre, or one-third of the crop.

CHAPTER:

THE RED, DLLL REGIONS

LOCATION.

The very gradual slope of the upper pine belt having attained an ele- vation of two hundred to two hundred and fifty feet above the sea level, an irregular and somewhat interrupted line of high hills is encountered. These hills rise two to three hundred feet above the plane of the upper pine belt in the distance of a few miles, and not unfrequently this eleva- tion is attained in traversing a few hundred yards. To the south and ‘east extensive views over the gentle and irregular slope of the lower country are exposed from the summit of these declivities. To the north and west a sort of table land stretches back and gradually merges into the higher and more extensive sand hill region of the State.

The general trend of these hills correspond pretty nearly with that of the other regions of the State. Starting on the Savannah river near Hamburg, they extend across the southern and western portion of Aikeri and the northern townships of Barnwell counties. Following the north- ern boundary of Orangeburg, they acquire their greatest width in that county around Fort Motte, near the confluence of the Congaree and the Wateree rivers. West of the Santee river their course is more to the north, and they constitute that remarkable line of hills traversing Sumter county, long known as the High Hills of Santee.” Included in this re- gion is also a body of lands in Edgefield county, known as the Ridge,” which lie along the Augusta and Charlotte railroad. Although the latter are above the outcrop of the granite rocks, being continuous with the red hills, and resembling them closely in physical features and soil, they are described with them.

While these red hills form a well marked belt across the State below the sand hills, from the southwestern part of Aiken county to the north-

THE RED HILL REGION. Bip

eastern corner of Sumter, they are not continuous, but are interrupted at greater or less intervals by the protrusion of the sand hills. Mills’ deserip- tion of them east of the Santee river will give an idea of how this occurs. He says, “they take their rise about nine miles north of Nelson’s ferry on the Santee, and form that fine body of brick mould land (8d Sup. Dist., I. D. 14 and 15) in the Richardson settlement. After continuing eight miles, they become suddenly sand hills a little above Manchester. At the end of eleven miles they again become red land, which continues to Buck creek, nine miles above Statesburg. These hills up to this point appear to hang over the Wateree swamps, but now they diverge and turn to the northeast, with one ridge in the middle forming a backbone; breaking off into hills towards the Wateree, and sloping off gradually towards Black river. At Buck creek the hills again become sandy, which gradually increases for fifteen or sixteen miles, to Bradford Springs; a little above this place they join the sand hills of the middle country.” If these alternations were carefully traced it is probable they would be found to be due to removal by denudation of the red clay loam from the slopes of sand and gravel that rise in the sand hills. For the sienna- colored clay loam, characteristic of this region, seldom has a depth greater than twenty feet, and is underlaid by beds of sand and gravel.

GEOLOGICAL FEATURES.

The red hill region belongs to the buhr-stone formation of the eocene. It presents a series of four quite dissimilar and well marked strata. Commencing with the superior, or more recent, these are :

Ist. Beds of red sienna-colored siliceous clay, having a thickness of fifteen to thirty feet, and containing fragments of buhr-stone. It was the observation by Mr. Tuomey of the passage of these clays under the marl and green sand formations of the Charleston basin, at the Belle Brough- ton place, on Halfway swamp, in Orangeburg county (KE. D. 150), which satisfied him that Mr. Lyell had erred in supposing that the buhr-stone overlaid the calcareous beds in South Carolina. This observation settles a point of considerable practical importance. For as the buhr-stone under- lies and forms the floor of the lime formations of the eocene, no mar! beds need be looked for above the line of its occurrence.

2d. Beds of coarse red and yellow sands, having a thickness of thirty to sixty feet. In these beds are sometimes found, at a depth of fifty feet, erystals of rutile, either lying loose among the sands or imbedded in rounded masses of quartz or felspar, water-worn by still quite perfect pyramidal crystals of quartz an inch in length, are also found among these sands.

112 THE RED HILL REGION.

3d. Masses of buhr-stone, composed of silicified shells and other organic remains of the eocene. Among these shells gasteropoda predominate, which, together with the presence of land shells, and shells of mollusks which live in marshes (Auriculae), indicate the literal character of the for- mation. The leaves of oak, beech and willow trees, silicified or converted into lignite, were found here by Mr. Toumey. On Cedar creek, in Aiken county, there are beds of buhr-stone thirty feet in thickness, and at several points between this locality and the Savannah river on the west, and the Santee and Congaree on the east, there are extensive outcrops of this mate rial, from which mill-stones of excellent quality, equal to the best French buhr, have been quarried. In the southwestern corner of Aiken county, on Hollow creek (E. D. 16), beds of lignite occur, underlaid by clay that was used by the ordinance department during the late war for the manufac- ture of fire-proof crucibles, and pronounced equal to the best Stourbridge clay for that purpose. Similar beds of lignite are found in Chesterfield county,on Whortleberry branch, and at Mr. Croghan, underlaid by clay of the same character.

4th. Beds of a white siliceous rock, varying from a laminated siliceous clay to a hard rock, having a jointed structure, breaking with a conchoidal fracture, and resembling menilite. This curious rock has been traced from near Aiken C. H. to the northern part of Clarendon county. In the latter county there is a remarkable occurrence of it on the public road just north of Goy. Manning’s residence (8d Sup. Dist. E. D. 15). On the head waters of Congaree creek this rock is sawed into blocks, fashioned with an axe, and used for building chimneys. It resists disintegration well, and its extreme lightness facilitates its carriage and handling.

Below the series of strata thus described are the great beds of loose sand, intermingled with kaolin and variously colored clays, which rise into the extensive sand hill region, lying north of the red hills.

SOILS.

The reddish loam of this region presents an appearance somewhat sim- ilar to that of the soils derived from the hornblende rocks in the upper country, but it is not so tenacious and waxy. Although when not culti- vated it becomes very hard in dry weather, in wet weather, owing to the large amount of sand it contains, the intervals when it can not be worked are short. Vegetable matter rots rapidly in it, and for this reason long manures (as composts) are better adapted to it than commercial fertilizers. The former are rapidly incorporated and well retained, and there is no soil that responds so well or is so capable of great improvement under treatment with stable and lot manures as these. Worked without ma- nure they rapidly consume themselves and become unproductive.

THE RED HILL REGION. 113

The following analyses of typical soils in this region were made by Dr. Eugene A. Smith, of Tuscaloosa, Alabama, for the 10th United States Census:

ig 2.

Boeomole matter. . . . . . +) » 88,960 89.340 REC Gh eS be Uy tee dl wate ga ls - » ODD 2.847 TT a i a ye Mo Rapa teh og A15 138 ET ao Gia! ian Na her PP RUE Mik eke 50 0638 NES CR Mer ras sa act i Ble Pe hae eons. 062 O77 Magnesia... . LAR Oe AL Tia g 028 O61 Br. oxide of Mateanasa: a Tt DAP Pe og SP iY 8 096 EEE DTODIOU Ss Nevinive lye te) ke ec lce) ROO 1.559 DN ay eo heres hola iy DWN oie eyo) 000 3.686 PINTO. S25) oy yd ea ow fe ade he 075 O67 at Cal i I ek SE en a 047 038 Water and organic matter. ........ 2.621 1.668

BURGE ori ys . 100.361 99.650 Hygoscopic ablabring sieorbed “i 30° F ah. oer LAL ves 1.444

These samples were taken uniformly to the depth of twelve inches on the table land in Amelia township, Orangeburg county, about three miles below the junction of the Wateree and Congaree rivers, from the place of J. Peterkin, Esq. The three hundred and seventy-five acres in cotton on this place made, in 1879, two hundred and fifty bales of cotton. No. 1 is from woodlands never cleared ; the growth, large red oak and hick- ory, with a sprinkling of very large short leaf pine. No. 2 is from a field that has been planted for more than one hundred vears; having on it a crop of about twelve hundred pounds of seed cotton to the acre when the sample was taken. The field had received only cotton seed and com- mercial fertilizers as manures for a number of years. Prof. Toumey, in his survey of South Carolina, published in 1848, gives the following analyses of these soils:

No. 1. No. 2: - No. 3. DEI IRMDEES pg ee oo oe See es. O00 7.00 4.40 Ee a a! ea ea ve ake ie UB. ) os OOOO 71.00 80.30 Nee Oa oe reste Mah’ neg, OOO 8.50 6.60 Se AVON. co. sk ce che ce, BOO 4.00 3.70 GS ar ie Ne iin ty. ) SRO) 1.56 0.90 MR Ste tL Ghee hv h de eid: 50 1.00 trace. Paeeand eo0n 5 2. Sw vo. ee trace. 0 ae PE PEORRTIIN nny Vg ae tang wel ot LOAD 6.44 4.10

Oe

8 100.00 100.00 100.00

114 THE RED HILL REGION.

No. 1 was from near Orangeburg village, the southern limit of the region under consideration, and near the line where the buhr-stone passes under the Santee marls.

No. 2 was from Lang Syne, the same plantation from which the sam- ples analyzed by Dr. Smith, were taken.

No. 3 was from the High Hills of Santee,” near Statesburg, in Sumter county.

CLIMATE. :

Having an elevation of four hundred to five hundred feet and upwards above the sea level, the red hills enjoy a dryer and more bracing atmos- phere than the regions to the south. While it is a notable fact that they are not so subject to the severer influences of storm winds as the lower lying lands, the ordinary movements of the air are more perceptible there than in the lower grounds, Thus, during the extremest heats of summer, there is rarely a night when the refreshing influence of a gentle south wind is not felt, blowing with a uniformity as though it had directly traversed the seventy miles intervening between these slopes and the ocean, Owing to this movement of the air and to its greater dryness, late spring frosts are of less frequent occurrence here than they are fur- ther south. Nor is vegetation destroyed by cold so early in the fall. In ascending these hills in the autumn and early winter at a certain eleva- tion a stratum of warm air is encountered, which seems to cling about the hill-tops, while a much chillier night air fills the bottoms. These ad- vantages at one time made this region famous for its fruits. During the severest winter of the last half century the banana and the sago palm in the open ground, protected only by a few handsful of cotton seed on their roots, though cut by the frost, retained sufticient vitality to throw up vigorous shoots the ensuing spring. This greater length of growing season has also made attempts at growing sea island cotton and sugar sane more successful here than lower down, The whole region is remark- ably healthy, no taint of malaria approaches it and it is in an unusual degree free from epidemics of every description. For these reasons many localities here, especially the High Hills of Santee,” were formerly much frequented as summer and health resorts by planters from all parts of the State, as well as from other Southern States.

GROWTH.

The long leaf pine thins out on these hills and is sometimes replaced by short leaf pine of large growth. Their southern aspect is the upper limit of the long gray moss, The characteristic growth, however, is oak

THE RED HILL REGION. ¢ 415

and hickory of large size. All the oaks common to the section attain here an unusual size, including even the blackjack and the post oak, not conspicuous elsewhere for their growth; the red oak, however, sur- passes them all in size, measuring sometimes as much as seven feet in diameter, while trees four feet and five feet through are not uncommon. The live oak when planted does well, the chinquapin is found wild in the woods; the Roman chestnut, the pecan nut, the English walnut, and the almond, bear abundant crops. So that the region is to a large extent suitable for the growth of plants natural to higher and to lower latitudes.

STATISTICS.

The red hill region contains about 1,620 square miles, and has a popu- lation of 44,866, being 27.6 to the square mile. Fifty-six per cent. are colored,

The area of tilled land is 234,682 acres; being 144 acres per square mile, or 22 per cent. of the entire surface ; and five acres per capita of the pop- ulation.

The number of farms is 4,568, being 2.8 per square mile, or a farm to néarly every ten persons; averaging for the whole, 228 acres to the farm, of which fifty is under culture; the remaining 178 being included and for the most part yielding no return whatever.

The crops are cotton, in which 84,939 acres are planted, yielding 34,249 bales of cotton in 1879. Averaging a yield per acre of 185 pounds of lint, or 348 pounds per capita for the whole population; which is the largest yield per capita of any region of the State, This is a little more than six per cent. of the area planted in cotton in the whole State, and yields six and six-tenths per cent. of the entire crop of the State.’ In grain of all sorts 114,425 acres are planted, yielding 804,445 bushels, a little over seven bushels to the acre, and seventeen bushels per capita of the population, a yield wholly disproportionate to the capabilities of the soil, which is particularly adapted to small grain. This area is a little over six per cent. of the total area planted in grain in the State, and the yield is four and seyen-tenths per cent. of the total crop of the State, Of course very little rice is planted here, which in part accounts for the fall- ing off, that being the most productive grain crop in the State ; but lands which in 1825 made an average of eight to twelve bushels (see Mills, p. 660), and when well manured, thirty-four bushels of wheat per acre, and from ten to twenty-five bushels of rice to the acre, and still more when planted in rye and oats, are far below their normal production when yielding as above indicated. In fallow and other crops there is 35,318 acres, nearly fifteen per cent. of the land once under cultivation, The

116 . THE RED HILL REGION. p

culture of much of this land is abandoned as a consequence of the disas- ters that have overtaken the rich planters, who formerly lived here, inei- dent to the results of the war.

The work steck numbers 7,668, not quite five to the square mile, one to every thirty acres of tilled land, and to every six of the population.

The live stock is 61,569, chiefly hogs; thirty-eight to the square mile, and nearly one to every four acres of cultivated land.

At Wedgefield, on the Columbia and Wilmington Railroad, these lands are well cultivated and sell as high as t'venty-five dollars an acre. At Kort Motte, on the Columbia and Charleston railroad, the prices are fifteen dollars to twenty dollars an acre, and in Millbrook, Aiken, by the South Carolina railroad, they sell for fifteen dollars to twenty dollars, and in Beech island, in the same county, near Augusta, Georgia, they have recently brought over forty dollars an acre, The great body of these lands, however, lying off the railroads, are to be had at much lower prices. Large tracts, by no means inferior to those already mentioned, except as regards accessibility, are offered at from three dollars to ten dollars an acre. It is remarkable that mere accessi- bility should affect prices to this degree. For, while the lands themselves produce every variety of crop, they are well adapted to cotton, of whith a two-horse wagon can transport as much as two hundred dollars worth at one load; the roads are excellent and there is scarcely a point that is a day’s journey removed from a market. That not one-fourth of these lands, capable of supporting, in health and abundance, as large a popula- tion as land anywhere, are under cultivation, illustrates how much is wanting in capital and population to develope the resources of this section.

OnAPTHRE Vi.

THE SAND HILL REGION.

The sand hill region of South Carolina stretches across the State from the Savannah river, opposite to Augusta, to the intersection of the North Carolina line by the Great Pee Dee river. The average distance of its lower border, among the Red Hills, from the sea, is about ninety-five miles. Its length is one hundred and fifty-five miles. Its width is variable; the maximum, which is reached in Lexington county, is about thirty miles, and the average width will hardly reach twenty miles. It occupies the larger portion of five counties, viz: Aiken, Lexington, Rich- land, Kershaw and Chesterfield. The upper pine belt, ascending the eastern bank of the Congaree river, in Richland county, until it touches the granite rocks of the Piedmont region at Columbia, divides the sand hill region into two portions, an eastern and a western portion.

THE PHYSICAL FEATURES.

The physical features of this region are of a monotony aptly charac- terized by the term “pine barren,” applied to it. The hills slope up from the Savannah river to a plateau, having an elevation at Aiken ©. H. of about six hundred feet above the sea level. Beyond the North Edisto river the gradual ascent is resumed, until an elevation exceeding seven hundred feet is reached in Platt Springs township, in eastern Lexington, whence there is a rapid descent of more than five hundred feet in a short distance to the Congaree river. East of this stream the rise is again gradual, and the maximum elevation is reached on the northeast border of Richland county, where the hills again descend abruptly to the Wateree river. Beyond this river there is no data as to levels, except that on the water shed’of the Great Pee Dee there is evidence as to extensive denudation of the surface to a depth of at least one hundred and fifty feet. The evidence is furnished by a conical hill rising in central Chesterfield one hundred and fifty feet above the surrounding country, and known as Sugar Loaf

118 THE SAND HILL REGION.

mountain. This hill consists of horizontal layers of sand and kaolin clays, similar to the prevailing formations of the sand hills, and has been preserved from denudation by blocks of ferruginous sandstone covering its top and sides, identical in character with the same sandstone, known as ironstone, found on the summit of these hills in many other localities. The following diagram presents a view of the relative elevations of this region : ; ede

Sra LEVEL. AITKEN. LEXINGTON, RICHLAND, KERSHAW. CHESTERFIELD. SEA LEVEL.

A Savannah River; 3B South Edisto River; C North Edisto River; D Congaree River; # Wateree River; F Lynch's River; G Pee Dee River; A Aiken Court House; J Sugar Loaf Mountain. ScaLe—S miles perinch, Elevation 100 feet per 1y inch,

This longitudinal section of the sand hills illustrates once more the law already noticed as prevailing elsewhere—that the long slopes face west and south, and the short slopes face east and north; and, also, that the western portion of the State is more elevated than the eastern. “It will also be noticed that, notwithstanding their just reputation for great dryness, these pine barrens are well watered. They are crossed by seven rivers of considerable size, having an aggregate length among these hills of more than two hundred miles. Of creeks, not counting lesser streams and branches, there is an aggregate length in this region of eleven hundred and seventy miles, capable of furnishing a large amount of water power. For instance, one average creek out of the seventy-eight found here, Horse creek furnishes in the single township of Gregg, in Aiken county, power for a large paper mill and three cotton mills, being 1300 horse power utilized, and estimating the power not employed, the stream can furnish 2500 horse power. Showing that the streams of medium size in this region have a capacity for work, now scarcely utilized, greater than that of all the work stock of the State. On the margins of these streams there are more than 100,000 acres of bottom lands, for the most part uncleared, but capable of being rendered, by drainage and irrigation, in the highest degree productive. The water of these streams, which are little subject to freshet, but maintain a flow of great uniformity throughout all the seasons of the year, is as clear as that of the purest springs. Spring branches, and even streams of considerable size, sink sometimes into the loose sands of this region and disappear, to appear at distant points as “boiling” springs, that is, springs bubbling

bar a %

i ‘ss

THE SAND HILL REGION. 119

up with some force, and throwing out considerable quantities of fine, white sand. The action of these underground streams in removing and transporting these fine sands, accounts for a number of circular depres- ‘sions not very different in appearance from lime-sinks, found scattered here over the elevated flats and plateaus, and when, by an accumulation of vegetable growth or a caving in of the earth, the channels of these streams are obstructed, rains sometimes fill these depressions, giving rise to clear sheets of water or lakelets. Another phenomenon occurring here, and not well understood, are blowing wells, of which there are several. For example, on a high sand hillin Hammond township, Aiken county, a number of unsuccessful attempts were made during many years to dig a well. At length an auger, eight inch diameter, penetrating the loose, coarse, white sand, and nothing else, to a depth of one hundred and twenty feet, encountered a bold stream of excellent water. When the well was curbed and completed, it was found that a current of air issued from it all the time, which, in threatening and stormy weather, acquired such force as to make itself heard at some distance, and to blow several feet into the air a hat or cloth laid over the orifice.

GEOLOGICAL FEATURES.

These hills form a dividing ridge between the more recent formations of the low country and the very ancient formations of the upper country. Their southern aspect overlooks the tertiary plane descending to the sea shore of the Atlantic. On the north they reach the clay slates (dipping north) of Edgefield, Lexington, Richland and Chesterfield counties, and the granite and gneiss rocks of Kershaw county. Outcrops of these most ancient rocks occur among the sand hills themselves, as follows:

In Aiken county, granite occurs on Horse creek, and granite overlaid by gneiss rock and hornblende slate on the South Edisto, where the Columbia road crosses in.

In Lexington county, granite is found at Quattlebaum’s mill, on Lightwoog creek.

In Kershaw county, masses of steatite occur on Spears, Twenty-five Mile, and Pine Tree creeks, and at Liberty Hill and at other places rounded blocks of coarse granite dre seen, “as though they were pushed up through the sand.”

Next to the granite is found a stratum of sandstone, consisting of the ruins of the granite consolidated into a pretty hard rock. It occurs on Horse creek, on the ridges at the head of Lightwood creek, on Congaree creek, where Mr. Tuomey observed in it comminuted fossils of the eocene type; at the Rock House, in Lexington county, where it has been quarried for architectural purposes, and on Second creek, in the same neighbor-

120 THE SAND HILL REGION.

hood, where silicified shells and fragments of lime were found embedded in the stone. .

Lying on this sandstone are extensive beds of loose white sand, inter-

mingled with strata of clay of various colors, the whole having an estimated vertical thickness of one hundred and fifty to two hundred feet. Large beds of kaolin clay, free from grit or other impurity, and of great whiteness, are found intercalated among these sands. Several quarries to the west of Aiken C. H. having been worked with much profit, the material being used as porcelain clay, and also by paper manufacturers. Some of the clays of Lexington county, beautifully mottled with various colors, harden, on exposure, to such a degree that it is thought they might be utilized for ornamental building purposes.

The last member of this series of strata is the “ironstone,” already alluded to as covering the summit of Sugar Loaf mountain. Next in order comes the porous, siliceous rock, resembling menilite, and the buhr- stone series.

SOILS.

The characteristic of the soils of this region is the loose rounded sands which form their chief constituent. The organic matter which it con- tains consists largely of charcoal, resulting from burning off the woods, principally the pine straw (leaves of the pine). Occasionally there are rounded hills of very fine sand of a dazzling whiteness, of such purity that they seem just to have emerged from the waters, or to have been blown together by the winds on the seashore. There are, however, many elevated flats, which, under good culture and manuring, give excellent

erops, and in the vales, the soil is often very productive; it is cultivated

with care, and continues to produce so long as there is an atom left of anything that can sustain a plant.

The following analyses of the sand hill soils were made by Prof. C. U. Shepard, Sr.,in 1846:

No. 1. No. 2. No. 3. Water of Mnsorption™. 3-400." 2 33.800 8.00 28 veo Grranie matter). 23. ar ae Bs0e it 6.50 POR Te ek Ra Ree ee eee 81.00 80.00 mrovoxiie of Irons. 2) 2°. ey A =e Perieide of Bron (08 vs st ee eee s60 oe EMITS soe el ee ee oe ae 5.00 , 5.50 5.60 TEER Sn hove a. Mgt e eY IM Nok adas Sen een 0.40 0.60 periesophageal trace Ved: Bares nets (5°) 5 Pye st De hear ON oh aaa he trace Mater and Dogs) hv as wy as wae ot ALY 1.60 4.30.

100.05 100.00 100.00

L

~~ re i:

J c ¥

_— Sf Satie

THE SAND HILL REGION. 121

No. 1 is surface soil near Aiken; No. 2 is subsoil of the same; No. 3 is

from Platt Springs, Lexington.

In recent years, under high culture, “on a lot in Aiken, adjacent to the one where the above analysis was made, the product was forty bushels of corn, and thirty bushels of wheat per acre.” Since the introduction of fer- tilizers, level lands in the neighborhood of the South Carolina railway, which sold in 1860 for three dollars an acre, have sold for thirty dollars and even as high as forty dollars an acre. Throughout this region thousands of acres, equal and superior to these, though not immediately upon a railroad, are for sale at one dollar to five dollars an acre.

GROWTH AND PRODUCTIONS.

The growth is almost exclusively long leaf pine, and on the more barren ridges, even this tree becomes stunted, and sometimes, on the higher and finer sand crests, yields its place to the New Jersey tea plant, which alone covers the dazzling whiteness of the sands. Usually, how- ever, there is a heavy growth of long leaf pine, and this tree here—almost on its northern limit in the State—attains its highest perfection, not only as regards size, trees of three feet and four feet in diameter being not un- common, but also as to the ‘quality of its wood, which has more heart and is more resinous than elsewhere, a fact duly recorded in the names of localities, as Lightwood creek, and Lightwood Knot springs, the in- habitants of even this mild climate being not unmindful of the light and warmth furnished by this excellent fuel. There is often an undergrowth of the forked leaf blackjack, and where there is a suspicion of moisture in the soil, this is replaced by the round leaf blackjack, a sure indication here of better soil. On the hillsides, there are not unfrequently out- croppings of kaolin, and here a growth of kalmia adds a pleasing variety to the monotony of the pine forest.

Besides the staple products of cotton, corn, the small grains, peas and potatoes, common to this latitude, these soils have been thought specially adapted to certain other crops. One locality has been known for more than one hundred years as Pinder Town,” from the number of pea-nuts formerly produced there. Many years ago the lands of Lexington and Kershaw were thought especially adapted to the growth of Palma Christi, and even with the rude appliances for its extraction in those early days, a yield of one hundred and fifty gallons of excellent oil per acre was ob- tained. These sandy soils produce sorghum, which, while it is of smaller growth than that on more fertile lands, yields more abundantly a syrup that is much superior in quality. No where are watermelons produced with such ease and certainty, in so great quantities, of so largea size, and

122 THE SAND HILL REGION.

so fine a flavor as on the poorest of these lands. There was no finer veg- etable or flower garden in the State than that of the late William Gregg, situated on a high and sandy hill between Aiken and Graniteville ; one scuppernong vine covered the fourth of an acre with its luxuriant and productive growth. On the apparently barren hills of this vicinity there also flourished formerly a most remunerative culture of the peach. The late James Purvis cultivated, with three hands, sixty acres in this fruit, and in six years he made five crops, realizing on each from $5,000 to $10,000. Neighboring orchardists engaged in this culture haye more than once made five hundred dollars to the acre. The

CLIMATE

of the sand hills is dry, tonic, sunny and stimulating, and entirely free from malarial influences. They have long been a resort during winter for consumptives from northern latitudes, and during the summer months for persons from the lower country of the State. The inhabitants them- selves enjoy an unusual degree of health. Cases of great longevity are common, and the death rate is unusually low. For example, in Platt Springs township, Lexington, in a population of eight hundred and fifty- three by actual count, there were only two deaths in 1879, and only four deaths in 1880. Of the latter three were of persons over eighty years of age; nor can this be considered an exceptional case. f

The period without frost has an average duration of two hundred to two hundred and twenty-five days, nor are they of very frequent occur- rence, even during midwinter.

The mean annual temperature is 62°, 50‘ Fah. The winter mean is 48°, 53‘ Fah. The spring mean is 55° Fah. The summer mean is 75° Fah.,andtheautumn mean is 71°. Excluding August, the warmest month of the year, the mean for autumn, 7. e., September and October, would be 68° Fah. Theaverage diurnal range of temperatures is 12°, 65‘, a frae- tion less than at the important health resort of Santa Barbara, California. The elevation and the porous subsoil of said, in which water is found only at a depth of eighty feet to one hundred and twenty-five feet, make this a remarkably dry climate. Steel instruments may be exposed for months without rusting; matches left open never miss fire; moth and mould are rarely seen, and the cryptogameous plants are feebly represented. Ob- servations at Aiken show that the relative humidity of the air is 64.04, being less than at any of the famous health resorts of Europe, except Cannes and Hyeres, which are somewhat less, due, perhaps, to the preva- lence of the mistral. Heavy dues never occur. Fogs are also rare. The number of rainy days varies from twenty-nine to forty-five, and of the

THE SAND HILL REGION. 123

remainder, two hundred and sixteen to two hundred and thirty-nine are clear, leaving only eighty-four to one hundred and seven cloudy days. During sixteen years the rain fall at Aiken varied from 33.87 inches to 56.49 inches, with an average of 46.70. During five years six falls of snow were recorded, but as a rule there were only a few flakes, which melted as soon as they reached the ground. Sleet is more frequent than snow, but disappears on a few hours exposure to the sun. The prevailing winds are from the south and southwest. The water of wells and springs is of a superior character, being transparently clear, with a temperature varying from 62° to 64° Fah. (Climate and topography of Aiken, by E. 8. Gaillard, M. D., Richmond, Va.; Aiken as a Health Station, by W. H. Geddings, M. D.). It must be remembered that this description applies to no restricted locality, but refers to an area of more than 2,000 square miles, where the sanitary conditions above alluded to are present with the terebinthinate and healing odors of a great pine forest.

AGRICULTURAL STATISTICS.

The area of the sand hill region is estimated at 2,441 square miles. The population is 28,612; being 11.7 per square mile, nearly one-third less than the average of the State, and less than in any other region. Fifty-nine per cent. of the population is colored.

The area of tilled land is 151,359 acres, which is sixty-two acres to the square mile, or a fraction under one-tenth of the entire surface. This is twelve acres below the average of the State, and less than in any other region except the lower pine belt, where it is thirty-five acres per square mile. It is five and a third acres per capita of the population, the largest proportion in the State, and is due to the few towns and railroads in the

region, leaving the rural population more exclusively to agricultural -

pursuits.

The tilled land is divided among 4,238 farms; giving thirty-five acres of tilled land to the farm; five acres less than the average for the State. The number of farms in proportion to the population is greater than anywhere else, being one farm to every seyen of the population. More farms are worked by their owners, and fewer by renters than elsewhere. Thus in Kershaw and Chesterfield counties, sixty per cent, of the farms in the sand hills are worked by the owners, and forty by renters; in the portion of the same districts embraced in the upper pine belt, the Red Hill and the Piedmont regions, fifty-six per cent. of the farms are rented. This independent small proprietary has exercised its influence on the ag- ricultural policy of the State, and the long opposition to a change of the fence law is largely due to them. They have also, in times past, been a

\'

124 THE SAND HILL REGION.

third party, as it were, stretching across the middle country of the State, between the larger farmers of the upper country on the one hand, and the planters of the lower country on the other. This, together with the sparsely settled country, where heavy sand hills were not favorable to transportation, before the days of railroads, has made this section in some sort a barrier between these two sections, socially and industrially, as ss is geologically.

The crops are: cotton, 55,435 acres, two per cent. of the entire surface = yield, 15,055 bales, 6.1 bales per square mile, or about one hundred and ninety-three pounds of lint’ cotton per acre, a little above the average of the State, owing doubtless to the large area from which the small number of acres planted i is selected. The yield per capita is only two hundred and thirty-nine pounds, less than in any portion of the State north of the lower pine belt and south of the Piedmont country.

Corn and other grain, 95,283 acres, yielding 920,444 bushels, a fraction less than ten bushels per acre, but thirty-two bushels per capita of the population, nearly double the average for the State, and twelve bushels per capita more than the next highest (the Piedmont) region. Another result of an independent small proprietary and of a rural population re- moved from the thoroughfares of travel and of trade, and forced truly on their own resources for subsistence.

In all other crops and fallow there is 22,643 acres, most of which is in orchards and gardens.

The work stock numbers 8,518, being 3.8 per square mile, which is less than in any region of the State, except among the extensive unimproved * forests of the lower pine belt, where the proportion is only a little more than half the above. The ratio of work stock to population is 29-100 to one, being nearly double the average of the State. This is owing to the larger proportion of rural population, and consequently of farmers em- ploying stock ; to the small independent farm-holdings, separated by wide tracts of unimproved land; the small proportion of crops worked by hand, such as cotton and rice and the larger proportion of land in grain, tilled chiefly by horse power; and to the great facility and cheapness of keeping stock on home-raised supplies, in place of doing so with corn and hay brought from the north and west. These same reasons will account for there being only seventeen acres of tilled land to the head of work stock, seven acres less than the average of the State, although the lands are light and of easy culture.

There is 70,901 herd of all kinds, being only twenty-nine to the square mile, which is eight less than the average for the State, and less than any where in the State, except upon the sea coast, and in the lower pine belt. This statement will doubtless seem very strange to the farmers in these

oT

THE SAND HILL REGION. 125

regions, affording the widest ranges of forest pasturage for stock, and who

consider stock-raising as one of their most important concerns. This

opinion among the sand hills arises from the fact, that there is 2.47 head of stock to each one of population, nearly double the average for the State, which confirms the importance of their stock to them, while it fails to show that lands in woods-pasture, with freedom of range for stock, give as much return in stock as lands under cultivation. On the con- trary, tables here appended, show that the amount of live stock per square mile increases, with the increase in the number of acres of tilled land per square mile. Whence it follows that stock raising in this State has passed out of that early condition of things, when wild stock roaming at large yielded the largest return,

OHA P TER Viti

THE PIEDMONT REGION.

LOCATION, PHYSICAL FEATURES.

The Piedmont region of South Carolina coincides very nearly with what is known as the upper country of the State. It includes the whole of eight counties, to wit: Abbeville, Anderson, Newberry, Laurens, Union, Fairfield, Chester and Lancaster. It also embraces the northern portion of Edgefield and Lexington, and the northwestern portions of Richland, Kershaw and Chesterfield. The southern parts of Oconee and Pickens, and the southern and larger portions of Greenville, Spartanburg and York are within its limits. A line drawn from a point on the Savannah river three miles above Hamburg to Columbia, and running thence northeast to where the Great Pee Dee river crosses from North into South Carolina, defines, in a general way, its southern border. Its northern boundary follows, in the main, the direction of the Atlanta and Charlotte Air Line railroad, which lies on the edge of the Alpine region, just north of the one under consideration,

PHYSICAL FEATURES.

The physical features of this portion of the State entitle it to the name of the Piedmont Region. Its rocks are so similar to those of the Blue tidge mountains that, though they have been broken down, levelled off, and worn away by exposure, during the countless ages, to the vicissitudes of the seasons, they are, and always have been, the foot hills of the Apalachian range, while the broken and mountainous region to the north, usually spoken of as the Piedmont country, might be better called the Alpine or Sub-Alpine region of the State.

THE PIEDMONT REGION. 12

The elevation of thirty-one points in the Piedmont region, varying from a minimum of 179.5 feet on the granite rocks at the Congaree bridge, below Columbia, to a maximum of 880 feet at Belton, on the Greenville railroad, give a mean elevation above the sea of 590 feet. The mean elevation of the Columbia and Augusta railroad, where it passes along the southern border of the region, is 575 feet. That of the Air Line rail- road in South Carolina, lying to the north of it and almost wholly within the Alpine region, is 910 feet. Between these two lines, therefore, a dis- tance of some ninety miles, there is a general rise of the surface of three hundred and thirty-five feet, or less than four feet to the mile. This is a gentler slope than that of the tertiary plain or low country. The distance from the sea to its northern border being about one hundred miles, and the difference in elevation something more than five hundred feet, or over five feet to the mile.

The face of the country presents a gently undulating plain, which be- comes more rolling as it approaches the rivers and larger streams, and is finally hilly and broken above the bottoms and narrow, low grounds, through which the numerous water courses find their passage.

While the general rise in the surface is less than that in the low country, the rise in the beds of the streams, owing to the resistance of the under- lying rocks, which prevent the water from deepening their channels, is much greater. Thus, the elevation above the sea of the lower falls of these rivers is, for the Savannah, 133 feet; for the Congaree, 135.3 feet; for the Wateree, 133 feet; but where they enter this region from the north, the surface of the water has an elevation above the sea level of 403 feet for the Savannah, of 552 feet for the Broad river, and of 544 feet for the Catawba. This gives an average difference of 360 feet in about 83 miles, or a fall per mile in the Piedmont region of 44 feet, against an average fall in the lower course of these rivers of about 1.2 feet per mile. While this renders the navigation of the upper portions of these rivers difficult, it adds largely to their availability as water powers for moving stationary machinery.

The Savannah river, on the western boundary of the State, passes through the metamorphic rocks for more than one hundred miles, and although it receives many affluents, and some of them quite large, on its eastern bank, they join at such an acute angle as to make its eastern water shed very narrow —scarcely anywhere exceeding twenty miles in width. To the east, Lynch’s river passes through this region for about twelve miles, its western water shed not exceeding five miles. Between these two narrow water sheds in the east and west there is an interval of about one hundred miles. The numerous streams traversing this inter- val belong to one river system, and unite shortly after entering the ter-

-

128 THE PIEDMONT REGION.

tiary plain to form the Santee river, which has been called the river of

South Carolina. The swift Catawba, with a fall of nearly six feet to the

mile, merges into the Wateree and forms the eastern and main channel of this river system. Its larger affluents all reach it from the west, those from the east being, in comparison, small. The Saluda, on the other hand, the most westerly river of the group, receives all its larger affluents from the east; a high ridge on its western water shed, for the most part barely five miles wide, separates its waters from those flowing into the Savannah. The triangular space enclosed between these two streams and washed by their numerous tributaries, viz: Reedy, Little, Bush, Broad, Ennoree, Tyger, Pacolet and Fair Forest rivers, besides many large creeks and branches, bears ample evidence to the erosion it has suffered. The

softer rocks, such as tale and mica slates, found beyond these streams on

the eastern and western ridges of the triangle, are wanting within, it having been washed away, leaving behind them only the hard gneiss or the still harder granite to dispute the passage of the waters.

RIVERS.

The following gives the leading characteristics of some of these streams so far as they have been ascertained, numerically : .

THE PIEDMONT REGION. 129

| § LOCAL FEATURES. | Si rybs NAME OF DISTANCE. j FRET, epee ee Oe gate he -) 38 | REMARKS, 4 Plice 4s ° z Si4 55 2 | Whence | Po ~ = e =n te Measured, aan &1F1a |e | 9 1 Savannah..... Stevens Creek... | 8 |Augusta........ \55 seas | Bar Ya BP woven RROGIGIN scone seyscs oe oun saunas os | 84% ¥ 1350) 5 *| 0.8 * ....| Bluejacket shoal.. reheat 19 oor be dae Styne 600 feet... ‘110, 600 3 i ape [Long Shoal.......ecsesees. 29 oy Ae gaara 5 miles... 35, |1200 5 | 10. ia ...../ Little River........ acon 404)“ eseeeee (60 M1 E8,.| ...000 150, 2 | 0.7 Bee Oh! Fas gas Trotter’s Shoal........ ... 64 dts errr |7 miles...|74.8 |2400) 2 ge Siede POCKY, TA VOT. oc censsscvesss BS a Ae a 145 miles..|....... 90) 2 = 4 .....| Lee's Shoal.......... oH eat tecees| srencesacencene \12, | Rocky River Gregy’s Shoal ab see 1 mile...../20, Savannuh..... Middleton Shoal......... | 88 aed ee {1 mile...../18, /2100) 4, .....|Little Generostee....... | 89 Rae RR, 12 miles..\..... -| 30; 1 EME > Sina Sens |McDaniel Shoal.......... | 95 be Sane 5 miles.../30. | 12030 | 10. Be ail ‘Little Beaver Dam Cr. 107 Pal 24 Panes (14 miles..|20, |......] ,esoce| sarees ‘Fall in creek. - ..../senaca River........ apes | L074) dissec \70 miles..|....... 240 of .....|Hatton’s Shoals.......... 110 veeeee 144 miles 39. | 500) “mg .....|Big Beaver Dam Cr’k.|1114) —** eveeee. UU y'ds,../80. Tg Rae ieaoe Fall 2 ged above mout a ...«|Guests Shoals,........... |11014) st 1 mile.....|17. 2 See Os A TERE ceeescn 144 BADLY focus Indexes oval cht ane 120|5 | 2.5 Saluda........... Saluda Canal... ....e.| 2 |COLUMDIALA4»..| wccceseesees./Ot. ie ...../Dreher’s Canal............ ' 10 J. Ngge by Peer Lee Vaasibshars (21, J. ee 'Calk’s Ferry ..| 22 cgie Neg oe 3 miles.../45, rs: »-.| BUSH River........0000 «| 82 OP © i Pascant 35 miles a sera {Lalttle River.......:.0s000.|/43 avid corr 40 miles..)....... 90) % | Reedy River ......-.. ae Oe 55 miles.. Jt COTCRG ALG, 5. cssecin codes | 84 TEP. | Meaea pasevusawanpvas 70. jae Narrow Shoalgs............ | OL £8 Qe riaedal by sbapasens {2De ~ «-+.|Cedar SHOaI8......0.000 0 SA Eile rele pee pe 30, Columbia... Broad River.|Bull Sluice............2.. Sed | Ph Besa as coe . 2.9 miles|26.5 | 100, 6 | 6.6 as Rey HOPOOE CrGe ia: )esscicsces lL me ct 14 miles..........) 60 * Pee MUG TRACED. coc ssceresscon] 15 4. 135 miles.., 60 xe “Summer Shoal...... if 27 1666 yd’s..11.6 | 60 en “. ...,buck Shoal....... 30 a, ee re ee anal vesesee| 60/15 - A LAV LO SOO vc sescen 41 as |1640 y’ds, 11.36) 1200) 14% 43 Ennoree River... a | 40 ‘adie “ie ee 192 miles.. escecre | 79) soenes seeeee| NaVig’ble 110 miles FR MP ph OP opie tonceasel 15 |From mouth.| evans dasavans| LOp Jy || sechas lanes |...../Pennington’s Fort. | 43 tee Sona gs Aint’ ceeisoaai as [page |, “a Musgrave’s Fort. ne a om og Mountain Shoal. is Ss ‘Columbia...... Navigable 30 miles b 5: From mouth. Hawkins Shoals. 4: as A ot ed. '\Calk’s Bridge. ‘te - as -.. Fair Forest Creek - has 6 miles above a fall of 25 feet. | ss ...|.Wood’s Ferry........... | 61 as « “Turkey Creek .... ator ee « ,..| Lockhart Creek...........| 69 Vg eg Se 1.4 miles. 47.6 | } / sd « .. Pacolet River., ee sasastels | 75 SE Win a gaane 60 miles,.|....... | 150) 214) 4 % re ~ From mouth. } a ee (20. 10,16 )..,...| Trough Shoals, 4 bi ASR ee mi Tier y’ds....| 10, A | oF Rae ll ao $A a) BBO PR ALS lec cedf canes le whie Hurricane Shoals. e ,.|Thicketty Creek......... | 8L ‘Columbia .. ..|25 miles..| ....... 36) 2 by Pe OT Io) aa Oe pete te 18 miles..|....... 30/15 - “« ...,Roaring Bull Sluice.. | 7 TGS Bee SEES baie 7519 aS es "Cherokee Shoal... 98 BR a Ae" 1 ed Yyemiles 103.9) - 46 | QUINN FOrry .....00.000 AINE RLS Se snl te EEA TEE -| 450) 5 | ......|N. Carolina Line. Catawba. ees (eT | 9 |Wateree Riv. '8 miles... 178. es Ase CLOOK: ..0c1.00.40 9 | 2 '72 miles.. we ~.| Landsf RB a Sadecvareisreah (OU | a /2 miles... /29. : : : 4. -* Tey 9

130 THE PIEDMONT REGION.

The Savannah river is now navigable for pole boats carrying fifty bales F. of cotton for one hundred and and fifty-four miles above Augusta. The report of the Chief Engineer U.S. A., 1879, states that, for an outlay of $188,000, a permanent channel, three feet deep and sixty feet wide, of safe and easy navigation for such boats, could be made. For $97,000, in addition to the above, one hundred and fourteen miles could be made into a steamboat channel, ninety feet wide and three feet deep.

The Saluda river is navigable for eighty-four miles above Columbia, where it unites with the Broad to form the Congaree river, for the same kind of boat.

The Broad river is navigable for one hundred and thirteen miles in South Carolina, above Columbia, and for twenty-eight miles more in North Carolina, for this class of boats. It has a total length of one hundred and seventy-five miles.

The Catawba river has a fall of three hundred and twenty-five feet in the fifty-five miles of its course in South Carolina. Its banks are three hun- dred to three thousand feet apart, and from ten to one hundred feet high. Above Rocky Mount, in Chester, there is a fall at one point of fifty feet in four hundred yards. It hasa total length of two hundred and seventy- two miles, and its source is two thousand five hundred feet above the level of the sea.

The data above given were obtained by surveys made in the dryest season of a very dry year, and, therefore, represents these streams at ex- treme low water. This low stage of the water prevails during October and November. At other seasons, the volume of water would be, on the average, two or three times as great. The rivers are subject to freshets, rising twenty to thirty feet above low water mark, this rise being greatest where they issue from the Piedmont region. No local falls under ten feet have been entered in the table, although such falls not unfrequently afford the most available powers. Together, these streams furnish a navigable highway of four hundred and five miles, which might be greatly and permanently improved and much increased for a moiety of what the same length of railroad would cost. :

GEOLOGICAL FEATURES.

The rocks of the upper country of South Carolina are a continuation of and similar to the rocks of middle North Carolina, identified by the Geologist of that State, Prof. W. C. Kerr, as belonging to the Laurentian and Huronian formations. They are held to be the most ancient of rocks, and antedate the unnumbered ages during which the varied forms of plant and animal life have succeeded each other on this planet. Disclos-

> hae

.

.

THE PIEDMONT REGION. 131

ing themselves no evidence free from question that any living things existed at the period when they were formed, it is upon their flanks, and

largely from material furnished by their disintegration, that the whole

series of formations composing the surface of the earth and marking the different geological eras of its history has been built up. InSouth Carolina these oldest rocks appear among the sands of the tertiary—the most recent geological age. The records of the intervening ages have dis- appeared, and the stone pages upon which the introductory and conclud- ing chapters of the earth’s history are written, here lie side by side, Among the oldest of these rocks are the

GRANITES,

which have their outcrops in Carolina along three nearly parallel lines, as follows:

Ist. On the most southern of these lines the granite shows itself among the sand hills at Graniteville, on Horse creek, Aiken county, and thence at various points in a northeasterly direction to Columbia. Notable quar- ries for building materials are worked at Graniteville and at Granby, below Columbia. ;

2d. The second line of outcrop extends from the neighborhood of Horn’s creek, Edgefield county, across Newberry, Fairfield and Kershaw counties, to the northwestern corner of Chesterfield. In Edgefield, New- berry and Fairfield, the granite is associated with beds of hornblende rock and forms the substratum of a heavy, dark, red clay loam, which is one of the best and strongest soils in the State. Here, also, quarries of excel- lent granite, fine-grained and easily splitting, have been found, especially

in Newberry and Fairfield counties, where inexhaustible quantities of

the best building granite are found. There is a beautiful flesh-colored porphyritic granite found in Kershaw. In Edgefield and Lancaster it becomes coarser and syenitic in character.

3d. The third line of outcrop stretches through Laurens, Union and York counties. In the vicinity of Union'C. H., the granite is of exceed- ingly fine grain, and well adapted for architectural purposes, but the most of it on this line is characterized by a coarse porphyried structure, and it shows itself in an undecomposed state at only a few points.

GNEISS, or laminated granite, forms by far the larger portion of the rock under- lying this region. No strict line of demarcation between it and the gran-

ite has been established. In mineral constituents, color and grain, they

132 THE PIEDMONT REGION.

are alike and seem to shade off insensibly into each other. This explains why, in nearly every township, the occurrence of rock, well adapted for building, and called granite, is reported in greater or less quantities. The most marked difference is, that where the stratiform character of the eneiss is most marked the hornblende beds, associated with the granite, and of such high value as a soil yielder, disappear. Although traversed by numerous veins, this rock has so far furnished nothing of importance to the miner in this State. Its general dip is shght and to the southeast.

On its southern border, howeyer, the gneiss rock:is found with a vertical. dip, as at Edgefield C. H. South of the Saluda river, in Lexington, it is

found between ‘the granite and the clay slates, dipping N. E. 80°. In Newberry, near the thirty mile post on the Columbia road, a coarse feld- spathic gneiss, alternating with hornblende slate, forms an anticlinal ridge, dipping southeast on its southern, and northwest on its northern slope.

[Immediately overlying the gneiss, belts of hornblende slate, of no great breadth, and having nowhere an ascertained thickness exceeding twenty- five feet, are exposed.

MICA SLATE.

These belts of hornblende generally surround isolated areas of mica slate, which overlie them. They are found chiefly towards the north, along the base of the triangle formed by the affluents of the Santee, or to the west of this river system in Abbeyille, Anderson, Greenville and Pick- ens. They occupy the summit of ridges, as of King’s Mountain, in York. On the water courses they give place, first to the hornblende slate, and then to the gneiss, which forms almost everywhere the beds of the streams. They have an ascertained thickness, exceeding in no single locality one hundred feet. Mines sunk in them haye, in several instances penetrated to the underlying gneiss. Mica slate thus occurs as large islands, the remnants, perhaps, of what may once have been a succession of waye-like parallel folds, dipping gently with the Atlantic slope to the southeast and covering the entire surface, but disappearing long ago under the erosive action of the present river system of the State. Numerous gold mines and veins bearing copper, lead and silver, have been found in these rocks, and, to a limited extent, worked. The iron furnaces of Cowpens and Hurricane Shoals are also located in this formation. Mica of excellent quality has been mined in Dark Corner township, Anderson, and in Ab- beville. In the former locality beryl and copper are also found; corun- dum and zirecons are found in Hall township, Abbeville, and in other localities. Asbestos occurs near Glenn Springs, Spartanburg, a noted health resort, the curative virtues of whose waters, with those of many

THE PIEDMONT REGION. 133

other similar springs in this region, is due to the minerals dissolved from these mica slates during their passage through them.

TALC SLATES.

Next in the order of superposition above the mica slates occur extensive areas of tale slate. These rocks seem to have yielded more completely to the erosive action of the rivers even than the mica slates. They scarcely appear at all in the angle enclosed between the Catawba and the Saluda. Their largest outcrops are east of the Catawba, in Lancaster and Chester- field, and separated from these by the whole width of the river system of the State, eighty miles, to the southwest they occur on the further side of the Saluda, in Edgefield and Abbeville. These two localities are the great gold-bearing regions of the State.

ITACOLUMITE.

On Broad river, near the northern boundary of the State, where Union, York and Spartanburg corner, an interesting series of rocks occur, the most peculiar of which is a flexible sandstone, the itacolumite or diamond bearing rock, which gives its name to the group under the designation of the itacolumitic series. Thus far only one diamond has been found in South Carolina, though several haye been obtained from the continuation of these rocks, both in Georgia and in North Carolina.

CLAY SLATE.

South of the rocks above mentioned, and extending along the edge of the tertiary from Edgefield to Chesterfild, a broad belt of clay slates occur. On their southern border, among the sands of Lexington and Chesterfield, or just north of the granite in Kershaw, Richland and Edgefield, these clay slates dip northwest 14°to18°. This angle increases further north, until the slates stand vertically ; still further on the dip is reversed to the southeast. In Edgefield and Lexington, where they occupy the widest areas, these rocks seem to have had their positions much dis- turbed, and while the edges of the strata preserve their northeasterly strike, their faces are turned alternately northwest and southeast—now towards the mountains, and again towards the sea. These clay slates are contiguous to the jurassic strata of North Carolina. Mr. Tuomey found in Chesterfield fossils which he credited to the new red sandstone, and in- timated that these slates themselyes might possibly be identified with the paleozoic series. Itscems atleast certain that they overlie, and are, there-

134 THE PIEDMONT REGION.

fore, younger than the other rocks of this region, excepting, possibly, the itacolumitic series alone.

TRAP,

The Trappean rocks remain to be mentioned. They are found chiefly on two lines. The principal one is the most southerly and extends from Edgefield across to where the Catawba enters the State. Their trend is a little more to the north of east than that of the other strata, which they therefore cross at an angle. Their greatest development is in Chester and York, where they form the substratum of a large body of very peculiar lands, known as the blackjack lands. These Trappean rocks show them- selves along another line parallel with this one and to the north of it,

es. al

a

stretching from Calhoun’s Mills, in Abbeville, to the Lockhart shoals on -

Broad river, in Union. Here they also give rise to a peculiar and inter- esting body of lands known as the flat woods” of Abbeville, and the “meadow lands” of Union. In Chester and York the prevailing dykes are of melaphyre and of aphanitic and dioritic porphyry ; in Abbeville of felsitic and dioritic porphyries.

This brief sketch of the geological features of the region requires a reference to the ores and minerals found there:

GOLD.

Gold,” writes Governor Drayton, in 1802, “is said to have been found in sufficient quantity to be made into a ring, but this is only a report of what is said to have taken place many years ago.” In 1826, the oceur- rence of gold in Abbeville and Spartanburg is merely mentioned by Mills in his “Statistics of South Carolina.” The United States Census of 1840 states, that fifty-one hands were engaged (chiefly in iron mines) in min- ing inSouth Carolina.” In 1848, Mr. Tuomey found over two hundred hands at work in the Brewer gold mine in Chesterfield, from which more than $1,000,000 in gold has since been taken. In 1859, Lieber writes on a line on the map of the State crossing it at the lower border of the meta- morphic rocks: Above this line most streams contain some gold in their sands.” At that date twenty-one gold mines had been opened in the tale slates of Chesterfield and Lancaster, and ten in the same slates in Abbe- ville and Edgefield; among the latter, the Dorn mine, that has yielded $1,100,000 and upwards in gold. In Spartanburg, in Union and York there were nineteen gold mines, mostly in the mica slates, and in Green- ville and Pickens, eight others, chiefly gravel deposits—in all fifty- seven. Work has been abandoned since the war in all or in nearly

o-

THE PIEDMONT REGION. 135

: all of these mines. With rare exceptions, if any, it was never

_ systematically conducted, as may be inferred from Mr. Tuomey’s

description of the Brewer mine, which was leased to twenty or thirty in-

dependent companies, numbering three to six persons each, and haying each a portion equal to about twelve feet square of the surface.

From the returns of the 10th U. 8. Census it appears that besides minor minerals, to the value of $27,709, South Carolina produced in 1879 of gold $13,040; ranking in the order of production of this metal fifteenth among all the States, and third among the States east of Dakota

Gold occurs in South Carolina:

I. In numerous gravel deposits. Of these, one class occur in beds of rounded and water-worn pebbles and gravel, showing that the material has been transported from a distance. Other deposits are found among angular fragments of rocks, and these, in some instances, haye been traced back to the neighboring rocks, from which they were derived.

II. In silicious veins of three leading types, viz. :

Ist. The “Carolina group” of crystaline quartz veins. The upper part of the vein abounds with iron pyrites. The gold isin coarser grains and more abundant above. In descending, the vein contracts and the gold lessens in quantity. At the same time copper makes its appearance and increases steadily in quantity so far as followed, and with the copper is frequently associated ores of manganese, lead and silver. These veins extend from the itacolumite above, down through the clay, tale and mica slates into the underlying gneiss. They are most productive of gold in traversing the tale slates. Of this type was the neighboring Reid mine, of North Carolina, famous for having yielded a nugget of twenty-eight pounds, and another of eighty pounds, and of which Lieber writes; “I question if any one spot in California or Australia ever produced as much gold.”

2d. The saccharoid veins of a fine granular quartz, resembling powdered sugar. Only traces of these veins are found in the itacolumitic rocks, and none in the clay slate. They have their greatest productiveness in the tale slates, becoming less so as they descend through the mica slates to the underlying gneiss.

3d. The hornstene lenticular veins, irregular, wedge-shaped, detached quartz veins, having sometimes very rich pockets. They are found only in the talc slates.

Ill. In gold-bearing beds of the slate rock itself. These auriferous beds are found only in the.tale slate, save in one instance in the overly- ing clay slate. The following diagram, after Lieber, showing the relative

136 THE PIEDMONT REGION.

position of the different rocks and the degree of development of the gold veins of the various types in each by the size of the dark blocks opposite its name, may make this clearer:

S n VEINS. = e fea) < Rocks IN THE a cs R : A = GEOLOGICAL ORDER OF ss ) 3 2 ERAS. THEIR abe eS - 5 en “1 S fy SUPERPOSITION 55 x EB 4 mS ) 7 pS sii 4 3 P oO. 7) 4 a ——+ Pet hater Super Itacolumitic | | ost Auriferous} ~Timestone. Itacolumitie Rocks. Tk Auriferous. Clay Slate. Tale Slate. Mi : | IIL Mica Slate | Sub-Auriferous. Gneiss. IV. Anti-Auriferous—-Granite.

These facts support the views of Sir Roderick Murchison and Lieber, that there has been a golden age among the geological periods. Here it seems clearly marked as the period when the talc slates were forming. As to whether the gold came up from the bowels of the earth, through the agency of eruptive forces peculiar to that or a subsequent period, or had a meteoric origin, falling upon what was then the surface, from the interplanetary spaces, just as iron dust is now falling on the perpetual snows of the east coast of Greenland, may be matter for discussion. Gold certainly gives out at certain depths; whether it exists at all at still lower depths is unknown. That it exists outside of the earth the metalic vapors of the sun and stars revealed by the spectroscope renders prob- able.

f :

THE PIEDMONT REGION. 137

ORES AND MINERALS.

Silver in argentiferous galena is found in Spartanburg and Laurens, and more recently in Edgefield and Abbeville. Across the Savannah river, from the last named localities, the mining of this ore for silver, as well as for lead and the zine blende associated with it, is attracting much attention at this time.

Copper is found everywhere in the gold veins of the Carolina group.” As it increases regularly with the depth to which the veins have been worked, experts have been satisfied that it will be found in remunerative quantities. With this view, work was being vigorously pushed in the Mary and in the Wilson mines, in York, just previous to the war. Since then attention has not been directed to the matter. )

Bismuth, in quantity, was found by Mr. Tuomey at the Brewer gold mine in Chesterfield.

Iron in magnetic and specular ores is found in inexhaustible quantities on the western slope of King’s mountain, in York, Spartanburg and Union, one also in Chester and: Abbeville. Brown hzematite occurs in the mica slates of Pickens and Spartanburg, and has been used at the Pacolet and Cowpens Iron Works. Bog iron ore occurs in nearly every county of the State.

Limestone appears in York, Spartanburg, Laurens and Pickens.

Barytes, in great quantities, occurs near the Air-Line railroad in York.

Manganese, in great purity and abundance, is found at the Dorn mine in Edgefield, and also in Abbeville, York, Laurens and Anderson.

Graphite, in considerable quantities, is found in Williamston township, and elsewhere in Anderson, also in Spartanburg, Greenville and Laurens.

Feldspar, of excellent quality, in extensive veins, occurs in Easley township, Pickens; in Lowndesyille, Abbeville, and also in Anderson and Laurens.

Asbestos occurs in Spartanburg, Laurens, York, Anderson and Pickens.

Steatite or soapstone is found in Chester, Spartanburg, Union, Pickens, Oconee, Anderson, Abbeville, Kershaw, Fairfield and Richland; whet- stones and flagging stones are found in Edgefield, Abbeville, Chester, Lexington, Fairfield, and the Pee Dee country.

Spinel rubies, in Pickens; tourmaline, in York, Edgefield, Laurens, Anderson and Oconee; beryl, in Edgefield and Laurens; corundum, in Laurens, Anderson and Oconee; zircons, in Abbeville and Anderson.

SOILS.

The area of land in the Piedmont region whose culture is impeded by the rocks prevalent there, is comparatively insignificant. This is due to

138 THE PIEDMONT REGION.

the rather remarkable extent and depth of the disintegration of these rocks. It is not an uncommon occurrence that wells sunk through granite to a depth, of thirty or forty feet, require for their excavation no other implement than a spade. Frequently so thorough is the decom- position, that the sides of railroad cuts and of mines might be mistaken for a heap of transplanted materials, did not the existence of seams and quartz veins, which may be always traced on the fresh surfaces, make it certain that the rock had rotted where it stood. The chief impediments to culture are the masses of quartz rock, once forming these veins, but now scattered broadcast over the surface, in consequence of the rotting and denudation of the strata that contained them. ‘This is especially the case among the clay slates, and often the first indication which a traveller has that he has entered the Piedmont region is the sight of fields and woods covered with angular fragments of these white quartz rock. The inclination of the rocks of this region allows drainage along their edges, and even where the rock is near the surface, water seldom collects above them to an injurious extent.

Owing to the transportation and intermixture (often by the wind) of the debris from the different rocks, the areas of the soils derived from each can be characterized with much less distinctness than the areas occupied by the underlying rocks themselves. Nevertheless three lead- ing varieties of soil may be traced, with much clearness, viz.: the gran- itic, the clay slate and the Trappean soils.

I. The granitic soils occupy by far the largest area, as under this head is comprised the soils whose substratum is granite and gneiss, and also those resting on the hornblende, tale and mica slates. These soils are characterized by two distinct names: 1st. the gray sandy soils; 2d. the red clay soils.

Ist. The gray sandy soils occupy the ridges and levels, and have been formed by the gradual separation of the silicious and argillaceous materials found in the debris of the decomposing rocks that underlie them. This has been etiected by a process of lixiviation, during which the rain water not running off, owing to the level nature of the land, sank directly into the earth, carrying down with it the heavier and finer particles of the clay through the interstices of the lighter and larger particles of sand. This gives a light, loose, warm sandy loam, varying in depth from three to eighteen inches, and fine or coarse, according to the grain of the rock, from which they are derived. The subsoil is red or yellow clay. Such soils are of easy culture, respond readily to the use of commercial ferti- lizers, and are well adapted for cotton. For these reasons they are much more highly esteemed now than formerly. The following analyses of them are taken from Tuomey’s report:

,

THE PIEDMONT REGION. 139

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) Organic matter: .. . . . 3,62 2.60 1.20 3.00 0.00 BOG cette atl od 4 8480 90.00 83.00 80.00 80.00 Mae re oe. SODBO 7.A0 5.40 7.00 9.80

PNONICG 2 ks ke 200 3.00 2.00 4.00 2.00

Beno) Ao ties tt etrs eS, SOLED 0.00 0.60 0.02 0.30 Mramnesiads 182)... « 0:40 1.00 0.75 0.00 0.40 Potash and soda. .... 0.50 0.60 0.00 0.50 0.70 Weter and loss... .'.°. 2.88 5.40 7.05 5.48 6.80

100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 No. 1 is from Pinckney township, Union; No. 2 is from Waterloo township, Laurens; No. 3 is from Donaldsville township, Abbeville; No. 4 is from Sullivan township, Laurens; No. 5 is from Central township, Pickens. 2d. The red clay loams are the prevailing soils of the hilly and broken country. Occupying slopes of greater or less declivity, the loose sand has been washed away as fast as it has been released from the tenacious clay, by the process of lixiviation, or settling, above alluded to. The washing of these hills is not so destructive of their fertility as it would have been if the soil were not formed from rocks rotting in situ, and thus including at every depth, all the numerous and varied elements of the parent rocks. Thus it happens here that the earth from the bottom of deep wells, usually barren elsewhere, has been found, when spread over the surface, to increase notably the fertility of fields. Galled spots, deprived of all humus and every trace of organic matter, are, of course, barren for a time, but even their nakedness is soon covered by the old- field pine, and their thriftiness restored. As might be expected, with the clearing of the lands, and the washing down of the ridges, the amount of gray lands is diminishing, and the amount of red lands is increasing. Mr. Tuomey gives the following analyses of these soils:

(6) (7) (8) RANE SIMMER os ig ah ak ye Sele dalla { ot? PhO 4.50 6,00 EN a te tae Si a Rh Beat Sar be pe det ee PAOD 71.60 66.60 INCI NMAT rl wl a coe or er od ana) MOOD 9.40 11.60 NE roe ae ie hie AY vglap gs) eurtv cos abheh= 4 OROU 3.70 4.00 RCRD rea bh aol ee ee LOO 1.40 1.00 (EES tp Sane ee A ke a BPE MES Se AO 0.50 0.06 ReIeE thit MOURN Sn kos ya 2 3e: ann | ab ieee BEALS. 0.06 0.40 SUI E NTE N ORG pris 5 002) dee AS was) ho lw cole Ai ogee 8.84 10.34

100.00 100.00 100.00 No. 6 is from Liberty Hill, Kershaw; No. 7 near York village; No. 8 north of Pendleton village.

140 THE PIEDMONT REGION.

The following analyses of soil of the same character, from near Spartan- burg, collected by Prof. W. C. Kerr, of North Carolina, was made by Dr.

Eugene A. Smith, of Tuscaloosa, Alabama, for the 10th United States

Census. No. 9 is a yellowish red soil, taken to the depth of three inches; No. 10 is its red subsoil, taken to the depth of twenty inches:

(9) (10)

Pasaluble ‘matters. 29 SSR as ee 77.860 43.740 Eta ble Sitio.) BET ARE Seton tat ela 5.870 erreEe Refs: OE IL Lo ROL Sete aL PhS 2 ROR ORS AOR 0,214 RMS Beg v2 hae tae We icrae ht at lee a pa ed 0.087 Lo CRA A aD eae oo a ais phat ge ee hOB el 0.003 Pepmesiay a. FE po ta ha ee egestas ey Oa 0.212 Br: Oxide of Manganese’.\./.. 4... ae. 0,056 0.010 Peroxide Of “Tron”. <4. ok eT RRF ah ORIEL 11.700 PONDEI TINS an oa ate NRE, BR sg 26.567 Pemenneme aod sere hs are bog ntad 1 RONG 0.103 PperriC: BEIG- 66 Lek eG ot tarige NS ted aes 0.009 Water'and organic matter... 0. 40. 2). see Oe 11.660

PERRIS Cie ah et ree nia com ea ae 99.436 99.675 Hiydroseopic. moisture... aye . . 4.685 11.210 pepmermad min liek ace Sl URS 25% .C; 22° C.

The hornblendic soils are a variety of these red clay soils, derived from granite and gneiss rock, traversed by seams of hornblende. They are dark in color, and of a more brilliant ted. They occur in Edgefield, about Horn’s creek, and most extensively in Newberry, especially between the Court House and Asheford’s ferry, extending thence into Fairfield. They form excellent cotton lands, and are well suited to the culture of all the grains. The following analyses of them are from Tuomey:

(it) (12)

Piperiiiee TORTIE * 1 an Sgt ak. Mes Me eee bat os) ONO) 7.00 RMR a en Sig oe 5th Sug St i? ot ke tah ee eae 80.00 PERTTI NS as abe 2 a ce eee eae 5.20 6.30 Meee! Ot IRON &.,/.' > ee reRA Fg ee 1.75 2.20 ge ee aces NP Ae La ee 1.00. Magnesia. . ... EO oe: ieee ee tel ree 0.00 0.50 Puerta aC. POLAAL | lk ls «ley eke came mae i ~ 0.30 BOs GhOrie BG 5 sss. ne. os. Une ee ee 0.00 trace meneer Bnd. lose nauk aes Voy Se nee 7.40 2.70

100.00 100.00

No. 11 is from Newberry; and No. 12 is from Monticello, Fairfield.

~

;

THE PIEDMONT REGION. 141

Where the mica slates are underlaid by or alternate with gneiss, as in Abbeville, they give rise to good soils. In most places, however, the slate contains lenticuler quartz grains, coated with mica, which, being inde- structible, occupy the surface as the rock disintegrates and gives rise to poor soils. The sand of the taleose slate is exceedingly fine, and pack very closely. Says Leiber, in speaking of clearing out a spring: “Ata depth of six inches below the bed of the stream, the sand was as dry as ashes, showing that the water had never penetrated to that depth.” This affords an explanation of the serious effects produced by droughts on such soils.

IJ. The clay slates underlie a soil that is characterized as a cold gray soil. In color they vary from gray to yellow and brown. The subsoil is for the most part, of yellow clay; but, sometimes it is reddish. These soils are better adapted for small grain, and especially for oats, than for cotton. They cover an extensive area in Edgefield, and reach along the northern border of the tertiary, thence to Chesterfield. The clay slate soils in the last named county contain less silica than those of Edgefield. Instead of being gray, they are reddish, and are altogether better soils.

The following analyses are given by Tuomey :

(13) (14) (15) mroame matter... i. es ss 5 BAO 6.70 5.60 RS Ty FS ote ede watt ace tie, 14) SOFT 76.30 80.30 DIME oh El oii 6 a naa-we on ke,OO 10.40 9.00 CR RLOUE SC yciriply dee & 0.) ayia po” 40 2.00 2.40 RMR eG alo rigs tia \paltce Was SEAGR 1.00 0.50 BNE PGs rea ls Bee Taste 25 0.60 0.50 trace. Doren and: soda '.4 502 (a). ose cy trace. 0.40 0.30 eI ROTIOSS, <6.))5 5 ds ole te ds Fe BBO 2.70 1.90

100.00 100.00 100,00

: ,

No. 13 is from Stevens creek, Edgefield; No. 14 from Richland; No. 15 from Lexington.

III. The Trappean soils overlie the extensive dykes of melaphyre and aphanitic porphyry, traversing York and Chester counties in a north- easterly direction, coinciding very nearly with that of the Charlotte and Columbia railroad. They give rise to a distinctly marked body of lands, known as the rolling blackjack lands” and as blackjack flats.” The latter are the most extensive, and better defined in their characters. The lands are level, the streams slow and tortuous, with low banks, notwith- standing that the general elevation is little less than that of the surround-

142 THE PIEDMONT REGION.

ing country. The soil is of a rich, dark brown chocolate color. Some- times jet black. The subsoil is a yellow, waxy clay, exceedingly tena- cious, and, where the rocks are not thoroughly decomposed, it assumes. an olive green color. Beneath it the decomposed, and lower down the undecomposed, rock is found, called here “iron rock” or “negro head.” The level configuration of the surface, and the impervious nature of the subsoil, interfere naturally with drainage; an interference, however, not at all beyond the remedy of art, as the fall for properly conducted drains’ and outlets is ample. But because they require drainage, these lands, which, from their general appearance, and from their chemical analysis, should be ranked as among the very best in the State, have received little attention. Corn and cotton planted on them turns yellow, “frenches,” as it is termed. When, however, thorough drainage has been effected, and stable manure used, they have proved very productive and enduring. Such treatment is exceedingly circumscribed, the demand of the present system of agriculture being for light lands of easy tillage, whose defects of constitution may be at once supplied by the purchase of chemical fer- tilizers for the exigencies of the growing crop, and with no view to per- manent improvement. The “rolling blackjack lands,” as might be in- ferred from their name, have a better natural drainage, and have long been highly prized for their productiyeness, The following analyses of these soils were made by Dr. Eugene A. Smith, of Tuscaloosa, Alabama, for the 10th United States Census:

(16) a7)

tucoleble matters. ’sss (s- 6a se eet Sie. eee) 83.145 Srrarolen ola: Pee. ee: GN ie SO 3.585 VETS NOS eit eek eae pi seach eekban hong aS cuee 0.126 Feeebre ) eYSdTies oh al te ose Ae, ag Pe sagt EES tas rete aEL 0.060 PME GD) LE A ete 1g a Se ie it oe” ee 0.389 PPTL 0h, 30) Sta Was fa) ted chan eS RnR eae Nea ete 0.251 eroxide.Manganese. 6601's sos eS) Sy A 0.185 Bereside vot irom) She SO Cee 3.774 PUREE: 9520. OS in TRS, SLL ee Si esl ee 4.051 Peesphories acid s!5 v's) de ate ee I eS ee 0.100 Seipliuric acd aie oe. eo ee 0.170 Carbonic acid . 0 PNG) Tiss c(h nels ag CI ia te ag Water and organic matter, . . 10. v2. 21068 4.185 99.401 100.021 Hydroscopie: moisture: 4) 3 12 en oe Se OGF 8.392

PIRSOTOSC ‘ab <4 4,532 Ss le Ne Le oe ee 82° BF.

THE PIEDMONT REGION. 143

No. 16 is from an uncleared blackjack flat, a short distance east of Ches- ter ‘Court House, considered worthless. No. 17 is from a field of J. B. Stokes, southeast of Chester Court House; the ,land rolling blackjack, haying on it a crop of about 1,200 pounds of seed cotton to the acre. The soil and subsoil taken uniformly to the depth of twelve inches in both instances. The dioritic and felsitic porphyries of Abbeville, pro- duce a soil known there as the “flat woods.” They are found in Cal- houn’s Mills, Magnolia, Abbeville, Smithville, and Ninety-Six townships, of Abbeville county. Formerly, when more capital and skill was em- ployed in agriculture, these lands were very highly esteemed. Since a cheap and easy, not to say thriftless, culture has superseded other hus- bandry, they are neglected. (For more particular description see Cal- houn’s Mills township, Abstract of Correspondents.) Mr. Tuomey gives the following analyses of these soils.

(18) (19) (20) Pimeearie: sm atiter. wy ies) veya aier ae 20 10.05 3.40 Be 8 23) 45-5 iat) Arey Gy be 3 KeOZO" 48.30 53.00 RERPRIUNS SH ioc fo, 3. “cl vg, ) Vachs a Ra ea 19.36 19.30 Bee OLeETON: joa Setier ie der ace os Se 2 9.00 8.40 14.10 Betas at eo eal... aye so ga OU 4.00 1.80 meme ofS elisa. eee. 0.00 0.50 Potash and soda . Be Lata Soeautalin log peo 0.90 trace.’ Peepaate ot. lame 2... 2... ...,. 0.00 0.10 0.00 Semen ARO IOS.) NG was pat w 4,80 8.89 7.90

100.00 100.00 100.00

No. 18 is from a well cultivated place north of Calhoun’s Mills; No. 19, ditto, near Ninety-Six; No. 20 is from abandoned lands in the meadow woods of Union.

These analyses are indicative of the chemical changes that affect the productiveness of these soils. The abandoned field in Union showing a great falling off in organic matter, lime and potash, due to insufficient drainage and a thriftless culture, at the same time there is a large increase of iron, arising doubtless from the absence of those acids resulting from the dedaposition of organic matter, whose office it is to dissolve and carry off the injurious excess of the salts of this metal. The large amount of lime in all these Trappean soils will be noted, it has induced some writers to classify them as calcareous soils, and adapts them peculiarly for the growth of pea-vines and clover, which thrive almost spontane- ously upon them.

144 . THE PIEDMONT REGION.

In addition to the soils above mentioned, there is a large amount of bottom lands scattered along the numerous rivers, creeks and branches that everywhere traverse this well-watered region. Though rarely of any great width, they are for the most part of great fertility, and are highly valued. In some sections these lands have brought as high as one © hundred dollars an acre; the adjacent ridge lands being thrown in at a nominal price, just as the pine barrens are, in the sales of the low country rice lands.

CLIMATE.

The shorter seasons and lower temperatures of the Piedmont region, as compared with those lying immediately south of it, are but slightly at- tributable to differences of elevation or of latitude, these differences being themselves slight. In so far as it obtains, it results, perhaps, from greater nearness to the mountains, and, as affecting agriculture, still more to the heavier clay soils and subsoils, more retentive of moisture, and, therefore, colder and later in spring than the lighter sandy loams of the lower country. Cotton planting is about ten days later than in the upper pine belt. Cotton blooms are also later, but by a lesser period, and the same is true of the opening and picking season of the plant; showing that, with a later start, it grows faster, passing more rapidly through its various stages to maturity. This region, however, does not seem to be much affected by that variableness of temperature common to localities in proximity to mountain ridges. This is shown by the singular exemption of certain localities here from the injurious effects of late spring frosts. Thus, on Rich Hill, in Pacolet township, Spartanburg, a ridge six miles broad, between the Pacolet and Fair Forest rivers, fruit has been injured by late frosts but once in forty years. Localities in Union also enjoy this immunity in nearly the same degree. In the absence of other records, some idea of the temperature may be formed by observations on the tem- peratures of springs, assuming that this temperature approximates the annual mean. Lieber states, as the result of a number of observations, that the springs of the Alpine region haye a temperature of 55° to 58° Fahrenheit ; those on a line passing through the centre of the Piedmont region, one of 58° to 61.5° Fahr., and below this line, one of 61.5° to 66° Fahr. The only accessible records of rainfall are those published by the Smithsonian Institution, May, 1881. They give an average annual rain- fall in this region of 52.34 anches, varying from 44.05 inches to 60.12 inches. This gives a greater annual rainfall for this region than for those south of it, and places it, in this regard, next to the areas of greatest annual precipitation in the United States. The spring rains vary from

THE PIEDMONT REGION. 145

twelve inches to fifteen inches, and in this regard it holds the same rela- tions as in the former to the regions south of it and to the United States. The summer rains are ten inches to fourteen inches less than in the regions south of it, and third or midway between the areas of greatest and of least summer precipitation in the United States. The autumn rains are eight inches to ten inches, and in the counties east of Broad river, they are ten inches to twelve inches, being about the same as in the region to the south, and midway between the areas of greatest and _ least autumn precipitation in the United States. The winter rains are ten inches to fourteen inches, something more than in the lower country, and a little above midway between the areas of greatest and of least winter precipitation in the United States. In the whole year, and in each season of the year, the rainfall is less than in the Alpine region north of it. As suggesting a possible connection between meteorological condi- tions and the interior of the earth’s crust, it may be mentioned that it has been thought that the synclinal axis running northeast, near Allston, on the Greenville railroad, has been, during some years past, a line of demarkation between areas suffering from drought to the south of it, and areas having seasonable rains to the north of it. The first occupying surface under which the rocks dip northwest, and the latter one under which they they dip southeast. Along this same line, during the months of drought, tremors were observed and ascribed to slight shocks of earth- quake. }

In point of healthfulness, this region leaves little to be desired. When first settled, the country was entirely free from all malarial influences. Subsequently, during the period when the first clearing of the forest was in active progress, the hitherto clean-bordered channels of the streams became obstructed, in part with fallen timber and brush from the clear- ings, and in part by the washings of the hill sides, under the injudicious use of the plow. These washings occurred to such an extent as to alter the original level of the surface, and to pile the dirt up around the trees in the bottoms until they were killed. Such operations were attended with the prevalence of malarial fevers. Later, the uplands having been cleared and partly exhausted, attention was directed to the drainage and reclaiming of the low grounds for agricultural purposes, and the health- fulness of the locality was restored. It has thus happened that, with the extension of the settlements, a belt of malarial influences has moved for- ward with them, vanishing below and advancing above, until it reached the wooded slopes of the mountains before disappearing.

10

146 THE PIEDMONT REGION.

GROWTH.

Remarkable changes have occurred in the growth of the upper country since its settlement, during the middle and earlier part of the 18th cen- tury. The “long-drawn, beautiful valleys and glorious highlands,” spoken of by Lord Cornwallis, were then interspersed with forests, prairics, and vast brakes of cane, the latter often stretching in unbroken lines of evergreen for hundreds of miles” (Logan). On the highlands, the oak, hickory and chestnut were of large growth, standing so wide apart that a buffalo or a deer could be seen by the pioneer hunters for a long distance. There was no underbrush, and the woodlands were car- peted with grass and the wild pea vine, the latter growing as high as a horse’s back. The cane growth was the standard by which the early settlers estimated the value of the land. If it grew only to the height of a man’s head, the land was esteemed ordinary ; but a growth of twenty or thirty feet indicated the highest fertility. This cane growth not only filled the bottoms, but extended up the slopes to the tops of the highest hills. Thus it was designed to place the first house built on the present site of the town of Abbeville, on the summit of the hill; but afterwards, when the tall cane that covered the whole place was cleared away, an error of more than fifty yards was discovered. The Trappean soils around Ninety-Six, the flat woods” of Abbeyille, the “meadow woods,” Union, and the blackjack lands of York and Chester were prairies, with no growth of trees, but covered, for the most part, with maiden cane. Upper Caro- lina was then not inferior to any portion of the great West as a grazing country. Buffalo and deer in great numbers roamed through these luxuriant pastures. Henry Foster, a pioneer settler on the Saluda, in Edgefield, counted one hundred buffalo grazing at one time on a single acre of ground in Abbeville. The original forest has disappeared almost altogether, and has been replaced by younger oaks of small growth, by underbrush, and by the loblolly pines of the abandoned fields. The cane has gone likewise. The wild pea vine is no longer known, though since the stock has been penned, under the new fence law, a plant supposed to be it has appeared in the open woodlands, with several other grasses not observed before. The prairies have become covered with a growth of

. ‘ae _ -

heavy bodied post oak and blackjack; the latter, in turn, has now given .

place to the cedar in Chester. The chestnut has been dying out for fifty years. In some localities where it once flourished, it has entirely gone, and in others, the large dead stems and stumps are the only vestige of this valuable and stately tree. The chinquapin is also sickening and dying, and the chestnut oak likewise. During some years past, somewhat

“THE PIEDMONT REGION. 147

similar symptoms of disease have appeared in the red and black oak, and fears on this account have been entertained. The distinctive growth of the region is the short leaf pine, with a large variety of oaks and hickories. On the water courses, willow, beech, birch, black walnut, ash, poplar and gum abound. In sections of Laurens the long leaf, formerly unknown in this section, has, within the last ten years, appeared among the old field pines. The sycamore sometimes attains a great size, one in York being twenty-eight feet in girth. The tulip tree, also, is often very large. The sugar maple is found, and another maple of larger growth and yield- ing a superior sugar, both as to quantity and quality, is known in Lan- caster, under the name of the sugar tree (Mills).

PRODUCTIONS.

The skins and furs of wild animals were the earliest products which the upper country gave to commerce. About the middle of the 18th century “the cowpen keepers” and the “cow drivers,” led thither by the representations of the trappers, hunters and Indian traders, built their cabins among these pastures, and made large enclosures, into which their numerous herds were driven for marking, handling, &c. The business was a large one, and numbers of neat cattle were driven annually to the markets of Charleston, Philadelphia and New York. Horse raising, also, was largely engaged in, and so highly vere the qualities of the Carolina horse of that early day esteemed, that a statute of the provincial Legis- latures forbids the introduction of the inferior horses of Virginia and other northern plantations. Around the “cowpens” of the stock drivers the agricultural settlers appeared. Their crops of wheat and Indian corn formed, for many years, a considerable item of export from the province. Hemp, particularly between the Broad and Saluda rivers, was largely cultivated, and Dr. Brahm says it was the finest and most durable grown anywhere in the world for the cordage of vessels. The cultivation of tobacco was engaged in, but was restricted by the difficulty of bringing so bulky an article to market in the then condition of the country roads. It was packed in casks, trunnions fastened to each head, shafts attached, and drawn by a horse several days journey to market, as a large roller. Silk was grown, and the vine successfully cultivated by the early settlers of New Bordeaux, in Abbeville. It is noteworthy that, within the last few years, since the French vineyards have suffered from the phyloxera, besides the scuppernong roots, hundreds of thousands of cuttings of the Warren grape, natives here, have been ordered from France, and being planted there they have yielded a wine of excellent quality. In 1801, Col. Hill, of York, made forty-eight tons of red clover on eighteen

148 THE PIEDMONT REGION.

acres of land, although Governor Drayton says the season was a very dry one. For several years past Governor Hagood has obtained two cut- tings a year of excellent hay from fifty acres, and more, that he set out in Bermuda grass, on the Saluda river bottoms. The yield is two to four tons per acre. Mr. Doty, a Kentuckian, who owns a blue-grass farm in

that State, but who is now living at Winnsboro, says, that taking the value

of the land into account, he makes his forage cheaper on the worn out hills of Fairfield than he does on the famous blue-grass lands of his na- tive State. His crops are oats and German millet. The latter he esti- mates that he houses at a cost of six dollars per ton. Lucerne has long been established in this town, and there are stools of this valuable forage plant, still vigorous, known to be fifty years old. In the same town, Col. James H. Rion sowed, in 1874, a half acre of red land, a worn out old field, infested with nut grass, in lucerne. In 1875 he got one cutting, and from that date to 1880, from four te ten cuttings each year. The ten cut- tings were obtained in 1878. The lucerne averaged two and a half feet in height at every cutting, making a total growth for the season, of twenty- five feet. By actual weighing, each cutting averaged 4,189 pounds from this half acre, which was also carefully measured, giving a total of twenty and a half tons, or at the rate of forty-one tons per acre. The mention of such facts are not out of place, inasmuch as since the invention of the cotton-gin the culture of cotton has so superseded all other agricultural pursuits, that it might well be thought that nothing else could be grown here. Cotton planting has become so easy and simple, it requires so little individual thought and effort, the money returns are so certain and direct,

or the crop may be so cheaply stored and preserved from injury for such -

an indefinite time, every business, trade and industry accessory to the work of the farmers, from bankers and railroads to implement and fertili- zer manufacturers, have become so thoroughly systematized and organized in unison with this pursuit, that any change is difficult, and as a conse- quence, the manifold resources of the country are neglected and un- developed.

STATISTICS.

The metamorphic region embraces about 10,425 square miles, or nearly one-third of the entire State. .The population numbers 395,043, the in- erease since the census of 1870 being thirty per cent. The density of population per square mile varies from twenty-six to twenty-seven in Laurens and Lancaster, to forty.six and forty-eight in Newberry and Greenville; the average being 37.8 per square mile, which makes it the most thickly peopled portion of the State, except the sea islands, which have 39.4 to the square mile. The percentage of colored population

—~ =< - = «a

THE PIEDMONT REGION. 149

varies greatly in the different counties, being as high as seventy in Fair- field, and as low as thirty-four in Spartanburg. The average is fifty-eight.

Of the 6,672,000 acres of land in this region fifty per cent. is in wood lands; twenty-two per cent. is in old fields, and twenty-eight per cent. is tilled. There are 38,591 farms. This is an increase of at least eighty per cent. since 1870, and of one hundred and eighty per cent. since 1860, while the increase in the decade preceding that, a time of much pros- perity, did not much exceed one per cent.; fifty-six per cent. of the farms are worked by renters, and forty-four per cent. by owners. This is nearly six per cent. more of farms rented than in the State at large, or ten per cent. more than in the other parts of the State. The maximum of the farms rented is sixty-seven per cent. in Fairfield, and the minimum is forty-two per cent. in Laurens; forty-five per cent. of the farms are under fifty acres, but seventy-one per cent. of the rented farms are under fifty acres, while only thirteen per cent. of those worked by owners are under fifty acres. The farms under fifty acres worked by owners constitute only six per cent. of the total number of farms. in this region; thus, notwith- standing the great subdivision of farm holding that has been, and still is taking place, it cannot be said that land is here, as it is on some of the sea islands, in the hands of a small proprietary.

The tilled land is 1,861,922 acres, an increase of fifty-six per cent. since 1870. This gives an average of 4.7 acres per capita. or nearly one acre above the average for the State, and 6ne-half more than in 1870. Of it forty-eight per cent. is in grain of all kinds, forty per cent. is in cotton, and twelve per cent. is in gardens, orchards, fallows and all other crops. The proportion in cotton varies from a maximum of forty-six per cent. in Laurens and Union, to a minimum of twenty per cent. in Lancaster.

The crops are cotton, 274,318 bales, against 94,494 in 1870; an increase of one hundred and seventy-two per cent., or nearly six times as great as that of the population within the same period. It constitutes fifty-three per cent. of the crop of the State, on less than one-third of its area. The average number of bales per square mile is twenty-six, and varies from twenty and one-third bales, in Lancaster, to thirty-six and three-quarters bales in Newberry. In many of the townships the number of bales grown per square mile is much greater. In Fairfield, township No. 3 (E. D., 69) produces forty-six bales per square mile; in Newberry, Floyds township (E. D., 114) produces forty-seven ; in Chester, Chester township (E. D., 36) produces fifty-nine; in York, Fort Mill township (E. D., 169) produces eighty-four. These facts indicate that the establishment of en- larged and improved gin-houses for the better preparation of the staple is practicable in many places now, as they show that the main obstacle in the way of such establishment, viz.: the distance over which a sufficient

150 THE PIEDMONT REGION.

quantity of seed cotton would have to be hauled is greatly lessened. The yield of lint cotton per acre varies from one hundred and eighty-eight pounds, in Newberry and Lancaster, to one hundred and forty-four in Abbeville. The average for the region being one hundred and sixty-six pounds of lint per acre, which gives it rank as fifth in the State in point of production per acre. The yield of lint cotton per capita of population varies from four hundred and three pounds, in Fairfield, to two hundred and three pounds in Greenville; the average is three hundred and sixteen pounds, being less than in the red hill region, but more than it is else- where in the State. The grain crop is 7,731,528 bushels, an increase of one hundred and thirty-nine per cent. on the crop of 1870. The average yield for the whole region is nine bushels per acre, and it varies from a maximum average of eighteen bushels per acre in York, to a minimum of eight bushels in Laurens; these variations depending more on the amount of attention bestowed on this class of crops than on differences in the productive capacity of the soil. Per capita of the population the yield is nineteen bushels, which is four bushels more than in 1870. If this were all corn, or its equivalent, and were fed to the population at a rate of ten bushels per capita yearly, and the work stock at the rate of seventy bush- els a head, it would leave, counting nothing for the supply of other live stock, a deficiency of 1,091,000 bushels, or about fourteen per cent. Es- timated in the same manner, this deficiency was tbirty-one per cent. in 1870. Compared with the other regions of the State the yield per capita is below that of the sand hills, which is thirty-two bushels, and that of the Alpine region, which is twenty bushels, but above the four others.

The work stock is one to every twenty-seven acres of tilled land, the average for the whole State being one to eighteen. More land is tilled here to the head of work stock than anywhere in the State, except in the red hill region. As the lands themselves are not lighter or of easier til- lage, this is chiefly due to a more economical use of this power.

The live stock number 473,180. This gives forty-five to the square mile, against an average for the State of thirty-seven. Although this region ranks third in its proportion of live stock to area, it was here that the first movements in favor of the law requiring the enclosing of stock took place. It is also noteworthy that the counties here, in which the enclosure of stock has been enforced by law, for some years support fifty head of live stock to the square mile, while the four counties in which the stock have enjoyed the freedom of ranging wherever they could, sup- port only thirty-six head to the square mile.

|

THE PIEDMONT REGION. 15]

FARM VALUES AND PRODUCTIONS.

The total of values invested in farms in this region, obtained as the sum of the values entered in the 10th United States Census for lands and improvments, for farm implements and machinery, and for live stock, amounts to thirty-nine millions of dollars, which does not differ very widely from the valuation of the same property on the tax returns of these counties. The value of farm productions annually, is nineteen and a quarter millions of dollars, or forty-nine per cent. on the above invest- ment. This percentage varies in the different counties from thirty-nine per cent. in Greenville to seventy-one per cent. in Laurens. It may not be possible to ascertain, even approximately, how the profits of this pro- duction is distributed ; how much of it rests with the farmer and laborer, or how much goes to merchants, bankers, and railroads. Nevertheless, whoever gets the net profits, it is safe to assume that the value represents in a general way the productiveness of agriculture in this region. Here are twelve adjacent counties, between whose soil, climate, population, social, political and industrial system, there is very great similarity. On the other hand, there are very wide variations, among these same counties, on. four points, frequently and earnestly discussed as affecting fundamen- tally, southern agriculture. These are:

Ist. The ratio between the area planted in cotton and that planted in other crops.

2d. The ratio of large and small farm holdings.

3rd. The proportion of farms rented to those worked by their owners.

4th. The proportion of the white to the colored population.

152

The following table will show the relations of these counties in these ¥

THE PIEDMONT REGION.

four respects to the percentage of farm production on farm values in each.

TABLE.

| Percentage perenne ‘Percentage |Percentage

of Farms over fifty

Acres.

Percentage of - NAMES OF tilled land CouNTIES. in Cotton. Newberry .. 45 Lancaster . 20 Parkers: 5 o+ Laurens. . 46 Spartanburg . 38 Edgefield . . 38 Chester... 48 Greenville. . 3b4 Union . 46 Fairfield . . 39 Anderson. . 38 Abbeville. . og

57 49 66 82 54 47 57 48 47

of of oe Colored rented. (Population. 56 68 56 52 45 54 42 60 52 34 57 64 60 64 53 38 66 56 67 70 57 43 60 66

of value of Farm pro- ductions on

farm values

49 60 46 71 41 51 54 30 50 60 46 41

———

Considered wholly within the limits of the above data, and bearing in mind that they can give only an approximation to the truth, Prof. B. Sloan, of the University of South Carolina, states the arithmetical con-

clusions to be obtained from this table as follows:

An increase of ten per cent. of the proportion of tilled land in cotton increases the values produced by seven and a half per cent. .

‘aly

THE PIEDMONT REGION. 153

An increase of ten per cent. of the proportion of farms over fiity acres increases the values produced by five per cent.

An increase of ten per cent. of the proportion of farms rented increases the values produced by one-half per cent.

An increase of the proportion of colored population increases the values produced three and one-third per cent. ;

Such conclusions are liable to material modifications, when viewed in relation with the numerous conditions that complicate such a problem. For instance, the increase in the colored population does not necessarily show that the proportion of colored farm labor is increased in the same ratio; a fact which will be observed by reference to the reports of town- ship correspondents. Nevertheless, if these facts only show in which di- rection the answer lies, it follows that these answers are opposed to the generally received teachings and theories on these questions, and at the same time that these answers are in accord with the persistent and pre- vailing practice of those whose decision is paramount in the matter—the land owners and the laborers.

SYSTEM OF FARMING AND LABOR.

The larger portion of the lands are held in tracts of from two hundred to five hundred acres. On three-fourths of the farms mixed husbandry is practiced, and on the remaining fourth attention is bestowed almost ex- clusively on cotton.

The attempt to raise farm supplies is, therefore, pretty general, and is reported as increasing, except in Laurens, where it remains the same, and in Abbeville, where it is decreasing. Usually this attempt is in so far successful as to provide a considerable portion of the subsistence for farm hands and stock. Bacon is largely imported from the North and West, and sometimes, hay and corn also, for farm use. In two instances these supplies are reported as brought from North Carolina. The amount of provisions raised for sale is everywhere inconsiderable. The facilities offered by railroads have largely contributed to this. For instance, in Chester the country mills, which were formerly numerous and flourishing, have been to a large extent abandoned, since it has been found easier to get meal by rail each week as required, from the Merchant Mills in Au- gusta, Georgia; and there is an increasing tendency, under the low rates of through fares to supersede the Augusta mills by the product of the northwestern mills.

The system of credits and advances preyails to a large extent, con- suming from one-third to three-fifths of the crop before it is harvested. The statement is general that this is on the decrease, and is correct in so

154 THE PIEDMONT REGION.

far that a larger amount of supplies is being produced at home, and a larger number of purchases for cash are being made by farmers since 1876. On the other hand, the number of farms having largely increased in the same period, the number working on advances, especially among the smaller farmers, has largely increased also. The records of the courts show that the number of liens on the growing crop is greatly on the in- crease; the rate of increase being twenty-three per cent. per annum for the last two years. The number of such liens on record in eleven of the counties under consideration is (there being no return from Union) 30,205 ; a number nearly equal to the number of farms, but as two or more liens are not unfrequently recorded against the same crop, probably not more than one-half of the growing crops are under lien. The aggregate value of these liens is $2,334,956; an average to the lien of seventy-seven dol- lars. It appears that the five counties lowest in the ratio of farm produc- tions to farm values have a larger amount in liens, by thirteen per cent., than the five counties standing highest in this ratio. In the former the recorded indebtedness is four dollars and twenty-eight cents for each acre in cotton, on which crop alone liens are taken; in the latter it is two dol- lars and eighty-four cents per acre in cotton. As may be inferred from the number and average amount of these liens, they are mostly taken from the smaller farms, usually renters, for advances made by the land- lord, or more frequently by the store keeper. There has grown up in this region a system of banks at the county seats, for the accommodation of farmers. The National Bank of Newberry was the first to be estab- lished ; under the excellent and judicious management of its president, Robert L. McCaughrin, the operations of this bank have added largely to the prosperity and independence of this county ; which, besides leading in cotton production in proportion to its area, is, in many other regards, the most thriving in the region. The capital of this bank, $150,000, was subscribed by the citizens of the county, except $12,000, and ninety-five per cent. of the stock, which is at thirty per cent. premium, and not for sale, is now held within the county. It has six hundred and fifty-four accounts, three-fourths of which are with farmers. These accounts vary in amount, from forty dollars upwards; only sixty-five of them, however, reach or exceed $1,000. Since 1872, the rate of discount has been from twelve to seven per cent., or from one-half to one-third of the average rates prevailing elsewhere in the State. The loans during the crop season aggregate $324,000, and the doubtful debts for the operations of the last ten years do not reach in all $6,000. Loans are made purely on personal security or on collaterals, liens and mortgages are not asked for or given. If there is a question as to the ability of the party seeking accommodation to meet his payments promptly, he is required to obtain

THE PIEDMONT REGION. 155

the endorsement of one or more of his neighbors. In this way it fre- quently happens that three neighbors endorse each others notes, so that if ill-luck befall one during a crop season, the others help him through, and it is found that such assistance is equalized in a series of seasons. Besides the direct assistance this bank affords, its indirect influence is highly beneficial, not only does it encourage personal trustworthiness and integrity, but by the circulation of its capital during the active season of the year, it gives a healthy cash tone to business; where a large propor- tion of the sales are for ready money, the purchases by merchants are more carefully and economically made, and even advances on liens are less exorbitant than elsewhere.

Field labor is performed exclusively by natives, and chiefly by colored laborers. In Spartanburg, two-thirds of the field labor is performed by whites, even where the colored population largely preponderates. The reader will find by reference to the township reports, that a considerable amount of it is done by whites; not unfrequently a much larger propor- tion than one would infer from the ratio between the races. The laborers are healthy, easily managed, work moderately and live easily. Their condition is reported as good ‘in eight localities; as improving in two; and as poor, but contented and happy, in one. Very few negro laborers own land or houses in Newberry, York and Abbeville; sixteen per cent. own a house or land in Greenville; and five per cent. in Spartanburg, Fairfield, Chester and Laurens.

The prevailing wages of field labor is eight dollars by the month, or one hundred dollars by the year. In Greenville it is seven dollars, and in Laurens it is eight dollars to twelve dollars by the month. In portions of Edgefield it is seventy-five dollars per the year. In all cases the la- borer is furnished with shelter, rations and firewood, and almost inva- riably with a garden and the privilege of raising poultry and some stock— a cow ora hog. The farm work is light, and the extreme care formerly given to preserving the health of the slaves, has bequeathed regulations regarding labor not customary elsewhere. Work commences at sunrise, and is over with at sunset; no night work of any sort being required ; the time allowed for meals varies; for dinner it is from one to three hours, according to the length of the days. All exposure to rain or bad weather, even in pressing exigencies, is scrupulously avoided, and during excep- tionally chilly weather. little work is obtained or expected of negro laborers.

A large proportion of the land is worked on shares. When the land- lord furnishes the tools, stock, and stock-feed, he takes one-half the crop in Laurens, Chester, Abbeville, and York, and in portions of Fairfield and Spartanburg. In Greenville, and in portions of the counties last

156 THE PIEDMONT REGION.

named, the laborer takes one-third, and the landlord two-thirds, under the aboye conditions. In Greenville also, the laborer takes two-thirds, if he furnishes tools, stock and feed for it. The portion paid for land alone raries from one-third to one-fourth of the crop—the latter rate being the most general one.

In Laurens, Newberry and Spartanburg, and portions of Fairfield and Chester, wages are preferred, the laborer running no risk of the seasons, faring better and working better in consequence. In Abbeville and York the share system is preferred, and is the prevailing practice; the demands on the care and attention of the landlord is less, and the independence of control and freedom from steady work it affords the laborer is highly prized by him. In Greenville, laborers using stock, tools and provisions, find the share system most profitable, otherwise they prefer wages.

Tolerable satisfaction with the system prevailing in each locality is ex- pressed, but the feeling is general that the relations of labor and capital are in a transition stage, and, either that those now existing need per- fecting, or that better ones would be preferred.

Eight out of nine correspondents report that under the present system the lands are not improving, but deteriorating, especially those rented and worked on shares; the ninth only qualifies the general statement by the expression, “with care it improves.” Though there may be much sad reality in these statements, they are to be considered in connection with the facts above given, which show that within the last decade the two leading crops in this region have increased, one by one hundred and seventy-two, and the other by one hundred and thirty-nine per cent.

Statements regarding the average market value of land vary with every locality. They are for Greenville and Laurens, six dollars to ten dollars anacre; for York, six dollars; for Abbeville and Spartanburg, ten dollars ; for Newberry, six dollars to twenty-five dollars; for Fairfield, three dollars to fifteen dollars; for Chester, seven dollars to eighteen dollars. There will be found a fuller detail in the Abstract of Township Correspondents, and attention is directed to their frequently recurring expression, that “there is little land for sale, but nearly all of it to rent.” Only three out of eleven correspondents state the rental of land in money; it is put in York and Chester at two dollars, and in Laurens at three dollars to four dollars. Three state that no land is rented for money. In these cases one-fourth to one-third of the crop—estimated in Fairfield at an average of five dollars an acre—is given, or a larger proportion where stock and other supplies are furnished. In Abbeville, the average rent is given as three bales of cotton for as much land as one plow can cultivate; in Fair- field it is nine hundred pounds, and in Chester as much as twelve hun- dred pounds of lint. Or, in other words, something over one thousand

THE PIEDMONT REGION. 157

pounds of lint cotton, worth one hundred dollars, for the rent of thirty acres of land. This would be three dollars and thirty-three cents rental per acre, which is the interest at seyen per cent. on a capital of forty-seven dollars and fifty cents» Taking seven per cent. as the standagl rate of interest, this may be taken as the intrinsic value at present of the arable lands of this region. As, however, only twenty-eight per cent. of the lands are under the plow, this amounts only to an average minimum valuation of all the land tilled and untilled at thirteen dollars and thirty cents per acre. As stated in the returns of the 10th United States Census, which may be considered as fairly up to the actual average market values, the lands with all farm improvements are put at an average of four dol- lars and eighty-seven centsan acre. At this valuation, placed upon them by their owners, these lands are paying dividends not less than twenty- eight per cent. per annum, not taking into account that more than two- thirds of these values are wholly unemployed, and that the remaining one-third are operated mainly by the poorest and most ignorant class of the community, where want of means alone would prevent them from obtaining such returns as good culture would give. If the artificial ab- surdities, inherited from the dark ages and feudalism, which enslave land even under this free government, and burden its transmission from one owner to another, could be abolished, if titles to this species of property could be made commercial paper, and as convertible as the titles to prop- erty in railroads and factories are through the medium of bonds and stocks, such paradoxes as the above would be impossible, and that funda- mental value, held to be the source of all others, land would be free to furnish its full quota towards supplying human wants and assisting in human progress.

TILLAGE AND IMPROVEMENT.

The usual depth of tillage is four inches on the land side of the furrow. In Abbeville, Spartanburg, and portions of Chester, it is generally only three inches. In parts of Fairfield it is only two inches, but in some parts of Chester it is six inches to eight inches.

The draft employed is almost always one horse; in a very few in- stances two horses are used. ;

Subsoiling has only been practiced on a small scale, chiefly as an ex- periment, generally with excellent results.

Fall plowing is very little practiced ; it is opposed to what is known as the David Dickson method of culture,” which is the prevalent one, the opinion being, that lands broken up in the fall become tightly packed by the winter rains, an evil not counterbalanced by the disintegrating in-

158 THE PIEDMONT REGION.

fluence of frosts in this mild climate. The additional expense is also a consideration. To the limited extent to which it is done, five reports give the results as good, and in York and in portions of Chester, it is re- ported as greatly on the increase; five other reports state that it is of doubtful advantage or none.

Rotation of crops is nowhere reduced to a system. With a moderate use of manures, and careful culture, the same lands are planted for years in cotton, it is thought not only without deterioration, but with actual improvement. The ratio which the price of cotton bears to that of meat and corn affects the succession of crops more than anything else. Never- theless, there is but one opinion as to the beneficial influence of a rotation of crops as a cheap means of preserving the thriftiness of the soil. The succession of crops, as elsewhere in the State, is cotton, corn and small grain. The clean culture of cotton leaves the land in good order for any crop, and the small grain is planted in the same year, after the corn is gathered. Usually, the land is kept in cotton from three to five years, and after one crop of corn and small grain is taken from it, the culture of cotton is resumed. .

FALLOWING.

Fallowing forms no part of the system of culture, and it is thought that the exposure of the soil, by tillage, to the summer sunis injurious. The fallows consist chiefly of the lands lying out after the small grain crops are gathered, in May and June, and even these are generally used as pas- tures for stock. The

OLD FIELDS

are preferred, in many instances, to wood lands, and they are being cleared of the short leaf pine that covers them, and replanted. They pro- duce well with fertilizers, and, under careful treatment, are thought equal to any of the land. One of the principal reasons for abandoning these lands in the first instance was the washes and gullies produced by the unskillful use of the plow. Efforts to remedy this by horizontal culture and hillside ditches, where intelligently made—especially where the plumb or the level has been used to lay off the rows and ditches—have been very successful. Unskillfully made ditches, however, often do more harm than good. Filling the gullies with brush is a safer and a very effective practice, but no attempt at under drainage, to remedy washing, has been made. The damage to the soil is mainly to the hillsides, and it is seldom the bottoms are injured by the detritus they receive.

THE PIEDMONT REGION. 159

MANURING

has for its basis cotton seed. About one thousand pounds of cotton seed are obtained from each bale of cotton, which makes 137,000 tons the supply of this region. Of this, 25,000 tons, at two bushels per acre, is used for planting; a small amount is fed to stock. None is carried to the oil mills, and very little is sold, the price being ten to fifteen cents per bushel; the balance, about 100,000 tons, is returned to the soil as manure. For small grain, it is sown broadcast, and plowed in with the seed in the fall. For corn, it is killed by heating, and applied in the hill. For cotton, it is becoming the practice to compost it with acid phosphates and stable manure, sometimes with the addition of other litter and hme. It is ap- plied in the drill, at the rate of a ton to two to four acres. This leaves a large portion of tilled land to be supplied with manure from other sources. Corn rarely receives any manure, and the deficiency for the cotton lands, when cotton seed and stable manures are exhausted, is supphed by the pur- chase of commercial fertilizers. The amount purchased in this region reaches an aggregate cost of nearly one-half million of dollars, or $1.98 for each acre planted in cotton. It varies, from a maximum in Spartan- burg of $3.33 per acre in cotton, to a minimum of .92 cents in Abbeville. It is used most extensively in Spartanburg, Greenville, York and Ander- son, to stimulate the growth and maturity of the cotton plant in these counties, which, being more elevated and nearer the mountains, have a shorter growing season. In Newberry, the county most productive in cotton of the region, the average is $1.02 per acre in cotton. Green manuring has been practiced only as an experiment. Such experiments with pea vines have had a very promising success, but it has been found better to allow the vines to wither before turning them under.

CULTIVATION.

Fallow lands or lands that have been in other crops, and sometimes the heavy red lands, are broken up broadcast during the winter and spring. The great body of the lands, however, being planted year after year in cotton, the usual method is to lay off in the alley with a shoyel plow, drill in the manure, and bed to it with a turning plow. ‘Three to five furrows complete the bed, and the land is ready for planting. On the thinnest lands, the rows are two and one-half feet apart—generally they are three feet to three and one-half feet—and on the strongest lands they are four feet. Planting commences on and after 10th April, and is com- pleted on or before the 10th of May. The seed used is the short limbed

160 THE PIEDMONT REGION. a,

cluster variety of cotton, known under the name of Dickson’s improyed, or Boyd’s prolific. It is rather a delicate plant, a prolific bearer, of early maturity, and a short staple. Carefully sown, one bushel of seed will plant an acre, though as much as three and sometimes five bushels are used. With a planter, two bushels answer, and two to two and one- half may be taken as the average. Most of the seed is sown by hand, in a furrow opened by a small plow, and covered by various devices of boards, propelled by hand or by a horse. On the smooth, well-prepared land, planters, especially the Dowlow, are much used and well thought of. The seed comes up in four to ten days m favorable seasons; late plantings in dry seasons are longer in appearing, and may not come up in a month, and then give a good stand. This occurrence is always a misfortune, as it not only retards the crop, but allows the grass a chance. to overtake it. As soon as the stand is perfected, thinning commences, and the cotton is chopped out with a hoe to spaces varying from six inches on thin lands to eighteen inches on the strongest, usually to nine inches and twelve inches. .

The after cultivation consists in keeping the ground light and loose by the use of the plow, and in keeping the grass out of the row with the hoe. A great variety of plows are used for this purpose—twisters, turn-plows, shovels and harrows; the later workings, when the plant is fruiting, are usually given by passing twice through the row with a sweep, which skims the surface. Generally there are four plowings, and four hoeings; sometimes three answer.

When the plarft is ten inches to fifteen inches high—usually about the 1st of July—it begins to bloom, though blooms are sometimes noticed as early as the 15th of June. Open bolls appear about the middle of August ; in favorable seasons they are sometimes seen the last of July, and at other times not until the Ist of September. Although in some instances the plant grows as high as four feet to five feet, the height at which it is thought to be most productive here is from two feet to three feet. Pick- ing may commence about the 25th of August, but it is not in full blast until the Ist to 20th of September. The crop is gone over three to four times, and it is all out of the field by Christmas; sometimes as early as the 20th of November.

DISEASE AND ENEMIES.

In its early growth, unless in exceptionally windy and cold seasons, or through bad hoeing, cotton does not suffer here at all from sore shin.” Nor does it often run to weed; in unusually warm and wet seasons, or on strong fresh land this may occur; cultivation and manuring are thought

THE PIEDMONT REGION. 161

to check excessive growth, and to promote fruiting. Worms are rarely seen in this region, and are not at all feared. Shedding and rust are often injurious. The first is likely to occur during alternations of dry and wet weather. Black rust is confined to ill-drained soils, especially to those of the trap rocks. Wet weather is more likely than dry and hot weather to affect the cotton plant injuriously here. No crop grown any- where over so extensive an area is more certain than is the cotton crop in this region. Drainage and stable manure, with fairly good culture, are unfailing remedies for such diseases as have as yet affected it. The enemy most dreaded and most certain to require the best efforts of the farmer to hold it in check, is grass; and, with one consent, the species is knewn as “crab-grass,” “a corruption,’ John Drayton says, of crop- grass, as it was unknown until the land was cultivated.” BeBrahm, writing of Carolina in 1752, says: “Because new land produces scarce any grass, and once hoeing will do for the season, but the grass comes and increases in such a manner that sometimes three hoeings are scarce sufficient in one season, and when this comes to be the case, the plant- ers relinquish these fields for pastures and clear new ground of its wood.” This grass makes an excellent hay, attaining a height of two feet to three feet, and yielding from one to four tons to the acre, according to the land and the season. Next to cotton picking, however, it is the chief source of trouble and expense in the culture of this crop.

GINNING.

The ginning and picking season open and close together. The gins in general use are Brown, Winnslops, Taylor and Hall gins. The most generally used power is horse-power—four mules and the old wooden cog-wheel gearing. Such power is used for gins of forty to forty-five saws, and the out-turn is about two and a half pounds of lint an hour to the saw, or an average of about eleven hundred pounds of lint as a day’s work fora gin. With steam and water power the same number of saws are made to do double this work, but it is questionable if it is so well done. The cotton on the average does not quite third itself, and as esti- mated, 1,231 pounds of seed cotton are required to make four hundred pounds of lint. This gives seventy-one bushels of seed as the daily pro- duct, per gin, in the estimate above stated. For baling, six out of eleyen reporters used and preferred the old wooden screw, run by horse power; two used the Scofield press, and the remainder the Finley and other hand-presses. It appears with these presses, if three to four hands and one to two mules are employed, the out-turn for ten hours work is about four thousand pounds of lint in eight or nine bales. The iron arrow tie

11

—- _ rn

162 THE PIEDMONT REGION.

has entirely superseded rope for baling. Jute bagging, the heaviest Dun- dee, or the domestic Ludlow is used. The weight aimed at in the bale varies from four hundred pounds to five hundred pounds; the average is four hundred and fifty-two pounds.

SHIPPING AND SELLING.

As soon as the cotton is packed it is moved to market, commencing about the 1st of September; by the end of the year almost the whole crop has passed out of the farmers’ hands. The farmer usually sells to the merchant at the nearest railroad station, and has only a charge against him of ten cents a bale for weighing. In some localities the transporta- tion, hauling from Laurens county to Greenville, is stated to cost two dollars a bale. Cotton shipped by railroad to New York costs three dol- lars and fifty cents a bale. To Charleston it costs, from Fairfield, two dollars to two dollars and twenty-five cents ; from Spartanburg, two dol- lars and fifty cents; from Abbeville, two dollars and seventy-five cents. From Chester the charge is, to Charleston, forty-eight cents per hun- dred weight; to New York it is sixty-three cents per hundred weight. Cotton shipped from Fairfield to Charleston, and sold by the farmer, costs, everything included, four dollars and fifty-seven cents for a bale weighing four hundred and sixty-five pounds, and it is usually estimated at about one cent per pound.

COST OF PRODUCTION.

This is estimated in four reports at seven cents ; in one report at eight cents, and in one at nine cents per pounds of lint. The following table exhibits the detailed statements on this head.

——_ =

——<« ~~

THE PIEDMONT REGION. 163

Cost of each Item of Labor and Material expended in the Cultivation of an Acre of Cotton.

ITEMS. foie tan: | ees kW | V. | VIL | VIL. | Average. ER eS i od ase ciossussenee $3 50 | $9 90 $13 83) $2 60] $4 00) $3 00/83 00 | 5 6 Fencing, repairs interest on............+. | | ° 75 10 RR MARTIN sw casste lana esl | 25 | %5| 15] 40 2 | 18 Pulling and burning stalkS....cccecece see eee | 50 | 07 RT CALE ATEN SO GE (URED. Ua oe chsh coe ch citoavietnti's cue lunainisesapasee 10 25) 10) 80 ll NS eas cathe nn cae Biavans <code> | | BREMAATE >) WUT OCB sia 50ccsasccnnsdubodetosan oéastes! sovannaeotcs | RNIN IIR scene esinsncirabimntensgenssssndhoncncs-sovel Le OD: | 100} 1. OO]. 4.00). 1-00 sol 1 00 93 MRL NTS re oe. Ss athe aipuevun ie ces A Sosetvel » eRastacactads tenance | | IAEEEOT OL ICUIS cn cnitagccucasusckstotny tas cdeeacask<iebasby aves RN iE AAE oso ext cccvesemennd oss ctpanssecvec sansa Nia | TN IRE rac tese alas iach ncany oes skaunspsateos ovtiadisiachentvns | IR RE as ap oo dacs onc, 0 0h ic da caancente seca icregeS ruses ducand 38%! 25, 2 18 25 25} 25 25 Gommereial Manures.cccssesscssecoesreseessenes ere weeee| 200 | 400| 450) 800] 400] 100/800 | 307 Home-made Manures.......... EGSductnacces vacstapaaneasaainn 2 50 200} 1 50| 1 00 1 00 114 Applying manures..........ccs0 8 ee eee ; 60 20 15 10 15] 25} 50 23 Bedding UPaenreinrnewre wrrnverarine mene] 100 | 25) 75] 88) 75] BO 75 | PRE THT ATOR 22, ci coccekcsceetaohenset neenscanesecacSese dees | 33%4) 3) 25) 17 10} 15 18 I EMEETESEL CENTOS fa 05uv a seu ckosieidadoveus Keacvacaiessstcvactecs / Planting, opening........ssesscsos ceoeeesessccerseee « es so | 40) 25) 16) 20 10) BPMRITETTS, GAVOPP1N G..45.0s.ccekcs ascs.cccnevcesedssacvecconses sscees 15 20 10) 10} 5} 10 47 MIIMETE GOV CLINE So. c.. ced hcanbss over sonca cecteadecpie coess. 30 20) 16) 2 10 EN ANE A ga lie ee Rae 05 01 Re ae oe a RL 30} 80} 25} 5) 20) 12 EMMETT REE 6.9 a. oA ph5" sg oiteadd wed tovasces’ acceas webe auoceluees | 50 | | 40 40 40} 50 39 RISE WEBI: achat ce sonsees uy coe voicsaapvits jcciertesse “teas 2.00 50} 150) 100) 133) 150) 60 | 106 REM EAE NGSS TR ES fos fs <x si Fuca nce gals concn dodnb 000 von daheod tue tee | 150 | 100) 150) 120) 120) 1 od 120 | 128 RRs ahi g ips tg Vescthans ip, cos Tcrsd ne Stein's | 615 | 480) 600) 500 400) 300/300 | 4 56 MRSE RENT! BON SPUN 6s ivines sca cieees scoave seq’ okeced aN! a 1 00 ! 100) 2 35 GINNING ressnrnrrrerrmerenererennmensnenenenenennne| $88 | 160) 178 160) 200) 99} 90 | 174 Management. .....s...ssse covsessesessseeesseess snrsanee senses eee] 50 22; 50 17 Wear and tear of tools. ....s0... cssecescseseecssese senses] L 00 | | 100 22 MUMRER TAD S92 A TLEN «0c. s cecouy ssectantnccacecesecscccvars ceporeccs'aes| 2 OO. [> 200) 1.00) 85) 80} 45) BO 80 OPAL ccecsenee ceesreeescnsesseseseneeeesesesveceuntevests| 29 09} 25 86] 85 66) 20 85] 22 53] 14 80|17 97 | 2378 Cost per pound, deducting cotton seed at 12 cents ; eeu TE Maes ax ies PEF DUSHEL. ......00... cocccses-cescdsseresarecsescesesceacecee neve] 064! 059! 8y4s| 052! 67%/067-10/08 1-10) 06 7-10 Profit per acre, cotton 10 ets, per pound, seed 12) : Sigh Pn ke. Tah Geet SSS CR ESET ESULMILO s Savacasgnaccse co ceassasce evlonvyss easly See'exs cos'sie } 13 21) 16 96) 7 00) 14 38} 951] 6 24) 371 10 61 Profit, rent excluded from COSt.....s0 weeps: see) 16 17! 26 861 20 83, 16 9S! 13 51l 9 241 671 | 16 62

I. R. C. Carlisle & J. S. Rennick, Newberry, yield 400 pounds lint Cotton, 825 pounds cotton seed. Il. Jno. C. Fienniken, Chester, yield me ae lint Cotton, 804 pounds cotton seed. Jif. W. L. Donaldson, Greenviirle, yield ponnds lint Cotton, 800 pounds cotton seed.

ts 1 al H,. McMaster, Fairfield, yield 330 pounds lint Cotton, 670 pounds cotton seed,

f

ames Pagan, Winnsboro, yield 300 pounds lint Cotton, 620 pounds cotton seed. VI. W. R. Bradley, Abbeville, yield 198 pounds lint Cotton, 400 pounds cotton seed. VII. Jno, A. Summer, Lexington, yield 20) pounds lint Co. ton, 420 pounds cotton seed.

Average, 318 pounds lint Cotton, 648 pounds cotton seed,

164 THE PIEDMONT REGION.

Abstract of reports of township correspondents in the Piedmont Region of South Carolina:

ABBEVILLE CouNTY.

Cokesbury Township (EB. D. 12): Lands hilly and broken, light, gray, gravelly and sandy soils, six inches to eight inches to subsoil of yellow, sometimes of dark red clay. Streaks of red clay and mulatto Soils traverse these sandy soils. Underlying the subsoil is rotten sandstones, soapstone,

tough clay, and rotten mica slate. Growth, oak, hickory and pine, gen- |

erally small. Lands occasionally change hands at seven dollars to ten dollars an acre. Field labor is paid fifty cents a day, one-fourth to one- third of it performed by whites.

Donaldsville Township (£..D. 11): Lands level, soils fine, light, gray, sandy loam, with some clay loam; subsoil red and yellow clay, underlaid by solid clay. Growth, oak, hickory, walnut, poplar and pine. Crops, corn, ten bushels; wheat, eight bushels; oats, fifteen bushels; barley, fifteen bushels; potatoes, thirty bushels; seed cotton, six hundred pounds to one thousand pounds per acre. Lands sell for three dollars to ten dollars an acre. Uplands rent for one-fourth, bottoms for one-third of the crops. A good deal is rented for four hundred pounds to eight hundred pounds of lint cotton for a one-horse farm. Quarries of building rock are worked. Traces of gold occur. Lime rock is said to be found. Large water- powers on Saluda river. No attention is paid to stock, which might be made profitable. No prevailing diseases. Field labor is paid forty to fifty cents a day, with board; nearly one-half of it is performed by whites.

Greenwood Township, (EF. D. 18): Surface level and rolling. Soils, fine eray, sandy loam and rich clay loam; subsoil, red clay. Growth, oak, hickory and pine. Some land for sale at three dollars to ten dollars an acre. Average crop, six hundred pounds to seven hundred pounds seed cotton per acre. Lucerne, clover and millet do well. Summer pasturage abundant. Sheep kept during the winter on cotton seed and turnips, at a cost of thirty cents a head. Attention is being much directed to stock raising since the abolition of the fence law. Field labor paid fifty cents to seventy-five cents a day; one-fourth is performed by whites.

Smithville Township (E. D.16): Lands elevated and rolling. Soil, a fine, gray, sandy loam, and a red clay loam, with subsoil of clay resting on clay or a fine white earth, resembling chalk. Growth, oak, hickory and pine, with wild clover and various grasses. Crops, six hundred pounds seed cotton; ten bushels corn on uplands and twenty-five to thirty bush- els on bottoms. Lands sell from three dollars to ten dollars per acre. Wages of farm labor, fifty cents a day to one dollar and fifty cents and two dollars during harvest; one-fourth performed by whites.

_

THE PIEDMONT REGION. 165

Whitehall Township (E. D. 15): Level and undulating lands. The post- oak and hickory land is a coarse, gray, sandy soil, resting on red clay, the red bottom lands are on the creeks and branches. Growth, oak, hickory and pine. Wild clover and native grasses abound. Crops, the best fresh land will make a bale of cotton, without manure; a bale to two acres is a good average; ten bushels to sixty bushels of corn; ten bushels of wheat; twenty bushels to one hundred and twelve bushels of oats an acre. Par- ticles of gold found in all the small streams. Traces of manganese occur. Most of the lands ‘are rented for eight hundred pounds to one thousand pounds of lint cotton for twenty-five acres. Price of land from eight dollars to ten dollars per acre, and advancing. Very little field work done by whites. No climatic disease; locality very healthy.

Bordeaux Township (EB. D. 5): Ridge lands elevated and rolling. Soil, asandy loam, with spots of gravel and rock, with a subsoil of yellow clay, mixed with sand, underlaid by a stiff red clay. Growth, oak, hickory, gum and pine, with some chestnut. There are extensive river bottoms, also creek and branch bottoms, which are very fertile. Crops, five hundred pounds to one thousand pounds seed cotton; ten bushels to forty bushels corn; twenty bushels oats per acre. Land can be bought at five dollars an acre; rents for two bales of four hundred pounds of cotton for a one mule farm, or one-fourth of all crops. More than a million dollars in gold has been taken from the Dorn mine; and several new mines have been recently discovered. The Savannah river, Reedy river and Longcane afford numerous water powers. One-fifth of the farm work performed by whites.

Ninety-Siz Township (E. D. 14): Lands undulating, very little hilly. Soil, a gray sandy loam, and a deep red soil, subsoil generally clay, under- laid by clay. Soft rock and white chalk. Growth, oak and hickory, with some pine. Crops, half a bale of cotton; fifteen bushels of corn; twenty bushels of oats per acre. Very little land for sale; most of it worked on shares; little worked by hired labor.

Cedar Springs Township (E. D. 3): High rolling ridges, broken and hilly on the streams. Soils, a gray sandy loam, and mulatto and red clay loams. Sandy soils coarser than in the low country; these are consid- ered, since the introduction of fertilizers, as the most paying lands. Subsoils clay, underlaid at eighteen feet to twenty feet, by granite slates and an ash colored earth that has some fertilizing qualities. Growth, oaks of all kinds, short leaf pine, walnut, hickory, sugar-maple, cucum- ber tree and white gum. Crops, six hundred pounds seed cotton; ten bushels of corn; twenty-five bushels to seventy-five bushels of oats; ten bushels to fifty bushels wheat. A little land for sale at three dollars to ten dollars an acre for some; but not the best. Rent from three dollars

166 THE PIEDMONT REGION.

to ten dollars an acre, or on shares. Building granite and soapstone oc- cur. Gold, silver, lead, copper, zine and iron are found. Longeane creek furnishes several good water powers. Lucerne, clover, blue, orchard and timothy grass are found to do well. No local diseases. One-half the field work performed by whites. *

Calhoun Mills Township (E. D,6): The flatwoods are low, flat land. Soil, a black loam, resting on a tenacious yellow clay, containing masses of carbonate of iron, which, when broken off by the plow and mixed with soil, give rise to the appellation, ‘“ Buckshot” lands; underlaid by decomposed felsitic and dioritic porphyry, that becomes hard in descend- ing. Growth, heavily-bodied post oak and scaly bark hickory. Old fields grow up in persimmon and sassafras, later, in old-field pine. Lands wet, require draining; make good corn crops. Clover, peas and the grasses do well; but cotton rusts. Surrounding the flatwoods, like the rim of a cup, are the rolling, hilly, red lands. Growth, oak, pine and hickory. Some of these lands, under cultivation since the Revolution, with little manure, will produce good crops still; although they have been poorly farmed, and are much washed. I have made thirty bushels of corn, forty bushels oats, fifteen hundred pounds of seed cotton to the acre; but this is above the average. Excellent bottom lands are found on Little and Savannah rivers, and the small streams. Spring-water and shallow wells, impregnated with iron and sulphur. Farms may be bought at from two dollars to ten dollars an acre; if well improved will sell higher. Traces of gold, copper and antimony have been found. Eurite furnishes blocks of excellent building material,a very fine granite, hammondite occurs, and soapstone. Farm wages, ten dollars a month, with rations, garden, the privilege of a cow and of poultry raising.

ANDERSON CouUNTY.

Anderson Court House (EF. D. 18): Level in the north and east; rolling to the south. Soil: Ist. A stiff, sticky, red clay, with deep red subsoil. 2d. Red, loamy soil, mixed with fine sand, and haying a red subsoil. 3d. Gray sandy soil, with yellowish subsoil. Growth, oaks of all kinds, hickory and pine. Crops, cotton, a bale to three acres; corn, ten bushels; oats, ten bushels to fifteen bushels an acre. Some land for sale, at ten dollars to fifteen dollars an acre. Rents for one five hundred pound bale of cotton for every ten acres. Farm labor paid fifty cents a day; one- half of it performed by whites. Has -forty acres set in clover, orchard grass and red top, which does well.

Garvin Township (E. D. 27): Land elevated and rolling, with some flats. Soil: 1st. A gray or brown sandy loam, on red or yellow clay. 2d. Red

THE PIEDMONT REGION. 167

loam; depth of soils two inches to eight inches; the soils on bottoms have a depth of from two inches to six inches, or more. Beneath the subsoil is a fine, gray, soapy, sandy earth, mixed with mica. It has been used successfully as manure. Growth, red, white, black, post, Spanish and chestnut oaks, chestnut and hickory. Very little land for sale; price from eight dollars to ten dollars an acre. A good deal to rent for one- fourth the cotton, two-thirds of the other crops. Croppers furnishing labor and paying for guano, get one-third, two-fifths or one-half of the crop. The worn out old fields, grown up in pines, are, when cleared again, more productive than virgin forest, yielding with one hundred and fifty pounds of guano one thousand pounds of cotton the first year. Clover and other grasses do well. Wages of farm labor six dollars:to ten dollars a month; about one-half performed by whites.

Holland’s Store Township (E. D. 23): The ridges are flat topped, and are a fine gray sandy loam, on clay subsoil; not having washed under cultiva- tion, they have steadily risen in value. Near the rivers and creeks the land is hilly and broken, the soil a red clay, and soft micaceous rocks are found. Growth, oaks, hickory, sourwood, dogwood and old-field pine. Since the abolition of the fence law has restricted the range of cattle, many grasses and forest plants, thought to be extinct, have re-appeared, among them the wild pea and vetches. Wild oats are getting so abundant that large tracts of wood lands look like oat fields. Crops, one-third of a bale of cotton, ten bushels to twenty-five bushels corn, on upland; and twenty bushels to fifty bushels on bottom land, six bushels wheat, ten bushels to twenty bushels oats per acre. Traces of gold are found. A bed of brown hammotite covers a square mile or more, and near it is a knob of soap- stone, much used for hearthstones. Generostee creek furnishes six mill sites of twenty to fifty horse power, and at McDaniel’s shoals, on the Sa- vannah river, there is a fall of twenty-five feet to forty feet in two miles. Wages of farm labor, fifty cents a day; for ditching and harvesting, one dollar and sixty cents; more than one-half performed by whites.

Equality Township (E. D. 28): The ridges are flat or rolling, of a light gray, gravelly and sandy porous soil, suited to cotton, but requiring fer- tilizers to preserve their fertility. Towards the streams the land is more hilly and broken. Soil, astiff red clay ona red clay subsoil ; there are lands under cultivation, yielding good crops, that were cleared one hundred years ago, and have been worked for the last twenty-three years without manure. Subsoil underlaid by rotten gneiss, mica, slate and hornblende, about one-sixteenth dark brown loamy creek bottoms. Growth, black, white, post and turkey oak, hickory, pine and chestnut. Crops, eight hundred pounds seed cotton, fourteen bushels to forty bushel corn on uplands, thirty bushels to seventy on bottoms, eight bushels to thirty bushels

168 THE PIEDMONT REGION.

wheat, twenty-five bushels to one hundred bushels oats per acre. Pea- vines and red clover make good forage crops. Traces of gold are found, but no regular mining. Field labor paid fifty cents a day and board, and is largely performed by whites.

Williamston Township (2. D. 29): Land rolling. Soil, light brown or reddish sandy loam, five inches to six inches to subsoil of red clay, mixed with sand. Beneath the subsoil rotten gneiss rock is found. Growth, oak and pine, with some hickory and ash. Cotton yields a little less than three-fourths of a bale per acre. Provisions not much raised. Price of land, ten dollars to thirty dollars per acre. Graphite of good quality is found in lumps over a considerable area, also red hermatite. The Pied- mont and Pelzer factories are two large cotton mills on the Saluda. At the first it is estimated that a twenty-foot dam will give over eight hun- dred horse power; at the latter an eight-foot dam will give three to four hundred horse power. The Allen shoals, between the two, is about equal to the Piedmont falls. Below the Pelzer factory, the Clement shoals fur- nish a fall of fourteen feet, with abundant rock and an excellent site for building. Native grasses and cane afford forage. Little attention is paid to stock. Day labor, fifty cents to one dollar and twenty-five cents. Nearly one-half the field work is performed by whites. Williamston is a health resort, with a chalybeate spring, containing iron, magnesia, potash, sulphur, iodine and an excess of carbonic acid; and it has a large male academy and female college, with one hundred and twenty-five pupils.

Varennes Township (E. D. 20): Land elevated and rolling; sometimes hilly and broken. Soils are: Ist. Fine and warm sandy loam, three inches to four inches to a yellowish sandy or dark drab-colored subsoil. 2d. Clay loam, four inches to eight inches to a red or brown subsoil, which is generally stiff clay, underlaid for ten feet by stiff red clay, that there be- comes mixed with rock, mica, sand and rotten looking clay of all colors. Growth, red, post, black, white and water oak, hickory, elm, pine, black- jack and blackgum. Crops, four hundred pounds seed cotton, fifteen bushels corn, eight bushels wheat, twelve bushels oats an acre. Lands sell at eight dollars to twenty dollars an acre; rents for one-third of the crops. Building granite abounds. The McDonald mine yields gold, some silver and rubies. Corundum of inferior quality is found at various places; also zircons and beryl. High shoals on Rocky river has a fall of thirty-one feet in three hundred yards, estimated as furnishing one hun- dred horse power.

CHESTER CoUNTY.

Baton Rouge Township (£. D. 37): Rolling lands. Soils, gray, sandy, gravelly, six inches to red clay subsoil and red clay loam. Growth, oak,

THE PIEDMONT REGION. 169

ash, walnut, pine, hickory. Lands rent for two bales cotton per one-horse farm. There is a gold mine, not worked now, however. The Lockhart shoals furnish a great water power. ‘The river is one-fifth of a mile wide, eight feet deep, and has a fall of forty-seven feet in one-half a mile. Field labor paid fifty cents per day; one-half performed by whites.

Rossville Township (E. D. 43): Northeastern corner, blackjack land and level; the balance hilly and broken. Soils, gray, sandy loam, red and mulatto clay loam. Subsoil, mostly red clay and grayish pipe clay. Growth, a variety of oaks, hickory, blackjack and old field pines. Crops, ten bushels to twelve bushels corn, four bushels to five bushels wheat, fifteen bushels to twenty bushels oats, and three hundred pounds to four hundred pounds cotton an acre. Sixty bushels of corn have been made on my place. Lands for sale at ten dollars to twelve dollars an acre; rent for three bales of cotton of four hundred pounds to the mule, and less. Much land could be rented for clearing it up. Most of it having been thrown out is grown up in old field pines. Good building granite is found. An immense water power furnished by the old State canal on Catawba river. Farm wages, fifty cents a day; one-fourth performed by whites.

Lewisville Township (FE. D. 42): Broken into hills and ridges, about one hundred and fifty feet higher than the valleys of the numerous streams crossing it. Soils,a gray sandy loam, and a red clay loam, resting on red clay. In the northwest the blackjack lands have a grayish or whitish pipe clay subsoil. Growth, many varieties of oaks, pine, chestnut, walnut, and chinquapin. Cedar is taking the place of the old field pine. Little land for sale. Most of it is forest. Abundant water powers. A large cotton factory is being built on Fishing creek.

Chester Township (2. D. 36): Northwestern portion a light, sandy soil. Growth thirty years ago was chestnut and chinquapin. They have died out, and been replaced by oak and hickory. Once considered worthless, these lands, with fertilizers, now produce heavy crops of cotton, and sell for from ten dollars to fifteen dollars an acre. The middle portion is the blackjack lands, level and flat, requiring ditching. The blackjack is disappearing, and being replaced by oaks. These lands are adapted to corn and clover and the grasses. With ditching, stable manure, kainit, to prevent rust, they make good cotton crops. Spring water is limestone. They may be bought for from two dollars to five dollars an acre. The southern portion is mulatto or red land. It is broken and hilly; hard to cultivate; rents to negroes for seventy-five cents to one dollar an acre. Farm wages, from forty cents to fifty cents a day; one-fourth performed by whites.

170 THE PIEDMONT REGION.

EDGEFIELD CouNTY.

Wise Township (2. D. 65): Lands elevated and hilly and broken, with ,

narrow bottoms on the creeks. White sandy and red clay loam the pre- railing soil. Subsoil heavy, red, clay, gravelly. Growth, short leaf pine, white oak, red oak, walnut, hickory and maple. Average yield, four hundred pounds seed cotton, eight bushels corn, fifteen bushels oats per acre. Most of the land rented by the year for one-fourth of the crop; may be purchased on easy terms. Good building granite and soapstone are found, with clay, used for making earthenware. Several mill sites ; very healthy; only about one-tenth of the field work performed by whites.

Ryan Township (FE. D. 60): Lands elevated and slightly rolling. Soil, a fine, gray, sandy loam, with a yellow clay subsoil, and a coarse mulatto loam, with red clay subsoil. The subsoil is close and compact, and is underlaid by slates, soapstone and ‘granite. Growth, short leaf pine, cedar and a variety of oaks, hickory, walnut, dogwood, ash and elm. Crops, six hundred pounds of seed cotton, fifteen bushels corn, fifteen bushels wheat, thirty-five bushels oats, twenty-five bushels peas, one hun- dred and fifty bushels potatoes per acre. Lands sell at from three dollars to ten dollars an acre, and rent at fifty dollars for a one-horse farm. Gold, manganese, silver arid copper ores are found, but are only slightly devel- oped. Wild clover, cane and several native grasses afford pasturage. Stock raising is profitable, and could be made more so. Farm wages, fifty cents per day; one-tenth of it performed by whites.

Washington Township (E. D. 63): Elevated, hilly and broken in the upper portions. The level soils are gray, sandy and gray clay loam. Subsoil, grayish, light colored clay, underlaid by red clay, flint and slate rock. Growth, white, red and post oak, hickory and pine. Crops, one- fourth to three-fourths of a bale of cotton, twenty bushels to forty-five bushels oats, ten bushels to twenty-five bushels corn, five bushels to twelve bushels wheat per acre. Very little land for sale, prices ten dollars to twenty dollars an acre; rents from three dollars to five dollars per acre. Good water powers on Stephen s creek. Very little field work done by whites.

Rehobeth Township (. D. 62): Hilly, some level places and a few flats. Soil, a dark or light gray loam, with subsoil of red clay, underlaid by clay slate. Growth, oak, hickory, pine, ash and cedar. Crops, one-fourth to one bale of cotton, ten bushels to twenty bushels corn, ten bushels to twenty bushels wheat, ten bushels to thirty-five bushels oats an acre. Know of none for sale, plenty to rent, for two bales to the plow. Prices of land would average from two dollars and fifty cents to eleven dollars

THE PIEDMONT REGION. 171

an acre. Traces of gold. Large water powers on Stevens and Turkey creeks. Wages of fleld labor, thirty cents to seventy-five cents a day ; one-twentieth of it performed by whites. Very healthy.

Duntonsville Township (2. D. 45): Rolling lands. Soils, clay loam, mixed with small particles of clay slate, or with grit or a stiff waxy clay. Subsoils of the first two varieties composed of shatters of rotten clay slate; of the last, yellow and deep red clay, underlying the subsoil is red clay, clay slate, granite and chalk. Growth, oak, hickory, pine and ash. Crops, one-third of a bale of cotton, fifteen bushels to fifty bushels oats, five bushels to ten bushels wheat, seven bushels to ten bushels corn an acre. Land for sale at four dollars to five dollars an acre; rents for fifty dollars for what one horse can cultivate ; house, firewood and pasture in- cluded. There are three slate quarries, and traces of gold. Grasses do well on flat places. Very healthy. Farm wages, fifty cents a day, and board ; one-third ‘performed by whites.

Grey Township (BE. D. 51): Level, undulating and hilly, not broken. Soil, mostly a gray clay loam, underlaid by gray slate rock. Growth, red, black, post, white and other oaks, with hickory, pine and dogwood. Crops, six hundred pounds to eighteen hundred pounds (with acid phosphate) seed cotton, ten bushels on upland to thirty bushels on bottoms of corn, five bushels to ten bushels of wheat, ten bushels to forty bushels oats per acre. Unimproved lands sell for from three dollars to five dollars an acre. Little improved land for sale; it rents for eight hundred pounds to one thousand pounds seed cotton for forty acres. Arable land, farmed on shares, everything furnished but labor and rations, and the crop divided. Traces of gold are found, and there are quarries of soapstone and whetstones, but not much developed. Good chalk and clay for manufacture of earth- enware abound. Farm wages, fifty cents a day; ctadlers, one dollar and twenty-five cents to one dollar and fifty cents. No prevailing disease. One-fourth of the labor is performed by whites.

Mobley Township (E. D. 56): Generally level. Soils, gray clay loam, underlaid by hard and soft slate rock. Growth, mostly pine. Crops, three hundred pounds to eight hundred pounds seed cotton, five bushels to twenty bushels corn, five bushels to twenty bushels oats per acre. Some land for sale at from five dollars to ten dollars per acre. A good deal to rent for four hundred pounds lint cotton for ten to fifteen acres.

Hibbler’s Township (E. D. 53): Generally level, in some parts hilly. Soils, a black clay loam, with red clay subsoil; and a gray clay loam, with white and yellow clay subsoil. The subsoil is underlaid by slate rock and some granite. Growth, white oak, red oak, ash, pine and poplar. Crops, eight hundred pounds seed cotton, ten bushels corn, thirty bushels oats, twenty bushels wheat per acre. Land sells for four dollars per acre ;

172 THE PIEDMONT REGION.

and rents for four hundred pounds lint cotton for twelve acres ; some slate and soaptones are found; also veins of gold. Clover and grasses do well.

One-half of the field work performed by whites.

Huit’s Township (E. D. 54): Elevated and rolling. Soils, gray and red

clay loam, two and one-half inches, the subsoil of yellow or red clay. Growth, oak, hickory and pine. Crops, six hundred pounds seed cotton, ten bushels to fifteen bushels corn, fifteen bushels to thirty-five bushels oats, eight bushels to twenty bushels wheat per acre. Lands sell for five dollars to ten dollars an acre, and rent for two dollars to three dollars an acre. ‘ine water power on Saluda river. Very healthy. One-half of the field work is performed by whites.

Cooper Township (E. D. 49): Lands rolling. The prevailing soil a stiff, red clay. The subsoil is the same, with absence of vegetable mould. There are also flat lands, known as “buckshot” or “black gravel soils,” very dark. Cotton rusts, and corn “frenches” on them; but oats do well. Flint and black rock (trap) occur under the subsoil. Growth, white, red and post oak, hickory and pine. Crops, five hundred pounds cotton (seed) to one bale, ten bushels corn on the hills, twenty-five bush- els to forty bushels on the bottoms; ten bushels to forty bushels wheat, twenty-five bushels to seventy-five bushels oats per acre. Blue grass is making its appearance. Red and yellow clover do well. Stock raising has been made profitable by a few persons on the streams, where native grasses and clover, growing wild, furnish good pasture. Farm wages, from twenty-five cents to fifty cents a day; sixty dollars to seventy-five dollars by the year with board.

FAIRFIELD CouNTY.

Fuirfield Township (E. D. 79): Lands level, rolling, sometimes hilly and broken. Soil, light gray sandy loam, with yellow clay subsoil and red mulatto loam, with red clay, subsoil underlaid by red clay, granite and decomposing rocks. Growth, short leaf pine, oak, elm, walnut. Fine building granite. Little attention paid to stock. Wages of field labor, men, fifty cents to seventy-five cents; women, thirty cents to fifty cents a day. The negro not a success as a tenant. The land for sale at six dollars to eight dollars an acre, and one-half to rent for one-fourth of the crop. Varieties of granite, iron rock and soapstone occur. Gold and iron have been mined. Bermuda grass and clover do well; also crab- grass and swamp grasses. Stock raising is found profitable. One-twen- tieth of the field work performed by whites.

Fairfield, No. 10 Township (E. D. 76): Hilly, rolling or broken. Soil, a fine sandy loam, with yellow clay. Subsoil,a heavy clay loam, and a

THE PIEDMONT REGION. 173 ‘shallow, gravelly soil, with red subsoil of red clay, mixed with gravel ; under the subsoil strata of red clay and sand of variegated colors, with gravel, are found. Growth, red and white oak, hickory, ash, walnut and short leaf pine. Crops, one-third of a bale of cotton, eight bushels corn, five bushels wheat, ten bushels to thirty bushels oats per acre. Know of no lands for sale; rents are one-fourth the crops. Farm labor, from twenty-five cents to fifty cents a day.

No. 2. Township (E. D. 68): Elevated, broken and hilly. Soil, fine sandy loam, with red clay subsoil, underlaid by soft rock. Growth, oak, hickory and gum. Crops, one hundred pounds lint cotton, six bushels corn, five bushels wheat, fifteen bushels oats per acre. No land for sale, but much rented for three dollars to four dollars an acre. Very little field work done by whites.

No 1. Township (E. D. 67): Elevated and mostly hilly, with some table- land, considerable bottoms on Broad river and its tributaries. ‘Soil, of a gray, chinquapin, sandy loam, and red clay loam. Subsoil, red or mu- latto clay. Growth, oak and hickory, and old field pine, the latter assist- ing greatly the recuperation of worn out soil. Crops, three hundred pounds to fifteen hundred pounds seed cotton, six bushels to twenty-five bushels corn, fifteen bushels to fifty bushels oats, eight bushels to fifteen bushels wheat per acre. Little land for sale, most of it rented for one- fourth of the crop, or for from one to six bales of cotton for a one-horse farm. Good water power at Lyles’s ford, on Broad river. The Egyptian or Means grass grows luxuriantly on the red lands. Wages of field labor, fifty cents a day; one-fifth of it performed by whites.

No.1. Township (E. D. 67): Hilly; three-quarters of the soil coarse and sandy ; one-fourth stiff red clay. Subsoil, red or mulatto colored clay. Growth, oak, hickory, pine and blackjack. Some land for sale at eight dollars to ten dollars an acre. Wages, forty cents a day, except in harvest time, then one dollar and fifty cents. One-fifteenth of the labor is white.

No. 5. Township (. D. 71): Lands elevated and rolling. The soil is a sandy loam. Subsoil, stiff red clay, underlaid by rotten granite. Growth, red, white and blackjack oaks, and old-field pine. Cash price of lands, in large tracts, three dollars; in smaller tracts, six dollars to seven dollars an acre. Most of it is rented; field stock and implements furnished for one-half the crop, or for from two to four bales of four hundred and fifty pounds of cotton for one-horse farm. Traces of gold found, but not mined. One-fifth of the field labor performed by whites.

No. 4. Township (E. D. 70): Elevated and broken. Soil, gray and yel- low, gravelly, and sandy loam, and red clay loam. Subsoil, red clay. Growth, oak and hickory. Crops, four hundred pounds seed cotton, ten bushels corn, ten bushels wheat, twenty bushels oats per acre. Some

174 THE PIEDMONT REGION.

lands for sale at six dollars to seven dollars an acre; rent for about one dollar and fifty cents.

GREENVILLE Country.

Greenville Township (2. D. 82): Land rolling. Soil, gray sandy loam, four inches to subsoil of fine red clay, underlaid by soft gray rock, Growth, red, white, black and chestnut oaks, hickory, ash, walnut, dog- wood and pine. Crops, about eight hundred pounds seed cotton, and twenty bushels of the various grains per acre. Lands sell for ten dollars to forty dotlarsan acre. There is good brick clay and abundant water power on Reedy and Saluda rivers. About one-fourth of the field work is performed by whites.

Gant Township (B.D. 83): From level to rolling; more or less hilly and broken on the streams Soils, a gray sandy loam and a red clay loam, six inches to sixteen inches to subsoil of red or brown clay, underlaid by sound and rotten granite, sometimes coarse and fine gravel. Growth, as in last, with the addition of long leaf pine. Crop, one-half bale of cotton per acre. Cloverand the grasses do well, when attended to. Attention is being directed to fruit culture, especially apples. Price of land from ten dollars to fifteen dollars an acre. A large proportion rented for one- third the crop, or where stock, tools, seed, provisions and feed are ad- vanced, for one-half the crop. Cost of fertilizer divided by renter and owner. Iron ores occur. Abundant water powers on Reedy and Saluda rivers. No climatic disease. One-twelfth or more of the farm work per- formed by white men, women and children.

Bates Township (2. D. 96): Land rolling. Soil, coarse, dark, sandy loam, six inches to eight inches to subsoil of deep red, sometimes of dark, mulatto clay, underlaid by clay and dark gravelly sand. Growth, oak, hickory and chestnut. Crops, six hundred pounds to seven hundred pounds seed cotton, twelve bushels to forty bushels corn, eight bushels wheat, fifteen bushels oats per acre. Lands sell from six dollars to ten dollars an acre; improved bottoms at forty dollars to fifty dollars; rent, from two dollars and fifty cents to five dollars per acre, or for one-third the grain and one-fourth the cotton crop. Granite and red soapstone, » with other good building materials found. Gold found in the branches. Wild clover, grasses and cane furnish forage. Three-fourths of the labor performed by whites. '

Dunklin’s Township (2.D.85): Mostly rolling, some parts level and some flat. Soil, a gray sandy loam, and a red clay loam, both with red clay subsoil, underlaid by coarse gray gravel ; sometimes by gray rock mixed with flint. Growth, oak, hickory and pine. Crops, one-half to one and

a

THE PIEDMONT REGION, 175

one-half bales of cotton, fifteen bushels corn, seyen bushels to twenty bushels wheat, fifteen bushels to fifty bushels oats. The mud bottoms on Reedy river will produce fifty bushels of corn to the acre, and the corn crop would be largely increased, if this stream, now much obstructed by logs, was cleared out. Clover, lucerne and the grasses do well, when at- tended to. Lands sell for ten dollars an acre; about one-half is rented annually. Shoals on the Saluda river unimproved, afford abundant water power. Good building granite is found. Farm wages, from eight dollars to ten dollars a month. One-half the field work performed by whites.

Paris Mountain Township (2. D. 90 and 97); Level, broken and_ hilly. . Soils, sandy, chocolate and clay loam. Subsoil, red clay, underlaid by a white gravelly earth, containing mica. Growth, oak, hickory and pine. A little land for sale from five dollars to twenty dollars an acre. Build- ing granite and soapstone are found. TF arr’s mills and Mackelheny’s shoals on Saluda river furnish water powers.’ Farm wages, fifty cents & day ; one-half performed by whites.

LANCASTER CouNTY.

Warhaw’s Township (2..D.84): Land rolling. Soilof southern portion red loam, ten inches to red clay. Subsoil, granite, crossed by porphyritic dykes. Northern portion, coarse, light colored sand, four inches to white clay, rocks, talcere slate; underlying subsoil a light colored dirt, showing mica. Growth, oak, hickory, short leaf pine and holly. Crops, eight hundred pounds seed cotton, and twelve bushels corn per acre. No land for sale. Plenty to rent for eight hundred pounds to fifteen hun- dred pounds lint cotton to the work animal, Splendid water power near Land’s ford, on the Catawba. Field labor paid fifty cents a day, without rations; comparatively none performed by whites.

Pleasant Hill Township (22. D. 42): Generally level. Soil, coarse sand, three inches to eight inches to red clay subsoil. Growth, pine, oak, and hickory; on the bottoms, black gum and poplar. Crops, six hundred pounds cotton (seed), ten bushels corn, eight bushels wheat, ten bushels or twelve bushels oats per acre. Not much land for sale. Unimproved land is selling for three dollars, improved land for five to ten dollars an acre; rents for one-fourth of the crop. ‘There is a gold mine, and kaolin is found. Long and short leaf pine in abundance. Little attention paid to stock ; might be profitably raised. tlave practiced medicine here for twenty-three years, and know of no place freer of disease. More than one-half the field labor is performed by whites. Wages, fifty cents a day and fed.

176 THE PIEDMONT REGION.

Cedar Creek Township (2.D.18): Elevated, hilly, and broken. Soil, coarse sand and sandy loam; subsoil, yellow clay, underlaid by red, gravelly clay. Growth, short leaf pine, oak, and hickory ; abandoned fields grow up in loblolly pines in three to six years, which, in turn, give place to cedar. Crops, seven hundred pounds of seed cotton, eight bushels corn per acre. Land sells at from three dollars to ten dollars per acre. Un- limited water power on the Catawba river, which is one hundred and fifty yards wide, three feet deep, and flows nearly with the velocity of a cataract. Little attention paid to stock. It might be made profitable. Good building granite. Very healthy. Wages of field labor thirty to fifty cents a day.

Flat Creek Township (E. D. 79): Some level land, but mostly hilly and rocky. Soils, coarse and fine, white, sandy loam and red clay loam ; sub- soil,a red clay. Growth, long leaf pine, oak and hickory. Crops, one-half bale of cotton, ten bushels corn, ten bushels wheat, ten bushels oats per acre. Price of land, from two dollars to ten dollars. There are several gold mines. Valuable mill sites on Lynch’s River.

Cane Creek Township: Elevated, rolling, in some places nearly level. Soil, a fine, sandy loam, changing to clay loam near the streams; subsoil, red clay, underlaid with yellowish clay and gravel. Growth, oak and hickory, also short leaf pine. Crops, eight hundred pounds seed cotton, ten bushels corn, fifteen bushels oats per acre; an average, on twenty acres, of eighteen hundred pounds seed cotton has been made. Know of no land for sale. At Land’s ford, the Catawba river is three-quarters of a mile wide, one foot to three feet deep, with a fall of thirty feet to the mile. Lucerne, red and white clover, orchard, meadow, red top and blue grass, all do well. These lands sold for fifteen dollars to twenty-five dollars before the war, and have been under cultivation for nearly two hundred years.

Sd

LAURENS CouNTY.

Jacks Township (E. D.103): Elevated and rolling, Soils, red or mulatto clay loam, with red clay subsoil, and’ gray, sandy lands, with a light- colored clay subsoil. Growth, red, white, post, and water oaks, hickory and walnut, some sugar maple. Hundreds of acres of abandoned land are grown up in short leaf pine; in the last decade, many long leaf pines have appeared among them, and are rapid growers. Crops, five hundred pounds seed cotton, eight bushels corn, twenty bushels oats, eight bushels to ten bushels wheat, are about the average ; on the bottoms, fifty bushels corn per acre is made. Know of no lands for sale. There are thousands of acres, owned by non-residents, rented to freedmen for a portion of the

ee ee eS ee

THE PIEDMONT REGION. 177

‘erop, and miserably farmed. ‘There is an immense amount of fine granite.

No prevailing sickness. Amount of field work performed by whites in- creasing. Wages, fifty cents a day and rations.

Waterloo Township (E. D. 106): Hilly, washes when not properly ditched. Soils sandy, gravelly, and clay loam; color mulatto, sometimes a deep red ; depth, two inches to three inches to a pale red clay subsoil,

-underlaid by clay, and in some places, by a dusky or bluish sandy earth.

A very hard, bluish granite rock found in some wells. Growth, red, white, and post oak. Lands thrown out of cultivation grow up in pine, and are more productive than the original forest. Crops, six hundred pounds to twelve hundred pounds seed cotton, ten bushels corn on up- lands, and fifty on bottoms, fifteen bushels oats, eight bushels wheat per acre; crab grass, after small grain, yields, sometimes, hay to the value of twenty dollars an acre. Lands for sale at from five dollars to twenty

dollars per acre. Indications of gold are found in many places, but

no mines are worked. Reedy river and Saluda river furnish valuable water powers. These streams are much obstructed by logs. Farm labor paid ten dollars a month, generally employed for a share of the crop; one-fourth of it is performed by whites.

Sullivan’s Township (£2. D.105): Elevated ridges and level land between the streams. Soils, a fine sandy loam, gray and chocolate in color, and a red clay loam, resting on red clay subsoil. Growth, oak, hickory, ash, dogwood, poplar, walnut and elm, with abundance of cedar along the Saluda river. Crops, five hundred to twelve hundred pounds seed cotton, ten bushels to thirty bushels corn, twenty bushels to thirty bushels bar- ley, fifteen bushels to sixty bushels oats, and eight bushels to twenty-five bushels wheat to the acre. Land can be bought at five dollars to ten dollars an acre; rents for one-fourth of the crop, or eight hundred pounds lint cotton to the plow; sometimes the laborer boards himself and pays one-half to the land owner, who furnishes everything else. Gray and blue granite, the latter used as mill rocks, are found. Gold, copper and lead are found, but not mined. Lime rock crops out on Reedy river, and below Garlington falls, on Reedy river, it is quarried for monuments and for lime burning ; soapstone of fine quality also occurs. ‘The great falls on Saluda river, at the head of navigation, are seventy feet in two miles. Abundant water powers are also furnished by other falls on the river, by five falls on Reedy river, by falls on Rabnor creek. Very healthy. One- half the field work performed by whites.

Scuffletown Township UE. D. 104): Undulating. Soil, gray, gravelly, sandy loam ; subsoil, clay. Growth, oak, hickory, maple, pine, cedar and walnut. Crops, six hundred pounds to twelve hundred pounds seed

12

178 THE PIEDMONT REGION.

cotton, five bushels to thirty bushels corn per acre. Know of no land for. sale; rents for one-fourth of the crop.

NEWBERRY Country.

Cromer Township (2. D.112): Level and flat, rolling on the rivers.

On the levels, fine, gray, sandy loam, six inches to eight inches to subsoil ,

of red clay. The rolling lands have a clay soil and subsoil; sand and gravel underlies the subsoil. Growth, oak, hickory, walnut, cedar and pine. Crops, one-half bale of cotton, ten bushels corn, twenty bushels oats, eighty bushels barley, nine bushels wheat, seven bushels rye per acre. About one-tenth of the land for sale for six dollars to eight dollars an acre, and one-half to rent for one-fourth of the crop. Varieties of granite, Iron rock and soapstone oecur. Gold and iron have been mined.

»*

Bermuda grass and clover do well, also crab grass and swamp grasses,

Stock raising is found profitable. Field labor is paid fifty cents a day; one-twentieth of it performed by whites,

Heller Township (ED. 119): Lands elevated, level, along the streams, -

hilly. Soils, fine sandy loam, gray or whitish, eight inches to twelve inches to subsoil of tine, compact, red clay, free from grit. Growth, oak, hickory, short leaf pine, walnut, mulberry, ash and maple. Japan clover and Bermuda grass cover the land when left uncultivated, and the Egyptian or Means grass grows luxuriantly along the borders of streams, and on sandy bottoms. Land for sale in small tracts at eight dollaxs to ten dollars an acre; three-fourths of it for rent; if stock, stock feed, and im- plements are furnished, the rent is one-half the crop; for the land alone, it is four hundred pounds lint cotton for every twelve or fifteen acres, or one-third of all crops. Granite of the tinest quality for building abounds. Splendid water powers on Broad river and Hellers creek. Little atten- tion paid to stock raising. Wages,seventy-tive dollars to eighty-five dollars per annum, or fifty cents a day, with board. One-fifth to one-seventh of the field labor performed by whites.

Jalapa Township (E. D. 113): Lands hilly and broken. Soil, red clay loam, eight inches to red clay subsoil, underlaid by red clay. Growth, oak and hickory. Three mill sites, Wages, fifty cents a day with board. Very little white labor; negro labor very unreliable, only willing to work: about one-third of the time.

Saluda Old Town Township (EF. D. 115): Lands level or gently un-

dulating, broken into abrupt slopes near the rivers and creeks, Soil, on

the uplands, red clay loam and gray, sandy loam, subsoil of red—rarely of vellow—clay ; a very fine and nearly white granite underlies the clay”

at the depth of ten to twenty feet. The Saluda river bottom averages a’

THE PIEDMONT REGION, 179

mile in width, and is a yery rich, alluvial soil. Growth, short leaf pine, oak, ash, hickory, walnut, poplar; a considerable variety of native grasses afford good summer pastures, both on the uplands and in the bottoms, and cane for winter pasturage is abundant. Crops from one-third to one bale cotton, seven bushels to fifteen bushels corn on uplands, and twenty bushels to sixty bushels on bottoms, twenty bushels to fifty bushels oats, eight bushels to twenty-five bushels wheat per acre. One-fourth of the Jand for sale at six dollars to twelve dollars an acre; one-half for rent for two to two and one-half bales of cotton for a one-horse farm of thirty acres or more. There is a mill-dam across Saluda river, Little attention is paid to stock, Field labor is paid fifty cents a day; about one-sixth of it is performed by whites. Locality healthy. Traces of gold are found.

May inton Township (2. D.111): Bottoms level, uplands rolling, hilly and broken near the water courses. Soil, red clay and gray, sandy loam, underlaid by red and snuff-colored clay; depth of soil, three inches to * five inches; below the subsoil, granite, gneiss, hornblende and traprocks occur. Growth, hickory, several varieties of oaks, short leaf pine, cedar, walnut, dogwood, ash, poplar; cane abundant in the bottoms. Crops, from four hundred pounds to twenty-nine hundred pounds seed cotton, from five bushels to one hundred bushels corn, from six bushels to forty bushels wheat, from twenty bushels to one hundred bushels oats an acre; clover has given four tons per acre. All for rent for from one hundred pounds to three hundred pounds seed cotton per acre; not much land for sale; price seven dollars to fifteen dollars per acre. There is excellent granite for building. Broad river is six hundred yards wide; depth, in shoals, four feet ; velocity, in shoals, estimated at thirty miles an hour; fall, at Lyles ford, eighteen feet in a mile. Ennoree river eighty yards wide, six feet deep; velocity, six miles in an hour. Wages of field labor fifty cents a day ; one-fourth performed by whites. Very healthy.

SPARTANBURG CoUNTY.

Cowpens Township (FE. D. 145): Rolling. Soil, coarse, gray, sandy loam, with subsoil of red clay, underlaid by mica slate. Growth, white and post oak, hickory and pine. Bottom lands very fertile. Gold is found, and there are several fine water powers on Pacolet river, notably at Clifton cotton factory. One-half of the labor is performed by whites.

Glenn Springs Township (E. D. 143): Elevated, level. A dark gray, sandy soil, eight inches to ten inches to subsoil of red clay. Growth, oak, hickory, pine. Crops, six hundred pounds seed cotton, eight bushels to ten bushels corn, eight bushels to ten bushels wheat, twenty bushels to forty bushels oats per acre. Land sells from five dollars to twenty dollars

180 THE PIEDMONT REGION.

per acre, and rents for one-third of the crop. There are several gold mines and an asbestos mine. Glenn Springs has long been a health re- sort for those using mineral waters. One-third of the labor is white.

Cherokee Township (E. D. 140): Elevated, rolling, with steep hills on the large streams. Soil, a gray’, sandy loam, with yellowish sandy sub- soil, and a red clay loam, with stiff, red clay subsoil, underlaid by a yellowish isinglass earth that crumbles on exposure, and enriches the soil when strewn on the surface. Growth, oak, hickory, and pine. Crops, seven hundred and fifty pounds seed cotton, ten bushels corn, eight bushels wheat, fifteen bushels oats per acre, a yield that is more than doubled by manuring and good culture. Lands sell for eight dollars to ten dolfhrs an acre; rent for one-fourth of the crop, or, with stock and tools, for one-half. Bottom lands are very fertile. Gold is found, and iron mines were formerly worked. There are seyeral mineral springs. The north fork of the Pacolet furnishes great water power. All the cul- tivated grasses may be grown. Farm wages, fifty cents a day; three- fourths performed by whites.

Iwirforest Township (E. D. 142): Rolling; on the water courses, hilly and broken. <A gray, sandy loam, underlaid by a yellowish or dark red clay, is the prevailing soil; there is some clay loam; ten to fifteen feet below the clay subsoil, rotten, and sometimes decomposed, granite and gneiss are found. Growth, oak and hickory, occasionally chestnut and walnut. Crops, four hundred pounds to eight hundred pounds seed cotton, ten bushels to fifteen bushels corn, five bushels to ten bushels wheat per acre, without fertilizers. Traces of gold. Valuable water powers on Tyger river. The ridge between Tyger and Fairforest rivers is well adapted for fruit growing, being seldom affected by frosts. Lands are advancing in price, selling from eight dollars to fifteen dollars an acre. About one-half the farm labor performed by whites.

Pacolet Township (E. D. 145): High, table land. Soil, a fine sand, twelve to fourteen inches to a light red clay subsoil, deepening in color as you descend; at twenty to twenty-eight feet, solid or disintegrated granite is met; in the northwest, lands are red clay, Lands sell from ten dollars to fifteen dollars an acre, and rent for one-third of the crop. There is a quarry of fine granite. Shoals on the Pacolet have a fall of twenty-two and one-half feet in one hundred yards, and a mile below, there is another fall of thirty-three feet. All oaitlen vegetables, melons and grapes do well. Rich Hill, a high plateau, six miles in ex- tent, between the Pacolet and Fairforest rivers, is unequalled for the pro- duction of fruits of all kinds. Frosts have injured it but once in forty years. Farm wages, from eight dollars to ten dollars a month. Two- thirds of the field work done by whites.

THE PIEDMONT REGION, 181

Union County.

Union Township (E. D. 150): Lands broken, hilly. A light, gravelly soil, resting on red clay subsoil, underlaid by granite rocks. Water of the shallower wells impregnated with magnesia; of deeper wells pene- trating the granite freestone. Growth, short leaf pine, oak, dogwood, sassafras, walnut, beech, poplar. Price of lands much advanced since passage of stock law; sell for ten dollars to twenty dollars an-acre. A fine-grained, hard, durable, and easily split granite abundant. Water powers, a fall of twenty feet on Fairforest river, over granite rocks, and another of five and one-half feet; several falls on Tyger river. Stock raising not considered profitable. No attention paid to anything but cotton. No prevailing disease. Very healthy.

Gowdeysville Township (2. D. 156): Hilly,anda good deal broken. Pre- vailing soil red clay, with a red clay subsoil; some sandy soil, with white clay subsoil. Underlying subsoil is granite, and some rotten rock, or white clay. .Growth, short leaf pine, oak and hickory. Bermuda and Means grass thrive. Clover grows finely. Creek bottoms, rich, sandy and vegetable loam.. Crops, seven hundred pounds seed cotton, corn, upland, twelve bushels to twenty-five bushels, and fifty bushels on bottoms per acre. Lands sell from five dollars to fifteen dollars an acre; rent for one-third of the crop. Several mill sites on creeks, and unlimited water power on Broad river. Stock might be profitably raised, but no attention is paid to it. Field labor, ten dollars a month, and fifty cents a day. No local disease. Three-fifths of the field work performed by whites. Seve- ral gold and iron mines.

Santee Township (. D. 149): Lands generally level towards centre of township. Prevailing soil is a fine white sandy loam ; along Broad and Tyger rivers, red clay hills; depth to subsoil of pipe clay six inches to twelve inches. Sand underlies the pipe clay. Growth, short leaf pine, oak and hickory. Average crops, six hundred pounds seed cotton, ten bushels corn, and fifteen bushels oats per acre. Price of lands increased from two dollars and fifty cents to ten dollars per acre, since passage of stock law. Sandy lands considered the poorest before the use of commer- cial fertilizers, now bring the highest prices. A neighbor made last year forty bales of cotton, a sufficiency of corn, and sold seed oats, on a two- horse farm. Not an isolated case. Know of no lands for sale. Most of it to rent for three four hundred and fifty pound bales of cotton for a one horse farm, which usually contains forty acres in cultivation and sixty acresinold field pastures and woodlands. Almost impossible to hire a hand for wages. Laborers prefer to work on shares or to rent. A mill site on Broad and also on Tyger rivers. No attention paid to stock. Day labor

182 THE PIEDMONT REGION.

on farm, fifty cents a day, with rations; seventy-five cents without. Very healthy. Don’t know a doctor who lives by his profession in the county. One-fifth of the field labor performed by whites.

Goshen Township (E. D. 155): Hilly and rolling. Soil, fine, dark gray, light sandy loam, two inches to four inches to subsoil of stiff red clay, or pipe clay, with rocks underlaid by whitish sand, hard and soft rocks, with some isinglass. Growth, different oaks, poplar, ash, walnut and pine. Crops, one-half bale of cotton, eight bushels to fifteen bushels corn, on uplands; twenty bushels to fifty bushels, on bottoms; ten bushels to eighty bushels oats, four bushels to ten bushels wheat per acre. Clover and the grasses do well, where attended to. Lands sell from five dollars to ten d@llars an acre; rent for three bales of cotton for a one-horse farm. Farm hands paid eight dollars a month. No attention paid to stock raising, except some fine horses. A very small proportion of the labor is white.

York County.

King’s Mountain Township (E. D. 170): Lands rolling or level, in places mountainous, elsewhere hilly. Soils, sandy, rocky gravelly or clay loam, with red or yellow clay subsoil. Growth, oak; where cut down it is suc- ceeded by broom sedge and pine. Crops, twelve bushels corn, upland ; thirty bushels creek bottom; wheat, ten bushels to twenty bushels; oats, ten bushels per acre. The poorest soils yield cotton well, with aid of guano. Fine monumental granite, iron ores and barytes are found. Lands sell for from two dollars and fifty cents to ten dollars an acre. Healthy; negroes suffer from consumption. Wages of field labor, fifty cents a day, or ten dollars a month, with board; one-half of it performed by native whites.

Bethesda Township (E. D. 162): The hilly and relling lands are red

clay or sandy soils, with yellow clay subsoil. "These are the best cotton lands. The level: or flat lands are the blackjack lands. Black, rocky soils, with pipe clay subsoil, underlaid by a hard, whitish, gravelly sub- stance, produce the small grains well, but cotton rusts and continues yellow or frenches after a few years cultivation, unless stable manure is applied. Lands sell from two dollars to twenty-five dollars an acre, and rent for eight hundred pounds of lint cotton for a one-horse farm of twenty-five or thirty acres.

at hele 4a) beta ee.

COPPA PTH E: -ViLit:

Pee ALPINE REGLON.

LOCATION.

The Alpine Region of South Carolina occupies the extreme north- western border of the State. Commencing at King’s mountain, in York county, it extends westward through Spartanburg, Greenyille, Pickens and Oconee counties, widening in the three last named, until it embraces a tier of the most northern townships, two or three deep. This wedge- shaped area has a length of one hundred and fourteen miles, and a width varying from eight to twenty-one miles.

THE PHYSICAL FEATURES

of this region present a rolling table-land, broken and hilly on the mar- gin of the streams, but scarcely anywhere inaccessible to the plow. It has a general elevation above the sea level of 1,000 to 1,500 feet. The gently undulating surface extends to the mountains, whose rock-bound walls often rise suddenly to their greatest height. The southeastern face of King’s mountain rises perpendicularly five hundred feet above the plain, and its northwestern slope descends gently towards the Blue Ridge mountains. Table Rock also rises eight hundred feet vertically, or a little overhanging above the southeastern terrace at its base, formed of the loose. fragments that in the course of ages have fallen from above. The steep ascent of these mountains from their South Carolina or south- eastern face, and their gradual slope on their northeastern face, and their gradual slope to the northwest, where the mountains of North Carolina rise apparently from a level country, is the reverse of the prevailing rule on the Atlantic slope, which is, that the short, steep sides face northwest, and the long, gentle slopes face southeast. Lieber thinks that these

184 THE ALPINE REGION.

mountain cliffs indicate the occurrence here, in the remote past, of a great fissure or crevasse in the earth’s crust, a gigantic fault when the southern slopes fell down hundreds of feet and exposed the precipitous rock walls that now face the southeast.

The boundary line of South Carolina reaches the most easterly chain of the Appalachian mountains, known here as the Saluda mountains, near the corner of Greenville and Spartanburg counties, and follows the summits of the ridge for fifty miles (thirty miles in an air line) until it

intersects the old Cherokee Indian boundary line. From this point the

mountain chain, here called the Blue Ridge, curving lightly to the north, _ passes out of the State, and the boundary line pursues a more southerly and a straight course to where the east branch of the Chatuga river in- tersects the thirty-fifth degree of north latitude. The Chatuga, flowing westward to its junction with the Tugaloo river, which in turn becomes the Savannah river, flowing to the southeast, are the northwestern and western boundaries of the State. The mountain chain divides the waters of the State flowing to the Atlantic Ocean from those flowing northward, which eventually find issuance to the southwest through the Tennessee and Mississippi rivers into the Gulf of Mexico. Considering the water-shed of South Carolina alone, the culminating point whence the rivers of this section flow, is to be found in the horse-shoe curve of the mountain chain north of the straight boundary line referred to as uniting the Chatuga and the Blue Ridge. Hence the numerous sources of the Keowee river, White Water, Toxaway, Jocassee and other creeks take their rjse and flow nearly due south, The main stream of the Saluda sweeps away to the east, and the Chatuga hurries westward.

It was from a noted summit of this range (Whiteside) that Mr. James E. Calhoun observed, as early as 1825, that the character of the mountains change from an unbroken chain to isolated masses towards the south. Such isolated masses form a striking feature of the mountains of South

Carolina, and they make their appearance over a wide area of the State, extending west and east from Stump House mountain, near Walhalla, in Oconee county, past Paris mountain, in Greenville, Gilke’s mountain, in Union, to King’s mountain and Henry’s Knob, in York. Southward they reach to Bird’s mountain, in Laurens, Parson’s mountain in Abbe- ville, and Ruft’s mountain on the Newberry and Lexington line. The narrow mountain ridge that divides the river system of the Mississippi from that of the Atlantic slope, and the interdigitation, as it were, of the sources of the Hiwassee and Tennessee with those of the Savannah, have long suggested to engineers the possibility of establishing an interflow Mets een hese waters. A canal, Mr, Calhoun says, across Rabun Gap would pour thirty-five miles of smooth water from the Little Tennessee

oe eee

Sate ae id

a parece’

a Pe ee a eet

THE ALPINE REGION. 185

into the Tugaloo river, while the Chatuga, the Hiwassee, the Toxoway, and innumerable mountain streams of this well-watered region would serve as feeders to maintain the water supply in any desired quantity. In 1873 water was drawn from Black creek, an affluent of the Tennessee, across the Gap, to Izell’s mills, on Chicken creek, an affluent of the Savannah.

The elevation above the mean level of the sea of the following points in western South Carolina were determined by the United States Coast Geodetic Survey: King’s Mountain, 1,692 feet; Paris Mountain (near Greenville), 2,054 feet; Cusar’s Head, 3,118 feet; Mt. Pinnacle (near Pickens, the highest point in South Carolina), 3,436 feet,

The bracing and healthy climate of this region, its beautiful scenery, the bold mountain outlines, the rich luxuriance of every growth, no stunted plant on mountain side or summit, every part, even the crevasses of the rocks, covered with trees and shrubs of some kind, all full of life and vigor; the clear, swift streams that everywhere leap in a succession of cascades from crag and cliff, and sparkle in their course along the narrow but fertile valleys, have made it for generations a health and pleasure resort during summer.

THE GEOLOGICAL FEATURES

of this region are very similar to those of the one lying immediately south of it. The prevailing rock is gneiss, sometimes changing into granite, of good building qualities, and sometimes slaty, furnishing su- perior flagging stones, a remarkable locality of which occurs eight miles south of Pickens Court House, on the Greenville road. For the most part, the rock is found at a depth of thirty to fifty feet beneath the sur- face in a state of greater or less decomposition. Above the gneiss, whose out crops are much confined to the beds of streams, islands of mica slate, occupying the more elevated lands, are found. The largest of these iso- lated bodies extends for a considerable width along the ridges above the Chatuga river.

The proportion of mica slate is greater here than elsewhere in the State. Between the mica slate and the gneiss, and cropping out almost everywhere around the edges of the first named rock, are extensive seams of hornblende rock, and its decomposition adds largely to the fertility, especially of the creek and river bottoms, of this region. Above the mica slate, on the large body of that rock on the Chatuga, some tale slate is found. The last named slate underlies a considerable area of itacolu- mitic sandstone that, in turn, support several bodies of limestone rock. A number of limekilns have been in operation here.

186 THE ALPINE REGION.

Of the useful ores and minerals of this section, it may be further stated : :

There are numerous gold deposits, at some of which washings have been carried on with much profit. Vein mining, in spite of many promising indications, has not been regularly undertaken.

Indian and Revolutionary traditions tell of lead mines, which informer times furnished belligerents with an ample supply of this necessary metal. Unfortunately, these traditions have not preserved the dis- closure of their locality. At the Cheohee gold deposit mine, on the head- waters of Little river, in Oconee county, Lieber examined a very prom- ising vein of argentiferous galena, which he thought might be profitably developed,

Traces of copper were observed by Lieber on Tyger river, in Spartan- burg county, near the Galena mine above mentioned, and in some mill races in southern Pickens and Greenville.

Graphite is found on Paris mountain, and also in Oconee county.

Manganese and iron occur, but have not been explored.

Valuable soapstone quarries have been worked to a limited extent in Pickens. Large sheets of transparent mica have been found near Wal- halla, and asbestos of good quality is reported as occurring near Seneca City.

THE SOILS.

The soils are similar to those found elsewhere in the State, which are produced by the decomposition of gneiss rock in situ. On the more level uplands, a gray, sandy loam, with a red, and sometimes on the mica slates, with a yellowish white, clay, predominates. On the hillsides, a stiff, red clay soil prevails. In the bottoms, a still darker loam, more thoroughly saturated with lime and potash from the decomposed horn- blende and mica slates, is found. Those bottom lands have long been highly esteemed as yielding abundant crops of corn, the small grains, and the grasses. Little thought or attention was bestowed on the up- lands previous to the attempt so successfully made within the last few years to introduce upon them the culture of cotton.

CLIMATE.

According to the physical charts of the ninth United States census, and the rain charts of the Smithsonian Institute, 2d Ed., 1877, this region has a mean annual temperature corresponding with that of Kansas or New Jersey. The more mountainous portions have, however, a mean annual temperature that corresponds with that of Montana, or the lower.

THE ALPINE REGION. 187

region of the great lakes. The mean of the hottest week of 1872, taken at 4h. 35m. P. M., was 90° F. The mean of the coldest week of 1872-3, taken at 7h. 35m. A. M., was 25° F.

The prevailing winds are from the southeast, and the mean velocity of the movement of the atmosphere is much below the average for the United States at large, In the frequency with which the region is traversed by storm areas of say fifty miles in diameter, it ranks with the lowest in the United States. With the more extensive region south of it, it is peculiarly exempt from destructive storms. ;

Blessed with an unusual number of clear days and a large amount of sunshine, the fig tree thrives here without protection, at an elevation of fifteen hundred feet above thesea. “The climate is less subject to sudden changes than in the plain below. Vegetation is late, but when once fairly begun, is seldom destroyed by subsequent frosts. Neither are there any marks of trees being struck by lghtning,* or blown up by storms.” (David Ramsay, Hist. of 8. C.)

The annual fall of water is over sixty inches, and this is, therefore, among the regions of heaviest precipitation in the United States. For spring, it is over eighteen inches, and for autumn, it is twelve inches, which are also the maximum in the United States. In winter, it is six- teen inches, which is less than the maximum, and in summer, it is four- teen inches, which places it third in a series of five, or just medium. Dewless nights rarely occur, and the luxuriant vegetation of this region does not in consequence suffer from the rigor of extreme droughts so fre- quent elsewhere.

The following observations on the temperature of springs in this region were made by Lieber:

TIME OF

Pee a TEMPERATURE. | OBSERVATION. ATMOSPHERE, WATER,

Tenet Sipe aie ree omen Poinsett Spring, in Greenville, | cu

near N. Carolina line. . .| 7th June, 74$A.M.) 72.050° = 56.86°

| /

Spring on Jones’ Gap Road,

near Turnpike gate. . ... 16th June, 2 P.M. 75.74° 57.56°

Cold Spring, or Ceesar’s Head. 29th June, 93 A.M. 80.60° 55.40° House Spring, Ceesar’s Head 29th June, 10$ A.M. 78.80° 57.56°

*It isa saying in this region that “to pick the teeth with a splinter from a tree struck by lightning, will cure the toothache ;”’ the meaning being that such a splinter is not to be had.

188 THE, ALPINE REGION.

GROWTH.

The prevailing growth is oak, chestnut, and short leaf pine. Proceed- ing toward the mountains, the following trees mark the ascent in the order herenamed: Rock chestnut, oak (quercus primus monticola), cucum- ber tree (magnolia accuminatar), mountain laurel (rhododendron maximum), white pine (pinus strobus), hemlock or spruce pine (abies canadensis). The forest products are shingles, tan bark, and dogwood, with other hard woods, besides abundant timber for building purposes. The Indians once gained their chief livelihood here by gathering and disposing of medicinal herbs, such as spigelia marylandica, ginseng and snake root, which are to be found in great abundance.

STATISTICS.

The Alpine region of South Carolina embraces an area of 1,250 square miles, and is, therefore, the smallest division of the State here treated of. The population numbers 34,496, an increase since the census of 1870 of sixty-six per cent. This gives the density of the population as twenty- seven to the square mile which is below the average of the State, and less than in other regions—the sand hills and lower pine belt alone excepted. Twenty-six per cent. of the population is colored.

Eighty per cent. of the land is wood land and forest, sixteen per cent. is tilled, and four per cent. is in old fields. The area of tilled land has more than doubled since 1870, being now 132,791 acres, and then, only 64,802 acres. This is 3.8 acres per capita of population, against 3.1 acres in 1870, showing that improvement has more than kept pace with the increase of the population,

The number of farms is 4,646, which gives an average of twenty-eight acres of improved land to the farm. Of this number, forty-three per cent. is under fifty acres, and may be considered as in the hands of small farmers. Nevertheless, there are some large landholders in this region. For instance: Mr. James E. Calhoun owns a body of 100,000 acres* of

*On the margin of his plat of these lands, Mr. Calhoun remarks: Well timbered, soil good, scenery superb. It is so healthy that no physician ever lived in that part of the country. There are mineral springs. Cultivation is exclusively by white labor. It is‘ plateau within the ‘thermal belt,’ where fruit is never affected by frost. Gold, iron, lime, hydraulic cement and kaolin are known to be abundant. Report adds silver, copper, lead and corundum. The Blue Ridge railroad rans twelve miles through it. In its length of twenty-two miles and width of fifteen miles, it would-be difficult to find a single spot two miles distant from water powers, of which there are more than eighty miles in direct line, and which, if developed, would be exempt from

a A as an er.

THE ALPINE REGION. 189

land along the Chatuga river, in Oconee county. Of the farms forty-five per cent. are rented, and of the rented farms seventy-four per cent. are under fifty acres—showing that the renters are farmers on a small scale. Of the fifty-five per cent. worked by their owners only fifteen per cent. are under fifty acres. Of bona fide small proprietors, if landholders of under fifty acres, who till their own land, may be termed such, the num- ber is small, being only seven per cent. of the total number of farm- holders. By far the larger number of farms are rented for a portion of the crop, very few being rented at a fixed money rental. For instance: in five adjacent townships in Greenville, where there are six hundred and thirty-one farms rented, only one is reported as rented at a fixed money rental.

Of the tilled land, 88,766 acres, or sixty-five per cent., is in grain of all kinds; 25,740 acres, or twenty per cent., is in cotton; and 18,285 acres, or fifteen per cent.,in fallow, and all other crops, including gardens, orchards and vineyards, and a small area in tobacco.

The average yield of grain is only a little over eight bushels to the acre, and does not express the capability of this section for the produe- tion of this article. Fields of corn on bottom lands averaging forty to sixty bushels an acre are not uncommon, and the minimum calculation of the crop for uplands without manure is ten to twelve bushels per acre, while twenty to thirty bushels are obtained by good culture. Rice has grown here, without any manure, over one hundred bushels to the acre, though very little of it is planted. The yield of grain per capita is twenty bushels, and is greater than elsewhere in the State, except in the Sand Hill region.

The average yield of cotton to the square mile is 6.3 bales, an increase of over six hundred per cent. since 1870. This is more than upon the coast, in the lower pine belt, and in the sand hill region, but much less than elsewhere in the State. The average yield of lint per acre planted in cotton is one hundred and forty-one pounds, which is sixty per cent. more than the yield on the coast, but less than elsewhere in the State. The yield per capita is one hundred and five pounds of lint against four- teen pounds in 1870. This is one hundred per cent. more than the palo on the coast, and Leshbats per cent. more than the extensive lower

taxation for ten years. Tnineente are iseape for five years. The sort dantebnn States ought to be most urgent for an outlet tothe ocean through the Tennessee, Hi-

‘wassee, Tugaloo and Savannah rivers, Besides being the shortest and safest; and always

available, it would bring them directly in front of the martsof the world; whereas, by descending the Mississippi, tiey are thrown widely away, and, moreover, are made to encounter deadly malarial diseases every season, and yellow fever at short intervals. The eastern cities should also advocate this outlet, since it would place the vast pro- ductions of the Northwest within easy grasp of their coast shipping.”

190 THE ALPINE REGION.

pine belt. Still it is not one-third of the yield in the remainder of the State.

The work stock number 5,798, against 4,096 in 1870. This is 4.1 to the square mile, the average for the State being 4.4. The ratio of work stock to the population is less than elsewhere in the upper country, but more than in the regions below the red hills. There are twenty-two acres of tilled land to the head of work stock, which is more than elsewhere in the State, except in the red hills and the metamorphic region.

Other live stock numbers 66,035, being more per square mile than else- where in the State, and more per capita of the population except only among the sand hills.

LABOR AND SYSTEM OF FARMING.

The farms are very rarely larger than can be worked by four horses. The landholdings average from one hundred and fifty to three hundred acres, including woodlands. The larger portion of the farm supplies are raised at-home, but near the towns, and along the Air-Line railroad sup- plies from the west are largely purchased, the system of credits and ad- vances to the smaller farmers prevails, absorbing with rents, not unfre- quently, seven-eighths of the entire crop. Most of the land is rented or worked on shares. The cash rental varies from two dollars and fifty cents to four dollars an acre; the usual terms are one-fourth the cotton and one-third of the grain; where stock and implements are furnished by the landlord, he gets one-half the crop. The average market value of lands is stated at five dollars an acre; improved lands sell at from six dollars to ten dollars an acre. About one-half the field laborers are ne- groes, and since attention has been given to cotton culture they are on the in¢rease. Wagesare fifty cents a day; six dollars to eight dollars a month, with board ; seventy-five dollars a year, with board. The condition of in- dustrious laborers is good. The number of negro laborers owning houses and land varies from one to five per cent. according to the locality.

TILLAGE AND IMPROVEMENT.

One-horse plows are generally used, very rarely two horses, The: depth of the furrow on the land side varies from three to four inches. Subsoiling is not practiced. Occasionally lands lie fallow, and the result, is beneficial if stock are not allowed to destroy the crop of grass and weeds. Cultivated fallows are unknown. ‘There is no system in the ro-

THE ALPINE REGION. 191

tation of crops. After land hasbeen planted two or three years in cotton it is planted one or two years in wheat, corn or oats; the results of such a change are excellent, if stock is kept off the stubble. Fall plowing is little practiced; it has been found of advantage where stubble, grass or weeds cover the land to turn them under at this time. The amount of land in old fields is not great. Such fields, after lying out eight or ten years, have been found to produce as well as ever, and most of them have been brought into cultivation again. The washing of hillsides does not amount to a serious evil, and it is reported as easily prevented and effect- ually checked by hillside ditching when necessary. The use of commer- cial fertilizers has largely increased with the facility of obtaining them by railroad, and the practical demonstration of their value in the culture of cotton. Cotton seed is worth ten to fifteen cents a bushel; little of it is sold. It is applied green and broad-cast as a manure for wheat, and com- posted with stable manure asa fertilizer for cotton. A portion of it is fed to stock.

COTTON CULTURE

was a leading industry in the upper counties of South Carolina previous to 1826. The crop raised was from one hundred and twenty pounds to two hundred pounds lint per acre in the four most northerly counties, and averaged one hundred and forty-five pounds. At that date, however, and for long afterwards, probably not an acre of cotton was planted in the region now under consideration. The opening of the Air-Line railroad having reduced the cost of fertilizers, attention was drawn to the large bodies of gray sandy lands hitherto little considered, and experiments in cotton growing by their aid proved so successful that the culttre was largely increased. It has extended over the table lands and even up the mountain slopes, and is now grown in every township of the region except one, Chatuga township, in Oconee county, already referred to as the cul- minating point of the river system. It has been found that while the season is shorter, the stimulation of the growth by the use of fertilizers compensates for this. The same tillage as is given further south ex- pended here in a shorter period of time has a like effect in pushing the plant to maturity. With slave labor this was inconvenient, if not im- practicable. With free labor it is, if anything, easier and cheaper to ac- complish thirty days work in three days than to do it inten. It has been further found that the growth of the plant is steadier here; it does not suffer from those checks during long dewless intervals, which retard its progress in the hotter and dryer sections. The claim is also made, that better cotton is grown here than furthersouth. Experienced cotton buyers haye long given

192 THE ALPINE REGION.

preference to staples of both long and short cottons grown towards the northern limits respectively of their culture. It is said that the fibres are stronger and of more equal and uniform length, admirable qualities, which might naturally be expected from a short, steady and continuous growth. For all these reasons, together with the improvements in the selection of seed, by which the period of growth is lessened and an earlier and more simultaneous ripening of the fruit is obtained, it is expected that what has been already done is only the commencement of a much wider extension towards the mountains of the growth of the cotton plant.

No peculiarities of cotton culture are to be noted in this region. Little or no previous preparation is given to the soil until it is thrown into ridges thirty inches to four feet apart, according to the strength of the land, just before planting. The seed is planted from the 10th to the 20th of April, commencing on the same date as in the region below, but con- cluding earlier by ten to twenty davs. About two bushels of seed are used to the acre, and it is, for the most part, sown by hand, the outlay of twelve dollars for a planter being generally considered too great for the advantage gained, especially by small renters, who hold their farms only for the crop season. The seed comes up in six to fifteen days. The variety preferred is some one of the cluster cottons, prolific bearers, of early maturity. In two weeks after planting, the cotton is chopped out with a hoe to about twelve inches apart, sometimes to only six inches, and on very strong land, intervals of eighteen inches between the plants may be left. Ifthe soil be well stirred with the plow, and kept clean in the drill with the hoe, the cotton will have obtained a height of eight inches to eighteen inches by the 1st to the 10th July, when blossoms will appear. The first blooms are now looked for the latter part of June, but until the last year or two, they were never expected before the 4th of July, and even that was thought early. Open bolls are seen from the 25th of August to the lst of September. Picking commences from the 10th to the 15th September. The growing season ends with the first black frost, which occurs about the 15th October to the 1st November. The crop is gathered by the 15th to the 31st December. The plant is considered most productive when it attains the height of two feet. Fresh lands yield seven hundred pounds to twelve hundred pounds of seed cotton. ‘The same lands, after two to ten years culture without manure, yield six hundred pounds to four hundred pounds seed cotton; with moderate manuring and fairly good culture, they improve. It is esti- mated that it requires here an average of twelve hundred and twenty-five pounds of seed cotton to produce a bale of four hundred pounds.

THE ALPINE REGION. 1938

DISEASES AND ENEMIES

are restricted here almost exclusively to one—frost. Caterpillar is un- known. A little rust and shedding occur on ill-drained soils, but there is no general complaint regarding them. The vegetable enemies of the plant are crab grass, with now and then complaints of rag weed and May- pop vine.

GINNING

here differs in no regard from the accounts already given of it in the other regions. The weight aimed at for the bale is ‘four hundred and fifty pounds to five hundred pounds, and the average obtained, from the state-

ments made, is four hundred and eighty-three pounds.

Farmers sell their cotton to the merchants at the nearest railroad sta- tion, without charges of any kind, and make no estimate as to the cost of shipping and selling.

The cost of production is estimated at eight cents to ten cents per pound. No itemized statement of the cost of culture could be obtained from this region, and it probably differs in no wise from that in other regions.

Abstract of the reports of township correspondents for the Piedmont Region:

OcONEE CouNTY.

Wagner Township (E. D. 120): Lands hilly and rolling, embracing Stump House mountain, the slopes of which are very fertile; below the mountain there is much table or level land. The soils are, Ist, a gray, sandy soil, underlaid by stiff clay, with partially decomposed slates at a depth of fifty feet; this soil is well adapted to cotton: 2d,a mulatto soil, producing tobacco well, the culture of which is found very re- munerative and is yearly increasing: 3d, black, loamy soils of creek and branch bottoms, very productive in corn, oats and the grains. The growth is pine, oak, hickory, very large chestnut, and dogwood ; the last- named wood is being sawn into blocks for shuttles, and shipped north by the carload. One-half mile from Walhalla there is an inexhaustible quarry of very fine building granite; very large plates of mica are also found here. Numerous swift,clear streams afford abundant water powers not developed. Land is cheap, but is not priced by the acre. Stock

13

194 THE ALPINE REGION.

raising might be made profitable. Field labor is paid fifty cents a day, two-thirds of it performed by whites. There are no prevailing diseases.

Keowee Township (£. D. 123): Southern portion nearly level, western portion hilly ; Smeltzer’s mountain in northeast corner. Soils chiefly gray, sandy soils; the bottoms of the Keowee river, averaging two hundred yards in width, and extending eighteen miles through the township, are very fertile; the subsoil is red, sometimes white clay. Growth, pine, oak, ash, hickory, chestnut, beech, blackjack, dogwood. Crops, corn, thirty bushels per acre in bottoms, twelve bushels on uplands ; sweet and Irish potatoes, one hundred bushels per acre; tobacco does well, is grown only for home use; cotton was not planted before 1879 ; the average yield is six hundred pounds seed cotton peracre. Improved lands, with river or creek bottoms, would sell for ten dollars an acre; improved uplands at three dollars to five dollars an acre; forest lands at two dollars; a large pine forest recently sold at less than one dollar per acre. Not more than one-tenth of the lands under cultivation ; about one-third of the farming lands for rent, at from one-third to one-fourth the crops, or where stock and tools are furnished, at one-half. ‘There are fourteen fine water powers in the township. There are four tanyards, Most of the farm lands, hitherto neglected, are well suited for cotton cul- ture, under the present method, with the use of fertilizers.

Pulaski Township (E. D. 124): The Stump House mountain belt crosses the southern portion; on the north, along the Chatuga river, and on the west along Tugaloo river, the river hills and cliffs make it mountainous; through the centre a belt three to four miles wide of well-watered rolling land is found. The numerous crreeks and branches crossing it have bot- toms, fifty yards to two hundred yards in width, of great fertility, yield- ing, with good culture, twenty-five bushels to eighty bushels of corn, and abundant grass crops. Fruits do well; apples, from the early June to the late winter produce well, grapes grow well also. The soil is mostly a sandy loam, with red, sometimes with yellow clay subsoil. Limestone is found and there is a lime-kiln in operation. Soapstone of excellent quality occurs. Not more than one-twelfth to one-fifteenth of the land is under cultivation. There are numerous water-powers, there being on four streams twelve falls, varying from thirty feet to one hundred feet fall per- pendicular. There are indications of gold, silver and copper ores, but no regular mining is done. Lands sell for fifty cents to ten dollars an acre. Parties clearing have the use of it free of charge for two to four years. Rent is one-third of the crop, or one-half if stock and tools are furnished. Fine stock ranges are found among the mountains, the large droves of sheep, however, destroy the grass for the cattle.

THE ALPINE REGION. 195

PickENs Counry.

Hurricane Township (EF. D. 131): Country for the most part broken and hilly. Soil, a light yellowish brown loam, three inches to five inches to a stiff red clay, lying on sandstone and gray rock. Growth, pine, oak, and hickory. The uplands yield ten to twenty bushels corn per acre. Within a few years the people have found out that they can raise cotton, the lands producing five hundred pounds to one thousand pounds seed cotton to theacre. Lands for sale from two dollars to ten dollars an acre. There is considerable good bottom land on the streams. Four creeks afford good water-powers. There are no prevailing diseases. Nine-tenths of the field labor is performed by whites.

CHAPTER IX.

WATER-POWERS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

Between the years 1816 and 1826, $1,712,626 were expended by the State of South Carolina in internal improvements. A large portion of this amount was appropriated to building nine canals around the rapids of the Wateree, the Catawba, the Congaree, the Broad and the Saluda rivers, with a view to the improvement of their navigation. From time to time surveys of these streams, especially by engineer officers of the United States army, have been made with the same object in view. In the absence of anything like a general or detailed account of the water- power of the State, it was upon reports regarding these works that per- sons interested in the matter chiefly relied for information. Quite re- cently, however, Gen. Francis A. Walker, Superintendent of the 10th United States Census, as a part of the census work, has had a survey of ithe water-power of the Southern Atlantic water-shed made by Mr. George ¥. Swain, 8. B., Instructor in Civil Engineering in the Massachusetts In- ‘stitute of Technology, Boston, Mass. Mr. Swain’s report, just published by the census office, contains a large amount of new and very valuable information ; so far as South Carolina is concerned, it is the first attempt to give a systematic account of its water-power. In the endeavor here made to condense a statement of the points of chief interest in this report relating to this State, the reader is informed that Mr. Swain’s report is so. closely written and so full of facts that it is not susceptible of such treat- ment satisfactorily, and those interested in the subject are referred to the report itself.

Mr. Swain divides the Southern Atlantic water-shed into three belts, running in a northeasterly direction, parallel for the most part with each other, and also with the sea coast on the southeast, and with the general trend of the Appalachian mountain chain on the northwest. These are:

I. The eastern belt, reaching inland from the coast one hundred to one hundred and forty miles, and formed by the slowly descending slope of

, Se | oe . 7?

WATER-POWERS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 197

the tertiary plain. In South Carolina the average elevation of the streams at the upper edge of this belt above tide level is about seventy feet in an average distance, following the windings of the streams of about two hun- dred and fifteen miles; this gives something like 0.3 foot fall per mile, and of course renders the streams of this section, as a rule, unavailable as motor powers, although the smaller streams sometimes have such fall as to allow of their use for cotton gins, grist, and even for saw mills. For- merly along the coast of Carolina tidal water-power was utilized for rice mills, but this motor has been here superseded by steam.

II. The middle belt comprises what has been described as the Red Hill,” “Sand Hill” and Piedmont” regions of South Carolina, with a portion of the upper pine belt, in all about 18,000 square miles. It has a general elevation above the sea level of about six hundred feet, and the average fall of the streams passing through ‘it varies from two feet to seven feet per mile. This is the region of the great water-powers, and to it Mr. Swain has devoted his chief attention.

III. The western belt is among the mountains. In South Carolina it is described as the Alpine region, and embraces about twelve hundred square miles. The streams here are numerous, and their fall is very great, but they are much inferior in volume to those of the middle belt, and consequently rank below it, as affording water-power of the largest capacity.

The advantages offered by the water-power of South Carolina are much enhanced by topographical and climatic conditions prevailing here.

The undulating plateau of the Piedmont region has a pervious soil to an average depth of fifty feet or more, formed by the unusually deep dis- integration of the metamorphic rocks, and presenting a mixture of sand and clay, well adapted for the absortion of rain water. This pervious soil rests at the depth indicated on the impervious strata of rock, granite, and gneiss, or the various slates, which impede the deeper percolation of water. The streams have cut their channels down to these underlying beds of rock, and it is along their surface that constant supplies of water held in reserve by the permeable soils of their water-sheds are received, thus adding largely to the amount and the regularity of their flow. A similar condition obtains among the sand hills, where the porous sands, through the interstices of which the rain disappears almost as readily and rapidly as it does through the air, rest at a depth of one hundred feet to one hundred and fifty feet on impervious beds of kaolin clay. As a consequence the streams of the sand hill region lose little of the rain- fall through surface evaporation and maintain a flow hardly affected per- ceptibly by unusual seasons of rain or drought, and Mr. Swain more than once expresses his astonishment at the horse-power furnished by streams

198 WATER-POWERS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

having so small a drainage area. This result is likewise promoted by the extensive woodlands of the middle and western belt, which oceupy, according to the census of 1880, something more than seventy-five per cent. of the surface. The larger streams of the Piedmont region, in ad- dition to their drainage area within the State, receive the rains from 3,058 square miles of water-shed in North Carolina. The rocky beds of these streams afford everywhere good sites and permanent foundations for mill dams, while the high angle at which they cross the ledges of rock increases the perpendicularity of the fall, and presents a clean smooth edge, adding to the facility with which the water-power is made available. Thus, at VanPatton’s shoals, on the Enoree river, so very even is the edge of the rock that a single plank bolted to it, forms a sufficient dam by which 1,550 horse-power may be utilized. The facilities for storing water are on the whole good.”—Swain. Besides the resources of the neighboring pine forests, building material is furnished everywhere in the excellent clay for brick-making that is found. In addition to these, the metamor- phic rocks laid bare on the banks of the streams furnish material for dams and buildings of the best quality. Besides soapstone, gneiss, tale and mica slates, there are few localities where a fine-grained and easily split- ting granite is not to be had. The last named rock extends even into the sand hill region, forming the shoals and rapids in the streams there, and has been utilized in the structure of the large cotton mill at Graniteville on Horse creek.

Speaking of the climate, Mr. James E. Calhoun writes: “Blessed with sunshine and showers throughout the year, there is just winter enough to keep the insects in check, while the pomegranate and the fig do not require to be sheltered. Destructive storms of wind, rain or hail never occur here. Living immediatel on they banks of a river half a mile wide (Trotters’s shoals, on the Savannah), Iam never troubled with mos- quitoes. Nowhere can there be found a larger percentage of the popula- tion of seventy years and upwards. I am an octogenarian, with the fresh vitality of twenty-five.” Low water from snow-fall or freezing, and fresh- ets from ice gorges are unknown here. It has been argued that in more bracing climates, as in Maine, the operatives in factories can accomplish ten per cent. more work than in these warmer latitudes. It is possible that unacclimated Northern operatives might experience some such degree of languor here. Nevertheless there are few better workers than the Southern factory hand. The climate does disincline the Southern white to out-of» door employment, and, surrendering, in a large measure, farm labor to the colored race, they eagerly seek employment in factories. Thus it happens that factory hands are much more abundant than would be an- ticipated from the density of the population. Northern mill owners have

eee

WATER-POWERS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 199

not been slow to express their high estimate of Southern help. Contrast

_ with the negro element of the population cultivates a pride of race which

inspires a higher tone and renders the white working class more reliable than it is usually found elsewhere. Labor unions and leagues are un- known, and there are those who maintain that this freedom from labor troubles, and the permanency and certainty they enjoy in their help more than compensates for some remoteness from railroad transportation. The expense saved in the item of heating adds largely to the economy of factories, and by rendering the conditions of life easier and healthier, it promotes the increase of an already very prolific population, which, if prevented from migrating and fostered by such capital as would open up employment in manufactures, would respond readily to almost any de- mand made upon it.

The average annual rainfall is stated at fifty-two inches, and it proba- bly exceeds rather than falls below this figure. This is from four inches to six inches more than in the same region in Virginia, North Carolina and Georgia. The following statement shows how it compares with the rainfall of the New England and Middle States, the mean of observations made at twenty-six stations on the principal rivers in those States being given:

| |

SUMMER. AUTUMN. WINTER.

SPRING.

Piedmont region of South Carolina... 12 Py idee, 20 16 52

New England and Middle States......... 11 | 12 | 10 9 | 49

There are four chief river systems in South Carolina—the Pee Dee, the Santee, the Edisto and the Savannah. The numerous salt water rivers, important as they are for purposes of communication along the coast, and even fora considerable distance into the interior, are omitted, as tidal water-power is not to be considered. Such streams as flow through the level country, although they are sometimes of considerable length, with large drainage areas, and affording some water-power, as the Big and Little Saltkehatchie and others, are likewise omitted. The following table exhibits the leading features of these rivers. The number of mills and the horse-power utilized are from the enumerator’s returns for the 10th United States Census; the estimate of drainage area, length and fall,

‘are by Mr. Swain:

9

a

00

WATER-POWERS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

cd Tuble, giving Names of Streams, Number of Mills, Horse-Power Utilized and estimated Drainage Area, Length and Fall of the Rivers of South Carolina.

Ay a 5 +A ty 5 qa CF ea Se eee NAME OF STREAM. Asn/E8| & é aa| & 8 SPa) oe) es ~ao) Bae A~s|82| 8% |82|] s2 eg | Lal a se] A PEE DEE System. Great Pee Dee and lesser tributaries @, 700 sq milés.in North Caroling) .2 5.0%: )--.tc.nct 17,000) 159) 0.44 2) See VMCCRING Wess nce svacslnet inc, wocsicen ttre 1, 200)* 65-2 2) 22, PrtvlevRee «Dew ec: REAL ea NN BRO ess 2,000) 50). 21 243 LOTT Gr pl 4k a SRR I SAR oe 1500) See mater 13]. aes MOMNEDIS PIVIVGD Manse. ser ct eS pn ctuskuasetemeen 1,350). 2tOK wesc: 26| 383 DO ab Were Lac aeek aa uth otek ies cok aaign boat ieat ote al nicee ale mee aeaam 1124! 1,760 SANTEE System. SSPE) EULUGI ci. 3 cs wet be Sood ee cen elles Sor agers rece neal eh ee eee ake 0.5 “eae vant Waatteree ‘and tributaries. ....-20. scscls>s-ceccs 2200: 5,225) 116) 1 to 43} 28 ae Catawba and tributaries (1,725 sq. m. dr. area baeMortnOweolinds..: 2, boars .cccrcceacs ants 4.375) 76 5.24 | 40) 825 Congaree’and tributaries... . ..: <-.c0...c00-sses00 7,965) 50/5" 2: 27| 384 Broad and tributaries (1,400 sq. m. dr. area in NGG Carolinas sass ccs te tie rues ee eee 4,950) 105] 3.9 38) 3640 Enoree and tributaries (length in straight line) :h oR BON cml yer coe 36) 574 Tyger River and tributaries oe 720| 36) 4to7 | 52) 626 Pacolet and tributaries ara ee % x 475| 50) #7 37| 809 Rip lida And PibUtAriesss cccecee-cseeees feces eedclcns 2350; 110) 3 to 6 | 103) 2,267 Reedy River (fall greater than Saluda or Enoree)| 386) 60)........... 66) 1,330 TG ese cadet sat el «ots Oana des ee eee ae | 4¢7| 7,830 Episto Sysrem. North and South Forks and tributaries............ 1,535} 60) 2to4 | 95) 1,126 SavannaH River System. Savannah River and lesser tributaries (5,000 sq. m. dr, area in Georgia) . 11,000) 355/04 to 23) 75) 1,453 Protee|Oreeks 2s. eae on CAee ROR EE ees 143; 20; 20 8) 1,807 SLC TS ITC W220 Rea eR UR EE al eH oe da ig Me G50)... .. [ee sees ess Open ee UTES Pa Co) Ce eg AS ig RR SU UO SI MI ALT 530). toes ig | - 10). 268 Brel Abvere 2 ct. 3.4: ocak inte | Savane er Serene cu ae 241) AOL asta: a aay penecs ‘iver and afuents,..... <.s0«svatecsenivecee 908; 60) 7 to 83} 75) 880 Rie OG Eyiviers 02))..uc ees lamusine ascucnesee a ee 870) 49) 63 28). Sig Peedi River Gel! 5, cbse niles ues deme na aban 350). 30). su...) +e Petals cs pagans: gacous paatetlaw a seuets ce cetcie se laan kalet ene 206) 4806 RECAPITULATION. PCC SIIEH BV SLEM yo cAdnsgusnan! Weds skoesh elon etaee eee [ae Seteapeea ane re 1,760 PAMRCE A VSPA: F405 chensvacdewer weeny meatal seal: BS MEE a oe 427 7,830 ; HEMIAGG BYSL OM. :ce gei0%). oso anv caeditaetpcuee 4 seabcha Obl tazeke ene c arene 95 1,126 Migyanniah System. .gi.").1..0) itecssse Weert acaseceg eee eee ane | 206} 4,806

&52! 15.522

POEM R ere me were meee teen ees © SHH Heese enes Serees Seeeeeseees

WATER-POWERS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 201

The kind of milis and the amount of power employed by each may be summarized thus :

|

v KIND OF MILL NUMBER. HORSE-POWER Perro oun Wns se SASS PS | 551 7,505 Bein teenories 20s iy LS ed 19 | 3,120 TI Len ns Py ME ime kee 160 2 Bed EMIORIEIS Soe PA oe kv! Berea! neato bos 3 94 820 Pe mere fa SAO ot ee Se 28 940 nee Nn 2 kx ce eT kOe he 852 Mpa se

| | | | | |

The water-power that a stream will furnish is determined by its fall and its volume of water. The amount of fall is accurately determined by a carefully made line of levels. The time allowed Mr. Swain to survey the large field allotted to him enabled him to visit in person only a few of the most important water-powers, and even in these instances the only instrument of measurement he could use was a Locke pocket level, with which he says he was in some cases enabled to arrive at quite close ap- proximation of the fall, while in others the results obtained are liable to large errors.” To determine the volume of water in a stream is a much more difficult, tedious and delicate matter. Accurate gaugings of the stream are to be made, and these are to be continued through the different seasons of the year, and for a series of years, before the average amount of flow to be relied on can be stated. “In the absence of such a series of gaugings,” Mr. Swain was forced, in order to arrive at any approximate estimate of power, to adopt an entirely different method. He points out the uncertainty of this method, and is scrupulously careful that his errors, whatever they may be, shall always be on the safe side—that is, below the mark, but never above it. His method consists, first, in determining the drainage area of the different streams by geometrical measurement on the best maps accessible to him, and here he naturally remarks on the inaccuracy gnd lack of agreement among the maps; the next was the determination of the average annual rainfall and the spring, summer,

-

202 WATER-POWERS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

autumn and winter rainfall on each drainage basin. Here, again, the

number of years during which observations have been recorded, at least.

so far as South Carolina is concerned, leave much to be desired, especially in the regions remote from the sea coast. Then comes the consideration of the very complex factors affecting the disposition of this rainfall, the proportion dissipated by evaporation under the various and varying in- fluences of temperature, the humidity of the atmosphere, the prevalence

of winds, the permeability of the soil, and its protection by forests, and,

lastly, the residue remaining to be discharged by the streams. Now, it would seem that in these regards, the item of temperature only excepted, the discharge of streams in the South should be greater than those of the North. The force of the wind is less. No large lakes present broad sur- faces for evaporation. There is no loss by evaporation from snow and ice during months of the year. The soil is deeper and more permeable, and its protection by forests must be as great or greater. For the streams of the sand hill region Mr. Swain seems to allow some force to such con- siderations in placing the minimum flow at one-third to one cubic foot per second for each square mile of drainage area. For the other streams of South Carolina he allows a less discharge, placing the minimum flow at 0.13 to 0.23 cubic feet per square mile of drainage area, notwithstanding that the average minimum flow in ten New England rivers which he gives, is 0.26 cubic feet. Whenever Mr. Swain’s estimates of fall or flow differ from those made by others, it will be found that Mr. Swain’s is much below theirs. As an instance of how much such under-estimates may amount to, Mr. Swain himself points out that while his estimate of the minimum flow on the Portman shoal, of Seneca river, is one hundred and eighty-nine cubic feet per second, “it must be specially mentioned here that Maj. Lee, who is an engineer of eminence, long experience and well acquainted with the country, writes that ‘one thousand cubic feet of water per second all the year round—two-thirds of the year double this flow—is to be had.” But, however far short of the aggregate Mr. Swain’s estimates of the water- power may be, there can be no question that, under the circumstances, he has accomplished a great deal, and, as a preliminary reconnoisance, his treatise is invaluable.

Mr. Swain makes four estimates of the horse-power at each locality he mentions :

I. The minimum, being the minimum flow during a period not exceed- ing a few days at intervals of several years.

IJ. The minimum low seasons. This occurs for a period of three to six weeks, when the stream is at its lowest. In most years the average flow during the season of least flow will exceed this amount, and a small

Ph ey

WATER-POWERS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 203

storage of water will render it available at all times. This flow is ascer- tained by taking twenty-eight per cent. of the rainfall as the amount dis- charged by the streams. This would be something like fourteen and a half inches for the middle and western water-power regions of South Car- olina, but Mr. Swain limits it not to exceed ten inches to thirteen inches. _ III. Maximum with storage. This is the same as the last, assuming that by storage (ponds and dams) a discharge of two inches to four inches on the water-shed can be added thereto, less for the larger and more for the smaller areas.

IV. Low season flow dry years. Without storage this flow may be de- pended on. In ordinary years a quarter more may be calculated on.

The following summary of the water-power of South Carolina, so far as investigated by Mr. Swain, through correspondence or by personal ex- amination, will not be liable to any charge of being an over-estimate.

204 WATER-POWERS OF

SOUTH CAROLINA

Summary of Pow ve on Rivers in South Carolina, Examined by GL F. Sune Y y S. B., Special Agent Tenth U.S. Census.

ee aad - = = ~ - a - | = | Frow So -aPaun.- FPR sz | SECOND.) S=| >] we es. | g | & STREAM AND LOCALITY, Nig ot iL eres i e- ee £&/ & A 9 = Cass oo we z Bae) Bears “a i al { | Fee ps Wateree River, Wateree Canal (7)... + AS76) 52) Sm.) 968)3,500 Tributaries Big Pine Tree Creek 0) Avast taaveinnkind » OI thang stag 28} 55 Little . id dabei ed aa rR Ts ay Bb Ue Catawba River, Great Falls (@) 2... cece ceseeeet eee 3,600) 178) 8 m.| 793/2.900) 1 Catawba River, Landsford (a)... (8425) 40 eevee} 700/2, 000 Tributaries of Catawba River: Rocky ‘Creek... yA Ee yeas mee alin f°] re Fishing C reek........ 223}... 25} 200 Sugar Creek,,......5./ 380)... 59) 880 Conguree River at ColUmMbia.... coc. ccccccececccssseceseneens | 7, 000/29 @ | sere 1,680 6,200 a Tributaries of Congaree River; Congaree Crk Te fc 2) FERS EE Ncaanscl. Aexanetthensane ed Bark. Gee yesh) DR andnoni local cece pecan Broad River, Bull Sluice (/)... . ae 8 EN ae | Ta : Ninety-Nine Island Shoal soos. cen 4,760) 17.2 2% m. Boney SSMOMU Ks cissarsessas Tidal a Ch Ot cndeiaonete Summer Shoal ... oA, 80 LE 6LO.94 om, x yle’s Shoal... 13,490) LE SG}4 OBO Pb.) need ceeees Neal's Shoal... --|2.590) 9.73|8,300 fb}... bite Lockhart’s Shoal (9)... Wess:gsuh ig on PRAUOU| EC RL eae Rad a ses aeh ae Ninety-Nine Island SIBOAL. cocicssasucn L887} 5OFBQ0 ma]... | weve Cherokee Shoals (/.)... «| 1 857) 50.2 | Surratt Shoal ........ Nounthn chante binken CML SAGURT UeMibED Lae ee | CRAG UO TE ESDON Io cack acts ccstusskcad, suncoacnatnc, [Awe Enoree River, YurrDoro Mill... ccc ccs ccsece ccvsccceencs BTS] 1G)... Mountain Shoal\(#) occ... ccuvscsencsnees 230) 70 . Leatherwood Shoal.. 2 2 Van Patton Shoal... 234) BD} nny Pelham Manufacturing C Compuny.. Ot} BO)... Buena Vista Factory. 4 : M1) 18 Teague’s Fall... Ob 2B Tyger River, Hill's Factory. SARRAURAN CRE hap LEA Co RSS Bos} 40 ING ODER te iano cuccoc ontacunsatnatincy cacviroreethnts 274 | RS Ott’s Mill. | LE 86 C La WOH cus kh is tektee ks Var aude P|) Dean's Mill, sscla OUle WI Ballinger’s Pere St Repco Fae? Ihe Penny shonl.. maa 50) 85 Crow fordsville ( i). wen 17 }6 Murphy's, Fair Forest Creek.....c0.| 180 Pacolet River, ‘Trough Shoals (2)... wanker RE Tet ail Hurricane Shoals ; ne Rcesvent | Gah) ie Glendale (7) .. berths evel 82) 35} te Aa See Saluda River, Saluda Factory. (0). wel 2350] 1G). cecccece} 62/2100 Mouth of Saluda.. 2'350| 81] 246m, | ee ee Dreber’s Canal (Pew 2300) 20 re eee [esta Great Falls (q)... 6 55) es m, | Mattox Mill......... 600 5}... Erwin’s Mill (»)... Bea SINT nasccer ate Peizer Manufacturing: Company (s). 2

Piedmont Manafi ekancticrwi Co, .. *Reedy River..

Tambling Shoals (wo, Fork Shoal (2)

Reedy River Manufacturing Co. » Cy). 7 ( ‘amperdown Mills... sda aechinel Cox & Markley’s Fuctory @en : Savannah River, Blue Jacket Shoal.. Be 15,800 H Trotter's Shoal.. ee *.|2,864 75) Tm. Cherokee Shoal... we. [8 Bid) 9 wm, Grege’s Shoal... cso eeu]! ba Ut Ok Middleton's Shoal... ICRUTOIS VLG! Ga cieectes MeDaniel’s Shoal . et io) S30) 5 m Tributaries Savannah River:Litue e Riv Pe SURRY aN TT | taal peer a: Long Cane . Fis AR SRF |) tS | fe Tugaloo River, Hatton's Shoai.. 845) 39) 116m, Guest's Shoal... Aecamnensne eiwpie Micke tcl Mk Geet ane m. Seneca River, Portman’s BhOal, ca. atin neous, cevesf @a0l> 601, Sem: Twelve Mile Creek ccc checssssens| 1S 60 BETS ooh | DTC BRECON. 5 es seceas ncn vee achcund hnast del] PERO teense sadentoates

“2150/2

Ss -

Horsk-POWER AVAILABLE,

| | f

Minimum. Minimum Low Seasons. Maximum With Storage. Low Seasons

Dry Years. -

it

700) Fa hb: 700! 8

07 3 De 5,000 . no yA 00) 24,00 3,400) 4,650/18-000) 5 270

2 3} (18.2)

2s) 48) 228

5.6) 68) 387.5

one

- a

| 4,200) 5,500) 15,500) 6400

66

TO 1,390 It

-

=

2

0) 2, 8.900) 11,000 2350 6'900

«

HE2zE

BER seeeEye

, othe

WATER-POWERS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 205

(a) A canal here built by the State, 1818-25, is five miles long and has fifty-two feet fall, with six locks, «nd would be available in utilizing the entire power.

(b) Streams in sand hills of Kershaw county. The horse power given per foot fall, That given here may be doubled by storing the water at night. Other tributaries to the Wateree far- nish good powers, concerning which no detatled information could be obtained.

(c) Three State canals here: Ist, Lower canal, one mile long, with three locks. The total amount of water could be utilized through it. 2d, Middle canal, three miles long, having three flights of locks, viz., four locks thirty-two feet lift, four locks thirty-six feet lift, three locks twenty-seven feet lift, another lock above, nine feet lift, and guard lock, in all, thirteen locks, one hundred and four feet liit. At any and all the three flights, the facilities for using a large power are very great; building room ample,

The upper canal is the property of Mrs, 8. A. Boylston, of Winnsboro, 8. C. It is one and three-fourths miles long, on the west side of Catawba river, and enters Fishing creek at a point about five miles from Fort Lawn, 6n the Chester and Cheraw railroad. The total fall is fifty-one feet. There are two flights of locks; the lower one has four locks, thirty-three feet lift; the upper has two locks, fifteen feet lift. These works are well built of cut stone laid in cement are in good preservation, and were constructed by the State at a cost of about $100,000, There are four factory sites, with ample building room. The first site hasa fallof twenty-four and twenty-one- one-hundredths feet; the second, of thirty feet; the third, of thirty-eleht feet; the fourth, of thirty-three feet. Granite of the best quality is at hand, The available power is estimated at fifteen thousand horse-power.

(d) State canal here, two miles long, dam, guard lock and four other locks of thirty-five feet

lift; abundant building room, no liability to overflow.

(e) Sand hill streams of Lexington. Those of Richland not examined,

(f) The State of South Carolina is now engaged in developing the power in Broad river, from Bull Sluice shoal, by building a dam at that point, with a canal two and seven-eighths miles long, extending to Gervais streetin the city of Columbia. The works are being built first-class in every respect, with dimensions sufficient to give four hundred and fifty-three horse powers of water for each foot fall, The total pawer developed will be, on the average fall, about 10,000 horse powers of water,

The Saluda and Broad rivers unite opposite the city of Columbia, These streams, near their confluence, have, in ordinary low water, a flow with sufficient fall to yleld 40,000 horse-powers of water if properly developed. They take their rise in the Blue Ridge mountains, flowing through, in their upper course, a wooded country, giving them a very uniform flow of water, and suffering but little from high water, and that butofshortduration, This magnificent power has surround. ings adapting it to manufacturing purposes equal to any locality in the South; a healthy climate, an abundance of the raw material, railroad facilities in every direction, with good sites for huildings, and other desirable features, (Maj. Thos. B. Lee, Engineer Columbia canal.)

(gq) State canal here, 7,869 feet long. with guard lock and six other locks of first-class cut stone masonry, cost $130,000, Estimate of cost to put gates. locks and masonry in good order, $3,794. Used in 1852,

(h) Above is site of abandoned works of Magnetic Iron Ore Company. Three hundred horse power obtained, with surplus of water all the time from fall of ten feet. A fall of sixteen feet is available; banks very favorable for building.

(i) Above Mountain Shoul are Kilgore’s, Yarborough’s, Flemming’s and Wofford’s shoals, having available fails.

(j) South Tyger river, drainage area one hundred and eight square miles; furnishes two to seven horse-power per foot fall, and has several available falls.

(k) Above are Brown's mill, fourteen feet fail; Hammett’s mill, ten feet fall; Crocker’s, Thompson's fords, shoals and other rapids.

(Ll) Above is Lindner shoa!, eight feet fall; North and South Pacolet forks, with eighty square miles drainage area; each have numerous falls of twelve feet to thirty-four feet.

(n) Below Glendale, on Sampson’s fork, is a fall of fifteen feet—ninety horse-power; above are several good shoals, Thicketty creek, one hundred square miles drainage area; Bullock's and King’s creeks, seventy-two square miles drainage area, and Buffalo creek, one hundred and seven- ty-two square miles drainage area, empty into Broad river, Buffalo creek has considerable fall, with five and one-halt to fifteen horse-power per foot fall.

(o) There is here a State canal two and one-half miles long, five locks, thirty-four feet lift; might be repaired, and would render available double the present fall.

(p) State canal here, two and one-half miles long, with four locks, twenty-one feet lift, Between this point and the Newberry and Lexington line are seven falls, viz.: Wise's ferry, seventeen feet; Hunter's ferry, six feet; Snellgrove’s islaad, nine feet; Manning Island, fifteen feet; Simm’s ferry, fifteen feet. Above,in Newberry and Edgefield, are McNary’s mill, eleven feet; Perkin’s ford, ten feet; couknight’s mill, six feet,

(q) Mills gives this fall as seventy-six feet.

(r) Above are Harper’s shoals, eight feet: Kay's and Gambrell’s shoals, Poor’s and Cox's mills,

206 WATER-POWERS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

eight feet; Hamilton’s shoal, ten feet; Holland’s shoal, fifteen feet ia three hundred yards, one and one-quarter miles from railroad: Blackburn’s island shoal, ten feet; Tripp’s shoal, sixteen feet.

(s) Above, Allen’s shoal, fourteen feet fallin two hundred and fifty yards; may be increased to 18 feet.

(¢) Above are Blassingame’s, Harrison’s, Farris’s and other shoals, all about six miles from Greenville.

(w) Above is Cedar falls, twenty-one feet. :

(z) Above are Harrison’s and Houff’s mills, ten feet fall each; Log shoal, fourteen feet fall; Ashmore’s mill, ten feet fall, and Linderman’s shoal.

(y) Jones’s paper mill, eleven and one-half feet fall, fifty horse-power; Parkin’s mill, eleven feet fall; Green’s shoal; Sawmill shoal, nine feet fall,

(2) maiputary to Reedy river are Laurel creek and Rearburn creek, with a good fall of twenty- six feet at Goodgion’s mill, and another of fourteen feet at Fuller’s factory.

(*) Twelve Mile creek, tributary of the Saluda,in Lexington county, has a drainage area of ninety-three square miles, and five horse-power per foot fall at low water. Several falls on it are from seven feet to twelve feet, and might be increased to twenty feet or thirty feet. Other tribu- taries are, Little Saluda river, draining two hundred and ninety-seven square miles in Edgefield; Bush river, one hundred and five square miles in Newberry; Little river, two hundred and twenty square miles.

(}) North Fork Saluda, draining fifty-six square miles, has a perpendicular fall of two to three hundred feet over a gneiss ledge,and another not yuite so high. Middle fork drains fifty-six square miles. South Fork drains seventy-eight square miles; on it Rock shoal has nine feet, and an unused shoal, twelve feet fall. A mill sixteen miles from Greenville has eighteen feet full, Ail the head waters abound in cataracts, some several hundred feet, almost vertical.

The tributaries and affluents of the Savannah river not enumerated above are in the sand hill region—the Upper and Lower Three Runs, Hollow creek and Horse creek, all considerable streams. On Horse ereek 1,807 horse-power have been utilized, and there is a large amount, say one-third, still unemployed. The streams named should furnish at least as much as this one, which would give about 10,000 additional horse-power available in this section alone. Above the fallline Big Stevens creek is a large stream, and so are Big and Little Generostee creeks. Tugaloo river has for its tributaries Big Beaver Dam, Choestoe and Chauga creeks. The Chatauga river has Brasstown, Whetstone and other considerable tributaries, scarcely any spot in its drainage basin

being two miles from a water-power. Seneca river has Deep, Eighteen- _

Mile, Twenty-three Mile, Twenty-six Mile and Conner’s creeks, all large streams, with abundant fall. The Keowee river has Toxaway, Big Hs- tatoe and Whitewater creeks, the latter with one fall of six hundred feet in three hundred yards. This whole region abounds in streams of clear water flowing over rock, having numerous cataracts and fed by an annual rainfall of more than sixty inches.

In the above statement the available water-power examined is estimated at something over 300,000 horse-power. Of this amount about 4,000 horse-power only are employed by all kinds of mills, which is only a little more than one per cent. The returns of the census enumerators, however, above given, show that altogether more than 15,000 horse-power are actually employed by mills in this region. Now, it is more likely that Mr. Swain would pass over without examination such water-powers

Pee ee ee eee

WATER-POWERS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 207

as were not utilized than such as were, and the total may be safely in- creased in the proportion in which he has done this, which would be to multiply the above total by four. So that, without further allowance for his low estimates or for the improvement that art might effect by dams and canals, there can be no question that from the lower line of hill country northward in South Carolina there is more than a million of horse-power in water-powers, varying in size from thirty to thirty thousand horse-power, easily and cheaply available under condition peculiarly ad- vantageous, not counting the presence of the large amount of raw ma- terial in the shape of cotton to be manufactured.

A million of horse-power is about eighty per cent. of all the water- powers now in use in manufacturing throughout the United States. It is about seven times the amount of water-power now employed in the United States in the manufacture of cotton goods, and nearly four times the steam and water-power together so employed. It is sufficient to move all the cotton factories, grist and flour mills and saw mills now worked by water throughout the entire country. If such a power were used in manufacturing cotton goods it would call for 600,000 operatives; in grinding flour and grist, 75,000; in sawing lumber, over 200,000. It appears, therefore, that the supply, for some time to come, must be in excess of any demand likely to be made on it. If, however, the present rate of increase in the employment of water-power in South Carolina should continue, the time when all this power might be utilized is not so indefinitely remote as might at first sight be thought. The amount of water-power employed in manufacturing in South Carolina was thirty- three per cent. greater in 1880 than it was in 1870. At this rate about two hundred and twenty years would elapse before all this power would be required. Just at the present time, however, the rate of increase is much greater than this. By the census of 1880, only 2,398, H. P. water-power was employed in the manufacture of cotton goods. By an enumeration, how- ever, made by the State Department of Agriculture, in November, 1882, it was ascertained that 4,115, H. P. water-power were thus employed, an increase of seventy-one per cent. in a little over two years, or ten times greater than the rate of increase shown between the 9th and 10th United States Census. Up to this date this raté of increase is maintained, and may be said to be accelerated, rather than diminished. How long it will continue, and what will limit it, can not now, with any certainty, be estimated. The increase in the employment of steam-power in South Carolina, as given in the 9th and 10th Census, is much greater than that of water-powcr, and amounts to one hundred and sixty-four per cent. Of the total power used in manufacturing in South Carolina, in 1870, 69.62 per - cent. was water, the balance being steam, but in 1880 this ratio is much

208 WATER-POWERS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

reduced, and water gives only 53.63 per cent. of the total power employed. This tendency of supplanting the use of water by steam prevails through- out the United States, with the exception of five only of the newer and remoter States and territories. For the whole country the percentage of steam in the total power used has risen, since 1876, from fifty-one to sixty- four per cent.

Under the United States tariff protecting manufactures, no pressing necessity has been felt for attention to economy in the matter of motive powers. The present attitude of the public mind seems to indicate that this state of things will not obtain much longer, and the cost of motive powers of different kinds and in different localities must become a ques- tion of much consequence. The following statement exhibits the cost of water and steam powers at several well-known manufacturing points:

Annual Rent or Estimated Cost of One Horse- Power.

WATER-POWER, STEAM-POWER.,. IpAweTOmEey Mass, ella ete wares tal iene $64 00 to $74 00 Dayten, Ohio. ae sea BEG 33 60 Bremiinenam Y Wetec wn! ere Ale OD ROD Cohoes: New Yorks. .. fh «eles BO 08 murners Halls, Mass... 0 o}5 6''< s.« 20°00 Puowsa, Georges UF, ele poh a DeDO

\

It is estimated that if the State rents the water it is now developing at Columbia at five dollars per annum for one horse-power, that it will ob- tain a handsome revenue from the labor and material expended.

At seven per cent. on the cost of dams and canals for the water-power utilized and available in South Carolina, the following is a statement of the cost of a horse-power per annum at several factories in this State :

BNC) ree Re I Cera eee ee Graniteville fe 8 Ak. eee oi leda ae SO Vel pse yi hae ig a Le ater aes. OE Oar NovdyGamperdown: 1). 06. ik a ae Da Glendale.) (5S oes ee A easly F calcy ad es che oa altida Factory sce a oiieh ue ys Wt Hie de say! fh ae ea

Average for the whole, one dollar and seventy cents per annum per horse-power.

as = > j tA

OEPAP PHT x.

A LIST OF THE VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.*

BY FREDERICK W. TRUE,

CURATOR IN THE U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM.

SUB-KINGDOM VERTEBRATA. THE VERTEBRATES. CLASS MAMMALIA. MAMMALS.

A class of hair-clad vertebrates, possessing a four-celled heart, dis- charging warm, red blood, which contains both white and red cor- puscles. Skull with two condyles. Limbs never less than a single pair, never more than two pairs. Symmetry of the two sides of the body com- plete. Young from a minute egg, brought forth alive, and nourished by a secretion (milk), from modified glands of the skin.

*This list is based, in part, upon data furnished by Dr. G. E. Manigault, of the Charleston Museum. The literature relating to the vertebrate fauna of the Southern States has likewise been carefully examined. That the list may not be a merely nom- inal one, the mark of interrogation has been placed before the names of those species whose range is supposed to extend over South Carolina, but whose occurrence in the State has not been recorded. An exception is made, however, in the case of species known to occur in both North Carolina and Georgia. These are ineluded without question. A comparison with the list published by Prof. Gibbes, in 1847, is almost im- practicable on account of the many changes which have occurred in the nomenclature and determination of species, resulting from the progress of the study of vertebrate zoology since that time. TF, W. Trve.

14

210 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA,

A group of animals representing the highest phases of the develop- ment of life. To man, the highest exponent of the class, the less perfected species stand in the most important relations, both as being, in a sense, his progenitors, and as furnishing him with those things which are quite indispensable to his sustenance and advancement. A number of species have existed in a state of domestication from time immemorial.

Compared with lower groups, tHe class is a small one, although: haying no inconsiderable number of species. About three hundred spe- cies Inhabit North America.

SUB-CLASS MONODELPHIA.

Mammals, whose young are of considerable size and almost perfect development at birth. The anterior portion of the brain, or cerebrum, much overlaps the posterior portion, or cerebellum (super-order Kdu- cabilia), or leaves the latter considerably exposed (super-order Jnedu- cabilia).

SUPER-ORDER EDUCABILIA.

ORDER CARNIVORA. CARNIVOROUS MAMMALS,

Flesh-eating mammals, having both fore and hind feet well devel- oped; in one sub-order, Pinnipedia or Seals, for aquatic progression; in others, for terrestrial progression. The thumb or pollex of the fore limb is never opposable to the fingers, as in man. Teeth of three sorts, molars, canines and incisors.

[t is somewhat difficult to define this order in a manner intelligible to all, since the distinctions are mostly of an anatomical nature. Two of its representatives, however, the house cat, e/is domestica, and the dog, Canis Jamiliaris, ave familiar to every one. The Carnivores furnish but little food supply for man, but their thick furs enable*him to withstand the rigors of winter. In the tropies, where one branch of the order, that of the cats, reaches its highest development, they are decidedly more harmful than useful to man.

VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 211

FELID,

WILD-CAT. Lynx rufus (Guldenstiidt), Rafinesque, PUMA or PANTHER.* Felis concolor, Linné.

CANIDZ. WHITE-AND-GRAY WOLF. Canis lupus, Linné; griseo-albus.

RED FOX. Vulpes fulvus, Desmarest. GRAY FOX. Urocyon virginianus, (Schreber) Gray.

MUSTELID A, BROWN MINK. Putorius vison, (Schreber) Gapp. ERMINE; STOAT. Putorius erminea, (Linné) Griffith. AMERICAN OTTER. Lutra canadensis,. (Turton) F. Cuvier. COMMON SKUNK. Mephitis mephitica, (Shaw) Baird. LITTLE STRIPED SKUNK, Mephitis putorius, ( Linn’) Coues.+ PROCYONIDZ.

RACCOON. Procyon lotor, (Linn¢) Storr.

URSID A.

BLACK BEAR Ursus americanus, Pallas.

PHOCID AS. COMMON SEAL.{ Phoea vitulina, Linn¢,

*Probably extinct in South Carolina.

tincluded upon the authority of Catesby as interpreted by Coues,

}A seal was caught in the harbor of Charleston in 1852. The specimen is now in the museum of the College of Charleston.—G, FE, M.

212 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

ORDER UNGULATA. HOOFED MAMMALS.

Herbivorous, terrestrial mammals, possessing three sorts of teeth, the permanent series of which is preceded by a set of milk teeth. Fingers and toes encased in horny coverings or hoofs, and hever prehensile. One sub-group with horns or antlers, and more or less complex stomachs ( Artiodactyli)—deer, antelope, swine, &e.; another with neither (Perissodac- tyli)—horses, tapirs, &e.

The most useful of mammalian orders, including the majority of domes- ticated animals, and furnishing the greatest proportion of the most valu- able animal products employed in the arts and for consumption.

The order is not abundantly represented in North America, the num- ber of recognized species being about fifteen.

CERVIDZ.

VIRGINIA DEER. Cariacus virginianus (Boddaert), Gray. WAPITI; ELK. Cervus canadensis, Erxleben. (Extinct.) BISON; BUFFALO. Bison americanus, (Gmelin) Smith. (Extinct.)*

ORDER CETE. WHALES.

An order of aquatic mammals, devoid of hind limbs, but possessing fore limbs, modified into paddles, the fingers being furnished with an unusual number of bones, and enveloped in a common integument. Skin without hair; teeth, when present (porpoises, sperm whales, &c.), conical and not preceded by milk teeth; absent in some species (baleen whales), which are furnished, instead, with horny plates.

The whales are, perhaps, the least known of mammals. The number of species is still unsettled, and the habits and migrations of some are yet entirely unknown.

*Mr. Vincent killed the last elk known of in South Carolina, in Fairfield cocnty. The following statement regarding the last buffalo known on the Atlantic slope is by Col. Chas. C. Jones, Jr., of Augusta, Ga. :

“T have seen the skull of a buffalo, with the horns still attached, in good state of preseryation, which was ploughed up in a field in Brocks county, Georgia; and the father of Mr. James Hamilton Couper, of St. Simon’s island, shot a wild buffalo early in the present century, near the head waters of Turtle river, not very far from Bruns- wick, Georgia. ‘The swamp is known to this day as Buffalo swamp.

VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 213

The majority of toothed whales subsist upon fish and cuttlefish, while the whalebone whales devour immense quantities of small organisms, prin- cipally crustaceans, which they strain out from the water taken into the mouth, by means of their baleen plates. |

The whale fishery, once a most extensive industry, has shrunken to comparatively small proportions, principally on account of the disuse of whale oil as a burning fluid.

BALASNIDZ5.

RIGHT WHALE.* Eubalena cisarctica, Cope.

ZIPHIIDAL.

SOTTLE-NOSED WHALE.* Hyperoodon semijunctus, Cope.

DELPHINID.

PORPOISE. ?Phocena brachycion, Cope.

SUPER-ORDER INEDUCABILIA.

‘ORDER CHEIROPTERA. BATS.

An order of mammals at once distinguishable from all others by the great modification of the anterior limbs for purposes of flight. The fingers are much elongated, devoid of nails except in one family, and connected with each other and the body by an extremely thin skin. Thumb abortive, and furnished with a strong hook or nail. Teeth of three sorts, encased in enamel. Young suckled by pectoral mammae.

The bats form a group of moderate size, and are distributed through- out the globe. They are eminently fitted for cerial progression, but walk very awkwardly and with much difficulty. They are active only during the dark hours, remaining, during the day, in secluded places, suspended

* Specimens of both these Cetaceans have been caught in Charleston harbor, and their skeletons are in the museum of the College of Charleston.—G. E. M,

214 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

by the hind feet, which are furnished with strong, acutely-pointed claws. The majority eat insects and worms, but a few are fruit eaters. They are most abundant in tropical countries. North American species, about twenty-five.

NOCTILIONID.E.

LARGE-NOSED BAT. Nyctinomus brasiliensis, Geoffroy.

VESPERTILIONID.E.

TWILIGHT BAT. Nycticejus crepuscularis, LeConte.

RED BAT. Atalapha noveboracensis, (Erxleben) Peters.

HOARY BAT. Atalapha cinerea, (Beauvois) Peters.

CAROLINA BAT. Vesperugo serotinus, (Schreber) Keys. and Blas.; fuseus. GEORGIAN BAT. Vesperugo georgianus, (F. Cuvier) Dobson,

LITTLE BROWN BAT. Vespertilio subulatus, Say.

SILVERY-HAIRED BAT. Scotophilus uoctivagans, LeConte. BLUNT-NOSED BAT. Vespertilio lucifugus, LeConte.*

BIG-EARED BAT. Plecotus macrotus, LeConte.

ORDER INSECTIVORA. INSECT EATERS.

A group of small mammals, possessing many of the characteristics of the bats, but having both fore and hind limbs adapted for walking. The two bones of the fore-arm are separate. The mammae are inguinal.

This order, of which the common mole forms a well-known example, is composed mostly of burrowing animals, which feed upon insects and live a secluded life. Few or none are of economical value, and the moles, at least, prove obnoxious to the farmer by injuring his pasture land.

SORICIDE.

MASKED SHREW. Sorex personatus, Geoffroy. CAROLINA SHREW. Blarina brevicaudata, (Say), Baird.

*Vespertilio virginianus, Audubon and Bachman,a species of uncertain identity, is included by Gibbes in the South Carolina fauna. V. nigrescens, Bachman,” also given by Gibbes, I have been unable to find a description of. >

a —_— =

a

VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 215 TALPID A.

COMMON MOLE. Scalops aquaticus, (Linné) Fischer. STAR-NOSED MOLE. Condylura cristata, (Linn’) Desmarest. (G.-)

ORDER GLIRES. RODENTS.

A large order of mammals, at once distinguishable from all other pla- cental mammals by the form of incisor teeth, which are bent into an arc of greater or less magnitude, possess a chisel or gouge-like edge, and grow perpetually from a soft pulp. Canine teeth are wanting; the feet are suited for walking and leaping.

The species of rodents are more numerous than those of all other

orders of mammals combined. They are distributed throughout the world. Some, as the squirrels and chipmunks, are adapted for arboreal life, while others, as the marmots, live in the open prairies. The com- mon rat has been introduced everywhere where commerce has pene- trated. ' The rodents are of comparatively little commercial value, although some families, as the beavers, furnish beautiful furs, and others, as the squirrels and hares, may supply some considerable amount of palatable food. On the other hand, many members of the family Muride, or rats, are injurious to grain and other products of husbandry.*

SCIURID.

? EASTERN CHICKADEE. Scuirus hudsonius, Pallas; hudsonius. SOUTHERN FOX SQUIRREL. Sciurus niger, Linné; niger.

? NORTHERN GRAY SQUIRREL. Sciurus carolinensis, Gmelin; leucotis.

SOUTHERN GRAY SQUIRREL. Sciurus carolinensis, Gmelin; carolinensis.

FLYING SQUIRREL. Sciuropterus volucella, (Pallas) Geoff.; volucella.

CHIPMUNK; STRIPED SQUIRREL. Tamias striatus, (Linné) Baird.

WOODCHUCK ; GROUND HOG. Arctomys monax, (Linné) Schreber.

*The Jumping Mouse, Zapus hudsonius, (Zimm.) Coues, representing the family Zapo- didz,is included by Gibbesin the fauna of South Carolina, but apparently without reason,

216 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

MURIDZE.

BROWN RAT. Mus decumanus, Pallas. (Introduced.)

BLACK RAT. Mus rattus, Linné. (Introduced.)

COMMON MOUSE, Mus musculus, Linné. (Introduced.) + MUSK RAT. Fiber zibethicus, (Linné) Cuvier.

PINE MOUSE. Arvicola pinetorum, (LeConte) A. and B. COMMON MEADOW MOUSE. Arvicola riparius, Ord. HARVEST MOUSE. Ochetodon humilis, (Aud. and Bach.) Wag. RED MOUSE. Hesperomys aureolus, (Aud. and Bach.) Wag. COTTON MOUSE. Hesperomys gossypinus, LeConte. GRAY-BELLIED MOUSE. Hesperomys leucopus. Wagner. RICE-FIELD MOUSE. Hesperomys palustris, (Harlan) Wagner. FLORIDA OR WOOD RAT. Neotoma floridana, Say and Ord. COTTON RAT. Sigmodon hispidus, Say and Ord.

CASTORID AE.

AMERICAN BEAVER. Castor fiber, Linné. (Extinct. )

LEPORID AK.

GRAY RABBIT. Lepus sylvaticus, Bachman ; sylvaticus. MARSH HARE. Lepus palustris, Bachman.

SUB-CLASS DIDELPHIA.

A sub-class of mammals distinguished from the preceding by the fact that the young are born in an incompletely developed condition, and are protected in a pouch on the abdomen of the mother, where they are retained for several months, being nourished by the milk secreted by the mammae therein contained. The sub-class contains but a single order, the Marsupalia.

The marsupials vary very much in size, and are mostly confined to Australasia. A single family, the Didelphidx, or opossums, inhabits America, and is peculiar to our continent.

DIDELPHID.

OPOSSUM. Didelphys virginiana, Shaw.

VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 217

CLASS AVES. BIRDS.

A class of oviparous, warm-blooded, air-breathing vertebrates, having the anterior limbs greatly modified for flight. Hind limbs always present. Exoskeleton in the form of feathers. Teeth in existing species absent. In certain extinct forms, Odontorniths, teeth are present.

The birds form a remarkably compact class of animals. They have attracted more attention on account of their beauty and prevailing harm- lessness than, perhaps, any group of animals, and vie with the mammals in the degree of their usefulness to man.

No corner of the globe is without representatives of this group. About nine hundred and twenty-four species and sub-species are North American. *Many orders, such as the ostriches, are not represented in our country.

ORDER PASSERES. PASSERINE BIRDS.

Birds having four toes fitted for perching, but never versatile, 7. e., ca- pable of being turned laterally from one position to another. Hind toe on a level with the others, and always with a claw as long or longer than that of the middle toe. Tail-feathers twelve, primaries (the stiff feathers inserted from the bend of the wing to the tip, and usually ten in num- ber), nine or ten. Sternum uniform in pattern in the various species.

This group of birds is the most numerous of all in species. The musical capabilities are developed in a high degree, and throughout their structure they display “the highest grade of development and the most complex organization of the class.”—(Coues). Their relations to the success of agriculture are varied, some families being granivorous, and doing much damage to corn and grain, others being insectivorous, and hence of importance in reducing the abundance of noxious insects. Recognized North American species, about three hundred and forty.

TURDIDE.

WOOD THRUSH. Hylocichla mustelina, (Gmel.) Baird. WILSON’S THRUSH. Hylocichla fuscescens, (Steph.) Baird. ° GREY-CHEEKED THRUSH. Hylocichla alicie, Baird. OLIVE-BACKED THRUSH. Hylocichla ustulata swainsoni, (Caban.) Ridgw.

218 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

NERMIT THRUSH. Hylocichla unalasce pallasi, (Cabanis) Ridgway. AMERICAN ROBIN. Merula migratoria, (Linné) Sw. and Rich,

MOCKING BIRD. Mimus polyglottus, (Linné) Boie.

CAT-BIRD. Galeoscoptes carolinensis, (Linné) Caban.

BROWN THRUSH OR THRASHER. Harporhynchus rufus, (Linné) Caban.

SAXICOLID.E.

BLUE-BIRD. Sialia sialis, (Linné) Haldeman.

SYLVIID.%.

BLUE-GRAY GNATCATCHER, OR FLYCATCHER. Polioptila czrulea, (Linné) Sclater.

RUBY-CROWNED KINGLET, OR WREN. Regulus calendula, (Linné) Lichtenstein.

GOLDEN-CRESTED KINGLET. Regulus satrapa, Licht.

PARIDE. TUFTED TITMOUSE. Lophophanes bicolor, (Linn¢é) Bonaparte.

BLACK-CAPPED CHICKEDEE, OR TITMOUSE. Parus atricapillus, Linné. CAROLINA TITMOUSE, OR CHICKADEE. Parus carolinensis, Audubon.

SITTIDZ.

WHITE-BELLIED NUTHATCH. Sitta carolinensis, Gmelin. 2 RED-BELLIED NUTHATCH. Sitta canadensis, Linné. BROWN-HEADED NUTHATCH. Sitta pusilla, Latham.

CERTHIIDA.

BROWN CREEPER. Certhia familiaris mexicana, (Gloger) Ridgway.

TROGLODYTID.E.

CAROLINA WREN. Thryothorus ludovicianus, (Gm.) Bonaparte. BEWICK’S WREN, Thryomanes bewicki, (Aud.) Baird.

; a HOUSE WREN,. Troglodytes aedon, Vieillot.

VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 219 LONG-BILLED MARSH WREN. Telmatodytes palustris, (Wilson) Baird. SHORT-BILLED MARSH WREN. Cistothorus stellaris, (Light.) Acb. WINTER WREN. Anorthura troglodytes hyemalis, (Vicillot) Coues.

MOTACILLID AE.

AMERICAN TITLARK. Anthus ludovicianus, (Gm.) Lichtenstein.

MNIOTILTID/ZS.

BLACK-AND-WHITE CREEPER. Mnhniotilta varia, (Linné) Vieillot.

PROTHONOTARY WARBLER. Protonotaria citrea, (Bodd.) Baird.

SWAINSON’S WARBLER. Helonea swainsoni, Audubon.

WORM-EATING WARBLER. Helminthotherus vermivorus, ((im.) Salvin & Godman.

BACHMAN’S WARBLER. Helminthophaga bachmani, (Aud.) Cabanis.

BLUE-WINGED YELLOW WARBLER. Helminthophaga pinus, (Linné) Baird

GOLDEN-WINGED WARBLER. Helminthophaga chrysoptera, (Linnc) Baird.

NASHVILLE WARBLER. Helminthophaga ruficapilla, (Wils.) Baird.

2? ORANGE-CROWNED WARBLER. Helminthophaga celata, (Say) Baird

TENNESSEE WARBLER. Helminthophaga peregrina, (Wilson) Baird.

BLUE YELLOW-BACKED WARBLER. Parula americana, (Linné) Bonaparte.

CAPE MAY WARBLER. Perissoglossa tigrina, (Gmelin) Baird,

SUMMER YELLOW BIRD; YELLOW WARBLER. Dendreca estiva, (Gin.) Baird.

BLACK-THROATED BLUE WARBLER. Dendroca cerulescens, (Linn¢é) Baird.

YELLOW-RUMP WARBLER. Dendreca coronata, (Linné) Gray.

BLACK-AND-YELLOW WARBLER. Dendreca maculosa, (Gmelin) Baird.

BLUE WARBLER; CERULEAN WARBLER. Dendreca cerulea, (Wils.) Baird.

CHESTNUT-SIDED WARBLER. Dendreca pennsylvanica, (Linné) Baird.

BAY-BREASTED WARBLER. Dendreca castanea, (Wilson) Baird.

BLACK-POLL WARBLER. Dendreca striata, (Forst.) Baird.

BLACKBURNIAN WARBLER. Dendreca blackburniae, (Gm.) Baird.

YELLOW-THROATED WARBLER. Dendreeca dominica, (Linné) Baird.

BLACK-THROATED GREEN WARBLER. Dendroca virens, (Gmelin) Baird.

PINE-CREEPING WARBLER. Dendreca pinus, (Wilson) Baird.

YELLOW RED-POLL WARBLER. Dendreca palmarum hypochrysea, Ridg- way.

PRAIRIE WARBLER. Dendreca discolor, (Vieillot) Baird.

WATER THRUSH. Siurus nevius, (Bodd.) Coues.

GOLDEN-CROWNED THRUSH. Siurus auricapillus, (Linné) Swains,

LARGE-BILLED WATER THRUSH. Siurus motacilla, ( Vieillot) Coues.

220 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA,

CONNECTICUT WARBLER. Oporornis agilis, (Wilson) Baird.

KENTUCKY WARBLER, Oporornis formosa, (Wilson) Baird. MOURNING WARBLER, Geothlypis philadelphia, (Wilson) Baird. MARYLAND YELLOW-THROAT. Geothlypis trichas, (Linné) Cabanis, YELLOW-BREASTED CHAT. Icteria virens, (Linné) Baird,

HOODED WARBLER, Myiodioctes mitrata, (Gmel.) Audubon.

BLACK CAPPED YELLOW WARBLER, Myiodioctes pusillus, (Wils.) Bp. YSMALL-HEADED FLY-CATCHER Myiodioctes minuta, (Wils.) Baird. CANADIAN FLY-CATCHING WARBLER; CANADA FLY-CATCHER, Myio-

dioctes canadensis, (Linné) Audubon, AMERICAN REDSTART. Setophaga ruticilla, (Linné) Swainson.

VIREONIDAE.,

RED-EYED VIREO; RED EYED FLY-CATCHER, Vireosylvia olivacea, > PHILADELPHIA VIREO, Vireosylvia philadelphica, Cassin.

WARBLING VIREO, Vireosylvia gilva, (Vieill.) Cassin, (Linné) Bon.

YELLOW-THROATED VIREO; YELLOW-THROATED FLY-CATCHER. Lani- vireo flavifrons, (Vieillot) Baird,

BLUE-HEADED VIREO OR FLY-CATCHER; SOLITARY VIREO. Lanivireo solitarius, ( Vieillot) Baird,

WHIUPE-EYED VIREO, Vireo noveboracensis, (Gm.) Bonaparte,

LANITDA8.

LOGGERUEAD SHRIKE. Lanius ludovicianus, Linné. >GREAT NORTHERN SHRIKE. Lanius borealis, Vieillot.

AMPELID.

CEDAR WAX-WING; CEDAR BIRD. Ampelis cedrorum, (Vieillot) Baird.

HIRUNDINID.AE.

PURPLE MARTEN. Progne subis, (Linné) Baird. CLIFF SWALLOW. Petrochelidon lunifrons, (Say) Lawrence.

BARN SWALLOW. Hirundo erythrogastra, Boddaert. WHITE-BELLIED SWALLOW. Tachycineta bicolor, ( Vieill.) Cabanis. BANK SWALLOW, Cotile riparia, (Linné) Boie.

ROUGH-WINGED SWALLOW, Stelgidopteryx serripinnis, (Aud. Baird,

VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 221

: TANAGRIDAS,

SCARLET TANAGER, Pyranga rubra, (Linné) Viecillot. SUMMER REDBIRD, Pyranga mstiva, (Linné) Vieillot,

PRINGILLIDAS.

PURPLE FINCH, Carpodacus purpureus, (Gin,) Baird, AMERICAN GOLDFINCH; YELLOWBIRD. Astragalinus tristis, (Linné) Cabanis, PINK GOLDFINCIL; PINE FINCH. Chrysomitris pinus, ( Wils.) Bonaparte. ? SNOW BUNTING. Plectrophanes nivalis, (Linné) Meyer. SAVANNAH SPARROW. Passerculus sandwichensis savanna, (Wils) Ridg- Wily. GRASS FINCH, Powcetes gramineus, (Gm.) Baird, YELLOW-WINGED SPARROW, Coturniculus passerinus, (\Wils.) Bonaparte, HENLOW’S SPARROW OR BUNTING, Coterniculus henslowi, (Aud.) Bon- aparte. ?SHARP-TAILED FINCH, Ammodromus caudacutus, (Gin.) Swainson. ?SHA-SIDE FINCH, Ammodromus maritimus, ( Wils.) Swainson. WHITE-CROWNED SPARROW, Zonotrichia leucophrys, | lorster) Swainson, WHITKH-THROATED SPARROW, Zonotrichia albicollis, Gin.) Bonaparte, TREE-SPARROW. §Spizella montana, (lorst.) Ridgway. CHIPPING SPARROW, Spizella domestica, (Bartram) Coues. VIELD SPARROW. Spizella pusilla, (Wils.) Bonaparte. BLACK SNOW BIRD; SNOW BIRD. Junco hyemalis, (Linn) Sclater. BACHMAN’S FINCH. Peucea estivalis, (Licht.) Cabanis. SONG SPARROW. Melospiza fasciata, (lorster) Scott, SWAMP SPARROW, Melospiza palustris, (Wils.) Baird. ? LINCOLN’S FINCH, Melospiza lincolni, (Aud.) Baird, FOX-COLORED SPARROW. Passerella iliaca, (Merreii) Sw. , CHEWINK; TOWHEE GROUND-ROBIN. Pipilo erythrophthalmus, (Linné) Vieillot. CARDINAL GROSBEAK; REDBIRD OR CARDINAL REDBIRD. Cardinalis ' virginianus, (Brisson) Bonaparte, ROSE-BREASTED GROSBEAK. Zamelodia ludoviciana, (Linn) Coues. BLUE GROSBEAK. Guiraca cerulea, (Linné) Swainson. INDIGO BUNTING. Passerina cyanea, (Linné) Gray. ? PAINTED BUNTING; NONPAREIL. Passerina ceris, (Linn¢) Gray. BLACK-THROATED BUNTING. Spiza americana, ((im.) Bonaparte.

299 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA, ,

ICTERID.®.

SOBOLINK ; MAY-BIRD; REED BIRD; RICE-BIRD. Dolichonyx oryzivorus, (Linné) Swainson. d

COWBIRD. Molothrus ater, (Bodd.) Gray. OW

RED-AND-BUFFE-SHOULDERED BLACKBIRD, Ageleus pheniceus, (Linné) Vieil, aa

MEADOW LARK. Sturnella magna, (Linné) Swainson,

ORCHARD ORIOLE. Icterus spurius, (Linné) Bonaparte,

BAULIMORE ORIOLE. Icterus galbula, (Linné) Coues.

BULLOCK’S ORIOLE, Ieterus bullocki, (Swainson) Bonaparte 7."

RUSFY BLACKBIRD OR GRACKLE, Scolecophagus ferrugineus, (Gmelin) Swainson,

BOAT-TATLED GRACKLE OR JACKDAW,. Quiscalus major, Vieillot,

PURPLE GRACKLE, Quiscalus purpureus, (Bartr,) Licht.

CORVID.E.

COMMON CROW. Corvus frugivorus, Bartr.

AMERICAN RAVEN, Corvus corax carnivorus, ( Bartr.) Ridgway. FISH CROW. Corvus ossifragus, Wilson. BLUE JAY. Cyanocitta cristata, (Linné) Strick.

ALAUDID.®. .

SHORE LARK. Eremophila alpestris, (Forst.) Boie,

TYRANNID.®.

KINGBIRD; BEE MARTIN, Tyrannus carolinensis, (Linné) Temminck, GREAT-CRESTED FLY-CATCHER. Myiarchus crinitus, (Linné) Cabanis. PHCEBE BIRD; PEWEE,. Sayornis fseus, (Gm.) Baird.

» OLIVE-SIDED FLY-CATCHER. Contopus borealis, (Swains.) Bp.

WOOD PEWEE. Contopus virens, ( Linné) Cabanis,

TRALLLS FLY-CATCHER. Empidonax pusillus trailli, (Audubon) Baird, YELLOW-BELLIED FLY-CATCHER. BEmpidonax flaviventris, Baird. ACADIAN, OR SMALL GREEN-CRESTED FLY-CATCHER,. Empidonax aca-

dicus, (Gmelin) Baird.

LEAST FLY-CATCHER. Empidonax minimus, Baird. YELLOW-BELLIED FLY-CATCHER. Empidonax flaviventris, Baird,

VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH canoLixa gen 223

ORDER PICARLA., PICARIAN BIRDS.

Birds with four toes, the hinder small, sometimes absent, with a claw shorter than that of the middle toe. Third and fourth toes sometimes with fewer than the normal number of joints; second and fourth, some- lines versatile. ‘Tail feathers eight to twelve, but usually ten ; primaries, ten,

A much varied group of peculiar birds, with imperfect musical powers. Includes the humming birds, in some respects the most beautiful of birds. Mostly insectivorous or carnivorous, and, with a few exceptions, of great usefulness to the farmer. Widely distributed over the globe, except the humming birds, which are strictly American.

TROCHILID AS.

RUBY-THROATED HUMMING BIRD. Trochilus colubris, Linné.

CY PSELIDJZE.

CHIMNEY SWIFT OR“SWALLOW.” Chetura pelasgica, (Linné) Baird.

CAPRIMULGIDAE,

CHUCK-WILL'S-WIDOW. Antrostomus carolinensis, ((Gim.) Gold, WHIP-POOK-WILL. Caprimulgus vociferus, | Wils.) Bp. NIGHTHAWK, Chordeiles popetue, (Viecillot) Baird.

PICIDAL.

IVORY-BILLED WOODPECKER, Campephilus principalis, (Linné) Gray.

HAIRY WOODPECKER, Picus villosus, Linné.

DOWNY WOODPECKER. Picus pubescens, Linné.

RED-COCKADED WOODPECKER. Picus querulus, Wilson.

YELLOW-BELLIED WOODPECKER. Sphyrapicus varius (Lioné), Baird.

PILEATED WOODPECKER OR BLACK WOODCOCK. Hylotomus pileatus, (Linné) Baird.

RED-BELLIED WOODPECKER. Centurus carolinus, (Linné) Bp.

RED-HEADED WOODPECKER, Melanerpes erythrocephalus, (Linné) Sw.

YELLOW-SHAFTED FLICKER. Colaptes auratus, (Linné) Sw.

iene Te? 1 Mee |

os

224 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

ALCEDINID/E.

BELTED KINGFISHER. Ceryle aleyon, (Linné) Boie.

CUCULIDH.

YELLOW-BILLED CUCKOO. Coccyzus americanus, (Linn) Bonaparte. BLACK-BILLED CUCKOO, Coccyzus erythrophthalmus, (\Wils.) Baird.

ORDER PSITTACI. PARROTS.

Brilliantly colored birds, with extremely thick bills, strongly hooked tongues short and fleshy (Jordan). The outer toe of the foot reversed, so that two toes are opposed to two (zygodactyle).

Well-known birds, much admired for their gorgeous plumage, and for the quaint efforts at speech which some can be trained to put forth. Inhabitants of tropical countries. Not well represented in North Amer- ica, but abundant in South America.

PSITTACID AX.

CAROLINA PARAKEET.* Conurus carolinensis, (Linné) Kuhl.

ORDER RAPTORES. BIRDS OF PREY.

Large and powerful carnivorous birds, with strong beaks and sharp claws. our toes, the fourth sometimes versatile. Legs frequently feathered to the ankle. Tail feathers, twelve ; primaries, ten.

Found in every part of the world. The order includes some of the strongest flying birds. Many are obnoxious to the poultry keeper (hawks), while others (buzzards) are of great service in removing carrion.

STRIGID&.

? BARN OWL. <«Aluco flammeus americanus, (Aud.) Ridgway. LONG-EARED OWL, Asio americanus, (Steph.) Sharpe. SHORT-EARED OWL. Asio accipitrinus, (Pallas) Newton.

*Extinct in South Carolina —G,. E. M.

————-

VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. nat

BARRED OWL. Strix nebulosa, Forster.

LITTLE SCREECH OWL. Scops asio, (Linné) Bonaparte. GREAT-HORNED OWL, Bubo virginianus, ((im.) Bonaparte. SAW-WHET OWL. Nyctale acadica, (Gmel.) Bp.

SNOWY OWL. Nyctea scandiaca, Linné.

FALCONTD Ag.

PEREGRINE FALCON DUCK HAWK. Falco peregrinus nevius, ((im.) Ridgway. I PIGEON HAWK, salon columbarius (Linn), Kaup. SPARROW HAWK, Tinnunculus sparverius (Linné), Vieillot. AMERICAN OSPREY; FISH HAWK. Pandion haliaetus carolinensis, ((im.) Ridgway. SWALLOW-TAILED KITE Elanoides forficatus, (Linné) Ridgway. MISSISSIPPI KITE. Ictinia subcerulea, (Bartram) Coues, MARSH HAWK; HARRIER. Cirius hudsonius, (Linné) Vieillot. COOPER'S HAWK. Accipiter cooperi, Bonaparte. SHARP-SHINNED HAWK. Accipiter fuscus, (Gmelin) Bonaparte. RED-TAILED HAWK. Buteo borealis, (Gm.) Vieillot. RED-SHOULDERED HAWK. Buteo lineatus, (Gim.) Jardine, WHITE-TAILED HAWK. Buteo albicaudatus, Vieillot. ? BROAD-WINGED HAWK. Buteo pennsylvanicus, (Wils.) Bonaparte. ? ROUGH-LEGGED HAWK. Archibuteo lagopus sancti-johannis, ((im.) Ridg- 3 way. ?GOLDEN EAGLE. Aquila chrysaetus canadensis, (Linné) Ridgway. BALD EAGLE; GRAY EAGLE. Halizetus leucocephalus, (Linn¢) Savig.

CATHARTID A.

TURKEY BUZZARD. Cathartes aura, (Linné) Llliger. BLACK VULTURE; CARRION CROW. Catharista atrata, (Wils.) Lesson.

ORDER COLUMBA. DOVES.

Birds, typified in the common doye, having small heads and straight beaks, horny at the tip, which is separated from the softer por- tion by a constriction. The hinder toe on a level with the rest.

15

226 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. Birds of downy plumage and gentle manner. Monogamous. Many species domesticated. Abundant in most regions, but especially so in

the East Indies. The Columba livia of that part of the globe is supposed to be the ancestor of all the domesticated breeds of pigeons.

COLUMBID 2. MESSENGER; WILD PIGEON. Ectopistes migratoria, (Linné) Sw.

MOURNING DOVE; TURTLE DOVE. Zenaidura carolinensis, (Linné) Bp. GROUND DOVE. Chamepelia passerina, (L.) Swainson.

ORDER GALLINA. GALLINACEOUS BIRDS.

Mostly thick-set birds, having short and stout wings, legs and bills, the latter convex and horny and not constricted. Hind toe elevated, shorter than the rest, sometimes wanting.

A large order of the most useful birds, including some of the domes- fic fowls and the principal game birds. Too well known to require comment.

MELEAGRIDZ.

WILD TURKEY. Meleagris gallopavo americana, (Bartram) Coues.

TETRAONIDZ.

? RUFFED GROUSE. Bonasa umbellus, (Linné) Steph.

PERDICID.

PARTRIDGE; BOB WHITE; AMERICAN QUAIL. Ortyx virginiana, (L.) Bonaparte.

VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 227

ORDER LIMICOL/&. SHORE BIRDS.

Birds usually of small size, with rounded heads, long legs and necks, and long, soft bills, suited for probing in the mud. Hind toe elevated.

Largely aquatic and widely distributed. Abundant in America. The order includes many much valued game birds.

PLATALEID.

?ROSEATE SPOONBILL. Ajaja rosea, (Brisson) Ridgway.

HAMATOPODID,

AMERICAN OYSTERCATCHER. Hematopus palliatus, Temminck.

STREPSILID Zs.

TURNSTONE. Strepsilas interpres, (Lin) Illiger.

CHARADRIID.E.

BLACK-BELLIED PLOVER. Squatarola helvetica, (Linné) Cuvier. GOLDEN PLOVER. Charadrius pluvialis, Linné.

KILLDEER; KILLDEER PLOVER. Oxyechus vociferus, (Linné) Reich. SEMIPALMATED PLOVER. égialites semipalmata, (Bonap.) Cabanis. PIPING PLOVER. Aégialites meloda, (Ord) Bp.

WILSON’S PLOVER. Ochthodromus wilsonius, (Ord) Reich.

SCOLOPACIDZ&.

AMERICAN WOODCOCK. Philohela minor, (Gmel.) Gray.

ENGLISH SNIPE. Gallinago media, Leach.

WILSON’S SNIPE. Gallinago media wilsoni, (Temm.) Ridgway.

RED-BREASTED SNIPE; GRAY SNIPE. Macrorhamphus griseus, (Gmel.) Leach.

?RED-BELLIED SNIPE; GREATER GRAY-BACK. Macrorhamphus griseus

scolopaceus, (Say) Coues.

STILT SANDPIPER. Micropalama himantopus, (Bonap.) Baird.

KNOT. Tringa canutus, Linné.

.

228 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

PURPLE SANDPIPER. Arquatella maritima, (Brunn) Baird.

GRASS SNIPE. Actodromus maculata, (Vieillot) Coues.

BONAPARTE’S SANDPIPER. Actodromas fuscicollis, (Vieill.) Ridgway.

LEAST SANDPIPER. Actodromas minutilla (Vieill.) Bp.

RED-BACKED SANDPIPER. Pelidna alpena americana, Cassin

?CURLEW SANDPIPER. Pelidna subarquata, (Gulb.) Cuvier.

SEMIPALMATED SANDPIPER. Ereunetes pusillus, (Linné) Cassin.

SANDERLING. Calidris arenaria, (Linné) Illiger.

MARBLED GODWIT. Limosa fedoa, (Linné) Ord.

HUDSONIAN GODWIT. Limosa hemastica, (Linné) Coues.

TELL-TALE; GREATER YELLOW-LEGS. Totanus melanoleucus, (Gmel.) Vieillot.

YELLOW LEGS; LESSER YELLOW SHANKS. Totanus flavipes, (Gmel.) - Vieillot. |

SOLITARY SANDPIPER. Rhyacophilus solitarius, (Wils.) Cassin.

WILLET; STONE CURLEW. Symphemia semipalmata, (Gmel.) Hartlaub.

FIELD PLOVER; BARTRAM’S SANDPIPER. Bartramia longicauda, (Bech- stein) Bp.

BUFF-BREASTED SANDPIPER. Tryngites fuscescens, (Vieill.) Cabanis.

SPOTTED SANDPIPER. Tringoides macularius, (Linné) Gray.

LONG-BILLED CURLEW. Numenius longirostris, Wils.

HUDSONIAN CURLEW. .Numenius hudsonicus, Latham.

ESKIMO CURLEW. Numenius borealis, (Forst.) Latham.

PHALAROPODIDA.

° RED PHALAROPE. Phalaropus fulicarius, (Linné) Bp. ° NORTHERN PHALAROPE, Lobipes hyperboreus, (Linné) Cuy. ° WILSON’S PHALAROPE. Steganopus wilsoni, (Sab.) Coues.

RECURVIROSTRID..

? AMERICAN AVOSET. Receurvirostra americana, Gmelin. ° BLACK-NECKED STILT. Himantopus mexicanus, Miullgord.

ORDER HERODIONES. STORKS AND HERONS.

Birds of peculiar appearance, with long legs and S-shaped necks, and with broad wings and short tails. Hind toe long, and usually not elevated. Bill long, hard and pointed, with sharp, cutting sur-

faces,

VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 229

Readily recognizable birds’ of odd form. Of no considerable value

commercially. Certain species are or have been venerated by different nations, ¢. g., the European stork and the sacred ibis of Egypt.

ARDEID.

GREAT BLUE HERON. Ardea herodias, Linné.

AMERICAN EGRET; WHITE HERON. Herodias alba egretta, (Gmel.) Ridg- way.

SNOWY HERON. Garzetta candidissima, (Gmelin) Bp.

LOUISIANA HERON. Hydranassa tricolor ludovicianuas, (Wils.) Ridgway.

LITTLE BLUE HERON. Florida cerulea, (Linné) Baird.

GREEN HERON. Butorides virescens, (Linné) Bp.

NIGHT HERON. Nyctiardea grisea nevia, (Bodd.) Allen.

WHITE-CROWNED NIGHT HERON. Nyctherodius violaceus, (Linné) Rich.

AMERICAN BITTERN. Botaurus lentiginosus, (Montague) Steph.

LEAST BITTERN. Ardetta exilis, (Gm.) Gray.

CIRCONIIDE.

WOOD IBIS. Tantalus loculator, Linné.

IBIDID.

WHITE IBIS. Eudocimus albus, (Linné) Wagler. GLOSSY IBIS. Plegadis falcinellus, (Linné) Kaup.

ORDER ALECTORIDES. RAILS AND CRANES.

Birds somewhat resembling the herons. The hind toe small and ele- vated. ‘“ Body more or less compressed. Wings short, rounded, con- cave. Tail short and small; size various.”—(Jordan).

A comparatively small order of tall birds, chiefly valued as game- birds.

230 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

RALLID A.

RED-BREASTED RAIL; MARSH HEN. Rallus elegans, Audubon. CLAPPER RAIL. Rallus longirostris crepitans, (Gmel.) Ridgway. VIRGINIA RAIL. Rallus virginianus, Linné. SORA RAIL; CAROLINA RAIL. Porzana carolina, (Linné) Baird. ° LITTLE YELLOW RAIL. Porzana novoboracensis, (Gmel.) Balrd. LITTLE BLACK RAIL. Porzana jamaicensis, (Gmel.) Baird. PURPLE GALLINULE. [Ionornis martinica, (Linné) Reich. FLORIDA GALLINULE. Gallinula galeata, (Licht.) Bp. AMERICAN COOT. Fulica americana, Gmel.

? WHOOPING CRANE. Grus americana, (Linné) Temm.

ORDER LAMELLIROSTRES. ANSERINE BIRDS.

Birds with flattened bills, raised on the edges into a series of tooth- like ridges. A high, compressed head, with small eyes. Usually with short legs (excepting the flamingoes, in which they are remarkably long), giving a “squaftty” appearance. All swimming-birds to a greater or less extent.

In economic importance this group compares favorably with the galh- naceous birds. “An important and familiar order, comprising nearly all the ‘water-fowl’ which are valued in domestication or as game-birds.”

The order is comparatively small, and includes but two families, the ducks and the flamingoes.

PHLENICOPTERID.

? AMERICAN FLAMINGO. Pheenicopterus ruber, Linné.

ANATIDE.

WHISTLING SWAN. Olor americanus, (Sharpless) Bp.

SNOW GOOSE. Chen hyperboreus, (Pallas) Boie.

AMERICAN WHITE-FRONTED GOOSE, Anser albifrons gambeli, (Hartlaub) Coues.

CANADA GOOSE. Bernicla canadensis, (Linné) Boie. |

VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 231

BRANT GOOSE. Bernicla brenta, (Pallas) Steph. - MALLARD. Anas boscas, Linné. BLACK DUCK. Anas obscura, Gmelin. GADWALL. Chaulelasmus streperus, (Linné) Gray. PIN-TAIL DUCK; SPRIG-TAIL DUCK. Dafila acuta, (Linné) Bonap. BALDPATE. Mareca americana, (Gmel.) Steph. SHOVELLER; SHOVELLER DUCK. Spatula clypeata, (Linné) Boie. BLUE-WINGED TEAL, Querquedula discors, (Linn¢) Steph. GREEN-WINGED TEAL, Nettion carolinensis, (Gmel.) Baird. WOOD DUCK; SUMMER DUCK. Aix sponsa, (Linné) Boie. SCAUP DUCK; BIG BLACK-HEAD. Fulix marila, (Linné) Baird. LITTLE BLACK-HEAD. Fulix affinis, (Eyt.) Baird. RING-BILLED BLACKHEAD; RING-NECKED DUCK. Fulix collaris, (Donovy,) Baird. / CANVAS-BACK. ythyia vallisneria, (Wils.) Boie. REDHEAD. Aythyia americana, (Eyt.) Bp. AMERICAN GOLDEN-EYE. Clangula glaucium americana, (Bp.) Ridgway. BUTTERHEAD; BUFFLEHEAD. Clangula alveola, (Linn¢) Steph. ? LONG-TAILED DUCK; OLD SQUAW. Harelda glacialis, (Linné) Leach. ? AMERICAN SCOTER. Cédemia americana, Sw. and Rich. ? AMERICAN VELVET SCOTER. Melanetta velvetina, (Cassin) Baird. ?SURF DUCK. Pelionetta perspicillata, (Linné) Kaup. AMERICAN SHELDRAKE. Mergus merganser americanus, (Cassin) Ridg- way. RED-BREASTED SHELDRAKE. Mergus serrator, Linné. HOODED SHELDRAKE. Lophodytes cucullatus, (Linné) Reich.

ORDER STEGANOPODES. TOTIPALMATE BIRDS. Toes entirely webbed; the hinder one lengthened. Bill horny, but never lamellate. A prominent gular pouch.

A tolerably large group of medium sized or large birds, aquatic and largely marine. Fish-eating. Well distributed over the globe.

TACHYPETIDA.

FRIGATE PELICAN; MAN-OF-WAR BIRD. Tachypetes aquila, (Linné) Vieil.

1 ~ OO to

VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

PELECANID.

AMERICAN WHITE PELICAN. Pelecanus erythrorhynchus, Gmelin. BROWN PELICAN. Pelecanus fuscus, Linné.

PHALACROCORACIDZ. FLORIDA CORMORANT. Phalacrocorax dilophus floridanus, (Aud.) Ridgway. PLOTIDZ.

SNAKE BIRD; AMERICAN ANHINGA. Plotus anhinga, Linné.

SULARID.

COMMON GANNET. Sula bassana, (Linné) Brisson. BOOBY GANNETT. Sula leucogastra, (Boddert) Salyin.

ORDER LONGIPENNES. LONG-WINGED SWIMMERS.

Birds with peculiarly long and pointed wings, and possessing remark- able powers of flight. Feet webbed ; hind toe small (sometimes wanting) and elevated.

This order includes only two families, the gulls and the petrels. Both are largely marine, subsisting on fish. Being excellent flyers they are often found many-hundred miles from land.

RHYNCHOPSID.

BLACK SKIMMER. Rhynchops nigra, Linné.

LARIDE.

GREAT BLACK-BACKED GULL. Larus marinus, Linné. HERRING GULL. Larus argentatus, Brinn. RING-BILLED GULL. Larus delawarensis, Ord. LAUGHING GULL. Larus atricilla, Linné.

VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. yi

BONAPARTE’S GULL. Larus philadelphia, (Ord) Gray.

BULL-BILLED TERN ; MARSH TERN. Sterna anglica, Montag. COMMON TERN. Sterna fluviatilis, Naumann.

FOSTER’S TERN, Sterna forsteri, Nuttall.

CABOT’S TERN. Sterna cantiaca acuflavida, (Cabot) Ridgway.

ROYAL TERN. Sterna regia, Gambel.

ROSEATE TERN. Sterna dougalli, Montague.

LEAST TERN. Sterna antillarum, (Lesson) Coues.

BLACK TERN. Hydrochelidon lariformis surinamensis, (Gmelin) Ridgway.

PROCELLARITDE.

GREATER SHEARWATER. Puffinus major, Faber. DUSKY SHEARWATER. Puffinus audubonii, Finsch.

? BLACK-CAPPED PETREL. Cstrelata hesitata, (Temm.) Coues,

? MOTHER CARY’S CHICKEN; STORMY PETREL. Procellaria pelagica, Linné. WILSON’S PETREL. Oceanites oceanica, (Kuhl) Coues.

ORDER PYGOPODES. DIVING BIRDS.

Birds with very short wings and palmate or lobate feet. External por- tion of the body legs very short, causing awkwardness in terrestrial pro- gression. Bill horny, variously serrate or lamellate.

Strictly American birds. Noted for their powers in diving and lack of proficiency in flight. About twenty-one species are recognized. One member of this group, the Great Auk, Alea impennis, has been exterminated within a century., Purely marine and mostly arctic birds.

PODICIPITIDZ.

AMERICAN RED-NECKED GREBE. Podiceps holbolli, Reinhardt. HORNED GREBE. Dytes auritus, (Linné) Ridgway. THICK-BILLED GREBE; DABCHICK. Podilymbus podiceps, (Linné) Lawrence.

COLYMBID. LOON. Colymbus torquatus, Brunn.

RED-THROATED DIVER. Colymbus septentrionalis, Linné. BLACK-THROATED DIVER. Colymbus arcticus, Linné.

234 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

ALCIDZ.

2?COMMON PUFFIN. Fratercula arctica, (Linné) Steph.

. CLASS REPTILIA. REPTILES.

Air-breathing vertebrates with cold, red blood. Exoskeleton developed as scales (serpents and lizards), or horny or bony plates (tortoises). Limbs absent (serpents), or present and adapted for walking and swimming. Eges hatched externally (oviparous reptiles), or in the body of the parent (ovoviviparous reptiles).

A large class of useful (tortoises) and baneful animals, remarkable for their varied modifications of structure. Many species which are per- fectly harmless, and possess great interest for the unbiased observer, are commonly regarded with an aversion kept alive by the fables of folk-lore. About two hundred and sixty species are North American. Five orders are usually recognized.

ORDER OPHIDIA. SERPENTS.

Reptiles of an extremely attenuated form, devoid of limbs (rarely possessing rudiments of hind limbs), and with the two halves of the lower jaw united by hgament. Right and left lungs unequally developed. Exoskeleton in the form of scales. Oviparous.

This order includes some of the most venomous of all animals. Only two poisonous families, however, are represented in the United States, namely, the rattlesnakes (Crotalidx), and the harlequin snakes (Hlapide). All other North American snakes, except five species, belong to the great family Colubridx, and are perfectly harmless. About one hundred and thirty-two species of this order inhabit North America.

VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 235

CROTALID JK.

BANDED RATTLESNAKE.* Crotalus horridus, Linné.

WATER RATTLESNAKE. Crotalus adamantets, Beauvois.

GROUND RATTLESNAKE, Caudisona miliaria, (Linné) Baird and Girard.

BLACK RATTLESNAKE ; PRAIRIE RATTLESNAKE; MASSASAUGA. Caudi- sona tergemina, Say.

WATER MOCCASIN, Ancistrodon piscivorus, (Lacépéde) Cope.

COPPERHEAD. Ancistrodon contortrix, (Linné) B, and G,

ELAPID/E.

BEAD SNAKE. Elaps fulvius, (Linné) Cope.

COLUBRID Z&.

GROUND SNAKE; WORM SNAKE. Carphophiops amcenus, Say.

VALERIA’S SNAKE. Virginia valerie, Baird and Girard.

BROWN SNAKE. Haldea striatula, (Linné) B. and G.

CROWNED TANTILLA. Tantilla coronata, Baird and Girard.

RED-LINED SNAKE. Abastor erythrogrammmus, (Daudin) Gray.

RED-BELLIED HORN SNAKE, Farancia abacura, (Holbrook) B, and G.

YELLOW-BANDED SCARLET SNAKE, Cemophora coccinea, (Blumenbach) Cope. ;

SCARLET SNAKE, Osceola elapsoidea, (Holbrook) B. and G.

SCARLET KING SNAKE. Ophibolus doliatus doliatus, (Linné) Cope.

RED KING SNAKE. Ophibolus doliatus coccineus, (Linn¢) Cope.

HOUSE SNAKE; MILK SNAKE; CHICKEN SNAKE; THUNDER AND LIGHTNING SNAKE. Ophibolus doliatus triangulus, (Linné) Cope. THUNDER SNAKE; KING SNAKE; CHAIN SNAKE. Ophibolus getulus

getulus, (Linné) Cope. BLOTCHED KING SNAKE. Ophibolus rhombomaculatus, Holbrook. RING-NECKED SNAKE. Diadophis punctatus punctatus, (Linné) Cope.

* This and the succeeding species of venomous snakes, except the harlequin, can be readily distinguished from the innocent ones, on close examination, by the presence of a pit in the cheek, between the eye and the nostril. No infallible remedy seems to have been discovered for the cure of bites of these serpents. The immediate cauteriza- tion of the wound and the application of large quantities of stimulants, alcohol, whisky, and the like, internally, constitute the treatment most generally successful. Delay in this matter is dangerous.

236 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

? RING-NECKED SNAKE. Diadophis punctatus amabilis, (Linné) Cope. XANTUS’ SNAKE. Hypsiglena ochrorhyncha, Cope. GREEN SNAKE. Cyclophis estivus, (Linné) Ginther. CHICKEN SNAKE. Coluber quadrivittatus, (Holbrook) B. andG. MOUNTAIN BLACK SNAKE. Coluber obsoletus obsoletus, (Say) Cope. RED-HEADED COLUBER. Coluber obsoletus confinis, (B. and G.) Cope. CORN SNAKE. Coluber guttatus, (Linné) B. and G.

? COUPER’S SNAKE. Spilotes couperi, Holbrook.

? GEORGIA SNAKE; INDIGO SNAKE. S§pilotes erebennus, Cope.

? PINE SNAKE; BULL SNAKE. Pityophis melanoleucus, (Daudin) Holbrook. BLACK SNAKE, Bascanium constrictor, (Linné) B. and G. COACH-WHIP SNAKE. Bascanium flagellum, (Shaw) True. RIBAND SNAKE; SWIFT GARTER SNAKE. Eutenia saurita, (Linné) B.

and G.

? LONG’S GARTER SNAKE. Eutenia proxima, Say. STRIPED SNAKE; GARTER SNAKE. Eutenia sirtalis sirtalis, (Linné) Cope

? CHORCHILL’S GARTER SNAKE. Eutenia sirtalis dorsalis, (Linné) Cope. GRASS SNAKE. Eutenia sirtalis ordinata, (Linné) Cope. STORER’S SNAKE. Storeria occipitomaculata, Storer.

? DE KAY’S SNAKE, §Storeria dekayi, Holbrook. BROWN QUEEN SNAKE. Tropidonotus leberis, Linné. GREEN QUEEN SNAKE. Tropidonotus rigidus, Say. BELTED WATER SNAKE. Tropidonotus fasciatus, (Linné) Holbrook. WATERSNAKE; WATER MOCCASIN. Tropidonotus sipedon sipedon, (Linné)

Cope.

COPPER BELLY. Tropidonotus sipedon erythrogaster, (Linné) Cope. DARK-SPOTTED WATER SNAKE. Tropidonotus taxispilotus, Holbrook. BLOWING VIPER; HOG-NOSED SNAKE. Heterodon platyrhinus, Latreille. BLACK HOG-NOSED SNAKE. Heterodon platyrhinus atmodes, (Latreille) Cope. BLACK VIPER. Heterodon platyrhinus niger, (Latreille) Yarrow. HOG-NOSED SNAKE. Heterodon simus simus, (Linné) Cope.

ORDER LACERTILIA. LIZARDS.

A very compact order of reptiles, presenting close affinities with the serpents. From these they are distinguished, however, by the presence of external ears, the osseous union of the two halves of the lower jaw, and the occurrence, in the majority of cases, of visible limbs.*

* The “glass snake,” Ophiosaurus ventralis, although devoid of external limbs, presents the remaining and fundamental characteristics of the lizards, and is not to be regarded as a serpent. F

bo

» 37

VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

The lizards, as a class, revel in sunshine and all warmth, and abound most in countries where these things are most plenty. In the United States, they live principally in the southern States, though one or two species make their way as far north as Pennsylvania and Washington Territory. Many species will bite when provoked, but few are venomous. The order will repay a far greater amount of attention than has yet been bestowed upon it.

SCINCIDE. GROUND LIZARD. Oligosoma laterale, (Say) Girard.

SCORPION; RED-HEADED LIZARD; BLUE-TAILED LIZARD. Eumeces fasciatus, (Linné) Cope.

TEIDA.

SIX-STRIPED LIZARD. Cnemidophorus sexlineatus, (Linné) Dumeril and Bibron.

,

ANGUIDZ.

GLASS SNAKE. Ophiosaurus ventralis, Daudin:

IGUANIDZ.

BROWN LIZARD. Sceloporus undulatus undulatus, (Harlan) Cope.

ANOLID.

GREEN LIZARD. Anolis principalis, (Linné) Cope.

ORDER TESTUDINATA. TORTOISES.

An order of reptiles characterized by the absence of teeth, and the modification and expansion of the ribs and vertebrae to form a more or less bony chamber, which covers and protects the soft part of the body. Exoskeleton usually in the form of horny scales. Oviparous.

238 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

This order is, perhaps, the most useful of the class, at least from an economical point of view. The flesh and eggs of the sea turtles furnish palatable and nutritious food, while the scales of some species, the hawk- bill turtles, afford the beautiful tortoise-shell of commerce. The terra- pins and soft-shelled turtles are the delight of the epicure. The “gopher” is the bon bouche of the Southern negro. Many species of tortoises now unused might be employed for food were it not-for prejudice.

The tortoises have a very peculhar distribution, being most largely represented in the eastern parts of America and Asia. About seventeen genera and forty-two species inhabit the United States.

SPHARGIDIDE.*

LEATHER TURTLE. LDermatochelys coriacea, (Vandelli) Strauch.

CHELONIIDA.*

LOGGERHEAD. Thalassochelys caretta, (Linné) True. GREEN TURTLE. Chelonia midas, (Linné) Schweigger.

TRIONYCHID.

SOUTHERN SOFT-SHELLED TORTOISE. Asvidonectes ferox, (Schw.) Wagler. SPRING SOFT-SHELLED TORTOISE. Aspidonectes spinifer, (Les.) Agassiz.

CHELYDRID/.

SNAPPING TURTLE. Chelydra serpentina, (Linné) Schw.

CINOSTERNID.

MUSK TORTOISE; STINK POT. Aromochelys odorata, (Latreille) Gray. MUD TORTOISES. Cinosternum pennsylvanicum, (Bosc) Gray.

EMY DID.

FLORIDA TERRAPIN. Pseudemys concinna, (LeConte) Gray. YELLOW-BELLIED TERRAPIN. Pseudemys scabra, (Linné) Cope. SALT WATER TERRAPIN. Malacoclemmys palustris, (Gmelin) Agassiz.

*These marine turtles occur along the greater part of the Atlantic coast of the United States, and although likely at any time to be found on the shores of South Carolina, cannot properly be said to be included in its fauna.—F. W. T.

VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 239

CHEQUERED TERRAPIN. Chrysemys picta, (Hermann) Grya. CHICKEN TERRAPIN. Chrysemys reticulata, (Bosc) Cope. SPECKLED TORTOISE. Chelopus guttatus, (Schw.) Cope. COMMON BOX TORTOISE. Cistudo carolina, (I-inné) Gray.

TESTUDINIDZ.

GOPHER. Xerobates polyphemus, (Daudin) Cooper.

ORDER CROCODILIA. CROCODILES.

An order of lizard-like reptiles, with four legs, fitted for walking or

swimming, the feet being webbed. Skin hard and raised into scales, beneath which there are often bony plates. Tail with a series of scales, each crested on the back. Teeth conical, rootless. Heart with two ven- tricles. . The Crocodilia, of which the prominent North American species, the alligator, is well known, form a compact group, better represented in past time than at present. They live in sluggish rivers and ponds, and subsist largely on animal food.

Species of this order are abundant in South America. In North America there are but two recognized species, the alfigator and the Florida crocodile (Crocodilus acutus, Cuvier).

ALLIGATORID 2.

ALLIGATOR. Alligator mississippiensis, Daudin.*

CLASS AMPHIBIA. AMPHIBIANS.

A class of cold-blooded vertebrates, closely allied to the fishes. They

breathe when young, or throughout life, by external gills. Limbs, when J oS? oO } d 5

present, present bony elements homologous to those in the limbs of rep-

*The question has been raised whether there are two species or varieties of alligators . . . . . ° a . . . in North America, differing in color and other characters. Observations on this point would be of great value.—F. W, T.

240 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

tiles. Skin usually without scales. Eggs without hard shell, strongly resembling those of fishes.

A class of animals mostly of no economic value. The frogs, however, furnish excellent food, and the toads are invaluable to the agriculturist as insect-eaters. Many absurd notions exist regarding these animals, which have no foundation of truth, but are progeny of ignorance and prejudice. The majority of amphibians are entirely harmless.

ORDER ANURA. TAILLESS AMPHIBIANS.

Amphibians without tails in the adult state. Body broad and short ; legs large, usually adapted for jumping. Young (tadpoles) with tail and gills, but without teeth.

A comparatively small group of: closely allied animals, found through- out the world. Somé are almost exclusively terrestrial (Bufonide and Hyladx), while others are almost totally aquatic. This and the remaining orders of amphibians are, in certain respects, the least known of the

vertebrates. RANID ZA.

BULL-FROG. ‘Rana catesbiana, Shaw. GREEN FROG; SPRING FROG. Rana clamitans, Merrem. SHAD FROG. Rana halecina halecina, (Kalm) Cope. MARSH FROG. Rana palustris, LeCcnte. WOOD FROG. Rana temporaria silvatica, (Linné) Cope. ? FLORIDA FROG. Rana areolata capito, (Baird and Girard) Cope.

SCAPHIOPID As.

SOLITARY SPADE-FOOT. Scaphiopus holbrookii, (Harlan) Baird.

HY LID.

GREEN TREE-TOAD. Hyla carolinensis, Pennant. DAUDIN’S TREE-TOAD. Hyla femoralis, Daudin. COMMON TREE-TOAD. Hyla squirella, Daudin. ? FLORIDA HYLA. Hyla gratiosa, LeConte. ; CHAMELION HYLA. Hyla carolinensis semifasciata, (Pennant) Cope.

VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 241

ANDERSON’S HYLA. Hyla andersoni, Baird.

DARK-GREEN TREE-FROG. Chorophilus nigritus, (Leconte) Cope.

BLACK-SPOTTED BROWN TREE-FROG. Chorophilus ornatus, (Holbr ) Cope. ? TREE FROG. Chorophilus ocularis, Daudin.

CRICKET FROG. Acris gryllus gryllus, (Leconte) Cope.

WESTERN CRICKET. Acris gryllus crepitans, (LeConte) Cope.

ENGYSTOMID.

CAROLINA TREE FROG. Engystoma carolinense, Holbrook.

BUFONIDE.

LATREILLE’S TOAD. Bufo lentiginosus lentiginosus, (Shaw) Cope. AMERICAN TOAD. Bufo lentiginosus americanus, (Shaw) Cope. OAK FROG. Bufo quercicus, Holbrook.

ORDER URODELA. SALAMANDERS.

Amphibians, possessing elongated bodies, covered with smooth, naked skin. Four limbs present. No external gills in the adult. Tail long, round or flattened.

A large group of peculiar and, usually, small animals.

PLEURODELID/®.

EASTERN WATER LIZARD. Diemyctylus miniatus miniatus, (Raf.) Cope. GREEN TRITON. Diemyctylus miniatus viridescens, (Raf.) Cope.

DESMOGNATHIDE,

BLACK TRITON; BLACK SALAMANDER. Desmognathus nigra, (Green) Baird. BROWN TRITON. Desmognathus fusca fusca, (Raf.) Cope.

EARED TRITON Desmognathus fusca ariculata, (Raf.) Cope. 16

242 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

PLETHODONTIDZ.

TWO-STRIPED SALAMANDER. Spelerpes bilineatus, (Green) Baird.

YELLOW-BACKED SALAMANDER. Spelerpes guttolineatus, (Holbrook) Cope.

RED SALAMANDER; RED TRITON. Spelerpes ruber ruber, (Daudin) Cope.

MOUNTAIN TRITON. Spelerpes ruber montanus, (Daudin) Cope.

SALMON TRITON. Gyrinophilus porphyriticus, Green.

LEAST SALAMANDER. Manculus quadridigitatus, (Holbr.) Cope.

VISCID SALAMANDER. Plethodon glutinosus, (Green) Baird.

RED-BACKED SALAMANDER. Plethodon erythronotus, (Green) Baird.

AMBLYSTOMID ZS.

BURROWING SALAMANDER. Amblystoma talpoideum, (Holbrook) Gray. OPAQUE SALAMANDER. Amblystoma opacum, (Gravenhorst) Baird. SPOTTED SALAMANDER. Amblystoma punctatum, Linné.

TIGER SALAMANDER. Amblystoma trigrinum, Green.

MENOPOMIDE.

HELLBENDER. Menopoma alleghiense, Harlan. TENNESSEE HELLBENDER. Menopoma fuscum, Holbrook.

AMPHIUMID.

CONGO EEL. Amphiuma means, Linné.

ORDER PROTEIDA. PROTEANS.

Tailed amphibians, with large external gills persistent throughout life. The lungs, however, retain a more or less functional capacity.

Peculiar animals, closely resembling fishes, for which they are fre- quently mistaken by the unlearned. Some species inhabit caves and are

blind.

bo rst Oo

VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

PROTEIDA.

GIBBES’ PROTEUS. Necturus punctatus, Gibbes. LAKE SIREN ; PROTEUS. Necturus lateralis, Say.

SIRENIDZE.

STRIATED SIREN. Pseudobranchus striatus, LeConte. SIREN. Siren lacertina, Linné.

CLASS. PISCES. FISHES.

Cold-blooded, aquatic vertebrates, with fore and hind limbs, the pecto- ral and ventral fins, adapted for swimming. A more or less bony skull. A relatively small brain. The single or unpaired fins, namely, those on the median line of the back (dorsal fins), and that behind the vent (anal fin), do not represent limbs, but are special developments from the skin. A distinct lower jaw. A heart with two cells and an arterial bulb. Breathing carried on by means of gills (branchi). Skin covered witli scales or bony plates; rarely naked.

The foregoing definition is intended to include the true fishes and the ganoid fishes, such as the sturgeons and gar-pikes.

The fishes constitute a very large group, whose representatives vary greatly in size, form and mode of life. They are distributed everywhere over the globe, occurring in all bodies of water, whether large or small, as well in arctic as tropical regions. A few lakes, such as the Dead Sea, are uninhabited by fishes. Other bodies of water of quite as unusual a character, such as hot springs and saline springs, often contain represen- tatives of this class.

Fishes form the object of the most completely organized, extensive, and important industry anywhere carried on in connection with animals in the wild state. The fisheries of the world, according to Prof. Goode, furnish products at the present time valued at not less than $235,000,000. Not only do fishes furnish an abundant food-supply, but, also, great quan- tities of other valuable products, such as oils and fertilizers.

About thirteen thousand species of fishes are known, of which some thirteen hundred are North American.

=

244 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

SUB-CLASS PHYSOCLISTI. CLOSED-BLADDER FISHES. ORDER PLECTOGNATHI.

Fishes which have the intermaxillary bone (that in front of the upper jaw bone) immovably united with the jaw bone. Ventral fins absent. Skin hard, rough, or covered with plates. Marine fishes..

ORTHAGORISCIDA.

SUN-FISH. Mola rotunda, Cuvier.

TETRODONTID.

PIN-CUSHION; RABBIT FISH. Chilomycterus geometricus, (Bl. and Schn.) Kaup. SMOOTH PUFFER; TAMBOR. Lagocephalus levigatus, (Linné) Gill, ROUGH PUFFER ; BLOWER; SWELLFISH. Tetrodon turgidus, (Mitch.) Gill. ?SPENGLER’S PUFFER. Tetrodon spengleri, Bloch.

BALISTID A.

LONG-TAILED FILE FISH. Alutera scheepffi, (Walb.) Goode.

CHECKERED FILE FISH. Alutera scripta, (Osbeck) Bleeker.

HOG FISH; FILE FISH Ceratacanthus aurantiacus, (Mitch.) Gill.

STORER’S FILE FISH; FOOL FISH. Monacanthus broccus, (Mitch.) Dek.

EUROPEAN FILE FISH; OLD-WIFE; LEATHER-JACKET. Balistes capris- cus, Gmelin.

OSTRACIID.

COW-FISH ; CUCKOLD. Ostracium quadricorne, L.

ORDER PEDICULATI.

Fishes, prominently represented by the goose-fish (Lophius piscatorius), which are peculiar in having the wrist-bones elongated so as to form a sort of arm, at the juncture of which with the body the gills open. Ma- rine fishes.

VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 245

MALTHEIDZ.

? BAT FISH; NOSE FISH. Malthe vespertilio,(Linné) Cuvier. ? SPOTTED SEA-BAT. Malthe vespertilio nasuta, (Cuv. and Val.) J. and G.

LOPHIID.

? FISHING-FROG; MONK-FISH; GOOSE-FISH; ALL-MOUTH; BELLOWS- FISH; ANGLER. Lophius piscatorius, Linné.

ORDER HETEROSOMATA. FLAT-FISHES.

Fishes which are peculiar in that the anterior portion of the skull is so twisted that the sockets of both eyes are brought to the same side, one being vertical, the other lateral. The posterior portion of the skull is normal.—(Cope).

The Flat-fishes form a compact group, all the species being included in a single family. They are almost exclusively marine, and are widely distributed. About four hundred species are recognized.

PLEURONECTIDZ.

TONGUE-FISH; LONG SOLE. Aphoristia plagiusa, (Linné) J. and G, SPOTTED SOLE: HOG CHOKER. <Achirus lineatus, (Linné) Cuvier. GRAY FLOUNDER. Etropus crossotus, J. and G.

NEW YORK FLOUNDER. Paralichthys ommatus, Jor. and Gilb. FLOUNDER. Paralichthys squamilentus, J. and G.

? PALE-SPOTTED FLOUNDER. Paralichthys albigutta, J. and G, SOUTHERN FLOUNDER. Paralichthys dentatus, (Linné) J. and G. FLOUNDER. Paralichthys ocellaris, (Dek.) J. and G.

FLOUNDER. Citharichthys spilopterus, Ginther.

ORDER ACANTHOPTERI. SPINY-RAYED FISHES.

This is the great order of typical modern fishes. The skull is symmet- rical. The gills and their covers (the opercular apparatus) are normal and

246 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

complete. The former open anterior to the pectoral fins. The anterior rays of the dorsal and anal fins exist as spines.

The fishes of this order are of wide distribution, and among them are found both marine and fresh-water forms. The majority of the marine food-tishes belong here. About six hundred species are found in the waters of and about North America.

GADID®.

HADDOCK. Gadus eglifinus, L. EARLL’S HAKE. Phycis earlli, Bean.

OPHIDIID.%.

> BROWN SNAKE-FISH. Ophidium marginatum, DeKay.

LYCODID®.

Lycodalepis pelaris, (Sabine) J. and G.

BLENNIID.®.

? Clinus nuchipinnis, Quoy and Gaimard. CAROLINA BLENNY. Blennius carolinus, (C. and V.) J. and G. °>BLENNY. Hypleurochilus geminatus, (Wood) J. and G. SPOTTED BLENNY. Isesthes punctatus, (Wood) J. and G. HENTZ, BLENNY. Isesthes hentzii, (Les.) J. and G. OLIV E-GREEN BLENNY. Isesthes scutator, J. and G, BOSC’s SHANNY. Chasmodes boscianus, (Lac.) Cuv.and Val.

BATRACHID..

TOAD FISH; OYSTER FISH. Batrachus tau, (Linné) Cuv. and Val. MIDSHIPMAN, Porichthys plectrodon, J. and G.

GOBIESOCID.

Gobiesox strumosus, Cope.

VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. DAT

TRIGLIDAL.

FLYING ROBIN. Cephalacanthus spinarela, (Linné) Lac.

LINED SEA-ROBIN ; FLYING FISH. Prionotus evolans, (Linné) Gill.

WEB-FINGERED SEA-ROBIN; CAROLINA ROBIN. Prionotus palmipes, (Mitch.) Storer.

SEA-ROBIN. Prionotus tribulus, Cuy. and Val.

SPOTTED SEA-ROBIN. Prionotus scitulus, J. and G.

SCORPAINID AE.

SCORPION. Scorpena steamsii, Goode and Bean.

GOBIID.

?SCALELESS GOBY. Gobiosoma bosci, (Lac.) J. and G. BLACK GOBY. Gobius carolinensis, Gill. OLIVE GOBY. Gobius encezomus, J. and G, STRIPED SLEEPER. Dormitator lineatus, Gill. OLIVE CULIUS. Culius amblyopsis, Cope. Lepidogobius thalassinus, J. and G. Gobionellus oceanicus, (Pall.) J. and G.

URANOSCOPID 4.

? NAKED STAR-GAZER. Astroscopus anoplus, (Cuv. and Val.) Brevoort. Astroscopus y-grecum, (C. and V.) Gill.

CHATODONTIDZE.

? ANGEL-FISH ; ISABELITA. Pomacanthus ciliaris, (Linn.) J. and G, ? BANDED BRISTLE-TOOTH. Chetodon maculocinctus, (Gill) J. and G.

EPHIPPIUD2.

ANGEL FISH; MOON FISH, Chetodipterus faber, (Brouss.) J. and G.

2AS . VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

LABRIDAB.

BLACK-FISH ; TAUTOG. Tautoga onitis, (Linné) Giinther. Caliodon ustus, Cuy and Val.

RAZOR-FISH, Xyrichthys lineatus, Cuy. and Val.

BLUE-FISH ; DONCELLA. Platyglossus radiatus, (L.) J. and G.

GERRIDE.

» BROWN GERROID. Gerres homonymus, (Goode and Bean) J. and G. SILVER GERROID. Gerres gulo, C. and V.

SCLANID.UE.

SPOTTED SEA TROUT; SALMON TROUT, Cynoscion maculatum, (Mitchell). Gill.

SALT-WATER TROUT; WEAK FISH. Cynoscion regalis, (Bloch) Gill.

SALT-WATER TROUT. Cynoscion thalassinus, ‘Holb.) Gill.

WHITE TROUT: SALT-WATER TROUT. Cynoscion nothus, (Holb.) Gill.

DRUM. Pogonias chromis, (Linné) C.and VY.

YELLOW TAIL, Liostomus xanthurus, Lacépdde.

CHUB. Scisna stellifera, (Block) J. and G.

SILVER PERCH. Scisna chrysura, (Lac.) J. and G.

SEA-BASS ; SPOTTED-BASS. Sclena ocellata, (Linné) Giinther.

CAROLINA WHITING. Menticirrus alburnus, (Linné) Gill.

SHORE WHITING. Menticirrus littoralis, (Holbr.) Gill.

CROAKER,. Micropogon undulatus, (Linné) Cuy. and Val,

CROAKER. Larimus fasciatus, Holbrook.

SPARID..

BREAM. Pimelepterus boscii, Lacépéde. SPOT-TATLED PIN-FISH. Diplodus caudimacula, (Poey) J. and G. BREAM. TDiplodus holbrooki, (Bean) J. and G. BREAM. Lagodon rhomboides, (Linné) Holbrook. SHEEPSHEAD. Archosargus probatocephalus, (Walbaum) Gill. PORGY. Stenotomus argyrops, (Linné) Gill. GILT HEAD, Sparus aculeatus, (Cuv. and Val.) Gill. FLASHER. Lobotes surinamensis, (Bloch) Cuvier. °> WHITE GRUNT. Diabasis trivittatus, (Bloch and Schn.) J. and G,

VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 249

STRAIGHT-BACKED GRUNT. Diabasis chrysopterus, (Linn.) J. and G. BLACK GRUNT. Diabasis formosus, (L., J. and G, ? VIRGINIA HOG-FISH. Pomadasys virginicus, (Linné) J.and G.

SAILOR’S CHOICE; HOG-FISH. Pomadasys fulvomaculatus, (Mitchell) J. and G,

MANGROVE SNAPPER; BASTARD SNAPPER. Lutjanus aurorubens, (Cuv. and Val.) Vaillant.

YELTING ; GLASS-EYED SNAPPER. Lutjanus caxis, (BI., Schn.) Gill.

SERRANID/ZL.

SOAP-FISH. Rypticusmaculatus, Holbr.

RED GROUPER. Epinephelus morio, (Cuvier) Gill.

BLACK GROUPER. Epinephelus nigritus, (Holbr.) Gill. SQUIRREL FISH; SERRANO. Serranus fascicularis, Cuv. and Val. GRAY SERRANO. Serranus trifurcus, (Linn.) J. and G.

BLACK FISH. Serranus ratarius, (Linné) J. and G.

ROCK-FISH ; STRIPED BASS. Roccus lineatus, (B1., Schn.) Gill. WHITE PERCH. Roccus americana, (Gmelin) J. and G,

PERCIDZ&.

YELLOW PERCH; AMERICAN PERCH; RINGED PERCH. Perca ameri- cana, Schranck. BARRATT’S DARTER. Pecilicthys barratti, (Holbr.) J. and G. ? Nothonotus vulneratus, (Cope) Jor. ? Nothonotus rufilineatus, (Cope) Jor. CRAWL-A-BOTTOM. Hadropterus nigrofasciatus, Agassiz, Alvordius crassus, Jordan and Brayton. ? Alvordius neviensis, (Cope) Jor. ? Bollosoma effulgens, (Grd.) Cope. ? Boleosoma olmstedi, (Storer) Agassiz. ? Ioa vitrea, (Cope) J. and B.

CENTRARCHIDE.

SMALL-MOUTHED BLACK BASS. Micropterus dolomieu, Lac. Lepomis holbrooki, (Cuy. and Val.) McKay. BLUE SUNFISH ; COPPER-NOSED BREAM ; DOLLARDEE. Lepomis pallidus, (Mitch.) Gill and Jor. LONG-EARED SUNFISH. Lepomis megalotis solis, (Cuv. and Val.) McKay.

250 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

? LONG- EARED SUNFISH. Lepomis auritus, (L.) Raf. Lepomis elongatus, (Holbr ) Gill and Jor. BLACK-BANDED SUNFISH. Mesogonistius chetodon, (Baird) Gill. Enneacanthus simulans, (Cope) McKay. ? Enneacanthus gloriosus, (Holbr.) Jor. ? Enneacanthus obesus, (Baird) Gill. MUD SUNFISH. Acantharchus pomotis, (Baird) Gill. Centrarchus macropterus, (Lac.) Jor.

APHREDODERID®.

? PIRATE PERCH. Aphredoderus sayanus, (Gilliams) DeKay.

BRAMIDZ.

Pteraclis carolinus, Valenciennes.

CORY PHENIDA.

Coryphena sueuri, Cuy. and Val.

STROMATIDA.

HARVEST FISH. Stromateus peru, Linné.

POMATOMID.E.

BLUEFISH ; SKIP-JACK. Pomatomus salatrix, (Linné) Gill.

CARANGIDE.

HORSE FISH. Selene setipinnis, (Mitch.) Liitken.

SILVER MOON-FISH. Selene vomer, (Linné) Liitken.

DOTTED SCAD. Decapterus punctatus, (Agassiz) Gill.

MACKEREL SCAD. Decapterus macarellus, (Cuv. and Val.) Gill ? BIG-EYED SCAD. Caranx crumenophthalmus, (Bloch) Lac.

YELLOW CREVALLE. Caranx pisquetus, Cuv. and Val.

HORSE CREVALLE. Caranx hippos, (Linné) Giinther.

HORSE CREVALLE. Caranx fallax, Cuv. and Val.

VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 251

GREEN CREVALLE. Caranx falcatus, Holbr. ? BEAN’S CREVALLE. Caranx beani, Jordan. THREAD FISH. Blethari crinitus, (Akerly) DeKay. THREAD FISH. Chloroscombrus chrysurus, (Linné) Gill. SHORT PAMPANO. Trachynotus ovatus, (Linné) Giinther. GLAUCOUS PAMPANO. Trachynotus glaucus, Cuv. and Val. CREVALLE; CAVALLI. POMPYNOSE Trachynotus carolinus, (Linné) Giil. POMPYNOSE. .Seriola fasciata, (Bloch) C. and V. RUDDER FISH; BONITO. Seriola zonata, (Mitch.) C. and V. RUDDER FISH. Seriola carolinensis, Holb. ?YELLOW-TAIL. Seriola lalandi, Cuv. and Val. ?PILOT-FISH. Naucrates ductor, (Linn.) Raf.

SCOMBRID Zé.

MACKEREL. Scomber colsos, Gmelin.

MACKEREL (occasional). Scomber scombrus, Linné.

BONITO SKIP-JACK. Sarda mediterranea, (Bl. and Sch.) J. and G,.

HORSE MACKEREL, Orcynus thynnus, (Linné) Poey

SPANISH MACKEREL. Scomberomorus maculatus, (Mitch.) J. and G.

BLACK-SPOTTED SPANISH MACKEREL. Scomberomorus regalis, (Bloch) J. and G.

SIERRA. Scomberomorus caballa, (Cuy. and Val.) J. andG.

TRICHIURID A. HAIR-TAIL. Trichiurus lepturus, Linné.

XIPHIID. ? BILL-FISH ; SPEAR-FISH ; AGUJA BLANCA. Tetrapturus albidus, Poey. ?COMMON SWORD-FISH. Xiphias gladius, L.

ELACATIDZE. CRAB-EATER; COBIA. Elacate canada, (Linné) Gill.

ECHENEIDE,

REMORA, Echeneis remora, L. LONG-JAWED REMORA. Phthirichthys lineatus, (Menzies) Gill.

PEGADOR. Echeneis naucrates, L.

252 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

POLYNEMIDE.

Polynemus octofilis, (Gill) J. and G.

SPYRJENIDAL.

PICUDA; BARRACUDA PIKE. Spyrena picuda, Blech and Schn. > BARRACUDA. Sphyrena guaguancho, Cuy. and Val.

ATHERINID.®.

PSILVERSIDES. Menidia notata, (Mitch.) J. and G, WANDERING SILVERSIDES, Menidia vagrans, (Goode and Bean) J. and G. 3OS8C’S SILVERSIDES. Menidia vagrans laciniata, Swain. CAROLINA SILVERSIDES. Atherina carolina, Cuv. and Val.

MUGILID.®.

MULLET. Mugil albula, Linné. WHITE MULLET; LIZA. Mugil brasiliensis, Agassiz.

ORDER HEMIBRANCHIL. HEMIBRANCHS.

A small order of fishes, allied to the <Acanthoptert, but having the mouth bounded above by the premaxillary bones only, and the bones of the throat reduced in number. The ventral fins are abdominal.

The North American species are but eleven in number. All the rep- resentatives of the order are of small size and economically unimportant.

GASTEROSTEID.E®.

STICKLEBACK,. Apeles quadracus, (Mitch.) Brevoort. COMMON STICKLEBACK; BURNSTICKLE. Gasterosteus aculeatus, L.

VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 253

ORDER LOPHOBRANCHITL.

Fishes with tufted gills and small toothless mouths, boanded above by the premaxillary bones and carried at the end of along snout. The basis of the pectoral fins are elevated, and the skin is covered with bony plates.

Small fishes of peculiar form and curious and interesting habits. Six species representing two families occur in North American waters. Fishes of the sea and brackish waters.

HIPPOCAMPID.

FLORIDA SEA-HORSE. Hippocampus stylifer, J. and G. SEA-HORSE. Hippocampus heptagonus, Raf.

SYNGNATHIDZE.

LOUISIANA PIPE-FISH. Siphostoma louisiane, (Giinther) J. and G.

ORDER SYNENTOGNATHI. SYNENTOGNATHOUS FISHES.

- Fishes in which the shoulder-blade is connected with the skull by means of a post-temporal bone. The parietal bone of the skull is very small. The ventral fins are abdominal, and, as in the case of the others, are without spines.

This order includes but a single family, the Scomberescidx, or Flying- fishes and Gar-fishes. They haye peculiar elongated mouths, and are carnivorous. The family is represented in North America by seventeen species. Marine fishes. The flying-fishes have attracted much attention on account of their curious aérial performances. They are able to sus- tain themselves in the air for about a minute at a time, during which period they vibrate their “wings” or pectoral fins, and move with great rapidity. At such times they are fleeing from their aquatic enemies.

SCOMBERESOCID JE.

FLYING FISH, Exocetus novaboracensis, Mitchill. FLYING FISH. Exocetus hillianus, Gosse, HALF-BEAK,. Himrhamphus unifasciatus, Ranzani,

254 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

SHORT-NOSED SKIPPER. Scomberesox brevirostris, Peters. ?SAURY; SKIPPER; BILL-FISH. Scomberesox saurus, (Walb.) Fleming. SILVFR GAR; BILL-FISH. Tylosurus marinus, (Bl. and Schn.) J. and G. ? NEEDLE-FISH. Tylosurus hians, (C. and V.) J. and G.

SUB-CLASS PHYSOSTOMI. SOFT-RAYED FISHES.

ORDER APODES. EELS.

An order of fishes well known from its representative, the common Eel. The maxillary bones and gill-covers are frequently wanting, as are in all cases the ventral fins. The vertebree are unusually numerous. No spines in the dorsal and anal fins, which are not distinet from the tail. The body is serpentine and usually entirely without scales.

There has been much doubt relative to the manner in which eels spawn, but it has at length been proved that the mode is not unlike that of fishes. The male is smaller than the female.

ANGUILLIDA.

?CONGER EEL. Conger niger, (Risso) J. and G. COMMON EEL. Anguilla rostrata, (Le Sueur) DeKay. GOLDEN SNAKE-FISH. Ophichthys chrysops, Poey.

ORDER HAPLOMI. HAPLOMOUS FISHES.

In the fishes of this order the mouth and gill-covers are normal, and the former is furnished with teeth. The ventral fins are present (except in a few instances), and are abdominal in position. The vertebre are normal. The scales of the head and body are eycloid.

A large group of fishes of varying size, of which the family of Pikes are kell known. The majority inhabit fresh waters. The Cyprinodonts swarm in every brook.

bo Or cy |

VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

ESOCID&.

COMMON EASTERN PICKEREL; GREEN PIKE. Esox reticulatus, Lesueur. BANDED PICKEREL. Esox americanus, Gmelin.

CYPRINODONTID®.

{ Girardinus formosus, Grd. | Gambbusia patruelis, (B. and G.) Girard. | Zygonectes cingulatus,, (C. and V.) Jor. MINNOWS. 1 Zygonectes zonatus, (Mitch,) Jor. | Zygonectes chrysotus, (Giinther) Jor. ?Zygonectes melanops, (Cope) Jor. | ?Zygonectes atrilatus, Jordan and Brayton. COMMON KILLIFISH; MUMMICHOG; SALT-WATER MINNOW. Fundulus heteroclitus, (L.) Giinther. ? Fundulus nigrofasciatus, (Le S.) Cand V. Fundulus similis, (Baird and Girard) Gthr, KILLIFISH ; MAYFISH; ROCKFISH. Fundulus majalis, (Walb.) Gthr. Fundulus swampius, (Lac.) Gthr. ? Cyprinodon variegatus, Lacépéde.

AMBI.YOPSID 2. BLIND-FISH. Chologaster cornutus, Agassiz.

ORDER ISOSPONDYLI. ISOSPONDYLOUS FISHES.

A very large order, of which many representatives are well known, but which it is dificult to define on account of the lack of positive char- acters. The vertebrate, mouth and gills are normal. The latter are four in number, and behind the last is a slit. In several families, notably in the Salmonidx, an adipose, rayless fin is found on the back. The order has nearly a hundred representatives in North America, in- cluding the Salmons, Herrings, and other very important food-fishes.

SALMONID.

BROOK TROUT; SPECKLED TROOT. Salvelinus fontinalis, (Mitch.) Gill and Jor,

256 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

SCOPELID. SAND PIKE; LIZARD FISH. Sinodus feetens, (L-) Gill.

ENGRAULIDID.

ANCHOVY. Stolephorus brownii, (Gmelin) J. and G. MITCHILL’S ANCHOVY. Stolephorus mitchillii, (C and V.) J. and G.

DOROSOMATID 2. GIZZARD SHAD; HICKORY SHAD. Dorosoma cepedianum, (Le S.) Gill.

CLUPEID.

MENBADEN; BUG FISH. Brevoortia menhaden, (Mitch.) Gill.

SHAD. Clupea sapidissima, Wilson. THREAD HERRING; MENHADEN. Opisthonema thrissa, (Osbeck) Gill. BRANCH HERRING. Clupea vernalis, Mitch. HICKORY SHAD; FALL SHAD. Clupea mediocris, Mitchill. GLUT HERRING; BLUE-BACK. Clupea eestivalis, Mitchill. ? COMMON HERRING; “WHITEBAIT” (Young.) Clupea harengus, L. ? ROUND HERRING. Etrumeus teres, (DeKay) Giinther.

ELOPIDA.

TARPUM; JEW-FISH. Megalops thrisoides, (Bloch and Schneider) Ginther. BIG-EYED HERRING. Elops saurus, L.

ALBULID&. ? LADY-FISH ; BONE-FISH. Albula vulpes, (L.) Goode.

ORDER PLECTOSPONDYLI. PLECTOSPONDYLOUS FISHES.

. A large group of fishes, with normal mouths and gills, but with the first four vertebree much modified. They are mainly inhabitant of fresh water, and abound alike in large rivers and tiny brooks, They vary

VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 257

much in size, some species being the smallest of all fishes, while others, such as the Buffalo fish, are conspicuously large. More than three hun- dred species are recognized as inhabiting North America.

CYPRINIDE.

CARP. Cyprinus,carpio, L. (Introduced). SOUTHERN BREAM. Notemigonus americanus, (L.) Jor. BREAM. Notemigonus gardoneus, (C. and V.) Jor. Squalius vandoisulus, ( Val.) Jor. and Gilb. ?CHUB; HORNED DACE. Semotiius corporalis, (Mitch.) Putn. Ceratichthys zanemus, Jordan and Brayton. DACE. + ?Ceratichthys labrosus, Cope. | Ceratichthys hypsinotus, Cope. Minnilus scepticus, Jordan and Gilb. ? Minnilus matutinus, (Cope) Jor. ? Minnilus altipinnis, (Cope) Jor. Minnilus chiliticus, (Cope) J. and G. | Minnilus chlorocephalus, (Cope) Jor. and Gil, ? RED FALL-FISH. Minnilus rubricroceus, (Cope) J. and G. RED-CHEEKED SHINER. Minnilus coccogenis, (Cope) Jordan. [ Cliola pyrrhomelas, (Cope) J. and G. SHINERS. +; Cliola chloristia, Jordan and Brayton. Cliola nivea, (Cope) J. and G. MILKY-TAILED SHINER. Cliola galactura, (Cope) J. and G.

Cliola euryopa, (Bean) J. and G. } 7)

FALL-FISH. |

Cliola storeriana, (Kirt ) J. and G. Cliola saludana, Jor. and Brayt. ? Cliola spectruncula, (Cope) J. and G.

SHINERS.

CATOSMID Ai.

JUMPING MULLET; JUMP-ROCKS. Moxostoma cervinum, (Cope) Jordan. { ?Moxostoma conus, (Cope) Jordan. ? Moxostoma crassilabre, (Cope) Jordan. JUMPING |. ?Moxostoma thalassinnm, (Cope) Jordan. MULLETS. | ? Moxostoma pidiense, (Cope) Jordan. ? Moxostoma velatum, (Cope) Jordan. Moxostoma papillosum, (Cope) Jordan. °? WHITE MULLET. Moxostom album, (Cope) Jordan. BLUE MULLET. Moxostoma coregonus, (Cope) Jordan. 17

258 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

SPOTTED MULLET; STRIPED SUCKER. Minytrema melanops, (Raf.) Jordan.

2? CREEK FISH; CHUB SUCKER. Erimyzon sucetta, (Lac.) Jordan,

? HOG SUCKER; STONE ROLLER; TOTER; CRAWL-A-BOTTOM ; HAMMER- HEAD; STONE LUGGER; HOG MOLLY, Catostomus nigricans, Le Sueur.

?COMMON SUCKER; WHITE SUCKER; BROOK SUCKER; FINE-SCALED SUCKER. Catostomus commersoni, (Lacépéde) Jordan.

ORDER NEMATOGNATHI. CAT FISHES.

This order is principally typified in the well-known cat-fishes (Siluride). The lower jaw is rudimentary, and prolonged into the base of the longest of the barbels which adorn the chin. There are no real scales, but some- times bony plates in the skin.

These are mostly fresh-water fishes, and are particularly abundant in

South America.

SILURID.

FORK-TATLED CATFISH. ®lurichthys marinus, (Mitch.) Baird and Girard. SEA CATFISH. Arius felis, (L.) J. and G. CHANNEL CAT; WHITE CAT. Ictalurus punctatus, ( Raf.) Jordan. MUD CAT. Amiurus platycephalus. (Grd.) Gill. GREEN MUD CAT. Amiurus brunneus, Jordan. Noturus insignis, (Rich.) Gill and Jordan. ? Noturus eleutherus, Jordan.

SUBCLASS HOLOSTEI. BONY GANOIDS.

ORDER HALECOMORPHI. AMIAS.,

Ganoid fishes with partially heterocercal tails, vertebrae concave at both ends, and peculiarly modified pectoral fins. The intestine with a rudimentary spiral valve. But one species is known. It inhabits the fresh waters of the United States.

VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 259

AMIITDE.

MUD FISH; DOG-FISH; BOW-FIN; GRINDLE; “JOHN A. GRINDLE;” LAWYER. Amia calva, L.

ORDER GINGLYMODI. GAR-PIKES.

The Gar-Pikes resemble the Amias, and with them form the sub-class Holostei or Bony Ganoids. The tail is heterocercal; the vertebrae are concaye only in front. The jaws are elongate, the upper being the longer. The body is covered with rhombic plates.

LEPIDOSTEID. LONG-NOSED GAR ; BILL-FISH; COMMON GAR PIKE. Lepidosteus osseus, (L.) Agassiz. SHORT-NOSED GAR. Sepidosteus platystomus, Raf.

SUB-CLASS CHRONDROSTEI. ORDER GLANIOSTOMI. STURGEONS.

An order of ganoid fishes possessing an elongated body covered with five rows of bony scales or shields. There are four barbels under the mouth, which is toothless and opens directly downward. The tail is heterocercal.

A small order of peculiar and readily recognizable fishes, usually of large size, and mostly inhabiting fresh waters northward. A few spe- cies are marine. The eggs of these animals furnish the well-known caviare, a food product more extensively eaten in Europe than in America.

ACIPENSERID.

SHARP-NOSED STURGEON. Acipenser oxyrhyncus, Mitch. SHORT-NOSED STURGEON. Acipenser brevirostris, LeSueur.

260 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

CLASS ELASMOBRANCHII. SHARKS AND RAYS.

Having a cartilaginous skeleton, no swim-bladder and a naked skin, or one covered with plates. The skull is cartilaginous. The pectoral fins are large. Teeth are invariably present. The eggs are few, large, often laid within a leathery, tendrilled case, secreted by a large gland in the oviduct.

The class contains two sub-classes, the Chimeeras, Holocephali, which have sub-terminal mouths, large fins, very long tails, and naked skins; and Sharks and Rays, Plagiostomi, which have inferior mouths, shorter tails, and skin covered with large, placoid scales. The sub-class of the Clumeeras is undivided, but in the sub-class Plagistomi, two orders are recognized, the Sharks, Squali, and the Rays, Raix. All are marine.

This class was more fully represented in the past than at present. The American species are not well known. The members of the group have but little commercial value in America, except among the Chinese of the West coast. In Europe, however, skates are quite extensively eaten. Sharks, especially those species known as dogfish, furnish con- siderable quantities of oil.

ORDER RAIA. RAYS.

CEPHALOPTERID.

DEVIL-FISH. Manta birostris. (Walbaum) J. and G.

MYLIOBATID.

CLAM-CRACKER; BISHOP RAY. AStobatis narinari, (Euphrasen) Mul'er and Henle. 2 COW-NOSED RAY. Rhinoptera quadriloba, (Les.) Cuvier. 2SHARP-NOSED RAY. Mylobatis fremenvillei, LeSueur.

TRYGONIDAL.

BUTTERFLY RAY. Pteroplatea maclura, (LeSueur) Miller and Henle. STING RAY. Dasyatis sabina, ‘LeSueur) Goode and Bean. 2 STING RAY; STINGAREE. Dasyatis centrurus, (Mitch.) J. and G. °SAY’S RAY. Dasyatis sayi, (LeSueur) Goode and Bean.

bo for) cs

VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

RAIID ZK.

?CLEAR-NOSED RAY. Raia eglanteria. (Lac.) LeSueur. ?SUMMER SKATE. Raia erinaceus, Mitchill. ? WINTER SKATE. Raia laevis, Mitchill. . Raia ornata, Garman. Raia plutonia, Garman,

TORPEDINID.

TORPEDO; CRAMP FISH. Torpedo occidentalis, Storer.

RHINOBATID 2.

SPECKLED LONG-NOSED RAY. Rhinobatus lentiginosus, Garman.

PRISTIDA.

SAW FISH. Pristis pectinatus, Latham.

ORDER SQUALI. SHARKS. SQUATINID/E.

? ANGEL-FISH; SHARK RAY. Squatina angelus, Dumeril.

LAMNID.

MACKEREL SHARK. Isurus glaucus, (M. and H.) J. and G.

CARCHARITD AE.

SAND SHARK ; SHOVEL-NOSE. Carcharias americanus, ( Mitch.) Jordan and Gilbert.

262 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

SPHY RNID. NAMMER-HEADED SHARK. Sphyrna zygena, (Linné) M. and H. SHOVEL-HEAD SHARK; BONNET-HEAD. Reniceps tiburo, (Linné) Gill.

GALEORHINIDZ.

SHARP-NOSED SHARK. Scoliodon terre#-nove, ( Rich.) Gill. SHORT-NOSED SAW-TOOTH. Hypoprion brevirostris, Poey. SMOOTH HOUND; DOG-FISH. Maustelus hinnulus, (Blainv.) J. and G.

GINGLYMOSTOMATID A,

NURSE SHARK. Ginglymostoma cirratum, (Gmel.) M, and H.

CLASS LEPTOCARDII. LEPTOCARDIANS. 4

A class of aquatic vertebrate animals in which the skull is undeyel- oped, being represented by a continuation of the cartilaginous back-bone fapechaed), The brain and the heart are not devclaned

A very limited group of rather rare animals, the lowest of the verte- brates, connected with the fishes, in a systematic arrangement, through the class Marsipo branchiates, or lamprey, eels and hog-fishes. All are marine. The following species belong to the order Cirrostomi:

BRANCHIOSTOMID AE.

LANCELET. Branchiostoma lanceolatum, (Pallas) Gray.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

1, GENERAL WORKS ON BIOLOGY.

Vols. London: Macmillan & Co.,

Jevons—The Principles of Science. I. and II. 1874.

Spencer—The Principles of Biology. Vols. I. and II. American edition.’ New York: D. Appleton & Co., 1881.

Darwix—On the Origin of Species. Ameri- can edition. New York: D. Appleton & Co., 1880.

2. GENERAL WORKS ON ZOOLOGY:

Semper—Animal Life. New York: D. Ap-

pleton & Co,, 1881.

GEGENDBAUR— Elements of Comparative Anatomy. English Translation. Lon- don: Maemillan & Co., 1878.

Batrour—A Treatise on Comparative Em- bryology. Vols. I. and II. London: Macmillan & Co., 1880.

Hux.tey—An Introduction to the Classifi- cation of Animals. New edition. Lon- don, 1882.

3. WORKS RELATING TO NORTH AMERICAN MAMMALS. Barirp--Mammals of North America. Phila-

delphia: J. B. Lippincott & Co., 1859.

Gitt—Arrangement of the Families of

Mammals. Smithsonian Instituticn, Washington.

Coves—Mustelidee, or Fur-Bearing Ani- mals. United States Geological Sur- vey. Washington, 1877.

A.ten—History of North American Pin- nepeds. United States Geological Sur- vey. Washington, 1880,

Cours AND ALLEN—Monographs of North American Rodentia. United States Geological Survey. Washington, 1877.

ALLEN, H.— Monograph of the Bats of North America. Smithsonian Insti- tute, Washington, 1864.

Jorpan—Manual of the Vertebrates of the Northern United States. Second edi- tion. Chicago: Jansen, McClurg & Co., 1878.

4, WORKS RELATING TO AMERICAN BIRDS

RipGway—Nomenclature of North Ameri- can Birds. United States National Museum, Washington, 1881.

NORTH

Barrp—Review of American Birds. Smith- sonian Institution. Washington, 1864.

Barrp, Brewer AND RipawAy—A History of North American Birds. Land Birds. soston: Little, Brown & Co., 1874.

Covurs—Birds of the Northwest. United States Geological Survey. Washington, 1874.

Cooprr—Ornithology of California, Vol. I, Land Birds. Baird, Editor, Cambridge: 1870.

5. WORKS RELATING TO NORTH AMERICAN REPTILES AND BA- TRACHIANS.

Corr —Check-List of North American Rep- tiliaand Batrachia. Smithsonian In- stitution, Washington, 1875.

AGasstz —Contributions to the Natural His- tory of the United States, Vols. I. and II, Boston: Little, Brown & Co., 1857.

Hortsroox —North American Herpetology, Vols. 1-V. Philadelphia, 1842.

264 BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Barrp AnD Grrarp—Catalogue of the Ser-| Gir1—List of the Families ot Fishes.

pents of North America. Smithsonian Smithsonian Institution, Washington, Institution, Washington, 1853. 1872. BovuLancEer—A Catalogue of the Specimens ; of Batrachia Salientia and Ecaudata in | GUNTHER—Catalogue of the Fishes in the the British Museum, Second edition. British Museum, Vols. I.-VIII. Lon- London, 1882. don, 1864. 6. WORKS RELATING TO NORTH JorRpDAN—Contributions to North American AMERICAN FISHES. Ichthyology, Nos.1 to 3. United States National Museum, Washington, 1877, GoopE— Fishery Report, United States 1878. 10th Census, Vol. I., Part 33. Fishes, JoRDAw .anp (Guineas! Sy nese 7 - AN AN I -—DV s pesbrastiu: Teer eee Fishes of North America. Bull. 16, GUNTHER—An Introduction to the Study U.S. National Museum, Washington. of Fishes. London, 1881. 1883.

OTA TE: XT:

A LIST OF THE INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

BY he G2 HOWARD:

U. S. AGRICULTURAL DEPARTMENT, WASHINGTON, D. C.

- INTRODUCTORY REMARKS.

As an appendix to the report of Professor Tuomey, on the Geology of South Carolina (Columbia, 1848), appeared a list of the fauna of the State, prepared by Prof. Lewis R. Gibbes. To the portion of that list upon the invertebrata, the present paper may be considered as a supple- ment, so far as the classes Insecta, Arachnida, and Myriapoda are con- cerned, and as a revision of the remainder of the list, including many species since described, and others which have since been found to form part of the fauna of the State.. For the portion of the list relating to the Insecta, I am myself responsible. With regard to the order Araneina (spiders), I have been enabled, through the kindness of Mr. George Marx, of Washington, to present not only a list of the described species, but to add to it a large number of undescribed . species, indicated by Mr. Marx’s manuscript names. The list of Myriapoda I have compiled from Prof. H. C. Wood’s monograph of this group. For the remainder of the list, beginning with the Crustacea, Mr. Henry W. Turner, of the U.S. Geological Survey, is responsible. He has carefully compared Prof. Gibbes’ list with the more recent publications, and the list is as accurate as the limited time and material will allow.

266 INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

Tt will be noticed ‘that where a species is recorded from an adjoining State, rendering it highly probable that it also occurs in South Carolina, the State is entered after the specific name in parenthesis. The species is recorded without remark (1), when it has been collected within the confines of the State; (2), when, as is frequently the case, it has been collected at Savannah, just across the border line; and (8), where it has been recorded both from North Carolina and Georgia, or from Virginia and Georgia, as, in such ease, it is almost certain to be also found in South Carolina.

With the Class Insecta, a complete list would swell this work far be- yond its practical requirements. I shall, therefore, confine myself to the enumeration of the principal species which are injurious to vegetation, or which are beneficial through their direct products, or from the fact that they prey upon or are parasites upon injurious species. This enu- meration is supplemented, however, by a list of such works as the student will find useful in filling out gaps. In this list no works are mentioned which do not bear upon the geographical distribution of the species.

3 LELAND O. HOWARD.

Washington, October 22, 1882.

SUB-KINGDOM ANNULOSA.

[Air breathing articulates, with three regions (head, thorax and abdomen), six

legs, and usually wings. ] LIST OF WORKS.

BorispvuvaL AND LEConrE—Histoire Général | Cresson, E. T.—Notes on the Species be-

et Iconographie des Lepidoptéres et. longing to the sub family Ichneumon-

des Chenilles de ’Amerique Septen- | ides found in America, north of Mexico. trionale, Paris, 1833. Trans. Am. Entomological Soe., 1877. .

Comstock, J. H—Report on Scale Insects. Epwarps, W. H.—The Butterflies of North

An. Rept. U. S: Dept. Agric., 1880. America. Boston, 1879.

Cresson, E. T.—Catalogue of the described Guiover, T.—Manuscript Notes from my species of several families of Hymenop- | Journal Hemiptera Washington, tera inhabiting North America. Proc. 1876. (Only a few copies printed from Entomological Society Philadelphia, stone for private distribution.)

1861-63.

INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 237

Hacen, Dr. H. A.— Synopsis of the Neurop-; Packarp, A. S., Jr—A Monograph of the tera of North America, Washington, | Geometrid Moths, or Phalenid, of Smithsonian Institute, 1861. the United States. Vol. X. Reports of

the U. S. Geological Survey of the

LxCorte, J. L.—All of Dr, LeConte’s cara Territories. Washington, 1876.

eral papers in the Proceedings Acad. |

2 Sciences, Philada., and Proc. American | de Saussu rE, Henri—Synopsis of American Philosoph. Soe. | Wasps. Washington, Smithsonian In-

LEContEe anp Horn—The Rynchophora of | aunt, A Bio:

Ameri Mexico—Proce. 4 | 1 apha none oF) PLCS EO —BrOt, ANN Sinan Aan Appott—The Natural History Phil. Soc , 1876.

of the rarer Lepidopterous In-ects of Morkis, Dr. J. G.—-Synopsis of the described | Georgia. London, 1797

; me 4. Lepidoptera x f the U nited States, Tuomas, Cyrus—Synopsis of the Acridide Washington, Sinithsonian Inst., 1862. | of North America. U.S. Gelogical Sur-

Norton, Epw.—Catalogue of the described | vey of the Territories, Vol. V.. Wash- Tenthredinide of North America | ington, 1873,

Trans. Am. Entom. Soc., 1867-68. ie ; ; J 5 ZIMMERMANN, C.—Synopsis of the Scolyti-

OsTEN-SACKEN, Cc. R —Catalogue of the de of America, north of Mexico, with described Diptera of North America. | Notes and an Appendix by Dr. LeCcnte Washington, Smithsonian Inst. 1878. | Trans. Am. Entom. Soc., 1868.

ORDER HYMENOPTERA.

[Four membranous wings with comparatively few veins; the posterior wings smaller than the anterior; mouth parts formed for sucking and biting ; metamorphosis complete. |

Of the families Uroceridx (Horn-tails), Cynipidex (Gall-flies), Evaniide, Proctotrupidx, Chrysididx, Formicidx (Ants), Mutillidx, Scoliadx, Pompilide, Sphegide, Larridx, Bembecide, Nyssonide, Crabronidx, Vespide (true Wasps) Andrenidx, and Apidex (Bees), we shall omit detailed lists.

' FAMILY ICHNEUMONID. ICHNEUMON FLIES.

As all Ichneumon Flies are of prime importance, in that they are para- sites upon other insects, we give as complete a list as possible of the principal sub-family.

268 INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

SUB-FAMILY ICHNEUMONINA,

Ichneumon saucius Cress. Ichneumon paratus Say, (Va.) maurus Cress. vinulus Cress., (Va.) viola Cress. honestus Cress., (W. Va., Ga.) cincticornis Cress. leviculus Cress., ( Va.) galenus Cress., (Va.) grandis Brullé, (Va.) centrator Say. rufiventris Brullé, ( Va.) ceeruleus Cress. devinctor Say. merus Cress, ( Va.) insolens Cress. subcyaneus Cress lewisii Cress. vittifrons Cress. trogiformis Cress. sublatus Cress., ( Va.) instabilis Cress. azotus Cress., (Va.) funestus Cress., (Va.) unifasciatorius Say. maius Cress. bronteus Cress. duplicatus Say. wilsoni Cress., (Va.) annulipes Cress., (Va.) versibilis Cress., ( Va.) scitulus Cress., (Va.) comes Cress., ( Va.) seminiger Cress., (Va.) laetus Brullé, (Va.) volens Cress. zebratus Cress., (Ga.) mucronatus Prov., ( Va.) parvus Cress., (Va.) : nanus Cress. flavizonatus Cress., ( Va.) rutilus Cress., (Va.)

Hoplismenus morulus (Say), ( Va.)

Amblyteles montanus (Cress.), ( Va.) Amblyteles nubivagus Cress., (Va.) illaetabilis Cress., (Ga.) subrufus (Cress.) ( Va.) indistinctus (Prov.), (Ga.) suturalis (Say), (Va.) fraternus (Cress.), ( Va.) concinnus (Say.)

Trogus exesorius Brullé. Trogus apicalis Cress. (Ga.) obsidianator Brullé. austrinus Cress., (Ga.) brulléi Cress. nubilipennis Hald.

FAMILY CHALCIDIDA. CHALCIS FLIES.

The species of this family, also parasitic upon other insects, have been very little studied in this country, hence the list subjoined, on account of the present state of knowledge, can hardly be considered as even indi- cative of the genera:

Leucospis affinis Say.

Smicra torvina Cress, ( Va.) Smicra mariae (Riley.) nortonii Cress., ( Va.) nigrifex Walk., (Ga.)

bracata Sanborn, ( Va.) mirabilis Cress, (Ga )

INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 269 Chalcis ovata Say, Chalcis minuta Fabr, (Ga.)

Phasgonophora sulcata, Westw., (Ga.) Perilampus alexinus Walk., (Ga.) Perilampus cyaneus Brullé. lepreos Walk., (Ga.)

Isosoma hordei (Harr.) (The joint worm-fly.) Spalangia politus (Say) (Va.)

Epistenia coerulata Westw., (Ga.)

Eupelmus mirabilis ( Walsh.)

Metapelma spectabilis Westw., (Ga.)

Comys bicolor Howard, ( Va.)

Chiloneurus albicornis Howard, ( Va.) Aphycus eruptor Howard, ( Va.)

Blastothrix longipennis Howard, ( Va.)

Aphelinus mali (Hald.) Aphelinus fuscipennis Howard, ( Va.) mytilaspidis LeBaron. pulchellus Howard, (Va.)

abnormis Howard, (Va.)

Coccophagus lecanii Fitch. Coccophagus varicornis Howard, ( Va.) fraternus Howard, (Va.)

Euplectrus comstockii Howard, (Ga ) Cirrospilus esurus, Riley, (Ga.) Trithogramma pretiosa Riley.

FAMILY TENTHREDINIDAZ. SAW FLIES.

The larvae of all the saw flies, sometimes called false caterpillars,” are injurious to vegetation. The following list is taken mainly from Norton’s Catalogue of the described Tenthredinide :

Cimbex americana Leach. Schizocerus plumigera (Klug.) (Ga.) Atomacera ruficollis Norton, (Va.)

THylotoma macieayi Leach. Hylotoma abdominalis, Leach, (Ga.) analis Leach, (Ga.) humeralis, Beauy. virescens Klug, (Ga.) coccinea Fabr. Pristiphora tibialis Norton, (Va,) Pristophora grossu'ariae Walsh., (?) (Na-

tive currant worm).

Emphytus inornatus Say, ( Va.) Emphytus varianus Norton, ( Va.) apertus Harr., (Va.) testaceus Norton, ( Va.)

aes ee tay

270 INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

Dolerus arvensis Say. Selandria vitis Harris, (The vine saw fly.)

obtusa ( Klug.) (Ga.) Selandria labiata (Klug.) (Ga.) Macrophya pulchella (Klug.) (Ga.) Macrophya tibiator Norton, ( Va.) flavicoxae Norton, ( Va.) formosus (Klug.)

Taxonus albido-pictus Norton, ( Va.) Strongylogaster multicinctus Norton, ( Va.) Tenthredo 14-punctatus Norton, (Va.)

Lophyrus fabricii Leach, (Ga.) Lophyrus abbottii Leach, (Ga.) (Pine saw fly.) compar Leach, (Ga.) americanus Leach, (Ga ) Lyda semicincta Norton, (Va.) Lyda amplecta Fabr.

cireumcincta Klug., (Ga.)

ORDER LEPIDOPTERA. BUTTERFLIES AND MOTHS.

[ Wings, four, membranous; covered with imbricated scales. Mouth parts formed for sucking: Metamorphosis complete. ]

FAMILY PAPILIONIDA. BUTTERFLIES.

There are about seventy-five species of diurnal Lepidoptera or Butter- flies in South Carolina, We will mention, however, only three species, distinguished by their particularly injurious larvae :

Pieris rapae L. (The Rape Butterfly, parent of the Imported Cabbage-Worm.”) protodice Bd, (The Southern Cabbage Butterfly). Goniloba proteus L. (The Roller-Worm Butterfly).

FAMILY SPHINGIDA. HAWK-MOTHS.

Sphinx carolina L. (The tobacco-worm of the South). : Philampelus pandorus Hb. (Injurious to the vine). achemon Dr. (Injurious to the vine). Darapsa myron Cr. (Injurious to the vine). Thyreus abbotti Swains. (Injurious to the vine).

INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 271

FAMILY AEGERIDZH. CLEAR-WINGED MOTHS.

Aegeria exitiosa Say. (Peach tree borer). tipuliformis L. (Currant borer).

FAMILY BOMBYCIDA. SPINNERS.

Although this family contains many leaf-eating caterpillars, none are sufficiently noted to be mentioned here. We give, however, several of the larger spinners, the silk of which has been or could be used.

Actias Juna (L.)

Attacus cynthia Dru, Antheria polyphemus (L.) Callosamia promethea ( Dru.) Samia cecropia, (L.)

FAMILY NOCTUIDA. OWLET MOTHS.

This family comprises many of the most injurious insects of the State, which we shall give somewhat in detail. Every species not otherwise designated in the list is a cut-worm in its larya state:

Agrotis baja 8S. V. Agrotis clandestina Harr. normaniana Gr. incivis Guen. e-nigrum Jinn. lubricans Guen. bicarnea Guen. velleripennis Gr, subgothica Haw. messoria Harr. tricosa Lintner. annexa Treitsch., (one of the cot-

. ton cut-worms). herilis Gr. malefida Guen. $ plecta Linn. ypsilon Rott. cupida Gr. saucia Hiibn. Mamestra legitima Gr. Mamestra laudabilis Guen.

subjuncta G. and R. Hadena arctica Boisd. Hadena miselioides Guen, Hyppa xylinoides Guen, Prodenia commelinae Guen. Prodenia flavimedia Hary. Trigonophora periculosa Guen, r-brunneum Gr.

272 INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

Euplexia lucipara (.)

Nephelodes violans Guen.

Hydroecia nictitans Bonk.

Laphygma frugiperda (Sm, and Abb.) (Grass-worm).

Leucania pallens L. Leucania unipuncta, (Haw.) (Army worm of the North.) phragmitidicola Gr. pseudargyria Guen,

Aletia xylina (Say). (Cotton worm). .Plusia brassicae Riley. (Cabbage looper). Heliothis armigera Haba. (Boll-Worm or Corn Ear Worm).

FAMILY GEOMETRID A.

The larvae of the Geometridae are familiarly known as measuring- worms,” or loopers.” Dr. Packard, in his Monograph, referred to before, enumerates 184 species found in the limits of the Alleghanian and Caro- linian faunae, and the great majority of these are doubtless to be found in South Carolina. A common example is the Gooseberry Span-worm (Lufitchia riberia, Fitch). The larva of Eugonia subsignaria (Hibn.) has recently done much damage to fruit trees in Fannin County, Georgia, and is very common in South Carolina.

FAMILY PYRALIDA.

This is a poorly defined and very miscellaneous family. It has recently been split up into several smaller families, but it answers our purpose to consider it as a whole. The habits of the larvae are extremely varied, and many of them are very injurious. The most injurious South Caro- lina species are subjoined:

Asopia costalis (Fabr.) (The Clover Hay Worm).

Pempelia lignosella Zell, (The smaller Corn-Stalk Borer).

Distraea sacchari (Fabr.) (The large Corn-Stalk and Sugar-Cane Borer). Chilo oryzaeellus Riley. (The Rice-Stalk Borer).

FAMILY TORTRICIDA. LEAF ROLLERS. This is a large family of small moths, the larvae of which roll the

leaves of different trees and plants. Although injurious to a certain degree, they rarely occur in sufficiently great numbers to become mark-

INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 2738

edly so. A familiar example in Carolina is the “Cotton leaf-roller,” (Loxotexnia rosaceana, Harr. ?)

FAMILY TINEIDA. LEAF MINERS.

The larvae of this family are mainly leaf-miners, twig borers or case bearers. About eight hundred species have been described in the United States. The most injurious South Carolina species is undoubtedly the Angoumois grain moth ((Gelechia cerealla, Oliv.). The clothes moth (Tinea flarifrontella, Linn.) is also a familiar example.

ORDER DIPTERA. FLIES, GNATS, ETC.

[ Wings, two; the posterior pair replaced by a pair of knobbed threads (“ poisers”’ or “balancers”): Mouth parts formed for sucking: Metamorphosis comp!ete.]

The collected North American Diptera number about 5,000 species of

sixty families. We shall mention here the eight families which possess the greatest economic interest.

FAMILY CECIDOMYIDA. GALL FLIES.

This family contains several very injurious insects, two of which are found in South Carolina, as will be seen in the following list:

Cecidomyia chrysopsidis Leew, (D. C.) Cecidomyia hirtipes O. S., (D. C.) destructor Say. (The Hes- serrulatae O. §., (D. C.) sian fly). Diplosis caryae O. 8., (D.C.) Diplosis robiniae (Hald.) (D. C.) maccus Lew, (D. C.) tritici (Kirby). (The Wheat Midge.) Aa

FAMILY CULICIDA. MOSQUITOES.

Culex boscii R. Desvoidy. Culex taeniatus Wied., (Ga.) rubidus R. Desvoidy. taeniorhynchus Wied. ( Atlantic

States.) 18

274 INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

FAMILY ASILIDA. ASILUS FLIES.

The Asilus, or Robber-flies” are of much interest, as they destroy other insects, both injurious and beneficial :

Leptogaster carolinensis Schiner.

Diogmites discolor Loew. (Kills cotton worms.) Atomosia puella Wied,

Dasyllis saffrana Fabr.

Laphria carolinensis Schiner. Laphria melanogaster Wied. flavescens Macq. georgina Wied.

bicolor, Wied. (So. States.) Andrenosoma pyrrhacra Wied. Mallophora bomboides Wied, (Ga.) Mallophora orcina Wied.

clausicella Macgq., (Va ) Promachus quadratus Wied, (Ga.) Promachus rufipes Wied, (Ga.) Erax apicalis Wied. (Avs cotton worms.) Erax femoratus Macq. bastardi Macq., (N. A.) ;

Proctacanthus heros Wied. Proctacanthus longus Wied, (Ga.) Neomoctherus gracilis Wied. Tolmerus annulipes Macq. Tolmerus notatus Wied.

FAMILY OESTRIDA. BOT-FLIES.

Gastrophilus equi Fabr. (Horse bot-fly.) Gastrophilus nasalis L., (N. A.) haemorrhoidalis L., (N. A.) Hypoderma bovis DeG. (Cattle bot-fly ) Hypoderma lineata Villiers, (N. A., Ky.) Oestrus ovis L. (Sheep bot-fly.) Cephenemyia phobifer Clark. Cuterebra buccata Fabr. Cuterebra horripilum Clark. cuniculi Clark. (Rabbit bot-fly.)

FAMILY TACHINIDA. TACHINA FLIES.

The Tachina flies much resemble common house flies. They are parasitic upon other insects :

Trichopoda ciliata Fabr. Trichopoda hirtipes Fabr. cilipes Wied. lanipes Fabr. (Ga.) flavicornis R. Desyoidy. plumipes Fabr.

formosa Wied, (Ga.)

i) I Lo |

INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

Gymnosoma fuliginosa R. Desvoidy. Jistogaster immaculata Macq. ; Ocyptera epvtus Walk., (Ga.) Ocyptera lituarta Oliv. Ervia triquetra Oliv. Jurinia amethystina Macq., (Ga.) Jurinia virginiensis Macq , ( Va.) georgica Macq., (Ga.) Micropalpus piceus Macq. Gonia auriceps Meigen, (Ga ) Nemoraea leucaniae (Kirk.). (Preys on the Army-worm.) trixoides, Walk., (Ga.) Tachina atra Walk., (Ga.) Tachina interrupta Walk., (Ga )

Clytia atra R. Dewoidy.

FAMILY HIPPOBSCIDA. FOREST FLIES AND SHEEP TICKS,

Olfersia americana (Leach), (the owl tick). ardeze Macq., (N. A.) brunnea Oliv.

Ornithomya avicularia L. (N. A.) (bird tick). nebulosa Say, (N, A.) pallida Say, (N. A.) Melophagus ovinus L., (N. A.), (sheep tick).

Hippobosca equina L., (N. A.), (horse tick).

ORDER COLEOPTERA. BEETLES.

{Wings four; anterior pair (elytra) meeting, usually, in a straight line down the back. Elytra much thickened, forming a case, under which the posterior wings are y s g folded: Posterior wings membranous: Mouth parts formed for biting. Metamor- s £ phosis complete. ]

This is the best known order of Insects. Some eight thousand five hun- dred species have been described in the United States and* Canada, and, at an estimate, some four thousand species will probably be found, by diligent collecting, in South Carolina. An extensive collection of the Coleoptera of the State was made by Dr. C. Zimmermann, who resided for some time at Columbia. This collection is now in the possession of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, at Cambridge, Mass., and Dr. Zimmer- mann’s MS. notes are in the good care of Dr. LeConte. of Philadelphia

276 INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

The number of known species of South Carolina Coleoptera is so great that, in order to keep our list to its proper proportions, we have intro- duced simply an authoritative list of the genera of the more important families. For this list we are indebted to Mr. E. A. Schwarz, a well- known Coleopterist. Each of these genera is represented in South Caro- lina, those in italics being essentially Southern genera.

FAMILY CICINDELIDA. TIGER BEETLES.

The beetles of this family are all predaceous. Tetracha West. Cicindela Linn, FAMILY CARABIDZ. GROUND BEETLES.

The ground beetles are mostly carnivorous ; some of the species have, however, been found to be vegetable feeders.

Omophron Latr. Panageus Latr. Casnonia Latr. Calathus Bon, Calosoma Web. Morio Latr. Leptotrachelus Latr. Platynus Bon. Carabus Linn. Heluomorpha Lat. Eucexrus Lec. Loxandrus LeC. Nomaretus LeC. Galerita Fabr. Lebia Latr. Euarthrus LeC Cychrus Fabr. Pterostichus Bon. Nemotarsus LeC,. Agonoderus Dej. Pasimachus Amara Bon Tetragonod erus De}. Anisodactylus Dej. Searites Fabr. Badister Clairy. Apristus Chaud. Anisotarsus Chd. Dyschirius Bon Diplochila Brullé. Blechrus Motsch. Gynandropus Dej. Ardistomis Putz. Diczelus Bon. Apenes LeC. Bradycellus Er. Aspidoglossa Putz. |Anomoglossus Cha. Cymindis Latr. Selenophorus Dej. Clivina Latr. Chleenius Bon. Phleexena Chend. Harpalus Latr. Schizogenius Putz. Oodes Bon. Callida Dej. Stenolophus Dej. Brachynus Web. Cratacanthus De}. Coptodera Dej. Bembidium Latr.

Tachys Ziegler.

FAMILY COCCINELLIDA. LADY-BIRDS.

The familiar lady-birds are, in the main, beneficial by destroying in- jurious insects. Certain species have, however, been found to be vege- tarian.

Megilla Muls. Cycloneda Cr Exochomus Redadt. Secymnus Kug. Hippodamia Cher. <Anatis Muls. (Eneis Muls. Cephaloscymnus Cr. Anisosticta Chey. | Psyllobora Chey. Brachyacantha Muls. Pentilia.

Coccinella Linn. Chilocorus Leach. Hyperaspis Chey.

INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF

and decaying animal and vegetable material.

omitted.

Serica McLeay.

Macrodactylus Latr. Lachnosterna Hope.

Cyclocephala Latr. Chalepus McLeay. Ligyrus Burm. Aphonus LeC.

FAMILY SCARABEID/.

Many of the Scarabeids are vegetable feeders ; others feed upon dung

Diplotaxis Kirby.

Polymeechus LeC. Xyloryetes Hope. Strategus Hope. Dynastes Kirby.

Polyphylla. Anomala Koeppe, Phileurus Latr. Allorhina Burm.

Euphoria.

Cremastochilus Kn.

FAMILY BUPRESTIDZE.

The larvae of the Buprestidae are wood-borers.

Calcophora Sol. Dicerca Esch. Peecilonota Esch.

Cinyra Lap. Melanophila Esch, Anthaxia Esch.

Actenodes Lac. Acmeodera Esch. Mastogenius Sol.

SOUTH CAROLINA.

bo ~I ~I

These last are here

Strigoderma Burm. Pelidnota McLoay. Osmoderma Lep. Gnorimus Lep. Trichius Fabr. Vulgus Scriba.

Agrilus Sol. Taphrocerus Sol.

Brachys Sol.

Buprestis Linn. Chrysobothris Esch. Rhzeboscelis Chey. Brachyscelus Sol.

FAMILY ELATERIDAs. 1 CLICK-BEETLES.

The larvee of the Click-beetles” are the familiar wire-worms.”

Cerophytum Latr. —Drasterius Esch. Lacon Germ. Glyphonyx Cand.

Melasis Oliv. Deltometopus By.

Meyapenthes Cand. Chalcolepidius Esch. Melanotus Esch, Limonius Esch. Athous Esch.

Sericosomus Esch.

Monocrepidins Esch. Alaus Esch.

Fornax Lap, Dicrepidius Esch, Hemirhippus Latr. Anelastes Kirby.

Perothops Er.

Ischiodontus Cand. Cardisphorus Esch.

Ludius Latr. Horistonotus Cand, Orthostethus Lac.

Crigmus LeC.

Corymbites Latr.

Adelocera Latr. Cryptohbypnus Esch. Asaphes Kirby.

Elater Linn. Dolopius Esch. Melanactes LeC. +

Cebris Fabr.

FAMILY TELEPHORIDA. SOLDIER BEETLES.

The larve of the Soldier beetles often destroy injurious‘larvee: Thus, Chauliognathus marginatus destroys the Cotton worm.

Chauliognathus Telephorus Schiffer, Ditemnus LeC. Malthinus Latr. Hentz.

Podabrus Westw.

Polemius LeC. Trypherus LeC. Malthodes Kiesenw.

Silis CLarp. Loberus Kiesenw.

INVERTEBRATE FAUN

vA OF SOUTH CAROLINA,

FAMILY CERAMBYCID.E. LONG-HORNS

The larvee of the Long-horns are almost all wood-borers.

Malliodon Sery. Orthosoma Serv.

Prionus Geoff.

Sphenostethus Hald.

Asemum Esch. Criocephalus Muls. Smodicum LeC Dularius Thoms. Phyton Newm. Callymoxys Kraatz. Molorchus Fabr. Rhopalapnora Serv. Batyle Thoms. Stenosphenus Hald. Cyllene Newm.

Arhopalus Serv.

FAMILY CHRYSOMELID.®.

Clytus Laich. Xylotrechus Chev. Neoclytus Thoms. Clytanthus Thoms. Microelytus LeC. Cyrtophorus LeC.

Tillomorpha Blanch.

Euderces LeC. Atimis Hald. Distenia Sery. Necydalis Linn. Rhagium. Centrodera LeC Toxotus Sery. Gaurotes LeC. Strangalia Serv. Typocerus LeC.

Phymatodes Muls. (Eme Newm. Chion Newm. Eburia Serv. Elaphidion Sery. Tylonotus Hald.

Heterachthes Newm.

Curius Newm. Leptura Serv. Cyrtinus LeC. Psenocerus LeC. Monohammus Sery. Dorchaschema LeC. Hetceemis Hald. LeC Acanthoderes Sery. Leptostylus LeC.

Goes

Liopus Serv, Lepturges Bates. Hald. Graphisurus Kirby.

Hyperplatys

Acanthocinus Steph, Dectes LeC,

Eeyrus LeC. Eupogonius LeC. Oncideres Serv. Ataxia Hald. Hippopsis Sery. Saperda Fabr.

Meeas LeC.

Oberea Muls. Tetraopes Sery. Amphionycha Thoms.

LEAF BEETLES.

This family includes many of the most injurious beetles, including the Colorado Potato-beetle, the Sweet Potato; beetle, the Grape-vine F lens beetle, and many others.

Donacia Fabr. Macroplea Sam. Orsodachna Latr. Lema Fabr. Anomex Las. Babia Chev. Saxinis Lac. Coscinoptera Lac. Chlamys Knoch. Exema Lac. Monachus Chev.

Pachybrachys Chey.

Fidia Baly. Xanthonia Baly. Heteraspis Chev. Glyptosvelis LeC. Myochrous Chev. Typophorus Chev. Paria LeC. Metachroma Chey, Colaspis Fabr,

Chrysomela Linn.

Cry ptocephalus Geoff. Gastrophysa Chev.

Triachus LeC. Diachus LeC Griburius Hald.

Melasoma., Cerotoma Chey. Chelimorpha Chev Physonota Boh.

PhylleethrusLe:. Luperus Geoff. Diabrotica Chev. Adimonia Laich, Galerucra Geoff. Trirhabda LeC.

Pachyonychnus Chev.

IHIypolampsis Clk. (Edionychis Latr. Disonycha Chey. Graptodera Chey. Longitarsus LeC. Batophila Fond. Phyllotreta Fond. Aphthona Chevy. Dibolia Chev.

Systena Chev. Orthaltica Cr. Lyperaltica Cr. Crepidodera Chev. Epitrix Foud. Mantura Steph. Cerataltica Cr. Chaetocnema Steph. Psylliodes Latr. Blepharida Chev. Odontota Chey. Charistena Baly. Microrhopala Chev. Cassida Linn. Coptocyla Chev.

INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 279

FAMILY MELOIDA. BLISTER-BEETLES.

The Blister-beetles are vegetable feeders, but their larvee are usually parasitic.

Meloé Linn. Epicauta Redt. Pomphopcea LeC. Tetraonyx Latr. Macrobasis LeC Pyrota LeC. Cantharis L. Zonitis Fabr.

Nemognatha III.

COLEOPTERA RHYNCOPHORA.

[Several of the old family, including the weevils and the Staphylinids, are now united in this group, which may be called a sub-order. Nearly all the species are injurious. ]

& FAMILY RHINOMACERID. Rhinomacer Fabr. FAMILY RYNCHITID. Auletes Sch. Eugnamptus Sch. Rynchites Hbst. Pterocolus Sch. FAMILY ATTELABID/. Attelabus L. FAMILY OTIORHYNCHIDZ. Epicxrus Sch. Neoptochus Horn. Pandeletejus Sch. Aphrastus Sch. Phyxelis Sch. Pachneus Sch. Brachystylus Sch. Eudiagogus Sch. Agraphus Sch. Tanymecus Sch. Aramigus Horn. FAMILY CURCULIONID. Sitones Sch. Anchodemus LeC. Conotrachelus Sch. Cceliodes Sch. Listronotus Jekel. __Lissorhoptrus LeC. Rhyssematus Sch. Ceutorhynchus Germ. Macrops Kirby. Bagous Germ. Chalecodermus Sch. Pelenomus Thoms.

Pachylobus LeC. Otidocephalus Chey. Zaglyptus LeC. Coelogaster Sch.

280

Hylobius Sch, Pissodes Germ. Lixus Fabr. Dorytomus Sch. Desmoris LeC.

Pachytychius Jekel.

Smicronyx Sch. Phyllotrox Sch. Endalus Lap.

Brachy bamus Germ,

Onychylis LeC.

Eupsalis Lac. «

Rhyncophorus. Sphenophorus Sch. Calandra Chauy.

Platypus Hbst. Corthylus Er.

Monarthrum Kirsch.

Pityopthorus Eich.

Hypothenemus West.Micracis LeC.

Magdalis Germ. Acamptus LeC. Acalles Sch.

Tyloderma Say.

Anthonomus Germ. Orchestes Ill. Prionomerus Sch. Phyrdenus LeC. Piazorhinus Sch. Thysanocnemis LeC. Piazurus Sch. Gymnetron Sch. Miarus Sch.

Laemosaccus Sch.

Copturus Sch. Acoptus LeC, Tachygonus Sch. Centrinus Sch. Zygobaris LeC. Craponius LeC. Balaninus Germ,

FAMILY BRENTHID.

FAMILY CALANDRIDA. Dryopthorus Sch. Phloephagus. Cossomus Clairy. Wollastonia.

Stenomimus Woll.

FAMILY SCOLYTIDZ..

Xyleborus Eich. Cryphalus Er

Scolytus Oliv. Chramesus LeC. Xylocleptes. Tomicus Latr, Cnesinus LeC.

Hylesinus Fabr.

ORDER HEMIPTERA.

Cryptorhynchus II].

Mononychus Germ,

Phloeotribus Latr.

INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

Rhinonchus Sch. Trichobaris Let. Aulobaris LeC. Baris Germ. Onychobaris LeC. Pseudobaris LeC. Ampeloglypter LeC. Madarus Sch. Stethobaris LeC, Barilepton LeC, Plocamus LeC.

Amaurorhinus. Stenoscelis.

Phloeosinus Eich. Carphoborus Eich. Dendroctomus Er. Hylastes Er.

(Wings, four; anterior portion either of same thickness throughout, and, usually, sloping at sides, or thickened at base with thinner extremities which overlap: Sone

parts formed for sucking:

Metamorphosis incomplete. }

INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 281 ,

SUB-ORDER HOMOPTERA.

[Hemiptera having the anterior wings of the same thickness throughout. and

usually sloping at the sides: Mouth parts inserted at the posterior and inferior por- tion of the head.]

FAMILY COCCIDA.. BARKLICE, OR SCALE INSECTS. This is one of the most injurious families of insects. The species have been very little studied, so that their geographical distribution is not well known. <A number of species have been described by Prof. Comstock, from the District of Columbia, and, as the majority of these will proba- bly be found in South Carolina, they are included in the following list : Aspidiotus ancylus Putnam, (D. C.,0n Ma- Aspidiotus pini Comst., (Ga., on pines).

ple, Peach, Hackberry.)

obscurus, Comst., (D. C., on tenebricosus Comst.(D,C., on

: Willow and Oak.) red Maple.)

Diaspis carueli Targ., Tozz.—(D. C., on Diaspis rosae (Sandberg). (On Rose, Black-

Juniper and Arbor Vitae.) berry and Raspberry.)

Chionaspis euonymi Comst.,(Va.,on Euon- Chinaspis nyssae Comst. (On Black Gum.) ymus.

furfurus (Fitch). (D.C.,on Apple.) pinifoliae (Fitch). (On Pines.)

Mytilaspis pomorum (Bouché). (On Apple.)

Lecanium hesperidum (L.) (On Ivy and Orange.)

Kermes gallaeformis Riley. (On Oak.)

Dactylopius destructor Comst. (Mealy bug.) longifilis Comst. (D. C.)

FAMILY APHIDIDA. PLANT LICE.

About 170 species of Plant lice have been described in the United States. They are very injurious insects, and are familiar to all gardeners and florists. During the past year the grain louse (Siphonophora avenae, Fabr.) has done much damage to wheat in North and South Carolina. We mention some of the most prominent South Carolina species :

Siphonophora avenae (Fabr.) (T7'he grain Siphonophora rosae Beauv. (On Rose.)

louse.) Myzus cerasi (Fabr.) (On Cherry.) Myzus persicae (Selzer). (On Peach.) Aphis mali Fabr. (On Apple.) Aphis brassicae Linn. (On Cabbage.)

maidis Fitch. On Corn.) Schizoneura lanigera Hausm. (The Woolly Schizoneura americana Riley. (On Elm.) Apple Louse.) Pemphigus alnifolii Riley. (On Maple.) Phylloxera vastatrix Planchon. (The Grape Phylloxera.)

282 INVERTEBRATE FAUNA -OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

FAMILY .CICADELLIDA. LEAF HOPPERS.

This is a family of large extent, and is not well worked up. The com- mon “Grape vine thrips” (Erythroneura vitis Fitch) is a good example. The Cicadula exitiosa of Uhler did much damage to winter grain in York, Abbeyille, Union, and Laurens counties, South Carolina, in the spring of 1879, and another member of this family, Diedrocephala flaviceps Riley, was concerned in the same work.

FAMILY CICADIDA. “LOCUSTS.”

The Seventeen Year Locust (Cicada septendecim Linn.) is the best known representative of this family,

SUB-ORDER HETEROPTERA.

[Hemiptera having the anterior wings thickened at base, with thinner extremities, which overlap on the back: Mouth parts inserted at the anterior and inferior portion of the head. ] .

This sub-order is one of great extent and includes many of our most injurious insect enemies, as well as many of the most beneficial predatory species. The North American species have been carefully monographed by Mr. P. R. Uhler, of Baltimore, and this monograph will probably be published before long as one of the Smithsonian contributions.

FAMILY REDUVIIDA.

The insects of this family prey upon other insects and may be classed as very beneficial to man.

Nabis ferus Latr. (Destroys plant lice.) Prionotus cristatus L. (The ** Wheel-bug,” or Devils’ Coach Horse ;” destroys a variety of injurious tnsects.)

Sinea multispinosa Say. (Destroys the Cotton-worm).

INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 283

FAMILY CORISID_E.

The members of this family (we use it for convenience in its old sig- nification) have varied habits, some being vegetable feeders and very in- jurious, while others are carnivorous; others still combine the two habits:

Acanthocephala femorata Fabr. (Destroys cotton and army woris.) Anasa tristis DeG. (Feeds on garden vegetables.) armigera Say. Anthocorus insidious Say. (“ Fulse Chinch bug.’’) Corimelaena pulicaria Germ. (Punctures strawberry and raspberry plants.) Euschistis tristigma Say. (Carnivorous.) Leptoglossus phyllopus L. (Destroys Cubbage-bug.) Lygaeus bicrucis Say. lineolaris Beauv. (Punctures plants.) Micropus leucopterus Say. (Chinch bug.) Nezara hilaris Say. (Destroys Cotton-worms.) Oebalus typheus (Fabr ) (Carnivorous.) Pirates biguttatus Say. (Feeds on Bed-bugs.) Podisus cynicus Say. (Vegetable feeder ; also carnivorous.) spinosus Dallas. (Destroys Cotton-worms.) Strachia histrionica Hahn. (The Harlequin Cabbage bug.)

FAMILY MEMBRACID.X.

Mention is made of this family on account of its containing, among its members the common bed-bug (Acanthia lectularia, L.)

FAMILY PEDICULIDAE. BODY LICE.

ORDER ORTHOPTERA. CRICKETS, GRASSHOPPERS, ETC.

[Wings four; anterior pair thickened and usually overlapping; posterior pair thinner and folded in plates longitudinally: Mouth parts formed for biting: Metamorphosis incomplete. ]

This order includes many injurious insects. We shall make special mention of four of the seven families, omitting the Phasmidex (Walking- sticks), Blattide (Cockroaches), and Forficulidx (Earwigs).

284

INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

FAMILY GRYLLIDH. CRICKETS.

This family is not well worked up for America.

Among the South

Carolina species we mention only the following :

Gryllus luctuosus Serv. Gryllotalpa longipennis Scudd. Oecanthus niveus Harr.

Gryllus abbreviatus Sery.

(Mole cricket.)

(Snowy tree-cricket.)

FAMILY LOCUSTID. LONG-HORN GRASSHOPPERS.

Microcentrus retinervis Scudd. Orchelimum glaberrium Burm. (?) Xiphidium fasciatum DeG. Conocephalus crepitans Scudd. Phanerotptera curvicauda Harr.

FAMILY ACRIDIDZ.

(“ Katy-did,”) Orchelimum agile DeG.

GRASSHOPPERS OR TRUE LOCUSTS.

The members of this family are all so injurious that we shall give as

complete a list as possible.

Tryxalis brevipenis Charp. Opomala punctipennis Sery.

bivittata Serv. Pyrgomorpha punctipennis Thos. Stenobothrus admirabilis Uhl. (D.C.S. IIL.)

occidentalis Sauss.

Tragocephala infuscata Harr. Tomonotus sulphureus Sauss. G£dipoda sordida Burm

carolina Linn.

fenestralis Sery.

rugosa Scudd. Pezotettix longicornis Sauss.

edax Sauss. Daloptenus femur-rubrum De Geer. differentialis Thos.

Chromachris colorata (Sery.) Acridium rubiginosum Harr,

alutaceum Harr

americanum (Drury,)

Opomala varipes Serv.

marginicollis Serv.

Chrysochraon viridis (So., Ill. and Fla.) Stenobothrus Maculipennis Seudd.

Tragocephala viridifasciata Harr.

Tomonotus xanthopterus (Burm.)

(Edipoda discoidia Serv. pheenicoptera. sincerata Harr.

Pezotettix scudderi Uhl (Md.) Caloptenus bivittatus (Say.)

Oxya claviger (Serv.) °

Acridium ambiguum Thos. (Tenn.,)

obscurum (Fabr. obtusum Burm,

INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 285

Rhomalea centurio (Drury.) Rhomalea marci Serv. Tettix ornata (Say.) Tetlix oxycephala Burm. femorata Scudd (Md.) Tettigidea lateralis (Harr. ) Tettigidea polymorpha (Burm. ) (Ala.)

FAMILY MANTIDAi.

The insects of this family are raptatorial, and prey upon other insects. The common South Carolina species is Mantis carolina Linn., commonly known as the Rear-horse.” It is common all through the South, but was originally described from Carolina.

ORDER NEUROPTERA.

[Wings four, membranous, net-veined, generally large and of nearly equal size: Mouth-parts formed for biting: Metamorphosis complete or incomplete: Abdomen of female with no sting or piercer. ]

This isa very heterogeneous Order, and none of its members are of sufficient importance economically to merit special mention here Dr. Hagen, in his synopsis (1861), mentions eight hundred and twelve North American, of which twenty-nine only are from Carolina, while one hundred and four are from Georgia. This, however, cannot be taken as an index to the true number of species in the State’

CLASS ARACHNOIDEA.

[Body of two regions (cephalo-thorax and abdomen): thorax with eight legs: ab- domen with six spinarets: head without antenne: No metamorphosis. }

ORDER ARANEINA. SPIDERS.

{Jaws used exclusively for biting: abdomen spherical, sac-shaped, not divided into segments, and attached to the cephalo-thorax by a slender pedicel. 1]

286 INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

FAMILY EPEIROIDA. ORB-WEAVERS.

Gasteracantha cancer (Hentz.)

Acrosoma spinea (Hentz.)

rugosa ( Hentz.)

Argiope riparia (Hentz )

Epeira insularis Hentz.

septima Hentz. domiciliorum Hentz.

Miranda bombycinaria (Hentz.)

displicata (Hentz.)

Acanthepeira stellata (Hentz.)

verrucosa (Hentz.

Ocrepeira ectypa (Walk.)

Cyrtophora tuberculata Marx MS.

Cyrtarachne cornigera (Hentz.)

Singa foliata (Hentz.)

pratensis ( Hentz.) rubella (Hentz.)

Zilla globosa (Keyserling.) labyrinthea (Hentz.) placida (Hentz.) gibberosa (Hentz.)

Epeira prompta Hentz.

albida Marx MS.

Fhyllira mameata Hentz,

Hyputiotes cavatus (Hentz. )

Nephilla plumipes Koch.

Acrosoma mitrata (Hentz.)

Argiope fasciata (Hentz. ) Epeira vulgaris Hentz, strix Hentz. thaddeus Hentz. Miranda nigrostriata Marx MS. heptagon (Hentz.) Acanthepeira spinosa Marx MS.

Singa tetragnathoides Marx MS. nigrifrons Marx MS,

Zilla maculata Keys. hortorum (Hentz.) scutulata (Hentz.) caudata (Hentz.)

Epeira fera Marx MS,

textrix Marx MS.

Phyliira riparia Hentz.

FAMILY THERIDIOIDA. SNARE-WEAVERS

Episenus truncatus Walk. Erigone coccinea (Hentz.) indirecta Cambr. neophita (Hentz.) Linyphia comunis Hentz, marmorata Hentz. seripta Hentz. Mimethus interfecta Hentz. Thalamia parietalis Hentz.

Erigone anglica (Hentz.) oscitabundum (Hz,) rosida (Hentz.)

Linyphia conferta Hentz.

costata Hentz,

Mimethus tuberosus Hentz.

INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 287

Theridium vulgare Hentz. Theridium intentum Hentz. serpentinum Hentz. blandum Hentz. inarmoratum Hentz. lyra Hentz. boreale Hentz. sphaerula Hentz. studiosum Hentz. trigonum Hentz. frondeum Hentz. tectum Hentz. cruciatum Hentz, pictum Hentz.

funebre Hentz.

eancellatum Hentz. foliaceum Hentz. Lathrodectus verecundus (Hentz.) Spinthrus flavidus Hentz.

FAMILY PHOLCOIDZ.

Pholcus atlanticus Hentz. Pholcus pullulus (Hentz.) Spermaphora meridionalis Hentz.

FAMILY SCYTODOID.

Seytodes cameradus Hentz. Loxosceles longipes Marx M&,

FAMILY AGALENOIDA. FUNNEL SPINNERS.

Dictyna sublata (Hentz.) Dictyna moderata Marx MS. volupis Keys.

Amaurobius atrox Marx MS.

Coelotes comunis Marx MS.

Tegenaria medicinalis Hentz.

Hahnia pulchella Marx MS.

Agalena nevia Hentz.

FAMILY DRASSOIDA. ASSASSIN SPIDERS.

Trachelas inermis Marx MS.

Liocranum zonarium (Heotz.) Liocranum variegatum Marx MS, crocatum (Hentz )

Micaria nitens Marx MS.

Herpyllus ecclesiasticus Hentz. Herpyllus vulgaris Marx MS. bicolor Hentz.

288 INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

Anypheena fallens (Hentz.) Any pheena gracilis (Hentz. ) albens (Hentz.) Phonolithus nitens Marx MS. Phonolithus fasciatus Marx M8. Gnaphosa variegata (Hentz ) Gnaphosa columbiana Marx MS. Clubiona pallens Hentz. Clubiona amarantha Walk. obesa Hentz. abottii Koch. piscatoria Hentz. excepta Koch, traneuilla Hentz. corticalis Walk. celer Hentz. riparia Koch. saxatiles Koch. Cheiracanthium aibicum Marx MS. Cheiracanthium atrox Marx MS. saltabundum ( Hentz.) riparium Marx MS. Drassus aureolis Marx MS. Drassus tristis Marx MS. longipalpus Marx MS. pavidus Marx MS. Phrurolithus nitens Marx MS. Phrurolithus fasciatus Marx M8.

FAMILY DYSDEROIDZ.

Pylarus bicolor Hentz.

FAMILY FILISTATOIDA.

Filistata hibernalis Hentz.

FAMILY THERAPHOSOIDE. MINING SPIDERS.

Atypus niger Hentz.

Pachylomerus solsticialis (Hentz.) Pachyiomerus carolinensis (Hentz.) Eurypelma bicolor (Hentz.) Eurypelma gracilis (Hentz.)

Mvegale truncata Hentz.

FAMILY THOMOSOIDA. CRAB SPIDERS.

X ysticus triguttatus Keys. Xysticus limbatus Keys. pulgerimus Keys, emertonii Keys. lenis Keys, variabilis Keys. punctatus Keys, gulosus Keys.

elegans Keys. Oxyptilla georgiana Keys, Coriarachne versicolor Keys.

Synema paryula Keys, t Synema nigromaculata Keys.

INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 989

Misumena spinosa Keys. Misumena georgiana Keys. : rosea Keys, vatia Walk. americana Keys. Diaea lepida Thorell. Runcinia brendelli Keys. Tmarus candatus Keys. Tibellus duttoni Keys.

Thanatus rhombodoidus Marx MS. Thanatus rubicundus Keys.

Philodromus aureolus Keys Philodromus infuscatus Keys. laticeps Keys. imbecillus Keys. vulgaris Hentz. molitor Marx MS.

FAMILY LYCOSOIDA. WOLF SPIDERS.

Lycosa scutulata Hentz. Lycosa funerea Hentz.

punctulata Hentz.

Tarentula sagitata (Hentz). Tarentula saltatrix (Hentz). ocreata (Hentz). erratica (Hentz). ruricola (Hentz). litoralis (Hentz). lenta (Hentz). maritima (Hentz). carolinensis (Hentz). aspersa (Hentz). georgiana (Marx MS). ripararia (Hentz).

fatifera (Hentz). Trochosa furiosa Marx ms.

Dolomedes tenebrosus Hentz. Dolomedes sexpunctatus Hentz. tenax Hentz. marginatus Marx MS. albineus Hentz. audax Marx MS.

urinator Hentz. Ctenus literalis Marx MS. Ocyale carolinensis (Hentz). Ocyale variegata Marx MS.

FAMILY OXYOPOIDA. LYNX SPIDERS.

Oxyopes viridans Hentz. Oxyopes salticus Hentz. scalaris Hentz. ‘astutus Hentz.

FAMILY ATTOIDZ. JUMPING SPIDERS.

Attus insolens Hentz. Attus parvus Hentz. cardinalis Hentz, rarus Hentz. capitatus Hentz. niger Hentz. militaris Hentz. gracilis Hentz.

19

290 INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

multicolor Hentz. leopardus Hentz. sexpunctatus Hentz. puerperus Hentz. falearius Hentz. vittatus Hentz. hebes Hentz. coronatus Hentz. castaneus Hentz. coceatus Hentz. taenifolia Hentz. ; pulex Hentz. elegans Hentz. auratus Hentz. familiaris Hentz. viridipes Hentz. tripunctatus Hentz. multivagus Hentz. taystaceus Hentz. cristatus Hentz. | atiosus Hentz. mitratus Hentz. fasciolatus Hentz. sylvanus Hentz. rufus Hentz. superciliosus Hentz. podagrosus Hentz. morigerus Hentz, : rupicola Hentz. cyaneus Hentz. nubilis Hentz. octavus Hentz.

parvus Hentz. Epiblemum faustum Hentz. Hentzia palmarum (Hentz).

Synemosyna formica Hentz Synemosyna ephippiata Hentz. scorpionia Hentz. picata Hentz.

ORDER PEDIPALPI.

[Maxillary palpi greatly enlarged, ending in a forceps; abdomen jointed.]

FAMILY PHALANGIDA. HARVEST MEN, “DADDY-LONG-

LEGS.”

Phalangium dorsatum Say (?) (Va.) Phalangium maculosum Wood. vittatum Say. | - yentricosum Wood. calear Wood. grande Say. formosum Wood. nigrum Say.

FAMILY GONILEPTIDZ.

Gonyleptes ornatum Say. (?)

INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 291

ORDER ACARINA. MITES.

[Cephalo-thorax merged with the non-jointed abdomen: Mouth parts adapted for biting or sucking. ]

The Mites of this country have not been well studied, and we shall omit them from our list.

CLASS MYRIAPODA.

[Body cylindrical ; composed of from ten to two hundred joints. ]

: ORDER CHILOPODA. CENTIPEDES.

[Each body-joint simple, and bearing a single pair of legs: Head composed of two regions; one before and one behind the mouth. ]

FAMILY CERMATIID.

Cermatia forceps Rafinesque.

FAMILY LITHOBIID.

Lithobinus americanus Newport. Botiaropolys multidentatus Newport.

FAMILY SCOLOPENDRIDA.

Scolopendra heros var., castaniceps Wood, Scolopendra viridis Say ; (mountains of (Ga.) Ga.) polymorpha Wood. Cryptops hyalina Say (Ga.) Opisthemega postica Wood. Scolopocryptops sexspinosa (Say).

bo co bo

INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

FAMILY GEOPHILIDA.

Mecistocephalus melanotus Wood (Ga,) Geophilus laevis Wood (Ga.)

Strigamia laevipes Wood (Ga.) Strigamia taeniopsis Wood (Ga.)

ORDER DIPLOPODA. MILLIPEDES.

[Body divided into numerous joints, each furnished with two pairs of short legs. ]

FAMILY LISIOPETALIDA.

Spirostrephon Jactarius (Say).

FAMILY JULIDA.

Julus minutus Brandt.

Spirobolus marginatus (Say). Spirobolus spinigerus Wood.

FAMILY POLYDESMID4.

Paradesmus erythropygus Brandt.

Fontaria virginiensis (Drury).

FAMILY POLYXENIDZ.

Polyxenus fasciculatus (Say).

FAMILY POLYZONID.

Octoglena bivirgata Wood (?) Ga.

FAMILY SIPHONOPHORID 2.

Brachycybe LeContii Wood (?) Ga.

INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 293

CLASS CRUSTACEA.

[Articulate animals with two pairs of antennae or feelers, with jointed appendages to some of the abdominal segments, with gills or vesicles for breathing air in water, and a hard chitinous or subcaleareous covering to the body. ]

ORDER DECAPODA. TEN-FOOTED CRUSTACEANS.

Achelous gibbesii Stm. (N. C.) Achelous spinimana DeHaan (N., C.) depressifrons Stm, (N. C.) Alpheus heterochelis Say (N. C.) Alpheus minus Say.

Araneus cribrarius Dana (N. C.)

Calappa marmorata Fabr.

Callianassa stimpsonii Smith (Atlantic coast). Callichirus major Stm.

Callinectes hastatus Ordway (Sea-crab).

Cancer irroratus Say (Rock-crab), Cancer borealis Stm. (Atlantic coast).

Cambarus (Cray-fishes Fresh water.) Cambarus immunis Hagen (N. C.) advena. latimanus LeConte. acutus. lecontei Hagen (N. C.) blandingii Harlan. pencillatus LeConte.

carolinus Erichson. Carinus moenas Leach (Atlantic coast). Clibanarius vittatus Stm. (N.C *Crangon vulgaris Fabr. Euceramus praelongus Stm. (N. C.) Eurytium limossum Say. Eupagurus (Hermit-crabs, living in abandoned shells of periwinkles, and other mol- lusks; the following three species are found) : FE. annulipes Stm. longicarpus Stm. pollicaris Stm. Gebia affinis Say. Gelasimus. (Fiddler-crabs. Very abundant on the muddy banks of salt-marsh, é . streams, and hiding in holes in the ground). G. minax LeConte (N. C.) pugnax Smith. pugillator (N. C.)

* This is the common shrimp. It may be distinguished from its congener, the common prawn: by the character of the rostrum or beak that projects from the head end of the back. This beak in the shrimp is short, with asingle spine behind it. In the prawn it is long, upturned, and toothed, having eight or nine teeth on the upper edge, and three or four on the lower. The name of the common prawn is Palaemonetes vulgaris,

294 INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

Hepatus decorus Gibbes. (Spotted erad.) Heterocrypta granulata Gibbes.

Hippa talpoida Say,

Hippolysmata wurdemanni (Gibbes) Stm. Hippolysmata paludosa. Homarus americanus M. Edw. (Lobster.)

(The common Lobster has been found at Ft. Macon, North Carolina, but it does not appear to have been recorded from South Carolina.]

Lepidops scutella Desm. (N. C.)

Libinia caniliculata Say (Spider crad). Libinia dubia (M. Edw.) Lithadia cariosa Stm. (N. C.)

Menippe mercenaria Say (Stone crab),

Metoporhanis calearata Say.

Neptunus sayi Stm. (Atlantic coast),

Ocyopoda arenaria Say (Land crab).

Palaemonetes carolinus Stm. Palaemonetes vulgaris Say (Common prawn). Panopeus herbstii M. Edw. Panopeus harrisii Gould (Atlantic coast),

Panopeus depressus Smith (Atlantic coast.) Panopeus sayi Smith (Atlantic coast.) Peneus braziliensis Latreille. Peneus setiferus M. Edw. constrictus Stimpson. Pelia mutica Gibbes. Persephone punctata Browne. Pilumnus aculeatus M. Edw.

Pinnixa cheetopterana Stimpson (N.C.) Pinnixa Ssayana Stimpson (N. C.) cylindrica Say (N. C.) Pinnotheres maculatus Say Pinnotheres ostreum Say (Oyster Crab.)

Piagusia,

Platyonichus ocellatus Herbst (Sand Crab.)

Pontonia domestica.

Porcellana ocellata Gibbes. Porcellana sociata Say. Ranilia muricata Edw. (Atlantic coast.)

Sesarma cinerea Bosc. Sesarma reticulata Say. Tozeuma carolinensis Kingsley (N, C.)

Urocaris longicaudata Stimpson.

Virbius pleuracanthus Stimpson (N. C.)

ORDER STOMAPODA.

[Seven or eight pairs of legs. Eyes pedunculated. Gills generally attached to the false fat of the abdomen. ]

Squilla dubia M. Edg. ? Squilla neglecta Gibbes. 1 5 =) empusa Say. scabricauda Sas.

? mantis.

' INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 295

ORDER AMPHIPODA

[Seven pairs of legs. Eyes sessile. Membraneous vesicles for breathing organs. Body frequently compressed. |

Amphithce dentata Say. : Gammarus mucronatus Say. Gammarus fasciatus Say. Talorchestia longicornis Smith (commonly known as Beach-flea, and Sand-hopper.)

ORDER ISOPODA.

[Seven pairs of legs. Eyes sessile. Gills for breathing organs. Body usually de- pressed. ]

Armadillidium pilularis Say (Pill-bug.)

Asellus communis Say. Asellus linéatus Say.

Conilera concharum Hargr.

Idotwa czeca Say.

Livoneca ovalis Say (Jish-louse.)

Lygia gaudichaudii M, Edw. ( Wharf-louse )

Neszea caudata Say.

Nerocilla variabilis Gibbes.

Porcellio (probably several species ; on land only; commonly known as sow bugs and pill bugs.)

Sphzeroma quadridentata Say.

ORDER LASMODIPODA.

[Posterior segments of body previded with legs. Eyes sessile. Breathing by ~

vesicles. All marine.]

Caprella equilibra Say. Caprella geometrica Say.

EATOMOSTRACA.

[This group includes several orders of crustaceans, which have mostly a horny or chitinous shell. Most species are minute, and many live in fresh water.]

Cyclops naviculus Say. Cypris sp.

296 INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF SOUTH CAROLINA,

Cythere bifasciata Say.

Daphnia angulata Say.

Limulus polyphemus Linn, (This species has a long, pointed, spine-like tail. Tt at- tains alength of more than a foot. It is commonly known as the Horse-shoe

Crab, also King Crab.)

CIRRIPEDIA. BARNACLES. [Six pairs of forked, cileated limbs. Permanently attached in the adult state ]

Acasta spongites, Balanus balanoides Stm. (Acorn barnacles.) eburneus Gould, galeatus Darwin. Lepas (Goose barnacles.) anatifera Linn. anserifera Linn. pectinata Spengler.

CLASS ANNELIDA. TRUE WORMS.

{ Mostly with red blood; body with external segmentation, No jointed appendages. Aquatic respiration by means of the general surface of the body, by involutions of the

skin, or by gills.]

ORDER POLYCHJHTA.

Arabella opalina Verrill (N. C.) Anthostoma robustum Verrill (N. C.) Cistenides gouldii Verrill.

Diopatra cuprea Claparéde.

Uydroides dianthus Verrill (N.C.) Nephthys picta Ehlers.

Nereis limbata Ehlers.

Rhynchobolus americanus Verrill (N. C,)}

INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 297

Sabellaria vulgaris Verrill (N. C.)

Sabella micropthalma Verrill (N. C.)

Serpula fascicularis Lam,

Spio caudatus,

Spirorbis sp.

Terebe'la conchifera Pall. Terebella ventricosa Bosc.

ORDER OLIGOCH ZITA.

Lumbricus terrestris Linn. (This is the common earth or angle worm.)

ORDER HIRUDINEA. LEECHES.

Clepsine swampina Diesing. (Upon frogs and toads.)

CLASS SCOLECIDA.

[Mostly parasitic; possessing a water-vascular system.]

ORDER TURBELLARIA. NON-PARASITIC.

Balanoglossus aurantiacus Verrill. Cerebratulus ingens Verrill (N, 0.) Meckelia ingens Leidy.

ORDER GORDIACEA. HAIR WORMS.

{In one state parasitic in grasshoppers, etc. They are the so-called Hair-snakes when in water.]

298 INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

ORDER NEMATODA. ROUND WORMS.

The two following doubtless occur : Trichina spiralis, (The pork parasite.) Anguillula aceti. (Vinegar eel.)

ORDER TZENIADA, TAPE WORMS.

Teenia echinococcus is found in the dog, and Trenia mediocanellata and solium in man. (For further information, see Verrill’s work on Parasites.)

MOLLUSCA.

CLASS CEPHALOPODA. [ Mollusks with a distinct head ; around the mouth are eight or more tentacles; body enclosed ir a mantle; two or four plume-like gills. ] Loligo brevis Blainville. (Squid.) Octopus granulatus Lam. (Cuttle-fish.) Ommastrephes bartramii Lesueur (N. C.)

CLASS GASTEROPODA. [Shell univalve ; locomotion effected by a ventral foot or fin-like organ: head dis- tinct. ] TERRESTRIAL OR LAND SNAILS,

Glandina truncata Gmelin.

Hyalina cernioidea Anthony (N. C.) Hyalina ligera Say (Ga.) arborea Say (Eastern U, 8.) demissa Binney (Ga,) indentata Say (East. U. S.). fulva Draparnaud (U. 8.) intertexta Binney (Ga.) interna Say (Ga.)

(Helicodiscus) lineata Say (E. U.S.)

Macrocylis concava Say (Ga.

Helix alternata (Kast U.S.) perspectiva Say (Kast. U. 8.) posteliana Bland (Ga.) espicola Ravenel. hazardi Bland (Ga.) pustula Fer. pustuloides Bland (Ga.) leporma Gould (Ga.) spinosa Lea (Ga.) barbigera Redfield (Ga.) stenotrema Fer (Southern States.) maxillata Gould (Ga.) monodon Rackett (East. U.S.) palliata Say (Ga.) obstricta Say. appressa Say. inflecta Say (Ga.)

Bulimulus dealbatus Say (N. C.)

Stenogyra decolata Linn.

Pupa pentodon Say. fallax Say.

Vertigo milium.

Succinea avara Say (East U.S.)

obliqua Say (Ga.)

Sonites kopnodes Binney (Ga.) leevigata Pfeiffer (FE. U. 8.) inornata Say (N. C,)

Tebennophorsns carolinensis Bose

Limax flavus Linn,

INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

ve

999

Helix rugila Shuttleworth (N. C.) tridentata Say. fallax Say. introferens Bland (N, N.) hopetonensis Shuttleworth. major Binney. albolabris Say. elevata Say (Ga.) clarkii Lea (N. C.) christyi Bland (N, C.) exoleta Binney (Ga.) wheatleyi Bland (N. C.) thyrvides Say. bucculenta Gould (N, C.) jejuna Say (Ga.) pulchella Mueller. Intro- duced.)

aspera Mueller (European.

(Introduced from Europe at Charleston, 8. C.)

Pupa contracta Say (East. U.S.) costicaria Say.

Vertigo ovata Say.

Succinea campestris.

Sonites sculptilis Bland (N, C.) elliotii Redfield (N. C.) suppressa Say (East. U.S.)

MOSTLY FRESH WATER.

Carychium exiguum Say.

Melampus bidentatus Say.

Limnza columella Say

Physa gyrina Say.

Planorbis lentus Say. glabratus Say. trivoluis Say (U. 8.)

Pomus depressa Say (Ga. )

Viripara intertexta Say (Ga.)

contectoides Buiney (Ga.) Melantha decisa Say.

Melampus obliquus Say (On beach N. C.)

Limnea humilis Say.

Physa heterostropha Say (Ga,)

Planorbis bicarinatus Say (E. U. 8.) parvus Say.

Viripara georgiana Lea. ag

Melantha coarctata Lea.

300 INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

Lioplax cyclostomatiformis Lea (Ga.) Bythinella tenuipes Coupr. (Ga.) Pomatiopsis lapidaria Say (Ga.)

(Under stones in wet places). Helicina articulata (Ga.)

MOSTLY MARINE.

Utriculus canaliculatus Say. Bulla solitaria Say.

Chiton apiculatus Say.

Entalis pliocena T. and H. (N. C.)

Crepidula formicata Linn. Crepidula unguiformis Say (N. C.) formicata var. intorta Say (N.C.) aculeata Gmelin.

conveya Say. Fissurella alternata Say. : Zizyphinus sp. (N. C.) Turbo crenulatus Gm. ? Littorina irrorata Say. Littorina dilatata d’Orbrgny. (N. C.)

Scalaria humphreysii Keiner (N. C.) Scalaria lineata Say. angulata Say. turbinata Conrad (N. C.)

Solarium granulatum Lam. (N. C.)

Vermetus radicula Stimpson (N. C.)

Serithium sp. (N. C.)

Bittium nigrum Tott. Bittium sp. (N. C.) greenii C. B. Ad. (N. C.)

Triforis nigrocinctus C. B. Ad. (N. C.)

Chemnitza spirata Ktz. and Stm,

Odostomia seminuda C. B, Ad, Odostomia impressa Say.

Turbonilla interrupta Tott. (N, C.)

Obeliscus crenulatus Holmes. (N. C.)

Rissoa pupoidea Ktz. and Stm.

Eulima oleacea Ktz. and Stm. Eulima conoidea Ktz. and Stm.

Sigaretus perspectivus Say.

Natica pusilla Say.

Porcellana (Cypraea) exanthema Linn, (N. C.)

Pleurotoma cerina Ktz. and Stm. Pleutotoma plicata C. B. Ad. (N. C.) Marginella apicina Menke. (N, C.) Marginella roseida Redfield (N. C.)

guttata Dillwyn. Oliva literata Lam

INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 301

Olivella mutica Say.

Columbella avara Say. Columbella mercatoria Linn, (N. C.) lunata Say, _ ormata Ravenel ? (N. C.)

Dolium galea Linn.

Semicassis granulosa Lamarck (N. C.)

Cassis cameo Stm. (N. C.)

Purpura floridana Conr. (N, C.)

Ilyonassa obsoleta Say.

Nassa vibex Say. Nassa trivittata Say. Cerithiopsis terebralis C. B. Adams. Acus concavus Say. Acus dislocatus Say.

Anachis similis Verrill. (N. C.)

Rapana (Fusus) cimerea Say.

Busycon pyrum Dillw. Busycon carica Linn. canaliculatum Linn. perversum Linn.

Cancellaria reticulata Linn.

Fasciolaris tulipa Linn. Fasciolaris gigantea Kriener.

distans Lam. :

Ranella caudata Say.

Murex spinicostata Val. (N. C.)

Strombus pugilis Gm. (N. C,) Strombus alatus Gm.

Mitra granulosa Lamarck.

CLASS PTEROPODA. Free; swimming by means of two wing-like appendages (epipoiia).

Styliola acicula Lesueur (N. C,)

CLASS LAMELLIBRANCHIATA.

Gills in the form of lamellae; shell bivalve.

302 INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

FAMILY UNIONIDA. FRESH-WATER CLAMS ‘OR MUSSELS.

Unio abbevillensis Lea. Unio merus Lea (Abbeville Dist.) aberans Lea (N. C.) micans Lea (N. C.) angustatus Lea (Cooper River.) modioliformis Lea (Santee canal.) barrattii Lea (Abbeville.) nasutulus Lea (N, C.) beaverensis Lea (N. C.) neusensis Lea (N. C.) bisselianus Lea (N. C.) nubilis Lea (N. C.) buxens Lea (Abbevil'e.) obesus Lea. castus Lea. oblatus Lea (N. C.) ; catawbensis Lea (N, ©.) palliatus Lea (N. C ) charlottensis Lea (N. C.) pawensis Lea (N, C.) chathamensis Lea (N. C.) percoarctatus Lea (N. C.) cistel!aeformis Lea. perlatus Lea (N. C.) ¢complanatus Sol. perlucens Lea (N, C.) concavus Lea (Abbeville.) pernodosus Lea (N. C.) confertus Lea (Santee canal.) perstriatus Lea (Abbeville Dist.) congaraeus Lea (Congaree River.) pertennis Lea (N. C.) contiguus Lea (N. C.) planilaterus Con. (N. C.) contractus Lea (N. C.) protensus Lea (N. C.) curatus Lea (N. C.) pullus Con (Wateree River.) datus Lea (N. C.) pumilus Lea (N, C.) decoratus Lea (Abbeville Dist.) purus Lea (N. C.) dorsatus Lea (N. C.) pygmaeus Lea (Abbeville.) emmonsii Lea (N. C.) quadrilaterus Lea. exactus Lea (N. C.) raleighensis Lea (N. C.) fulvus Lea, ravelianus Lea (N. C.) gastonensis Lea (N. C ) roanokensis Lea (N. C.) geddingsranus Lea (Congaree River.) rostrum Lea (N. C.) gracilentus Lea (N. C.) rufusculus Lea (Abbeville Dist.) eriffithianus Lea. sordidus Lea (Abbeville Dist.) hepaticus Lea (Salkahatchie River.) spadiceus Lea (N. C.) humerosus Lea (N. C.) squalidus Lea (N. C.) indefinitus Lea (N. C ) squamens Lea (N. C,) ineptus Lea (Abbeville Dist ) striatulus Lea (N, C.) cv insulus Lea (N.C ) tenerus Ray. jejunus Lea. tuomeyi Lea (Abbeville Dist.) lanceolatus Lea (N. C.) utriculus Lea (N. C.) lazarus Lea (Abbeville Dist.) vaughanianus Lea (Camden.) livingstonensis Lea (N. C.) viridulus Lea (N. C.) Jucidus Lea (N, C.) watereensis Lea (Wateree canal.) mecklenbergensis Lea (N. C.) waccamawensis Lea (N. C.)

mediocris Lea (N. C.) weldonensis Lea (N, C,)

INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 308 Margaritana marginata Say. Margaritana triangulata Lea.

raveneliana Lea (N. C.) Anodonta doliaris Lea (N. C.) Anodonta virgulata Lea (N. C.) dunlapiana Lea.

MARINE SPECIES.

(Ship Worms.)

Teredo megotara Hanley. Teredo dilatata Stm, Pholas truncata Say. Pholas costata Linn.

Zirpheea crispata Morch,

Saxicava distorta Say.

Pandora trilineata Say (N. C.)

Lyonisia hyalina Cour (N. C.)

Cochlodesma leanum Conr. (N. C.)

Gastrocheena sp. (N. C.)

Panopza americana Conr, (N. C.). Panopeea bitruncata Cour. (fossil?) (N, C.) Myalina subovata Conr. (N. C.)

Cor>bula contracta Say.

Mya arenaria Linn (longClam.) (This is also called the soft-shelled clam.) Solemya veluim Say (N.C.)

Siliquaria bidens Chemn (N. C ) Siliquaria gibba Spengle. Solen ens‘s Linn. (Razor shell.) Strigilla sp (N.C.) Strigilla flexuosa Say. Tellina alternata Say. Tellina iris Say.

tenera Say. polita Say.

tenta Say. Abra eequalis Say. Amphidesma constricta ? Phill. (N, C.) Semele orbiculata Say Cumingia tellinoides Cour. Donax variabilis Say.

Mactra lateralis Say. Mactra raveneli Cour. (N. C.) solidissima Chem.

Reeta lineata Say. Reeta canaliculata Say.

Petricola pholadiformis Lam. Petricola dactylus Sow.

Venus mercenaria Linn. (Quahog ) (This is the common round clain,) . Lucinopsis sp (N.C )

Dorsinia discus Reeve. ;

Cytherea gigantea Chemn. (N. ©.) Cytherea convexa Say (N. C.) Tottenia manhattensis Verrill (N, C.)

Chione grata Say (N. C.)

Gemina totteni Stm. (N. C.)

304 INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

Mercenaria mortoni Conr. (N. C.) Mercenaria violacea var. notata (N. C.) violacea Schum, (N, C.)

Cardita tridentata Say.

Astarte lunulata Conr.

Diplodonta? punctata Say (N, C.)

Lucina chrysostoma (N. C.) Lucina strigilla Stm. Liocardium mortoni Conr. (N. C.) Laocardium levigatum Lam. (N, C.) Cardium isocardia Linn. Cardium magnum Born. (N. C.)

muricatum Linn. Chama macrophylla Chemn. (N. C.) Chama arcinel!a Linn.

(Sea Mussels ) Mytilus carolinensis (N. C.) Mytilus cubitus Say. edulis Linn. (N. C ) Argina pexata Gray (Bloody clam.)

Modiola americana Leach (N. C.) Modiola plicatula Lam. castanea Say ? hamatus Verrill (N. C.)

Modiolaria lateralis Say.

Avicula atlantica Lam.

Pinna muricata Linn. Pinna seminuda Lam, Leda acuta Conr. (N. C.)

Yoldia limatula Say.

Nucula proxima Say.

Arca americana Gray, Arca transversa Say. holmesii Kurtz. limula Conr. lienosa Say. ponderosa Say. no Linn. incongrua Say. occidentalis.

Pectunculus charlestonensis ? Holmes.

Pecten nodosus Lam. Pecten dislocatus Say. concentricus Say.

Lima scabra Born. : 7

Plicatula depressa Lam.

(Oysters) Ostreea virginiana Latr. Ostreea fundata Say. equestris Say. é Anomia glabra Verrill (fossil ?). TUNICATA.

[Body protected by a leathery, elastic integument. Mouth opening into the bottom of a respiratory sack. ] Molgula pellucida Verrill (N. C ) Cynthia partita Stm. (N, C.) Amaroecium stellatum Verrill (N. C.)

INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 305

BRACHIOPODA.

{One nerve ganglion; shell bivalve ; mouth with two long cirriferous arms. Mostly fossil.]

Lingula pyramidata Stm. (N. C.)

BRYOZOA OR POLYZOA.

' [Body consisting of a double-walled sack ; mouth surrounded by a circle or crescent. of hollow, ciliated tentacles. Animals always in composite colonies. ]

Crisia eburnea Lamx. (N. C.) Amathia alternata Lamx. (N. C.) Vesicularia armata Verrill (N. C.) Aetea anguina Lamx. ? (N. C.) Bugula turrita Verrill (N. C.)

Acamarchis neritina Lamx. (N. C.)

Membranifora lineata Busk. (N. C.) Membranifora catenularia Smitt (N. C-) Biflustra denticulata Smitt (N. C.) Hippothoa hyalina Smitt (N. C.) Hippothoa (Aescharella) variabilis Verrill.

biaperta Smitt (N. C.) Cellepora avicularis Hisscks (N. C.) Lepralia americana Verrill (N. C.) Discopora nitida (N. C.)

CLASS. ECHINODERMATA.

[Radiate animals, with,a calcareous shell, or with calcareous spicules in the skin. They possess an ambulacral system. ]

ORDER HOLOTHUROIDEA. SEA CUCUMBERS,

[Echnioderms covered with a coriaceous skin, in which are calcareous granules or spicules. Shape of body, elongated, slug like.]

Thyone briareus Selenka (N. C.) Pentamera pulcherrima Ayres, Thyonella gemmata Verrill. Anaperus carotinus Frosch,

20

306 INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

ORDER ECHNOIDEA. SEA URCHINS.

[Echinoderms with a shell usually globose in shape, and made up of calcareous plates, having a definite arrangement. Teeth present, forming a complicated mechan- ism, known as Aristotle’s lantern, Pedicellaria present in some ]

Arbacia punctulata Gray (N. C.) (Commonly known as the purple sea-urchin). Cidaris tribuloides BI. Clypeaster subdepressus Ag. Echinanthus rosaceus Gray. Echinometra subangularis Desml.

Echinocardium flayescens A. Ag. Echinocardium cordatum Gray. Encope emarginata Ag. Mellita pentapora Liitken | Sand cakes.

sexforis A. Ag. J Shape flattened.

Moira atropos A. Ag.

Strongylocentrotus droebachiensis A. Ag. (Commonly known as the green sea-urchin).

Toxopneustes variegatus A. Ag. (N. C.)

ORDER ASTROIDEA. STAR-FISHES.

[The viscera extending into each of the five arms. Pedicellaria present. No teeth.]

Asterias forbesii Verrill (N. C.) Asterias spinosus Link. Astropecten articulatus (Say) Luetken. Luidia clathatra (Say) Luetken.

ORDER OPHIUROIDEA. BRITTLE SEA-STARS.

[Body discoidal; the five arms do not contain prolongations of the alimentary canal. No pedicellaria. A masticatory apparatus, ]

Ophiura brevispina Say. Ophiura elongata Say. Ophiophragmus wurdemanni Lyman (N, C.) Ophiotrix angulata Ayres.

INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 307

CLASS ACALEPH#. JELLY-FISHES.

[Radiate jelly-like animals, with a central cavity hollowed out of the mass of the body, which is usually made up of four (or some multiple of four) parts. ]

Bolena littoralis McCready. Mnemiopsis gardenir Agassiz. Mnemiopsis leidyi A. Agassiz. Beroe punctata Esch.

Idyiopsis clarkii Ag.

Stomolophus meleagris Ag.

Dactylometra quinquecirra Ag (N. C.)

Cyanea versicolor Ag.

Foveola octonaria A. Ag.

Cunina discoides Fewkes (N. C.)

Cheiropsalamus guadrumanus F, Mueller (N. C.) Tamoya haplonema F. Mueller (N. C.)

Persa incolorata McCready.

Liriope scutigera McCready.

Oceania folliata Ag.

Eucheilota ventricularis McCready.

Dipleuron parvum Brooks (N. C.

Clytia bicophora Ag.

Platypyxis cylindrica Ag.

Campanularia carolinensis Verrill (N. C.) Campanularia noliformis McCr. (N. C.)

Eucope divaricata A. Ag. Eucope obliqua Brooks (N. C.)

Eutima mira McCr. Eutima emarginata Brooks (N. C.) cuculata Brooks (N, C.) variabilis McCr. ;

Aglaophenia tricuspis Ag. Aglaophenia rigida ? Allman (N. C.)

trifida.

Nematophorus sp. Brooks (N. C.)

Plumularia quadridens McCr. Plumularia (catharina-like) McCr-

Dynamena cornicina McCr. - Dynamena bilateralis, Brooks.(N. C.)

Diphasia (nigra-like) Ag.

Margelis carolinensis Ag.

Nemopsis bachei Ag. (Charleston).

Endendrium’ramosum McC. Endendrium, tenue ? A. Ag. (N. C:) -Turritopsis nutricula McCr. (Charleston).

Stomatoca apicata McCr. (Charleston).

Willia ornata McCr.

Dipurina cervicata McCr. Dipurina strangulata McCr:

Corynetis agassizii McCr.

Gemmaria gemmosa McCr.

Pennaria tiarella McCr. Pennaria inornata Brooks-(N. C,)

308 INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF SOUTH CAROLINA. Ectopleura turricula Ag. Ectopleura ochracea A, Ag (N. C.) Parypha cristata Ag. Streenstrupia gracilis Brooks (N. C.) Hydractinia polyclina Ag. Eudoxia alata McCr. Diphyes pusilla McCr. Physalia arethusa Til. Velella mutica Bose. Porpita linniana Less. Nanomia cara A. Ag. Obelia commissuralis MeCr. (Charleston). Lafoea calcarata A: Ag. (Charleston). Sertularia cornicina Verrill (Charleston). Sertularia carolinensis Verrill (N. C.) (Desmoscyphus ) achilleas Ver- rill (N. C.) Pelagia cyanella Peron and Lesueur (N. C.) Diphasia sp. (N. C.)

CLASS POLYPI OR ANTHOZOA.

[Radiate animals, with a tubular or sack-like body, in the centre of the summit of which is an opening called the mouth, which is surrounded by one or more rows of tentacles. ]

ORDER ALCYONARIA. CORAL ANIMALS.

[Body built on the plan of four; eight pinnately fringed tentacles. They are ealled the Asteroid Polypes. The red coral of commerce belongs here.]

Renilla renifornis Cuvier (N. C.)

Leptogorgia carolinensis Verrill (N, C.) Leptogorgia virguiata M. Edw. (N. C,) setacea Verrill (N. C.)

Anthopodium rubens Verrill (N. C.)

Titanideum suberosum Verrill (N, C.)

Telesto fructiculosa Dana (N. C.)

INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 309

ORDER ACTINARIA. SEA ANEMONES «c.

Sagartia leucolena Verrill (N. C.)

Paractis rapiformis M. Edw. (N. C.) Halocampa producta (Stm.) Verrill (N. C.) Calliactis sol Verrill (N. C.)

Aulactinia capitata Verrill (N. C.) Cladactis cavernata Verrill (N. C.) Cerianthus americanus Verrill (N. C.) Ilyanthus chloropsis (Ag.) Verrill (N. C.) Paranthea pallida Verrill (N. C.)

ORDER MADREPORARIA.

[The polypes of this order have tentacles, mostly six orsome multiple of six in number. Most corals are formed by animals of this group. They abound in tropical waters |

Astrangia dane Ag. (Star coral.) Oculina arbuscula Verrill (N. C.) Oculina implicata Verrill (N. C.)

PROTOZOA.

[Animals generally of minute size, composed of a nearly structureless, jelly-like substance, having no definite body cavity, presenting no trace of a neryous system, and whose alimentary apparatus, if at all differentiated, is very rudimentary.

SPONGIDA. SPONGES.

Microciona prolifera Verrill (N. C.)

Chalina arbuscula Verrill (N. C.)

Cliona sulphurea Verrill (N. C.)

Hircina campana Nardo (N. C.)

Spongia vermiculata var. Hyatt (N. C.)

Spongelia spinosa Hyatt (N. C.) Spongelia dubia var. foraminosa Hyatt (N.C.) Dysidea fragilis Johnston ? (N. C,)

‘Doubtless, if the fresh water ponds are examined, other sponges will be found growing in quiet spots on submerged branches, stones, &c. The student is referred to an article by H. J. Carter, in the Ann. and

310 INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

Mag. Nat. Hist., Febr., 1881, on the known species of Spongilla; also, to Mr. KE. Potts, Acad. Nat. Sei., Phila.; Pa., who is making a special study of Fresh Water Sponges.

MICROSCOPIC PROTOZOANS.

[Most of the following Rhizopods and infusorians were originally described by Ehrenberg. ]

Ameeba proteus Amblyophis viridis.

Amphileptas anser.

Arcella dentata. Arcella vulgaris. Difflugia proteiformis. Difflugia spiralis Bailey.

Dinobryon sertularia.

Epistylis anastatica.

Euglena pleuronectes. Euglena viridis. Hydatina senta.

Lepadella ovalis. Megalotrocha alboflavican s Monostyla lunaris. Ophrydium versatile. Peridinium carolinianum Bailey. Peridinium cinctum Ehrenberg, Pterodina patina.

Scardidium longicaudum.

Squamella oblonga.

Vorticella clorostigma.

The following Protozoans belonging to the Rhizopoda, as defined by Leidy, are so wide spread in the fresh waters of the United States. that they probably all occur in South Carolina.. They are to be looked for in the ooze of ponds, among Sphagnum in swamps, «ce.

Ameeba verrucosa Ehrenberg. Ameeba radiosa.

Pelomyxa villosa.

Difflugia pyriformis Perty. Difflugia lobostoma Leidy. urceolata Carter. corona Wailich. cratera Leidy. constricta Ehren.

acuminata Ehrenberg. Nebela collaris Ehren Arcella discoides Ehren. Arcella mitrata Leidy.

INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

Centropyxis aculeata Ehren. Jochliopodium bilimbosum Auerbach, Pamphagus mutabilis Bailey. Pseudodifflugia gracilisSchlumberger. Cyphoderia ampulla Ehren. Campascus cornutus Leidy. Euglypha alveolata Dujardin. Sphenoderia lenta Schlumberger. Actinophrys sol Miller, Actinospheerium eichornii Ehren. Acanthocystis chuetophora Schrank.

S11

Cochliopodium vestitum Archer. Pamphagus hyalinis Ehren,

Most of the above species marked (N. C.) are given on the authority of Drs. Coues and Yarrow, whose papers on the fauna of Ft. Macon, N. C., in the Proce, Phila. Acad.

Sci., 1871 and 1876, will be found of value to the student.

We suggest that those in-

terested endeavor to verify and add to this list.

The following works, most of which have been used in the revision, will be useful to the student of South Carolina Invertebrata:

INVERTEBRATES OF VINEYARD SounD; by A. KE. Verrill in the Rep. U. 8. Fish Com- mission, 1871-72.

LAND AND Fresn Water Sue ts or N, A, ; by W. G. Binney. Smithsonian Mis- cellaneous Collections.

A Synopsis or THE FaAmity Unronip©: by Isaac Lea. 4to, Phila., 1870.

Monoararn or N. A. Astacio; by Her- mann Hagen, Museum of Comp. Zoolo- gy, Cambridge, Mass.

Tue EXTERNAL AND INTERNAL PARASITES |

or MAN AND Domestic ANIMALS; by A. FE. Verrill in the Report Connecticut Board of Agriculture, 1870.

ILLUSTRATED CaTaLoaur or N. A, ACALEPHS or JELLY Fisnes; by A, Agassiz, Mu- seum Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, 1865.

History or tue Inrusora; Pritchard.

Published in London.

MICROSCOPIC OBSERVATIONS MADE IN 8. C.,, Ga, AND Fia,; by J. W. Bailey, and published in the Smithsonian Contri- butions to Knowledge, Vol II., 1851.

|Fresa Water Purzoropa or N, A.; by by Jos. Leidy. U. 8. Geol. Survey, 1879. 4to, with 48 plates.

(The Jast three works treat wholly of microscopic animals. )

CHAP THR Aare

A LIST OF THE MORE COMMON

NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

BY.H. W..RAVENEL,

AIKEN, S. C., MARCH, 1882.

SERIES I.

Flowering plants, with roots, stems, leaves, fruitand seeds. Phaenogams.

CLASS I.

Plants with two seed leaves (cotyledons), as cotton, peas, &c., having stems with bark and pith, and a woody layer between them: growth by annual layers between the wood and bark; veins of the leaves form- ing a network. Dicotyledons or Exogens.

DIVISION I.

Having two sets of floral leaves, one green, the other colored; the colored leaves more or less numerous; separate. Polypetalous.

NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 313

ORDER I. CROWFOOT FAMILY.

RANUNCULACE 2.

Herbs or climbing shrubs, with watery, acrid juice: leaves generally divided, with leaf stalk dilated at base ; ovaries distinct, numerous ; fruit dry.

VIRGIN’S BOWER.

. DWARF CLEMATIS.

. WOOD ANEMONE

. CAROLINA ANEMONE. . LIVER LEAF.

. EARLY MEADOW RUE. . MEADOW RUE

. RUE ANEMONE,

NOP wt

eS ee eH © Oo ©

SEAL.

12. MARSH MARYGOLD; COLT’S FOOT;

GROUND IVY.

18. CELERY-LEAVED CROWFOOT; BITING

_ CROWFOOT.

14, CREEPING CROWFOOT. 15. ROUGH CROWFOOT,

16. SHINING CROWFOOT, 17, SMOOTH CROWFOOT. 18. DWARF CROWFOOT.

19. COLUMBINE.

20. BLUE LARKSPUR.

21. TALL LARKSPUR.

22, DWARF LARKSPUR. .23. GARDEN LARKSPUR. 24. MONKSHOOD ; WOLFSBANE. 25, YELLOW ROOT.

26. RATTLE-TOP; BLACK SNAKE ROOT; CO-

HOSH.

27. BANEBERRY ; WHITE COHOSH.

. CRISPED CLEMATIS; BLUE JESSAMINE. . TRAVELER'S JOY ; LEATHER FLOWER.

. ORANGE ROOT; YELLOW ROOT; GOLDEN

Clematis crispa. Clematis viorna. Clematis Virginica. Clematis ochroleuca. Anemone nemorosa. Anemone Caroliniana. Hepatica triloba. Thalictrum dioicum. Thalictrum cornuti. Thalictrum anemonoides.

Hydrastis Canadensis. Caltha palustris.

Ranunculus sceleratus. R. repens.

R. recurvatus.

R. nitidus.

R. abortivus.

R. pusillus.

Aquilegia Canadensis. Delphinium azureum. D. exaltatum.

D tricorne.

D. consolida. Aconitiim uncinatum. Zanthorhiza apiifolia.

Cimicifuga racemosa. Actza alba.

ORDER II. MAGNOLIA FAMILY. MAGNOLIACEA.

Aromatic trees or shrubs, with alternate, leathery leaves, and large, showy flowers.

1. MAGNOLIA; BIG LAUREL. 2. SWEET BAY; WHITE BAY.

3. LONG-LEAVED CUCUMBER TREE.

Magnolia grandiflora. M. glauca. M. Frazeri.

“*

314 NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

4. HEART-LEAVED CUCUMBER TREE. M. cordata. . 5. COCUMBER TREE. M. acuminata. . 6. UMBRELLA TREE. M. umbrella.

7. TULIP TREE; POPLAR. Liriodendron tulipifera.

ORDER III. CUSTARD APPLE FAMILY. ANONACEA, 1. PAPAW ; CUSTARD APPLE. Asimina triloba.

ORDER IV. MOONSEED FAMILY. MENISPERMACEA Climbing, shrubby vines.

1. RED-BERRIED MOONSEED. Cocculus Carolinus. 2. MOONSEED. Menispermum Canadense.

ORDER V. BARBERRY FAMILY. BERBERIDACEA.

1. BARBERRY. Berberis Canadense. 2. BLUE COHOSH ; PAPOOSE ROOT; SQUAW

ROOT. ' Caulophyllum thalictroides. 3. UMBRELLA LEAF, Diphylleia cymosa.

4. WILDJALAP; MAY-APPLE; MANDRAKE, Podophyllum peltatum.

ORDER VI. POND-NUT FAMILY. NELUMBIACE, Aquatic herbs, with large, circular, floating leaves. Fruit, a nut. 1. WATER CHINQUEPIN; POND NUT. Nelumbium luteum.

ORDER VII. WATER SHIELD FAMILY. CABOMBACEE.

Aquatic herbs with floating leaves.

1. WATER SHIELD. Brasenia peltata. 2, NARROW-LEAVED WATER SHIELD. Cabomba Caroliniana.

ORDER VIII. WATER LILY FAMILY. NYMPHEACEZE.

Water plants, with round or heart-shaped leaves. Fruit, berry-like. . WATER LILY; POND LILY; BONNETS. Nymphea odorata.

. YELLOW WATER LILY. Nuphar advena. . ARROW-SHAPED WATER LILY. N. sagittifolia.

Oo wo =

NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 315 ORDER IX. PITCHER PLANT FAMILY. SARRACENIACEE.

oro =

Seon on & WO WY

ee ee won re. So

ore

Perennial marsh herbs, with hollow, pitcher or trumpet-shaped leaves, and nod- ding flowers.

. HUNTSMAN’S CUP; PITCHER PLANT. . RED-FLOWERED TRUMPET LEAF. . SIDE-SADDLE FLOWER; TRUMPETS;

FLY-TRAP.

. SPOTTED TRUMPET LEAF; FLY-CATCHER.

ORDER X. POPPY FAMILY. . MEXICAN POPPY; THORN

PRICKLY POPPY.

. PUCCOON ; BLOOD ROOT.

Sarracenia purpurea. 8. rubra.

S. flava. 8. variolaris.

PAPAVERACEE.

Argemone Mexicana. Sanguinaria Canadensis.

ORDER XI. FUMITORY FAMILY. FUMARIACEZ,

These are mostly mountain plants.

ORDER XII. MUSTARD FAMILY. CRUCIFERZ.

Herbs with pungent juice ; the four petals of the flower forming a cross.

. WATER CRESS.

. MARSH CRESS.

. WALTER’S CRESS. . SPRING CRESS.

. PEPPER ROOT.

. SICKLE POD.

- TANSY MUSTARD.

HEDGE MUSTARD.

. WHITLOW GRASS.

. WART CRESS; SWINE CRESS. . PEPPER GRASS.

. SHEPHERD’S PURSE.

. SEA KALE.

Nasturtium officinale. Nasturtium palustre.

N. tanacetifolium. Cardamine rhomboidea. Dentaria diphylla. Arabis Canadensis. Sisymbrium canescens. S. officinale. : Draba verna,

Senebiera pinnatifida. Lepidium Virginicum. Capsella bursa-pastoris. Cakile maritima.

ORDER XII. VIOLET FAMILY. VIOLACE®.

. BLUE VIOLET. . HAND-LEAF VIOLET. . WILD PANSY ; HEARTSEASE,

Viola cucullata. V. palmata. V. tricolor, va. arvensis.

td

16 NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 4, HAIRY VIOLET. V. villosa. 5. ARROW-LEAF VIOLET. V. sagittata. 6. BIRD-FOOT VIOLET. V. pedata. 7. PRIMROSE-LEAF VIOLET, V. primulefolia. 8. LANCE-LEAF VIOLET. V. lanceolata. 9. PALE VIOLET. V. striata. ORDER XIV. ROCK ROSE FAMILY. CISTACEZ.

to —_

me CO

co tS

oo -

ORDER XVII.

tk: » 2 4.

Co seo =

. FROST WEED.

ROCK ROSE.

. SMALL PIN-WEED. . LARGE PIN-WEED.

ORDER XV. SUN DEW

. THREAD-LEAVED SUN DEW. . LONG-LEAVED SUN DEW.

- ROUND-LEAVED SUN DEW.

. SHORT-LEAVED SUN DEW,

. VENUS’ FLY-TRAP.

ORDER XVI. PARNASSIA

GRASS OF PARNASSUS.

ROCK ROSE.

ST. JOHN’S-WORT.

GROUND PINE; ORANGE GRASS. ST. PETER’S-WORT.

MARSH JOHN’S-WORT.

ORDER XVIII. * PURSLANE . PURSLANE. . GARDEN PORTULACCA, SPRING BEAUTY. : . SEA PURSLANE.

FAMILY.

ST. JOHN’S-WORT FAMILY.

FAMILY.

Helianthemum Canadense. H. Carolinianum.

Lechea minor.

L. major.

FAMILY. DROSERACEE.

Drosera filiformis. D. longifolia,

D. rotundifolia.

D. brevifolia. Dionzxa muscipula.

PARNASSIACEZE:

Parnassia Caroliniana.

HY PERICACEA.

Hypericum prolificum. H. perforatum.

H. sarothra.

Ascyrum crux-Andree. Elodea Virginica.

PORTULACCACE..

Portulacca oleracea.

P. pilosa.

Claytonia Virginica. Sesuvium pentandrum.

ag nl Pathe eo fro An , é

NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 317

ORDER XIX. PINK FAMILY. CARYOPHYLLACEAS.

1, SAND SPURRY. Spergularia rubra.

2, PINE CHEAT; SAND SPURRY. Spergularia arvensis. 3. INDIAN CHICKWEED. Molugo verticilata. 4. SAND-WORT., Alsine squarrosa.

5. SAND-WORT. Arenaria serpyllifolia. 6. CHICKWEED, Stellaria media.

7. STAR CHICKWEED, 8. pubera.

8, ONE-FLOWERED CHICKWEED, 8, uniflora.

9. MOUSE-EAR CHICK WEED, Cerastium vulgatum. 10, STAR CHAMPION, Silene stellata. 11. INDIAN PINK. 8. Virginica. 12, CATCH-FLY. 8. antirrhina. 13. SOAP-WORT Saponaria officinalis.

14, COCKLE. Agrostemma Githago.

ORDER XX. MALLOW FAMILY. MALVACEA.

1, MALLOW. Malva rotundifolia. 2. SPRING MALLOW. Sida spinosa.

8. VELVET LEAF. INDIAN MALLOW. Abutilon Avicennae. 4. MARSH MALLOW. Hibiscus Moscheutos.

{In this order are also the Garden Okra, Hibiscus esculentus, and the Cotton-plant, Gossipyum herbaceum, and the Althea. ]

ORDER XXI. THE LINDEN FAMILY. TILIACEAE.

1. SOUTHERN LINN. Tilia pubescens. 2. WHITE LINN, T. heterophylla.

ORDER XXII. CAMELLIA FAMILY. CAMELLIACEAE.

1, LOBLOLLY BAY. Gordonia Lasianthus. 2, STUARTIA. Stuartia Virginica.

[Under the Order Aurantaceae, Orange Family, may be mentioned the Orange, both sweet and sour, the Lemon, and the Shaddock, which are cultivated in the southern portion of the State, extending up as far north as Charleston. ]

318 NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

i

owe

_

bo

bo

bo

Nw: =

HH OO

ORDER XXIII. PRIDE OF INDIA FAMILY. MELIACEAE.

PRIDE OF INDIA. CHINA BERRY. Melia azadarach.

Now well naturalized.

ORDER XXIV. FLAX FAMILY. LINACEAE.

. WILD FLAX. Linum Virginicum.

ORDER XXV. WOOD SORREL FAMILY. OXALIDACEAE.

. PURPLE WOOD SORREL. Oxalis violacea. . WHITE WOOD SORREL, O. acetocella. YELLOW WOOD SORREL. O. stricta.

ORDER XXVI. GERANIUM FAMILY. GERANIACEAE.

. CRANESBILL, ALUM ROOT. Geranium maculatum. . CAROLINA CRANESBILL. G. Carolinianum.

ORDER XXVII. BALSAM FAMILY. BALSAMINACEA.

. PALE TOUCH-ME-NOT. Impatiens pallida. . JEWEL WEED—SPOTTED TOUCH-ME-NOT. I. fulva.

ORDER XXVIII. RUE FAMILY. RUTACEA,

. PRICKLY ASH; TOOTH-ACHE TREE. Zanthoxylum Carolinianum, . HOP TREE. Ptelea trifoliata.

ORDER XXIX. CASHEW OR SUMACH FAMILY.

ANACARDIACE. . STAG-HORN SUMACH. Rhus typhina. . SMOOTH SUMACH. R. glabra. . COMMON SUMACH. R. copillina. . DWARF SUMACH. R, pumila.

DE

NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 319

5. POISEN SUMACH; POISEN ELDER. R. venenata. 6. POISEN OAK. R. toxicodendron. 7. POISEN VINE. R. radicans.

ORDER XXX. VINE FAMILY. VITACE.

1. FOX GRAPE. ; Vitis Labrusca.

2. SUMMER GRAPE. V. estivalis.

3. FROST GRAPE; WINTER GRAPE. V. cordifolia.

4, BULLACE ; SCUPERNONG. V. vulpina.

5. VIRGINIA CREEPER; AMERICAN IVY. Ampelopsis quinquefolia. ORDER XXXI. BUCKTHORN FAMILY. RHAMNACEZ.

1. SUPPLE JACK. Berchemia volubilis.

2. TI-TI. } Sageretia Michauxii.

3. CAROLINA BUCKTHORN. Frangula Caroliniana.

4, JERSEY TEA; RED ROOT. Ceanothus Americanus.

ORDER XXXII. STAFF TREE FAMILY. CELASTRACEZ.

1. STRAWBERRY BUSH; BURSTING HEART. Euonymus Americanus. 2, BURNING BUSH. E. atropurpureus. 3. WAX-WORK; BITTER-SWEET. Celastrus scandens.

ORDER XXXIII. BLADDER-NUT FAMILY. STAPHYLEACEZ.

1.

He GC bo

oF CO tO

BLADDER-NUT. Staphylea trifolia.

ORDER XXXIV. SOAP BERRY FAMILY. SAPINDACE.

SOAP BERRY. Sapindus marginatus. . BUCK-EYE; HORSE-CHESTNUT. Zesculus Pavia. . YELLOW BUCK-EYE, &.. flava. . SMALL FLOWERED BUCK-EYE. £.. parviflora.

ORDER XXXV. MAPLE FAMILY. ACERACE/.

. ASH-LEAVED MAPLE; BOX-ELDER. Negundo aceroides. . RED MAPLE. Acer rubrum.

. SILVER MAPLE. A. dasycarpum.

. SUGAR MAPLE. A. saccharinum.

. STRIPED MAPLE. A. Pennsylvaricum.

320 NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

ORDER XXXVI. MILKWORT FAMILY. POLYGALACE.

1. BACHELOR'S BUTTON, 2, SENECA SNAKE-ROOT, 3. BLOOD-RED POLYGALA,

Polygala lutea.

P. senega.

P. sanguinea. And many other species,

ORDER XXXVII. PULSE FAMILY. LEGUMENOSE.

Herbs, shrubs and trees with compound alternate leaves, fruit a legume or pod. A large and very important family of plants—well represented in our State.

, RATTLE BOX.

. PARTRIDGE PEA.

. LUPINE.

. HAIRY LUPINE.

. BLUE LUPINE.

6. RED CLOVER.

7. WHITE CLOVER.

8. CAROLINA CLOVER.

9. BUFFALO CLOVER,

10. RABBIT-FOOT CLOVER. 11. YELLOW CLOVER.

12. HOP MEDICK, LUCERNE. 13. YELLOW MELLILOT. l4. WHITE MELLILOT.

15. BUCK ROOT,

16. INDIGO BUSH.

Or te G to

17. LOCUST; FALSE ACACIA. 18. CLAMMY LOCUST.

19. ROSE LOCUST. 21. RABBIT-PEA; GOAT’S RUE.

22. CAROLINA INDIGO. 23. INDIGO.

24. MILK VETCH. 25. VETCH ; TARE. 26. WILD VETCH.

Crotallaria sagittalis.

_ C, ovalis.

Lupinus perennis.

L. villosus.

L. diffusus.

Trifolium pratense.

T. repens.

T. Caroliniana.

T. reflexum.

T. arvense.

T. procumbens.

Medicago lupulina.

Melilotus officinalis.

M. alba.

Psoralia canescens.

Amorpha fruticosa. And one other species. Robinia pseudo-Acacia.

R. viscosa. Only in the moun-

tains.

~ R. hispida. 20. VIRGIN’S BOWER; AMERICAN WISTARIA.,

Wistaria frutescens. Tephrosia Virginica. And two other species.

Indigofera Caroliniana.

I. Anil. Introduced and formerly cultivated.

Astragalus glaber.

Vicia sativa.

V. Caroliniana, And two other

species.

27. 28,

29.

30.

31. 32.

33. 34. 35,

36.

37.

38., 39, FLORIDA COFFEE; STYPTIC WEED. 49. PARTRIDGE PEA; GOLDEN CASSIA.

41. 42,

43,

NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 321

PENCIL FLOWER, JAPAN CLOVER.

Stylosanthes elatior. Lespedeza striata. A native of

Japan—now natuvalized and spreading everywhere—also three or four

more native species, BEGGAR’S TICKS.

Desmodium. This is a large fam-

ily of plants, of which there are sixteen species growing in the State.

The term Beggar’s Ticks” is indiscriminately applied to all of them,

from the peculiar formation of the Legume, or seed-pod, composed of

jointed parts, easily separated, and clothed with hooked hairs, causing

them to adhere to clothes of any one brushing them.

DOLLAR PLANT.

WILD GROUND-NUT. WILD BEAN.

NATIVE ERYTHRINA. WILD PEA VINE. MILK PEA,

WILD INDIGO.

JUDAS TREE; RED BUD WILD SENNA.

HONEY LOCUST. ONE-SEEDED LOCUST. SENSITIVE PLANT.

Rhynchosia monophylla. And two other species. Avios tuberosa. Phaseolus perennis. And two other species. Erythrina herbacea. Amphicarpa monoica. Galactia pilosa And four other species. Baptisia tinctoria. And seven other species. Cercis Canadensis. Cassia Marylaindica. C. occidentalis. C.chamecrista. And two other species. Gleditschia triacanthos. G. monosperma. Schrankia angustata.

[Under this Order are many of our cultivated plants—Garden Peas, Cow Peas, Beans, Ground-Nut, or Pindar, or Pea-Nut—and many others. |

ORDER XXXVIII. ROSE FAMILY. ROSACEZ,

. CHICKASAW PLUM. . RED PLUM; AUGUST PLUM.

SOUR PLUM.

. WILD CHERRY. . WILD ORANGE; MOCK ORANGE,

. INDIAN PHYSIC.

21

Prunus Chicasa.

P. Americana.

P. umbellata.

P. serotina.

P. Caroliniana. (A fine evyer- green.)

Gillenia trifoliata.

ie i,

322 NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

7. AMERICAN IPECAC,

8 AGRIMONY; FEVERFEW,

9% WILD BURNET.

10, AVENA,

ll. CINQUIFOIL; FIVE-FINGER; WILD STRAWBERRY.

12. WILD STRAWBERRY,

18. COMMON STRAWBERRY.

l4, HIGH. BUSH BLACKBERRY; DEW BERRY

15, JUNE BERRY.

16, LOW-BUSH BLACKBERRY ; TRAILING BLACKBERRY,

17, FLOWERING RASPBERRY.

1s, PURPLE RASPBERRY.

19. SWAMP ROSE. 20. WILD OR DWARF ROSE, 21. EALANTINE; SWEET BRIAR. 21. CHEROKEE ROSE. 235. NARROW-LEAVED THORN, 24. SUMMER HAW ; RED HAW. 25. LLAIRY THORN, 26. DWARF THORN, 27. SCARLET HAW. 28. SUMMER HAW; POND HAW. 20. PARSLEY-LEAVED HAW. 380. COCKSPUR HAWTHORN. 31. TREE HAW, 32. CRAB APPLE. 3 NARROW-LEAWED CRAB. o4. CHOKE BERRY. 35. WILD CRANBERRY. 36, SERVICE TREE.

G. stipulacea. Agrimonia eupatoria. Sanguisorba Canadensis. Geum album.

Potentilla Canadensis.

Fragaria Virginiana,

F. vesca. (This species strays from gardens and has become naturalized.)

Rubus villosus.

R. cuneifolius.

R. trivialis. R. odoratus. (In the mountains.) R. occidentalis. (In the nioun-

tains.) Rosa Carolina.

R. lucida.

R. rubiginosa.

R. levigata. Crategus spathulata. . flava.

. glandulosa. parvifolia.

. coccinea.

. estivalis.

. apiifolia.

. Crus-galli.

. arborescens. Pyrus coronaria.

P. angustifolia.

P. arbutifolia.

P. erythrocarpa. Amelanchier Canadensis.

eannaanansc

(The cultivated representatives of this large and important order are, the Apple, Pear, Quince, Plum, Peach, Apricot, Almond, Cherry, Roses, Spireas, ete.]

ORDER XXXIX. CAROLINA ALLSPICE FAMILY.

CALYCANTHACEE.

1, SWEET-SCENTED SHRUB.

Calycanthus floridus, and two other species.

NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 323

ORDER XL. DEER-GRASS FAMILY, MELASTROMACEZ.

1, DEER GRASS. Rhexia glabella, and five othe: species,

ORDER XLI. LOOSE-STRIPE FAMILY. LYTHRACE.

1. LOOSE STRIFE. Lythrum alatum. 2. SWAMP LOOSE STRIFE. Nesea verticillata. 3. BLUE WAX WEED. Cuphea viscosissima.

[The Crape Myrtle (Lagerstremia Indica), so common in cultivation as a flower- ing tree, from Eastern Agia, belongs to this order.

ORDER XLII. EVENING PRIMROSE FAMILY. ONAORACEZ.

1. EVENING PRIMROSE. Oenothera biennis.

2: SUN DROPS, O. fruticosa, and two or three other species

3, SEED BOX. Ludwigia alternifolia.

4. WATER PURSLANE. L. palustre, and ten other species.

5, ENCHANTER’S NIGHTSHADE, Circea Lutetiana. (In the

mountains.)

6. MERMAID WEED. Proserpinaca palustris, and one other species.

7. WATER MILFOIL Myriophyllum verticillatum.

ORDER XLIII. CACTUS FAMILY. CACTACE.

1. PRICKLY PEAR. * Opuntia vulgaris. . CROWFOOT PRICKLY PEAR. O. Pes-Corvi.

to

ORDER XLIV. CURRANT FAMILY. GROSSULACEZ.

1. SMOOTH GOOSEBERRY. Ribes rotundifolium. (In tlic mountains.)

ORDER XLV. PASSION-FLOWER FAMILY. PASSIFLORACE/.

1. MAY POP; PASSION FLOWER. Passiflora incarnata, 2. YELLOW PASSIFLORA. P. lutea.

524

1. COMMON GOURD; CALABASH.

»

Cucumber and Gherkin of the gardens. ]

>) 2 oO 4

bo

NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

ORDER XLVI. GOURD FAMILY. CUCURBITACE.

. ONE-SEEDED CUCUMBER.

Lagenaria vulgaris. Sicyos angulatus.

[In this order are the Squash, Pumpkin, Watermelon, Muskmelon, Cantaloupe,

ORDER XLVII. ORPINE FAMILY. CRASSULACE. ,

. WILD ORPINE.

2. THREE-LEAVED STONE CROP.

. MOUNTAIN MOSS. . DITCH STONE CROP.

Sedum telephoides. (In the mountains. )

S. ternatum.

8. pulchellum. (In the mountains.)

Penthorum sedoides.

ORDER XLVIII. SAXIFRAGE FAMILY. SAXIFRAGACEZ.

. LETTUCE SAXIFRAGE.

. EARLY SAXIFRAGE.

. ALUM ROOT. . FALSE MITRE-WORT.

. MITRE-WORT.

. GOLDEN SAXIFRAGE.

. WILD HYDRANGEA

. SNOWY HYDRANGEA.

. CLIMBING DECUMARIA.

. ITEA.

. SYRINGA.

. ROUGH SYRINGA.

. SCENTLESS SYRINGA.

Saxifraga erosa. (In the moun- tains.)

S. Virginiensis. (In the moun- tains.)

Heuchera Americana.

Tiarella cordifolia.

Mitella diphylla.

Chrysosplenium Americanum.

Hydrangea arborescens.

H. radiata.

Decumaria barbara.

Itea Virginica.

Philadelphus grandiflorus. (In

the mountains.) P. hirsutus. (In the mountains.) P. inodorus.

ORDER XLIX. WITCH HAZEL FAMILY. HAMAMELACEZE.

]

» 9 o

- WITCH HAZEL. . DWARF ALDER. . SWEET GUM.

Hamamelis Virginica. Fothergilla alnifolia. Liquidambar styraciflua.

bo

em OCF LO Re

OU

a or, WON

NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS

ORDER L. PARSLEY FAMILY.

. PENNY-WORT., . WATER GRASS.

. SANICLE; BLACK SNAKE ROOT.

. BUTTON sNAKE ROOD.

. DWARF CARROT.

. COMMON CARROT.

. WATER HEMLOCK. . BISHOP WEED.

. WATER PARSNIP.

. MEADOW PARSNIP.

. ANGELICA.

. ARCHANGELICA.

. WATER DROP-WORT.

. COW-BANE ; PIG POTATOE.

. CHERVIL,

:

OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 325

UMBELLIFER.

Hydrocotyle Americana. H. umbellata, and two or three other species. Sanicula Marylandica, and one other species. Eryngium Virginianum. (We have five species of Eryngium, and most of them are known as Button Snake Root.) Daucus pusillus. D. carota. (Somewhat naturalized. ) Cicuta masculata. Discopleura capillacea. Sium lineare. Thaspium aureum, and tio other species. Ligusticun actzifolium. Archangelica hirsuta. Tiedmannia teretifolia. Archemora rigida, and one other species. Cherophyllum procumbens.

ORDER LI. GINSENG FAMILY. ARALIACE.

. SPIKENARD.

. WILD SARSAPARILLA.

. PRICKLY ASH ; HERCULES CLUB. . GINSENG ; SANG.

. DWARF GINSENG.

ORDER LIT. DOGWOOD FAMI

. DOGWOOD.

. SWAMP DOGWOOD.

. SOUR GUM; BLACK GUM; PEPPERIDGE. . TUPELO; POND TUPELO.

. SWAMP TUPELO; COTTON GUM.

. OGEECHEE LIME; SOUR TUPELO.

Aralia racemosa.

A. nudicaulis.

A. spinosa.

Panax quinquefolium. (In the mountains )

P. trifolium. (In the mountains.)

LY. CORNACEZ.

Cornus Florida.

C. sericea, and three other species. Nyssa multiflora.

N. aquatica.

N. uniflora.

N. capitata. 4

326 NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

corolla, the latter mostly united into one petal.

ORDER LIT.

DIVISION II. Floral envelopes double, consisting of both calyx and

Monopetalous.

HONEYSUCKLE FAMILY. CAPRIFOLIACEAE.

1. CORAL BERRY. 2, BUSH HONEYSUCKLE.

3. WOODBINE ; HONEYSUCKLE. 4 YELLOW WOODBINE.,

5. HORSE GENTIAN.

6. ELDER.

7. RED-BERRIED ELDER.

8& BLACK HAW.

% SHEEP BERRY.

10, POSSUM HAW ; SHAWNEE HAW, ll, ARROW-WOOD.

ORDER LIV.

1. SMALL BEDSTRAW.

2. BUTTON WEED.

3. BUTTON BUSH.

4. PARTRIDGE BERRY; RUNNING BOX, 5. GEORGIA BARK.

6. BLUETS; DAISEY.

7. PINK ROOT. 8. MITRE WORT. 9 YELLOW JESSAMINE. ORDER LV. 1. LAMB LETTUCE, ORDER LVI. 1. IRON WEED,

2. ELEPHANT’S FOOT,

MADDER FAMILY.

VALERIAN FAMILY.

COMPOSITE FAMILY.

Symphoricarpus vulgaris. Diervilla trifida. (In the moun-

\ tains.) Lonicera sempervirens.

L. flava.

Triosteum perfoliatum.

Sambucus Canadensis. All over the State.

S. pubens. In the mountains,

Viburnum prunifolium.

V. Lentago.

V. nudum.

V. dentatum.

RUBIACEZ,

Galium trifidum. And three other species,

Diodia Virginiana.

Cephalanthus occidentalis.

Mitchella repens.

Pinckneya pubens.

Houstonia cerulea. And several other species.

Spigelia Marylandica.

Mitreola petiolata.

Gelsemium sempervirens.

VALERIANACE.

Fedia radiata.

COMPOSITE.

Vernonia Noveboracensis. And two other species.

Elephantopus Carolinanus.

a a)

NATIVE AND NATURALIZED

. BLAZING STAR. . BUTTON SNAKE-ROOT. . VANILLA PLANT.

ij THOROUGH-WORT; BONE-SET. . TRUMPET WEED.

8. UPLAND BONE-SET.

. RICH WEED.

. WILD HOREHOUND. . DOG FENNEL,

. DOG FENNEL.

CLIMBING HEMP-WEED.

. MIST FLOWER, . WHITE-TOPPED ASTER. 3, ASTER; STARWORT.

OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 327

Liatris squarrosa.

L. spicata.

L. odoratissima. And six or seven other species.

Eupatorium perfoliatum.

E. purpurem.

E. sessilifolium.

E. ageratoides.

E. aromaticum.

E. feniculaceum.

E. coronopifolium. And eleven other species.

Mikania scandens.

Conoclinum coelestinum.

Sericocarpus conyzoides.

Aster corymbosus. This 1s a very

large genus, comprising about thirty-five species found in the State, but

they have received 10 common names. "

. DAISEY FLEA-BANE.,

. HOG-WEED; HORSE-WEED. . FLEA-BANE.

. ROBBIN’S PLANTAIN.

. GOLDEN ROD; ANISE-SEED GOLDEN ROD. Solidago odora.

Erigeron strigosum. E. Canadense.

E. Philadelphicum. E. bellidifolium.

[This is another large genus, comprising over thirty species in this State. Most of

them are called indiscriminately Golden Rod, but that name more properly applies to

the species noted above. }

. SILK GRASS; SCURVY GRASS.

COTTONY SILK GRASS,

. ELECAMPANE. 5. GROUNDSEL; CONSUMPTION WEED, i MARSH FLEA BANE.

. STINKING FLEA BANE. . BLACK ROOT.

. LEAF CUP.

. BEAR’S FOOT. - ROSIN WEED. . MARSH ELDER. 33. 34. RAG WEED; CARROT WEED; STICK WEED. A. artimesiaefolia.

BUFFALO WEED.

Chrysopsis graminifolia.

C. gossypina.

Inula Helenium.

Baccharis halimifolia. Pleuchea bifrons.

P. fetida.

Pterocaulon pychnostachyum. Polymnia Canadensis. In the i mountains. P. uvedalia.

Silphium laciniatum.

Iva frutescens.

Ambrosia trifida.

328 NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS

q

55. 36,

oF

COCKLE BUR; SHEEP BUR. THORNY COCKLE BUR,

17, BRAZILIAN COCKLE BUR.

OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

Xanthium strumarium. X. spinosum. Acathospermum xanthioides.

This Exotic is a recent introduction of about twenty years ago. Spreading from the

woollen mills of Augusta, Ga., it has extended along the railroads in all directions, and

may be found at nearly every station.

45,

. SEA OX-EYE.

ZINNIA; OLD MAID.

. OX-EYE.

. PURPLE CONE FLOWER. 2. CONE-FLOWER. NARROW-LEAVED SUN-FLOWER.

Borrichia frutescens.

Zinnia multiflora. Stray from the gardens.

Heliopsis levis.

Echinacea purpurea.

Rudbeckia hirta.

Helianthus angustifolius. We

have several other species in the State. The common cultivated Sun-

Flower, Helianthus annuus, and the Jerusalem or Ground Artichoke

Helianthus tuberosus, are partially naturalized.

TI K-SEED.

. TICK-SEED SUN-FLOW ER. . TALL COREOPSIS.

. BUR MARYGOLD.

. BEGGAR'S LICE.

. BEGGAR’S LICE; SPANISH NEEDLES. . STICK WEED; CROWN BEARD. . SNEEZE WEED,

. MAY WEED; FALSE CHAMOMILE. . MILFOIL; YARROW. , OX-EYE DAISY ; WHITE DAISY; WHITE

WEED. TANSY.

. WILD WORMWOOD,

56. EVERLASTING.

63.

64,

. CUD WEED.

EVERLASTING,

. FIRE-WEED.

. INDIAN PLANTAIN. 1. RAG WORT

32. THISTLE.

SWAMP THISTLE. YELLOW THISTLE.

Coreopsis discoidea.

C. trichospérma.

C. tripteris.

Bidens chrysanthemoides. B. frondosa.

B. bipinnata.

Verbesina Siegesbeckia. Helenium autumnale. Maruta Cotula.

Achillea millefolia.

Leucanthemum vulgare. Tanacetum vulgare. Sparingly naturalized.

Artemesia caudata.

Gnaphalium polycephalum.

G. purpureum.

Antennaria margaritacea.

Erechthites hieracifolia.

Cacalia atriplicifolia.

Senecio aureus.

Cirsium lanceolatum, Introduced and naturalized.

C. muticum.

C. horridulum.

ee

to

-

_

NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 329

BURDOCK.

» HAWK-WEED,

. RATTLE-SNAKE WEED. . WHITE LETTUCE,

. GALL OF THE EARTH. . DANDELION,

. FALSE DANDELION.

» WILD LETTUCE.

. BLUE LETTUCE,

. SOW THISTLE.

C

Lappa major.

Hieracium scabrum.

H. venosum.

Nabalus albus.

N. Fraseri.

Taraxacum Dens-Leonis. Pyrrhopappus Carolinianus. Lactuca elongata. Mulgidium acuminatum. Sonchus oleraceus.

ORDER LVII. LOBELIA FAMILY. LOBELIACEZE.

. CARDINAL FLOWER.

. GREAT LOBELIA.

- BLUE LOBELAA.

. INDIAN TOBACCO; LOBELIA.

. BELL FLOWER.

. MARSH BELL FLOWER.

. HARE BELL.

. VENUS’ LOOKING-GLASS. .

Lobelia cardinalis.

L. syphilitica.

L. puberula.

L. inflata. And three or four

other species.

ORDER LVIII. CAMPANULA FAMILY. CAMPANULACEZE.

Campanula Americana. C, aparinoides.

C. divaricata. Specularia perfoliata.

ORDER LIX. HEATH FAMILY. ERICACEZE.

. BLUE HUCKLEBERRY.

. DWARF HUCKLEBERRY.

. BLACK HUCKLEBERRY.

. BEAN BERRY.

. SWAMP HUCKLEBERRY.

. DEER BERRY ; GOOSEBERRY.

. CREEPING HUCKLEBERRY,

. SPARKLE BERRY.

. GROUND IVY; MAY FLOWER; TRAILING

ARBUTUS.

. MOUNTAIN TEA; WINTER GREEN, . DOG LAUREL. ; TTL.

Gay-Lussacia frondosa.

G. dumosa.

G. resinosa.

G. ursina. Inthe mountains. Vaccinium corymbosum.

V. stamineum.

V. crassifolium.

V. arboreum.

Epigza repens. Gaultheria procumbens. Leucothe Catesbaei.

L. acuminata.

390

NATIVE AND

3. FETTER BUSH.

. STAGGER BUSH.

. PEPPER BUSH.

» SOUR WOOD; SORRELL TREE.

. WHITE ELDER; SWEELr PEPPER BUSH. . CALICO BUSH; KALMIA.

9. WICKY ; SHEEP LAURED.

. PURPLE HONEY-SUCKLE.

21. BLAZING HONEY-SUCKLE,

. CLAMMY HONEY-SUCKLE.

23. SMOOTH HONEY-SUCKLE. 24. LAUREL; ROSE BAY.

. OAK-LEAVED LAUREL,

. DWARF LAUREL,

. SAND MYRTLE.

28. FALSE WINTER GREEN.

PIPSISSEWA; PRINCES PINE.

. SPOTTED WINTER GREEN. ol. DUTCHMAN’S PIPE; EYE-BRIGHI.

o2. PINE SAP.

Cor te CF to

Co to =

ORDER LX.

. COLT’S FOOT.

NATURALIZED PLANTS

GALAX FAMILY.

OF SOUTH CAROLINA,

Andromeda nitida.

A. Mariana.

A. Ligustrina.

Oxydendrum arboreum.

Clethra alnifolia.

Kalmia latifolia.

K. angustifolia.

Azalia nudifiora.

A.calendulacea. ,

A. viscosa.

A. arborescens.

Rhododendron maximum. In

the mountains.

R. Catawbiense. Inthe moun-

tains.

R. punctatum. In the. moun-

tains. Leiophyllum buxifolium. In the mountains. Pyrola rotundifolia. Chimaphila umbellata. C. maculata. Monodtropa uniflora. M. Hypopitys. GALACINE. Galax aphylla.

ORDER LXI. HOLLY FAMILY. AQUIFOLIACE,

. COMMON HOLLY. . DAHOON HOLLY.

. YAUPON. .

. GALL BERRY; INK BERRY. . TALL GALL BERRY.

ORDER LXIL.

. MOCK ORANGE. * . SNOW-DROP TREE. . SWEET LEAF; YELLOW WOOD.

STYRAX FAMILY.

Tlex opaca.

I. Dahoon.

I Cassine. Prinos glaber. P. coriacea.

STYRACE A.

Styrax grandifolia. Halesia tetraptera. Symplocos tinctoria.

NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 331

ORDER LXIII. CYRILLA FAMILY. CYRILLACE. 1, BURN-WOOD BARK; HE HUCKLEBERRY. Cyrilla racemiflora. ORDER LXIV. EBONY FAMILY. EBENACEZ.

1. PERSIMMON. Diospyros Virginiana.

ORDER LXV. SAPODILLA FAMILY. SAPOTACEZ.

1. BUCK THORN. Bumelia lyciodes. 2. TOUGH BUCK THORN. B. tenax. And two other species.

ORDER LXVI. PLANTAIN FAMILY. PLANTAGINACEE.

1, PLANTAIN. Plantago major. 2. NARROW-LEAVED PLANTAIN. P. lanceolata. And three other species.

ORDER LXVII. LEAD-WORT FAMILY. PLUMBAGINACEZ.

1. MARSH ROSEMARY. ~ Statice Caroliniana.

ORDER LXVIIT. PRIMROSE FAMILY. PRIMULACE.

1, FEATHERFOIL. Huttonia inflata.

2. LOOSE STRIFE. ' Lysimachia stricta.

2. FIVE SISTERS. L. quadrifolia. And three or four other species.

3. AMERICAN COWSLIP. Dodecatheon Media.

4. PIMPERNEL. Anagallis arvensis.

5. CHAFF WEED. Centunculus minimus.

6. BROOK WEED. Samolus floribundus.

ORDER LIX. BLADDER-ROOT FAMILY. LENTIBULACEE.

1. BLADDER WORT. Utricularia inflata. And seven other species ; mostly in boggy grounds, or floating in still waters. 2. BUTTER WORT. Pinguicula lutea.

i. > ae 2 0

-

ORDER LXXI.

ie

»

err o.

ORDER LXNIL.

20.

o2 NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

ORDER LXX. BIGNONIA FAMILY. BIGNONIACE.

CROSS VINE. TRUMPET FLOWER. CATALPA, UNICORN PLANT.

BEECH DROPS. SQUAW ROOT. CANCER ROOT.

. MULLEIN.

. MOTH MULLEIN.

. FIG WORT,

. SNAKE-MOUTH.

. BEARD-TONGUE.

. TOAD FLAX.

. MONKEY FLOWER. . HEDGE HYSSOP.

9, FALSE PIMPERNEL,

. CULVER’S PHyYsIC.

. PAUL’S BETONY.

2. PURSLANE SPEEDWELL. 3. CORN SPEEDWELL.

. FICKEL SPEEDWELL.

. BLUE HEARTS.

FALSE FOX-GLOVE.

. FLAX-LEAVED GERARDIA., 8. PURPLE GERARDIA.

9. CHAFF SEED.

LOUSE WORT,

. COW WHEAT.

FIG-WORT FAMILY.

Bignonia capreoleta. Tecoma radicans. Catalpa Bignonioides. Martynia proboscidea.

BROOM-RAPE FAMILY. OROBANCHACEZ.

Epiphegus Virginiana. Conopholis Americana. Aphyllon uniflorum.

SCROPHULARIACER.

Verbascum Thapsus. V. Blattaria. Scrophularia nodosa Chelone glabra. Penstemon pubescens. Linaria Canadensis Mimulus ringens. Gratiola Virginiana. And two or three other species. Tlysanthes gratioloides. Veronica Virginica. V. serpyllifolia. V. peregrina. V. arvensis. V. agrestis. Buchnera Americana. Dasystoma pubescens. And three other species. Gerardia linifolia. G. purpurea. And three other species. Schwalbea Americana. Pedicularis Canadensis. Melampyrum Americanum.

t

ee)

NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS OI’ SOUTH CAROLINA. 393 ORDER LXXIII. ACANTHUS FAMILY. ACANTHACE. . RUELLIA. Diptercanthus strepens Andtwo other *pecies. . WATER WILLOW. Dianthera Americana. ORDER LXXIV. VERVAIN FAMILY. VERBENACEZ. . WHITE VERVAIN. Verbena urticifolia. . BLUE VERVAIN, V. hastata. . VERVAIN. . V. officinalis. And two other species, . FROG FRUIT, Lippia nodiflora. . AMERICAN MULBERRY; WILD MUL- BERRY. Callicarpa Americana. 3. LOP SEED, Phryma leptostachya. ORDER LXXV. MINT FAMILY. LABIATZ. . SPEAR MINT. Mentha viridis. . PEPPER MINT. M. piperata. ROUND-LEAF MINT. M. rotundifolia. All our Mints are introduced. . BUGLE WEED. Lycopus Virginicus. . DITTANY, Cunila mariana. In the moun- [ tains. . MOUNTAIN MINT. ‘Pycnanthemum incanum. Anda few other species. . HORSE BALM. Collinsonia Canadensis. . PENNY ROYAL. Hedeoma pulegioides. 9. BASIL THYME. Calamintha Nepeta. 10, BALM. Melissa officinalis. . WILD SAGE, Salvia urticifolia. %. officinatis is the common garden sage. S. Coccinea, is partly naturalized. . HORSE MINT; RIGNUM. Monarda punctata. . HORSE MINT. Blephilia ciliata. : GIANT HYSSOP. Lophanthus nepetoides. . CATNIP. Nepeta Cataria. 3. HEAL-ALL. Brunella vulgaris. . SCULL-CAP. Scutellaria versicolor. Five or six

other species.

. MACBRIDA. . DRAGON HEAD,

20. DEAD NETTLE; HEN-BIT. 21. HOREHOUND.,

. MOTHER WORT.

23. HEDGE NETTLE

24, FALSE PENNY ROYAL. 25. BLUE CURLS,

26. WOOD SAGE,

“ORDER LXXYVIII.

Ue 2. WILD PINK; RUNNING PHLOX.

2 0

i

d.

NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS OF SOUTH CAROLINA,

Macbridea pulchra. Physostegia Virginiana. Lamium amplexicaule. Marrubium vulgare. Leonurus Cardiaca. Stachys aspera.

Isanthus coeruleus. Trichostema dichotomum. Teucrium Canadense.

ORDER LXXVI. BORAGE FAMILY. BORAGINACEAE.

. HELIOTROPE. . INDIAN HELIOTROPE; TURNSOLE. 3. GROMWELL . HAIRY PUCCOON; GROMWELL.

5. ROANOKE BELL; VIRGINIA COWSLIP. 3. HOUND'S TONGUE. . WILD COMFREY.

. BEGGAR LICE.

9, FORGET-ME-NOT

ORDER LXXVII.

Heliotropium Curassavicum. Heliophitum Indicum. Onosmodium Carolinianum. Litnospermum hirtum. Mertensis Virginica. Cynoglossum officinale.

C. Virginicum.

C. Morisoni.

Myosotis laxa.

WATER-LEAF FAMILY.

HYDROPHYLLACEA.

. WATER WEAF.

PHLOX.

HAIRY PHLOX,

GREEK VALERIAN. FLOWERING MOSS.

Hydrophyllum Virginicum. (In the mountains.)

POLEMONIUM FAMILY. POLEMONIACEZ.

Phlox paniculata.

P. subulata.

P. pilosa, and three or four other species; the Texan Phlox, Phlox Drummondii, of «he gardens, is partially natural- ized,

Polemonium reptans.

Pyxidanthera barbulata.

NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 335

ORDER LXXIX. CONVOLVULUS FAMILY. CONVOLVULACE.

1. CYPRESS VINE. Quamoclit vulgaris.

2. MORNING GLORY. Pharbitis Nil.

3. WILD POTATOE. Ipomea pandurata, and three

other species.

4. SWEET POTATOE. Batatas edulis. (This can scarcely be said to be naturalized, the frosts of winter killing the tubers, and the plant not maturing seed. We have a native species growing on the sands of the coast, B. Littoracis. )

5. BIND WEED. Calystegia sepium.

6. LOW BIND WEED. C. spithamea.

7. SILKEN BIND WEED. Evolvulus sericeus.

8. DWARF GROUND CONVOLVULUS. Stylisma humistrata.

9, DODDER; LOVE VINE, Cuscuta arvensis.

10. LOVE VINE. C. Gronovii. ORDER LXXX. NIGHTSHADE FAMILY. SOLANACEZ.

1. NIGHTSHADE. Solanum nigrum.

2, HORSE NETTLE. §. Carolinense.

3. SODOM APPLE. S. aculeatissimum. (Among the cultivated representatives of this order are the Jeru- salem Cherry, (S. Pseudo-capsicum), Tomato (8. Ly- copersicum), the Irish Potatoe (S. tuberosum), and the Egg Plant or Guinea Squash (8. Melongena).

4. GROUND CHERRY. Physalis viscosa.

_ JAMESTOWN WEED; THORN APPLE;

STRAMONIUM. Datura stramonium.

ORDER LXXXI. GENTIAN FAMILY. GENTIANACEE.

1. CENTENARY. : Sabbatia angularis, and six other species.

2. FIVE-FLOWERED GENTIAN. Gentiana quinqueflora.

3. FRINGED GENTIAN. G. crinita.

4. SAMPSON SNAKE ROOT. G. ochroleuca.

5. SAMPSON SNAKE ROOT. G. Elliottii.

6, SAMPSON SNAKE ROOT. G. saponaria.

7. NARROW-LEAVED GENTIAN. G. angustifolia.

8. COLUMBO. Frasera Carolinensis.

9. FLOATING HEART. Limnanthemum lacunosum.

336 NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS OF SOUTH CAROLINA,

ORDER LXXXII. DOGBANE FAMILY. APOCYNACE.

1, INDIAN HEMP. Apocynum canabinum. 2, DOGBANE. A. androsemifolium. 3. PERIWINKLE, Vinca rosea. (Naturalized.)

ORDER LXXXIII. MILKWEED FAMILY. ASCLEPIADACEZ,

1. POKE MILK WEED; SQUAW ROOT, Asclepias phytolaccoides.

2. PLEURISY ROOT ; BUTTERFLY WEED. A. tuberosa.

3. PURPLE MILKWEED. A. purpurascens.

4, SWAMP MILKWEED, A. incarnata.

5. RABBIT’S MILK. A. amplexicaulis, and eight other species,

6. GREEN MILKWEED. Acerates viridiflora.

7. RUNNING MILKWEED. Gonolobus hirsutus.

ORDER LXXXIV. OLIVE.FAMILY. OLEACE.

1, DEVIL WOOD; AMERICAN OLIVE, Olea Americana.

2. PRIVET. Ligustrum vulgare. (Partly natu- ralized.)

3. FRINGE TREE; OLD MAN’S BEARD. Chionanthus Virginica.

4. WHITE ASH. Fraxinus Americana.

5. WATER ASH. F. platycarpa.

6, RED ASH. F. pubescens.

7. GREEN ASH. . F. viridis.

DIVISION III. Floral envelopes single, consisting of a calyx only, or altogether wanting. Apetalous.

ORDER LXXXV. BIRTHWORT FAMILY. ARISTOLOCHIACE AS.

1. HEART LEAF. Asarum Virginicum. 2, HEART LEAF. A, arifolium. 3. WILD GINGER, A. canadense. 4, VIRGINIA SNAKE ROOT; SMALL SNAKE ROOT, Aristolochia serpentaria.

5. BIG SARSAPARILLA ; WILD GINGER, A. sipho.

NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. BOT

ORDER LXXXVI. POKEWEED FAMILY. PHYLOLAECACEZ,

1. POKE WEED, Phytolacca decandra.

ORDER LXXXVII. GOOSE-FOOT FAMILY. CHENOPODIACE/S.

1 LAMB’S QUARTERS. Chenopodium album.

2. WORM SEED: JERUSALEM ‘OAK, C. anthelminticum.

3. ORACHE, Atriplex hastata. (Sea shore.)

4. SAND ORACHE. Obione arenaria. (Sea shore.)

5. SEA GOOSE-FOOT. Chenopodina maritima. (Salt marsh.)

6. SAMPHIRE. Salicornia herbacea. (Salt marsh.)

7. SALT-WORT. Salsola kali. (Sea shore.)

ORDER LXXXVIII. AMARANTH FAMILY. AMARANTACEZE.

1, AMARANTH. Amarantus albus.

2, GREEN AMARANTH. A. hybridus.

3. THORNY AMARANTH. A. spinosus.

4. DWARF AMARANTH. Euoxolus pumilus.

5. WATER HEMP. Acnida canabina.

6. FORTY KNOT; REBEL PLANT. Alternanthera achyrantha.

ORDER LXXXIX. BUCKWHEAT FAMILY. POLYGONACEZE.

1. SOUR DOCK. Rumex crispus. 2. SWAMP DOCK, R verticillatus. 3. BLOODY DOCK. : R. sanguineus. 4. BITTER DOCK. R. obtusifolius. 5. GOLDEN DOCK. R. maritimus. 6. SORREL. R. acetosella, 7. SORREL. R. hastatulus.

8. BUCKWHEAT. Fagopyrum esculentum. (Par-

tially naturalized, )

9. PRINCE’S FEATHER. Polygonum orientale. 10, LADY’S THUMB. P. persicaria.

11. SMART WEED, P. acre.

12. WATER PEPPER.

P. hydropiperoides. 13. KNOT GRASS, P. aviculare.

22

338 NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

14. SCRATCH GRASS. P. arifolium.

15. TEAR THUMB. P. sagitatum

16. FALSE BUCKWHEAT. P. dumetorum.

17. ERIOGONUM., Eriogonum tomentosum. (Inthe

Sand Hills.)

ORDER XC, LAUREL FAMILY. LAURACEAE.

1. RED BAY. Persea Carolinensis.

9, SASSAFRAS, Sassafras officinale. 3. SPICE BUSH. Benzoin odoriferum. 4, POND BUSH. Tetranthera geniculata.

ORDER XCI. MEZEREUM FAMILY. THYMELEACE.

1. LEATHER-WOOD; MOOSE-WOOD. Dirca palustris.

ORDER XCII. SANDAL Woop FAMILY. SANTALACE AE.

i TOAD FLAX; Comandra umbellata. 2. OIL NUT; BUFFALO NUT. Pyrularia oleifera. ORDER XCIII. MISTLETOE FAMILY. LORANTHACEE.

1. MISTLETOE. Phoradendron flavescens.

ORDER XCIV. LIZARD-TAIL FAMILY. SAURURACEZ:.

1. WIZARD-TALL. . Saururus cernuus.

ORDER XCV. HORN-WORT FAMILY. CERATOPHYLLACEAL. 1. HORN-WORT. Ceratophyllum demersum. (In still water. ORDER XCVI. WATER STAR-WORT FAMILY. CALLITRICHACE.

lL. WATER STAR-WORT. Callitriche verna.

ORDER XCVIL.

lL;

cre So bo

NATIVE AND NATURALIZED

RIVER WEED.

PLANTS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 309

RIVER WEED FAMILY. PODOSTEMACEZE.

Podostemon ceratovhyllum.

ORDER XCVIII. SPURGE FAMILY. EUPHORBIACEZ.

. FLOWERING SPURGE,

. WARTED SPURGE.,

. WILD [PECAC,

. SPOTTED SPURGFE.

. SHORE SPURGE,

. VARIEGATED SPURGE,

7. QUEEN’S DELIGHT.

oF 8 th

CANDLE TREE; WAX TREE,

. THREE-SEEDED MERCURY, . NETTLE.

. TREAD SOFTLY ; HORSE NETTLE. . CASTOR OIL PLANT.

Euphorbia corollata.

E. obtusata.

E. Ipicacuanhae.

E. maculata.

E. polygonifolia.

E. marginata. Naturalized. Stillingia sylvatica.

S. sebifera. (Naturalized.) Acalypha Virinica. Tragia urens.

Cnidoscolus stimulosus. Ricinus communis.

ORDER XCIX. CROWBERRY FAMILY. EMPETRACEZ2.

. HEATH CERATIOLE,

Ceratiola ericoides. (In the Sand Hills.)

ORDER C. NETTLE FAMILY. URTICACEZ,

. TALL NETTLE.

. STINGING NETTLE, . WOOD NETTLE,

. CLEAR WEED.

. PELLITORY.

. FALSE NETTLE.

Urtica gracilis.

U. urens.

Laportea Canadensis. Pilea pumila.

Parietaria Pennsylvanica. Boemeria cylindrica.

ORDER CI. MULBERRY FAMILY. MORACE.E.

- MULBERRY. . FRENCH MULBERRY; PAPER MULBERRY. Broussonetia papyrifera.

Morus rubra.

[The edible fig (Ficus carica) belongs to this order. ]

340 NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

ORDER CII. ELM FAMILY. ULMACE.

1. WHITE ELM; COMMON ELM. Ulmus Americana.

2. SLIPPERY ELM. U. fulva.

3. WAHOO; WINGED ELM. U. alata.

4, PLANER TREE. Planera aquatica.

5. SUGAR-BERRY TREE; HACKBERRY. Celtis occidentalis.

ORDER CIII. PLANE TREE FAMILY. PLATANACE/. 1. SYCAMORE; PLANE TREE, Platanus occidentalis. ORDER CIV. WALNUT FAMILY. JUGLANDACE.

1. BLACK WALNUT. Juglans nigra.

2. WHITE WALNUT; BUTTERNUT. J. cinerea.

3. SHELL-BARK HICKORY. Carya alba.

4. THICK SHELL-BARK HICKORY. C. sulcata.

5. PECAN NUT. C. oliveformis. (Naturalized.) 6. WHITE HICKORY. C. tomentosa.

7. PIG-NUT HICKORY. C. glabra.

8. SMALL NUT HICKORY. C. microcarpa.

9, NUTMEG HICKORY. 0. myristiceformis. 10. BITTER-NUT HICKORY. C. amara. 11. WATER BITTER NUT. C. aquatica.

ORDER CV. OAK FAMILY. CUPULIFERA,

1. WILLOW OAK. Quercus Phellos.

2. LAUREL OAK. Q. laurifolia.

3. MYRTLE OAK. Q. myrtifolia. (Coast.)

4. SHINGLE OAK. Q. imbricaria. (Mountains.) _ 5. TURKEY OAK; HIGH GROUND WILLOW

OAK. Q. cinerea.

6. DWARF OAK. Q. pumila.

7. LIVE OAK. Q. virens.

8. DWARF LIVE OAK. Q. maritima. (Coast.)

9. WATER OAK. Q. aquatica. 10. BLACK JACK. - Q.nigra.

11. SCRUB OAK. Q. Catesbei.

NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 34]

12. BLACK OAK. Q. tinctoria. 13. SCARLET OAK. Q. coccinea. 14. RED OAK. Q. rubra. 16. SPANISH OAK; RED OAK. Q. falcata. 16. BEAR OAK. Q. ilicifolia. (Mountains.) 17. POST OAK. Q. obtusiloba. 18. WHITE OAK Q. alba. 18. OVER-CUP OAK. Q. lyrata. 19. MOSSY-CUP OAK. Q. macrocarpa. (Mountains.) 20. SWAMP CHESTNUT OAK. Q. prinus. 21. ROCK OAK. Q. monticola. (Mountains.) 22, CHESTNUT OAK. Q. castanea. 23. CHINQUAPIN OAK. Q. prinoides. 24, CHESTNUT Castanea vesca. 25. CHINQUAPIN. C. pumila. 26. BEECH. Fagus feruginea. 27, HAZEL NUT. Corylus Americana. 28. BEAKED HAZEL NUT. C. rostrata. 29. HORN BEAM; IRON WOOD. Carpinus Caroliniana. 30. HOP HORN BEAM. Ostrya Virginica. ORDER CVI. WAX-MYRTLE FAMILY. MYRICACE. 1. WAX MYRTLE; BAYBERRY. Myrica cerifera. 2. DWARF MYRTLE. M. pumila. 3. SWEET FERN. Comptonia asplenifolia. ORDER CVII. BIRCH FAMILY. BETULACE. 1, RED BIRCH. Betula nigra. 2. BLACK BIRCH. B.lenta. (Mountains.) 3. ALDER. Alnus serrulata. ORDER CVIII WILLOW FAMILY. SALICACEZ. 1. SWAMP WILLOW, Salix nigra. 2. GRAY WILLOW. S. tristis. (Mountains.) 3. WEEPING WILLOW. 8S. Babylonica. (Naturalized.) 4. CAROLINA POPLAR. Populus angulata. 5. COTTON TREE. P. herterophylla. 6. LARGE-TOOTHED ASPEN, P. grandidentata. 7. LOMBARDY POPLAR. P. dilatata. (Naturalized.)

342 NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

ORDER CIX. PINE FAMILY: CONIFERS.

1. TABLE MOUNTAIN PINE. . JERSEY OR SCRUB PINE,

| # Go to

& PITCH PINE. 6. POND PINE.

7. LOBLOLLY PINE; OLD-FITELD PINE, S%. LONG-LEAF PINE; YELLOW PINE,

9. ELLIOTT’S PINE.

10. WHITE PINE.

ll. BALSAM FIR.

12. BLACK SPRUCE.

13. WHITE SPRUCE.

l4. HEMLOCK SPRUCE.

1s. RED CEDAR,

16, WHITE CEDAR.

17. CYPRESS ;s BALD CYPRESS. 18. ARBOR VITA.

. SPRUCE PINE; WALTER'S PINE 4. SHORT-LEAF PINE; OLD FIELD PINE,

CLASS IT.

Pinus pungens. (Mountains.) P. inops.

P. glabra.

P. mitis.

P. rigida.

P. serotina.

P. Taeda.

P. australis.

P. Elliottii.

P. strobus. (Mountains.) Abies Fraseri. (Mountains.) A. nigra. (Mountains.)

A. alba. (Mountains.

A. Canadensis. (Mountains). Juniperus Virginiana. Cypressus thyoides. Taxodium distichum.

Thuja occidentalis.

Plants with one seed leaf (cotyledon), as the Grasses, Sedges, Palms, &e., having stems composed of cellular tissue, and scattered bundles of woody fibre and vessels, without proper pith; bark in concentric layers, and in- ereasing in diameter by the deposition of new fibrous bundles. Leaves mostly alternate, entire, and parallel-veined ; commonly sheathing at

the base, not falling off by an articulation.

ORDER CX.

1. PALMETTO; CABBAGE PALMETTO.

2. SAW PALMETTO. 3. DWARF PALMETTO. 4 BLUE PALMETTO,

ORDER CXI.

. INDIAN TURNIP. . DRAGON ROOT. . ARROW ARUM.,

~

vo t

Monocolytedons or Exogens.

PALM FAMILY. PALMAi.

Sabal Palmetto.

S. serrulata.

S. Adansoni. Chamerops hystrix.

ARUM FAMILY. ARACEAE.

Arisema triphyllum. A. Dracontium. Peltandra Virginica,

nage a, ; : 4 - n

o

NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 343

. SPOON FLOWER, Xanthosoma sagittifolium.

. GOLDEN CLUB; WATER DOCK. Prontium aquaticum.

. CALAMUS, Acorus Calamus.

ORDER CXII. DUCK-WEED FAMILY. LEMNACE/ZE.

. DUCK-WEED. Lemna minor, and two other spe- cies. Very small aquatic plants floating in still water.

ORDER CXIII. CAT-TAIL FAMILY. TYPHACE/E. . CAT-TAIL. Typha latifolia. . BUR REED. Sparganium ramosum. ORDER CXIV. POND WEED FAMILY. NAIADACEZ®.

. EEL GRASS; SEA WRACK. Zostera marina.

. DITCH GRASS. Ruppia maritima.

. POND WEED. Potamogeton pectinatus, and four

other species.

ORDER CXV. WATER PLANTAIN FAMILY. ALISMACEZ,

4 2. 3,

WATER PLANTAIN. Alisma Plantago. ARROW GRASS. Triglochin triandrum. ARROW LEAF. Sagittaria variabillis, and four

other species.

/

ORDER CXVI. FROGSBIT FAMILY. HYDROCHARIDACEZ.

1, WATER WEED. Anacharis Canadensis.

2. TAPE GRASS. Valisneria spiralis.

3. FROG BIT. Limnobium Spongia. ORDER XCVII ORCHIS FAMILY. ORCHIDACE/E.

1. ADDER’S MOUTH. e Microstylis ophioglossoides.

2, TWINING BLADE. Liparis liliifolia.

3. CORAL ROOT. Corallorhiza odentorhiza.

4, PUTTY ROOT. Aplectum hiemale.

NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PI

. BEARDED PINK.

CRANE-FLY ORCHIS. . TREE ORCHIS.

» POGONIA,

9 SHOWY ORCHIS.

. YELLOW ORCHIS.

. GREEN ORCHIS.

2. YELLOW FRINGED ORCHIS. 3. WHITE FRINGED ORCHIS.

. CRESTED ORCHIS.

. RAGGED ORCHIS,

. RATTLESNAKE PLANTAIN., . TURVYBLADE,

. YELLOW LADY’S SLIPPERS. . PURPLE LADY’S SLIPPERS.

ORDER CXVIITT. CANNA . INDIAN SHOT. . CANNA,

to

ORDER CXIX.

1. ATAMASCO LILY. 2, SPIDER LILY.

AMARYLLIS F

38. RATTLESNAKE’S MASTER-PIECE: ALOE.

4, AMERICAN ALOE.

5, YELLOW STAR GRASS.

ORDER CXX. 1. RED ROOT 2, WHITE STAR GRASS ; COLIC-ROOT. 3. GOLDEN STAR GRASS.

> )

ORDER CXXI. PINEAPPLE 1. LONG MOss. 2, BARTRAM’S MOSS.

5. TWISTED ORCHIS ; LADY’S TRESSES,

i’

BLOOD-WORT FAMILY.

sANTS OF SOUTH CAROLINA,

Calopogon pulchellus.

Tipularia discolor.

Epidendrum conopseum.

Pogonia ophioglossoides, and three other species.

Orchis spectabilis.

Platanthera flava.

P. bracteata.

P. ciliaris.

P. blephariglottis.

P. cristata.

P. lacera.

Spiranthes cernua.

Goodyera pubescens.

Listera australis.

Cypripedium pubescens.

C. acaule.

FAMILY. CANNACEE. Canna flaccida. C. Indica.

Partly naturalized.

AMILY. AMARYLLIDACEA.

Amaryllis Atamasco. Pancratium rotatum. And three other species. ALSE Agave Virginica. A. Americana. Hypoxis erecta.

(In cultivation.)

HAMODORACE.

Lachnanthes tinctoria. Aletris farinosa. A, aurea.

FAMILY. BROMELIACE AG.

Tilandsia usneoides. T. Bartramii.

ne

oO

or

NI QO orf & tS =

co mw & to

“J

NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 545

ORDER CXXII. IRIS FAMILY. IRIDACEZE.

. BLUE FLAG,

. THREE-PETALLED FLAG.

. CRESTED IRIS.

- DWARF IRIS.

. BLUE-EYED GRASS; PEPPER GRASS,

Iris versicolor.

I. tripetala.

I. cristata.

I. verna.

Sisyrinchiun Bermudianum.

ORDER CXXIII. YAM FAMILY. DIOSCOREACEZ.

. WILD YAM.

Dioscorea villosa.

ORDER CXXIV. SMILAX FAMILY. SMILACEZE.

. EVERGREEN SMILAX; CHINA ROOT. . SARSAPARILLA.

. RED-BERRIED BAMBOO.

. LAUREL-LEAVED SMFELAX.

CARRION FLOWER,

. WAKE ROBIN, - WILD FEPPER.

. CUCUMBER ROOT,

Smilax Pseudo-China.

8. glauca.

8. Walteri.

8. laurifolia.

Coprosmanthus herbaceus.

Trillium sessile.

T. erythrocarpum. (Inthe moun- tains.)

Medeola Virginica.

ORDER CXXV. LILY FAMILY. LILIACEZ.

. TURK’S CAP LILY.

. CAROLINA LILY.

. YELLOW LILY.

. ORANGE LILY.

. CATESBY’S LILY ; SOUTHERN LILY.

}, SPANISH BAYONET. . BEAR GRASS,

. DOG’S TOOTH VIOLET; YELLOW ADDER’S

TONGUE.

. SOLOMON’S SEAL.

. FALSE SPIKENARD.

. LILY OF THE VALLEY. . WILD ONION.

Lilium superbum. (mountains.)

L. Carolinianum. (Low Country.)

L. Canadensis. (Mountains.)

L. Philadelphicum.

L. Catesbei. (Flat woods in low country.)

Yucca aloifolia.

Y. filamentosa, and two other species.

Erythronium Americanum.

Polygonatum biflorum.

Smilacina racemosa.

Convalaria majalis.

Allium mutabile, and two orthree other species.

346 NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS

OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

ORDER CXXVI. COLCHICUM FAMILY. MELANTHACE,

1. BELL-WORT.

2. BUNCH FLOWER.

3. BIG HELLEBORE; BEAR CORN. 4. FLY POISON ; CROW POISON.

5. BLAZING STAR; DEVIL'S BIT. 6. FALSE ASPHODEL.

Uvularia perfoliata, and three other species.

Melanthium Virginicum.

Veratrum viride. (Mountains.)

Amianthium muscetoxicum.

Chamelirium luteum.

Tofieldia glabra.

ORDER CXXVII. RUSH FAMILY. JUNCAOEA.

1. BIG RUSH.

Juncus effussus, and twelve other

species.

ORDER CXXVIIL PICKEREL-WEED FAMILY.

PONTEDERACE.

1. PICKEREL WEED.

Pontederia cordata. (Swamp.)

ORDER CXXIX. SPIDER-WORT FAMILY. COMMELYNACEZ.

1. DAY FLOWER.

SPIDER-WORT. . ROSE SPIDER-WORT.

Coo bo

Commelyna communis, and two other species.

Tradescantia Virginica.

T. rosea.

ORDER CXXX. YELLOW-EYED GRASS FAMILY. XY RIDACEA.

1. YELLOW-EYED GRASS.

Xyris brevifolia, and seven other

species.

ORDER CXXXI. PIPE-WORT FAMILY. ERIOCAULONACEA.

1. PIPE-WORT FAMILY.

2. YELLOW PIPE-WORT. 3. HAIRY PIPE-WORT.

Eriocaulon decangularie, and two other species.

Pepalanthus flavidus.

Lachnocaulon Michauxii. ©

NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 347

ORDER CXXXII. SEDGE FAMILY. CYPERACE.

. STRIGOSE CYPERUS; BRISTLE-SPIKED

GALINGALE.

. JOINTED CYPERUS.

. COMPACT-HEADED CYPERUS. . SHARP GRASS

. YELLOW CYPERUS. SLENDER CYPERUS.

7. NUT GRASS. 8. GRASS NUT.

24,

iF

. SHEATHED DULICHIUM. . DWARF KYLLINGIA.

- UMBRELLA GRASS.

. SPIKE RUSH.

3. SWORD GRASS,

. WEAK-STALK SCIRPUS.

. LARGE MARSH SCIRPUS, 16.

MARITIME SCIRPUS.

. COTTON GRASS. . TICK-SEED GRASS; BEAK RUSH.

9 HORNED RUSH. . BALD RUSH.

. SAW GRASS.

2. TWIG RUSH.

. NUT RUSH.

TUSSOCK SEDGE.

Cyperus strigosus.

C. articulatus.

. vegetus.

. virens.

. flavescens.

. gracilis.

. rotundus.

C. repens, and fifteen other species.

Dulichium spathaceum.

Kyllingia pumila.

Fuirena squarrosa.

Eleocharis equisetoides, and six- teen other species.

Scirpus pungens.

8. debilis.

S. lacustris.

S. maritimus, and four or five other species.

Eriophorum Virginicum.

Rhynchospora plumosa, and twen- ty other species.

Ceratoschenus machrostachyus.

Psylocarya rhynchosporoides.

Cladium effusum.

C. mariscoides.

Scleria triglomerata, and four other species.

Carex stricta. (This very large

Q2AaQ2aAk a

genus of sedges, Carex, containing about seventy-five

species in the Southern States, is well represented in

South Carolina, but there are few that have attracted

attention enough to have acquired common names.

There are some fifty or sixty species within the

limits of our State.)

ORDER CXXXIII. GRASS FAMILY. GRAMINEAE.

RICE GRASS; FALSE GRASS.

2. CULTIVATED RICE.

Leerzia oryzoides, and two other species.

Oryza sativa. (The common rice in cultivation.)

) al

>) “a

93

. WILD RICE; INDIAN RICE. . WILD OATS.

. FLOATING WILD RICE.

. FLOATING FOX-TAIL.

7. MEADOW FOX-TAIL,

. TIMOTHY ; CAT’S-TAIL’ GRASS; HERD’S

GRASS.

. BEARD GRASS. . WIRE GRASS; DROP-SEED GRASS. . BLACK SEED GRASS.

2. RUSH GRASS.

3. THIN GRASS.

. HAIR GRASS.

. BENT GRASS; HERD’S GRASS. 15, 16, . NIMBLE WILL; DROP-SEED GRASS. 18, 19: . FEATHER GRASS, 21, . POVERTY GRASS,

. THREE-ARMED GRASS.

DELICATE HAIR GRASS. WOOD REED GRASS

HAIR GRASS. REED BENT GRASS,

WIRE GRASS.

24. MARSH GRASS. 25. MARSH GRASS.

- MARSH GRASS.

27. FLAT GRASS

. BERMUDA GRASS; JOINT GRASS. _ LEMON GRASS.

. CROW-FOOT GRASS; EGYPTIAN GRASS. . GOOSE-FOOT GRASS,

_ SAND GRASS.

. -MELIC GRASS.

. CANE; LARGE REED.

. REED; DWARF CANE,

5. SPIKE GRASS.

. MAY GRASS; SPEAR GRASS.

. BLUE GRASS; MEADOW GRASS. 8, BLUE GRASS.

. ORCHARD GRASS.

. ERAGROSTIS.

NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

Zizania aquatica.

Z. miliacea.

Hydrocholoa Carolinensis. Alopecurus geniculatus. A. pratensis.

Phleum pratense.

Polypogon maritimus. (Sea coast.)

Sporobolus junceus.

8. Indicus. (Common about lawns.)

Vilfa aspera.

Agrostis perennans.

A. scabra.

A. alba.

A. arachnoides.

Cinna arundinacea.

Muhlenbergia diffusa.

M. capilaris.

Calamagrostis coarctata.

Stipa avenacea.

Aristida stricta.

A. dichotoma.

A. purpurescens, and five other species, all of which are known as Wire Grass.”

Spartina juncea. In the salt

S. polystachya.

S. glabra.

Eustachys petrea. On the coast.

Cynodon dactylon.

Ctenium Americanum.

Dactyloctenium Agyptiacum.

Eleusine Indica.

Triplasis Americana.

Melica mutica.

Arundinaria gigantea.

A. tecta.

Brizopyrum spicatum.

Poa annua.

P. pratensis. | Both species are

P. compressa. | called Blue Grass.

Dactylis glomerata.

Eragrostis. Nine species of this

grass.

~ marshes of the coast.

~

NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 349

41, FESCUE GRASS. Festuca Myurus.

42. TALL FESCUE; MEADOW FESCUE. F. elatior. And four other species.

43. CHEAT: CHESS. Bromus secalinus. And one other

- species.

44, RESCUE GRASS. Ceratochloa breviaristata. Nat-

: uralized,

45. BEACH GRASS. Uniola paniculata. And two other species.

46. REED GRASS. Phragmites communis.

47. LYME GRASS; RYE GRASS. Elymus Virginicus. And one other species.

47. BOTTLE BRUSH. Gymnostichium Hytrix.

48. DARNEL; RAY GRASS. Lolium Temulentum.

49, HAIR GRASS. Aira flexuosa.

50. WILD OAT GRASS. Danthonia spicata.

:

[Triticum vulgare, Wheat; Secale cereale, Rye; Hordeum vulgare, Darley; Avena

sativa, Outs, are in common cultivation. ]

51. TALL OAT GRASS. Arrhenatherum avenaceum.

52. SWEET-SCENTED GRASS. Anthoxanthum odoratum.

58. SOUTHERN CANARY GRASS. Phalaris intermedia.

4 VELVET GRASS. Holcus lanatus.

55, FLOATING PASPALUM. Paspalum fluitans.

56. SHEATHED PASPALUM., P. Walteri.

57. TWIN SPIKED PASPALUM. P. Digitaria.

58. JOINT GRASS; RICE-FIELD JOINT GRASS. P. distichum. This grass is some-

times confounded with Bermuda Grass, or highland.joint grass, Cynodon,

Dactylon.

59. EARLY PASPALUM. P. precox.

60, SMOOTH PASPALUM. P. leve.

61. PURPLE PASPALUM. P. undulatum.

62. HAIRY-LEAVED PASPALUM. P. ciliatifolum.

63. FLORIDA PASPALUM, P. Floridanum.

64. CRAB-GRASS. Panicum sanguinale.

65. ERECT PANICUM. P. filiforme.

66. GUINEA GRASS. P, jumentorum. Introduced and partly naturalized.

67. TEXAN MELLET. P. Texana. Partly naturalized.

68. PURPLE PANICUM. P. gibbum.

69. GAPING PANICUM. P. hians.

70. COMPRESSED PANICUM, P. anceps.

71. SEA-SHORE PANICUM. P. virgatum.

300

Cl ke C bo

~ ~

“J

GO. "CO. 100) OO ON ST US ONT SS), ey, ced, ae CO) Ie OO” oO.

ioe) ves

87. SAND SPUR.

. COCK’S SPUR.

. GAMA GRASS. 90. BROOM GRASS.

. BITTER PANICUM.

- LARGE: WATER PANICUM.

. HAIRY-STALKED PANICUM.

. NARROW-LEAVED PANICUM. 3. BROAD-LEAVED PANICUM.

. LARGE-SEEDED PANICUM.

. FEW-FLOWERED PANICUM.

. VISCID PANICUM.

-. ROUGH-STEM PANICUM.

. MANY-BRANCHED PANICUM. . COCK’S-FOOT GRASS.

33. SOFT PANICUM.

NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

P. amarum.

P. geniculatum. P. capillare.

P. angaustifolium. P. latifolium.

P. scoparium.

P. pauciflorum. P. viscidum.

P. scabriusculum. P. dichotomum. P. Crus-Galli.

P. molle.

. CREEPING PANICUM.

. FOX-TAIL. 3. ITALIAN MILLET.

. FOX-TAIL.

. INDIAN GRASS. 3. WOOD GRASS. . MEANS’ GRASS ; JOH NSTON’S GRASS ;

P. hirtellum. This is the iargest genus among the Grasses. There are some omitted from this list, as they have not received common names. Most of the common names above (of Paspalum and Panicum) have been taken from Elliott’s Sketches.

Setaria glauca.

8. Italica.

Along the coast natu- ralized.

Cenchrus tribuloides.

C. echinatus.

Tripsacum dactyloides.

Andropogon scoparius. And five

or six other species, nearly all of which are called Broom Grass.”

Erianthus alopecuroides. And one other species.

Sorghum avenaceum.

S. nutans.

CUBA GRASS; COCO GRASS. .

S. Halapense. Naturalized.

[Of the Sorghum in cultivation there are the Durrah Corn (S. Vulgare), the Broom

Corn and Sweet Sorghum (8S, saccharatum) and the Guinea Corn (S. cernuum).

SERIES II. CRYPTOGAMS, OR FLOWERLESS PLANTS.

Vegetables destitute of proper flowers, and producing, in place of seeds,

minute homogenous bodies (spores) containing no embryo,

NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 351

CLASS III. ACROGENS.

Plants with a distinct stem, growing from the apex only, containing woody fibre and vessels. ORDER CXXXIV. HORSE-TAIL FAMILY. EQUISETACEE.

1, SCOURING RUSH; HORSE-TAIL. Equisetum levigatum.

ORDER CXXXV. FERNS. -FILICES.

Pe POLY POD. Polypodium vulgare. 2. HOARY POLYPOD. P.incanum, and one other species. 3. BRAKE. Pteris aquilina. 4. DWARF BRAKE P. Cretica. . 5. LIP FERN. Cheilanthes vestita. 6. MAIDEN HAIR; HAIR FERN. Adiantum pedatum. 7. WOODWARDIA. Two species. 8. WALKING LEAF. Camptosorus rhizophyllus. © In the mountains. 9. SPLEEN WORT. Asplennium pinnatifidum. In the mountains. 10. EBONY SPLEEN WORT. A. ebeneum. And two or three other species. 11. BLADDER FERN. Cystopteris fragilis. 12. WOOD FERN. Aspidium Thelypteris. 13. SHIELD FERN. A. Noveboracense. And two other species. 14. SENSITIVE FERN. Onoclea sensibilis. 15. CLIMBING FERN. Lygodium palmatum. = 16. FOWERING FERN. Osmunda regalis. And two other species. 17. MOON WORT. Botrychium Virginicum. And one other species. 18. ADDER’S TONGUE Ophioglossum vulgatum.

ORDER CXXXVI. CLUB-MOSS FAMILY. LYCOPIACE.

1. CLUB-MOSS. Lycopodium clavatum. 2. CAROLINA CLUB-MOSS. L. Caroliannum. 3. GROUND PINE. L. dendrodeum.

O04 NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS OF SOUTH CAROLINA,

4. CREEPING CLUB-MOSS. L. alopecuroides. 5. SELAGINELLA. —_-——_-——.. Two species.

6. PSILOTUM TRIQUETRUM.

ORDER CXXXVI. WATER-FERN FAMILY. HYDROPLERIDES.

1. FLOATING AZOLLA. Azolla Caroliniana. In _ still water.

CLASS IV. ANOPHITES, OR ACROGENS.

Cryptogamous acrogenous plants, growing upwards by an axis or stem, and usually furnished with distinct leaves (sometimes the stem and foliage confluent into a frond) composed of cellular tissue alone.

ORDER CXXXVIII. MOSSES. MUSCI.

These small and inconspicuous plants have attracted so little of general attention that scarcely any of them have received common or popular names. It is only of late years that they have claimed the attention and study of Botanists in our country, The elder American botanists confined themselves mostly to the larger and more con- spicuous flowering plants; and thus it is that there are many new species continually being discovered.

The same may be said of all the other lower Cryptogams, the Hepatics, the Lichens, the Fungi, and the Alge.

A mere list of scientific names of species of all these Cryptogams, besides occupying more space than can be spared, would be of little interest, except to botanists. I will, therefore, give an enumeration only,—and say that in my own herbarium there are about 127 species of Musci collected within the limits of the State.

ORDER CXXXIX. LIVER WORTS. HEPATIC.

Of this order I have in my herbarium sixty-five species collected in this State.

CLASS V. THALLOPHITES, OR THALLOGENS.

Flowerless plants of the lowest grade, entirely composed of cellular tissue, with no distinction of stem, reot, and leaves; not growing by buds, nor furnished with reproductive organs analagous to flowers ; some

NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 353

of the lowest forms remarkable for the spontaneous movements they exhibit.

ORDER CXL. LICHENS. LICHENES.

Perennial plants spreading in the form of a lobed-thallus over trees, or upon rocks, or on the ground. Some of them contain nutritious qualities, and are used in the arts andin medicine. The Iceland Moss of the druggists shops (Cetraria Islandica) con- tains eighty per cent. of gelatinous nutritious substance, The Tripe de Roche (Rock Tripe) is a species of Umbilicaria, and the Rein-deer Moss is a Cladonia. Some of them yield important coloring matters, and are employed in the arts.

I have in my herbarium 258 species, collected in this State.

ORDER CXLI. SEA WEEDS. ALGZ.

Leafless plants with no distinct axis, growing in water (fresh or salt water) and rarely on trees, consisting either of simple vescicles or of articulated filaments, or of lobed fronds. Many of the marine sea weeds have useful properties. The Irish Moss” (Chondrus crispus) of the shops is used for its gelatine in making blanc-ange. Many other species have similar qualities, and the famous edible Swallow’s-nests of the Chinese is composed of a species of Alga.

Of the Algz found in our State, Prof. Harvey, in his Nereis Boreali-Americana,” gives twenty-eight marine species found in Charleston harbor. These added to my own collection, amounting to 140 species (composed altogether of those inhabiting fresh water, trees, &c.), will give a total for the State of 168 species.

ORDER CXLII. THE MUSHROOM FAMILY. FUNGI.

Plants growing on dead or dying matter,—sometimes on living plants,—often on the ground, deriving nutriment mostly from the substance on which they grow. Fruit various in external character. Spores either naked or contained in utricles (Asci) and then called Sporidia,—mostly producing a mass of threads or cells (Mycelium) from which the plant grows.

This is an immense Order, counting by the thousands; but a sinall proportion of which have attracted popular attention—and we cannot pretend to do more than merely to indicate a few of the more prominent and conspicuous forms which affect

us, either for their benefits or for the evil they entail.

They comprise a great variety of external form and size, from the larger Mushrooms which we see on the ground and on trees, to the minute species which infest the leaves of plants, and are scarcely visible to the naked eye.

If the annual loss on our cultivated crops by insect depredation is estimated at mil- lions of dollars, no less do the minute fungi do their part to the same effect, in the form of rust, smut, mildew, and mould. Most growing plants—crop plants—are more or less infested by these microscopic organisms, which injure them to some extent, and frequently destroy vitality. It is only of late years that much attention has been drawn to them. In fact, it is only through the superior microscopes, so much improved of late, that we can form any idea of their structure and organization —and thus pro- ceed in a proper manner towards their treatment. Their structure, habits and mode

23

354 NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

of propagation must be investigated and understood, before any legitimate mode of treatment can be devised. But in order to do this, we have first to collect, classify and arrange them in some intelligible order, and to give them names, so they may be known, and so that scientists, in describing them, may know what they are talking about. The first pioneer work therefore is to make collections, and then classify and arrange them by some definite method for future use. To thoughtless persons it may seem useless to devote attention to such small objects, and even frivolous to occupy oneself with such matters, but the day for such comments is passing away. As we learn more and more of the works of the Creator, we see that “small and great” are only terms of ourown. They have no place in the vocabulary of nature. In fact it is by the examination and study of these simplest forms of life, that we are enabled to learn more of the higher and more complete forms. They assail us directly at all points. Their minute and invisible spores are everywhere present—in the air we breathe and in the water we drink. Diseases, injurious to animal as well as vegetable life, owe their origin to them and their destructive agency,—and demand our attention. It is to these simplest forms of the animal and vegetable kingdom, as easiest of com- prehension, that the most profound philosophers of our day are turning their inquiries and studies in their search after the origin of life.

Every one is familiar with the ordinary Mushrooms which we see springing up about the woods, or on the roadways, and in fields and gardens—how numerous they are— and how they vary in color, and size. These are the Agarics. They constitute a very large genus of fungi, and to them belongs the famous edible Mushroom, and many others which are not only wholesome food, but even sought after as delicacies. They are the most highly organized group of the order. There are doubtless many un- wholesome, and some very poisonous, members of this genus, but probably the much largest portion are either innocuous or wholesome. The late Dr. Curtis, of North Car- olina, who paid special attention to this branch of botany, proved by personal experi- ment, the wholesome properties of over one hundred different species. In Europe, where population is more dense, large quantities are consumed. In our newer country, where the means of living is easier, we hear less of them, because other food is more abundant.

I will now proceed to note a few of the most prominent and well known species (in accordance with the arrangement in the previous part of this paper) and then give an enumeration of the whole number of fungi found in our State.

1, IMPERIAL MUSHROOM. Agaricus Cesareus. Edible; in woods.

2. FLY-AGARIC. A. muscarius. Poisonous; in woods.

3. HALLIMASCHE. A. melleus. Edible; in clusters on rotten stumps.

4. CLUSTERED AGARIC. A. cxespitosus. Very similar to the last.

5, PARASOL MUSHROOM. ; A. procerus. In lawns and woods; edible.

6. LONG-ROOTED MUSHROOM. A. radicatus. Edible; in woods. 7. OYSTER MUSHROOM. A. ostreatus. Edible; on dead

trunks,

8.

9,

10.

and noted about are edible.

11. 12. 13. 14.

15. 16.

17, 18.

19

20, 21. 22.

NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS OF SOUTH CAROLINA, 355

COMMON MUSHROOM.

A. campestris. This is also the

famous eatable mushroom of Europe, and cultivated for market in large

quantities. PEACH-SCENTED MUSHROOM,

FIELD MUSHROOM,

LA CHANTARELLE.

DRY-ROT

FAIRY-RING MUSHROOM.

BEEF-STEAK MUSHROOM.

MEDUSA-HEAD MUSHROOM,

CLAVARIA.

JEWS-EAR,

STINK-HORN; DEVIL’S BREATH.

PUFF BALL; FGG MUSHROOM,

A.amygdalinus. Fully as good as the last A. arvensis. Also very good.

[The Agarics constitute one of the largest genera among fungi. We have collected different species growing in this State, of which a large portion

Cantharellus cibarius. [dible; in woods,

Merulius lacrymans. In cellars and damp wood.

Marasmius oreades In woods;

edible. Fistulina hepatica. Kdible; on trees. Hydnum Caput-Meduse. On trunks.

Most of the Clavarias are edible.

Herniola auricula-Jude. On logs. Phallus rubicundus. In fields and roadside.

Lycoperdon Bovista. Very gocd.

There are also several other smaller species equally good.

EARTH'STAR. HYDROMETER,. CUSTARD MUSHROOM,

. LITTLE-NEST. . RUST.

. CEDAR BALLS

. RED RUST.

. SMUT. . CORN SMUT.

. CLUSTER CUPS,

Geaster fornicatus. G. hygrometricus. Athalium septicum. On logs; not eatable. Nidularia pulvinata. Puccinia graminis. Common on grasses, Podisoma macropus. On Cedar trees. Uredo rubigo. Common on grasses and cereals. Ustilago Segetum. On oats, &e. U. Zez. On Indian corn, destroy- ing the ear. Zcidium. There are large num- bers of species, growing on various plants.

356 NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

30. HORNED CLUSTER CUP. Restelia. Many species of this also, mostly on the Apple family. 31. BLACK-SEED GRASS SMUT. Helminthosporium Ravenelii.

Very common on Black-seed grass (Sporobolus Indicus), and destroys the seed.

32. MORELLE. Morchellaesculenta. Good, edible. 33. EARTH TONGUE. Geoglossum hirsutum. In woods. near rotten logs. 34. PLUM DISEASE, Spheria morbosa. Attacking the living branches. 36. TUCKAHOE; INDIAN POTATOE. Pachyma cocos.

36. MOULDS. Various species of Mucor, Pennicilium, «c.

{Nore.—In the above List of the more Common Nutive and Naturalized Plants of South Carolina,” I have only noted :

Ist. Such Phengamous plants as were most common and well known, and had received popular names. To have given the botanical names of all others would have exceeded the limits to which this paper is restricted. In the recapitulation, at the end, I will state the whole number found within the limits of our State, including those above-mentioned.

2d. Of Cryptogamous plants, there are but very few that have received popular names, and to these few I have alluded; and for the same reason as stated above, I have omitted the others, but I will also give, in the recapitulation, the whole number found thus far in our State. Iam not aware that any other botanists have ever made any collections of the lower Cryptogams within our State, except the late Dr. Curtis (who resided a few years at Society Hill) and myself, nor have any catalogues ever been published Not having access to Dr. Curtis’ collections to ascertain his species, I am compelled to consult only my own Herbarium. In stating the number, therefore, it must be borne in mind: that these are only what I have myself collected in this State.]

NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 357

SUMMARY. FLOWERING PLANTS—Exogens, about.............cceccecssececeeeeecesees 1,310 Species.

MUACONMERIO, VOTING ii cine ssc ric xcudvanas ¥loauckdaie¥s 500

1,810 FLOWERLESS PLANTS—Filices, about .........:scsssscccssssersesessecennseece 30 TROD sods Cobesherctsprereiisessaiecssenvarbie 1 RE POM SOUR chp sare scerscedesoe skecdsctse@uininen 9 PUNE pyc dhrs reread coces vasaccscoasterabouess 1 CANOE Vash had charger Atos ediplenpeddudatesedsbcdseud 3 RMN, MO ssh ths oe Rio toves skeibous si ttasdodsih 127 TIO PRIRCHS (DOOD iis skp cagersiacs scored cundeponn ratte 65 LiGh@UGG, QDOGOE uo. dicsvsnistieversidssccsdigacesccds 258 Plt MN asi parcese Vidor cake teictadaeyen ties ts vee 168 YT POOE steed ad seas odaaSiesisierdactertbeaies 1,920

ee 2,582

Total species found in the State.........:+.ssccevessseees 4,392

308

NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

LIST OF BOOKS, PAMPHLETS, CATALOGUES AND CONTRIBUTIONS TO SCIENTIFIC MAGAZINES.

RELATING TO THE BOTANY OF THIS STATE.

Frora CAROLINIANA, Thomas Walter; 1 Vol. London, 1787,

Frora Carorinxensis, J. L. E.Shecut; 1 Vol. Charleston, 1806.

CAROLINA Ftorist, by John Drayton; 1 Vol., 1807. MSS. in library of State Uni- versity, Columbia, S. C.

SKETCH OF THE Borany oF SoutH CAROLINA AnD GrorarA, Stephen Elliott; 2 Vols. Charleston, 1817-1824.

CATALOGUE OF PH®#NOGAMOUS PLANTS AND Ferns, NATIVE oR NATURALIZED, FOUND GROWING IN THE VICINITY OF CHARLES- ton, John Bachman. 1834.

CATALOGUE OF THE PLANTS OF COLUMBIA AND Its Vicinity, Lewis R. Gibbes. 1835.

A Menpico-BoranicAL CATALOGUE OF THE PLANTS AND Ferns OF St. JOHN’S BERKE- LEY, F. Peyre Porcher. 1847.

CATALOGUE OF THE NATURAL ORDERS OF PLANTS IN THE VICINITY OF THE SANTEE

CANAL, AS REPRESENTED BY GENERA’

AND Species, H. W. Ravenel; Proc. Am. Ass. Adv. Science, Vol. III. 1850.

Fiora oF THE LowErR Country or SouTH Caronina, Wm. Wragg Smith; Proc. Ell. Soc. 1859.

Norice or Some NEw AND Rare PLANTS FOUND IN THIS Srate, H. W. Ravenel; Proe. Ell. Soc. 1856,

DESCRIPTION OF A NEw SPECIES OF BAPTISIA

(with plate), H. W. Ravenel; Proc. Ell, Soc. 1856. Some Rare SourHern Priants, H. W.

Ravenel; Bulletin Torrey Bot. Club, New York, 1876.

DESCRIPTION OF SPECIES OF FUNGI FOUND NEAR CHARLESTON, S. C., M. Bose. French Consul, in Berlin Magazine, 1811,

CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE CRYPTOGAMIC BoTANy or Soutn Carouina, H. W. Ravenel ; Southern Medical Journal.

Funar CaRrouiniani Exsiccati, H. W. Rav- enel ; Charleston, 5 Vols. 1852-1860. ,

Funer AMERICANI, H. W. Ravenel; Lon- don, 8 Vols. 1878-1882.

ENUMERATION AND DESCRIPTION OF SOUTH Caro.ina Funat, M.C.Cooke-Grevillea. London, 1878.

Turrry New Species oF AMERICAN FuNGI, Baron de Thuemen. Vienna, 1878.

HyPHOMYCETES, Vienna, 1879.

SPECIES OF AMERICAN Baron de Thuemen,

Nores ON THE MARINE ALG® OF S.°C. AND FioripA, J. Cosmo Melvil, in Trimens’ Journal of Botany, Vol. IV. Lon- don.

NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 359

PUBLICATIONS OF A MORE GENERAL CHARACTER, IN WHICH THE BOTANY OF THE STATE IS ILLUSTRATED.

Frora Boreaut-Ameritcana, Andre Mi-| Norra American Funar, M. J. Berkley.

chaux. 1796. | Grevillea, London, 1873-1874.

Frora or Nortn America, Frederick Pursh. THe Erysipner or tHe Unirep States, C. 1814. E. Bessy. 1877.

Syitva AMERICANA, oR Forest TREES oF |THE Vatsarr or Nortu America, M. C. Nortu America, F.A. Michaux. 1804. | Cooke. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Pha., 1877.

Nortn AMERICAN Fiora, Torrey and Gray, | THe Hypomycerous Funai or tHe Unirep 1838-1840. States, M.C. Cooke. 1877.

SovutHerRN Dorany, Darby. 1 Vol Synopsis OF THE Discomycetous FuneGi or

THE UNITED States, M. C. Cooke. Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Science, 1875.

Fiora or SoutHerN Unitep States, A. W.

Chapman. 1860. 1 Vol. | Tur Myxomyceres or tHE UnIrep STATEs, M. C. Cooke. Annals of Lyceum of Nat. Hist., New York.

RESOURCES OF THE SOUTHERN FIELDS AND Forests, F. Peyre Porcher, 1869. 1 Vol.

Sprecres or LycopERDON In Untrep Srares é pas PS > d STATES. avis , EALI AN a W . . J. . os Nerets Borgari Americant, W. H. Harvey. | Ch. H. Peck. Albany Institute, 1879.

3 Vols, Smithsonian Institution. 1857. |

P P x v4 | Muscr BoREALI-AMERICANI, Sullivant & y " MUDY OF X N | e ; RODROMUS OF A SrupDy OF NoRTH AMERICAN Lesquereux. 1856,

Freso Water ALG, H.C. Wood. 1869.

Tue Mossks ann Hepatics or U. S., East

TIONS TO THE Hiusrory OF THE e : ConTRIBUTIO t OF THE Mississipe1, W. S. Sullivant.

Fresu WATER ALG oF NortH AMERICA, 1856 H.C. Wood. Smithsonian Institution, 1873; , 1 Vol. Iconres Muscorvm, W. S. Sullivant. 1864.

1 Vol., with plates. Species oF FrEsH Water ALG, Francis | , P

Wolle. Bull. Tor. Bot. Club. New) Muscr Appatacurant, C. F. Austin. 1870. York. Hepatic® Borrati-AMERICANS, C. F. Aus-

Synopsis Funcorum Caroiin»e, L. de tin. 1873. Schweinitz. Leipsick, 1822. 1 Vol. DESCRIPTION OF MossEs AND HEPATICs, C. F.

Synopsis Funcorum IN BoREALI-AMERICA, Austin. Bull. Tor. Bot. Club. L. de Schweinitz. Philadelphia, 1831. 1 Vol GENERA LICHENUM, OR AN ARRANGEMENT

oF THE NortH American Licuens, Ed. InTRopUCTION TO CryproGaMmic Borany, M. ‘Tuckerman. 1 Vol. 1872.

J. Berkley. London, 1857. 1 Vol.

|A List or Nort American Licnens, H.

So va 259

CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE MycoLocy or Norra | Willey. 1873. America, Berkley & Curtis. Silliman’s

OBSERVATIONS ON NortH AMERICAN LICHENS. Journal, 1848.

Ed. Tuckerman.

ConTRIBUTIONS TO THE MycoLoGy or NorTH | gyxopsts or NortH AMERICAN Licuens, Ed.

America, Berkley & Curtis. Hooke’s Tuckerman. Part I. 1882.

London Journal of Botany. Borany or Nortu Carona (in connection Mycoeraputa, seu Icones Funcorvum, M.C. with the Geological Survey of the

Cooke, 1875-1879. Six Parts. State); M. A. Curtis. 1867.

7 /. he Sheeran

wwe | Be, Woop?

ah Reet wk:

* ; > Ne yee wi mt pe Ey

* 4.) ne o> | . 2 ake Ses : : ll habla ae Capen ae | Leet: @ , t) PL as ae Sas Ve ie PST AA Wiis ee Ny

wm ht RAYE

| . se, ; wernt ; \ + ¢: i 7 \ | We A

as Wild bf Al - (Ue

“TABLE L—Abstract of Meteorological Observations in South Carolina, Recorded

i" } * a | Dt Aon eae | 1752 | 1753 | 1754 | 1755 | 1756 | 1757 | 1758 | 1759 MAMET SAI |),, Sass cues abs Voemaceataleacadtees|sdkeey aul tusesouenl snaaseo os lapbeseeaaisaae as Beh | 2)! AUCH C66 0.026] sseceece]tonegrocelectooss ere bila iv sralecditn sAvioseanl oF 3 Lowest OOO Cee ee OEE CRETE eee He Oe een nnnnen ae HOe ene eee nnnnee | er erres MEAN. 58 58 60 53 56 57 53 5| Highest....... 83 82 86} 80 84 79 BA : 6| Lowest......... 18 28 yy) 27 26 25 29 * | Summer Mean.) 76 75) 75] 73| 741 76] 76] 77 eveteoloveeee 8| |‘ Highest....... 101 a | | 9| Lowest......-.. 49 2 40} 46] 46) = 45] =. 85 Re ne = | ~~ == _—— -——- ——- —— a a ee ee : JO ANNuAL Toran, 46.49 40.93 37.64) 44.14, 33.76 40.17) 31.95 yy (18) Spring......... 1.96) 2.59) 3.50) 7.13) 8.93) 8.47) 2.48 VA 3 12} Summer... 10.70, 18.87, 11.71) 15.92 ~ 8.21, 18.31) 10.92 13} Autumn....... 27.16) 17.41| 13.88} 13.21] 10.07| 11.31] 12.92] 16,15!......|-.0+ tn a air" Winter. GAT) 5.06, 8.55 7.88 0.55, 2.01 5.63 Seed BY Ai wae eens _ ) ——— —— ——— a = _ » AwnvuaL MEAN. a. Sen! fe ees 3 | O edbads Diels | seeadchas as ~ Fa 16, Highest....... | AMEE | pues vay cna enene | ofbathastl atnabiets | aedavcsbhe|xvndprdsol totrsidgalackecsls cates : 17| Lowest......... | sereeeees | ssevanses| coe seave | avesacasslooncevese bs sacssce|ececeeess| eonsease| sores] oanene = @ 18 Frost- Earliest)......... | Ssieertls Orie | 5p abChcp tadeeds Aa o baesahs Bars 1s) 5 dea Pua ld teae ety ae , A Datagtaltb sce: | ere | See deuce | Ss indhacAaredes ded aes ee dale td edema te Prevailing Wind........... ae | Wes bh i | bias | By he Sy i Lok’ an ame No. of niniiadl rain fell sekeusahed tant vohatedit jiterteees Piekeegse | Leisbesa | Getvidensdl cvceneise| oédrs bone sleet dae q , 4 ‘oa

h* a 2 a i] aT J 7

2

TABLE 1—Abstract of Meteorological Observations in South Carolina, Recorded by Dr. Lionel

Chalmers, from 1752 to 1769; by John Drayton, from 1791 to 1801; in Tuomey’s Geological Reports of South 66 to 1872 ; in Office of United States Signal Service Bureau, from 1873 to 1880.

Carolina, from 1816 to 1846; in Official Returns of Charleston City Registrars,

1752 | 1753

1846 | 1866

1867 | 1868

1869

THERMOMETER- =

o

|

58 58 83 82 18 28 76 75

1756 1758 56 53, 84 84 26 29 74 76

1872 | 1872 | rae 65 Binet 95 Leas 19

61] 54

=

RAINFALL IN INCIIES.

31.95 2.48 10,92 12.92 5.63

61.96

9.09 9.22) 26.20 15.30) 7.43) 11.34

a

30.359) 29.026

30.794) 30,670) 30.694 29.464) 29.530) 28.812)

S. W.|S. W.|S. W. 73 78

Sexecncen | 80.083 30,600) 30.730 29.560, 29.074 elfncceee vr 21Noy,

29.882) 291562)... 21 Nov/26Noy].

TABLE I.—Tuble compiled from Census Returns of 1880, showing the Area

each Agra

——$$—$$— SE -

PopPULATION. AGRICULTURAL AREAS ACRES | habia REGION IN OF SQUARE | TILLED WHITE. COLORED) TOTAL. , FARMS. SOUTH CAROLINA. | mixzs. | LAND. 1. Alpine Region ............ 1,251) 25,182} 9,814! \ gadeél-. daelal, eae 4,646 132,791, 25,740 2. Piedmont Region..........) 10,425, 173,819) 221,224) 395,043) 38,581 1, 861 902, 748, 510 3. Sand Hill Region.......... | 2,441! 11,730; 16,882) 28,612) 4,238] 151 309) 85, "433 4, Red Hill Region........... 1,620} 19,742) 25,124 | 44,866 4,568 234 ‘682, 84,939 ‘6. Upper Pine Belt.........../ 6,230) 88,564, 132,845 221,409| 19,386) 948,521 358,505 6. J.ower Pine Belt........... | 10, 226| 61,206) 142,542) 203,748) 16, 598 358,533) 63,558 ORB U sey a5 0 (aka es fev'eecns teks 1,700 10,828, 56,308) 67,132) 5,847, wns 30,696 | | | Be PO f2bsc cans ws annvbooktuncses| 33,803 891,071) 604,235) 995,306, 93,864 3,794,560 1,347,381 ! ! \ !

TABLE UI.—Tuble compiled from Census Returns of 1870, showing the Po

Agricultu PoPpuLATION. AGRICULTURAL | anrza ACRES BALES REGION IN OF OF OF SQUARE IMPROVED WHITE. | COLORED, | TOTAL. COTTON SOUTH CAROLINA. MILES. LAND, eel t 1. Alpine Region..........- 1,251 16,020 4,785 20,805 64,8021 1,2% 2. Piedmont Region........ 10,425} 138,392) 135,478! 273,870] 1,214,679] 984s 3. Sandand Red Hills 4,061 29,665 46,758 76,423 333,540 24,2: 4. Upper Pine Belt......... 6,230 44,238 85,230 129,468 780,024 83,2) 5. Lower Pine Belt. ....... 10,226 58,342 124,511 183,853 729,839 20,4 BEI. oe Kana cxdere was tdners 1,700 2,135 19,052 21.187 87,655 1,8" EUAN fexnsdiced vahceys oad tis 33,893 289,792 415,814) eae 3,010,539 224,51

TABLE IL—Tuble compiled from Census Returns of 1880, showing the Area

, Population, Tilled Lands, Leading Crops and Stock, with the Relations to Area and Population in each Agricultural Region of South Carolina.

== a = = = - 5 Lio} PopuLatIon, Corry, Per Square Mine Per Caprra oF PopuLarion.| © 5 AGRICULTURAL AREAS ACRES ; g = NUMBER |! gusuErs OTHER a) alle » |e S |ss REGION IN on wore aloe ime ie ete OF OF LIVE 2 se) Be 1G A Ne re ia. wile (Soros OF SQUARE TILLED STOCK. Bl So 318 Fl Site Sa BB 2 Ste pai = WHITE. |COLORED] TOTAL. | FARMS. ACRES. | BALES. GRAIN. stock. || lag f\/S8 | 2a Au .|Aslas 2/H Alu » |e SOUTH CAROLINA. | mixes. LAND. S| 42 loS| ala] 2] 4 ls 2 eSisoiie |e les las 2/8 lo o}]/o|]/4]/ He 108) & joes Sle )/oSle 10° | Sle eect Se ees ls le WES iSe4le le Gilaelt |q iM lalelo |alq [la |mlElo la is 1, Alpine Region... 1,251) 25,182] 9,314 34,496] 4,646] 132,791] 25,740| 7,970) _712,031| 5,798 66,035|| 27.5] 3.7] 106] 20] 6.3) 569] 4.1) 52] .13] 3.8] 105] 20] .16/i.9 | 141| 22) 1 2, Piedmont Region. 10,425) 173,819) 221,224) 395,043) 38,581/1,861,902), 748,510) 974,318) 7,731,528] 69,603) 473,180|| 37.8] 3.7) 178) 71) 26.3) 741) 6.6) 45) .09) 4.7) 316) 19] .17) 1.1 | 166) 27) 2 8. Sand Hill Region. 2,441! 11,730) 16,882) 28,612) 4,238) 151,359| 35,433] 15,055] 920.444] —-8.518| 70,90I|/ 11.7] 1.7] 62] 14] 6.1] 377] 3.8) 29) .14| 5.2| 239) 32) .29/2.4 ) 193) 17) 8 4, Red Will Region.. 1,620) 19,742) 25,124) 44,866) 4,568) 234,682) 84,939) 34,249) 804,443! ——-7,663/ 61,569] 27.6] 2.8) 144) 52) 21.1) 490) 4.7/ 38) .10) 5.2) 348) 17) .17/1.8 | 183) 36) 4 5, Upper Pine Belt.. 6,230} 88,564) 132,845) 221,409| 19,386) 948,521) 358,505) 148,050] 3,631,302) 35,469) 313,811) 35.5] 3.1) 152) 57) 23.7) 582) 5.6) 50) .08) 4.2) 327| 16) .16)1.4 | 202) 21) 6 6. Lower Pine Belt +.| 10,226] 61,206) 142,542) 203,748] 16,598) 358,533} 63,558) 28300) 2,417,176] 18,453) 235,724!/18.9) 1.6; 35} 6) 2.7) 236) 1.8} 23) .08) 1.7) 68) 11) .09/1.1 | 219) 12) 6 {hy (leh ect eoncnoascoaccoocoenon0 1,700) 10,828) 56,308) 67,132) 5,847] 106,772) 30,696] 8.548] 793,669) 7,692) 48,946|/ 394] 3.4) 62) 18) 5 | 466) 4.5) 25) .08) 1.5) 42!) 11) .11) 6) 92) 14) 7 8, Total... 33,893) 391,071) 604,235) 995,306} 98,864/3,794,560)1,347,381| 516,490) 17,010,593) 153,196|1,265,166)| 29.3) 2.7| 111) 39) 15.1) 501) 4.4) 37| .09) 3.8, 245) 17) 15) 1.27) 183) 18) 8

TABLE T1—Tuble compiled from Census Returns of 1870, showing the Poprulation, Improved Land, Leading Crops, &c., ‘with their Relations to Agricultwral Region of South Carolina.

A

Area and Population in each

PopuLaTion. Per Square MILE. Per Capita oF PorpuLation.

AGRICULTURAL AREA ACRES | - 5 >

BALES | BUSHELS 3 nates lly 4 ra

REGION IN OF WORK OTHER 2 8 s f s 2 na fa ; 8

OF OF a ie i S re wa | & & 2 S a

OF SQUARE IMPROVED STOCK. STOCK. 5 ee is) S 8 © a Sie i i) 2

WHITE. COLORED. TOTAL. COTTON, GRAIN. 3S S 3 a7) R a3} no re nD ia

SOUTH CAROLINA. MILES. LAND. 4 Fe a 2 g cs ie aa 3 3 z rs 5

4 Q = = [vl io) a be f=) a} g ‘Oo 4

aQ ia S| Ale lela |e a |e |S —- i oad 1. Alpine Region 1,251 16,020 47 5 ' , 320) | 93:2) |) 25 3.1 14 19, 19°) 1.5/1

Pecencact 2 021 785 20,805 64,802 1,2%19/ 400,449 4,096 32,865|| 16 |} 51 il. 2 5 ; ) | i Piedmont Region... 10,425] 138,302| 135,478| 273,870| 1,214,679 931404] 4.467/365 47.779| 297.878|| 27 | 116 89 | 4298] 45 | 298 | 4.2 | 131 15. | 16 | 1.4 | 2 } vind and Red Hills 4oc1| 29,665| 46,758! —76,493|. '333,.540/ 24,29 gg7.343| 12/544 92,053] 18 | 32 | 59 | 243 | 8. | 22 | 4. | 120) | 12 |) 1b) It) 3 » Upper Pine Belt......... 6,230 44,238 85,230 129,468 780,024 83,210| 2,163,274 20,214 149,448)| 20 125 11.7 347 3.5 24 6. 195 17. 17 fe " ' Lower Pine Belt. 10,226 58,342| 124511| 188,853] 729,839 20,40 3| 1/327'318 13,965, 193,740] 18 | 51 | 19 | 120] 12 | 18 | 28} 44) 7) 107 on Q BO sete 1,700 2,135] 19,052) 21.187] 87,655 1,813] 389,720 2115 16,1341 12 | 51 | 11 | 229| 12] 9 | 4.1 | 29) | 18, | 10

ees Ales oe Wipers ai 55 2 |e ee a ree : Sp a | Bt ; py aie ral ES ¥ Rota... 33,803| 29,792| 415,814| 705,606) 3,010,589| 224,5()9| 9,735,469| 100,715| 721,118] 20 | 88 | G | 287) 29) 21 | 42 | 147 | 137 | 14 | 12 | 7

TABLE IV.—General Statistics of Agriculture for the United States and for South Carolina, according to the United States Census, with the Percentage

of Increase and Decrease in each Particular, since 1850.

= eS —— eee —————————— —__—_——-—~ ie" | re) PERCENTAGE OF ei | INCREASE : ae | OR Nhe. 1880 1870 1860 isso | |.) PECoEes Py / by | pose 1870 1860 ars whet | Com 55) 5 Cig piles’ | ' | | | : . So 4,008,907 2,659,985) 2,044,077 1,449,073) 50 24 4) .* Number of Farms...... | . S.C, 93,864 51,889, £8,171) 29,967 | 80) 26 10 c ~ rad | Kor | S | | ° x Mafal Land in eta ‘U. Ss, | 536,081,835 407,735,041 | 407,212,538) 293,560,614 | 31 00 35 j ACT EB corsecsseereeeesseneenees IS. C. 13,457,613; 12,105,280, 16,195,919, 16,217,700, 11|_ #24) 00 Percentage of unim-( U.S. | 46.9 53.7 59.9 615| *68, *6.2| *16 proved Land i nJ | ] RUTIVUS cenenratas suwapy=siee $US. C. | 69.3 75.1} 71.8) 74.9| *5.8 8.3} *3.1 It. &. | 5 Average Rae ee |U.8. | 134 153) 199 203 | *1]1 #23) *46 Farms, acres............ Is. c. | 148 233) 488) 541) *38| #52} 9 *11 | he ( U:S. 10,197,096,776} 9,262,$05,861| 6,645,045,007) 3,271,575,426 10) 30 103 Value of Farme......... $< | H : ls. Cc. | 68,677 ,482 44,808,763 139,652,508 $2,431,684 53) *67 69 7 | r . - 6 ed a Value of aaa s. 406,520,055 836,878,429 aueneritl 151,587,638 20 36 62 a Machinery....... ... $( S.C, 3,202,710 2,282,946 6,151,657 4,136,354 41] *62| 48 T \U.S. | 1,500,464,609) 1,525,276,457| 1,089,329,915 544,180,516 *] 40' 100 Value of Live Stock, $< |_ be iS. C. 12,279,412 12,443,510 23,934,465 15,060,015 *] *48 59 U.S. 10,357,488 7 145,370 6,249,174 4,336,719 51 14 21 ; Horses, number......... = OF 60,660 44,105 81,125 97,171 37 *45 #19 A 9 . aPiibat and Bee, U.S. 1 812,808 1,125,415 1,151,148 559,331 61 *2| 106 } PRUETT ccc heicde> «ciscasussey S.C. 67,005 41,827 56,456 37,483 62 #28 50 Ss 9 . F Working Oxen, Nom-4 0 OS 993,841 1,319,271 2,254,911 1,700,744) *24 *41 32 IO te scievenspesdssandaccsen s- on 24,507 17,685 22,629 20,507 38] #21 10 1U.S.| 12,448,120 8,935,382) 8,585,785 6,385,094 39 4| 84 A Milch Cows,number..< | | iS. Cy t 139,881 98,693 163,938 193,244 4] *38 *15 iU.S8. » 22,488,550 13,566,005) 14,779,37 3| 9,693,069 65 ¥*7 51 Other Cattle, number “f S.C, 199,321 132,925) 320,209 563.935 49, ¥*140 *76 e : U.S. 35,192,074 28,477,951 22,471,275 21,723,220: 23 2 3 Sheep, number........... | : SoCo 118,889 124 504 233 509) 285,551) #5) 949 *18 ; shi 47,681,700 25,134,569 | 33,512,867 30,354,213) 89} *25 10 Swine, number........... | / ] iS. C. 628,198 395,999! 965,779) 1,065,503 57) *58 #9 U.S.| 777,250,287) 514,092,683} 459,681,372| 313.545,306] 51 ae ae :" Butter, pounds........... | | | | ea Gs | 8,196,851 1, AGL, 080) 3,177,934 gay aed 119; *85 6

f Nore.—In the three columns showing percentage of increase and decrease, decrease is indi- cated by *. In comparing the values of 1880 with 1870, it is to be remembered that the ayerage

i s

premium of gold for the latter was 25.3 per cent,

* TABLE IV.—(ConciupEp.)—General Statistics of Agriculture for the United States and for South Carolina, according to the United States Census, with the Percentage of Increase and Decrease in each Particular, since 1850.

| a OF | IncRia | isso —|s«d870 1860 | 1850 DECREASE, } |

poche

ae ; (jU.S.) 155,681, - 100,102,387, 60,264,913, 52,516,950. 55} 63) 4 ool, pounds. ........... | : Us Oo. 272,758) 156,314) 427,102) 487,233 74) *61) #10 j | ; U.S. | 5,755,359 3,011,996 5,387,052) 2,469,093 01) 78) IT Cotton, bales........ 0. S.C. | 522.518) 224 500 353,412, 300,901, 182) 36) 17 | | | U.S.) 1,754,591,676, 760,944,549 838,792,742) 592,071,104 130, #9 4 Corn, bushels.............. S.C. | 11,767,099) 7,614,207, 15,065,606 16,271,454 St *95) 7 | (U.S. |} 110,131,878} 73,685,021! —-187,167,082) 215 318,497, 49} *60| «#18 Rice, pounds............... S.C. 52,077,515, $2,304,825 Pe 159,930,613, 61) #72) *25 (U.S.| 459,483,187] 287,745,626) 173,104,924) 100,485,944] 5966) 78 Wheat, bushels........... ‘| ; Us. c. 962,358) 783,610 —«1,285,631/ «1,066,277, 28) *39 | ( U.S.) 407,858,999) 282,107,157) 172,643,185) 146,584,179) 41,63) —17 Oats, bushels, ............. a | Us.¢. 2,715,505 613,598 936,974) 2,822,155 oy $36) *59 | | iu. S. 43,997,495 29,761,305) 15,825,808) 5,167,015, 47° 88] 206 Barley, bushels........... | Us.c. 16,257 4,752 11,490 4583 249/58) 150 BS. 19,831,595) 16,918,795 21,101,380 14,188,813) 17) #19) * 32 Rye, bushels... 1 f : IS. C. 27,049 $6,165 $9,091, 43,790, *25 *59) 108 . 1U.S.| 169,458,589) 148,337,478] 111,148,867} «65,797,896 18| 2] 68 Irish Potatoes,}) | | Uris) Ar [Sea ES See S.C. | 144,92 83,252 296,735 136,494, 74 *83 ‘67 (. lu.S.| 33,878,698, 21,709 S24 42,095,026, 38,268,148 53) 4S) Sweet Potatoes | ; : } | bushels... cathe Loe | 2,189,622 1,342,165 4,115,688 4,387,469 63) +67) 85 - tS ee eee OS ae = at

Country.

ABBEVILLE COUNTY.

ANDERSON COUNTY,

at ||

FI | POPULATION

E || ——--—-— a A

si] a/ siz 2 é\| a| 8| 3 | 2 wi Mis | FI

1 | 601 862 62 016 2 | 885 999) 530 1854 3 | 853) 893) 430 1316 4 925, 920 726 1128 5 || 1345) 1404, 954) 1795 6) 158 1602} 697} 2473 7 | 1337 1315) 358) 2204 8 | 1462 1468 1072) 1858 9 1009) 1068) $19, 1208 10 | 1207 1250 1287, 1170 rT | 82) 857) 886) 791 12 M71 1474) a7 1768 13 } 1868, 1900 1096) 2672 14 | 1648, 1678 942) 2384 t5|| esol sor| 276) 1418 15 1039 1067 cal 1665, 17 | 1046, 1092 1% 1413 18 || 875, 975, 1024 826 19 | 958, 1019) 1051! 926 20 } L118) 1098) 873) 1343, 21 740 777| 739| 778| 22 704 732 926 511 23 || 805, 799 830, 774 2m | 641 652 767| 526) 25 1047) 1008 1244, 811 26 | 1258, 1301, 1274. 1285 a7 | nu 1125, 1358 sail 28 | 1260 1199) 1452 1007 29 1176 1370) 1679, 867 30. 1069) 1112) 1198' 983 31 | 1175 1145, 1206! 1114 32 940| 970| 1252) 678 83) 985, 968 001, 1002 a4 || 7s 788| 993) 553

| 1792 182 | 2106 202 | 2138) 187

| } | 1437 220 1604 160

by Townships.

FIRST SERIES.

No. of Farms. Acres Tilled Land.

1884 os 9805 1746 180 8807 1854 266 12240 2749 332 14988 3170 286 2052 24 290 328 ouT7 Ps) 2457 ‘is 167 160 23 238 3768 261 3326 275)

12526 4981 12957 23348 1687, 6 11784) 10842

| |

1850 29

197 250 9910 ong 200 10716

| 1517 207! 9736, 8292 P

1298 233

2055, 1185) 10980 $75 1415 176) 143,

2039 308 me 2459 |e esas | 2516 Ey 9205 2181 21 10263, 2320 sas 12187

1910 318 10682 )

1903 om 8129 ‘ps4 1400, 131,191 1546 201) 9545 “a is ag we ie! |

i

| I “1548 i ol 140.

3902

| prt

4974

5618 1929 185 2795 usr 124 6167|2208

| 4702) 1265 129 179. 9061 5081 165 177 199)

|

223 3776 3779)

6315/2081 229 5800] 047 218 284 4562|1289, 117/181

1205, 105 158 1031 116 175 1308, us 208 1953 188 274 20180 5816 1833 158 257 12140 280 1682 158 217 15181 5090 2128 265 282 10452 4510 1450 151 230)

|

26

ial 128) 50 244, 290

1339 141 209 1571, 125/227)

3808 1351 152/207)

2678,

4026 1292 183

i} 1}

‘sou 37 209 42168 1376) 18l

| 4900/1507, 125 4388 1779) 154

90 5 171

/ 2559 a6 10104 oy 1163 148 ‘ons

968) 157/123 7869 3398, 1219) | alsa! 6825 2636 1007 127 151)

|

222

219

273) 349, 334. 416 497 409 460, 310, 825 282) 452, 464 658 5 434) 582 811 375)

sail “198 2 714 me mo

Ind. Corn, Bushels.

Sheep, Oats,

1, 36.

21 18602 766 20037

oo) &

. TABLE V.—Agricultural Statistics of South Carolina, for the year 1880,

_ Bushels. | Wheat, Bushels, Rice, Bushels.

| |

8965 17a 3836.

L438 21910 12808 1162, 37405 10540) 11163, 32958 18288) | 854) 25648) 11687)

2) 437

594 193

1748, 47526) 1284 32818 987 34980 797, 24543) 155 1009 ‘anal

375 1247 ‘pi840

/

085, 1557, 27848 39338 9532 ; 170 188 802 20135,

| 768 18520

835 1055 rT i

| 7) Mi 2607

ag 597 30403 201) 412 30634 249 saa 28700 15 774 2507) 127| 485, 30969 139) 575 27014) 18) 566 261 az 683 sss78 439 976 31917 | a77| 901 2000 re 394, 24295, 5 397) 663 30236 570, 915 35207 587 992 sesso) 384 481 22566| 2996

12608 6182, so w054 7908) 6126 13619) es67|.. tf. 44980 9730)

18107} 5707) ..ssss0

neild 6281

ers 6800 ....2... /

3640 8355

344! ue wis ona 4711 ) 3762 5682 7429 sad 7398 6637 7214 5611 6551 3569 77

ot enenee

seeeeeen

a i

TABLE V.—Agricultural Statistics of South Carolina, for the year 1880, by Townships.

FIRST SERIES.—(Continuep.)

|

: POPULATION, : F COTTON. STOCK. GRAIN. , a

Bi) sis}, 2] 8] sil £18 |2\\ 5) 518 Seiesl 8/2 || s| fe] Sa] se 8.| 2] 3| 8) 2] 8) 82 4) <4) 8 lim) a) =e 86s) a | a || Sa] Sa] Bal ae 7 35 | 9651 1014) 97s| 21) 1809! 33) 1078 | 480| 225 88] 22] ....| 26] 14}s.0| 26 2361} 2160) 697]. .rom | % | 1999) 2066) 778| 8287) 4065) 857 22874 9912/3586 '282)550) 21) 467) 267) 413 1208 61535/12464) 4691)... F | 87 || 1757, 1802) 1814) 2245, 8559 |829 20565 8518 2558 B71 463) 18) 599) 609) 229) 1416 52208) 6473) 4834)... 2 | 38 1140, 1205, 816) 1529 2345 213 11601) 5065 1910 154/295, 9) 280) 236) 69) 993 37645) 9765) 4045) ...... rout || 608) 720, 829) 1059) 1888 121 6507 8470)1877)|$8}195) ...| 240, 208) 85) 566 32204) 6418) 875)... I 40 | 1296) 1358) S14) 1840, 2654 25218657 6584 2458 198)330) 25, B86) 505) 4781028 30510) 12858) 4413}... Fi] | 41 || 1824) 1821) 904) 1741) 2045 198|13568 6690}2200 88285) 26] 689) $8] 351] 748) B4414 11814) G8 on © | 42 | 1832 1844) 1148) 2528) 3676) 281/20102 7365/2839 822280) 23) 529] 704) 693) 1727] 53715 /20759) $613)........ 43 || 952) 970| 554) 1368) 1922 241 10623 4715 1857) 129,247, 15, 269, 169) 195 1066 43628) 5873) 2277]......

44 || 1915) 1994) 1062 2877 3930! 238, 11924) 554312301 290 227} 721 a4] 67! 64311896 80462124787] $006) ne 45 | 631) 650, 473| 808} 1281 141]10730) 2218, $19/183]119| 34) 281| 436) 34) 992 20800|15134) 2532)....... | 46 | 577, 589) 545,621) 1168) 169) 6828) 2658) 857, 79/122 80) 236) 417) 87 1034 12007/10608) 2472)... | 47 || 1022) 1064) 354) 1782) 2086 210) 7726, 4641/1593| 97,197) 45] 219) 919) 186, 769 19102, 6669) 540.........

| 48 | 1241, 1220) 1086 1375, 2461 /313|18559) 5644 2305 292/262) 89) 547) 506)...... 212143684 25801, 4801)... 49 | 1296 1236, 852) 1680) 2532 345 11895 2617/1038 293/393) 38, 436) 492)......|2081 47582/40166) 6653}......,

50 || 672) 710} 1075, 307) 1382 180, 7568, 2119, $75 244/103] 41) 407) 458 1062) 1870 19208117499) 4747 a... | Bt || 1064) 1221) 1010) 1175 2185 248) 16262 3556 1486 128225) 30) 422) 483 49) 1584 31658 36117] 4277s... & | 62/| 31) 31} 26, 36/62/10) 588|| 260! 116) 10)..... 4| 24] 24)......] 184)) 1677] 260] 110}..smae © | 58 905, 878 787) 996) 1783, 195) 9265 3200| 903 210,130] 80) 375) 615| 637/1626 18095|21811) 4190)... © | et 215) 1161, 1177) i199 2376 243) 14189 3917 1753) 302/222) 47) 497] 675] 786]2634 41852 38758) 5750)... S| 55 | 1806] 1779) 775, 2870 3645 319 17717, 9221 3389) 189|385| 17| 438) 672) 104|1786 |32158/23571| 1658}... & | 56 | M443) 1452) 1398) 1499 2306 $20 16283, 5900/2880) 826 240) 95, 563) $06) 812 2605 36252/38760| 4192)... Q | 57 | 785) 745) 887/ 1148) 1480) 186) 6800 ao} eae s|t03| 6 24a) ara) 200/120 alo ADE aa Al 68 | 1476) 1482) 1062) 1896) 2958 182 15555 75ta| 3227) 225/245) $0) 304) 9541 165 1814 34480) 16782| 4254) 24 59 | 1329] 1329) 1174) 1482) 2656 372/17196) 4579] 1858) 365,212) 65) 604/1159| 20]2007 45630)37544) 3981) ...... 60) 562, 555 315| $02) 1117 121) 4408/1600, 471) 88| 98, 55 219| 477| 955] 646 12378) 7524) 2218}... 61 | 812) 747) 508 1051| 1559 150, 7418 4084 1750) 84 142) 19) 170| 390) 78|1092 14734) 4475) 1722)...

62 G18| 610) 262, 996) 1258 157| 7125/2875. 754, 84130, 50) 285) 363) 505| 619 11039113884) 2485]...

63 | 912) 762) 810 1364) 1674, 200) 8048) 4550 1471), 87/218) 47) 300) 440) 237| 993 20067|10265, 2907}...

64 | 1234] 1284) 951) 1567, 2518) 268] 949514718 1850 1s7!178| 30| 290] 365) 541419 27949 $711) 1340)... 65 |, 1430) 1410) 79 2351 2830 348 13677) 7027 aso 171284 39) 822) 434) 121/1245 29748 11191) 1442)...

ee

TABLE V.—Agricultural Statistics of South Carolina, for the year 1880, by Townships.

Country.

|

FAIRFIELD COUNTY.

GREENVILLE COUNTY,

POPULATION.

Females.

/

Colored.

eg S

~ wo _ a

719

FIRST SERIES.—

No, of Farms, _ = Acres Tilled Land.

Total. Sasa

ls

2150) 85) 3835, 2506) 996 30

2422, 200 19312 5241) 2130, 130: 718612268) 6587 m0 118): 2130 855 7389 7665 3481, 135

1522 204 7492 1650 1566, 44

1519 234 12368 4307/1542 |

1556 183 5748) (7879) 950) 88.

a0) m 6400 2 2086 808 38

154,

126 111

si 2558 219) 7737) 1149 1433 12 188

1512, 2038 196 10457) 5941 17s 4 195

905) 1292 130 6517 3511 1146. 60 149) :76

_ c—) re I

359) 1836 236) 7599, 2131

| | 3605 | 18 615)| 200, 79 13

5) 2251 196 11456 4760/1842 230

| 1647, 210 6741) 3435 1147 | 77

| 1810 ‘224 12799, 6920 2753, 83 |

2969 328 14836 8493 2055, 15

2555 11 182)| 47] 30 151,

2152 239 6409 2505 1156 |127) 1732 257) 7193 3013 1181! 198 1681 165, 5748 2568 789 | 79 2007 195] 10834, 4277 1384 |140

a 7 13089 4321 1220 |113

2294 sor 8689 5808 2052 142

2247 263 8309 2732 1295 Wi 2267) 290) 8117] 3372 1 202 296 eal 204

| / :

1661 267 6569. 1939 324, 6291. 877 166 SoH 63 2 84 2166 356 8840 2073, 718, 185

1473 pen 6664, aus 889 a i

fen 309

4

14)

159

103)

143 219 176 215

157

43

176 103

Work Oxen.

1| STock. | |

~ Mileh

Cows. Other

2) 67) 6 199) 4 248 12 6 218| 53) 190 76) 175)

253) 364) 231/1017/ 58595

| 231) 123 390 23154) | 215 218, 675 29743)

| 444) 455) 912 38703 | 615, 664 1321 38187

(CONTINUED.)

-

Cattle, Ind. Corn Bushels,

42. 88) 56 $10

Oats, Bushels,

151 133, 816 asan0 12750

374) 204) 11338 43720

237| 37) 427 20725 267) ...:| 92019750) 299, 70 835 15038! 90 84 246, 12630 428, 408 1184 21144

1229 3555

| 3741)

3962 7474

410 258) 775, 18088) 11390

326) 327) 561 14210 308 87 655, 17920 185) 206. $00 42736 493 179 995, 41035,

300, 363) 472 19799 477, 189) 649 33721 247 262) 665 21494

! | | |

| 4821143 35158) 431 4132/1314 33686,

239] 277| 758 |262041

| | }

271) 562 1276 44693 517| 418 1545 38865 3380 602 2082 78065 387, 881 1148 24865, 2519) 61324

ari 90 09 31623 |

5194 4906

Wheat,

ms _ Bushels. Rice, Bushels,

——-——_ -- ~--

TABLE V.—Agricultural Statistics of South Carolina, for the year 1880, by Townships. FIRST SERIES,—(Contrnvep.) <a

| H | | | ' | |

: | POPULATION | . a bi! STockK. | GRAIN. te aot oc eo 3 Blac Si alied Ae) & S| |g alltel s 5s |S a3 a Bi si si| a] 3/8] sisi 2] 2/21] eS] Siselsel 3 ||| se] sal Sales See) e| BE) S| Sle) <| </a is) a ERS SS) a | & | Aa) | Bal me

ti I |

v8 | 385! 367! 408/344 752 26 722 oo7| 83 28! u4)-} g7l 40/ os 32| 840/435] 158! sous

99 | 1869, 1966, 1249) 2586) 3835 B72 12520 85085 3268) 259 456) 16) 601) 880, 522 1212 48978 13671] 8439| ...... P| 100 | 1490) 1463) 900) 1963, 2953 351/15168) GaGd 2648 B15 310) 4 BIL 582) 586 1320 33573 28496) 7128) ..... & | 101 | 1678) 1738) 2136) 1280, 3116 7 18423, 6370 2505 320 346) 13, 755, 950 535 1500 56068 10993) 6077) ...... S | 102 | 2406) 2461) 1116 875i) 4867 323 2 277, 10608 1369 28 410, 20, 468 918, 409 1300 2610) 32814) 8490) <n @ | 103 | 1371) 1426) 814! 1983) 2797 176 15069 6580 2469) 125 329 10 358, 740) 472, 918. 3672210855 4976| ...... S| 104 1022) 1038) 708) 1352 2060, 18010396 4966 1707 130 259) 5| 291) 467, 281, 518 195170) 6417) 4197)... | 105 | 1198) 1205) 1357) 1046, 2408 2301797 4905 1907 154313) 22) 429) 887) 217) 921 40840)14792) 7866) ...... 4 | 106 "19 2019) 1689) 2329) 4018 pee 19194, 9999 8) 269454 22) 566) 469, 451 1405 50760/23322) 9540) ......

107 || 1186) 1157) 1289) 1054) 2343, 183 12837 4580,1763) 185/248] 6| 339| 480) 328] 800) 36877) S116) 6487) 27 ce ae feel ccthan |_| |

Hs | RUE ies | | Caer se ee |

108 || 1083) 1259) 1012) 1330) 2342 25, 1029 60s) 258) 88 12}.....| 40] 40] 69] 8 1805, 2365) 740) ......,

109 || 1057| 1083} 522) 1618 “20 am S164 4059) 1828, 84 1521 152, 216 184 465, 15989113258) 3486\ ..... 53 | No 740, 816 446 1110, 1556 195 10560, 4494 1773 3 130 188, 18, 200) 268 820,663, 18008 $635, 3765)... iu || 736, 765, 346) 1158) 1504 185) 79873912 1565 136 171) 7) 193, 351 42) 869 22773, 4320) 2171)... 5 | M2) 1341) 1340) 573, 2108) 2681 188 12684 5471 2475, 161 314 5 389 499) 152 1157 39838 11033) 5225) ...... 3 | US 114) 1130, 440, 1804 2244 215 11425, BALA 2382 104 328 4| 2 555) 3837/1022 277 ATTBA 14258, 5989)... S| U4 | 1399, 1431) 759 2071, 2830 215 14936 6991 3055 1828725, B17 686, 206 1488 379n2, 21141 7308). <....: S115 1012) 1090, 361, 1741) 2102 22210955, 5456/2091, 163258, 9) 257) 304 222) 922 25882 10800) 4086) ...... 2 | 16 | 07 1123) 461 1769) 2230] 188 13082, 60842642 134 288) $318 G27) 271 1142 25690 /22584| 7763) nen Z | MIT | 1313, 1285, 1574 1054 2628 304 18010), 4828 2067 258 201 2) 382) 913 1128 2281 38576 45075 11765)...

| 118 || 918) 923) 908) 932) 1810 217 10129, 4254 1675 212 159, 4) 239, 283, 251 1123 24431 15226, 6304)...

119 | 1208) 1192) 834) 1566, 2400 329 12408 6243 2531 236 234)... 439, 522 920 1471 36627) 9284 5531) .....

Rl te Pe es | Hd | Te ol

| | | | RE FS [tao ee as \| ; "120 | 1568| 1684| 23901 s67| g247 240, 8075 1882) 470 205, 99 79) 361 331, 600 6860 33928) 4906, 2828] 12 Z| 121 1497) 1588) 2092) 993) 3085) 325 13660, 4505/1143 293,210 98) 485. 784 721 1213 47680 13376) 9682}. S | 122) su) 401 678} 40] 7isi112) 2925)|.....|.... 66 51,54) 197, 350 1066, 827 27 20481 306 209]... S 12s) gor! 957, 1521 327) 1848 208 6622 1727) 505 192 111 132) S71 603, M411. 2146) 12055 3268) 1555] 20 2 | is) 351 390, 715 26 741 121 2669 42 12. 6 38 118 150, 244 744 1069 15164 357| 865] ..... 5 125 || 1793 1890 2133, 1480, 3613 244 11895 3880 1250 28 201 78) 427) 588) 475.1727 5s188 L115, 7754) 105 } 126 1090 1M 1688 546) 2234 150 7443 1469 410 164 97) 7 281 210 695 1300 92348 5447) 3530) ......

a 380 390 743, 22 770 87, 251551 13 70 19 44 | 169) 227 739 1013), lts505| 137] 61} ssn

| | | | il ical | | | t

a

TABLE V.—Agricultural Statistics of South Carolina, for the year 1880, by Townships.

, FIRST SERIES.—(ContinveEp.) | | Paes z | POPULATION. : & Corton STOCK. GRAIN. ~| SAIS >t etc a || a |. 3 Nel ae | es] || 8 fro : | as| i luswleog 6 (2) 2/2/21 8/ 2/2) 2 oiled tal sisi gE Ee 252 Be | Nb Lied, ne eae

128 ms 951 1195, 661, 1856 310 9014 mar 724) 175, 46s) 48 201 1s7 559 1202 45372 4310 8185) oa... 5; | 129 1502 _ 2181, 849) 3030 357 12395 4721 1723) 219239 30) 439 174 635 1493 5002) 3719 8824)... Z 130 } 840, | 9 1358, 361| 1719 280 10997 2142) 855 140 182, 33. 310 316 a7 1604 58857| 3367) 3434, 63 8 13L | 738 732, 1256, 214, 1470 258 5400 1629, 379 115) 66) 97) 308 217, 618, 1454, 26305, 2691 1760 me x aii 572) 595 1107, 60, 1167 195, 5OKS 458 188,151) 40,75 267| 313 985 1588 82001 558 1281... & 133 | 1088) 1073) 1424) 737) 2161 209) 8124 3195 1008 ‘137 150 20, 333 366 512 1250 42066 4942 5211, 70 S 134 | 416 425, 626, 215, 41 131 3105. 283, 88 82 68, 52 170 210 a8 1039 31204 300) 852 899 135 1085, 1060 1526 619 2145 307 12446 3189 814 166 163, 2 363 279 308, 1338 32158) 4050 6916) ......

Hack bie fe Sie Lelot | ba il eal ee

‘eS a IPeal =| | be | Raat ceed 136 | 970, 1099 1019) 1020) 2069, 8) 196 67, 26 13) 4) oo ia Pees 10|} 405] ......] 136) ...... 137 || 588] 506] 682| 503 1184)| 18} 248|/ 113} 44) 18) 2) ..... Lie, ee | 15, 480, 430) 206) ...:.. 138 || 2612) 2615) 3421) 1836) 5257) 587 21199 7881 3366 366 416 30) 825 1015 5172286 71560 5792 15261 18 r 139 || 1884) 1897] 2818) 963 8781 335, 9396, 1165 1630, 27 362 50) 543) 652 824 1346 $4450 5179 8724... 2 140 1416, 1490) 2381 525, 2906 310 10979 314) 123 250/250) 113 578) 466, ‘1088 1682 sr 5579| 5008) aie S | 141 wll) 1145 1511) 743, 2254 17110688 4800/1810 129 298) 3) 402 672, 2 24 2651210196 575, ae ° 142 || 818) 912, 923) 807) 1730 295 10454) 3747/1304 157/193) 3) 367, aon| ales 33969, 6521) 5508 rn 2 | 143 | 1215) 1330 1699, 846, 2545 41111577 5229 1725 182/178} .... 510) 597 | sea} 39993) 4900 4608) siod 3 144 | 1917) 1963, 2581) 1200) 3880 5: 2814890] 5247/1959 329 307] 100) 748|1187) Lr 19 sr 2 4067, 100 a 145 | 929, 922, 1180, 671) 1851 270, 7963 3939/1460 153 158) 11) 350) 270) 434) 809 33056 3696 1972, a < | 146 || 2181) 2239, 2753) 1667, 4420 562 20519 8714 4202 320,277) 12) 328) 870 1080 2531 78056 1194116085. ...... | a7 1148) 1189) 1509) 828) 2337 211) 71 4098) 1353 176 168 16 813) 287) 342, 788 35980, 2140, 2542. ...... 148 1 941) 986 1114 813) 1927 176 9714 3209 1199 155202) 2 $15, 893) 457 1190, 28555) 8863| 5108 ty

149 | 2051) 2217) 2751) 1517) 4268, 376) 18167, 4922/1955 240,276 82) 176 ae 710 1125 53295 4303, 4610. ...... s. | | | / -

2 AS Ta A 160 || 1775) 1862, 1566) 2071, 3637 159) 076 4728) 1656 147/205) .....| ce 330, 126 630 208 4542) 2712) ......

} 151 || 1116) 1116) 979 1253 pase 322 15532 7480 2469, 158 230) ul 479) 583, 4591079 53814 6720 4412) ....:.

| || | j 152) 729, 766 825 670 1495, 216 8096 13 114171, a 267| 468, 185 729 21501 5313) 2193 ...... | | :

153 ) 1064) 1123) 1208) 979 “287 01 8849 4379, 10S) 172.239 54) 401) 320) 447) 836 45864) 2787| 3622) .. ..- 154 || 840 874) 271 1443, 1714 212 7195 309s) L443 125171) 41) 225) 364 61 $03, 21159 2570) +5387) ......

155 | 846) 876) 333, ied 1722 214 8901 3675 1445 118/201) 29) 254) 0 252, 854 25070, 5052, 1677} seven 156 1605) 1647, 18419 am 3252 126) 12210 und 2506 | eal hi % 502) 704 354 79 62270 3613, 5163... 157 as 1078 | 1150, 2138) 309, 9887 3882 1338, 195 277) 1 473| 1 286. gies ert 2755, Sat cae ) schiey ie 167 127 397 | 15986 7269 2537 rei 7| 564) ae 502 1957 52766) 5566 6735... 159 Sag 1206) pl 1739) ai ec ‘pea en Dae 29, val 594 8961814 36072, 3122 2044) ccocne

- oO =p ee a ie

UNION COUNTY.

Zz

TAL. me

TABLE V.—Agricultural Statistics of South Carolina, for the year 1880, ] by Townships. ae

FIRST SERIES.—(Conciupep.)

POPULATION.

CoTTon| STock. GRAIN.

County.

No. oF TOWNSHIP. No. of Farms. Acres Tilled Land. Mules.

Work Oxen

Ind. Corn Bushels,

Oats,

Bushels.

Wheat.

Bushels,

Rice,

Bushels.

1] I 1 |

| 264 18887) 55 358 62024) 8655 995| 18636, 4959/2133, 222/376. 8, 377| 496) 705|1234) 66087|10805 162 || 1836) 1845) 1299, 2382| 3681) 306|19664| 7905/3299 348 400, 14) 522| 5C0| 270|1486| 67865|19082 163 || 1106| 1140) 1055| 1191) 2246 190|11341/ 3556 1317)|171|304) 31) 411) 705) 725/184s) 62966| 5431 164 || 1675] 1671) 1315| 2031) 3846) 229|16556 6167|2446||138|393) 33) 453) 575| 427|1163)|68365| 7172 165 || 1180| 1269 992) 1457) 2449 179) 8447| 40201558 131/177| 14] 236) 270| 20) 632) 22404|10246 166 |, 993| 1001| 670] 1324) 1994 289113591, 5719 2264 123,278 85] 290] 175) 161| 579/'33456|10727 167 || 1210| 1231) 1667| 74] 2441, 227| 7070 2242| $20| 166/228] 25] 338] 518] 992|1177| 58084| 4000 168 || 1168} 1060) 683) 1545) 2228 263 24127| 7577|3226 162|482| 8| 298) 170| 106) 711|66427|16674 169 || 1407) 1427) 1392] 1442| 2834) 81114817 7344/2798) 1851309 7) 838| 825) 25211107 55812/21928 170 || 1345) 2345] 1665) 1009) 2674 315|11765)) 154] 64] 215/360) 39) 436) 374|1245|1745| 62665] 5662

_— aD = <1 3 a ow red tw 3 i) ow S 8 i)

YORK COUNTY.

= 3 8 [v2] cS bo = B to > Si bo [ee] a re bo pes a S aD a 1 e aD bo | oe | tw | B _ or bo a On ~ oO 3 & §

-

TABLE V.—Agricultural Statistics of South Carolina, for the year ISSO,

by Townships.

SECOND SERIES.

: POPULATION. . F CorTron STocK. GRAIN. vie Beir : Ee) ch ela “s : ot eae < ield ncgaren Sj al sl ee) S| ela) <|<4)a alae dled) a | & | Sa) Sa] 2a) ea 1 || 592) 608} 479] 721) 1200)'200) 6162\/1781! 678} 95) 78} 59) 221) 382|....../1178)16197| 7376) 1059, 12 2 || 818] 999} 701] 1116] 1817\| 14) 86]| 173] 116|/ 20) 13} .....) 28) 19}... | sees. 1285] 885} ...... Res, 3 || 443} 400} 450) 895] 845//120) 4992|/1151| 892) 90] 64) 89} 254) 374) 80|1190||11770) 1054| 1882) 61 4 || 1183] 1444] 2157) 470) 2627|| 28} 1075|| 212] 63)| 18} 8) 10] 54 54/...... 7) | 61] 52} 100 5 || 1129] 1262] 1404] 987] 2391) 109] 4636)/1381) 613) 56) 98) 58) 221) 426] 726/1482),19218| 2719) 269) 220 6 || 884) 905) 419) 1370) 1789 224) 6982! 2968)1246)) 86)167| 21) 241) 160)...... 1416 23106) 2355) 394) 350 7 || 923) 877| 388) 1412) 1800) 360) 9693) 4461/1909 114/285 24] 170) 862) 188/2232 55135) 9185) 517| 1830 ; 8 || 175| 200] 302] 73) 375)| 54) 1369)| 388] 111)| 43| 17) 37] 135] 244)...... 626 7050) 588 1247) Rare 9 |) 254) 255) 329) 180) 509)/ 82) 2797) 508) 160)| 54) 37) 90) 169) 320) 126) 980 10408) 451) 1480 300 2 | 10 || 260; 227) 317} 170) 487)/ 94) 3003) 837] 316) 56) 45] 86) 122) 183) 27 774)! $020] 1901, 1001) ...... © | 11|| 329, 321) 412} 288! 650!|119| 3708|| 602] 191|| 83} 49] 61) 218) 401]......'1439)/11484) 1084) 1527) 55 a 12 || 1005} 923] 1028} 90u| .928/236/10601)|2900|1242|173|163| 78] 414) 767| 145 2317) 27618) 6429) 2762) 80 : 13 || 260) 261) 389) 1832] 521|| 95) 8123)| 679} 244|| 52| 45] 94] 166] 381| 285/1194)|12075] 485) 1822) 73 14 || 443) 458! 491] 410| 901) 72) 4258|/1269) 500)| 86) 77} 61] 162) 380} 1/1109) 19474) 2977! 1725) ...... 15 || 1192| 1250| 490| 1952) 2442) 137] 9187||3493]1324)| 83/169} 47] 287| 425] 109|1197, 18624] 8035) 272) 12 16 || 1018} 1018} 404] 1632] 2036 19S) 11107) 3582/1283) |115/206) 34) 271) 501) 5/2506, 38970 970) —10/12209 17 || 579) 591) 429) 741) 1170)'158| 6977) 2458) 1134|| 78/138} 68} 226) 350)....../1103||16472} 8088} 1110) 11 18 || 980) 951] 788) 1143) 1931 193) 13308 4501 1521 105 28 39) 624) 715, 2/1429 35570 2189 658} 1340 19 |} 474) 453) 524) 403) 927/|124 5740) 1747 Boe 98 92) 45) 208) 300)... 118812823 ws 1171; 80 20 || 583) 548) 736) 395) 1181)/140) 8588) 1165) 345 107| 72) 112| 283) 278) 208 1803) 19583, 1322, 1699) 243 21 || 328] 307| 209] 336) 635)| 74 108 783 209 | 64) 53) 54) 190) 423) 151) 875) 13540) 570, 1932) 199

; ' i B

~

:

TABLE V.—Agricultural Statistics of South Carolina, for the year 1880, ba y Townships.

BARNWELL COUNTY.

BEAUFORT COUNTY.

SECOND SERIES.—(Continvep.) 2 as a | e | & | POPULATION, , s ‘COTTON || STOCK, GRAIN, S| Siete lea : : e 1S) alte! Wel alel lela) 1) ee 8 4 2/8) 2) S| S| 2) </< [a | elale Roel a | | Fe) sare me | 22 | 1260; 13820) 852) 1728) 2580 29711222) 5112 1645 |136)150) 2) 230) 356) 60/1596 28371 5795)... 480 93 | 1709) 1770} 1108) 2376 3479) 21417044) |5767|2184)|194/203) 57) 345) 684) 58) 1964 159695 16670) 773) 2922 | 24 || 1132) 1174) 848) 1458) 2806) |204/ 10907) |4232|1393)|119)164) 27) 3800) 266) 118/1774|'3380385) 7782\1820| 765 | 25 | 926) 838 ols} 1246) 1764)/L80| 8803) |4276)1862)}100|162) 8) 273) 278)...... 1011) 22843) 2900) £0 91 | 26 | 1081; 998} 457) 1622) 2079) |173)13584) |5027|1879)|129)197| 39) 399) 755) 319)2173)35178| 6556) 836 70 27 i 1791) 1782) 1481) 2142) 3573) |296) 17302) 7251) 2457) |286)287| 83) 462) 829) 140/3144) 538482/16841/3582| 1730 | 28 || 772| 795) 430} 1187] 1567||145|10272||4006|1537||124/127| 2} 241] 499/...... 1429| 29999 8885] 482) 7241 | 29 | 1290) 1310) 383} 2217} 2600}|168) 28520! /6241| 2010) |188)/283) 20) 332) 558) 163) 1205) 28234) 12830)... 2840 30 | 728) 776) 552) 952) 1504)/164) 8670|/1962) 689)|147)101) 7) 280) 626) 76) 2026) \23635| 3868) 109) 2042 31 | 960 1012) 378) 1594) 1972)/169 18165) 4879} 1856! |101/248) 36) 331) 471) 140/2339 39287 2650) 348) 754 82 || 1211} 1203) 900} 1514) 2414)|217/18291)/4567/ 1378) |249)223) 21) 435) 936) 18)2794)'41291) 7407| 540) 715 | 33 | 1055) 1008) 1262) 801) 2063 |246 14167) 6726/2319'|257/126 20) 389| 717) 2762834] 41221) 6744/2668] 2125 34 | 1024) 1076] 807! 1293] 2100194] 8678||3823/1284||182|109} 16| 784] 388] 9312334) '33725| 7395) 348) 1424 | 30 | 905) 856) 526) 1235) 1761)|160) 10375) |3640| 1060) |268/120) 16) 259) 301| 387)1458! 29723) 5064) 843 69 | 36 || 580} 622) 355| 847 1202) (119) 12952)|2685} 869)| 77/128) 8] 250) 306}..... 1502) 22460) 3491) 7938 593 37 || 457) 3896) 466) 387) 853)|104) 5785)|2059| 612)| 78) 87| 56) 198) 496) 78|1776)|22657| 3324|1741; 484 | 38 || 787) 760) 695) 852} 1547)/128) 9480) |3144)1035)/170)103) 238) 188) 525} 123/2139)|2 485) 4981) 247; 1128 | 39 || 933] $91) 786) 1038) 1824)/170) 9608}/3715/1360)/197|152| 2) 278) 623) 286)2292)!27895| 9263) 95) 2285 | 40 1341) 1328} 1104! 1565) 2669)|196) 12881) |4984/1880)|171)193) 52) 808) 672) 154!2187 |89144)12704/2817| 700 ae a 41 1 LUET TBA GEG!) 1938132549) se oc! asencnes||leosees!|t:ceser| (anece eases |) cuses|ecamed] seenes| ts Ol Proc qneee Ht txesenul egeee comweeest 42 1 1367| 1551 228) 2690) 2918) 516 2705)) 936} 211)| 38) 11) 113) 161) 148).. .. | 816); 5088) ...... satel) Bigs 43 | 1157| 1268} 29) 2396) 2425 |508 4097 1296 264'| 91} 30} 149) 288] 213] 57 868) 14145 200)... 2812 44 || 1277) 1336) 525) 2088) 2613)/464) 5436)| 783) 275)|114) 80) 186) 758)1100} 914 1206)|19862| 121)... 17383 | 45 | 877| 856) 412) 1821) 1733)/800) 3174)| 4385) 94)137|°35| 62) 744) 305) 650) 97211681) 400)... 8629 | 46 | 1215; 1298} 51) 2462 2513 183} 2192)| 783 168) 124 55} 7] 88) 7] 12) 449!) 6954] ..... | cies 540 47 || 1788} 1821 25| 3584) 3609392 6874) 1776) 327||185| 97| 167) 387) 207) 263) 565; si 800 ...... 74113 48 973) 884) 146 iri) 1857) |274 2329 | 804 139) 75) 42) 67) 175) 59) 1) 377||10856} 30....... 6532 | 49 "1083 1164) 35) 2212 2247) 480 $152)|1647| 331/| 61) 20) 151) 382) 66) 134 533 | resi] ree | aetea connate | ov ] 2135} 2282, 77) 4320 4397) 459) 5688)/3017| &99)|207) 10] 818) 407) 205) 56)}1259)|21987; 20 ...... 3721 | ol | 1613, 1702) 2983 3017 3315, 160 8379) 93 19]| 81/219) 56, 310) 403) 93) 715)| 6117 say aidan 285215 | 1] | tl |

——

an pet? pin oa

TABLE V.—Agricultural Statistics of South Carolina, for the year 1880, by Townships.

CounTY.

BERKELEY COUNTY,

CHARLESTON CoO.

SECOND SERIES.—(Conrtinvep.)

: Rey : | ae tg ra ee E _cortox, Srock. GRAIN. Hsia lea all ¢ | mS Ne Bf hal hee cGl 3 «|| 83] 22%) 4 ea) ei a| 2] sic] 22 | Sie! S18 Seissl 3] 2 || oz] gzlfal e8 eR) e|F) S| Shel <i 4 alas 2 B8es) a | 3 | Ear sara| ea | | | eget 78 || 1193| 1252, 112| 2338) 2450 sola3s7ol| 434| 2011 52| 29! 101 88| 3501... 113) 1695, 1215| 22800 80 || 500) 507) 8) 999) 1007170) 2312) 37 2 28) 27] 18) TA) | 2275000 wtcetliocer 225 SL) 1281) 1281) 77, 2485 2562/13 2324|| 256] 55106) 50} 23) 157] 305) 137] 308 10037) 51a) 40) 1785 83 | 744] 651 70, 1328) 1398 140 iy 262) 183) 21) 84) 8] 84 8 5I 73} Sone 300)... 66 84 || 406) 412) 87| 781) 818} 94/ 1280/88] 85} 27] 24] 6} 82) 82) 140 a 2 18|......] 18325 85 || 2133) 2088) 1219) 3002) 4221 343) 4693 |L161) 590, t02)193| 2! 715) 527, 402.2001 47957] 550} 40) 16262 178 | aa 462 29 884 a1 13) 1372) 108 41/120 25) 30) 104 6 s0| 121, 201 85)... 2099 83 | 1699 1557) 1221) 2035) 3256||284 13011||1261 1678 2181224) 28] 138/2816, .....|3904 44155] $427). ...) 12182 87 1907 1337] 931) 2313 3744 210 6126 158) 71 112! 70) 180] 715/1260 150011350) 5982 80 io 59703 88 | 1092) 1008) 239) 1861) 2100115, 8752) 3) 1/53) 81) 22) 241] 217 522) GTA 3876) 589.......| 87562 89 | 2042 2101) 919) 3224 4143 346 8725 (2884) 886 193/184) 64) 740) 907 742/276 28740 2390) .....) 56320 9) | 1715, 1628] B14) 3029) 3343 477) 7260|/3262 1003 /151)126 112] 784) 106, 523 1882 28818) 2570) 61) 1532 91 | 1167) 1212 152) 2297) 2379 |440 7765 207 1124 256 181) 21] 457] 147| 885] 82314442) 495)... |... 173 || 702) 698) 67/1333) 1400] 35) 4603/2567] 531/|165, 9s| 8] 837| 2931 193/1378 15550) 105).....| 34438 92 | 1145) 1226) 189) 2182) 2371 360) 8515, 1654 Bil! 116 44] 11 225] ol 99] aes/iovi0l 160... 87 93 || 2077) 2161| 151) 4087| 4238 450, 7190/|2998 9132751111! 38) 576) 212. 130 585)|16364| 280|...| 45 95 || 939) 988) 781) 1193] 197 140, 3981)| 481| 137)| $7} 25| 49] 637] 889, 59/2044 9674) 923) 20, 2011 96 || 822 800) 256) 1366 1622 160, 2410) 509) 153 146) 36) 87 258! 385 213) 658 9255) 2601... 1289 07 || 1238 1101) 252, 2090 B12 w sits 177 sa) ss! 61) 58 sa ~ 48, 75) 4766} 700) .....| 45108 52 fee fs | ee ee aah | G96, ese) soe | 39] 48| | 39] 2)... ale a 79 || 1270) 1433) 896] 1807) 2703) 21) 1319 | 196 53 17| 19} .....| 159] 106] 5} 242) 2490] ona.) | ccccsnnee 82 | 1831) 1315} 125) 2521] 2646 72, 5540/1205, $20|144) 47) 2 B16 135) 192) 149 5005) 930)... 60 94 || 623) 560) 175] 1008) 1183| 48) 939) 2 1 84] 71)... 82} 1i| 4] 122} 1397| 1810)......| 75

TABLE V.—<Agricultural Statistics of South Carolina, for the year 1880,

COUNTY.

COLLETON COUNTY.

HAMPTON COUNTY.

by Townships.

SECOND SERIES.—(Conrinvep.) : | | = POPULATION, _| @ ||Corros.|) Stock GRAIN, a lz] | | SY Tal lol terete! date | Eu) alae & _ BS) 5 | | . P a] Si Ss 8 =| ¢ > ag ~| El} & ells | Oleg dl ae | a St sis v o/ 3! 2] =] .8] sie} SS) 8 | ge] &| Sess] o| s || SS) ealgel ae sis| #/ 2! 3] Si)el EVs lailcleis Sees] 2] Ell gel Seles ee Zi al we), Oo} Ri 2) << mR) A) =S/55| @ | o || Se] Smite] ia / | | | bel) Wea FR i oa ] Ve) te et ] QS | 2217} 212 587) S872) 4409} 105) $979)/ 424) 166 106) 82}... 421| 438| 498) 409)! 8583] 901... 50801 9) | 989 979. 1207, 761) 1968 249) 7639) 659) 28s 25 wal 8) 708 1032) 911/274) 29801) 2903) 17) 7210 100 | 1248) 1273, 49) 2u7z) 2521) 190 v05 168 7 ae 61 B16) 204 159 518) 14715) 200)......|188522 LOL |) 1134) 1183) 1207, 1110, 2317) ws 16699, 2847 is 267/182) 9) 529 1479) 569 3749) 43089 16440) 523) 5840 | | | | 102 | 1064 926) 760) 1230) 1990 | 2287 | 887 18% 197 43) 19, 611) 510, er | ead BS | | 103) 451) 426) 427) 450) 877| a ga 456, . Si, 46 364, 598 | / ] | | 101), 744 G7 390) 2041 al 2926) 285, 129 181, 57) 9) 860) S77 ‘hal Fs 105 1819) 1389, 971) 1687) 2658) 242, $738) 554) 253 182-65 $4) 493, 37 106 | S47) S61) 160) 1548) 1708 8257) 857 119 77) 50) 21) 198) 299 ita PES 107 972) 1056, 713) 1315) 2028) 289) 5418 904) 376 151, 72} 22) S64) 546 / } 1 } / 108} 725) 581) 408 903, 1306 189) 2947) 885) 18258) 66) 18) 5 725 | | ] | 19 | 679) a5 179 1158) 1887) 167| 2212) 896) ne 1 27} 25/-258) 584 110 | 84s, 900) 1167) S81) 1748)/148) 4143, 440) 170 160 68,19) 72]1228 1 | 747] et 6il ay 1490)| 95) 4780 486) 229/103 36, 2) 202) 888 | | | | M2 | 741) S14) 78) 1477) 1555/65, 5493, 878) 108) 58) 98) 60) 285) 472 | | | | \ 113 | 880, 782-776-836) 1612) 246) 8851) 247} 189/208, 63) 11) 732) 415 | | ; {| Lid | 1775, 1779, 1553) 2001) 8554) 224) 5219)| 524) 245 242/108} 42) hy } | 1} i} | | 115 932) 945 966 911 1877) 269, 9840/1192) 440 213) 83) 25 9671153 t ' tl { t | I ‘ea 7. 1) fag Peles) |=! 116 | 981) $82__705, 1058) 1768 S04) G43) 782, 245 145) 75) 118) G89 1245) 519 1s74 22709 1430}...... 25253 i i | } LIT || 1486) 1592 1090) 1987} 3077) 390) 15714 5490) 1677) 313)291) 94 ee 740) 766 4577, 47550 14867) 64) 5850 LIS || 1283) 1309) 555) 2037) 2592 anys 1 1) 198216 80} 685 1085 ne gatos 15219)...... 1950 119) 980 1033) 838) 1875) 2013 i 7473, 3803 1414) 76 134 a 189) 419) 862 scala 7498) ....0.| © 275 | 120 | 2443 2290) 2236) 2499) 4735, pane es 74/$18)248) $2) 931} 642} 494/4572; 68802 15266) 88) 8750 Sanya 9 apes / 12 | 964) 958) 757) 1155, 192242 5344) 697, 230/133) 58} 34) ‘ey 400) 152) 1240) 14505) 1990)..... | 7523 | | | | 122 899! 861 311) 149 1760) 63) 2574 1828 442 58) 64 1 a) 364) 38 ea 1805) ...... 8854 } | | | j } } 74 |) 446, 483) 284) 595) 879]| 76) 1126| 202) 47) 95) 14) 27) a0 825) 161 | 2829) 495, 9) 1371 it | i! Hes / } . w

>

é | Fl POPULATION. Zz al yale . a“ e E| S| g| |i é\|\2| 8| 2) 4 6 \24] 4] & a

LEXINGTON COUNTY.

fs 5

Es § 8. ES

$28 §

ORANGEBURG COUNTY.

i

| 142 | 1372) 1309) 1182) 1499 143 || 474) 486] 510) 450 144 || 623 621) 504 145 | 1200) 1228) 419) 2009 146 | 830) 833) 548) 1115 147 || 604) 663) 272| 905 148 || 1054 1086, 927) 1218 \ 149 || 1941) 1965) 833! 3073 | 150 || 970 1024! 393 1601 151 || 796) 716) 446) ited | 152 wo sr 878 . 153 || 706 712 sa 1087 , 161 | 801) 078 770 , 155 || 636 - 206 1080 . 156 || 785 781) or 906

| 1267 116) 5809 1443, 660

by Townships.

SECOND SERIES peepee Dye

Mules.

2426 346 12024 4101/1588 20 239 ou 3 736) 279, meal wi 4741||1211| 524 1208 ue S712 1496) 482 1) 64 2074 191 10638 ‘3508 110 10 295

1785 1st aioe 26411 5 ot 107 12H, (201) 7329 ‘pone mo |122

20065, 220 9635, 1915) 732 239,175 /

51 122 me 661 mi 36

475 236, 8355 2200| 848) 224/249

i| vl 150 web | oven 637 i eel

2064 ED 16798 = 175 818

i} 210 au 6144 1050 pale 90 2116 216 11298 3302 La72, 188 174 mas bags 5794 2578 '296| 260

1149 161 5546)| 764) 301 ba On

1030/54) 6440, 1564) 531. 6) 7 1490, 141) 5088, 2546) 931 9 121 2181 |202| 13560 3806 1902 281 |217 152 4429) |1208 300 1215, 97) 5013, 1018, 358 2428 10913281, 4860 2093 1663 222) $833 2472) 983,

21

8334) 2608/1167 114 160 i}

1260 1418 1748 0 9317/2021) 940 180) 8 1286 161 5231 2410 ep a 1572 795 7418, ya 857) 182) 75

Work Oxen

e

» & =

£

327| 662

8

3 5 6 8 8S! & =

5S

iS

S F ©

13 1zZ

1) 570 143, 271,

2! 137 361)

a 196) 482,

451 M 169 waa a 197 24

890 2014 7178 21515.

: : -

Ind. Corn,

Bushels.

Bushels.

Oats,

1}

| 55/1406, 17551, 925

i 35 1161 25600) 2188

ed

so 1955 34818 24978 578

ons 743 136 451| 735|1619 178

110 1584 774

1409 17127) 2892

1705 22562 12873 1916, 2740 15104 2379) 27185 19922 1574) 13625, 260 2781 20415 19398 wo van 852

10 187 2a 7633 487|2079 41685 1885) 2584) 2510

74/2766 47708) 2782.

617|1859 12042) 3883

2061467 22607|10791

225 1249 19550) 4826 a 45686) 6708 5731002 16549, 1203

/ 551019 (14548) 5366

110 1380, 24109| 5294 8329/2458 28832] 7604 246 1088 17420) 4766)

169 4800) 1885

738)2454 56509 15722

48 1736 20127) 4624

82 187016828 2838

250) 1878, 12220

| 9186

90 1136 16689 10067

179 170 236

570) e9058! ‘7940 to inst 3104

_ 23661 00

TABLE V.—Agricultural Statistics of South Carolina, for the year 1880,

Wheat, Bushels. Bushels,

Rice,

§

S38 F

seeeee

S| _8&

1414, 10 6, 5025 588) 1903

191 13143 “- 4032

: :

TABLE V.—<Agricultural Statistics of South Carolina, for the year 1880,

CouNTY.

RICHLAND COUNTY.

No. oF TOWNSHIP.

—_ zy

by Townships. SECOND SERIES.—(Conciupep.)

POPULATION.

154

969

Colored. Total.

448) 1588 1262) 2286 587) 1010

1663) 2037

5698 10036

2916 2060 2988 1766

3160) 2214 3507 2735

No. of Farms, Acres Tilled Land,

9} 194

396) 18198 320) 9989

491/12292,

322) 9936

|

6618 | 2635 5233 1926 7150) 2696 3196) 1098)

Horses,

195 259 247

Work Oxen Milch Cows.

seen

Stock.

Sheep. Swine.

155) 1211 592 1402

sees

209) 886)/39892) 705

161 302

1017 968

Ind. Corn, Bushels,

19173 31567

GRAIN.

Bushels,

Wheat Bushels. Rice,

Oats,

1592 6354

cia et 22607|10791) 1872

Bushels,

TABLE V.—Agricultural Statistics of South Carolina, for the year 1880, . by Townships. 4 THIRD SERIES.

| pe l} : | POPULATION. i E | dowenul Stock. | GRAIN. | (£| 3 ; | eee ete} fg) lg] Heels] lave |_|. 8s] slogl 3 BY} | 2) 2) 2| | 2/5] 2 | 2\ 2) £2) 4 Sees) F| =| 38] 22] 24! 22 B)a) se) 2) 2| S| 2) 4) 4] alm ae 56d] a | & | a) Sa) bal ee i 5: | 1|| 639) 586) 801| 334] 1295 146) 3790)| 980 825) 98) 47) 100 216) 392) 444 1545, 19651 540, 416) .... 2 2 | 1265 1878 ead 1870 2643, 165 7108 2791 1278'/118)108) 86 a 807, 109 él 26462 10712, 799 6 8 || 485] 483) 516| 402] 918) 19 1939), 622 409) 25| 30) 6) 29) 63) 5 $i eae GTB) sitar ra 4 488) 499; 746) 241) 987/149) 8495), 406) 143), 66) 19) 154) 275) 26¢ tie 408; 198; 75 5 5 || 1187) 1170) 1499| 858) 2357) 359 9189) 3538 1387 pa 100| 837) 472) 230 616 1321 88172 4876) 1598} 81 5 6 || 882) 879) 1273 = 1761||282| 7937) 2820 1232129 154) 114, 427 si 830 1865, 32493 aie 1878) ...00 > 7 || 1112) 1157) 1411} 858) 2269 a 8824) 2531) 932 197 115 spect 458) 8791256 ‘eeu 37883 7246, 2118} cso a 8 |} 1015) 1090) 1440) 665) 2105) 303) 9914) 2897 |1164) 189 169} 96) 173) 864) 514 (2187 |40142) 5588) 3728) ...... B 9 || 983 | ed 1131 2080) 27 so 105 778 ‘es 114! 172) 362) 759 5201700, haee| 2731) - 85} 10 10 || 253) 255) 259) 249 508|| 80 2458) 821 05) 38 21; 31) 111 10 a0 67 ‘| 3913 700! Sie ide 252 ll ||} 804) 832) 455) 1181 1885, 171 sh |i allo 85| 181) 401) 78 wis hes: 2299; 42| 810 12 || 480) 484) 295) 669] 964 118) 5046 1526 ioa| 47| 61) 27) 147) 257 | 782, 12605 1495) 12) 1182

13) 348| 343) 516) 175 691 114 2407) 526 135) 58) 40) 40) 117) 167 218 1102, 9195) 880, 59) 1530 932, 317) 1543) 1860 242) 9150, 3838/1353 |119/187| 31) 32s) 271)..... 1355, 16976 8341) 27) 985

14) 928 15 || 580} 575) 122) 1033 a 168) 8711, 1743) 512) 72| $2, 18) 134) 325 ia 987, 8809) 1027} 48) 190 . i | | ze | 16|| 367) 354) 170) 551) “721 85 2917, 855| 256|| 40} 84) 37| 139) 336 i 744)| 8118} 535] 24) 990 ' | ] & | 17) 712) 728] 602) 748) 1440 107) 8201) 1082) 827) 55) 58) 30) v1) 396) 40/1450 13920] 8197) 34) 1685 & | 18 | 512} 527| 332! 707| 1039) 164) 5125) 1152) 898)| 51 us a 197) 407 sailed 15976| 1003| 6) 1925 Z | 19 481| 446) 754) 173) 927/120) 4075|| 971] 821) 94) 46) 51) 190) 243) 22811544 |14822 1404) 182) 6999 2) | | & | 20|| 275} 209 287] 287| 574) 100] 1928|| 524) 172| 27) 22} 31| 153] 216) 172) 851)| 7205) 275] 53) 775 é | | | | 2 a 407| 388] 224] 571) 795 144] 3288 1061) 303) 45) 64) 56, 151] 229) 50 1039 8505) 1140) ...... 1784 | | | 22 |) 457/498) 326) 629! 955 165) 3909, 1406) 459, 49| 60) -88| 198} 265) 101/106, 11321) 2412) ...... 610 od 23 | 496! 533| 422) 607) 1029 170) 4483 1521 451 5 74) 60) 170) 250) 47| 968) 12008) 1350} 121) 1350 24 || 212} 190| 248) 154 40361 1617, 471 141 96 15) 33) 74) 134) 61 699), 6190 sek Heit 1202 ee 25 | s99\ s5u| 323] 1428] 1751/213| 7082 2498| 7e8|, 84.113) 79| 282) 581) 1011752 20784) 150| 10) 2995 | | 26 || 496) 455, 172) 779) 951 191) 4138) 1817, 630 56 91) 76 217| 825) 14) 947, 14626) 1158) ...... 629 | | 1} 1} 27 || 357| 852) 275| 434 ay 2197|| 729, 214), 48) 22) 43) 170] 165... 836 8538) 418} 5 1317 1] | 28 || 536) 547] 98) 990) 1088 200) 5408; 1557) 514) 61) 52) 36) 180) 277| 102) 989 10241) 908) ...... 1570 | ' } '

T=

TABLE V.—Agricultural Statistics of South Carolina, for the year 1880, by Townships. |

THIRD SERIES,—(ConrtinveEp.)

: POPULATION. ; F Corron STock. GRAIN, E e| 3 . elel lal olel leet el) | la | Jollee alee 8} se) s)/8!1F! 8] Sie] | sl al alslESS58i a |G | Fa) 6a) Fal aa 29 || 578} 576] 563) 591! 1154\/112| 4627|| 1980] 701|| 90| 49) 54] 125] 126] 4z| 838)/14617) 2107] 542) 38 30 || 811) 776] 170| 1417) 1587||195| 9386)| 4782|1769||106)157)105| 225! 202} 411/1310/28547| 4826} 55) 980 31 || 700| 713) 722) 691) 1412)/175| 6879)| 2669|1129||164) 68) 53] 178) 326] 61)1459||17898) 5100/1281| 650 32 || 1887) 1429] 774] 2042} 2816)|206) 7245)| $238)1192)] 96] 92] 98] 142) 232} 7) 921\|16747| 5359] 287} 890 33 || 657; 661} 287} 1031) 1318||153) 9028)| 8122/1102|| 90 74} 81] 120) 161} 17} 829)|17613) 4546] 274) . 784 34 || 578| 582| 651| 509] 1160/'161| 4953|| 1113] 413|| 80| 78| 74] 187| 341] 80/1509, 14872| 7242| 240| 2042 _ | 85 || 1515] 1567] 972) 2110} 3082!) 57| 5358)! 1437] 668|| 70) 37; 87} 81) 48] 168] 410)/10130| 2265)......|.... ci 2 36 || 771) 766) 901} 636) 1537 164) 6730)| 2755|1215)|135/112) 61] 204) 215) 179|1526 ‘25350 4565| 874) 4125 5 37 4| 841) 813] 529) 1125) 1654//159| 7178)| 3350/1351)|152| 92) 65] 180) 168] 191/1596,|24186) 3823) 524) 1258 SO | 88 || 325) 346) 432) »239) 671)) 93) 3000)! 834] 287|| 54) 40] 80] 145] 286) 116/1256)|10715) 859] 814) 895 é 39 || 780) 784) 542| 1022) 1564)/157| 8999|| 3426|1332||135)117} 58] 163) 221) 228/1222)|21835| 6485] 745| 256 4 40 || 1162) 1063) 1186} 1039} 2225) |235|10019|| 3781|1480|/171|132/109| 317} 330| 62/2927,'36388| 4629) 245) 1725 3 | 411! 766) 777| 885] 708) 1542)/192) 7702|| 3177/1230)|156| 97] 50} 168] 286] 48]1537||26447| 8032/1820) 285 e 42 || 764) 748] 205] 1307] 1512//238) 7935|| 3447/1237) |107/185|126] 162] 309) 179|1139)|17078} 1030)......|... Henn ie 43 || 844) 794] 864] 1274] 1638|/171| 8630) 4641|1942)|137|144] 70] 186] 185) 483)1167)|27475| 7275] 492) 672 44 || 626) 683) 710} 599} 1309/|202) 6822)| 2751| 964 |\144] 86) 74) 178] 280} 50/1599,!21720) 3181) 900 612 45 || 1807} 1857| 450] 2214) 2664|'236) 9713!| 4501/2031 |153/192}144) 165] 202} 57} 794||33336|12999)1391} 20 46 || 653} 647| 859] 441! 1300|219| 7177|| 3209/1838 |152| 95) 29) 197| 473) 149)1524)/19070) 6133/1657} 193 47 || $26} 880) 757} 949] 1706)/157| 7841|| 3070/1266 136) 99] 59| 150) 155) 25 1406) 27879| 5967/1731] 692 48 || 505) 586] 805] 786} 1091/1168) 3923)| 1782) 634|| 47) 56/106) 150| 228) 18) 927||15096). 290)... 2128 49 || 734] 807| 715] 826 bu 116) 3955'| 1403} 631/100) 45| 49) 130 184) 5/1027||15923| 3503| 581) 850. 3 50 || 1197| 1860} 737] 1820 2557 wacea| apace | eaacee | Sencall eed etka Sese] Geekay fiecasee | coeees] cceecl | aeseeaal cena aaa seep = 51 || 944) 979] 267| 1756] 1923)| 66] 5398)| 2} —:1)| 47] 87/111) 823) 328/1450/1520)) 7825) 1584)...... 132125 B 52 || 644) 685} 455} 874| 1820|/140] 2413)| 78] 22)| 71} 26/185) 564] 661) 999/2055)/12051| 550)... 28725 = 53 || 539} 518} 231} 826] 1057|| 49] 1287)| 44] 22}| 33] 17) 46} 90| 199) 42) 380)) 3082) ......]...... 850 = | 54/|| 1974) 2082} 466) 8591) 4057 120) 5234)) 36) 17/| 63) 83/105) 334) 584) 531/1139|) 6320) 227)... 123434 é 55 || 1019) 1177] 155) 2031) 2196 44) 2846/7} 11)/ 25) 76169) 113) 195) 280) 378) 2160) 900)...... 31382 3 56 || 717} 803] 144] 1876] 1520|| 22) 1228)| ......]...0.0 22| 8] 46] 34] 51] 25) 104)| 871] 80)... 12220 S | 57 || 1661/ 1680) 344) 2097) 3341/| 69| 2219 20) | 8| 44] 30) 66) 98) 59) 18 35|| 3611] 400! .....| 63661 © | 58 |} so1| s32| 757} 876} 1633//117| 1584|| 166] 74|| 59 16/128 359} 866 elke S491] ...0..|eseeee| 1810

: —_

TABLE V.— Agricultural Statistics of South Carolina, for the year 1880, by Townships.

THIRD SERIES,—(C6nrtinvep.)

j TT SS a a rs ial eS | ] < = TI =| = | = POPULATION. | 3 CoTTOoN Stock GRAIN z ~ wo Ee = o ~ = ; |e ra | a é| Bll e | EB ai | a} a oe ; Ei oo] . |} a] o] o | os |] Om] igs] om Ei Sig] 2/3) 2| sis| si2lel digg ieelss| ¢/ $153) S183 3 b : 3 8 r= Si Si -| alla j;S ll els] 5 IESE sS| o] c || ou) Salcu $a 5 ) S o ° >So] sii slaeiljo| es Seles < BE il s5! esls| as Oj} Zi ale] Fl] oO] & |2] <ii< [ma ma B \AO|SS) aw @ || Rae) One m ef) | | : | 59 622} 648} 1119) 151) 1270)|179| 2859)| 94) 44)! 39) 23) 164) 259 1002 8569) 67]...... 2661 60 || 1074| 1062) 1013) 11283) 2136||178| 2635)| 268) 181)| 64) 31) 154) 281) 620)1232/2499)|11941| 240)...... 8266 4 61 || 1177) 1185) 1477| 885} 2362)|109) 1553)| 66} 381)| 58} 27) 130) 264) 516)1772 9495} 123)... 2950 e 62 || 438 738 830)||118) 2541|| 205) 98}| 89) 16) 113) 226) 331) 212 8102} 114)...... 995 = 63 374 522) 174) 696//101) 2056}} 11) 4/| 44) 8] 91) 210|,827| 433/2641)| 7973) ......) ..... 285 ° o 64 634 1054| 216) 1270 184) 4578); 860) 140 ‘3 12| 145} 233) 406) 821 16120} 30)...... 1933 m 65 553 935; 176) 1111)|144) 3141|} 298) 188); 72} 30) 119) 248) 396) 458 11536) 259)..... 2122 5 66 487) .474| 878) 83) 961/167 ae 288) 139}| 43) 17) 192) 186) 435)1063/2279)| ...... tb. eee 8 1725 67 61l| 643) 446) 808) 1254)151) 2777|| 716) 66)| 48) 12) 207] 265) 334| 586 10260| 50)... 710 68 || 1182) 1244) 1683) 743! 2426||242) 4583)! 68) 23)| 62) 73) 353) 411) 911/2084 14395} 23)... 2850 4 69 650} 608) 767| 491) 125s8)| 64 | Bit besssca 40| 6) 76) 235) 522/1032)1555)| 5524) 25)... 613 PI 70 || 1704) 1621) 2227) 1098) 3325)|349! 14691) 3698/1407) |243)196) 118) 662)1508) 784)3507||/48041| 6347\2912) 150 zs) zi 71 || 2976) 3112) 1841) 4247) 6088||347| 15054) |7681 368} 85) 722/1011) 703)2996)|42932) 5011) 487) 1402 8 72 824) 956) 832) 948) 1780)| 8] 320)| 154) 74)| 6) 12)...... 16) 3A4i...... 18}| 980} 650)......] cesses Fe 73 || 1598) 1675) 528) 2745) 3273)|362) 9169) |55: 140/241) 186, 425) 369) 169)1216 25 5080 1336 sddpeaete g 74 || 1057) 1016) 732) 1841) 2073 |255) 9063) 3208) 1226)|130)105) 97) 448) 594) 611|1829)|27289 ie eee a 75 || 1250) 1252) 1046 1456 ms 270) 11789) 5881/1917) |107|205| 145) 897| 327) 247 us 2989) 528 14 I~. 76 || 1236) 1261) 686) 1811 ae 154| 8542) |8244)1404)! 68/202) 95) 374) 391) 375 in| aay 7075, 62} 2950

77 || 1191} 1128) 568) 1751 78 || 976) 1043) 572) 1447 79 || 1315) 1357) 1858) 814 80 || 1452} 1389) 1221) 1620 717| +692) 681) 728 82 || 1215) 1210) 1472) 953 83 || 788) 889) 1229) 448 84 || 762) 779) 334) 1207

a) 250)15890) 5154/2191 sit 293} 8273) |8471|1539)|115|233| 78) 353) 495) 82)1004)|34022) 3556/1675)......... 2672 |309) 10800 |4715)2109) |230/248, 25) 490) 897) 443 2297 52571) 5430/2343)... 2841 270| 9006 |3400)1437)|210)172) 72) 403 SH 520|1345||41040| 6383)1990).. ...... 1409||155| 7095||3098)1127|| 70183) 14) 156) 225) 100| 436) 30649| 8008/1805)......... 2425 303 13710 4684/2009) 230/214) 44) 431) 621) 317)1612 |42498) 7043)2727)........

1677||231| 8022 |2154 884 160,134) 79

B87} 945} 8521582 32089) 6547/3473 nn 154,154 10062 4068 1382 69/173) 17

89/237} 30| 280) 447| 312 sa 2808 8154/2029)......... |

LANCASTER COUNTY. @

145) 169) 44 sa me 3264) 810) ....0006

a

TABLE V.—Agricultural Statistics of South Carolina, for the year 1880,

by Townships. THIRD SERIES.—(Conrinvep.)

a} = La BY POPULATION. f s | COTTON, STocK, GRAIN, EI —— || £) 3] + - eleq [altel Weleig!l || lk |_| 18s] shee! 2 8 za) ale) 2) 8) siz) 4|</a lim ale aS6d\a| a | 6a) baal aa 85 | 702| 736) 600! 778 iy le 6451 2580/1297) 73|126) 40) 218) 349| 347|197 5704|1363| 279 86 || 713] 707} 659) 761) 1420}|182 3670|| 576| 229)) 71 : 159} 358) 705] 205|3572! 492} 46| 3920: 87 || 1183) 1222) 989} 1416) 24051/272| 8540/2469 978129 92) 204| 331) 367) 201/1548 739) 42| 3821 88 || 743} 772| 832] 682| 1515/'183| 7138/'3046|1543!| 981183] 65] 243| 387) 392/586 3303} 098} 1740" go || 1374| 1309) 1096) 1587] 2683) 279 12708) 4701}3089}'190|24| 12) 304) 661) 238)2581| 42679|14258'3047| 730 90 || 1124} 1145} 1234] 1035 2on9 281 9192| 2480 1072185 127| 76] 270} 516| 272|2290)|: 2685| 290} 980" yi | ol | 3222 1305} 811} 1716 2527228 9855) 3634/1521) 221 146| 129) 309 555| 2968 5110} 10} 18553. & | 92 || 830] 818} 719] 959) 1678)'130] 8980} |2861)157% 101) 127/85] 258) 538) 615|2247 6147| 412) 9312. 5 | 931 733] 829) 40) 672 1612 191} 6134||1900 vals 60} 96) 257) 358) 3831/2294) 3334] 25] 1950 2 94 || 844] 926] 967| 803] 170/244] 8086) 386812098||112|180] 67] 189] 221} 10/2659 1208} 350° 5 95 | 1178} 1257) 893} 1542} 2435|/268|10720}!2971|1401)/214|127/ 149] 231] 335) 236|2085 345] 7525: © < | 96 || 414) 410} 468} 356] 824)| 15} 290)/ 44 201 Qj...... IRh Sales 74|| 590} 325}...... 135- a 97 || 1062! 1058| 888] 1252} 2120} 219] 6565;'3072) 840}{185) 93] 150} 323) 504) 193/2006 462} 6321 98 || 964) 714) 736) 642) 1378|/133) 6715) 2454/1123), 97/102) 49] 152) 249) 299] 1770 675| 1635. 99 || 879} 897} 1027) 755) 1776)/231) 4754|/1503| 594]|110| 36| 273| 358) 322} 61/2955) (21221) 1753)...... 5342 100 || 1431} 1476) 1716! 1191} 2907/!201|10963}|4243|1601|/213'128] 130| 421| 587} 428)3396 163| | 3728 101 || 532} 590) 387| 735] 1122/!141) 4143)/1158| 486|| $7| 37} 118| 212) 345] 112/2296 12} 1325 102 |; 984| 1014) 661] 1337} 1998|/220) 7140\2849|1410)|146| 98} 127} 332| 384] 90)3179 28] 1999 103 1 131] 99] 204} 26} 230)! 41) 474|| 19 7| 1] 43) 101) 104 96|1468)) 2588) 44)... 32: 4, | 104 | 1363) 1333| 1330] 1366) 26961215 11330 [5585 3630|\233|167| 34| 265| 434| 22/2068 ce 7110|3827} ...sneese F | 105 i 1539| 1652) 868] 2303) 8171) 162 12813} 6498]4212)|176/228| 6| 166) 286) 330 1367 41020|12090|1048) 40° © | 106 | 931] 958] 869) 1020} 1889) 185] 7635 /3295!1939) 167|141) 5] 187} 884) 113/2008 '83054) 8433]2673| 15: © | 107 || 965) 973) 853] 1085} 1988|'175!11006 |4215|2146||119|188| 48| 254| 475) 97/2200)/31015| 7399| 637] 850: z 108 | 1434) 1395 1229| 1600] 2829 196 11481 4949}3048||195)208} 18] 254) 567] | 25/2887//44762) 7315)4655) 425, | loo || 1220) 1215) 1011) 1424) 2435] 196]11763) 5417/3132/'195|204| 18] 290| 577] $8}2332| 49955) 7491/3510} 20 2 110 || 1480) 1530 870| 2140) 3010 208 10581 (5671 2867)|185|204) 49] 290) 485, 86/1654 '38162} 9866/1785] 75 A lin | 1282| 1348) 996! 1634 2630] 190)10864, 56312740 1145238} 53] 201) 675) 204/1716)/47909) 8976|2492)....... 1] | i] |

TABLE V.—Agricultural Statistics of South Carolina, for the year 1880, by Townships. THIRD SERIES.—(Concivpep.)

POPULATION.

Corn,

ame ————

1382| 261/10168 4910 204 175|177| 43 50 513| 5911762 imal 6620] 467) 250 102 4825 2657 1182|| 84/119) 13] 115! 189

Wheat, Bushels, ;

Rice,

Oats,

No. or TOWNSHIP. Males,

Females,

Colored.

No, of Farms, Acres Tilled Land.

White,

CouNTY.

Bushels. Bushels.

| |

Bushels.

Ind.

e g Z

24 5 E E

| 233

115 || 1409; 1371) 734) 2046) 2780| 290) oe 1544) 171/148) 98) 343

116 || 279} 311} 106) 485) 590)/103) 3145), 928) 344|| 82| 46) 16) 96

L17 || 1144] 1160] 439} 1865, 2304|\242' 9520 3328/1256, 105/159) 60) 237 118 || 885) 888] 300) 1473 v7 171/11142)|2566]1190) 111146, 55) 240| 257) 24911450) 24405] 5307) 161) 391

BOM 287

308

259

295

1862) 2456] 344 10256) 4880|1685, 160/257) 93

129 | 1047) 1124) 735) 1446) 2171) 251/999 34011150) 197 122) 86 | |

121 | 1013} 1021) 403) 1681) 2084) 261) 92691 /4805/1651) 137/156) 115

215) 101|1608 0074 4114 25| 850 446) 1780) 2176) 352) 9708 '5568'2118) 109|197) 46) 225| 280) 27/1617 24007) 2801) 77) 35 128 || 1208] 1197, 1069) 1336) se 7546 27191013, 1561112) 163) 356) 420| 156 ow) 90123) 9572) 156) 152 | 124 | | 984) 966) 862) 1088) 1950) 272 7643) 3907 1341||123/116| 98} 277| 192) 17/1255 ‘80 1700 in| 450 | 125 || 1495) 1566] 372) 2689 3061) (244| 9350| 4583|1820, 145 183) 28 285) 229 1221260] 22306) 2045)... 175 126 || 1546) 1609} 468) 2687| 3155,|350| 7897 he rena ah 182} 245] 353) 15211685|134726| 4106) 65| 3243

127 || 888} 1128) 1035] 976) 2011)| 20 362|| 96| 47|| 27] 4|..... 93). 18).....: 34|| 1378} 1465)...... 250 125 || 1097 994) 357) 1734) 2001, 273) 7360/4763) 16021 1551173! 81| 369} 124] 40/2026)(35888) 2900)... | 2912

& 5 z

SUMTER COUNTY.

}

| | 129 367 866| 405, 268) 738 114 1732] 205] 664| 59] 21] 56} 570) 990/2584!2006!| 7463 al cos 14% 130 || 1145, 1181) 615) 1711) 2326 |192| 6360)|1888) 707||132| 74] 208) 476) 781| 148/875) 21571) 603)... 4128 | 181 || 949] 965) 817) 1507) 1914! 244) 5468/1799] 564||105) 54] 229) 267| 578] 71411751) 15521) 728)...... 4732 132 || 1188) 1209] 972) 1425! 23971/120| 4276|| 758] 273/| 80] 38) 155] 306| 708) 680|2255)12126| 1528] 15! 2342

136 || 809) 810} 1217/ 402) 1619, 160| 4618!|1038| 339) 99| 43} 164| 251| 327) 6837/2340, 19161| 968] 138) 5819 137 || 702} 669} 362! 1009 1971) 151 2817|| 643) 245|| 45| 44) 141) 393) 539) 104 2074) 18330 66)...... 1612 188 || 728) 753] 287] 1244) 1481) 247/ 2899), 881) 836) 71) 66] 107) 401) 477 1002}1604| 9436] 210} 20| 4721 139 |) 963| 1038) 410) 1591) 2001) 147| 5755, 1606) 646) 125] 44) 146] 283) 453) 616 168817761) 797 88} 5942 140 || 1351) 1406] 1026) 1781) 2757/|241) 7884) 17221 581) '159| 60| 195| 509) 875) 702/3075!:25862) 1047) 41) | 6925 141 || 385} 394| 252] 547) 779/|124) 1623|| 473 | a7} 19911064}) 5028} soos. 721 M42 || 667} 656) 810 1018) 1523) 196 550) 1165) | 68) 47| 99] 928) @55)1270|1078 heer 1646| 79) 1852

WILLIAMSBURG COUNTY.

g PART IL.

‘A . +e As

; ahs 4 . *

si] - a

a . es

. 4 Fu

ne

a

A

‘ee

fe AN ACCOUNT OF THE PEOPLE.

iA nag ‘>. *

CHAPTER I.

; INDIANS.

The three fundamental races of mankind, the yellow, the white and the black—the American, the European, and the African—are occupants of the soil of South Carolina. Within her borders, as elsewhere on many wider fields throughout human history, the still unsettled problems of the conflict and intermingling of races present themselves for solution. Although four centuries barely separate us from the discovery of America, it would be quite as difficult to give an accurate statement of the nations and tribes of the Indians and of their numbers, as encountered by the first European explorers, as it would be to turn back forty centuries and to disentangle the Egyptian, Ethiopian, Libyan, Chaldean, Nubian and Berber races, united under the sixth dynasty of the Pharaohs in the con- struction of the pyramids. The history of the Indians is almost a blank. ‘Their earth mounds, stone implements and weapons, and other relics, throw only a very uncertain glimmer of light over their past. Their vague traditions are known in some instances not to retain any count of many memorable events for even one century. Their origin isa subject open to the widest conjecture. Adair entertains the fanciful notion that they are ‘descended from the lost tribes of Israel, and the proximity of Northwest America to Asia, has suggested their migration by way of Behring Straits to this continent. The most recent researches, noting on the other hand a general westward migration of the Indian tribes from the Atlantic to the interior, and tracing a resemblance between their languages and that of the Basque people of Europe, hold that they are emigrants from that country. That they were driven thence by the intrusion of the Aryan hordes from

364 POPULATION.

the East, themselyes contemplative and submissive races, whose character and language was modified by the high spirited, liberty-loving aborigines of Central and Western Europe, whom they absorbed or dispersed. A remarkable fact in, the economy of the Indians is, that they alone, of all the peoples of the world, possessed and cultivated Indian corn, and that it was their only cereal. That the most valuable of all the grains should have been the exclusive possession of one people is sufficiently strange, but becomes much more so, when it is considered that this people were the least advanced of all in the arts of peace, that they were the poorest and most thriftless of laborers, in fact, in no sense laborers at all, and yet that they depended entirely for their bread on this grain, requiring more skill, care, and labor in its culture than any other.

Great discrepancies exist as to the estimates of the condition and num- bersof the Indians between the accounts of travelers in the 16th and in the 18th centuries. The latter,in explanation of the small number of frag- mentary tribes they found, where great and powerful nations were reputed to have dwelt, give the traditions of great wars, famines and epidemics, that were said to have occurred. The prevailing opinion now is that these were not‘exceptional occurrences among the aborigines, but that they had always been subject to such disasters, which had kept in check their population and their civilization. Bancroft and Draper think that, by the highest estimates that can be placed upon their numbers, all the Indians east of the Missis- sippi, from the Gulf of Mexico to the St. Lawrence, did not, 200 years ago, exceed 180,000. As the great plains of the West were not habitable for man before the introduction of guns and horses by the Europeans, the estimate of these distinguished authorities may be considered as applying, with in- considerable additions, to the whole area of the United States having its drainage towards the Atlantic. This area contains now (Rep. Secretary of Interior, 1881) 203,608 Indians, and the number of Indians in the United States, exclusive of Alaska, is 255,988.

Governor Drayton hazards the opinion that the Indians of South Caro- lina may have numbered originally 30,000 or 40,000 souls, but gives no data upon which it is founded. Adair says, that old traders stated that about 1700, the Cherokees had 6,000 warriors. In 1752, he found only some 2,300 warriors among them, and says, “so great a diminution, that after a like revolution of time there will be few of them alive.” A predic- tion regarding the destructibility of a race, that, like many similar ones, has fallen far wide of verification. Mr. Bancroft says that the Chero- kees are more numerous now than ever.”

The oldest reports from Georgia claim that there were only a few In- dians within 400 miles of Savannah. John Lawson estimates very suc- cinctly the Indian population of North Carolina as 4,780, men, women,

a =

POPULATION. 365

and children, including 1612 fighting men, in the year 1700. Judging

from his journal ofa thousand miles t

ravel among the Indians, from

South to North Carolina, they could not have been more numerous in this

State at that date.

The following isa synopsis of the natives and tribes of Indians men-

tioned as residing in South Carolina:

I

NATIONS. TRIBES. 1 8 Cherokee Echotee, Nequassee, Tehohee, 4 6 Chatusee, Noyow ee, » chagee.

Estatoe, TT Bea fits atee, 10

ll : Tugoola, Keow ee, Echay,

Arce! Paani Senekas 16

17 Tewraw, Tukwashwaw, 18 19

Chickerohe, Naguchie, Totero, Pas Quacoratchie, Chota, Rinoe:

26

Stickoey, Fsaw, § Sapona, Wisack.

II

Catawba. 23

The Cherokees were a moun- tain race, occupying extensive territory in Alabama, Tennessee, Georgia, North and South Car- olina and Kentucky. Less than 1-10 of this territory is in the present boundaries of South Carolina, comprising the coun- ties of Oconee, Pickens, Ander- son, Greenville and Spartan- burg, which would make the number of warriors in this State by Adair’s computation, to have been 230, or a total population not exceeding 1000. They were expelled in 1777, for siding with the British, and are now the most advanced in civilization of the Indians.

The Catawbas were a Cana- dian tribe, driven thence, in 1650, by the more powerful Con- newangas. Part of their num- ber amalgamated with the Chickasaws and Choctaws. The remnant reached South Caro- lina in 1660, fought a great bat- tle with the Cherokees on Broad river, and madethat stream the dividing line between the two nations. They occupied York, Chester and Lancaster counties. Their warriors were estimated by Governor Glenn at 400, giy- ing a population of about 1600.

366 POPULATION.

III. About 1-8 of the territory of Uchees. 29 the Uchees extended across the Savannah river into Aiken,

Edgefield and Barnwell coun-

ties. There is no estimate of

their numbers. Their Princess

of Cutifachiqui (Silver Bluff)

entertained DeSoto with great

splendor, according to thenarra-

tive of the gentleman of Elvas

(1540). . They were absorbed by

the Creeks, and have left no

trace except in the name of a

small stream in Silverton town-

ship, Aiken county, and of a

neighboring steamboat landing

on the Savannah, Talemeco, af-

ter their great temple, which it

is said stood there in DeSoto’s

time.

LY, Fragmentary tribes on the Creek or ae ae Shere Cu eee Savannah river, south of the Riise EVE mnneé s Mus Kogee Uchees, in Barnwell county.

Pak jhe 3 35 Yamassee, Huspa, Cosah. The Yamassees numbered

about 100 men, women and children, near Pocotaligo, in 1715, and were driven across the Savannah, by Governor Craven. Twenty men of the tribe were left at Saint Augus-— - tine, Florida, in 1748, and they were absorbed by the Seminoles. The Yamassee, or Jamassi, were one of a small number of isolated tribes, of dark com- plexion, found widely scattered’ among the inhabitants of North and South America. Supposed to have been immigrants from Africa prior to the European discovery of America (see Hu-

tte.

POPULATION. 367

36 Salutah.

37 Congaree.

38 Santee.

39 40 Westoes and Stonoes.

»

41 42 Wateree and Chickasee.

43 Waxsaws.

44 Wenee.

45 Winyaw.

46 Sewee.

man Species, by A. De Quatre- fages). If this be so, it explains why D’Alyon persisted in slave hunting about Beaufort (1520), these negroes being valuable as laborers, while the Indians were worthless. It were strange, too, if negroes first occupied this sec- tion where they now predomi- nate.

Located near Saluda old town, Newberry county, removed to Connestoga, in Pennsylvania.

On the river of that name. Jno. Lawson visited them in 1700, and found a town of 12 huts, one man at home and the women gambling.

Near Nelson’s Ferry, in Clar- endon. Jno. Lawson found a few of their huts, in 1700.

Between Edisto and Ashley rivers, in Colleton and Charles- ton counties, amalgamated with the Catawbas.

On Pine Tree Creek, Kershaw county, Lawson says they were more populous than the Con- garees.

Lawson makes a day’s march from the last.

Indian, old township, Wil- liamsburg county.

On the inlet of that name.

On Sewee bay. Lawson says the larger part of them were lost at sea, or rescued and sold as slaves by the English, in an at-

oy cr) D

POPULATION,

tempt they made to open direct communication with England, by a fleet of canoes, in which

they put to sea in the direction

whence they had observed the English vessels arrive.

7 $ Saraw or Give. Chesterfield and Marlboro counties, absorbed by the Ca- tawbas. | 49 Kadapaw. Lynch’s creek, joined the Ca- tawbas.

The Pee Dees are not mentioned, as it is thought the name is of Euro- pean origin, probably from P. D., the initials of Patrick Daly, a white man, carved upon a tree by an early settler. The nineteen tribes, claimed under the Creek nation, occupying at least one-half of the State, appears to have been very insignificant in numbers, according to the earliest au- thentic accounts of them. Governor Glenn sums them all up in one sen- tence. “There are among our settlements several small tribes of Indians, consisting only of some few families each.” Lawson says of them: Al- though their tribes or nations border upon one another, yet you may oft- en discern as great an alteration in their features and disposition (he was much impressed by the comeliness of the Congaree women) as you can in their speech, which generally proves quite different from each other, though their nations be not above ten or twenty miles in distance.”

Admitting, however, that these scattered and fragmentary tribes equaled in numbers the Cherokees and the Catawbas, there is no data for supposing that the total Indian population within the present bound- aries of South Carolina could have much exceeded 3000 at the date of the early white settlements.

Accepting Lawson's enumeration (above given) of the Indians of North Carolina, and assuming an equal density for them in the two States, there would have been 2870 Indians in South Carolina.

Adopting the maximum estimate of Bancroft and Draper, it would give a population of one Indian to tive square miles, or 6116 for South -Caro- lina. In 1750 there weré in South Carolina 64,000 whites and negroes, so that even at this early date immigrants from across the Atlantic ex- ceeded the aborigines by more than ten to one.

By the census of 1881, the number of Indians, chiefly Catawbas, in South Carolina, is 181. This statement would seem to confirm the very general notion as the rapid process of decay and extinction among, the

POPULATION. 369

Indians. Such a conclusion is, however, by no means warranted, if account is taken of the number of Indians removed from the State and residing on reservations west of the Mississippi. The Cherokees are there more populous and prosperous than ever, and with them are Santees, Senekas, and the other small tribes absorbed by them. Furthermore, there is scarce- ly a township in the State in which one or more families (chiefly negroes) are not found, showing the distinct traces of the Indian descent which they claim. If such half-breeds numbered 6-10 of one per cent. of the present population, there would be as much Indian blood in South Caro- lina to-day as at the date of its settlement by the Europeans. The inter- mixture of the Indians with the whites and negroes was facilitated by the total absence of all moral restraint among their women—there was no word for continence in their languages—as well as by the remark- able lack of sexual initiative on the part of the men, as observed by Lawson and others. In 1758, Anthony Park found a solitary Scotchman among the Indians west of the Alleghanies, who had lived there forty years and was the father of some seventy children in the nation. One hundred such Scotchmen would have transmitted to another generation as much Indian blood as was found in Carolina by the first settlers.

The conclusion from such facts can only be that an inferior race, in a condition of absolute savagery, brought into contact with superior races, enjoying all the advantages of the highest civilization, has not only not dwindled away and perished, but has fully held its own and perpetuated itself. So indestructible is a race of men.

NEGROES

were brought to America as early as the year 1503. In 1511 they were

pronounced by the Spaniards to be more robust and hardy, more capable of enduring fatigue, and more patient under servitude than the aborig- ines. The labor of one negro was computed as equal to that of four Indians. Charles V., in 1516, granted a privilege that was transferred to_ the Genoese merchants, of introducing four thousand Africans to the Spanish colonies; and Queen Elizabeth, through her agent, Sir John Hawkins, engaged, about 1567, in a lucrative African slave trade with these colonies. A Dutch vessel, in 1618, sold part of her cargo of Africans to the English colonists on James river, Virginia. The first negroes brought to South Carolina were brought by Sir John Yeamans, from the Barbadoes, in 1671. The year following, white slaves from England were sold in Virginia at £10 apiece, while negro slaves brought there, at the same date, from £20 to £25. In 1727, the citizens of South Carolina loudly complained of the importation of Africans, both because they

r

37 POPULATION.

were Africans, and because they could only be slaves. The mother country, however, persisted in forcing them upon the colony, maintain- ing, as late as 1745, that “the African slave trade was the great pillar and support of the British plantation trade.”

The negroes were brought from the whole western coast of Africa, be- tween the Sahara and Caffre land. There is no record of their lineage. A single ship would bring emigrants of different nations, and from places a thousand miles apart in Africa. They came as strangers to each other; they brought no common language, no abiding usages, no worship, no nationality. The admixture of diverse people thus inaugurated, was further greatly increased by the numerous and widely remote settlements in America among which the negro emigrants were distributed. Never in the same space of time was any race so rudely mixed, shaken together and sifted out.

Raynal and Hume compute that, outside of the United States, nine millions of Africans were forcibly imported into the various European settlements. The present treatise is not concerned with their fate, still it may be mentioned, that, of the total import into the British West Indies of two millions of Africans, there remained to enjoy the advantages of émancipation, in 1834, only six hundred and sixty thousand.

Nor was this fearful mortality due to climatic causes; for among the British troops in the West Indies, the average annual death rate for the _ whites was 8.81 per cent., and for the negroes, 3.91 per cent.

The importations of negroes into the United States never approached these figures. In Macpherson’s Annals of Commerce (Vol. VL, p. 150, et seq.), such statements as these are to be found. During the eight months end- ing 12th July, 1753, five hundred and eleven negroes were imported into Charleston ; fourteen hundred and eighty-two Africans were imported into Georgia in the years 1765 and 1766; from 1783 to 1787 none were brought directly from Africa to the United States, but it was estimated that three hundred came annually from the West Indies. The slave trade was abolished by Act of Congress in 1776, but was reopened for the port of Charleston for four years—1804 to 1807. During this period the following numbers of African slaves were imported in two hundred and two vessels into Charleston, by citizens of foreign nations and the United States, as here given :

—_

POPULATION. 37]

By English merchante 9". se. 8 18649 merchants of Rhode Island... ... . Shes? ge

az: " of other foreign nations... . . . . 5,177 - ; and planters of Charleston and vicinity 2,006 a y of other Northern States . . . .. . 1,400 . of France’... . et ay Boy 4 " of other Southern States atk te a

TOA ae ets Ce oy a tee Oe dae

In 1714, there were in all the English colonies, from New Hampshire to South Carolina, fifty-eight thousand eight hundred and fifty Africans, of whom it was thought that about one-half had been imported. H. C. Carey, in his work on the slave trade, domestic and foreign, gives the following estimate of the numbers of Africans imported subsequent to that date :

I cian i Papa y ft Cs eR RY Oe ee A em ey i CUA, ee AMES IE ENO hd byte, Valse ott stand oe Mere km Pe eee End pt AMO). bio yht fa} eee ae ee A De Ne Re ded iar 6) ease Nain ip AON sla RAE. Ng % Laaerk ge RU ee 1771 to 1790 . Sega 5a Se PO cea Ry ey 537 57" Subsequent to 1790 . Ria IOR AS hin SARS! Kat: cee

Ota es) ist Ue Aloh ak Noa hike set erica pO

—e—

By the United States census of 1790, there were 757,208 negroes, which would make 464,858, the number of the natural increase. This would be for the whole seated of seventy -six years, from 1714 to 1790, a natural increase upon those already in the country, and imported during that time, of something over one hundred and fifty-eight per cent., or more— than two per cent. per annum.

At the date of the emancipation of the negro slaves, which practically took place in 1865, they numbered about 4,600,000. Subtracting the number imported during this period, viz: 90,000 (a very large gars and not counting those who emigrated, this gives an increase of 3,752,792, or the enormous natural increase in seventy-five years of four hundred and forty-two per cent. If there be something repulsive to the delicate- minded in this rapid propagation of the human species under slavery, perhaps it may be admitted that it were better, as in this case, that twelve should be emancipated where one was enslaved, than as in the cage of the

vis POPULATION,

British West Indies, where the philanthropists only found one to be emancipated where four had been enslaved,

But this rapid increase is by no means due to slavery, The free negroes increased during slavery even more rapidly, and while their numbers were augmented by manumitted slaves, the tact that their increase was somewhat the same in the slave, as in the free States, shows that it was dependent in a large degree on the birth rate. The numbers are for the

FREE NEGROES.

W790 Isso P. C. Tnerease. United States. . . . . 59,527 488,070 723 South Carolina. . . . 180d 9914 450

The census of 1880 shows that there are 6,580,798 negroes in the United States, an increase of 1,980,798, or a natural increase of forty-three per cent, during the fifteen years which have elapsed since emancipation.

Practically, there has been no importation of negroes from foreign coun- tries Into South Carolina since 1810. By the U. S. Census of that year, there were 200,919 negroes in the State. The census of 1880 shows that the number has increased to 604,832. But these figures do not show the full rate of increase. For in 1880, of negroes born in South Carolina there were 93,498 residing in other States, chiefly in Georgia, Mississippi, Ala- bama and Florida, in the order here named. On the other hand, there were only 15,513 negroes residing in South Carolina, who were born out- side of the limits of the State. Showing a nett loss of 77,985 by emigra- tion in the negro population. Nor is this loss so great as the one in the preceding decade on the same account. By the census of 1870, it appears that 97,479 negroes born in South Carolina were living in other States, while the negro population of the State was only increased by 7,219, born beyond its limits, showing a nett loss of 90,260 in a smaller population than that of 1880.

The extraordinary rate of increase among the negro population is one of the most interesting and important questions presented by the race problem in America, J. Stahl Patterson, who has made a special study of this subject, estimates this rate of increase for the negro race throughout the United States has been 334 per cent. for the last decade, while that of the native whites at the North was less than 15.7 per cent. Should these respective rates of increase continue without interruption, for the next century, the negro would outnumber the native Northern whites by 12,- 000,000, notwithstanding that at the present time the negroes stand six and oné-half millions to twenty-four and one-half millions of Northern

POPULATION. 373

whites. Majorities may not always govern, even under universal suf- frage, but they have their importance, and it is interesting to note that the competitors in point of increase with the negroes are the Southern whites, whose rate of increase is 30.4 per decade, and immigrants from Kurope, whose rate of increase here is as great, or greater.

No effort adequate to even an approximate determination statis- tically of the intermixture of the negro and white race, has, as yet, been undertaken. The enumeration of mulattos, attempted by the census of 1860 and of 1870, was entirely unsatisfactory, and, in the census of 1580, none was attempted. Mr. Patterson, who has given attention to the subject, says: “Even now they are no longer negroes. One-third has a large infusion of white blood, another third has less, but still some, and of the other third it would be difficult to find an assured specimen of pure African blood.” This is a startling statement, but in the absence of statistics, who puts it to the test among his negro acquaintance, will be surprised at the degree in which it conforms to the facts. If the lineage of those negroes whose voior and features seem most unmistakably to mark them as of purely African descent, be traced, indu- bitable evidence may often be obtained of white parentage, more or less remote. In such cases it will be noticed that external characteristics are by no means invariably associated with internal ones, and that such blacks are often more intelligent, and bear morally a closer resemblance to the white race than do many bright-colored mulattos. Here, as else- where, “in the crossings between unequal human races, the father almost invariably belongs to the superior race. In every case, and especially in transient amours, woman refuses to lower herself; man is Jess delicate.” (Quatrefages).

Thus, whatever advance a race makes, it isthe female who preserves and perpetuates it. The intermixture of the races being dependent on negro mothers will be most rapid and complete where the negro females are in excess to the males, and vice versa. In this connection it may be re- marked that the number of negro females, in proportion to males, seems_ to have been steadily on the decline in South Carolina since 1850. The number of negro females to 100,000 males of that race, as given at the following dates, being:

1850 1860 1870 1880 105,290 104,192 104,252 102,938

The last figure is less than the ratio of white females to males, which, in 1880, is 103,125 to 100,000 males. The proportion of females to males, among the negro population, is much greater in some of the Northern

edna

a= wen

ST POPULATION.

States. Thus, in Massachusetts, Connecticut, Rhode Island, New York, New Jersey and Pennsylvania, there were, in 1850, 108,100 females to 100,000 males in the negro population of these States; and in 1880, the number is 108,419 females to each 100,000 negro males,

The centre of the negro population of the United States lies near the 84 meridian, between the 82 and 33 parallel north latitude, a few miles to southeast of Macon, Georgia. On the same meridian, but some 600 miles to the north, lies the centre of the foreign born population of the United States, between the cities of Toledo and Detroit. The foreign born ex- ceeds the negro population by only about 100,000, each being in the neigh- borhood of 64 millions. On the same meridian again, and between the two centres named, is found at a point in Kentucky, a short distance southwest of Cincinnati, the centre of the aggregate population of the United States; since 1790 this centre has moved westward from the city of Baltimore along the 39 parallel of latitude, a distance of 457 miles. The wide divergence of these two well marked and nearly equal streams» of population, the European and the African, while making the same pro- egress westward during so considerable a period of time, might naturally be taken to indicate that it was a result of natural and insurmountable cli- matic and geographical conditions. Between these poles the greater prox- imity by 200 miles of the aggregate population to the northern one, in consequence of the sympathy of Christendom with the European immi- grants, and race prejudice against the African, have confirmed this plausible but superficial view, and given rise to many wide spread and erroneous impressions, regarding the unsuitableness of the Southern section of the United States as a home for the Caucasian race? It has come to be regarded as a low, wet, marshy, malarial region, fitted for the negro and cotton culture, and owing to these, as it were acci- dental features, its chief importance. It should be remembered, how- ever, that before the advent of negroes, and long before any importance attached to cotton, wealthy Englishmen, with the whole country open to them, well informed as to its climate and resources, after two centuries of explorations, made choice of South Carolina as the locality best adapted for the material development of an English colony. The Northern and Middle States were colonized by political and religious refugees, or by persons of peculiar social views. TheSouth was chosen as a land of promise for those who sought to increase their fortunes, and es- tablish a people under conditions most favorable for their development. This is not the place to discuss the adventitious circumstances which have favored the mis-impressions here referred to; such, for instance, as the changes in the art of navigation, which opened the most direct and speedy ~ communication between the nearest points of Europe and America, in.

POPULATION. 375

spite of ocean winds and currents, whereas the sailing vessels of a hundred years ago found their easiest route from Europe even to New York, to be by Charleston. But the relation of the population to climatic and topographical conditions, as given by the 10th United States Census, will show that these are not real hinderances to the peopling of the South with greater numbers of the Caucasian race. For while it appears that the African race does not thrive outside of certain climatic limits, these limits include nothing injurious to the Caucasian race It will be noted that the percentage of negroes diminishes in low temperatures and that it also diminishes in high temperatures, and that in both cases where the negroes decrease in numbers the percentage of for- eign born Caucasians increase. It would seem that the more temperate and genial climate and the most fertile soils, having been first occupied by Africans, European immigrants, influenced by prejudice against the insti- tution of slavery, which has passed away, and by prejudice against a race which, as has been shown, has greatly changed, and is in process of still - greater changes, have settled on less favored soils, under greater extremes of climate.

The following table shows the distribution of the population in eleva- tion above the sea level, according to the 10th Census.

PERCENTAGE OF

Foreign. Aggregate. Negro. elo ws 200 Fh: icbscc doe eds CBB SA 18,25 22.28 Between 100 and 1000 ft. 40.07 59.41 70.85 Above D000: .6.. 2 oe cers SEZ are 6.87

100.00 100.00 100.00

Here the negro population occupies the medium elevations, while a larger percentage of foreigners occupy low lands or greater elevations. The largest percentage of the aggregate population is also found at the same elevations with the negro population. And in each instance, ex- cept as to extreme elevations, the distribution of the negroes more closely approaches that of the aggregate than the foreign does.

In South Carolina 27 per cent. of the negro population is below 100 ft. and of this number one-third is immediately on the coast, and not exceed- ing 40 ft. above the sea level.. The remaining two-thirds who live below 100 ft. are thinly scattered over a wide region. It appears that each population falls off between an elevation 100 and 500 feet. Owing doubtless to the fact that these elevations, more than ethers, need drainage to render

376 POPULATION.

them suitable for human habitation’ Between 500 and 1000 ft. 43 per cent. of the negro population of South Carolina is found just where the largest percentage of the foreign,and the aggregate population are located in the country at large.

The mean annual temperature of South Carolina varies from 50° in the mountains to 64° on the seaboard. Within this range of temperature is found fifty-four per cent. of the aggregate population of the United States.

The following table shows the distribution of the foreign, aggregate and colored populations in accordance with the mean annual temperature:

PERCENTAGES OF VEGETABLE PRODUCTS Foreign. Aggregate. Negro. OF THE REGIONS. Below 40°... . . 1.80 ih 0.03 Wheat. BOP to 507.5. S66 BYE 3.67 Corn. A? 6-607): a's 4O08 44. 36.52 Tobacco. Be HOOP cs seg aD 1%. 57.42 Cotton, Rice, Sugar. MOVE 0% aries 6 (OE i 2.36 Tropical Fruits. 100.00 100.00 100.00

Both the foreign and the aggregate population are distributed over a wider range of mean annual temperatures than the negro. The lower temperatures are doubtless not favorable to the latter, if indeed they are to any, but they oceupy a temperate climate, and one that yields to the agriculturist the largest variety of the most profitable crops, with a mean annual temperature similar to the region reported to have been the birth-place and cradle of the human race.

The distribution of the population according to the midsummer tem- perature, or the mean of July as the hottest month, is:

PERCENTAGES OF

Foreign, Aggregate. Negro. Below 60"). Sgse 0 tiie 2. 0.02 GO° to JOP so ey cc enn 12. 5.44 10? ta 8b rss aca Gees 87. 94.35 Abeve 865°. ince» es tee 0. 0.19 100.00 100.00 100.00

Here again the bulk of the population forms the mean between the negro and the foreign, and the latter has a wider distribution, especially as to the extremes of high and low temperatures.

POPULATION. 377

The distribution of the population according to winter temperature, or the mean temperature of January, taken as the coldest month, is as

follows: PERCENTAGES OF

Foreign. Aggregate. Negro. BIOUOW a al a ig a ae :. 0.01 PO" TO OU i 8! + oe OOS 50. 5.39 ee Gs es 'e he? SOTO 44, 82.58 POOUVE DU is is oie Fe OD 5. 12.02 100.00 100.00 100.00

Here again the negro has a more restricted distribution in the more temperate regions than the foreigner, whose percentages exceed those of the aggregate in the extremes of both heat and cold.

The distribution of the population according to the greatest observed heat is as follows:

PERCENTAGES OF

Foreign. Aggregate. Negro. meow go. s ae e 8.8 (). ().07 PT, POD a aet 2 ee 94, 96.53 BOGE 10D" “sue. tio. 44 6. 3.40

100.00 100.00 100.00

The extreme high temperatures here referred to are much more fre- quent at the North than at the South, and the result is shown by the numerous deaths from sunstroke at the North every summer. Such heat does occur at rare intervals at the South, and it is equally as fatal here, as witness the deaths in Charleston in June, 1876, when the hottest day in more than a century occurred. f

The distribution under the extremes of cold observed is:

PERCENTAGE OF POPULATION,

Foreigners. Aggregate. Colored, Below—45°..... 0.09 0). 0) PID 6 a te on, Dae 80. 30.88

1 ph, | pal NN RAR a AE NE 19, 66.00 PERDUE ON Aes (5a Le ee « 0.12 100.00 100.00 100.00

The remarks made regarding other climatic conditions apply here also ; the negroes occupy the medium and temperate regions, the aggregate population comes next, and on the outside, in the extremes, are the foreign born.

25

378 - POPULATION. :

Distribution of population in conformity to the annual rainfall, Table 1, and to the summer rainfall, Table 2.

TABLE 1ST—PERCENTAGE OF

Foreign. Ageregate. Negro,

Below 30 mm. 32% oe 18.89 6.08 0.38 OU 2) tOMenane Bog es Sa Lp Wag if 17.14 45 in. to 60 in. . . 81.54 89.65 76.88 Above 60 in. . 1.02 1.70 5.60 100.00 100.00 100.00

TABLE 2D—PERCENTAGE OF

; Foreign. Ageregate. Negro.

Below 13° . . 586 2.89 0.20 TH oeoe . 87.83 76.18 38.47 BOOTS oeh heh sie ot Oe PAU AT 60.76 Above 35°. Se es 0.16 O52 100.00 100.00 100.00

It is to be borne in mind that where the annual rainfall is less than twenty-five inches, or the summer rainfall, that is the rainfall during the crop season, does not reach fifteen inches, agriculture cannot be conducted profitably except by irrigation. And of course the irrigation afforded by streams traversing such regions must be so limited that a large agricultural population can take no foothold there. In these arid regions the bulk of the population is foreign, and engage little in agricultural pursuits. With regard to rainfall, as with the other factors of climate, the percentage of negroes is greatest where the conditions are most favorable for the sup- port of the human race; the aggregate population have the next choice, and the foreigners again fall upon less favored regions. While the negroes occupy regions of abundant rainfall, this rainfall is nowhere excessive, nor does it produce an atmosphere saturated with moisture. The porous character of the soils of South Carolina, through which the water, not neces- sary for vegetation, readily disappears, and the large number of cloudless days make mist and fog, mildew and rust, a rare occurrence, so that even in areas of the heaviest rainfall the relative humidity of the atmosphere is similar to, but even less than that of the most noted health resorts of the world. (See Sand Hill Region Climate.)

Within the State of South Carolina the distribution of the negro popu-_ lation does not appear to have been determinately influenced by climatic or topographical conditions. They still preponderate most largely along the southern and south-western borders of the State, where they were first

a

POPULATION. 379

colonized. Hence they have spread over irregular areas, maintaining in them their preponderance even to the northern boundaries of the State. The areas thus successively occupied by them are those where cotton cul- ture has been the leading pursuit. They are characterized by a light soil, of easy culture, yielding a crop readily and directly convertible into cash, requiring no fore-cast as to drainage and fallows, and no complex combi- nations of the areas to be directed to tillage and pasturage, to grain and cattle. Their minimum percentage to the other population is found it Horry county, upon the southeastern seaboard of the State and diagonally across the State from this locality, among the mountains in the northwest. While three or four lines, where the white population predominates, cross the entire State in a north and south direction.

The rate of increase of the negro population from 1790 to 1860 was much slower in those counties in which they were originally the most ‘numerous—in Beaufort, Charleston, Georgetown and Colleton. Here their numbers were barely doubled during this period, while they were being quadrupled in the State at large. They seemed to have reached their maximum then, and were on the decline. This was most marked in the case of Charleston county. Here, in 1790, they numbered 34,846, in 1830 they were 65,534, and then steadily declined to 40,822 in 1860.

Since 1860 the increase has been pretty uniform. Charleston has re- gained her losses, and reached and passed her maximum of 1830, num- bering now 71,808, but the other counties which were earliest most thickly peopled with this race still lag behind, and Beaufort, Colleton and Georgetown continue to show iederabls tosaba! while the increase of the upper country has been lar ge. This is the more notable, as this region where these losses have accrued is the very one thought best adapted to the African, being low, wet and warm.

The geographical indefiniteness of the census of 1870 does not allow the movements of the colored population during the last decade to be traced with precision. The following table gives the nearest approximation that could be obtained to the facts in this regard.

PERCENTAGE OF COLORED IN TOTAL POPULATION. °

1870. 1880 Increase Decrease. Alpine Region. ... . . 23 27 3 * PiedmontRegion. . . . .49 | 56 7 Sand and Red Hills... ..61 56 x 5 Upper Pine Belt. . . . . 66 59 * 7 Lower Pine Belt... . . . 67 70 3 *i Coast Repion.. .°. * * . 90 S4 x 6

380 POPULATION.

These figures show no tendency of the colored population to separate from the aggregate population and to become localized. On the contrary, the coast region, where they have preponderated for generations, where they own more property than . elsewhere, where they have retained undisputed control in political affairs, and where, in fine, every condition seems most favorable to promote, develope and maintain colored predom- inance, exhibits a marked decrease in their percentage of the population. At the same time in the Alpine and Piedmont regions, where their num- bers have always been smaller, an increase appears which more than com- pensates for the decrease on the coast. Such fluctuations seem rather to indicate that the colored race has a tendency to mix with the white pop- ulation in certain limited proportions. This opinion gathers force by considering their ratio in the towns as compared with what it is in the rural districts in the different sections of the State. Thus, while the negroes form 86 per cent. of the rural population of Charleston (old), Besufort and Georgetown counties, they only form 56 per cent. of the pop- ulation of the towns themselves. And in the Piedmont region, while they are only 35 per cent. of the rural population of Greenville and Spartan- burg counties, they form 45 per cent of the population of the towns. Of the 739 towns of the united counties having a population of 4,000 and upwards, only eight are without a colored population. Only three, however, in all this number, viz: Newbern and Wilmington, N. C., and Danville, Va, have a colored population that reaches sixty per cent., a percentage quite common among the rural population.

The rapidly augmenting and more mobile populations of the towns may thus indicate what is to be the general tendency in the pro- portions of the races that where negroes are in excess of 56 per cent. they will diminish, and where they are less than 45 per cent. they will mMerease in presence of the white race. It is at least more probable that the final result will be determined by some law lke this, and not by any wholesale movement on the part of either race. For the exodus of negroes to the northwest appears, in the light of the late census, to have amounted to nothing, just as their much talked of return to Africa from Charleston a few years since did. Mississippi, Louisiana and North Carolina, whence the emigrations took place, show large gains in their colored population ; while Kansas and Lowa, whither these emigrants went, have actually lost in the relative proportion of the black to the white population. But while a movement in mass of the negro population has not and may never take place, the indications that their general diffusion is progress- ing rapidly are well marked. They are now present in greater or less number in every State and Territory, and are increasing: most rapidly where formerly they were fewest. The northern and western non-slave-

POPULATION. 381 holding States had less than six per cent. of the negro population of 1860, but they have nearly ten per cent. of the much larger negro population of 1880; and while the increase during this period was only forty-eight per cent. for the whole country, it was one hundred and twenty-five per cent. for this region.

Contrary, then, to the many theories on this subject, the facts, up to this date, point decidedly to a general dissemination of the negro race. To say that they are not adapted to these northern and western latitudes, and that they will only go there to be destroyed by the severity of the climate, is, to use an argument that has no general application to the great movements of mankind. Even now, the foreigners who go to those same regions, suffer fearfully from the severity of the climate, as shown by their death rate (see page 377); nevertheless, they continue to go.

The negro in South Carolina is performing a fair share of physical laber, but left to himself he is without initiative and is well content to do little work and to reap small profits. They are of temperate habits, and drunkenness and gluttony are rare among them. Without the more robust virtues or vices of the white race, they are cheerful, pleasant tem- pered and inoffensive. If they suffered grievous wrongs during slavery, as has been so widely asserted, with every opportunity and incitement . from outsiders to do so, they have shown no, disposition to take revenge upon their former masters. The personal relations between the two races continue most friendly, and perhaps no where in the world and at no time in its history, has such easy, considerate, kind and respectful inter- course subsisted between employer and employee, as between the Southern white man and the negro.

EUROPEANS

1497 derived their first knowledge of South Carolina from Sebastian Cabot, an English subject, who visited these coasts shortly after the discovery of the new world.

1520 D’Ayllon, in quest of gold and slaves, landed on St. Helena island, gave it its name, and claimed the country for Spain. 1562 Admiral Coligny sends a colony of French Huguenots, in two

small vessels, to Port Royal; a settlement of twenty-six persons is made there ; but the following year they build a vessel and return to France, leaving to the country only its name, Caroline, after their king, Charles IX., and a small fort.

1629 The country is granted to Sir Robert Heath by Charles I. of England, under the name of Carolina.

382 1668

1670

POPULATION.

Charles II. of England grants the country to certain English noblemen, styled the Absolute Lords and Proprietors of Carolina.

The proprietors, at an expenditure of £12,000, send out two small vessels, under Capt. Wm. Sayle, to Beaufort. This colony removes the next year to Ashley river, and a few years later occupy the present site of Charleston, and form the first permanent white settlement in South Carolina.

The proprietors offer to all immigrants lands at £20 per one thousand acres; where cash could not be paid, an annual rent of one penny per acre was required. For the first five years every freeman was offered one hundred acres, and every servant fifty acres, at an annual rent not exceeding half penny per acre.

The proprietors grant land to a colony from the Barbadoes, under Sir John Yeamans.

The proprietors furnish two small vessels to remove a Dutch colony from Nova Belgia (New York) to John’s island, whence they spread into the surrounding country.

Charles II. provides at his own expense two small vessels to transport foreign Protestants, chiefly French Huguenots, to Charleston.

Members of a Congregational church, with Mr. Joseph Lord, their pastor, remove in a body from Dorchester, Massachusetts, to the neighborhood of Charleston.

According to Dr. Hewitt, the population of South Carolina is seven thousand. It consists of a medley from many countries, and of different faiths. There are Cavaliers and Puritans from England, Dissenters from Scotland, Dutchmen from New York, French Huguenots, and Africans.

The Assembly of South Carolina offer £14 to the owners and importers of each healthy male British servant, between the ages of twelve and thirty years, not a criminal.”

Five hundred Irish immigrate at their own expense to occupy the lands from which Yemassee the Indians have been driven, but finding them laid out in baronies for the Lords Proprietors, most of them remove to the North.

The Lords Proprietors, having advanced £18,000 to the settlers, refuse to furnish additional supplies, and when asked for cattle, reply that “they wished not to encourage graziers, but planters.”

The proprietors sell their right and interest in the soil and goy- ernment of Carolina to the king, for £17,500, and an additional £5,000 for the quit rents, over due by the colonists.

According to Dr. Hewitt, the population’ is thirty-two thousand.

1730

1751

POPULATION. 383

The colonial government marks out eleven townships of twenty thousand acres each, and offer fifty acres, rent free for ten years, to every man, woman and child who would come over to occupy them. After that period a rental of four shillings per one hundred acres was to be paid annually.

The government offers Peter Pury £400 for every one hundred effective men brought over from Switzerland. Three hundred and seventy arrive, and are granted forty thousand acres on the lower Savannah river, at Purysburg. (Full fare across the ocean at this time is £5 for immigrants.)

The Scotch-Irish descendants of the Scotch Covenanters, from Downe county, Ireland, settle Williamsburg county, named after King William III.

A colony of Germans settle in Orangeburg county, which is named after the Prince of Orange.

The Assembly grants a large tract of land on thé Pee Dee to Welsh settlers from Pennsylvania.

The council appropriate £6,000 as a bounty to the first two hun- dred immigrants (above twelve years of age, two under to count as one over that age) from Wales, settling upon the Welsh tract on the Pee Dee. They offered in addition to each head above twelve years, twelve bushels corn, one barrel of beef, fifty pounds pork, one hundred pounds rice, one bushel salt, and to each male one axe, one broad hoe, one cow and calf, and one young sow.

After the battle of Culloden many of the Scotch rebels were removed to South Carolina.

Saxe Gotha township (Lexington county) was laid off and occu- pied by settlers from Saxe Gotha, Germany. In the same year a colony of Quakers from Ireland settle Camden (Kershaw county).

Governor Glenn opens the upper-country for settlement by a treaty he makes with the Cherokee Indians, obtaining from them the cession of a large tract of territory, and by erecting in the Northwest (Pickens county) Fort Prince George.

After Braddock’s defeat, numbers of Pennsylvanians and Vir- ginians, feeling insecure on account of the Indians, move overland to the upper-country of South Carolina.

King George furnishes £300, tents, one hundred and fifty stand of arms and two small vessels, to a colony of Germans, who receive, on reaching Charleston, £500 from the Assembly, and are assigned lands in Londonderry township (Edgefield county).

Two hundred and twelve French Protestants reach Charleston, and are furnished transportation to Long Cane, Abbeville county, where they settle New Bordeaux township.

384. POPULATION.

1765 Population according to Hewit: white, 38,000; colored, 85,000; total, 123,000.

1783 The war of independence being achieved, multitudes from Europe and the Eastern and Middle States of America moved into South Carolina.”

Such, in brief, were the various and numerous peoples who contributed to the early colonization of South Carolina. The first permanent settle- ment had for its motive the ambition of certain wealthy English noble- men. Inthe hope of increasing their power and wealth, they offered lands, transportation, and bounties to all adventurers ; offers not unac- ceptable to the crowded populations of Europe, who had fallen heirs to religious, social and political oppressions as their sole legacy. Afterwards colonization was promoted by direct trade with England, by European wars and persecutions, by military disasters in the Northern States, by largesses offered to settlers by the local government, and last, but above all, by the successful issue of the war of independence, which opened this country to the oppressed of all nations.

The following table shows the population of South Carolina and of the United States for each census, from 1790 to 1880:

UNITED STATES. SoutH CAROLINA. l@ | 0) 7s E ine eae | s = 5 = ae lo eS ANS] > ~ iNav a ch Wy ate = B= || BS | SS|oBlog te ° el ;oi |} Qs] ao YEAR.| < Fas eit rae |S Sila & 2 = a AY : oS ica) 2 2 + Awe aes SS cb) D 2 J oie os 3 a Z a= SB fel eS eens ne Ss |S S = 3) |S | eee ooh aw a = = OQ |e 1790. .| 239,935) 3,929,214) 16.4) 249,073)140,178)108,805| 8.2) .06 1800. .| 305,708) 5,308,483] 17.4) 345,591 196,255'149,336 11.5).06: en 1810. .| 407,945, 7,239,881) 17.7| 415,115 214,196 200,919 13.8] 05 |20.1

1820. .| 508,717) 9,633,822] 18.9|| 502,741/237,440,265,301) 16.7| .05 [21.1 1830. .| 632,717|12,866,020| 20.3) 581,185 257,863 323,322] 19.3] .04 |15.6 1840. | 807,292 17,069,453] 21.1)| 594,398 259,084 335,314! 19.7; .03 | 2.2 1850. .| 979,249 23,191,876] 25.7)| 668,507 274,563,393,944| 22.2] .03 {12.4 1860 . .{1,194,754/31,443,321] 26.3 | 703,708 291,300'412,320| 23.3] .02 | 5.2 1870 . ./1,272,239 38,558,371] 30.3 | 705,706 289,667,415,814) 25.3) 01s 0.2 1880 . .'1,569,570150,155,7831 32. || 995,577/391,105

604,332) 32.9) 01% 41.

PERCENTAGE OF THE INCREASE

At Eacu Census, FROM 1790 To 1880, or THE POPULATION OF SOUTH

CAROLINA, REPRESENTED GRAPHICALLY.

Li

1790 1800 1810 1820 1830 1840 1850 1860 1880

PERCENTAGE OF INCREASE OF THE AGGREGATE POPULATION. 1

PERCENTAGE OF INCREASE OF THE WHITE POPULATION. PERCENTAGE OF INCREASE OF THE COLORED FREE POPULATION. [Em

PERCENTAGE OF INCREASE OF THE COLORED SLAVE POPULATION. Sai

POPULATION. 385

Percentage of Increase of the Population of South Carolina from 1790 to 1880.

PERIOD. WHITE. COLORED. ToraLs. sy ._ | States Free Slave. ots of the | ' Union. 1 |1790'to 1800... 40.00 76.84 36.46 38.75. | 34.66 2 |1800 to 1810. 9.14 42.98 34.35 20.12 36.30 3 |1810 to 1820. 10.85 49.89 31.62 AVAL: Beye el 4 |1820 to 1830. 8.06 16.04 22.02 15.06 30108 5 11830 to 1840. 0.47 448 3.68 RAT 32.74 6 |1840 to 1850. 5.97 8.26 Leek 12.47 35.38 7 |1850 to 1860. 6.05 10.64 : 452 Deo 30.0 8 |1860 to 1870. (2) 0) 55 00.87 (0.2 OF 22 9 |1870 to 1880. oD-OL 45.33 41.0 29.50

(a) Decrease.

THE INCREASE OF THE POPULATION

of South Carolina from 1790 to 1800 was greater that it has been at any subsequent period prior to the census of 1880. The increase for that de- cade was much greater than for the country at large, and there were only five out of all the States, at that date, that were making a more rapid growth than South Carolina. The second decade—the one during which the slave trade was temporarily reopened at Charleston—showed a large diminution in the rate of increase; it went down sixteen per cent. below that of the country at large, and from fifth, the State fell to eleventh in the order of increase, The third decade showed a slight improvement, and South Carolina stood thirteenth among the twenty-four States of that date in order of increase. In the fourth decade the decrease continued ; twenty States had a larger growth, and South Carolina was increasing at a rate less than half of that at which the country at large was growing in population. The fifth decade was marked in South Carolina by the nullification agitation; the rate of increase fell enormously. While the country at large maintained nearly the same rate as at the outset, the rate here was only one-seventeenth of what, it had been in 1800, and South Carolina stood last of all the States, at this date, except one—Dela- ware. There was a marked improvement between 1840-50, the rate of increase being nearly six times as great as in the preceding decade.

»

386 POPULATION,

Nevertheless, South Carolina was again lowest, except the States of Vermont and New Hampshire, and the very erroneous opinion was en- tertained in some quarters that, like those States, she had about reached the limit of the population that her soil would sustain. The next de- cade opened with the first secession agitation; there was a still lower rate of increase, and South Carolina still stood behind all the States ex- cept Vermont and New Hampshire. Then came the sixth decade, of war and reconstruction; the political and social doctrines at variance with the public opinion of all Christendom came to an open rupture, and were submitted to the arbitrament of the sword. The increase of the population was less than one per cent.; among the whites there was an actual decrease of one-half of one per cent., and South Carolina was behind all the States but Maine. The dust has scarcely lightened from the ruin wrought by this great overthrow than a new South Carolina appears, more vigorous than ever. The census of 1880 shows that, from next to last, she has advanced above twenty-nine of her sister States, and stands eighth in the order of increase of the population. For the ninth decade her increase is forty-one per cent.—higher than it ever was—and more than one-third more than that of the country at large. One of the most remarkable features of this increase is, that it is not due, to any very large extent, to immigration, but chiefly to the large degree in which the migration of her natives to other States has ceased.

The obvious parallelism between the changes of the aggregate popula- tion and those of each of its constituent elements, indicates most clearly that here there has been no distinctive antagonism of the races and con- ditions of men. Slave insurrections and the dread of them have been much dwelt on. In reality, they have amounted to nothing. Only two are recorded in a period of more than two hundred years. In 1740,a mob- of drunken negroes, supposed to have been incited thereto by hostile Spaniards, marched a distance of fifteen miles, murdering two clerks in a warehouse and Mr. Godfrey and his family. They were attacked by the congregation of a small country church at Willtown, who at once dispersed them without suffering any loss. In 1821, some negroes (34) were hanged in Charleston on what was held to be evidence of a con- spiracy to excite a slave insurrection. The Hamburg and Ellenton riots, in 1876, resulted in seventeen homicides, with, possibly, an equal number for all the election conflicts during reconstruction ; and were all the casualties resulting from the contests of the whites and negroes in South Carolina during the whole history of the State counted, the num- ber would not equal that of the agrarian outrages reported in a single year in Ireland. For ninety years the increase of the white and colored population of the State has moved on parallel lines, with only two ex-

POPULATION. 387

ceptions. The variable element in each of these exceptions has been the slave population, which, in 1820 and in 1860, diminished, while the white and free colored were augmenting their rate of increase.

The variations are not great, and were, probably, due to the movement of slaves in larger numbers, at these dates, to the fresh lands of the Southwest. No such variations appear between the rate of increase of the whites and the free colored. With the facts as they presented them- selves in 1860, it is remarkable that, in view of the uniformly greater rate of increase of the free colored population, that the Superintendent of the seventh census should have ventured to predict the disappearance of the negro race as the probable consequence of emancipation. It is noteworthy, regarding these predictions of the census office, made during the war, that, while the white population of 1880 in the United States falls fifteen per cent. short of the figure it was thought it would reach, the colored population reaches within one-half of one per cent. of the number it was estimated at. This prediction was based on the estimate _ that the colored race would increase at the rate of 22.07 per cent. in each decade, a rate of increase that is less that the least recorded at any date for the aggregate population of the United States. In as much as the increase of the colored race has fallen short, in the last two decades, of even this moderate figure, the fears that have been expressed by certain scientific writers, that their numbers would attain proportions threaten- ing the supremacy of the white race, are evidently without foundation in fact.

The wonderful recuperation in the rate of increase of the population of South Carolina within the last decade, after seventy years of steady decline in that rate, and so immediately after the final and overwhelm- ing catastrophe of the decade of 1860 to 1870, makes it plain that the limit of the natural resources of the State for sustaining a large popula- tion has not only not been reached, but that these resources may be said to be almost untouched. If the drainage basin of the Santee river, the river of Carolina, were peopled as thickly as the basin of the Hudson or the Delaware, instead of a population of three hundred thousand, it would hoid one of more than two and one-half millions. In natural ad- vantages, whether the amount of navigable highway be considered, or the power its waters could furnish for stationary machinery, and the facility with which it might be utilized, or the healthfulness of the cli- mate, or the fertility of the soil and the diversified crops it can produce —in any and all these regards the river of Carolina will compare favor- ably with the others named. If the State were as thickly settled as . Rhode Island and Massachusetts, it would contain a population of seven to eight millions, a number equal to the population of the entire United

388 POPULATION.

States in 1810, more than double that of Scotland, and more than twice the population of Australia, now paying annually ninety millions of dollars interest to England on loans of English capital invested there. Meanwhile, ten thousand square miles of the most fertile region of Caro- lina does not to-day average as many inhabitants to the square mile as are to be found in each house of the old town of Edinburg. Practically, therefore, in these regards, the natural advantages and capacities of South Carolina may be said to be unlimited. Whatever her future increase may be, it will suffef no let or hindrance on these accounts, but will de- pend upon the degree in which she can succeed in establishing and maintaining cordial relations with the other States and nations ot Chris- tendom. Freed finally and forever from all that in the past has so heayily shackled their intercourse with outsiders, the polity of her people has taken a new and vigorous departure; they have thrown their gates wide open to all comers; aid and welcome is extended to immigrants ; manutacturers are encouraged by relieving the capital invested in them from taxation, and théir traditional doctrines of free trade would admit all people to their commerce.

MOVEMENT OF THE POPULATION.

The first settlements took place along the seacoast, thence, slowly moy- ing inland, they followed the rivers. There were settlers in the upper-country as early as 1736, but no great progress was made there until the middle of the eighteenth century. Meanwhile there remained, as there is now and has been during all the movements of population in the State, a vacant or thinly-settled belt between the upper and the lower country. The State is this day traversed by two such belts of thinly- settled country, the sand hill region and the flat lands of the lower pine belt. The first is comparatively narrow, and is due to the dry and sandy soil which unfits it, in large measure, for the present methods of agricul- ture. The other is due to the want of drainage, which, with the accession of wealth, will be remedied, and an extensive and fertile region will be opened to settlers.

The Indians were, perhaps the most mobile of all the populations that have inhabited South Carolina. Nevertheless, there is everywhere and always a continual movement of the population in progress. Even in England and Scotland, where the population might be considered “to the manor born,” it has been found that only a little over seventy-five per cent. were living in the counties where they were born. If for coun- ties, States are substituted, about the same percentage obtains for the United States, a little more than seventy-six per cent. of the native popu-

=”

“STIW BYVNDS 3H1 OL Y3AO ONV SLNVLISVHNI OF “STIN BUVNDS 3H1L OL SLNVLIGVHNI OF OL 81 TO “STIW BYVNDS BSH1L OL SLNVLIISVHNIS} OLO

“STIW BYVNDS 3SHL OL SLNVLISGVHNIQ9 OLS | ‘O'S BTYPNO *AD"9NF TOW

4 os je cS s86£ OS re 28 €862 oO8 is 28 ts6Z os 18 28 es6£ O08 Tt <c8 £8

———— oars SS eee C—O

St

‘OSST OL O6LT Nowa AVAL SASNUD HOVA NI VNITIOUV) HLAOG AO NOWVIAdOg AHL AO NOMWASINISI(] TWOIHAVNDOdY) AHL PNIMOHS SAV]

POPULATION. 389

~ lation being found in the States in which they were born, according to the census of 1880. This percentage, however, Varies widely in the dif- ferent States. In Vermont, only fifty-eight per cent. of those born there were found remaining in their native State. In Texas, on the other hand, this percentage was ninety-five, as given, in both instances, by the census of 1880. For South Carolina it is eighty per cent., and only fourteen out of thirty-eight States retain more of their native population than she does. The fluctuations that have occurred in this regard will be seen by reference to the following data, taken from the returns of the United States census for the years specified :

Movement of the Population of South Carolina in the United States, and from

other Countries.

eahece ij - 4 YEAR. = S = cae = Persons born in S. C. living in the U. S. |470,257 Persons born in S. C. living in S.C. . . |276,868) . 1860 Loss by movement within the U.S. .,. 193,889}. . ./.... Population of 8. C. . |291,300/412,408) 703,708 Gain by immigration from all quarters. 14,432) . ay Balance of emigration over immigration. |178,957) . Persons born in 8. C. living in the U.S. |418,875 505,899, 924,774 Persons born in 8. C. living in §.C. . . |270,301'408,407 678,708 1870 Loss by movement within the U.S. . . {148,574 97,492 246,066 ‘© Population of S.C... . 290,067 415,938 706,005 Gain by immigration from all ‘quarters . 19,766 17,531) 37,297 Balance of emigration over immigration. |128,809 79,961 208,770 - Persons born in 8. C. living in the U.S. |500,994 682,817 1,183,311 Persons born in 8. C. living in 8. C. . . |863,576588,819, 952,395 1880 Loss by movement within the U.S... 137.418 93,498 230,916 Population of 8. C. 391,105'604,472) 995,577 Gain by immigration from all quarters, 27,529) 15,653) - 48,182 Balance of emigration over immigration. 109,889, 77,845) 187,734

wo so fo)

POPULATION,

Percentage of the Population at each Decade.

a | sf a AR a 4 YEAR. | & | 3 a | Fe 5 5 | Se Sia a eB Es Eel | . . i . | Born ins. C.and residing in other States. .66 1860 Coming into 8. C, from all quarters . .| 04 Balance of emigration over immigration. | .61 | | Born in 8. C. and residing in other States. | 51 | .23 od 1870 Coming into 8. C. from all quarters 06.) 04 17° 7ae Balance of emigration over immigration. 44 | 19 28 cS) dS | | | / Born in S$. C. and residing in other States.| 85) 15 | .23 1880 Coming into 8. C. from all quarters . .| .07 02), eee Balance of emigration over immigration. .28 18 mh

There can be no doubt as to the significance of these figures. The immense losses the State has hitherto sustained in the migration of her natives to other States, is rapidly lessening, especially as regards the white population. Natives of South Carolina are found in every State and Territory of the Union, not excepting Alaska. They are met with in the largest number in the following States, varying in the order here named, from 50,000 to 11,000: Georgia, Alabama, Mississippi, Texas, Florida, North Carolina, Arkansas and Tennessee. Natives of each State and Territory of the Union, except Alaska and Washington Terri- tory, are found in South Carolina; the largest number are from North Carolina, 17,297; Georgia, 7,641; Virginia, 4,158; New York, 1,070. There are, also, among the citizens of South Carolina, natives of each of the following countries: Africa, Asia, Australia, Austria, Belgium, Bohemia, Canada, New Brunswick, Nova Scotia, Newfoundland, British America, Central America, China, Cuba, Denmark, France, Baden, Bavaria, Brunswick, Hamburg, Hanover, Hessen, Mecklenburg, Nassau; Oldenburg, Prussia, Saxony, Wurtemberg, England, Ireland, Scotland, Wales, Greece, Greenland, Holland, Hungary, India, Italy, Malta, Mexico, Norway, the Pacific Islands, Poland, Portugal, Russia, Sandwich Islands, South America, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, and the West Indies,

POPULATION. 391

besides thirty-two born on the high seas. The total number of foreign born is 7,686, which is 2,300 less than in 1860, showing that the State has not yet resumed relations, as they existed previous to the war, with foreign countries, despite the efforts being made to encourage immigra- tion. That the conditions of life in South Carolina are unusually favor- able to foreigners is shown by the fact of the much larger proportion of persons descended from foreign born parents in South Carolina than in the country at large. Thus, the number of persons in this State having one or both parents foreign born is 21,666, or something over 2.8 for each resident foreigner, while for the country at large it is only 2.2 for each resident foreigner.. That persons of foreign descent in South Carolina should number 182 per cent. of the foreign born population of the State, and only 123 per cent. of that of the whole country, is due to the lower rate of mortality and to the higher rate of natural increase promoted by a more temperate and healthful climate in Carolina, and also doubtless to moral causes. These are, that owing to the large colored population of the State, the more skillful and intelligent foreigners are able to com- mand more remunerative positions in the higher occupations here than elsewhere. And when their descendants, having more time for observa- tion, ascertain this state of things, they are not slow to migrate hither, from places where, from the facilities offered by transportation, their parents may have first landed and settled. Thus 12 per cent, of the for- eign population of the whole country is engaged in agriculture, but only 6 per cent. of that population in South Carolina is so engaged; 14 per cent of the foreign population of the country is engaged in personal and professional service against 10 per cent. in South Carolina; and of this 14 per cent. 11 per cent., or 777,382 foreigners belong to the lowest of drudgeries, that is to the class of common laborers and domestic servants. In the higher and more remunerative occupations of trade and transpor- tation only 7 per cent. of the foreign population of the country at large find occupation, while 19 per cent. of that of South Carolina is thus en- gaged. Again, in manufactures and mining, 18 per cent. of foreigners ~ in the country at large find work, against 11 per cent. of that population in South Carolina; and of this 18 per cent. there are 126,325 miners; 74,961 cotton factory operatives, and 167,971 operatives and laborers in other manufacturing establishments; making in all 5 per cent. of the entire foreign-born population in this class of laborious and compara- tively poorly paid occupations. Now that slavery is abolished and labor is free here, foreign workmen and artisans will not be slow to perceive the better chance offered by the condition of affairs in Carolina.

392 POPULATION.

SEXES.

There are fourteen thousand seven hundred and sixty-one more females than males in South Carolina, or something over three per cent., indi- cating a peaceful and settled mode of life, and the prevalence of such occupations as furnish employment to females. In the ratio of females to males South Carolina ranks sixth among the States of the Union, the District of Columbia standing first. The Western and newer States, where the conditions of life are harder and the occupations require more robust natures, rank lowest, and in some of them the number of females are only half the number of males. Within the State the males are slightly in excess in Horry and Clarendon counties, and in portions of Colleton, Hampton, Barnwell, and Edgefield. Elsewhere females predominate.

AGES.

Multiplying the number of individuals enumerated at each age and adding the products together, the aggregate number of years lived by the population is ascertained. This aggregate for the population of the entire United States, according to the late Census of 1880 is 1,211,568,528 years, If divided by the number of individuals it will give an average of 24 7-10 years for each. For South Carolina the average number of years for each individual ascertained in the same way is 21 27-100 years. At first view it might be inferred that the population of South Carolina, having lived fewer years, was the shorter lived. The real explanation is however, quite different. Foreigners constitute about 12 per cent.*of the population of the United States and only 7-10 of 1 per cent. of that of South Carolina. The maximum number at any one age among the foreign-born population is found between the ages of 40 and 50, while among the native population this maximum varies from the age of one year for colored females in the United States to six years for the same class in South Carolina. Thus it happens that the number of years lived by the population, including the larger percentage of adult foreigners is swelled by the number of years these immigrants have lived in other countries, while the years lived by the native population is diminished by the deaths common everywhere in the early periods of life. This observation has especial force in South Carolina, owing to the greater number of children there. It will be found also that the aggregate of years lived by those attaining old age in South Carolina gives an average of 77 2-10 years for each person over 70, while this average for the country at large, despite the advantage given by the foreign element, is only

POPULATION. 393

76 years. Which indicates that the chances for longevity of persons ad- vanced in life is greater in Carolina than elsewhere. If instead of the above estimate, the number of individuals enumerated at each age be multiplied by the mean future expectation of life from that age, as given in life assurance tables, it will be found the results for South Carolina and for the United States agree very nearly, being about 33 years each,

From an economical point of view, the ages of the population may be considered in regard to the proportions between the number of persons belonging to the dependent and the number belonging to the self-sus- taining and contributing ages. The following table shows the number of persons in each 1,000 of the male and fema.e, white and colored native population of South Carolina and of the United: States at the early de- pendent or formative age, 1 year to 15 years; at the self-sustaining and contributing ages, 15 years to 70 years; and at the later dependent age, 70 years and over, according to the United States Census of 1880:

WHITE. CoLoReD.

AGES. Male. Female. Male. | . Female.

Uri SoCs) Ol Sats Cr Wee. | 80: a Br a er 8

1ltol5years; 448 | 459 | 443) 422 | 464; 508 | 460| 483

1510, 70\years.| 535.| 523°) 589 | 557.) 521°) 473, | - 521 |. 407

70 yrs Gover.| -17 18 18 21 15 19 19 20

fis 1000 | 1000 ; 1000 | 1000 | 1000 | 1000 | 1000 | 1000 =

26

394 POPULATION.

The following table gives the same data for the aggregate population, and for the male and female foreign born population of South Carolina and of the United States, and the average of seven n European States:

;

| AGGREGATE. Forercn Born. 5 g ‘orm PE i | | 20 AGES. | | Male. | Female. i a | | | | > 3. | | | 5 2 Ba [Bc] Us) so} Us| se 2g ' 1 to 15 years.....| 399| 470| 70] 29] 79 | 45 | $36 15 to 70 years. .... | 582] 511 | s99 | 921 | 886} 894] 682 ! 70 years and over.., 19! 19 | ol 50 | 35 | 61 32 | a ee | | | Ptah i esl / 1000 | 1000 | 1000 | 1000 | 1000 | 1000 | 1000

The most notable feature in these tables is the greater number of young persons in South Carolina than in the country at large and the still greater number than in foreign countries. While this necessarily adds to the burden of the working population, it forms the hope of the future, and life is so much easier in South Carolina than it is in more densely peopled countries, that the promise to multiply and increase and replen- ish the earth is still regarded here as a promise of blessing, and surprise is felt that it should anywhere bea burden. There are only two exceptions to this preponderance, namely, among the foreign-born and white females. The foreign-born however do not seem to find the conditions unfayora- ble to them, the proportion that pass on through the working period of life to full old age being much greater in this State than it is either in the United States at large, or in their native countries. The somewhat smaller proportion of white females, if not accidental, is otherwise unex- plained, unless it results from a diminution of female births, which might also account for the diminution of females to males, which has occurred within the last decade.

It will be observed that in the particular above referred to, the ages of the population of the country at large resemble those of the European populations more than the ages of the population of South Carolina do.

POPULATION. 395

In Europe the natural increase of the population is much restrained, the closer struggle for existence there tells against the young, adults are re- quired to endure its hardships, and hence their preponderance. And it is at once sad and curious to recall that in this, these highly civilized Christian nations resemble savage tribes, among whom the proportion of children to adults is always small. The population of South Carolina, as represented by the numbers at the different ages, is one growing rapidly by natural increase, and under favorable conditions ; these favorable con- ditions being exhibited by the relatively large numbers passing over: from the working period of life to old age. Such a state of things is. highly promising, provided that the numbers in the early formative age: realize by their labors on reaching the self-sustaining and contributing: age what has been expended in rearing them.

It isa popular estimate that one-fifth of the population are fighting: men. If this is intended to designate the natural militia, that is the: male population over eighteen and under forty-five years of age, it will almost always be an over estimate except in a population receiving large: accessions of adult immigrants or among savage tribes. It is true that during the war of secession South Carolina is estimated to have put 60,000 men in the field from a white population, from eighteen to forty- five years, not exceeding 55,046. This was during a period of four years. however, and the number actually in service at one time probably never: exceeded 44,000. During the war of the Revolution, 1775-85, South Carolina furnished more than eight per cent. of the entire American forces.—(Rep. Secretary of War, May LOth, 1790,) although her white: population was only four per cent. of that of the old Thirteen States. During the war with Mexico, 1846-48, the volunteer troops from South Carolina sustained one-seventh of all the casualties in the volunteer forces of the whole country. South Carolina’s losses in the Confederate service, 1861-65, is estimated at 12,000 men. While in times of war South Carolina thus “stiffened her sinews and bent up every spirit to its full height,” in times of profound peace, as at present, she feels there is~ “nothing more becomes her than quiet, stillness and humility.” Her military service is purely voluntary. The whole number of troops en- rolled is about 4,000, of whom only about 2,500 parade at inspections. The Legislature appropriates $5,500, or $1.55 a man, in aid of those con- nected with the military organizations of the State. The following table shows, according to the United States Census for the years specified, the numbers of the natural militia in the white (native and foreign), the colored and in the aggregate population of South Carolina and of the United States, and also the percentage of this class in each of the above named constituent elements of the population and in the total population:

396 POPULATION.

MALES FROM 18 TO 45 YEARS OF AGE.

WHITE. ets = SS os S 2 5 2 5 YEAR. mS 53 |Cotoren. g ‘S]| Tora. = = Native. O'S] Foreign. |O = O's Os BS BS 5 5 BS 4 Pu] Ay Ay Ay Ay Ay Ay REGO! US 6 eek wie sn |oe oe \ Oy024 UGomam MSGR MC wlio es 55,046) 18 1870, U.S. .|4,782,409| 17 |1,878, ee 861,164, 18 |" 7,570,487} 19 PSC val evo nod Le | 2,606; 32 70,407| 16 120,154, 17 1880, U.S. .!'7,028,1384} 18 |1,960,751| 29 11,242,354) 18 |/10,231,239| 20 1880, 8S. C..| 70,616) 18 2,021) 26 98,285) 16 | 170,922] 17 |

It will be noted how much the foreign element adds to this class in the country at large, being more than double the colored race, although the two populations differ in numbers only about one-tenth of one per cent. It will also be observed that this class is on the increase in the white population of South Carolina, while there is a marked decrease among the negroes, owing, doubtless, to the emigration to other States of adult negros.

POPULATION. 397

Similar data from the same sources, in regard to the number of males at the age of citizenship, are exhibited in the following table :

MALES 21 YEARS OF AGE AND UPWARDS.

WHITE.

sits 3 . a = 2

YEAR. a1 Sf a oF 5.9 3.8 ot SO patie oS

Te es 4 = ° _ “s @ ae @ =

Native. |O 3 | Foreign. |O 3S ||\CotorED.|O's|| Torar. (O's Hq m 2 mS x

DO oS 2 9 KS)

Ay AY Ay ay Aa AY Pu A

wc UUs aL be dees od A Nabe ee nal OE MT Memes WSS 6 OE ahs fe 1860, S. C. . e e . e . . . ° . . . . e . . . . . 64,956 yt

| 1870, U.S. ./5,811,136} 20 |2,542,475 45 11,032,475) 21 |) 8,425,941} 23 t

1870, 8. C..| 58,269} 20 4,278| 58 85,475) 20 146,614) 20 1880, U. S. ./8,270,518) 28 |3.072,487| 46 |11,487,344) 22 |/12,830,349) 25

1880,8. C..| 82,910) 21 3,990} 51 |) 118,889} 19 205,789) 20

Here a more remarkable increase is shown in the ratio of voters in the native white population, and it is quite sufficient to dispel any apprehen- sion than any but native whites will preponderate in this country. This increase occurs in South Carolina, but is less marked than in the country at large, the population of the State not having yet, in this regard, re= covered fully from the losses iucurred during the war. Were the races arrayed politically against each other, as was practically the case prior to 1876, it would have required a change of thirteen per cent. of the colored voters to the whites in 1880 to give the latter a majority, and, in 1770 it would have required a change of more than fourteen per cent. Local and restricted political issues between the races may occur hereafter, but the plea, that if the whites obtained representation the liberties of the colored race would be lost, with which alien white men organized a solid black vote in the State, has forever lost its force. The experience of seven years has assured the colored race in South Carolina that they have noth- ing to fear, as a race, from the native whites of the State.

398 POPULATION.

DWELLINGS AND FAMILIES.

While the climate of South Carolina, like that of Greece, Rome and Palestine, renders life out of doors pleasant and preferable for the larger portion of the time, and while it never necessitates the protection of costly houses, the materials for building are abundant and cheap. In the upper third of the State the crystalline rocks furnish a great variety of building stones; the granite itself being of the very finest quality; in the low country the great lime beds are being utilized in the manufac- ture of concrete blocks for building. and the lime rock, though not de- veloped, has long since been tested, and found durable (see Lower Pine Belt). Clay suitable for brick is found in nearly every neighborhood, they are burned at a cost of about $3.00 per thousand, and sell at from five to ten dollars per thousand, according to the facilities of transporta- tion and the demand. The best yellow-pine lumber may be had forseven to twelve dollars per thousand. Cypress, for roofing, is cheap and abun- dant, and there are many varieties of hard woods. The cheapest houses are log cabins. Such a house, twenty feet square, with a good wooden floor raised a foot or more above the ground, ten feet between joints, plastered outside with clay and ceiled inside with split pine boards, with a good chimney and board roof, furnishes complete protection against the vicissitudes of the seasons, and is estimated to cost, work and material, from thirty to fifty dollars, according to locality. The population of South Carolina has always enjoyed ample house room, as will appear from the following comparison with the country at large, not to speak of the populations of Europe, where, with the exception of France, Wap- peaus makes the average number of occupants to a dwelling from 8.86 in Saxony to 5.42 in Belquiver. The following table gives the facts relating to dwellings and the number of persons to a family in South Carolina, with such general data as serves to exhibit the status here in comparison with the country at large:

batt

ce

POPULATION.

YEAR.

1850, 8. C.. 5 | ps cr 1860, 8. C. . 5. OEE 1870, 8. C.. Ursy.|.5 1880, 8. C..) 5 i. 315

Occupants toa Dwelling.

DWELLINGS.

; Maxima and Minima for the United States, and Number of States having less than So. Carolina.

39/2 States having fewer.

IO\R. 1, 6.59; Cal., 3.90.

'R. I., 6.43; Kansas, 2.96. |

27 States have fewer.

Ais ¥ 3, Gor :

7 States having fewer.

5.36

5.28) La.,

Nevada, 3.27.|

19/11 States having fewer.

R. I. 6.68 ; Idaho, 4.24.

5.09 Ken,

FAMILIES. x Maxima and Minima hue for the 2 | United States, and a % &|Number of States having a) <'™! less than So. Carolina.

8 States have fewer.

5.56|Missouri, 5.89; Cal., 3.77.

ee Abe States had fewer.

5.93; Nevada, 3.38.

4.67/4 States had fewer.

5.67; Cal., 4.35.

4.93'20 States have fewer.

5.04|W. Va., 5.54; Montana,

3.94, |

CELA PTE RR: ¥T;

VITAL STATISEILCS

It is conceded that the numbers of all the living in the United States are, with inconsiderable exceptions, included in the returns of the 8th and the 9th Census. Most strenuous efforts were made at these dates to obtain a complete enumeration of those who died during the census years of 1860 and 1870. On an inspection of the returns, however, it was ad- mitted that in no case did this enumeration approach the actual facts nearer than by forty or forty-one per cent. Nor is it expected that much greater accuracy will be attained by the results of the 10th Census. For instance, the attention of the very intelligent enumerators in the city of Charleston, in 1880, being called to the difficulty of obtaining accu- racy in the mortality returns no pains were spared to accom- plish all that was possible in this regard. The result of the enu- meration made the death rate 2.01 per cent. The actual death rate obtained from the very accurate city registration being 3.25 per cent. A difference of about thirty-eight per cent. Even here it might be ques- tioned, whether the enumeration or the registration was the more correct. So rapidly does that universal solvent, death, obliterate the traces of the things which pass from life, that all memory and record of their existence vanishes with unexpected, not to say indecent, haste. The known and numbered graves are as one grain to the sands of the sea-shore in com-' parison with the vast multitudes of the unrecorded deade The intelli- gence and power of mankind have been so actively engaged through all ages of human progress in devising and perfecting means for the destruc-’ tion of human life, that little of either has been left free to find employ- ment in the preservation of this obstacle to progress, and still less for collecting and preserving facts concerning the entrances and the exits on . the stage of life, and of the ills and accidents which beset the living. . Without such data any opinion as to the comparative healthfulness of | populations and localities must be of the vaguest and most uncertain.’

VITAL STATISTICS. 401

character; unfortunately this circumstance in no wise diminishes the fa- eility with which such opinions are formed, their prevalence, or the tena- city with which they are entertained.

The United States Census returns for 1850, ’60, "70 make the average annual death rate 1.25 per cent of the aggregate population. The same returns make the death rate for South Carolina 1.21 per cent. There being no reason to suppose that these returns were more defective in the one case than in the other, it may be assumed that the ratio of these per- centages to each other expresses with tolerable accuracy the comparative mortality of the two populations.

The following statement touching the same matter is derived from the census returns of 1860. It shows the order in which South Carolina stands among the other States of the Union in regard to the greatest mortality resulting from certain principal classes of disease.

Percentage of total deaths caused Position of South Caroltna among by the following diseases: other States in the order of the ereatest mortality from these diseases :

24.7 Diseases of the respiratory organs... . . ..32d.

11.5 Diseases of the nervous system... .. . . 29th.

5.9 Diseases of the digestive organs . . . . . . 18th.

5.0 MaOLENCO ia. 27k t ierantet bes aimged il Oas ie eet “STOUEN:

43 POWET Soy, Ja ia ee ee, Beerr eek) BLL Be Larcher

It will be observed that this State, ranking then as 18th in population, ranked as 32d in the number of deaths from those diseases which destroy about one-fourth of mankind; and 29th for diseases destroying more than one-tenth. For the less fatal diseases, where the variations are necessarily less between different communities, her position was higher.

The comparison may perhaps be more accurately made by another method. If a people were perfectly healthy, and free from all the acci-~ dents of life, death would only result from old age, and the population would form an unbroken column from the cradle to the grave, except that if it were increasing, the base of the column, representing those under one year of age, would be larger than the other diameters, and if it were diminishing the base would be smaller. Of course no such con- dition of perfect healthfulness is ever found, and the numbers of the liv- ing at different ages so far from being represented by a parallelogram actually assume the form of a pyramid, with a very broad base for the early periods of life, rapidly diminishing as years advance, and terminat- ing towards old age in a very slender and attenuated apex. Neverthe- less, that population would be most healthful which showed the greatest

402 VITAL STATISTICS.

similarity between the numbers living at each age. To institute a com- parison between South Carolina and the country at large, in this regard, the diagram on the opposite page has been prepared. The number of living persons at the five ages specified were obtained from the 7th, 8th and 9th United States Census, and their percentage of the aggregate population of the United States and of South Carolina was calculated. A perpendicular line, A B, was marked off in lengths corresponding with the number of years in each period of life from one to one hundred. The scale used was too small to show the relative height for those under one year of age, and this class are represented higher than it should be. The percentage of the population found in each period was divided by the number of years included in the period, and the quotient gave the breadth of the block representing the living of that period.

It will be remarked that while the number under one year old is greater in the country at large than in South Carolina, the decrease and conse- quent mortality from one to fifteen years is much more marked for the whole country than for South Carolina. In the working period of life, from fifteen to sixty, the numbers for the country at large considerably exceed those in South Carolina. This, however, is unfortunately not due to greater healthfulness, but to the large accession of foreign immigrants, persons mostly between those ages, very few of whom come to South Car- olina. In fact,South Carolina lost heavily by emigration, the emigrants being largely of the working age, (see Chapter on Population). Naturally it would be expected that the greater numbers between these ages would give the United States a marked superiority over South Carolina during the succeeding period of life, from sixty to one hundred. It is observed, however, that such is not the case. The explanation is found in the excep- tionally large death rate of foreigners exposed to the vicissitudes and rigors of the northern climate, where the large majority seek homes. This death rate is estimated in the census of 1860 as 4.261 per cent. for the males who preponderate, while the death rate for the whole country is put at 1.75 per cent., and for the:white population of the eleven largest cities at 2.75 per cent.

It appears that the black spaces, which represent the dead, are less in South Carolina than in the country at large. Still they are of appalling magnitude, and if the health of a people be a matter of the first conse- quence it would seem that government, alone able to effect it, is called on to collect and preserve vital statistics to the end that some light at least might be thrown on this great darkness, so pregnant with human woe.

I—The proportion of white and colored in the aggregate population of South Carolina is summarized in the following table, taken from the records of the United States Census; ;

PER CENT, OF POPULATION.

55.80

11.99 |

02.90 | UNDER

100.00 |

UNITED STATES. Ba

fied, viz.:

ions respectively wi 1 the ages spt

» to 15 Years. to 100 Years,

100Yrs

TO

60

60

TO

UNDER

1

OF

PER CENT, POPULATION,

A i ee

#* iW

- i 7 oa) ee: i aaa Sa ph ne eee

= SSS a

YEAR.

12} ae as S25 cg ~ OA ots» 1820. .

1830. . 1840... 1850. .

1860. .

Por an 1880. .

VITAL STATISTICS. 403

| PROPORTION TO POPULATION.

2 2 © Ds Bes |: Pewee Ss "£8 | 68 Bg | OS (Soe 1 2S eC fy 1 3 4 ~~ —_ iow Ay a4 j 56.28 0.72 43.0 56.79 0.92 42.2 51.60 1.107 47.3 47.33 1.36 514 44.37 1.36 54.2 43.59 1.39 | 55.0 41.07 L383 | 57.5 41.28 1.48 57.24 41.05 58.95 ar wie 39.28 60.72 2m wad

Il—Marriaces.—In the 4 years, 1856-9, there were registered 6,537

marriages among the

white population, estimated at 287,000, or an

average of 5.71 annually toeach 1,000 of the population. The following table gives the ages at which each sex was married

during the same period:

tel a - 5 ; >| Al Sal w6sl slsilsisis| 2 = @ be a o1ms | 5] S| &] co] S SS BPS es 81-8 2) Bl ae eid a | |s/2)s)e/5 a] Males . 6,537| 406) 2,718) 1,429) 858/318'160) 77 94.547 Females. . 6,537) 2,626) 2,173 613 374/138 31 12 2568 Percent’ge of Marriages | - at known ages: | Males . 5,990) 6.7| 45.2) 23.8 14.5) 5.3) 2.6 1.1) 4) Females. . SEO 43.9) 36.5 iid 6.4 =| 5 |

404 VITAL STATISTICS.

For the year 1859 the social condition of those marrying is stated as follows: 1,213 bachelors, 281 widowers, and 169 unknown. Of the widowers more than half married again before they reached 40 years, and 20 of them were married beyond the age of 65. Of the women, 1,340 were maids, 105 widows, and 168 unknown, One-third of the widows were married under 25 years, and 2 between the ages of 60 and 70.

The number of marriages occurring during each month of the year, for two years, is given as follows:

| | E | 5 BR) RI g REN! ar | me u| S| 3] intr’ L S| 3 ] | | & S| 2) Spee = 5 S Se ten! 4 eS | . = | 3 | ea) Bl BI & al 2 &) 2) S| 5) 3/2 Ly er a, 21.8) & S| | = | =| 2128 > > oS S| Re] ae] SL eR | SS] DLO “| ALP 1858 . . /1,689/129 102) 98.110} 88) S81) 83.118 104/151/190 290 150 1859... . . 1,618/130 124 100, 99/106 63, 81) $1122 137171308 91

|

2 years...» « /3,302) 259/226 198 209/194 144'164 194/226! 288'361)598 241 Oe SER We have here a striking coincidence in the result of the two years, December both times furnishes the largest number of marriages, Novem- ber stands second, October third, and January fourth, while we always find June lowest and July next. I11.—Brrrus—The number of births, with distinction of race and sex, is given as follows:

Wurr Birrus. Necro Brrrus.

A rea he ee 5 es/8d | 2 | 5/88 = a lA se : ~ [ES ah Ie Rae base!) t <a RQ R2OeS R As Re sSAS : rean|o8l c| 2 lasmsel os 2} as] YEAR. = va = = Slat el =e eA 2 me Bes >) -*) = Sel 6 Sil S > = ome = = a | 2's\52 8) Ss = = | 2 3loe e haem ~~ } ; = a ite |O. he ie =/e |Oo

1853. 2,014 1,049, 96281.31/ 109.04) 5,957, 3,061, 2,896 32.47) 105.69 1854.) 1,765 914 © 85179.81 107.52) 5,734, 2,989 2,795.30.98) 105.15 1856 .) 4,381) 2,294) 2,087 64.71 109.91)14,492 7,492) 6,980/26.55] 107.388 1 1 ]

7.) 4,628 2410 2218 61.26 108.65 14,292 7,832 6,960/26.93) 105.31 858 2) 4,816) 2.479 2,837 60.24 106.07)/14,226, 7,110 7,116 27.06} 99.91 859 . | 5,677, 2,950) 2,727,48.27 108.14}14,3877) 7,287) 7,090/26.05) 102.77

- a) - MC YP O'O >. Oem oe . | / Total. . 28,278 12,096 11,182 73.09 108.17 Neuse 35,221 33,837 es 104.08 !

a is

VITAL STATISTICS. 405

Comparing the births and marriages during the period 1856-9, for which the record of each is given, it appears that while the average annual number of marriages was 5.71 to 1,000 of the population, the births stood 13.6 to the 1,000, These figures apply to the white popula- tion. The rate of increase among the negroes was much greater. The above table makes the average annual number of their births 29.9 per thousand, for both races the birth rate was 23 per 1,000. The number of births during each month for the four years 1856-9 is given with the distinction of sex as follows:

Births for Four Years.

of

p.

1S =i Se

MontruH or Ag

NTH OF RTH. LS Monti or Br CONCEPTION. 8

Births in 1856, iY f 0

Excess of Males. 100 Females.

No. of Males ta

Females.

Whole Males.

. | 4,260, 2,372 1,888 484) 126.16 Co ae 7 4,294) 2,246) 2,048 198 109.66

:

February... . .

March. . . June . . .| 4,974 2,721) -2,253| 468)120.77 AT 4s 00 .|July. .... .| 5,396} 2,816) 2,580| | 236) 109.14

Ba ace PLONE oe” oe ; 5,623 2,926 2.697) 229) 108.49 June... . September... 5,604' 2,876) 2,728 148) 105.42

Juy. .. . October... . .| 5,634! 2.831! 2.808 28 100.99 August... . . .|November... .| 6,079) 3,082 2,997, 85 102.83 September.. . . |December... . .| 6,181 3.067 3,114| 47) 98.49 October... . .|January.. .. .| 5,717| 2,881) 2,836] 45] 101.58 November... .|February... . .| 5,868 2,893 2,975, 82) 97.24 December.)...... \March.. «. .°: 6,162, 2 2,978, 3,184) 206 93.53

RT RN, Sma 65,792) 33,689, 32,103 1/586 104.31

| |

brates January..... =

This being the whole number of births of known dates, registered in South Carolina during this period. From the foregoing tables may be deduced the following one, showing the order of relative fecundity of each month,

Returns of 1856......||Sept. Dec. Aug. age June a a as May | Apr. Lav stor Jan. Feb. Returns of 1657...... i Re am July May June Noy Dee. Eat Apr. March Feb. pas Returns of 1858...... Sept Dec. Nov.Oct. |Aug.'May Apr. 'June July March |Feb. |Jan. Returns of 1859... as Aug. sy Slot yard Sept. July |Apr. Oct. |March |Feb, |\Jan.

406

It is remarkable that either January or February always gives while March uniformly comes next.

lowest number of births,

VITAL STATISTICS.

the

The first quarter gives the least number of births, and the third quarter

the greatest.

If we examine the following years the births of known dates registered,

table we find that in four stood thus:

Ist quarter, 13,528.

2d quarter,

16,625.

3d quarter,

17,894.

4th quarter, 17,747.

If the year be separated into summer and winter months, the former

embracing the 2d and 38d quarters, and the latter the 1st and 4th, it will be observed that there were 34,517 births in the warmer, and only ,278 in the colder season. It was noticed in the returns of 1858 and 1859 that January, which gave the fewest births, gave much the largest male excess; while Septem- ber, November and December, showing the most births, produced the smallest proportion of males. December, January and February appear to be the months most favorable to conception.

ol

Pruratity Brrrus.—In the returns of twin and triplet births the races are not given separately until the year 1859. In that year 428 children were born twins or triplets; which was 2.1 per cent. for all the children born. There being 212 cases of such births, they were over 1 per cent. of the total number of births. Among the whites there was 74 cases of plurality births, and 148 children, the cases being 1.3 per cent. of the births, and the children 2.6 per cent. of those born. Among the negroes the cases were 138, and the children 277, the former being 9 per cent. of the births, and the latter 1.9 per cent. of the children.

The following table gives the number of plurality births in each month for four years:

Plurality Births for Four Years.

Tae : obra

le : | | 3 318! BTS ci| | (8/2 Seren = ie = as | Silo Cia _ S(S/ a o\5) 2) wie els|Sia S\o|S/218) SS SiS SSS & S|Ri=< =| S44 <eoaial ea Whites: ......... . .{14lz4lis'za/29! sizojz4lielial BHoliae Negroes... . . . .'. . . « -/10/16)24124189) 3 _95)20)/25/22)18)18)25 25)269 ee 24/30/4236 44) 43301393 8 3026 35/417

D

Total in 1856, 57,5

Total in four years... .

a, \" | a °

Heieuas 58 0

6358 44 48 35.50 51) 565

83.86 e 76 8982

Pah | 4

See Se. -“*-

VITAL STATISTICS. 407

June is foremost in plurality births, and January stands lowest of all. Of 982, the total number, 512 were males, and 470 females, or 108.93 of the former to 100 of the latter.

Srriu-Birrus.—The races in these tables are given separately only for the year 1859. In this year there were 403 children registered as born dead. Of these 139 were whites, or one child was lost out of every 40.80 births; and of negroes there were 264, or one out of 54.46, whilst in the whole number of births in the total population, one was still-born in every 49.76. This would give 2.4 per cent. of the white births, and 1.8 of the negro births still-births :

Still-Born for Four Years.

} | }

February.

January.

| September. | | November. |

| October.

E Whites. cn ed be) eo 2 git sl 9'18/15110l19|191 -8h'6 Negroes... .- . . . « - « /15|24/13/26117 22/15 20/24 32| 264

Total in 1859. . . ... . (29/85/21135 32131137/41 aes 29/43)| 403

Total in 1856, ’57,’58.. . . . . |29 48 41.58 40/63/58 44|48|35/50'51;, 565

Pepin four; years. 21.00 Qa 58 83162 fe 94 95 85 75(68 79 94 968

For a series of years, January gave almost uniformly the fewest still- born as well as plurality and also total births. July, June, December and April produced each nearly the same number of still-births, and a good many more than the months next highest to them. There are more still-born negroes in December and fewer in March, while among: the whites there were most in August and least in November.

*There is a remarkable preponderance of males in the still-births. This preponderance is greater in the white than in the negro race. In the former the still-born were 162.33 males to 100 females. In the latter there were only 118.18 males to 100 females. For the two races during the whole 4 years the still-born were 121.54 males to 100 females.

*Nore.—It is supposed the sex is determined by the preponderance of the sexual im- pulse in the sexes at genesis. If the female impulse is strongest for the male, males are produced; if the male impulse for the female is strongest, females are produced ; and the number of males preponderating among the still-born is another among the many natural checks to a strong sexual impulse among females,

408 VITAL STATISTICS.

IV.—Deratus—tThe following table presents an abstract of all the deaths registered in South Carolina during six years, viz:

DratHs OF WHITES. | DEATHS OF NEGROES. | ; ale : i) i s | eed | fo & 2 | 3 Nase) | a L ar a Sa | = o S| So SO l =) 2 eal QO : s | | PA'S =< | 3 Mt Oo; <q YEAR| GA g | Se o | & g | Sa} o ied) . = | pen) is op i] oO . = <q AT op -_ S “+S S| Di. Kf S <r te s - o - ow i} se) tO a 5 | 2 A = a a slee s ' ~ - bunt vw Ls, Bee" | ast Nigh ce set ly Sts) ieee apres < . ee | in 1853..| 942] 485] 457/178. 60, ‘Unknown. || 2.746) 1,398! 1,348 70.44) Unknown.

2771| 1,414] 1,357:64.11] . 7,627| 3,781) 3,846 54.76) 8,770] 4,404] 5,366 43.89] 21.13 7

| | 1854..| 1,117} 582) 525/127.45) « | 1856...) 2,183]1,101)1,082/129.52) “| 1857 ..| 2.917 1,436 1,481] 97.19) 28.03 | | 1858 ..| 2,423/1,265 1,158}117.01| 25.36 || 7,277} 3,608] 3,669 52.91| 15.29

6,318) 3,129} 3,189 50.20] 14.87

1859..| 2,003 1,033, 97 0/1368 32) 28.49

Total. .|11,585/5,902 5 673 146.5 3 27.27 35,509 17,7 734|17,775

| |

65.05

17.09

The annual average of registered deaths to the population was 11.7 per 1,000. Among the whites it was 7 deaths to the 1,000, and among the negroes 15.3, a disproportion not due altogether to the greater mortality of negroes, but owing to the fact that the return of deaths among this class of the population was more accurate, inasmuch as every case was reported by a master, who had sustained thereby a severe pecuniary loss, and was on this account less likely to overlook or forget the event.

As regards the sexes, the proportion of deaths in both races together was 100.8 males to 100 females. Among the whites it was 104.03 males to 100 females; among the negroes it was 99.76 males, a difference due in part to the preponderance of males among the whites and females among the negroes.

Deducting the deaths from the births, we have an average annual rate of inerease for both races of 11.3 per 1,000. For the whites it is 6.6 per 1,000. For the negroes it is 14.6 per 1,000.

VITAL STATISTICS. 409

The following table exhibits the number of deaths occurring in each month for four years:

| AGGREGATE

- Four YEARS.

Monrus. 1856. | 1857.| 1858.| 1859. 1 Per | | Total. | Iron: January... .,.....| 442} 4461 473) 401) 1,762] -5.30 OAIVAN 4 Sw Sak 448; 463] 588! 463) 1,912) 5.75 LS a ree 517; 529| 593 552) 2,191) 6.89

(| lS ane 481; 568) '588) 522 °2159) 6.50 hey a tal ti CPO 490) 570 693) 613 2.366 yh DEM Gk eo 656; 849) 816) 736 3,057 9.20 Chg RC eRe ie a tL 1A 849| 998} 925 848] 3,620) 10.90 PATI ge ra. ON ND ae ata 982, 1,313, 1,039 866) 4,200) 12.64 DE PECDAIET).” oP ye haha b 867, 1,130, 1,014, 804; 3,815 11.49

ansmersn Serr, oe VE e: 702} 804) 758) 689] 2,953) 8.89: yy kT i rr 540) 756) 636) 588) 2,520) 7.58.

eames 2d 2) ges 596 699, 718) 641) 2,554; 7.99

OM et ESS aaa 7,570 9,125) 8,791! 7,723) 33,209 100.00

It will be observed that only 40.64 per cent. of the deaths occur during the first six months of the year, while 59.36 per cent. occur during the last six months.

The following table shows the order of mortality among the months, commencing with the most fatal:

BPA ates hp cide diners | Aug. Sept. paty Oct. |June|/Dec, Nov. March May. April Feb Feb Jan (LR AE Oy See Aug. Sept. aly June Oct. |Nov Dec. say | April. pe Feb Jan- BSB S pivatitetes dies sys Aug. Sept. aly Sone Ot wee May N y. IMarch' April. ‘Feb. yan. SDD rest eeroted onab ds Aug. July Sept. Tone Oct. Dee. IMay ears |March April. Feb. eb. Jan

The months showing the least mortality correspond very nearly with those most favorable to conception.

27

410

VITAL STATISTICS.

The following table contains the returns of death at different ages, and also expresses the aggregate number of each sex dying at proximate ages, and their proportions to each other:

AGGREGATE FOR Four YEARS.

5 oN

© ST

| os - . aS n

AGES. 1856.)1857.'1858./1859.| ¢ x3

ve eS yf = a

| A io) . ' x zy

- oe) 8 s | 6 8 aS q S is S = | 5 i Be | A = | & 1A Under 1 year. 1,649]1,821]2,122 1,973] 7,565) 23.31) 3,892] 3,673] 105.96 Lto 5 years. 1,636/2,151)1,981 1,560) 7,328) 22.58 3,841) 3,487) 110.15 5tol0years. 484) 629} 677| 486 2,276) 7.01) 1,166] 1,110) 105.04 10to 15 years, 272} 416} 405) 328! 1,421) 4.87| 683] 738] 92.54 15to20 years.) 236} 461) 423! 363!) 1,583} 4.87] 728! 855) 85.14 20 to30 years.) 578] 755} 755} 555) 2,643] 8.14) 1,272} 1,871] 92.85 30to40 years., 439} 613} 554) 505) 2,111] 6.50; 919} 1,192] 77.09 40 to50 years. 362} 479; 472} 406) 1,719) 5.29} 795} 924] 86.03 50to60 years. 356] 459) 396] 332] 1,543) 4.75) 778| 765] 101.69 60to70 years. 373) 511] 452 401) 1,737 5.35 875] 862] 101.50 70to80 years. 313) 407) 345) 322) 1,387) 4.27) 700) 687/ 101.89 Over SO years 263) 326 el 263) 1,135} 3.49} 542 593 91.39 a ee | | Total. . 7,061/9 02818,865 7, 494, 32,448) 100.00) 16,191] 16,2 99.59 {

As respects the proportional mortality of the sexes at the

ul

same age, it

will be seen that the male deaths are much in excess up to the age of 10 years, after which period, as far as 50 years, more females die. Males then predominate until 80 years, after which females again are removed in greater proportion. Hence, it appears, that “from the approach of puberty to the end of the period of reproduction, the female is more liable to disease and death.”

7

Deratus IN ExtrREME OLtp AGE—There were twenty-two deaths regis- tered at the age of 100 years and over, of which only four were whites, viz: one male and three females, the remaining eighteen (nine of each sex) being negroes. The oldest were a black man and a black woman, both of whom died in St. Bartholomew’s Parish, the former aged 120 years, and the latter 110 years. A list of them is here given: .

VITAL STATISTICS. 411

Deaths at Advanced Ages.

Stiticiengd..-. v\. ae 4 F. \December. |100 +

Disrricts. Race. Sex.) Moyru. | AGE. | CAUSE. Abbeville. . . . =. . |Col’d_ | F. November. |100 years,|Old Age. 4 awooe cae f M. June. LOO £F ,

BPO sha Ye ee a ee iS M. |Unknown. 100“ .

*y Gedmeentde woe es fst ee F. June. J « Gierendom;.. .a . .. M. !April. LOOK 4.82 ee POM Toe «es 5% . M. June. 100." * < Laurens... ... . «|White.| M. |July. 102 R |) 4 8) | a re é F. August. 102 “~° ‘Gastritis. Marlboro’. . . .. . °.|Col’d | M. |December. {100 (|Old Age. lO epee ie a « | F. (November. 100 Orange Parish... . . . |White.| F. |April. 104. = |Debility.

| ¢ ... .'»{Col’d | F. |February. {100 |Diarrhcea. Prince George, Winyaw.| F. September. |100 |Old Age. St. Bartholomew’s....| M. November. |100 . - ; > M. December: |100 |Drowned. Mes 32" HE M. September. |120 (|Old Age. zi es js F. |February. {110 “- |

et i M. |February. |100 $ 1S ee ee F. |August. 100%)? fe St. Philip’s & St. Michael’s.|White.| F. |March. TOD nn - Williamsburg . . . . .|Col’d | F. |November. [100 a

This list might be largely added to. One compiled from the records of the Sextons of the Cemeteries of the City of Charleston enumerates, be- tween 1808 and 1880, twenty-seven deaths in that city occurring between the ages of 100 and 128. During 1880, forty-five deaths occurred of people over 80 years of age—twenty-one whites and twenty-four negroes. Robert- Mills enumerates among a large number of aged persons, 41 (specifying their names and residences) who exceeded 100 years, between 1800 and 1820, in South Carolina, giving in addition cases like the following: Mrs. Morgan, of Darlington County, died in 1805, aged 90, leaving 244 descend- ants; Mrs. Easeley, of Pickens County, was the mother of 34 live-born children, having twins only once; Mr. and Mrs. Neighbors, of Laurens county, enjoyed 80 years of married life together; Mr, and Mrs. Nettles, of Sumter County, who had been married 72 years, had 134 descendants in 1803. In 1882 there died in Orangeburg County, Mr. and Mrs. Smoak, over ninety years of age, leaving within a radius of 9 miles from the spot where they had lived so long together more than 300 of their descendants.

412 VITAL STATISTICS.

The following abstract exhibits the relative mortality from each class of diseases in the total population during the six registration years

< ~~ ——~— a | } |

| : AVERAGE 1853. 1854.'1856. 1857./1858./1859. FOR | | Stix YEARS.

I. Zymotic Diseases... |42.99'46.15 36.81 36.68/34.65]28.84] 37.68 IL. Uncertain Seat... . | 6.58) 6.95 8.75/11.26/10,94 11.63 9.35 IIT. Nervous Organs . . | 5.97} 6.95] 7.79| 7.25) 9.15]10.03 7.85 LV. Respiratory Organs, . 18.23 17.77|17.69'19, 40/19. 49!21.97 19.09 V. Circulatory Organs. 90| 96] .95| 84; .64] 1.80 98

: VI. Digestive Organs. . .| 9.68} 6.64) 9.51 12.00/10.87)10.94 9.90 VII. Urinary Organs pS ADT IS -eO6P oA Qh: Se AO 46 24 VILL. Generative Organs .| 2.34) 1.80] 2.46) 1.85) 2.32).2.338 2.18 IX. Locomotive Organs. .| .58} 35) 65) 45) 42) 42 AS X. Integumentary Org’s.| .00) 00 06) 03} .19 05, 05 XI. Old Age. . .| 4.60

.. | 487) 4.79] 4.71) 5.11) 4.92) 4.41 XII. Violence... . ..! 5:20 7.52| 8.00) 5.91) 6.50 754 "6.79

In the Ist Class, Measles, Influenza and Whoeping Cough are most fatal to negroes, and also “fever,” which, however, is too vague a term to mean any disease in particular. Of Diphtheria, a zymotic which has been very prevalent in the Northern States, we have but three deaths recorded in 1859, all in negroes, two being under 10 years, and the other one of un- known age.

The second class in order of mortality, is always Class 1V., comprising the diseases of the Respiratory Organs, at the head of which stands Preu- monia, giving 10.41 per cent. of all deaths from known causes. In negroes the percentage is 10.26, but in whites only 7.86. The greater number occurred in February, nearly half being under 10 years of age, and there being 486 males to 3804 females.

Consumption comes next, killing 6.85 per cent. in whites, and 3.94 per .

cent. in negroes, the month of July, and the period between 30 and 40 years of age showing the highest mortality, there being a considerable excess of females in both races. Croup destroyed 150 children and 1 negro woman, the latter between 30 and 40 years ofage. It is almost twice as fatal to whites as to negroes. The largest number of deaths were in the month of November, all but fifteen of the whole being under five years, and only fourteen between five and ten years of age.

In Class VI., which is the fourth in fatality, the principal causes are Teething, Worms, and indefinite “diseases of the bowels,” all of which claim the most victims in young negroes. Whites die in larger numbers

eo

VITAL STATISTICS. 413

from Colic, Dyspepsia, Enteritis, Gastritis, Hepatitis, Jaundice, Diseases of the Liver, Peritonewm, Spleen and Stomach, &e. There were two deaths among negroes from Dirt Eating, both females, one of whom was between ten and fifteen years, and the other of unknown age.

Diseases of the Nervous System, comprising Class III., are the next. in order, giving a mortality of 10.03 per cent., which is considerably higher in 1859 than in any one of the five preceding years. This class has been found more fatal to whites in each one of the past years, although more deaths of negroes are ascribed always to the indefinite “Convulsions,” the most fatal of all causes under this head, as well as to Tvrismus Nascentium. Apoplexy, Delirium Tremens, Hydrocephalus, Neuralgia, Paralysis and Disease of the Spine, were all more severe with whites.

The 12th Class, external causes or violence, produced, in 1859, 7.54 per cent. of all the deaths, which is a little more than the average for six years, As might be expected, it is more than doubly fatal to slaves than to whites, the principal figures being from Burns, Accidents and Suffocation, (infants smothered, choked or overlaid.) Very few slaves died of Homicide, Intem- perance, Neglect, Poison and Suicide.

Old Age, which forms the 11th Class, furnished 4.41 per cent., which is a little below the average for six years. In slaves, the mortality in 1859 was 4.97, and in whites only 2.75 per cent. A very similar dif- ference in the two races is observed every year. As to sex, the fernales were in the majority in both races.

414 VITAL STATISTICS.

Table showing the Percentage of the Total Mortality Due to the Principal Diseases in each Race, and for the Whole Population during Three Years.

-_— ee

RETURNS oF RETURNS oF ReruRNS OF 1857 1858. 1859. | i PRINcIPAL Diseases. | = | BS = : gi ./Msi gs | . {esl ¥ . |Mg s S le Sl © | 8 ley fies =| P/Sai 2) S ssi so) Piss ee ee | ee

Pneumonia... . . . |10.20)12.55 11.90 6.16 11.12} 9.84) 7.86/11.26)10.41 Typhoid Fever . . . | 9.83) 7.29, 7.99/10.76) .87| 9.27] 8.76] 9.86) 9:27 Dropsy.. . . . . .| 5.79) 7.48) 6.98] 3.84] 6.50} 5.81} 3.42} 5.83) 5.23 Dysentery . . . . .| 5.71) 5.66) 5.68] 4.07) 3.01} 3.41) 3.87) 1.65) 2.20 Diarrhea . . . . . 111.51) 2.88) 5.23]) 2.84) 1.68} 1.98] 2.64) 1.76) 1.98 OldAge. . . . . .| 3.79) 5.63} 5.11] 3.08) 4.58] 4.29]) 2.75) 4.97] 4.44 Measies.. . . ... .| 257] 5.82) 4.55]| $3.55} 8.64) 3.55) .44) S7Gieeee SRT SER air. Oe 4.57 3.93) 1.82} 4.19) 3.45]) 2.18} 4.18] 3.67 Consumption... . . | 3.83) 3.06) 3.28) 5.381! 2.92) 3.53] 6.85) 3.94; 4.67 Fever . a etre PS 3.31) 2.96, 1.66] 2.65] 2.40} 1.84) 3.86) 2.85 . Bowels, disease of . . | 2. 3.14 2.95 1.80} 2.01; 1.95}. 1.61] 1.72). 1.62 Worms. . Lege 3.387} 2.59], 52} 3.72) 2.90) .50) 2.60) 2.08 Brain, disease of...) 3 1.64} 2.25|| 8.46} 1.58} 2.08] .84) 1.55) 2.04 Searlatina . . 2 1.84) 2.14) 7.21) 2.60) 3.79] 5.61) 114) 2.96 Whooping Cough . 2.47; 1.99), 1.13) 3.25) 2.70) 1.62) 4.69) 3.92 Convulsions : 2.11! 1.77] .94) 2.92) 2.41] 1.85) 2.59) 2.40 Catarrh.. 2. 2. . . | 1.84) 1.92) 1.76] 1.28) 1.85) 1.383] 39) 2.17) 1.78 Burns and Sealds . . | 44) 2.08) 1.29), .71) 2.22) 1.88] .95) 2.82) 1.98" Croup... . . . .| L511) 158) 1.52) 2.27) 1.79) 1.92) 3.20) 1.76) 2a Suffocated . . . . . | .08) 2.06) 18] 2.35) 1.80] .83} 3.11) 2.42 Congestive Fever . . | 1.67) 1.18) 1.82) 1.66} 1.25) 1.23] 1.96) 1.33] 1.49 Remittent Fever. . | 2.36) 81 1.24/ 1.80} 1.08) 1.27]) 1.51! 1.12} 1.22 Anoigent: eo! il SOP aes 1.26 1.51] 1.48) 1.45)) .78) 1.61) 1.40 Cholera Infantum. . | 1.10} 1.01) 1.04) 1.23) .95) 1.02)) 1.57) 1.08) 1.21 Apoplexy . . . . .| 1.10) .90) .96) 2.08) 1.25) 1.47 1.12 Child-birth, . . . .{ 1.10) .87) .94 1.28] .87| 97 95) 93) 94 Quinsy.. . . . . . | 184.72) 689) 71): 11). .26) 28) Se Paralysis... . . .{ 1.75) 42) .79) 1.85). 41) .78) 2.19) 60iakas Wellow Fever ..s 60a 4ew al ea eh eee am a . | ha

oe ee Se £)

t <7 1-3 D OD 1 Go Wo ee He GS

a" =~! —_ -_ - —)

Pneumonia was much more fatal among negroes than among whites, especially in the months of January and February, and under 5 years of age, as well as between 20 and 40 years. July produced the largest num-

VITAL STATISTICS. 415

ber of deaths from Typhoid Fever, which was most fatal between the ages of 15 and 30, and more so by a fraction in negroes than in whites.

The tables and statements above given are taken, almost exclusively, from the six annual reports to the Legislature, made by Robert W. Gibbes; M. D., Registrar, and published with Acts of the General Assembly.

The opinion has prevailed widely that certain regions of South Carolina were peculiarly liable to malarial fevers of a deadly type. Those regions were the Coast and the Lower Pine Belt, comprising together about 10,000 square miles. The remainder of the State it has never been doubted was as free from this scourge as any portions of America. It was also main- tained that the negro race was less liable to these malarial fevers than the whites. It is, therefore, of interest to consult these reports of the Regis- trar regarding the causes of death in the different climatic regions of the State, and as to the two races, to obtain, as far as possible, some numerical expression as to the conclusions.

The following table shows the percentage of total mortality from speci- fied causes, resulting from fever, including under the headings Fever and Congestive Bilious, Remittent, Intermittent and Yellow Fever, as recorded in the Registrar's Reports, arranged with reference to the different regions, and compared with the percentage of death caused by Typhoid Fever :

REGIONS. 1856, 1857. 1858.,1859.

eC ae ae a RI ee Oi

Pie Pi@dinont. 3.) cc ate oe aE ia 3.66) 3.74) 2.78 III. Sand and Red Hill. . . . 2 . (14.10) 4.36) 7.66) 6.92 8.00

DY sto DP Or ae LO BOLE ve Vies ao, 158 ale | ae 4.16 6.25 4.54' 4.52

V.and VI. Lower Pine Belt and Coast . .)| 3.81) 6.45.11.80

For the Whole State . . | 3.85) 4.33] 7.871 5.78] 5.42

Percentage of Deaths from Typhoid Fever. .

———— ¥

416 VITAL STATISTICS.

It is to be noted, first, that the unusual mortality in the Sand Hill Region, in 1856, was confined to Kershaw County. Seventy-five negroes died there from fever, while in the other three Counties of the region there were only four deaths from this cause. It was, therefore, dependent not on any general influence, but probably on some local and accidental cause, as a new settlement and clearing on some stream, or the breaking of a mill- dam in summer. 2d. The next largest percentage of deaths was on the Coast, in 1858, and was due to Yellow Fever, from which cause there were 178 deaths in the City of Charleston, where the disease was imported, and 21 deaths in Christ Church, across the harbor, a health resort, to which cases contracted in Charleston were doubtless taken for treatment, these 209 deaths in one locality being all that occurred in the State. There were also 13 deaths on the Coast from Yellow Fever in 1857, the disease being again imported, but not spreading. 3d. In this table is included all the deaths that could have occurred from malarial or climatic causes, and it is probable many that were not due to these causes, for the general term fever may well cover many other sorts of fever than those in question.

But taking the figures as they stand it appears:

Ist. That the number of deaths from Typhoid and Pneumonia much exceed those from malarial causes in South Carolina, even crediting the imported disease, Yellow Fever, to the latter.

2d. That if there is an excess of deaths from malaria in the lower country, it does not amount to more than 2.30 per cent., which would make the malarial influences of that region rank as tenth among the causes of death, or less than the number of infants overlaid and suffocated by their mothers.

Of Yellow Fever it is to be remarked that the epidemics of this disease are much less fatal in Charleston than in cities further North, as Norfolk, Philadelphia, Brooklyn, and, above all, Boston, where the largest propor- tion of deaths to cases occur. Nor is its recurrence anything like as fre- quent or its diffusion so great as in New Orleans and along the Missis- sippi River. Intervals of over 40 years have occurred between its visita- tions to the Carolina Coast, and it is almost invariably confined to the immediate locality into which it is imported.

The following table shows the percentage of total mortality from speci- fied causes in each race, resulting from causes that might in any wise be termed malarial:

7a

Py be

LN (a ai ae ae eh amen eae 541) 5.51

VITAL STATISTICS. 417 | MALARIAL FEVERS. | RACcEs. | | 7 heed 1857. | 1858. | 1859. Total. | | 1. tS he 31a SA a anit ae ees ee es ae ee OS CR Pe wa BeeReE Oto Se ee lee S 661, 14.17 | sa 8.13 6.04 | 5.63

i = ee es A ——. —————————————————————— ————— <=

This table would seem to confirm the general impression that negroes are less injuriously subject to malarial influences than whites. But this impression requires important modification when it is stated that deaths from Yellow Fever is included in the table. It being a question here of a large section of country, it is not proper to include a disease that never occurs except in one or two restricted localities of that region, and which is far more fatal in these localities to foreigners than to natives or resi- dents of either race. If, therefore, deaths from Yellow Fever be excluded from the table, it will stand thus:

Total.

RACEs. 1857 1858. | 1859.

We te Re oP eM rp Lia ae os EN ae anes 521 5.93

Bre ariteat do aiask liv.) Co abl. Bs oh One Vee

6.04 | 5.53

Thus in 23,770 deaths from specified causes, the white race in South Carolina seems to have suffered from malarial influences more than the black race by four-tenths of one per cent., a difference which amounts literally to nothing.

It is noteworthy that in the ratio of deaths from specified causes to total deaths reported in 1860, under the head of fevers, South Carolina stands ninth, while Kansas stands first.

According to the mortuary statistics of Kentucky for eight years, South Carolina.for four years, New Orleans for two years, fever, including congestive, remittent and intermittent fevers, caused 4.85 per cent. of the deaths among whites, and 7.82 per cent. of the deaths among negroes.

418 VITAL SLATISTICS.

Furthermore, the death rate among negroes appears to be much greater in localities considered most subject to malarial influences than in those less so. Thus, up to 1860, the returns of the eleven largest cities of the United States show an average annual death rate among negroes of 3.47 per cent. In malarial districts,as New Orleans, it was 5.82; in’ Memphis it was 5.74; while in Charleston it only reached 2.66 per cent.

Since this chapter has been in press the compendium of the 10th _ United States Census has been published, giving a portion of the Vital Statistics collected by the enumeration of 1880. The general results are exhibited in the following table:

TABLE A.—Percentage of Deaths in the Population of the United States and South Carolina, and in the es of the Upper, Middle, and Lower Country of the latter.

—- es

a

Tota. | MALE. | FEMALE.

WEITERE LG IANS = na AR eile De irae alae 15S 1.48 SST LOL LEAN ee aR EPR So 1.55 1.60 ipper Alpine Resion’. (2) 20° i¢S Fatt. Se ee

Middle Country, or Piedmont, Sand and | 1.33 Red Hill, and ‘Upper Pine Belt Regions. J te

Lower ‘Country,;or Dower | 9c) oge Pine Belt and Coast Regions j

It is estimated the number of deaths not reported do not exceed thirty per cent. of those reported. The average mortality for the whole country is given, when thus corrected, at 18.2 per thousand, as against 20.5 per thousand in England, and 21.5 per thousand in Scotland. The slightly higher death-rate above given for South Carolina, may be due to a more accurate enumeration, or it may be accounted for by the preponderance of the colored race, whose death-rate is always higher than that of the whites. In this census these respective rates, as given by the enumera- tion, are 17.28 per thousand for the colored population against 14.74 per thousand for the white population. This difference is chiefly due to the difference in infant mortality. Both reasons above mentioned co-operate to produce the heavy death-rate in the Lower Pine Belt and Coast region,

VITAL STATISTICS. 419 one-fourth of this population is in the City of Charleston, where an ac- curate system of the registration of deaths makes the mortality returns more complete than they are anywhere else, except in twenty-two of the large cities, where the same measures are in force. The colored race also forms seventy-three per cent. of the population in these regions, against sixty per cent. for the State at large.

5

TABLE B.—Percentage of Total Deaths occurring under 1 Year, under Years, and under all Ages among the Male and Female Population of

the United States and of South Carolina, and in the Upper, Middle, and Lower Country of the latter.

United States .

South Carolina .

Upper or Alpine Region. ....)... = Rin, .s.,|- 02. ; | |

Middle Country, or Piedmont, Sand and || ,- F Bataed Red Hill, and Upper Pine Belt Region. { 47.9) 52.1) 12.5) 10.6) 28.7) 20.9

Lower Country, or Lower 5 29 Ta cara en eee - se. «| 48.4) 51.6} 13.0] 12.1] 23,7] 22.0

The number of deaths under five years of age amount to sixty-three per cent. of all deaths in the country at large, and to nearly seventy per cent. in South Carolina, due to the excess of infant mortality in the colored population. The excess of female over male deaths is due in part at least to the preponderance of females in South Carolina.

420 VITAL STATISTICS. RC:

TABLE C.—Percentages of Deaths in the United States and in South Carolina, and in the Upper, Middle, and Lower Country of the latter, resulting from ten principal Diseases.

| | | } i 1] | { | | |

ike>) a} = B oe Stivell he ee ol BS ssl Ocal, sett Pah mie Blot 168 SS Oe eee oo on mM Pes Rn bal oO cy ice fo} Ns a a 2/8 2 oO | n> oa . SsS| 2 lHn sls 8] a |o-n| 2] we | GB] B 2 Bis res ESQ) et Vat ~ | R a a ® (eo; = Bin i Wa dd aa dO mI am Be } D ~~ mid MD gy ae a d oe AH @ Q8| 2 se is | wm oD = 3 S ry at) eS set} lanl erties >) 2 = a Z\2 (6) 4a hee | | ‘ese sch ——- : : United States. . . . |14.2)/12.0 11.0} 86) 5.0, 4.5) 3.0] 2.0) 1.2) Ta South Carolina’. . . | 12.3) 10.4) 9:2! 8.6) 3.5) 6.2) .3.7) 0:1) 2:3)

Alpine Region . . .|15.7| 7.7) 6.5) 7.7) 1.8, 46/111) 0.2) 1.2

Piedmont, Sand and Red Hill, Upper 13.1) 9.8, 8.6) 9.0)..38.11 6:7) 4.0\ ... |) 2a Pine Belt Regions.

Tower Pine Beltand | 119.7) 97,104! 6.2) 41) 57) 24). , Caen Coast Regions. J | ol ia eet

Table “C” exhibits the causes of death, and shows that the most fatal diseases are less potent in South Carolina than elsewhere. The data, as regards malarial diseases, are not given. But deaths from this cause are only 2.7 per cent. of the total deaths for the country at large, and 6.5 per thousand in the grand group, where it is most prevalent, being in New Orleans itself only 4.4 per cent., are less than the deaths in the country at large from diseases of the digestive organs. The percentage from con- sumption in Carolina is doubtless much larger than it should be, the numbers being increased by the deaths of transient visitors, having this disease, to health resorts in this State, as well as by the permanent settle- ment here of many persons bringing the disease with them, in the hope that they may find relief in the mildness of this climate. |

CEVA Laat TiT:

AS Re Tank oe

INSTITUTIONS, GOVERNMENT AND LAWS OF SOUTIL CAROLINA.

PREPARED FOR THE STATE DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE, # BY G. H. SASS, Esq OF THE CHARLESTON BAR.

The first permanent European settlement in South Carolina was made by a colony of Englishmen, who landed at Port Royal in 1670. There had been several previous attempts at colonization by French and~ Spanish expeditions, but they had all failed, and had left no trace behind them except in the name bestowed upon the Province, which was called Carolina, in honor of King Charles 1X. of France.*’ The advantages of

* The question of the derivation of the name of Carolina is a somewhat obscure one. Some historians derive it from Charles II. of England. Rivers seems to give the preference to Charles I. of England, because, in the grant by that king to Sir Robert Heath, in 1630, the country is called Carolina, or Carolana, This fact is cer- tainly fatal to the claim of Charles II., but it does not dispose of the prior claim of Charles IX. Some of the early annalists (such, for example, as Drs. Melligan and Hewett) say distinctly, that the name was given in honor of Charles IX. ; and it is reasonable to suppose that the name given by Ribault and Laudonniére to the country surrounding Charles Fort (arz Carolina), in honor of the French King, survived the

422 INSTITUTIONS, GOVERNMENT AND LAWS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

Port Royal, with its magnificent harbor, had also been pointed out by the French expedition under Ribault, and this led to its selection asa landing place by the English colony mentioned above. In 1663, Charles II. of England granted a charter to certain English noblemen, known in the history of the Province as ‘The Lords Proprietors,” conveying to them all the lands lying between the thirty-first and thirty-sixth degrees of north latitude, comprising all of the present States of North Carolina, South Carolina and Georgia. This grant was enlarged two years later so as to include all between twenty-nine degrees and thirty-six degrees and forty seconds, north latitude, and from these two points on the At- lantic coast westward to the Pacific ocean. The Bahama islands were subsequently added to the grant. The colony which landed at Port Royal in 1670 was sent out by the Lords Proprietors, and was commanded by Col. Wm. Sayle. ‘Port Royal proved to be too near to the Spanish settlements in Florida, and to the Indian tribes allied with the Spaniards, for the peace or safety of the colony, and within a year Col. Sayle deter- mined to remove further up the coast. Leaving between themselves and their enemies the several rivers, bays and estuaries which indent the coast of Carolina between Port Royal and Charleston, the colonists se- lected a spot on the west bank of the Ashley river, about three miles above the present city, and called it, in honor of the King, Charles Town. This situation, however, was soon found to be inconvenient for shipping ; and by degrees, the inhabitants of Charles Town began to move lower down the river, and to establish themselves nearer the sea. The point formed by the confluence of the Ashley and Cooper rivers, and known as Oyster Point, was low and marshy, and cut up by numerous creeks; but there was sufficient high ground on the Cooper river side to afford room for a settlement, and by 1677 there were enough houses built upon it to need some designation, and the new settlement was called Oyster Point Town. In 1680, so large a majority of the people had removed to this spot, that the seat of government was formally transferred to it, and its name was changed to New Charles Town. Two years later, the old settlement was virtually abandoned, and the new one became the only Charles Town. It was at that time declared a port of entry, and in 1685 a collector was appointed. It was not, however, until 1783 that the city .

destruction of the French colony, and was adopted by the English settlers. This is the view held by Simms, in his History of South Carolina.” Speaking of the fort which Laudonniére called “La Caroline,” in honor of the reigning monarch, he says (page 28): The name thus conferred extended over the whole country a full century before it was occupied by the English. It remained unchanged, and was adopted by them, as it really served to distinguish their obligations to Charles II. of England, under whose auspices and charter the first permanent European colony was settled in Carolina.”

INSTITUTIONS, GOVERNMENT AND LAWS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 423

was incorporated by the State Legislature under its present name of Charleston.

The colony of Carolina, very early in its history, began to attract to itself emigrants from all parts of Europe. Though the Church of England was the established church, freedom of religious worship was guaranteed to all, and settlers of all social classes and all religious denominations began to swell the population. Emigrants were offered land at an easy quit-rent, and clothes and provisions were distributed by the Proprietors to those who could not provide for themselves. The Proprietors, being of the cavalier class, aided or induced many of their friends or dependents to emigrate to Carolina; while the English Puritans, whom the restora- tion of the monarchy in England had deprived of many of their religious rights, were attracted to the colony by the greater religious freedom there enjoyed. Two vessels also arrived from New York with emigrants, and in 1671, the Grand Council of the colony laid out for them a town on a ereek to the south of Stono, to be called James Town, lots in which were granted to every person in each family. These colonists were Dutch, and they were followed by others of their countrymen from Holland. The settlement at James Town was abandoned after a few years, and the settlers spread themselves over the country. In 1679, Charles II. pro- vided, at his own expense, two small vessels to transport to Carolina a few foreign Protestants, who might there domesticate the productions of the South of Europe. In 1683, a colony of Irish were attracted to the Province by the fame of its fertility, which was spread abroad, and they were received with so hearty a welcome that they were soon merged in the other colonists; and about the same time, the remnants of a Scotch settlement at Port Royal, who were driven thence by the Spaniards, found a refuge in Charles Town and its vicinity. In 1685-6, a very im- portant accession to the colony was made by the arrival of a large number of French Protestant refugees, whom the revocation of the Edict of Nantes drove out of France. In 1696, a colony of Congregationalists, from Dor= chester, in Massachusetts, settled near the head of the Ashley river, about twenty-five miles from Charles Town.

Such were the components of the colony over which the Lords Pro- prietors exercised their original jurisdiction, and for the government of which they proceeded to frame a system of laws under the powers com- mitted to them in the charter of Charles IJ. Their first organized at- tempt at such a system embodied itself in the famous Fundamental Con- _ stitutions, generally attributed to the English philosopher, John Locke, but probably inspired to a considerable extent by Lord Shaftesbury. It is unnecessary here to state in detail the provisions of Locke’s Constitu- tion. Its principal feature was the establishment of an oligarchy of rank

424 INSTITUTIONS, GOVERNMENT AND LAWS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

and power. The eldest of the eight Proprietors was always to be Pala- tine, and at his decease was to be succeeded by the eldest of the seven survivors. The Palatine’s court was to sit in place of the King, to review all laws made by the Colonial Legislature, and to appoint a Governor, who was the King’s representative in the colony. Three orders of nobil- ity were created, called Barons, Cassiques, and Landgraves, the first to possess 12,000, the second 24,000, and the third 48,000 acres of land, and their possessions were to be inalienable. An upper and a lower House of Assembly were to be established, which, with the Governor, consti- tuted the Parliament. A sort of feudal military system was provided, and all the inhabitants from sixteen to sixty years of age were subject to the call of the Governor and Council. Three terms of religious com- munion were fixed, Ist. Belief in a God. 2d. That He is to be wor- shipped. 38d. That it is lawful and the duty of every man, when called upon by those in authority, to bear witness to the truth. Without aec- knowledging these tests no man was permitted to be a freeman or to have any estate or habitation in Carolina. But religious toleration within these limits was ensured, and all persecution for religious differences was expressly forbidden. Supreme Courts were established, but it was de- clared to be a base and vile thing to plead the cause of another for money or reward.

It is not surprising that such a system of government should have been distasteful to the colonists. The introduction of Locke’s Constitu- tion was strenuously resisted by the people, and its practical working was soon found to be so unsatisfactory that, in 1693, the Proprietors, upon publie petition, abolished the Constitution, and for a considerable time the colony was regulated by certain temporary rules and instructions pre- scribed by the Proprietors. The government was of the form which Englishmen naturally adopt. The executive power was represented by the Proprietors, who appointed the Governor and other officers; the Legislature, by a Council or Upper House, also appointed by the Proprie- tors, and a Commons House of Assembly chosen by the freemen. The first popular election in South Carolina of which there is any record, was held in April, 1672, under a proclamation of the Grand Council, requir- ing all the freeholders to elect a new Parliament. From this body five Councillors were chosen, who, with the Governor and the Deputies of the ' Lords Proprietors, formed the Grand Council.

Such a condition of things could not last. The rule of the Proprietors, exercised, as it was, from a distance, and with little regard to the local necessities of the colony, soon became intolerable to the free spirit of the people, and in 1719 the colonists at last made up their minds to get rid of the Lords Proprietors altogether. The history of the Revolution,

INSTITUTIONS, GOVERNMENT AND LAWS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 425

which ensued, need not be given in detail. It was bloodless but decisive. The colonists organized a convention, appointed a new governor, and announced their intention of casting off “the confused, helpless, and negligent government of the Lords Proprietors,” and putting themselves directly under that of the British crown. In 1721 the government of George I. decided in their favor, and in 1729, in the reign of George IL., the Province was purchased by the crown from the Lords Proprietors, and was divided into North and South Carolina. The form of govern- ment conferred on the colony was modeled upon the English Constitution. It consisted of a Governor, Council and an Assembly. To them the power of making laws was committed. The King appointed the Gov- ernor and Council; the Assembly was elected by the people.

During the next half century the population of South Carolina steadily increased. Many inducements were offered to emigrants. Bounties were given, free lands assigned, and the door was thrown open to settlers of every description. Parties of emigrants arrived constantly from Great Britain and the various countries of Europe. Between the years 1730 and 1750 a large number of settlers from Great Britain and Ireland, Germany and the Palatinate, Switzerland and Holland, found homes in South Carolina. The Germans established themselves chiefly in that portion of the country around Orangeburg and along the Congaree and Wateree Rivers; the Scotch-Irish settled in Wilhamsburg; the Welsh along the Pee Dee River, in what are now the counties of Marlboro and Marion, and the Swiss along the banks of the Savannah River. After the Scotch rebellions of 1715 and 1745 many of the expatriated High- landers came to Carolina. The population, which had hitherto been con- fined to a radius of about eighty miles from the coast, now began to spread into the interior of the State. A large territory was acquired from the Indians, embracing the present counties of Edgefield, Abbeville, Laurens, Newberry, Union, Spartanburg, York, Chester, Fairfield and

tichland, and settlements were soon made all through those fertile por- tions of the country. Jifteen hundred French arrived from Nova Scotia, and in 1764 a French Protestant colony settled in Abbeville District, and gave the names of Bourdeaux and New Rochelle to their settlements. The cultivation of wheat, hemp, flax and tobacco was introduced by col- onists who came from Virginia, Maryland and Pennsylvania, and that of the vine and of silk by emigrants from the Palatinate. Indigo, also, was for some years profitably cultivated. When the War of Independ- ence began, the population of South Carolina amounted to forty thousand souls. It is needless to dwell upon the part played by South Carolina in the Revolutionary War. It belongs to the history of the whole country, and cannot be treated of here. During the war, of course, the growth 28

426 INSTITUTIONS, GOVERNMENT AND LAWS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

of the population was checked, but this was amply compensated by the

progress made by the State after the peace of 1783. Multitudes from Europe and the more Northern parts of America poured into South Carolina; and Greenville and Pendleton Districts, which were obtained in 1777, by treaty founded on conquests, from the Cherokee Indians, filled so rapidly with settlers that in the year 1800 those two Districts alone are estimated to have contained upwards of 30,000 inhabitants. The last group of settlers which the State received from foreign countries consisted of several hundred French, chiefly from St. Domingo, who settled for the most part in the vicinity of Charleston. . Reference has been made to the Constitution of John Locke and to the forms of government which superseded it under the Lords Proprietors, and, later, under the royal administration of the Province. For the first ninety-nine years Charleston was the seat of justice for Provincial Caro- lina. In 1712, a Court of Chancery was established in the persons of the Governor and his Council, and, later, in 1769, an Act was passed by which new District Courts were established at Beaufort, Georgetown,

Cheraw, Camden, Orangeburg and Ninety-Six. The Penal Code of Great

Britain, when introduced into this Province, underwent considerable revision. An Act was passed in 1712 making certain English Statutes of force in the Province, and by that Act the English Common Law was declared to be of full force in Carolina, except in a few comparatively unimportant particulars. The ancient tenures were abolished, and free and common soccage was declared to be the tenure of all lands in the Province. The Habeas Corpus Act of Charles II. was also adopted and enacted. The Church of England enjoyed a nominal supremacy, but liberty of conscience was fully guaranteed to all persons; and all religious denominations worked together in the dissemination of moral and relig- ious training. The Presbyterians were among the first settlers, and were always numerous in South Carolina. The Independents, or Congrega- tionalists, in conjunction with the Presbyterians, were formed into a church in Charleston as early as 1682; and the Baptists formed a church there in 1685. The Methodists established themselves in 1785. The French Protestants formed a church in Charleston in 1700. The Jews have had a synagogue in Charleston since the year 1756; and about the same period the German Protestants formed themselves into a congrega- tion. The Roman Catholics were not organized into a church in South Carolina until 1791. The Quakers were very early in the field, and one of the most distinguished Governors of the Province, John Archdale, after whom one of the streets in Charleston is still called, was a Quaker. The impulse towards freedom, which had driven the emigrants who set- tled Carolina from their homes in the Old World, kept alive in their

INSTITUTIONS, GOVERNMENT AND LAWS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 427

breasts the spirit of religious liberty and toleration, and all through the history of the State the same spirit has manifested itself in shaping leg- islation and administering government. Such persecution for opinion’s sake as defaced the annals of some of the other American colonies has no place in the history of South Carolina.

When the State threw off the royal authority, it adopted (in 1776) a provisional Constitution, and, so far as the civil power could be exercised, this Constitution was in operation during the Revolutionary War. After peace was declared, it became necessary to devise a more permanent form of government, and, in 1790, a convention was called, which, after mature deliberation, established a Constitution, which, with but few modifica- tions, continued to be the law of the State until the end of the great civil war. As that Constitution has been superseded by the one now in opera- tion, and which was adapted to the new conditions and relations of society growing out of the results of the civil war, it will not be necessary here to detail its special provisions. The judgment of a learned and eloquent writer may, however, be fitly quoted upon its general scope and character. “Though the form of government in South Carolina,” says Ramsay, “has been materially altered six or seven times, yet each change has been for the better. In the eighteenth century, while exper- iment and the reasoning powers of man were improving the arts and sciences, the art of government was by no means stationary. South Carolina, as one of the United States, and acting her part in the Ameri- can Revolution, has practically enforced the following improvements in the art of government: 1. That all power is derived from the people, and ought to be exercised for their benefit; that they have a right to resist the tyranny and oppression of their rulers, and to change their government, whenever it is found not to afford that protection to life, liberty and property for the protection of which it was instituted. 2. That it is the true policy of States to afford equal protection to the civil rights of all individuals and of all sects of religionists, without discrimination or preference, and without interference, on the part of the State, in all matters that relate only to the intercourse between man his Maker. 3. ‘That the ultimate end and object of all laws and government is the happiness of the people, and that, therefore, no laws should be passed, or taxes or other burdens imposed on them, for the benefit of a part of the community, but only such as operate equally and justly on all for the general good. 4. That war shall only be declared, or entered upon, by the solemn act of the people, whose blood and treasure is to be expended in its prosecution. * * * * * A government founded on reason and the rights of man, and exclusively directed to its proper object, the advancement of human happiness, was first established by common

428 INSTITUTIONS, GOVERNMENT AND LAWS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

consent in the eighteenth century, and in the woods of America: Its foundation in South Carolina rests on the following principles: No power is exercised over the people but what had been granted by them with the express view of its being used for the general good. No laws bind them, nor are any taxes imposed on them, but with the consent of themselves, or representatives freely and fairly chosen every second year by a ma- jority of votes. There are no privileged orders. All are equally subject to the laws, and the vote of any one elector goes as far as that of any other. No freeman can be taken, or imprisoned, or disseized of his free- hold, liberties or privileges, or outlawed, or exiled, or in any manner destroyed or deprived of his life, liberty, or property, but by the judg- ment of his peers, or by the law of the land. Religion is so perfectly free that all sects have equal rights and privileges, and each individual may joim with any or with none, as he pleases, without subjecting himself to any civil inconvenience. These and similar principles of liberty and equality pervade the Constitution and laws of the State. The first is the work of the people in their sovereign capacity, and prescribes limits to all the departments of government. These departments are three— legislative, executive, and judicial ; for it is necessary in regular govern- ment that laws be enacted, expounded and applied, and finally executed. x * x * The duties required and the burdens imposed by the laws are equally binding on the'law makers as on the people. They who are legislators cease to be so in the Senate at the end of four years, and in the House of Representatives at the end of two, and all power reverts to the people till, by a new election, they invest the men of their choice with authority to act for them. Every precaution is taken to identify the interests of the people and their rulers. If the electors are not wanting to themselves, the laws thus cautiously made, impartially expounded, and liberally executed by the men of their choice, must be the collected will and wisdom of the people deliberately pursuing their own happiness as far as is practicable in the imperfect state of human nature. Such, after two revolutions in one century, and three attempts to form an efficient Constitution, is the result of the efforts of the people of South Carolina for the preservation and advancement of their political inter- ests.” [Ramsay’s History of South Carolina, Vol. 2, p. 189, et seq. ]

The period which elapsed between the two great wars was one of con- stant growth and prosperity. Under the operation of the constitutional government described by Ramsay, the progress of South Carolina was marked and steady. The various nationalities which have been shown to have contributed to her population became gradually welded together into a homogenous whole, and the upper districts of the State soon be-: came the homes of thriving and industrious settlers. County seats were

INSTITUTIONS, GOVERNMENT AND LAWS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 429

established in the different Districts, and various Judicial Circuits were formed, the Judges and Chancellors alternating with each other in the different Circuits, while appeals were heard in Charleston and Columbia by a full Appellate Bench. The pursuits of the people were almost en- tirely agricultural, the chief staples of the State, cotton and rice, being mainly worked by the aid of African slave labor. The political differ- ences between the Northern and Southern States which culminated in the civil war, though always existing, did not interfere with the internal prosperity of the State. In 1860 the white population had increased to 291,300. Inthe United States Census of 180 the white population is rated at 391,105 and the colored at 604,332. In the civil war South Car- olina put more than 50,000 soldiers into the field, and when the war was over, in 1865, more than 12,000 of her male population had laid down their lives in the struggle for independence. The result of the war left the State in a prostrate and exhausted condition. An immense amount of public and private property had been destroyed. Columbia, the capi- tal, had been burned by the Federal armies, and the whole machinery of government was subverted and overthrown. Under the authority of the United States Congress a convention was called in 1868 to frame a new Constitution. The present Constitution of South Carolina was framed by that convention, and was submitted to the registered voters of the State at an election held on the 14th, 15th and 16th days of April, 1868, and was adopted and ratified by them.

LEADING PRINCIPLES OF THE CONSTITUTION,

The leading principles of the Constitution may be briefly summarized as follows:

All men are born free and equal, endowed with certain inalienable rights, among which are the rights of enjoying and defending their lives and liberties, of acquiring, possessing and protecting property, and of ‘seeking and obtaining their safety and happiness. Slavery is prohibited, as well as involuntary servitude, except in the shape of confinement with labor, inflicted as a punishment for crime, of which the party shall have been duly convicted. All political power is declared to be derived from and vested in the people alone, and they have the right at all times to modify their form of government as the public good may demand. Every citizen owes paramount allegiance to the Constitution and government of the United States, and no law of this State passed in contravention thereof can have any binding force. The American Union is declared to be in- dissoluble, and the State shall ever remain a member thereof, and shall resist any effort to dissolve it. The right of the people peaceably to

430 INSTITUTIONS, GOVERNMENT AND LAWS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

assemble to consult for the common good and to petition the government or any department thereof shall never be abridged. All persons may freely speak, write and publish their sentiments on any subject, being re- sponsible for the abuse of that right, and no laws shall be enacted to re- strain or abridge liberty of speech or the press. In prosecutions for libel upon public officers, the truth of the matter may be given in evidence to justify the publication, and the jury in such cases are the judges of the law and the facts. Absolute freedom of conscience shall be secured to all, with only the provision that such freedom shall not justify practices inconsistent with the peace and moral safety of society. There shall be no established church nor form of religion, but every denomination shall be protected by law in the peaceable enjoyment of its own mode of wor- ship. The right of trial by jury shall remain inviolate. Every individ- ual shall have the same personal rights; that is, no class of persons shall have any advantages before the law over any other class, and there shall be no discrimination between classes or individuals with regard to rights, restraints or responsibilities. No person shall be held to answer for any crime or offence until the same is fully and clearly explained to him; and he shall not be compelled to accuse himself or furnish evidence against himself, but shall have the right to produce all his proofs in his defence; to be confronted with the witnesses against him and to cross- examine them; to have a speedy and public trial by an impartial jury, and to be fully heard in his own behalf, either personally or by his coun- sel, as he may elect.

No person shall be arrested, imprisoned, deprived of his property or privileges, put out of the protection of the law, exiled or deprived of: his life, liberty or estate, except by the judgment of his equals or the law of the land. No law shall be passed by the General Assembly subjecting any one to punishment without trial by jury, nor shall any law have a retrospective effect, but shall apply only to offences committed after its passage.

All Courts shall be public, and every person aggrieved shall have full access to them and remedy by due course of law, and there shall be no unnecessary delay in the administration of justice. All persons shall be bailable, before conviction, by sufficient sureties, except for capital offen- ces where the proof is evident or the presumption great, and excessive bail shall not be required. Whipping and corporal punishment of any sort are prohibited. The privilege of the writ of habeas corpus shall not be suspended except in cases of insurrection, rebellion or invasion, when required by the public safety.

No person shall be tried again for the same offence after having been once acquitted by a jury. Small offences, under the rank of felonies, and

INSTITUTIONS, GOVERNMENT AND LAWS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 431

in which the punishment does not exceed a fine of one hundred dollars or imprisonment for thirty days, shall be tried summarily before a Jus- tice of the Peace, on information under oath, without the intervention of a grand jury, but the defendant shall have the right of appeal to a higher Court. No person shall be held to answer for any higher crime or of- fence unless on presentment of a grand jury, except in cases arising in the land and nayal service of the United States, or in the militia in ac- tual service in time of war or public danger. Imprisonment for debt is abolished, except in cases of fraud; and a certain amount of property shall be set aside as a family homestead [as more particularly stated hereafter], which shall be exempt from seizure or sale for any debts or liabilities, except for debts due the State. No bill of attainder, ex post facto law, nor any law impairing the obligation of contracts, shall ever be passed, and no conviction shall work corruption of blood or forfeiture of estate. All persons have the right to be exempt from unreasonable searches or seizures of their persons, houses, papers or possessions. Such searches or seizures can only be made by special warrants formally issued by proper officers and supported by affidavits, and, containing a particu- lar designation of the persons or objects of search, arrest or seizure. Pri- vate property cannot be taken for public use, or for the use of corpora- tions, or for private use, without the consent of the owner, or a just com- pensation being made.

The Legislature alone has the power to declare martial law. The leg- islative, executive and judicial departments of the government shall be forever separate and distinct, and it is declared that the Legislature ought frequently to assemble for the redress of grievances and the making of new laws. The right of the people to keep and bear arms for the com- mon defence is recognized and established. Standing armies are prohib- ited, and the military power is declared to be always in subordination to the civil. In time of peace no soldier shall be quartered in any house without the consent of the owner, and in time of war only in such man- ner as shall be prescribed by law. ¢

No person who conscientiously scruples to bear arms shall be compelled to do so, but shall be allowed to pay an equivalent for personal service. All elections shall be free and open, and all electors shall have the same rights to elect officers and be elected. There shall be no property quali- fication for holding office, and no office can be held for a longer time than during good behavior. Fighting a duel, or sending, bearing or ac- cepting a challenge for that purpose, is prohibited, and shall disqualify a person for holding office. Representation shall be apportioned accord- ing to population, and the right of suffrage shall be secured to all citi- zens, and, once obtained, shall not be forfeited by temporary absence from

y v

432 INSTITUTIONS, GOVERNMENT AND LAWS OF SOUTH CAROLINA,

the State. Property shall be taxed in proportion to its value, and no taxation or impost of any kind shall be established except by Act of the Legislature. No title of nobility or hereditary emolument shall ever be granted. All citizens, without distinction, shall enjoy equality of publie, legal and political rights. All navigable waters are public highways; free to all the citizens of the State.

LeGisLATiIveE DerARTMENT.—The legislative department consists of two distinct branches, styled respectively the Senate and the House of Repre- sentatives, and both together the General Assembly of the State of South

Carolina. The House of Representatives is composed of members chosen by ballot every second year by the qualified electors of the State. Each County of the State constitutes one election district. The General As- sembly has the power to organize new Counties by changing the boun- daries of the old, but no new County can be formed of less extent than 625 square miles, nor can any old County be reduced to less area than 625 square miles. The House of Representatives consists of 124 mem- bers, apportioned among the several Counties, according to the population. A census every ten years is provided for to regulate this appointment. The Senate is composed of one member from each County, except Charles- ton County, which has two Senators, to be elected for four years by the qualified voters of the State. But upon the first election after the adop- tion of the Constitution, the Senators were divided by lot into two classes as nearly equal as possible, the members of the first class holding their seats for two years, and those of the second for four years, so that one- half of the Senators may be chosen every second year. No person is eli- gible to a seat in the Senate or House who, at the time of his election, is not a citizen of the United States, nor any one who has not been for one year next preceding his election a resident of the County whence he is chosen, nor any one who has been convicted of an infamous crime, nor any one holding any office of profit or trust under this State, the United States, or any other State of the Union or foreign power, except officers of the militia, Magistrates or Justices of Inferior Courts receiving no sal- ary. Senators must be at least 25 and Representatives at least 21 years of age. All bills for raising revenue must originate in the House, but may be altered, amended or rejected by the Senate. All other bills may originate in either body. No bill has the force of law untilit has been read three times, on three several days, in each house, has had the Great Seal of the State affixed to it and has been signed in the Senate House by the President of the Senate and the Spei aker of the House. No money can be drawn from the treasury except in pursuance of an appropriation made by law, and a regular statement of receipts and expenditures of all public moneys must be published annually, The members of both

INSTITUTIONS, GOVERNMENT AND LAWS OF SOUTH CAROLINA, 433

houses receive a fixed per diem and mileage settled by the General Assem- bly. In all elections by the General Assembly, or either House, the members vote viva voce, and their votes are enteredin the Journal. Both houses sit with open doors unless a secret session be ordered, in their dis- cretion.

Executive Department. The supreme executive authority of the State is vested in a Chief Magistrate, who is styled the Governor of the State of South Carolina; he is elected by the qualified electors of the State, holds his office for two years and until his successor shall be chosen and qualified, and is re-eligible. No person is eligible for the office of Governor who denies the existence of the Supreme Being, or who, when elected, is not thirty years of age, or who has not been a citizen of the United States and a citizen and resident of this State for two years next preceding the day of election. The Lieutenant Governor is chosen in the same manner and at the same time as the Governor, must possess the same qualifications, and is ex officio President of the Senate. The Governor is Commander- in-Chief of the militia of the State; he has the power of reprieve and pardon, but must report his actions in that regard to the General Assem- bly ; he must sign all bills passed by the General Assembly before they become laws, and if he refuses his assent to any bill, it can only be passed over his veto by a two-thirds vote. The other executive officers of the State are the Comptroller General, Treasurer, and Secretary of State. They are elected by the qualified voters of the State, and hold their offices for the term of two years.

Jupic1AL DeparTMENT. The judicial power of the State is vested in a Supreme Court, consisting of a Chief Justice and two Associate Justices, two Circuit Courts, namely, a Courtof Common Pleas, having civil juris- diction, and a Court of General Sessions, haying criminal jurisdiction ; Probate Courts, having jurisdiction in matters testamentary and in busi- ness relating to minors, and of dower, idiocy and lunacy ; Courts of Trial Justices, having cognizance of minor offences and civil matters of a trifling sort. The Trial Justices also act as examining courts in criminal matters, and discharge, commit or bind over to the Sessions Court persons charged with offences. They may bail all persons except those charged with capital crimes. The Supreme and Circuit Court Judges are elected by the General Assembly, the Probate Judges by the electors of the several counties, and the Trial Justices are appointed by the Governor. The term of office of the Justices of the Supreme Court is six years, but it was directed that, immediately after their first election under this Constitu- tion, the General Assembly should determine by lot which of the two Associate Justices should hold office for two years, and which for four years, so that there should be an election for Chief Justice or one Associate

434 INSTITUTIONS, GOVERNMENT AND LAWS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

Justice every two years. The Circuit Judges hold office for four years ; the Probate Judges and Trial Justices for two years. The Judges receive: a fixed compensation, and are allowed no fees nor perquisites of office. The Supreme Court has appellate jurisdiction only in cases of chancery, and constitutes a court for the correction of errors at law. It has a gen- eral supervisory control over all other courts in the State. Two of the judges of the Supreme Court must concur to make a decision. The Cir- cuit Judges interchange circuits. The Circuit Court has the usual civil jurisdiction exercised by Courts of Common Pleas, and the distinction between law and equity is abolished. The Court of Common Pleas must sit at least twice a year in each judicial district, and the Court of General Sessions at least three times a year. Three persons are elected every two years by the qualified electors of each county as a board of County Com- missioners, who have jurisdiction over roads, highways, ferries, bridges, and in all matters relating to taxes, disbursement of money for county purposes, and the internal affairs and local concerns of the respective counties. Appeals lie to the State courts from their decisions. Judges are forbidden to charge juries in respect to matters of fact; they may state the testimony and declare the law. The Attorney General of the State is elected for two years, and a Solicitor for each circuit for four years. The electors of each county elect a Sheriff and Coroner for the term of four years, who must reside in their respective counties during their continuance in office, and who shall be disqualified for re-election if in default of moneys collected by virtue of their offices.

Tur SurrraGe. In all elections by the people, the electors vote by ballot. Every male citizen of the United States, of the age of twenty-one years and upwards, not laboring under the disabilities named in the Constitution, without distinction. of race, color or previous condition, who was a resident of the State at the time of the adoption of the Con- stitution, or who, after that period, shall have resided in the State for one year, and in the county in which he offers to vote sixty days next pre- ceding any election, is entitled to vote in any election by the people. But no person disqualified by the Constitution of the United States, nor any person while kept in any alms house or asylum, or of unsound mind, or while confined in any prison, can vote or hold office. Absence, while employed in the service of the United States, or while engaged upon the waters of the State or of the United States, or on the high seas, or tem- porary absence from the State, does not forfeit residence for the purpose of voting. On the other hand, the mere sojourning within the borders. of the State of any person there stationed as a soldier, mariner or seaman, in the army or navy of the United States, does not confer residence for’ the purpose of voting. The right to vote involves and implies the right

INSTITUTIONS, GOVERNMENT AND LAWS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 435

to hold office, except as otherwise limited by the Constitution. No law curtailing the right of suffrage can be passed by the General Assembly, except for treason, murder, robbery or duelling, whereof the person shall have been tried and convicted. The Presidential Electors who cast the vote of the State for President and Vice-President of the United States, are elected by the people. In all elections by the people, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes shall be declared elected. The State is divided into thirty-four judicial districts, called counties. Each county is a body politic and corporate. [By arecent Act of the Legisla- ture, following a provision of the Constitution, all electors must be regis- tered in the election precinct in which they reside before they are entitled to vote. }

Taxatron.—Taxation must be uniform and equal, and no tax shall be levied except in pursuance of a law, which shall distinctly state the ob- ject of the same, to which object such tax shall be applied. All State taxes are levied by the General Assembly. <A poll tax of one dollar on each poll is provided, to be applied exclusively to the public school fund. The buildings and premises actually occupied by public schools, colleges and institutions of learning, all charitable institutions in the nature of asylums for the infirm, deaf, dumb and blind, idiotic and indigent per- sons, all public hbraries, churches and burying grounds, are exempt from taxation. A new assessment of property must be made every five years. The State may contract public debts for the purpose of defraying extra- ordinary expenditures, but it must do so by special act, specifying some single object, and levying a special tax sufficient to pay the annual inter- est on such debt; and such Act must be passed by the vote of two-thirds of the members of each branch of the General Assembly recorded by yeas and nays on the journal. Municipal taxes are levied by the corpo- rate authorities of counties, townships, school districts, cities, towns and villages, under the authority of the Legislature. Such taxes must be uniform in respect to persons and property.

Epucation. The supervision of public instruction is vested in a State Superintendent of Education, who is elected by the qualified electors of the State, in the same manner as the other State officers. One School Commissioner for each county is also elected biennially, and the Com- missioners so elected form a State Board of Education, of which the State Superintendent is ex officio Chairman. It is made the duty pf the General Assembly to provide for a liberal and uniform system of free public schools throughout the State and to provide for their support by taxation. These schools must be unsectarian. [See infra “Statute ‘Law; Public Instruction.” ]

Tue Miritia. [See infra under “Statute Law.”]

436 INSTITUTIONS, GOVERNMENT AND LAWS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

MarriaGE AND Divorce. [See infra under Statute Law.”]

AMENDMENT AND Revision oF THE Constitution. The Constitution may be amended in the following manner: The proposed amendment may be moved in either house. If two-thirds of the members elected to ach house agree to it, such amendment shall be entered on the journals, and the yeas and nays recorded. It is then submitted to the qualified electors of the State at the next general election thereafter for represen- tatives, and if a majority of the voters vote in favor of it, and two-thirds of each branch of the next General Assembly ratify such amendment, after reading the same three separate times on three several days in each house, it shall become a part of the Constitution. A convention to revise the Constitution can only be called by a vote of two-thirds of the mem- bers elected to each branch of the General Assembly, which action of the General Assembly shall be submitted to the electors at the next election for Representatives, and such electors shall vote for or against a conyen- tion. If a majority of all the electors voting at said election shall vote for a convention, the next General Assembly shall provide by law for calling the same, and such convention must consist of at least as many members as compose the largest branch of the General Assembly.

[Under these provisions several amendments to the Constitution of 1868 have been made. The first prohibits the creation of any debt by the State without the consent of the people, signified by a majority vote of two-thirds of the qualified electors; the second changes the time of holding elections from October to November. Both these aniendments were adopted in the regular manner in the years 1870-73. The third amendment, ratified March 5, 1875, changes the terms of office of, the Comptroller-General, Secretary of State, Treasurer, Attorney-General, Adjutant and Inspector-General, Superintendent of Education, from four to two years. The fourth amendment, ratified January 26th, 1878, provides for a county school tax to be levied in each county by the Boards of County Commissioners, for the support of the public schools. The fifth amendment, ratified December 18, 1880, relates to the home- stead exemption, and settles the law upon that point, as more particu- larly stated hereafter. Two amendments are now pending, one of which adds to the list of crimes disqualifying any citizen for the suffrage, burg- lary, larceny, perjury, forgery, or any other infamous crime,” and the other relates to the mode of creating new counties. These last two amendments have not yet been voted upon. |

ue

INSTITUTIONS, GOVERNMENT AND LAWS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 457

THE STATUTE LAW.

The Statute Law of the State, which has been recently consolidated inte a Code and is embodied ina volume called The General Statutes, is a de- velopment of the organic law as laid down in the Constitution, and pro- ceeds along the lines there indicated. It will only be necessary here to note some of the more important provisions.

Crimes AND PuNISHMENTS. Every person arrested under process, or taken into custody by an officer, has a right to know from the officer who arrests him, the true ground on which the arrest is made, and if the officer refuses to inform him, or informs him falsely, or declines to pro- duce his warrant, such officer shall be punished as for a misdemeanor. Any person may arrest a felon upon view or certain information of the commission of the felony, and take him to a judge or trial justice to be dealt with according to law; and any citizen seeking to arrest a person who has broken into a house, or has stolen property in his possession, or where the circumstances raise a just suspicion of his design to commit a felony, may use any means to enforce the arrest, even to the extent of taking the life of the offender. The punishment of death by hanging is attached in South Carolina to the following crimes, viz. :

Murper, Rarr, and Arson. In addition to the common law defini- tion of murder, it is provided that where the death of any person results from any obstruction placed upon a railroad, the person convicted of placing or causing to be placed such obstruction shall be adjudged guilty of murder. Any person wounding another in a duel is guilty of murder if death ensue from the wound within six months. Rape is punishable with death, but the Jury may find a special verdict recommending the party to mercy, in which case the punishment shall be reduced to im- prisonment for life in the penitentiary at hard labor. Arson is the wilful and malicious setting fire to or burning by day or nigut of (1) any house of any kind whatever within two hundred yards of and appurtenant to a dwelling ; (2) any court house or public building, whether owned by the State or a corporation or individuals; (3) any barn or stable, coach- house, gin-house, store-house, ware-house, grist or saw-mill, railroad depot, coach or cotton factory, or other house used for manufacturing purposes, or any building habitually used for public worship. Any per- son convicted of arson as principal, aider, abettor or accessory before the fact, shall suffer death by hanging, with the same proviso for a special verdict as stated above in the case of rape.

MANsLAuGHTER, or the unlawful killing of another without malice, express or implied, is punishable by imprisonment in the penitentiary,

438 INSTITUTIONS, GOVERNMENT AND LAWS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

at hard labor, for not less than two nor more than thirty years. Attempt to administer poison is punishable by imprisonment in the penitentiary for not less than two nor more than ten years. Any one sending or accepting a challenge to fight a duel, shall be deprived of the right of suffrage and disqualified from holding any office of honor or trust, and imprisoned in the penitentiary not exceeding two years. Any person rarrying a challenge shall be disqualified from holding office, and im- prisoned in the penitentiary not exceeding two years, and fined not less than $500, nor more than $1,000. The principal or second in a duel may be compelled to give testimony against any person indicted without criminating himself. The carrying of a deadly weapon concealed about the person is a misdemeanor, punishable by fine and imprisonment, and an assault with such concealed weapon is an aggravated offence. Kid- napping sailors or minors, ill treatment of apprentices, children, servants, &c.,and enticing away a laborer under contract with another, or employ- ing a laborer known to be under such contract, are misdemeanors, punishable by fine and imprisonment. Burglary at common law is punishable by imprisonment in the penitentiary for life at hard labor. Breaking into a house in the day time is a felony, punishable by impris- onment for not more than one year. Burning stacks of corn, &c., and burning or cutting frames of timber, are punishable by imprisonment. Firing turpentine farms is a felony, punishable by fine or imprisonment. Stealing grain or cotton from the field is a felony, punishable by fine or imprisonment. Larceny of live stock is punishable by fine and impris- onment in the penitentiary for not less than one nor more than ten years. Among the misdemeanors to which special punishments are attached are: Setting fire to grass; malicious wounding of live stock; malicious injury or defacement of houses, trees, &c.; marking or branding of the animals of others ; obtaining property under false pretences ; obstructing rivers and creeks and fish sluices, ditches and drains; selling property on which a len exists; fraudulent removal of property levied on by sheriff; false packing of cotton; selling seed cotton between sundown, and sunrise; failure of factors to account for produce placed in their hands; and cruelty to animals. Bigamy is punishable by imprisonment in the penitentiary not less than. six months nor more than five years, and by fine not less than $500. Adultery and fornication are punishable by fine and imprisonment, or both. Practicing medicine or dentistry without the proper qualifications is punishable by fine, and all practicing physicians are required to register themselves in the office of the Clerk of the Court of Common Pleas for their respective counties. Lotteries are prohibited, and penalties are attached to setting up or advertising the same, or selling lottery tickets. Where any person is reported to the

INSTITUTIONS, GOVERNMENT AND LAWS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 439

coroner to haye come to a violent or untimely death within his jurisdic- tion, he shall hold an inquest upon the body with the aid of a jury of fourteen men of the county, and all persons subject to jury duty in the Circuit Court are liable to serve on a coroner’s jury. The coroner can arrest and bind over for trial any person appearing to be concerned in such death, and also material witnesses to the facts. As already stated, the punishment of whipping is not permitted by the laws of South Carolina.

Law or Property. There are, of course, many details of property law which can only be learned by consulting a lawyer, but a few general principles and important provisions may be noted here. Any man or woman of legal age, owning real estate in fee simple, may freely dispose of it by will, or sell and convey the same by deed, executed in the pres- ence of two or more witnesses, and duly recorded. If the deed be by a married man, the wife must renounce her dower in a formal manner, provided by statute. A married woman may hold property separately from her husband and may dispose of the same as if she were unmarried. All deeds of conveyance or mortgage, trust deeds, marriage settlements, &e., leases between landlord and tenant for a longer period than twelve months, hens on crops and mechanics’ liens, and liens on ships and vessels, must be recorded in the office of the Register of Mesne Convey- ances for the county where the property is situated, in the case of real estate, and in the case of personal property, for the county where the owner resides, within forty days from the time of execution or delivery, in order to aflect the rights of subsequent creditors or purchasers without notice. No person having a lawful wife or children can give to any illegitimate children or concubine, by conveyance, gift or legacy, a greater proportion of the value of his estate than one-fourth thereof. Every conveyance for the purpose of defrauding creditors is yoid. So, also, are conveyances to deceive purchasers. Upon the payment of a debt secured by mortgage, the mortgagor may compel the mortgagee to enter satisfac tion on the mortgage. No parol lease is valid for more than one year, and every written lease shall terminate at the period therein stated, with- out its being obligatory on either party to give notice. The landlord may distrain for rent in arrear. ‘Tenants in common and joint tenants are compellable to make partition. Liens on real estate are of no force after the lapse of twenty years, unless kept alive by some payment or ac- knowledgment of indebtedness, except in the cases of judgments provided for in the Code of Procedure. Wills in South Carolina must be signed and acknowledged by the testator in the presence of three witnesses, who must sign in the presence of the testator and of each other. Aliens can hold and dispose of real and personal property in the same way as

440 INSTITUTIONS, GOVERNMENT AND LAWS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

citizens, and so far, therefore, as the rights of property are concerned, naturalization is not necessary. So, also, aliens can lend money upon security, and can have the same remedies for suing for and recovering the same as if they were citizens, whether the foreign State, of which the alien is a subject, be at war with the United States or not ; and if a citizen leave an alien widow, such widow’s rights in his estate shall be exactly the same as if she were naturalized. In case of intestacy, the property of the intestate is distributed by law among his nearest kin, according to certain rules specifically laid down by statute. Where he leaves a widow and children, the widow takes one-third and the children two-thirds. The Probate Court has power to grant administration of the personal estate. The property of a felon is not escheated, but descends to his representatives. A homestead in lands, whether held in fee or any lesser estate, not to exceed in value one thousand dollars, with the yearly pro- ducts thereof, is exempt to the head of every family residing in South Carolina from levy or sale for debt upon any judgment recovered against him; and it is the duty of the sheriff before selling the real estate of any head of a family to have such homestead set off by appraisers in the manner prescribed by law. If the property cannot be set off, the sheriff must sell and pay one thousand dollars of the purchase money into Court, to be applied to the purchase of a homestead. If the husband be dead, the widow is entitled to the homestead; and if both parents be dead, the right is secured to the children, and no waiver of the homestead is valid, except in cases of conveyance or mortgage. Personal property to the value of five hundred dollars is exempt from attachment, levy or sale. Where a married woman has separate property she is entitled to the homestead when the husband’s property is not sufficient. The Statute of Frauds is in force in South Carolina, and all agreements for the sale of lands, leases for more than one year, promises to answer for another's debt or default, contracts for the sale of goods above the value of fifty dollars, &c., must be in writing and signed by the party to be charged, or his duly authorized agent. Assignments of the property of an insol- vent debtor for the benefit of creditors which give to any creditor prefer- ence over any other, are utterly void. The legal rate of interest is seven per cent.; but by written contract a rate of interest not exceeding ten per cent. may be charged. If more than ten per cent. be charged, all the interest is forfeited, and only the principal sum can be recovered. And if any greater amount than ten per cent. shall be received, the per- son or corporation receiving it shall forfeit double such amount.

Pupric Instruction. The duties of the State Superintendent of Edu- cation have been already touched upon. He has general supervision over all the free public schools of the State, and is required to visit every

INSTITUTIONS, GOVERNMENT AND LAWS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 441

County in the State to inspect the same and to make an annual report to the General Assembly. He is trustee for all property granted or devised for the purposes of education. The State Board of Examiners consists of the State Superintendent of Education and four persons appointed by the Governor, with the consent of the Senate. They meet from time to time and constitute an Advisory Board for the Superintendent of Edu- cation. They have a general power in all matters relating to the schools and especially to teachers. They examine persons who apply for appoint- ment as teachers, and issue certificates of their qualifications. In each County a School Commissioner is elected at the general election, whose duty it is to superintend all the schools in his county, to report their condition to the State Superintendent and to apportion the school fund for his county. It is the duty of the County Boards of Examiners and of the Boards of Trustees to see that in every school under their care shall be taught, as far as practicable, orthography, reading, writing, arithmetic, geography, English grammar, History of the United States and of this State, the principles of the Constitution and laws of the United States and of this State, morals and good behavior. In each county there is a County Board of Examiners, composed of the County School Commissioners and two other persons appointed by the State Board. They constitute the Advisory Board of the County School Com- missioners. ‘hey appoint in each School District in their county three School Trustees, who take the management of the local education of the School District, subject to the supervision of the County Board of Exam- iners. The poll tax is applied to school purposes and the County Treas- urer is required to account for it to the School Commissioners.

Tue DePpARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE is administered by a Board of ‘five persons—the Governor, Chairman ex officio, the Master of the State Grange of Patrons of Husbandry, the President of the State Agricultural and Mechanical Society, and two citizens chosen by joint vote of the Gen- eral Assembly for two years. The Commissioner of Agriculture must be an agriculturist, chosen by joint vote of the General Assembly for two years. The Board prescribe the duties of the Commissioner; they regu- late the returns of County Agricultural Societies chartered by the State ; issue blanks to County Auditors for collection of agricultural statistics ; investigate all matters relating to agricultural interests, diseases of stock, fish, &c., and to commercial fertilizers, and have control over the phos- phate interests of the State. The Commissioner of Agriculture is required to keep a book in which lands for sale may be registered, and also books in which shall be entered the names of persons desiring employment as laborers, a fee of $1 being charged for such registry, and the books shall

be open for inspection free of charge. He shall collect specimens of ag- 29

ETE gaa

442 = INSTITUTIONS, GOVERNMENT AND LAWS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

ricultural products, minerals, &e. The Department of Agriculture regu- lates the matter of immigration to the State. An annual report of all its proceedings is made to the General Assembly.

IMMIGRANTS AND SEAMEN. No person is permitted to keep an immi- grants’ or sailor’s hetel or boarding house in the city of Charleston with- out a heense frem the City Council, and hotels not so licensed cannot so- licit boarders. The City Council must issue badges and the agents or owners of boarding houses must wear such badges when engaged in soliciting boarders. Harboring deserting seamen or enticing them to desert is punishable by fine and. imprisonment. | Impressing seamen is a misdemeanor punishable by fine and imprisonment.

THe Miritra. All able-bodied male citizens of the State between the ages of 18 and 45 years, except such as are exempt by-law, are lable to service in the militia, but there is no compulsory military service except in certain cases of emergency. The Governor has power to eall out the militia to execute the laws, repel invasion, repress insurrection and pre- serve the public peace.

MARRIAGE AND Divorce. Complete freedom of marriage is allowed, except within certain close degrees of consanguinity, and except that intermarriage between the white and colored races is forbidden. The real and personal property of a woman held at the time of her marriage, or that which she may thereafter acquire either by gift, grant, inheri- tance, devise, or otherwise, does not pass to her husband by her marriage, nor become in any way subject to his debts, but remains her separate property, and she can deal with it as she chooses during her life and dis- pose of it by will as if she were unmarried. It is provided by the Con- stitution that divorces from the bonds of matrimony shall not be allowed but by the judgment of a court as shall be prescribed by law. For some years after the adoption of the Constitution an Act was in force provid- ing for and regulating such divorces by the courts, but that Act has been repealed, and there is, therefore, now no. tribunal in South Carolina by which divorces can be granted. The Court of Common Pleas has, how- ever, power to hear and determine any issue affecting the validity of con- tracts of marriage, and to declare such contracts void for want of consent, of either of the contracting parties, or from any other cause going to, show that at the time the supposed contract was made, it was not, in faet, a contract—provided that such contract has not been consummated: by cohabitation of the parties.

GENERAL ReMARKs. Except as it may have been modified by special enactment, the common Jaw of England is in foree in South Carolina. The general tendency of the legislation under the new Constitution has been towards the simplification of the tenure and disposition of property,

_

aa r -" yas

INSTITUTIONS, GOVERNMENT AND LAWS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 443 of process and pleading in the Courts, and of the collection of debts, and towards the increased security of person and estate. Short and easy remedies are provided for the recovery of debts. The agricultural inter- ests of the citizens are protected by the laws already mentioned with re- lation to the maiming and stealing of stock, &c., and by a recent Act entitled “An Act to provide a general stock law and regulate the opera- tions of the same,” which prohibits persons from allowing their live stock to run at large beyond the limits of their own land. The counties of Georgetown, Horry and Williamsburg are excepted from the operation of the law, but are required to have fences and gates erected on their boundary lines. Owners of stock trespassing are liable for damage done and expenses of seizure, &c. Stock trespassing may be seized by the owner of the land. It is made a misdemeanor to break or leave down gates or fences, and also to rescue stock impounded. Persons making advances either in money or supplies to those engaged in planting have a lien on the crop to the extent of the advances so made in preference to all other liens, provided an agreement in writing be entered into. Land- lords have such a hen to the extent of one-third of the crop without recording or filing. Laborers employed in making a crop have a lien thereon for their wages. Persons furnishing labor or materials for erec- tion, alteration or repair of buildings, have a lien upon the building and upon the interest of the owner in the land on which it stands for their debt.

Every encouragement is given to the employment of capital in manu- facturing industries. By a special,Act of the Assembly, it is provided that capital invested in the manufacture of cotton, woolen and paper fabrics, iron, lime, and agricultural implements, shall be exempted from all State, County and municipal! taxation for a period of ten years from the time of the commencement of the enterprise, excepting only the two mill tax for school purposes But this exemption does not apply to the land upon which factories are erected. Vessels of one hundred tons= measurement, and upwards, built and owned within this State, are en- titled to the benefit of this Act. Those desiring to avail themselves of the Act must file with the Comptroller-General proof of the invest- ment. For the purpose of encouraging immigration, real estate pur- chased by immigrants, and capital invested in improvements thereon, up to $1,500, is exempted for five years from all State, County or municipal taxation, except the two mill school tax. The department i is authorized to use a fund under its control to encourage and aid the introduction of immigrants.

444 INSTITUTIONS, GOVERNMENT AND LAWS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

PRINCIPAL AUTHORITIES CONSULTED.

History of South Carolina, 1670-1808. D. Ramsay. Charleston, 1809.

An Historical Account of the Rise and Progress of the Colonies of South Carolina and Georgia. Hewit. London, 1779.

History of South Carolina. W.G.Simms. Charleston, 1860.

History of the United States, George Bancroft. Boston, 1841-1874.

Statistics of South Carolina. Robert Mills. Charleston, 1826.

“Dual State Governments.” Address by Joseph W. Barnwell, Esq., before the South Carolina Historical Society, May 18th, 1880. Charles- ton, 1880.

Guide to Charleston. Charleston, 1875.

Charleston Year Books, 1881 and 1882.

Appleton’s American Cyclopedia, title “South Carolina.” New York, 1873-1876.

Constitution of South Carolina. 1868.

General Statutes of South Carolina. 1881.

Acts and Joint Resolutions of the General Assembly of South Carolina.

CHAPTER IV.

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

>

BY R. MEANS DAVIS,

PROFESSOR OF HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE IN SOUTH CAROLINA COLLEGE.

1882.

CONTENTS OF SKETCH. I. HistorrcAL SKETCH. VIII. Minirary TRAINING AND INSTRUCTION II. Pusiic Scnoou System. FOR MALEs. III. ScHoots In CHARLESTON. IX. Hicguer Epucatrion ror FEMALES. IV. Scuoots rN CoLuMBIA. X. PrRoressIoNaL AND SpecraLt Insrruc- V. CHARITABLE AND EDUCATIONAL TION. ASSOCIATIONS. XI. Epucation or CoLorepD Race. XII. Pertopican LITERATURE. XIII. Ivvireracy.

XIV. APPENDIX.

VI. Private ScHoots., VII. Hiauer Epvucation ror MALEs.

——

Scuoot Orricers, 1881-2.

HUGH 8S. THOMPSON, STATE SUPERINTENDENT OF [SDUCATION.

Stare Boarp or EXAMINERS, HENRY P. ARCHER. Rev. JAMES DUNLOP. Rev. J. SCOTT MURRAY. CHARLES PETTY.

Scuoort Orricers, 1882-3.

ASBURY COWARD, Stare SUPERINTENDENT OF EDUCATION.

Srate Boarp or EXAMINERS. HENRY P. ARCHER. Rev. J. SCOTT MURRAY.

*R. W. BOYD. *R. MEANS DAVIS.

* Vice Rev. James Dunlop and Charles Petty, resigved.

446 A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

I. HISTORICAL SKETCH.

The people of South Carolina, from the earliest period, fostered educa- tion. The first permanent settlement was made about the year 1671, and at the close of the seventeenth century the population scarcely reached five thousand, yet among the first recorded acts of the Colonial Assembly was the enactment of laws for the observance of the Sabbath, the pre- vention of idleness and drunkenness, and for “securing the Provincial Library in Charleston.” In these early:times .

RELIGION AND EDUCATION WENT HAND IN HAND.

Contemporaneously with the establishment of these Colonies, was the or- ganization in England of a “Society for the Propagation of the Gospel in Foreign Parts,” by which missionaries were sent out, not only to preach, but “to encourage the setting up of schools for the teaching of children.” Through the liberality of Dr. Bray, the Bishop of London’s Commissary for Maryland, aided by the public spirit of the Lords Proprietors and settlers, the nucleus of a public library had already been formed in Charlestown ; and in 1700, the Assembly took this library under public control, appointed the minister of the Church of England ex officio librarian, and created an advisory board of nine commissioners to aid him in the discharge of his duties. Other libraries were established in the Province by the combined action of the people, the Assembly, and the Society for the Propagation of the Gospel. From Carroll’s History we learn that “the missionaries represented frequently to the Society the great want of schools in the Province for the instruction of the children in the principles of religion, and teaching convenient learning. Dr. Le Jau, of Goose Creek, did very earnestly press the Society to allow a salary for a schoolmaster in his parish, and they appointed Mr. Dennis schoolmaster in 1710. He had a good num- ber of scholars for several years, till the Indian war broke out, which dispersed the people and all his scholars.” About this time, the Rev. Mr. Guy was appointed schoolmaster and assistant curate at Charleston.

FREE SCHOOLS.

Free schools date their origin as far back as 1710. In that year, the Assembly passed “An Act for the founding and erecting of a Free School”’ in Charlestown. The preamble recites that “It is necessary that a free school be erected for the instruction of the youth of this Province in

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 447

grammar and other arts and sciences and useful learning, and also in the principles of the Christian religion,” and that “several well disposed Christians, by their last wills, have given several sums of money for the founding a free school.” The Act constitutes a body corporate, consisting of the Governor and fifteen others, with power to prescribe rules, and to elect a master, who shall be of the Church of England, and shall teach the Latin and Greek languages, and, also, the useful parts of the mathe- matics. An amendatory and more general Act passed in 1712, appoint- ing John Douglass master, at a salary of £100 and a house, allowing him an usher, and a writing master to teach writing, arithmetic and mer- chants’ accounts, and the arts of navigation and surveying. Twelve beneficiaries were provided for, and free scholarships for five years were granted to any citizens on payment of £20 each. An additional provision was that any

SCHOOLMASTER SELTLED IN A COUNTRY PARISH,

and appointed by the vestry, should receive £10 per annum from the public treasury ;” while each parish was allowed £12 towards erecting a school-house.

This Act deserves mention, not so much from the actual results achieved, but as a proof of the enlightened and liberal spirit of the people in the presence of most unpropitious circumstances. It must be remem- bered that the early settlers of Carolina were continually harassed by foes from without and dissensions at home. “They raised their scanty crops, not only with the sweat of their brows, but at the risk of their lives.” Cavaliers and Puritans brought with them the memories of old feuds, and were united only in oppressing the Huguenots. Locke’s model constitution was an exasperating failure. Proprietors and people held diverse interests, and Governors were often at daggers’ points with the governed. Over issues of money had destroyed public confidence and depleted the treasury. <A disastrous expedition against the. Span-- iards, in 1702, and the necessity of repelling a counter invasion, ren- dered the situation still more distressing. At the very time that the free school was founded, the Province was torn by the claims of two con- flicting Governors, and the dispute was scarce settled before a severe contest arose against hostile Indians. The four years from 1715 to 1719 marked constant strife between the people and the Proprietors, and tranquility was not secured until the appointment, in the latter year, of a

royal Governor. THE FIRST ROYAL GOVERNOR.

The first appointee of the Crown, General Francis Nicholson, combined boldness, activity and firmness with liberality, wisdom and integrity.

448 A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

His great zeal in behalf of education is thus chronicled by Hewitt: “As no public school had yet been instituted for the instruction of youth in the principles of virtue and religion, the Governor urged, also, the use- fulness and necessity of such provincial establishments. It was alleged that the want of early instruction was one of the chief sources of impiety and immorality ; and if they continued any longer to neglect the rising generation, piety and Christianity would insensibly decay, and ‘they would soon have a race of white people in the country equally ignorant as the brown Indian. Animated by the example, and assisted by the generosity of the Governor, the colonists, therefore, in good earnest en- gaged in providing seminaries for the religious education of youth.”

PRIVATE BENEFACTIONS.

Particular legacies swelled the educational fand. Mr. W hitmarsh left £500 to St. Paul’s Parish; Mr. Ludlam, £2,000 to Goose Creek; and Richard Beresford, £6,500 to St. Thomas ; James Childs bequeathed £600, and other parishioners added £2,200 more to an institution in St. John’s Parish, established in 1783; Francis Williams donated £200 for the in- struction of the poor.

In 1734, a free school was opened in Dorchester, a town that had been settled in 1696 by a colony of Congregationalists from Massachusetts, under the Rev. Joseph Lord. The preamble of the act of incorporation mentions that the school at Charlestown is insufficient to meet the wants of the people. The teacher was required to give instruction in the learned languages and the principles of the Christian religion.

After this time, as we are informed by Ramsay, the youth of the Province were always able to secure instruction in the classics and in elements of mathematics.

With increasing wealth came increasing love of learning. Opulent planters maintained private tutors, or sent their sons abroad. None of the British Provinces, in proportion to their numbers, sent so many of their sons to Europe for education as South Carolina.”

EDUCATIONAL AND CHARITABLE ASSOCIATIONS

continued to be formed during colonial times. The South Carolina So- ciety, organized in 1737, and incorporated about fifteen years later, em- ployed teachers and taught and clothed poor children ; besides extending bounty to indigent members and their sons and daughters. The Winyah Indigo Society of Georgetown was incorporated in 1757, and the Fellow- ship Society of Charleston in 1769, for a similar purpose. In this last

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 449

named year an attempt was made to found a provincial college, but it failed, owing, it is said by some, to the opposition of those who believed that, by facilitating the acquisition of knowledge, existing distinctions of rank would be destroyed; or, as others say, because the rich and influential members, who controlled legislation, were able to send their children abroad, and felt no need for higher education at home.

THE REVOLUTIONARY PERIOD.

During the trying times of the revolution, learning did not languish. In 1777, were incorporated Mount Zion Society, Winnsboro’, and Cath- olic Society, Camden; in 1778, Salem Society, Camden, and St. David’s Society, Cheraw. Immediately after the declaration of peace a fresh impetus was given to education, three colleges being incorporated in 1785 on the same day; the first, the College of Charleston, which still exists; the second, Mount Zion College, in Winnsboro’, which subse- quently became an academy of great merit, and a third, which was to be established at Cambridge, but never went into operation. In 1795, a college was founded in Beaufort, but the funds were subsequently trans- ferred to a seminary of high grade. The Beaufort Society had already been incorporated in 1786, and the St. Helena Society in the same year. In 1787 was incorporated the Camden Orphan Society; in 1789, the Claremont Society, at Stateburg; in 1791, the Beaufort District Society ; in 1798, St. Andrew’s Society, in Charleston ; in 1799, Upper Long Cane Society, in Abbeville; in 1800, the John’s Island Society, and in 1809, the Mount Pleasant Academy. All these, as far as known, were endowed either by private donations, or by the proceeds of escheated and confis- eated lands, or both. Besides these, the Fair Forest Academy in Union, the Mount Bethel Academy of Newberry, the Minerva Academy in Richland, and one of the same name in Spartanburg, are mentioned by Ramsay as filling positions of great usefulness.

In 1797, the Legislature went so far as to incorporate a fifth college, located in Pinckney District, and styled The College of Alexandria.” The district and its college alike live only in the memories of the past.

Besides these chartered academies were several flourishing private schools, chief among them,

THE WILLINGTON ACADEMY, in Abbeville, conducted by Dr. Moses Waddell. Here gathered students

from all parts of this and adjoining States, and the wild woods of the Savannah resounded with the echoes of Homer and Virgil, and Cicero

450 A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTE CAROLINA.

and Horace, as the “winged words” issued from the lips of this vener- ' able preceptor, or his ardent disciples. Generations have passed away, but the impress of Dr. Waddell’s genius and influence is still seen in the social and political condition of the State.

By 1801 the State had become convinced of a want of wisdom in dis- sipating its resources; and upon the strong recommendation of Governor John Drayton, the Legislature that year passed an act incorporating

THE SOUTH CAROLINA COLLEGE.

A sketch of this celebrated institution will be given elsewhere. Since then, at different times, private colleges of great usefulness have been established, to which further reference will also be made.

In 1798, trustees were appointed to establish free schools in Orange- burg. With this exception, it would appear that, after the efforts of the early colonial governments, no further special attention was paid to free instruction until the year 1811.

FREE SCHOOL SYSTEM.

On the 26th of November of that year, Governor Henry Middleton urged, in his annual message, the establishment of free schools. On the following day Senator Strother presented petitions for free schools, signed by citizens of Fairfield, Chester, Williamsburg, Darlington, Edgefield, Barnwell, York, St. Stephen’s, St. James’ Santee, St. John’s Colleton, and St. Peter’s. A joint committee was appointed, with the Hon. Stephen Elliott as chairman. <A bill drawn by Mr. Elliott was reported by the committee; passed the Senate without the roll call, and was adopted in the House by a vote of seventy-two to fifteen.

This Act established in each district and parish free schools equal in number to the representatives in the lower house. Elementary instrue- tion was to be imparted to all pupils free of charge, preference being given to poor orphans and the children of indigent parents. Three hundred dollars per annum were voted to each school. Commissioners, varying in number from three to eleven in each district and parish, serving with- out pay and without penalty, were entrusted with their management: Until a sufficient number of schools should be established, the commis- sioners were permitted to move the schools annually, but no school should be established until the neighborhood had built a school house. The funds of the free schools might be united with the funds of the public schools. The aggregate appropriation was about $37,000 a year.

The system having been thus auspiciously inaugurated, vigorous efforts

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN. SOUTH CAROLINA. 451

followed to put it into successful operation. Legislative committees made annual reports, showing greater or less progress. Leading men interested themselves in free education.

GOVERNORS, IN THEIR ANNUAL MESSAGES,

evinced an earnest desire for a more general diffusion of knowledge. Among these were Governor Middleton, in 1812; Governor Williams, in 1815 and 1816; Governor Pickens, in 1817; Governor Bennett, in 1822; Governor Wilson, in 1825; Governor Manning, in 1826; Governor Mil- ler, in 1829; Governor Hamilton, in 1831 and 1832; Governor Hayne, in 1833; Governor McDuffie, in 1835 and 1836; Governor Butler, in 1837 and 1838; Governor Noble, in 1839, and Governor Henegan in the fol- lowing year. Governor Hammond, in both his messages (1842 and 1848), urged the endowment of an academy in each district. Other governors have touched upon the subject with more or less earnestness.

An amendatory Act, introduced by Judge Frost, and passed in 1835, provided penalties for non-performance of duty by the commissioners, but gave no pay; and failed to designate any one whose business it should be to enforce the law. While such thickly inhabited localities as Charleston had derived benefits from these schools, sparsely settled com- munities had accomplished little, and the general result was unsatisfac- tory. Instead, however, of abandoning the attempt,

INCREASED EFFORTS WERE MADE

to ensure success. A committee, consisting of Rey. Stephen Elliott and Rey. James H. Thornwell, was appointed in 1838, to confer with the various school commissioners, and suggest improvements. Their report, presented in 1839, is full of interest; containing, among other contribu- tions, a most elaborate paper by the Hon. Edmund Bellinger, of Barn-— well, which showed that in twenty-seven years, the average attendance for the State was 6,018 pupils, and the average annual expenditure, $35,000, that during the whole time regular reports were made in only five years, that the expenditure for each year bore no proportion to the scholars, that several parishes and districts received no regular sum, that the expenditure for each district bore no proportion to the scholars edu- cated or to the population, that out of the attendance not more than one- sixth was believed to be composed of necessitous pupils. The greatest number of scholars in any one year was 10,718, in 1833; and the largest expenditure was $48,951, in 1819, during which year the attendance was but 3,002. Since 1815 the annual appropriation had been $37,000.”

452 A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

There was an almost unanimous concurrence in the recommendation of some sort of general supervision, either in the person of one official, or of several, with liberal salaries. This same measure had been in- sisted upon by leading statesmen and educators time and again; but it was never adopted.

NO DEFINITE RESULTS

came from the presentation of this report. In 1846, at the request of the State Agricultural Society, Hon. R. F. W. Allston prepared an elabo- rate report, in which he dwelt upon the necessity of supplementing the State appropriation by local taxation of an equal amount. Though thoroughly imbued with a desire for better schools, Governor Allston, subsequently, when President of the Senate, opposed a larger State ap- propriation, on the ground that, without local taxation, it would accom- plish nothing. Mr. Henry Summer made a report to the Legislature in 1847, insisting upon better free schools, as supplementary to the college, urging the establishment of a normal school, and a more equitable ap- portionment of the public funds.

In 1852, the Legislature, by a close vote, passed an Act doubling the appropriation for free schools; and after that time $74,400 were annually set apart for their maintenance. Attendance in 1853 was over 17,000, and in 1854, over 16,000, exclusive of Charleston. While in some districts free schools were established, in others contracts for tuition of indigent pupils were made with teachers of private schools. The report for 1860 shows an aggregate of 1,270 schools, and 18,915 pupils. The appropria- tion was $74,400, the expenditures $127,539.41, an excess of $62,367.80, of which $19,544.58 were in Charleston City, and were probably met by a city tax. Excess in the other districts and parishes may be explained partly by overdrafts and partly by unexpended balances of former years.

In 1865, there were 823 schools, 845 teachers, and 10,811 pupils.

It may reasonably be asked why this system of instruction

BORE SO LITTLE FRUIT,

in the face of so much interest and so many admirable attempts to culti- vate it. Dr. Curry attributes the cause to the existence of slavery. “Slavery sparsified our population, created a kind of aristocracy, among whom, as Burke said, Freedom was to them not only an enjoyment, but a kind of rank and privilege.” Slave owners held borrowed estates, were surrounded by a host of menial dependents, lived luxuriously, dis- pensed a cordial and magnificent hospitality, ‘combined with the spirit of freedom the haughtiness of domination,’ and free schools became un-

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 453

necessary or impossible.” Although these schools were made free to all by the Act of 1811, they soon came to be regarded in many localities as pauper schools. As far back as 1839, Rev. Mr. Thrummell, of All Saints’, reports, as the radical defect of the system, that “it is a bounty, intended for the poor. The rich will not avail themselves of it, since they do not need it, while the poor will rather keep their children home altogether, than, by sending them to the free school, attach to them, as they think and feel, the stigma of being poor, and of receiving education as paupers.” In his view, the imposition of a local tax, by compelling all to contribute to the school would induce all to send to it, thus removing the existing reproach, Instances are cited in which parents refuse to send children to these “pauper institutions,” yet willingly accept the offer of a rich neighbor to pay their bills at a private academy.

Another cause of failure was the want of proper supervision, and the consequent incompetency of many teachers. Another defect was the establishment of schools in proportion to representation in the Legisla- ture, instead of causing them to be based upon the number of children, Under the ante bellum Constitution, wealth was an equal factor with pop- ulation, in determining representation. So that the richer the district, the greater the number of free schools.

But the controlling cause of the failure of the free school system was, that its need was not felt by the people. Private institutions had sprung up on every hand; and, through individual beneficence or the generosity of teachers, the rudiments of instruction, if nothing more, were in reach of all who desired to secure them. Jn this way have some of the bright- est intellects of the State been trained to shed lustre upon the pages of her history.

THE CENSUS OF 1850

shows that the expenditures for education within the limits of the State

during that year, amounted to $510,879, of which $410,430 were raised_ by tuition fees, $79,099 by taxation and public funds, and $21,350 by

endowment, representing endowment funds aggregating $305,000, on a

basis of seven per cent.

THE SUCCEEDING DECADE

was in every respect a period of unexampled progress. By the census estimates, the true value of property had risen from $288,257,694 in 1850, to $548,138,754 in 1860. The sums expended for education had increased to $690,412, of which $420,944 came from tuition fees, &c., $135,813 from taxation and public funds, and $133,755 from endowment, repre- senting, at seven per cent.,endowment funds of $1,910,788. This last

454 A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

feature is worthy of special. note, as evincing a determination to assure the permanence of educational institutions. This absolute increase is remarkable, being six fold in ten years. Its comparative increase is note- worthy, as being from a fraction over two per cent. of the aggregate en- dowments in the whole Union, in 1850, to something more than six per cent. in 1860. In that year South Carolina was fifth on the lst in the amount of College endowments, and sixth also in the income of her Colleges ; as will be seen by reference to the census.

At this time were in most successful operation the South Carolina College, the State Military Academy, the Charleston College, Erskine College, Wofford College, Furman University, Newberry College, the Medical College in Charleston, and three Theological Seminaries, all for males. I*emale Colleges of high repute flourished in different portions of the State. Classical or Military Academies were located in. almost every town, and in many country places, selected for their salubrious climate or other natural advantages. All these were patronized alike by parents who had received a hberal education, and by those who, feeling the want themselves, desired it for their sons and daughters. ‘Nor was patronage confined to schools and colleges at home. Large sums of money flowed into the coffers of renowned educational institutions in other States and beyond the seas, so that it is ‘safe to estimate the annual expenditure at not much less than a million dolars for education.

AS THE CLOUDS OF WAR

thickened, these institutions closed one by one, and teachers and pupils alike passed from classic shades to the tented field. Some school edifices were destroyed, some converted into hospitals for the sick and wounded, and others afforded shelter to refugees from the devastated districts. The last call for troops, in February, 1865, swept into the field every white male from sixteen to sixty.

The year 1865 was most disastrous to every interest. The pangs of defeat were intensified by the pangs of hunger, and the desire for know- ledge gave place to cravings for bread. The following year, however, marked

A GENERAL REOPENING OF SCHOOLS

One of the first acts of the new legislature that succeeded military rule’ was the rehabiliment of the South Carolina College, and its enlargement intoa University, with a full academic course and complete schools of law and medicine. Private colleges set themselves bravely to the task of collecting scattered students and replenishing bankrupt treasuries.

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 455

Schools and academies again opened their doors to the rising generation, and it was fondly hoped that progress would be rapid. This hope was short lived.

An organic revolution soon occurred which conyulsed society to its very foundations, and wrought changes more violent even than those that first followed the surrender. A new constitution was adopted, the old forms of government, the courts and many existing institutions were changed. New law-makers, supported by a new constituency, brought in new ideas and new methods.

The old system of private institutions was henceforth gradually to be supplanted by a general system of State instruction for rich and poor alike. Hereafter we will find public schools occupying a much more prominent place in the public mind and in public legislation.

II. PUBLIC SCHOOL SYSTEM.

The adoption of the amendments to the Federal Constitution caused a thorough reconstruction of the State government, and elevated an entirely new element to the control of public affairs. A new State Con- stitution was adopted in 1868. It incorporated a system of public instruction into the organic law of the land, and provided for the election of a State Superintendent, of Education, and for subordinate officers in the different counties for the management of schools and the improvement of teachers. Provision was made for raising necessary school funds, and a compulsory attendance was ordered so soon as the school session should reach six months in each year. The sources of revenue were threefold—first, a general legislative appropriation ; second, a poll- tax of one dollar on all able-bodied male citizens (with a few exceptions) within certain specified ages ; and third, a voluntary local taxation.

The system, perfected as it had been in other States as the result of”

careful study and long experience, was GOOD ENOUGH IN THEORY;

but in practice proved a failure, owing partly to its novelty, but chiefly to the ignorance and dishonesty of many parties connected with its management.

State Superintendent Jillson (1868-1876) makes repeated complaints of the diversion of school funds to other purposes, and, in his report for 1876, shows. an aggregate deficiency of $324,058.40. Besides this, in

-

456 A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA,

almost every county existed school claims in excess of estimated appro- priations, thus swelling the debt to still greater proportions.

Notwithstanding the discouragement and even exasperation of friends of education in consequence of these gross frauds against the system, the number of schools and pupils all along increased, an evidence of what might be expected under better management.

In 1877

A CHANGE OF GOVERNMENT

occurred, since which time the charges of dishonesty have totally ceased, and complaints of incompetency are steadily decreasing. Much of this progress is due to the zeal and ability of the Hon. Hugh S. Thompson, for six years State Superintendent. As parents, children, and officials become better acquainted with their respective duties and responsibilities, the system improves in a constantly increasing ratio.

SCHOOL REVENUES.

A constitutional amendment, adopted by all parties in 1876, provides for an annual levy of not less than two mills on the dollar for public schools, to be expended in the county in which it is raised, thus insuring stability to the system. The poll-tax is devoted to educational purposes, and in some: localities the option of local taxation rests with the property holders.

TERRITORIAL DIVISIONS AND GOVERNMENT.

Each county is divided into school districts, varying in number in different counties, managed by local boards of trustees, and being for the most part co-terminus with the townships. Every such school district is a body politic, capable of suing and being sued, of contracting, and of holding property for school purposes.

STATE AND COUNTY OFFICIALS.

The State Superintendent of Education is a constitutional officer, elected biennially by the people, giving a bond for $5,000, and receiving a salary of $2,100. He exercises general supervision over all the public schools of the State, and is required to visit every county for the purpose of inspecting the schools, and awakening an interest in education. He is required to secure, with the aid and advice of the State Board of Examiners, uniformity of text-books and the exclusion of secular or par- tisan books and instruction, and to perform such other duties as may be

vA

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 457

prescribed, or become necessary. An annual report of his visits, and of the condition and requirements of the public schools, must be made by him through the Governor to the Legislature.

The State Board of Examiners consists of the Superintendent of Edu- cation and four persons, appointed biennially by the Governor. This board meets twice a year, or oftener, if deemed advisable, and is consti- tuted an advisory body, which the Superintendent shall consult when in doubt as to his official duty. It renders final decisions upon all questions of appeal from the County Boards. It has power to adopt rules not incon- sistent with the general law for the government of the schools, to pre- scribe standards of efficiency for teachers, to examine teachers, and grant State certificates; and also to prescribe text-books for a period of not less than five years.

‘At each general election a School Commissioner is chosen by the voters of each county, giving bond for $1,000, and receiving a per diem allow- ance not exceeding $600 a year, except in the County of Charleston.

He acts as the organ of communication between the State Superin- tendent and the local authorities. It is his duty to apportion the school fund among the several districts in his county according to the average attendance of pupils during the preceding year, to visit the schools and acquaint himself with their character and condition, and to make sug- gestions that, in his opinion, are conducive to the welfare of the system. An annual report is sent by him to the State Superintendent.

The County Board of Examiners is composed of the County School Commissioner and two persons appointed by the State Board of Exam- iners, to serve two years without pay. It conducts county examinations for teachers upon questions prescribed by the State Board, arranges the school districts, appoints school trustees, and acts as a tribunal in all disputes arising between trustees and teachers or patrons.

Three School Trustees for each district are appointed biennially by the County Board of Examiners. They serve two years without compensa-

tion, and are entrusted with the general management of affairs, such as the erection and location of school-houses, the employment and payment of teachers, the suspension or dismission of pupils, the calling of district meetings, and the visiting and supervision of schools.

TEACHERS.

Every teacher in the public schools of South Carolina must be of good moral character, and must hold a certificate of qualification issued by. the State Board, the County Board, the City Board of Charleston, or the Faculty of the State Normal Institute.. No school commissioner or

trustee shall teach in the public schools. Three grades of excellence are 30

458 A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

recognized in the issuance of certificates. The first may be renewed for three years without re-examination; the second for two years; third grade certificates are valid for but one year. Three Normal Institute cer- tificates entitle the holder to a life diploma. Teachers are required to file monthly reports’ of enrollment and attendance, with the branches taught, upon which pay certificates are granted by the trustees, approved by the school commissioners and paid by the county treasurer. CURRICULUM.

In every school shall be taught, as far as practicable, orthography, reading, writing, arithmetic, geography and English grammar, History of the United States and of the State, the principles of the Constitution, and laws of the United States and of this State, morals and good be- havior. In some schools higher instruction is also imparted.

SCHOOL AGE. The school age is not absolutely fixed, but the school census taken in former years embraces all children between the ages of six and sixteen

years. SCHOOL DISTRICTS AND SCHOOLS.

There were 481 school districts, and 3,057 schools in 1881, distributed as follows:

CounTIES. eee CouNTIES. Bea = PA! a me | D Abbeville... ... .| 167) 187/Kershaw. 12) ae Anwene Peek? SOA 00 ei Gaster 8 | 58 Anderson . ARR ALY ALS) Tl homens 2 Creer a 9 |:102 Barnwell. ac. sed. 20 | T48ibexinston.. i. . 13 |. 83 Beawfonte es heh ce oad eb e Oe NM Soe ia ecko 18 | 123 Charleston. . .....| 18 | 145) Marlboro 8. eae Chester soo... ere [et AURORE ER secuee cals 11; 75 ttectertiald’ sa | 8) oases ares aera 8) 87 @larénidon'. ) ss) 2 8/10: | 60 Oran pebure) ie. 52°} 113 Goeneton: A ee Ae D6 | See a ee 8 |. 66 Darlington.-. . . .. «| 22\> *HRichland....°.. <>) Edgefield... . . . .|°83 | 188 Spartanburg. . 2).'> |) 2agpeie Mairheld.... . 3 <2.) 20 | 0 QO Sumter ss* oso en Georgetown ... . . «| 9] 53/Union. Oo Greenville. . . . ..°. | 16 | 142)/Williamsburg . .) 0°. > =e aropton: isi. Cee | 6 86York!. 2. ea et. Bares: eke cassia teed: 88

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 459

SCHOOL BUILDINGS.

Reports in 1881, from all but four counties, give the number of school buildings as 2,989, with a valuation of $435,289. In addition to these, 163 buildings were rented for school purposes during the year, at a cost of $2,882.08. Of all these, 698 were owned by school districts, and the remainder by other parties. There were 1,649 reported as in good con- dition, 813 in fair condition, and 477 in bad condition.

GRADED SCHOOLS AND LOCAL TAXATION.

The public schools of Charleston City have always been supported in part by a city tax. The system of local taxation, which existed through- out the State between the years 1868 and 1876, and which was abrogated in 1877, has been renewed in several localities in more recent years under restrictions which protect the property-holders from oppression by pro- viding that they alone shall exercise the right to vote in the district tax meetings. Under the operation of the amended law graded schools for white and colored pupils were established in Winnsboro in 1878. Ches- ter established similar schools the year following. The success of these attempts to secure more ample instruction has induced other towns to follow their example, and it is believed that in a few years graded schools, based on local taxation as supplementing the public fund, will be found in many, if not all, the towns of South Carolina. The privilege of local taxation now exists in Charleston, Columbia, Winnsboro, Chester, Cam- den, Union, Johnston, Varnsville, Monticello and Feasterville. It had- not, up to 1882, been put into operation in Columbia, Union and Feaster- ville. An excellent graded school is conducted in Graniteville, by Mr. W.N. Marchant; a large portion of the funds for its support being fur- nished by the Graniteville Manufacturing Company. Other manufac- turing companies, with equal liberality, have established good schools for theinstruction of the children of the operatives. Abbeville has had a graded school for some years, under the charge of Mr. D. B. Johnson. The school is supported by tuition fees for seven months, and during the last three is a public school, free to all. Sumter has a similar school.

STATE NORMAL INSTITUTES.

The late State Superintendent of Education, Hon. Hugh 8. Thompson, whose great zeal in the cause was equalled by the ability with which he discharged the duties of his office, at an early day urged upon the Legis- lature the necessity of providing for some special instruction of teachers,

460 A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

in order that they might become still more efficient in their profession, For this purpose he recommended the establishment of a Normal School, Failing in this, he resolyed to establish a summer teacher’s institute. Through the liberality of the Peabody trustees, who furnished him a thousand dollars, he organized the first

STATE NORMAL INSTITUTE,

in the City of Spartanburg, during the month of August, 1880. The authorities of Wofford College tendered the use of their building and apparatus, free of charge, and the Faculty of the College and the citizens generally vied in their efforts to make the institute a success.

Professor F. Louis Soldan, of St. Louis, an eminent educator, was made principal of the institute, assisted by Prof. E. 8. Joynes, of the University of Tennessee, and several teachers of the State. The institute lasted four weeks, and proved a most gratifying success. Lectures were de- livered by most of the'college presidents of the State, and by other dis- tinguished gentlemen. The enrolled attendance was nearly two hundred, from all parts of South Carolina, and on special occasions the attendance was estimated at between five and six hundred.

SO GREAT WAS THE SUCCESS OF THIS

Institute, that in the following August, a second institute was held in Greenville, in the buildings of Furman University, which were gene- rously tendered for the purpose. Prof. Soldan again presided, assisted by the former faculty and by other teachers. The enrolled attendance was three hundred. Lectures were delivered by General Eaton, United States Commissioner; Prof. W. T. Harris, of Concord, Mass.; Rev. J. L. M. Curry, and others. In 1883 A THIRD INSTITUTE

was held in the buildings of the South Carolina College, in Columbia. To the great regret of all his friends, Prof. Soldan was prevented by busi- ness from again taking part; but his place was ably filled by Dr. M. A. Newell, the State Superintendent of Maryland.

The Legislature had in the meantime passed an Act conferring au- thority upon the Faculty of the Normal Institute to issue certificates and diplomas, which are of the highest grade in the State. At the close of the Institute in 1882 several teachers passed successful examinations and received certificates.

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 461

Theze institutes are growing in favor and in usefulness, and promise to become permanent features in the public school system of South Caro- lina, though the benefits secured are free to all teachers and other per- sons destraus of obtaining knowledge. These institutes have already given a great impetus to education by introducing new methods and the best ideas of leading teachers.

A COLORED INSTITUTE

was held in Columbia during the month of July, 1881, under charge of Prof. Montgomery, a leading colored teacher of Washington, assisted by an able faculty. The attendance was very encouraging, in point of numbers and earnestness. |

A SECOND COLORED INSTITUTE

was held in Columbia, during July, 1882; Prof. Montgomery again pre- sided. The work was thorough and most interesting, and proved of great advantage to the colored teachers of South Carolina. Institutes for colored teachers will continue to be held.

During the month of October, 1880, a colored county institute was held in Charleston for one week, under the auspices of Bishop P. F. Stevens, School Commissioner of Charleston County.

COUNTY INSTITUTES. P

A very successful county teachers’ institute was conducted in the town of Johnston, Edgefield County, for four weeks, during the summer of 1882, under Prof. B. Neely, of Augusta. About fifty pupils were present, and the interest was maintained throughout.

Besides these, county conventions and teachers’ institutes have been held in a number of counties in the State; notably in Spartanburg.

III. SCHOOLS IN CHARLESTON.

When the Free School system of the State was established in 1810, the sum of $5,100 was assigned to Charleston for the pay of three male and two female teachers, the former at a salary of $1,200, the latter of $750 each. Out of this each teacher was required to provide a school house,

462 A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

and often, to supply text-books to indigent pupils. The attendance gen- erally averaged from eighty to a hundred for each teacher.

Notwithstanding the existence of numerous admirable private schools, it was resolved, in 1854, to make such improvements in the free school system as were demanded by the progress of the city, and the growing needs of the people. The first step was the erection of the Bennett, the Memminger, the Friend Street, and the Morris Street School buildings. Trained teachers were secured who soon raised the schools to a high de- gree of excellence. Four thousand white pupils attended during the year 1860.

At the close of the war, the school authorities recognizing the altered condition of affairs, set apart the Morris Street building, the largest of all, for the instruction of. the colored children. This action, and the pre- vious destruction of the Friend Street school, by fire, in 1861, has left somewhat restricted accommodations for white pupils.

THE FIVE TEACHERS

of 1811 had grown, in 1881, to 91, six males and eighty-five females. The white pupils numbered 2,009, and the colored 2,005, a total of 4,014.

The schools were as follows:

Bennett School; Mr. H. P. Archer; boys, 745, girls, 379. Total, 1,124.

Memminger School, Miss Simonton, girls, 597.

Meeting Street School, Mr. F. W. Clements; boys, 108, girls, 180. oa tal, 288.

Morris Street School (colored), Mr. A. Doty; boys, 547, girls, 714. To- tal, 1,261.

Shaw Memorial School (colored), Mr. Edward Carroll; boys, 330, girls, 414. Total 744.

The School Session embraces a period of ten-months, vacations occur- ring in August and September, with two weeks in April and one in De- cember. Daily sessions from 9 A. M., to 2 P. M.

SCHOOL LAW.

At every general municipal election, one School Commissioner is elected for each ward. These Commissioners constitute the School Board and elect officers, and perform all such duties as devolve upon the Boards- of Trustees of other School Districts.

A City Superintendent is elected by the Board. Mr. William Simons is the present incumbent. .

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 463

REVENUES.

In 1880 the taxation for Public Schools in the City of Charleston was

4 mills, made up of 2 mills State tax, 1} mills special tax, and } mill for the rebuilding of the Friend Street School. The total revenue reached $61,500, exclusive of appropriations to institutions of higher learning. During the past decade Charleston has expended about three quarters of a million dollars for public schools, of which $347,602.12 was from the special tax. This largely exceeds the rate of taxation, even in the most progressive of the larger cities of the North.

For the year 1881, the income was $61,072.12, and the expenditure $59,320.07, a per capita expenditure of $14.78, for the year.

The Friend Street School was rebuilt in 1881-82, and named in honor of the late William Crafts, an ardent friend of free schools more than seventy years ago. It was reopened this Autumn, under the charge of Mr. F. W. Clements.

THE HIGH SCHOOL,

designed as a training school for business or college, was established in 1839, and has had an honorable career. In the past two years, it has been reorganized and perfected. The King mansion and grounds have been purchased and converted into a commodious school building, while an admirably equipped gymnasium, in charge of competent teachers, fur- nishes facilities for instruction in athletic exercises and sports. The standard of scholarship has been raised, the study of Latin made imper- ative, and Greek, or French and German as alternatives, required. This institution is in charge of Mr. Virgil C. Dibble, with a competent corps of assistants. The revenues are derived partly from tuition fees, and partly from an appropriation by Council, which reduces the rates of tui- tion one-half. The average attendance is about one hundred and fifty— all males. The receipts for 1881 were $6,391.04.

-

SEMI-PUBLIC INSTITUTIONS.

Several educational establishments in the city, though supported by private means, may be considered almost as public schools.

THE CENTRAL SCHOOL, founded by Bishop England. of the Roman Catholic Church, in, 1820,

has been constantly growing in usefulness. Located on George street, it employs six teachers and has an attendance of between three and four

464 A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA,

hundred pupils, at an average annual expense of about $3,600. A female school in Society street, established in 1873, has five teachers and an average attendance of 230 pupils.

A PAROCHIAL SCHOOL FOR COLORED CHILDREN,

attached to St. Peter’s Church, numbers two teachers and 130 pupils.

HOLY COMMUNION CHURCH INSTITUTE.

In the year 1867, the Rev. A. Toomer Porter, D. D., of the Protestant Episcopal Church, conceived the idea of establishing a classical school for children of parents in straitened circumstances, the pupils to pay such sums for tuition and board as they might be able, while many were taught gratuitously. Its excellence has commended it to general patron- age. .The alumni of the school already number over two thousand. Ex- penses have averaged $18,000 a year, a total of nearly $300,000 during its existence. Its revenues are derived partly from tuition fees, and partly from subscriptions raised at home and abroad.

Parties in New York had contributed up to 1881, $43,000, Baltimore and Washington $24,000, Hartford $15,000, Boston $12,000, while other localities had swelled the total from abroad to $108,000. Friends in Eng- land contributed $32,000 more.

In 1881, the further sums of $12,400 were given by Northern friends, and $4,300 by English philanthropists. The school closed the year free of all debt. Mr. John Gadsden is principal, with nine male and five female assistants. Attendance in 1881 was 206; of which number 44 boarders, and 37 day scholars were beneficiaries.

CONFEDERATE HOME AND SCHOOL.

The first practical step for the organization of the Confederate Home and School in Charleston was taken August 12, 1867. On that day, the present and only President which the out aan has ever had—Mrs. M. A. Snowden—in company with her pastor, secured the present premises, at the rent of $1,800 per year. To meet this rent there was but one dollar in hand, the gift of an inmate of a charitable institution in Balti- more.

Immediately after securing the building, which has been ever since used, a meeting of ladies was called, a constitution adopted, and an organ- ization effected. The following officers were elected: President, Mrs. M. A. Snowden; Vice-President, Miss Susan Matilda Middleton; Secre-

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 465

tary and Treasurer, Miss Mary B. Campbell; Corresponding Secretary, Mrs. Wm. E. Mikell; Managers: Mrs. P. C. Gaillard, Mrs. Daniel Elliott Huger, Mrs. Geo. Robertson, Mrs. Wm. Ravenel, Mrs. Henry Ravenel, Mrs. Isabel S. Snowden, Mrs. C. S. Vedder, Mrs. John S. Palmer, Mrs. M. P. Matheson, Miss Anna Simpson, Miss Eliza E. Palmer.

The institution was immediately opened, and twenty-five ladies were furnished with rooms. A school was organized for the children of the inmates, numbering twenty-five pupils. These were gratuitously taught by young ladies of the city.

THE FIRST SEMI-ANNUAL REPORT

showed that the institution was giving shelter to seventy inmates, and that the school numbered fifty scholars. As there was still room in the spacious premises for more occupants, the plan was then devised to make the educational feature of the Home” more prominent, and to take a limited number of young ladies, who should be provided with all the conveniences of home, and attend upon some of the best schools in the city. This plan was carried out, and proved so valuable and successful that it was still further improved upon. Some disadvantages arose from having the young ladies at different schools, however excellent, and there were considerations of expense which compelled attention. The importance of haying the pupils under the immediate supervision of the Board of Control—who were responsible for their welfare—and excited to generous emulation by pursuing the same studies under the same teachers, led to the organization of

A FEMALE SEMINARY WITHIN THE HOME.

This is the plan under which the institution has now worked for twelve years. Competent teachers, a portion of them residing in the institution, have charge of the school. All the branches of a thorough education are taught, beginning with the rudiments, and including French, German, Latin and Music. The young ladies are provided with board, lodging, fuel and washing, and provision is made, in extreme cases, to aid in the purchase of books and uniform. The number of pupils each year has averaged about fifty, who have been resident in the Home for the annual term of nine months. Day scholars are received also from the city.

The institution is under the charge of a Board of Control, consisting of fifteen ladies, who meet each alternate Tuesday. Daily oversight of

466 4A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

its management is given by the President, Mrs M. A. Snowden, and by: g a matron and housekeaper, and by resident teachers.

THE HOME HAS LITTLE SOURCE OF INCOME

but voluntary contributions. The Confederate Home Association num- bers one hundred and fifty, who pay annual dues of one dollar, and a “Gentlemen’s Auxiliary Association,” the yearly membership of which is ten dollars. The donations of friends have been liberal and frequent, so that the Home Association not only owns the premises which were at first rented, but has added to them a very large building adjoining, and front- ing upon another street. At the request of some of the donors, their gifts have been used to purchase scholarships of $500 each, bearing an’ annual interest of $35 for beneficiaries of the Institution.

By far the greater portion of the pupils are wholly or in part benefi- ciary. When, however, there is ability upon the part of the parents or friends to pay anything, it is strictly required. Thesum of two hundred dollars yearly will provide board, lodging, fuel, lights, books and uni- form ; yet but one pupil last year and but one pupil this year has been, able to meet this requirement. All others have been wholly gratuitous, or the amount paid merely nominal.

The number of pupils, including resident and day scholars, averages sixty. In addition to the pupils of the school, the Confederate ‘Home has provided, for fourteen years, and still provides rooms for an average of forty permanent inmates—mothers, widows or daughters of Southern soldiers, with every possible help to their maintenance.

THE SHAW MEMORIAL SCHOOL.

After the close of the war, the relatives of Col. R. G. Shaw, of Massa- chusetts, who was killed in command of a regiment of colored troops before Battery Wagner, endowed the “Shaw Memorial School” for colored children. For several years it was supported by Northern funds, but in 1874, the property was conveyed to the city, which undertook its maintenance, at an annual expenditure of between six and seven thousand dollars. This school has been mentioned among the public schools.

THE AVERY NORMAL INSTITUTE, for colored students, was organized in 1865. <A building was erected

at a cost of $25,000, in 1868, by the American Missionary Association, and named for the Rev. Mr. Avery, a philanthropist of Pittsburg, who

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 467

gave $150,000 to the Society for educational purposes. Superintendent W. L. Gordon has eight assistants. The attendance for 1881 reached 459, and the expenditures, $5,199, of which $2,674 were drawn from tuition, and the rest supplied by the A. M. Association.

WALLINGFORD ACADEMY,

established for colored pupils in 1865, occupies a building erected at a cost of $13,500, of which $7,800 was given by the Freedmen’s Bureau. It is conducted by Principal L. A. Grover and six assistants, with an en- rollment, in 1881, of 618 pupils, an expenditure of about $2,900. The school takes its name from a lady in Pittsburg, who paid off the in- debtedness on the building.

PRIVATE SCHOOLS.

Besides the public and charitable institutions, the city contains a num- ber of private academies and schools for youth of both sexes. These are of the highest order of excellence, and not only supply additional facilities for the young people of Charleston, but attract a number of pupils from abroad.

Some of the principal private schools are as follows:

Charleston Classical School, B. R. Stuart, Principal.

English Classical and Mathematical School, Jos. T. Caldwell, Principal. English and Classical School, Messrs. Coleman and Kent, Principals. German Academy, C. H. Bergmann, Principal.

Confederate Home School (Female), Mrs. G. W. Alexander. Charleston Female Seminary, Miss E. A. Kelly.

Schools for Girls and Kindergarten, Mrs. Isabel A. Smith.

Miss Murden’s School, for girls and boys.

Miss 8. D. Pinckney’s School, for girls and boys.

Miss DeSaussure’s School, for girls and boys.

Miss C. M. Smith’s School, for girls and boys.

The Misses Scott’s School, for girls and boys.

Mrs. Toomer’s School, for girls and boys.

Miss A. T. Quigley’s School, for girls and boys.

Mrs. F. A. Porcher’s School, for girls and boys.

Madam Feugas’ School, for girls and boys.

Miss Beckmann’s School, for girls and boys.

468 A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

IV. CITY OF COLUMBIA.

PUBLIC SCHOOLS.

The Legislature, in 1880, passed an Act providing for a special system of public instruction for the City of Columbia. Four School Commis- sioners are elected by the voters of the city, who have authority over the schools.

The law provides for an annual vote by the resident tax-payers of Columbia upon the question of levying a local tax. Meetings were held in 1881 and 1882, at each of which the proposition to levy a tax was de- feated. By the year 1883, the quota of the school fund arising from the two-mill tax had become so small, in consequence of small attendance at the public schools, that these were open only for sixty days.. Out of nearly $7,500 paid into the school fund, the city received back only about $1,700. Ata meeting held January 31st, 1883, however, a levy of one mill was made, which will realize nearly four thousand dollars, and will do much towards creating a system, which as yet cannot be said really to exist. The Park School, for whites, is in charge of Mrs. Stein. The Howard School, for colored children, is conducted by Prof. W. M. Dart.*

PRIVATE SCHOOLS.

The Columbia Male Academy and the Columbia Female Academy, under the control of a board of trustees, have long been in successful operation. Their early history has been lost; but it is known that land was given to them by Colonel Thomas Taylor, and that under the old charter of McGowan’s Ferry across the Congaree, half the tolls were given to the academy. This provision is not continued in the new charter of Guignard’s Ferry.

THE MALE ACADEMY

is now conducted by Mr. Charles H. Barnwell. He has several assistants, and more than sixty pupils, some of advanced standing.

THE FEMALE ACADEMY

is in charge of the Misses Elmore, who have a large number of pupils.

Mr. R. H. Clarkson established a classical school a few years sinee, which is growing rapidly in favor.

*Since the above was written, the City Board cf Columbia have fully organized a system by the election of D. B. Johnson, Esq., as Superintendent, and a full corps of instructors, The male and femaie academies have been leased for the use of the public schools,

SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA 469

The Misses Martin have a private school of great excellence and long established reputation.

The female school of the Misses Reynolds has sent into life many young ladies thoroughly and carefully trained. .

A female boarding school of high grade has recently been opened by Mrs. Mary Preston Darby, chiefly for the accommodation of visitors from abroad, who seek the climate of Columbia for health or pleasure.

The Palmetto Academy was established by the Odd Fellows. It has been in existence a number of years, and has done much good.

Other private schools are in existence in the city.

Vv. CHARITABLE, EDUCATIONAL, AND LITERARY INSTITUTIONS.

1751. South Carolina Society, Charleston. 1757. Winyah Indigo Society, Georgetown. 1769. Fellowship Society, Charleston. 1777. Mount Zion Society, Winnsboro. 1777. Catholic Society, Camden. _ 1778. Salem Society, Camden. 1778. St. David’s Society, Cheraw. 1785. Beaufort Society, Beaufort. 1786. St. Helena Society, St. Helena. 1787. Camden Orphan Society, Camden. 1789. Claremont Society, Stateburg. 1791. Beaufort District Society. 1798. St. Andrew’s Society, Charleston. 179%. Upper Long Cane Society, Abbeville. 1800. John’s Island Society. 1899. Mt. Pleasant Academy, Christ Church. 1811. Free Schools established.

-The reader cannot but be struck with the number of these societies organized between 1751 and 1809, which are a proof that though little was done for public schools, attention was directed to private institutions. Mr. B. J. Ramage, of this State,in an essay read at Johns Hopkins’ University, attributes this fact to the tendency existing in South Carolina towards local self-government, it being believed that each neighborhood could judge better of the educational needs than the State at large. The

470 A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

sparseness of population of the State was also a bar to any general pub-

lic system. These societies flourished with more or less vigor, and some of them

exist to the present day. A few of these will receive special mention.

THE WINYAH INDIGO SOCIETY.

According to tradition, “The planters of Georgetown District, about the year 1740, formed a convivial club, which met in the town of George- town on the first Friday in each month, to talk over the latest news from London (never less than a month old), to hold high discourse over the growth and prosperity of the Indigo plant (then, and for a long time after, spelled in the invoices to London, Indico), and to refresh the inner man, and so keep up to a proper pitch the endearing ties of social life by imbibing freely of the inevitable bowl of punch.” ‘The members were genial gentlemen and liberal benefactors; so that when the treasury, in 1753, had become plethorie with gold, it was moved by the president and unanimously resolved, amid the clinking of glasses, that the surplus funds in the treasury be devoted to the establishment of an independent charity school for the poor.”

To Thomas Lynch, president, and his associates, was granted, in 1757, a charter, by King George. <A school was established that has been the _ school for all the country lying between Charleston and the North Caro- lina line for more than a hundred years. In its infancy it supplied the place of primary, grammar and high-school, and collegiate institute. Rich and poor alike have drunk from this fountain of knowledge, and to many it has been the only source.”

By private benefactions, added to fees and the proceeds of escheated lands, the endowment had reached $11,000 in 1846, despite a loss of

7,000 by the United States Bank, and the income was for years sufficient to warrant gratuitous tuition to all scholars.

The entire endowment was lost by the war. The academy building was occupied as a Federal garrison. Soldiers defaced the walls, injured the premises, and carried off many valuable books, among them Audu- bon’s Collection of Birds. Fifteen years ago the school was re-opened.

The handsome and commodious two-story brick building has been re- paired and fitted with furniture of the most approved pattern.

Fifteen or twenty pupils still receive gratuitous instruction; but the society is compelled to exact fees from the rest in attendance. Since the re-opening the instructors have been Mr. Connor, Prot. D. A. DuPré, and Mr. A. McP. Hamby.

The society claims a large membership ; and, true to its ni en-

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 471

joys an annual oration and an annual banquet; the two combined bearing no small part in awakening the members to “renewed efforts to make the society again a potent agent for good in the educational inter- ests of the State.”

The largest bequests to the society were $1,453.50, by Jonah Horry ; $500 by George T. Lathrop; and $5,000 by Francis Withers.

THE MOUNT ZION SOCIETY.

This society was established at Charlestown, January 29th, 1777, and in- corporated on the 13th of February following, for the purpose of found- ing, endowing and supporting a public school in the district of Camden.” It was empowered to hold property not exceeding three thousand dollars perannum. The membership was about equally divided between the low-country and the up-country. C. C. Pinckney, Wm. Bull, Elias Horry, John Vanderhorst, Wade Hampton, Richard Winn, and Thomas Taylor were among the number. Of thirteen directors seven were to be from the country and six from the “city.” John Winn was first president.

In 1785, Mt. Zion College was incorporated, located in Winnsboro. Its faculty were Rev. T. H. McCaule, pie, tutors, 8S. W. Yongue, Wm. Davy, and ——— Humphrey. In 1798, Rev. Wm. Nixon became president, and, in 1794, Rey. Samuel Tieobae. The college for a time gave regular diplomas, at least one of w hich. is In existence.

The most distinguished principal was the late James W. Hudson, who taught from 1854 to 1858. He drew students from all the Southern States, and the attendance reached into the hundreds. At the time of his death, twenty members of his first class were admitted into the South Carolina College. A handsome marble monument was erected to his memory over his grave on the college green.

During the latter part of the war the college buildings were occupied as a hospital.

In 1866 exercises were resumed under Mr. T. J. Wells. Since then the principals have been G. A. Woodward, M. . Farrow,-R. H. Clark- son, W. M. Dwight, R. Means Davis, and D. C. Webb.

In May, 1867, the large three-story building, valued at over $20,000, was destroyed by fire. In 1873, a smaller building, costing about $3,500, was erected. In 1878, a public graded school was established in Winnsboro, in connection with the Mt. Zion Society. It has been very successful. The present principal has three assistants, and the } upils number between 125 and 150.°.

Endowment. About $800 were received in 17&5, from a fund left by a Mr. Prew, of Charleston, to be equally divided among the first schools or

472 A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

colleges that should be incorporated for the purpose of education.” General Winn gave about one hundred acres of land, and tradition says that Colonel John Vanderhorst gave $10,000. About twenty acres more of land were given by other parties. The endowment was about $8,000 at the beginning of the war, and $2,000 at its close. Lands were sold to aid in the erection of the new building. The property is now valued at about $5,000, in buildings and lots. There are two $300 scholarships, one belonging to Colonel J. H. Rion, the other to Messrs. McMaster & Brice. / .

No exact estimate can be made of beneficiary instruction, but a large number of pupils have been taught without pay, or have been sent to school by public spirited citizens. Since the establishment of the graded school all the common school curriculum is taught free of charge. The society is still in active existence, and promises to continue its great in- fluence for good. /

THE CAMDEN ORPHAN SOCIETY

was incorporated in 1787. Although its records prior to 1822 were de- stroyed by Sherman’s army, reliable information is that the school was first established in the lower part of Camden, in Colonel Kershaw’s resi- dence, known as Cornwallis’s Headquarters.” The first teacher, Dr. Flynn, was succeeded in turn by Mr. Judah Lee and Dr. Reed. At this time the school was moved to the Yellow House,” on the west side of the town, and was placed under Dr. Whitaker, and his son, Mr. D. K. Whitaker, who was at one time editor of the Southern Quarterly Review, in Charleston, and is now living in New Orleans. The existing hand- some buildings in DeKalb street were erected in 1822. The following principals were elected in succession: Dr. McEwin, Mr. E. P. Miles, in 1828; Mr. H. P. Hatfield, in 1830, and Dr Moses Holbrook, in 1836.

The public features of the institution were now abandoned, and the property was let to private teachers on condition of admitting a certain number of beneficiaries. Thus the institution flourished many years.

In 1820, the fine library of Judge DeSaussure, consisting mostly of standard English works, was purchased by the society. It had become much injured and depleted by 1856, and was sold at that time.

After the war the society languished, but in 1874 the three or four surviving members resuscitated it, and admitted many new ones. The buildings were repaired and used, one as a school-house, the other as the teacher’s residence. Captain J. W. Jamison was elected principal, and served till 1880, when ill health impelled his resignation.

A graded public school was established in Camden in 1881, in charge

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 473

of Prof. Schoenberg. It is located in the society buildings, and fulfils to a large extent, by its public features, the original aims of the benevolent founders of the society.

ST. DAVID’S SOCIETY, CHERAW.

St. David’s Society was incorpvrated in 1778, but nothing was done until 1787, when it was reorganized, and maintained a flourishing school until 1836 or 1838. The society then closed an active existence, and the buildings were transferred to private teachers. About 1820, the ladies of the community established a female school of very high grade, which lasted for ten years. The two societies then exchanged buildings, and the St. David’s Academy was ‘transferred to the Baptist Church for use as a lecture-room. After the war, it was sold to the Freedmen’s Bureau, and it is now used as a school for colored children. In early days, the school was patronized by most of the Pee Dee country. Col. W. H. Evans, of Society Hill, says: “In my boyhood, we had scholars from Cheraw to Georgetown. The rod, the dungeon and the fool’s cap reigned supreme. I have seen them all in full operation.” The dungeon re- mained until the transfer of the property to the Baptist Church. Dr. Park and Mr. Handford, both afterwards professors in the South Carolina College, taught here, as did alsoJudge Wilds. Further information about the society can be obtained in Gregg’s History of the old Cheraws.”

THE CHERAW LYCEUM

was organized 8th January, 1856, with a president, vice-president, a book committee of three, an executive committee of three, and a sec- retary and treasurer. Monthly meetings are held, at which an original essay is read and some subject discussed. A course of public lectures has been delivered ever since the beginning, and an anniversary oration ~ is pronounced on the 8th of January. An original poem is sometimes read. The Lyceum has a well selected library. During the twenty-six years of its existence it has exercised much influence in furthering the enlightenment of the people.

THE DE LA HOWE SCHOOL.

Dr. John De la Howe, of Abbeville district, by a will dated 7th Sep- tember, 1796, devised the bulk of his property to the Agricultural So- ciety of South Carolina, in trust “for the purpose of establishing and maintaining forever, at his former residence in that district, an agricul-

31

474 A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

tural school for twelve poor boys and twelve poor girls, to be boarded and clothed, as well as educated and taught to work.” This is said to have been

THE FIRST MANUAL LABOR SCHOOL

in the United States. The desire of the testator was, that scientific agri- culture and, especially, the science of chemistry should be taught.

The Agricultural Society resigned the trust to the State in 1805. Since that time the fund has been in charge of trustees elected by the Legislature, with directions to make annual reports. For many years, and until quite recently, a school was conducted at Lethe, the home of the testator. The report of 1848 shows that the full number of boys and girls were in attendance ; the capital was $43,827, and expenditures, $2,476.33. By 1859, the fund had increased to $47,000. The report states that the pupils were engaged in manual labor half their time, the boys on the farm, the girls in housework and domestic occupations. By. law, the trustees were authorized to apprentice the boys at twelve years of age for five years, and the girls at ten years for a similar period. Teachers were elected annually by the trustees. By the fortunes of war, much of the endowment was swept away. ‘The fund now amounts to about ten thousand dollars. The school is at present suspended for want of sufficient means to carry it on. William Henry Parker, Esq., of Abbe- ville, is treasurer of the fund.

THE LUDLAM FUND.

The Rey. Richard Ludlam, Rector of St. James’ Goosecreek, dying in 1728, bequeathed all his estate, real and personal, to the society, in trust for erecting and maintaining a school for the instruction of the poor children in this parish. His estate was valued at about £2,000. The fund thus accruing was placed at interest for accumulation. In 1744, eertain parishioners added £675, and, subsequently, about £1,400 or more were subscribed to the fund. The school-house was erected about the year 1765, and the purposes of Mr. Ludlam began to be realized: The fund, in 1778, amounted to £15,272.

For nearly a century, four schools were maintained with the proceeds of this bounty. A report made in 1845 to the Legislature, showed an in- vestment of $9,850 in State, city and bank stock, and a note for $3,579 additional. Thirty-seven pupils were receiving instruction in two schools.

The fund realized an income of $884 in 1860, expended in the main- tenance of three schools. A “league and labor” of land in Texas had been mortgaged as security for the note above mentioned.

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 475

The report of the vestry in 1863 shows a capital of $14,531, besides the mortgage on the land in Texas. These schools were still in existence, with fifty-six pupils. Part of the fund was invested in Confederate bonds. The Attorney General was ordered by the Legislature to take steps to re- cover this land, but the close of the war put an end to the effort. After the war, the land was identified. Efforts were made to realize something from the land, the other part of the fund having been swept away. About four thousand acres lie in Coryell county, Texas, which, at last accounts, had been sold to parties for taxes. It is to be hoped that this historic fund will not lapse.

THE DOWNER INSTITUTE.

Alexander Downer, an Englishman by birth, who, when a lad, had enjoyed the benefits of an orphan school in Richmond county, Georgia, and had subsequently acquired a handsome estate near Beech island, then in Edgefield district, left the bulk of his estate, by a will made in 1818, for the founding of an institute at Beech island for the maintenance and education of orphan children. Nothing was done until 1843, the estate having in the meantime suffered some diminution, In that year an in- stitute was erected on an eligible spot. Exercises were begun on the 17th May, 1848, and continued without interruption until the close of the war, excepting a temporary suspension from April, 1858, to January, 1859. Fifty orphans had received benefits during that time. The de- ranged condition of the funds has prevented reopening since 1865. The fund, in 1851, amounted to $15,621, and in 1859, to $20,500. The institute and grounds were valued at $8,000 additional. In 1879 the Legislature appointed a referee, Mr. E. $8. Hammond, to investigate the fund. The next year he was appointed treasurer of the fund. Three commis- sioners were also appointed. It is believed that. the fund will amount to about $6.500 by 1885. Years will be required for it to accumulate so- as to carry out the beneficent purposes of Mr. Downer. By a provision of the will, Richmond county, Georgia, is entitled to one-fourth of the benefits of the fund, and Edgefield district” to the remainder.

THE WADSWORTH FUND.

Dr. Thomas Wadsworth, of Charleston, in the year 1808, devised a considerable quantity of land —some lying in Laurens district, and some in the adjoining districts —to trustees to be elected by the “freemen residing in Laurens district, in the lower battalion of the 9th Regiment, and second Brigade of the upper Division of the State,

476 A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

to be holden by them, or their successors in trust, for the purpose of raising a fund for the annual support of a free school.” The Legislature, about 1810, authorized these trustees, by special Act, to sell these lands for the purpose of establishing a school. Shortly afterwards, sales were made of at least a portion of the land for a period of ninety-nine years, and the proceeds applied, partly to the erection of a school-house, and partly to the support of a teacher. The school was located near a place called Belfast, the home of Col. John Simpson. It was carried on success- fully until the war, domg much good. Poor children were taught free, others supplemented the fund. The endowment was lost during the war. The lands leased will revert in about twenty years, and will then be, doubt- less, of considerable value. Some years before the war, Messrs. C. P. Sulli- yan and W. D. Simpson were employed by the trustees to secure possession of certain lands on which the present town of Anderson is situated. The artificial marks were all lost, but by a certain spring, and other natural marks, the land was located. The plat, by survey, was found to corner in one of the streets, and on digging down below the surface, a ightwood knot was found as called for. Owing to lapse of time, the Court pre- sumed a grant from the trustees, and decided against the plaintiffs.

Mr. Edward Pasly, of Laurens county, is the sole surviving trustee, and has for years been treasurer of the fund. In view of the prospect of a renewal of the fund after the expiration of the leases, this board should be filled at once, especially as leases may have been granted for a shorter term than ninety-nine years.

THE BERESFORD BOUNTY.

In 1721, Richard Beresford, Esq., of St. Thomas’ Parish, devised to Colonel Thomas Broughton in trust, certain property to bo devoted, partly to the support of a school-teacher, and partly to the maintenance and education of the poor of the parish. The fund, after some years, amounted to £6,500, Carolina money, of which £1,200 were expended for a plantation, and the rest invested as a fund. The foundation was known as the Beresford Bounty.” Five hundred pounds were added by Mr. Richard Harris in 1731. In 1763, Rev. Mr. Garden reports that eight children were clothed, boarded and educated from that bounty. In 1777, the fund amounted to £16,013, but a reduction soon oceurred from shrinkage in securities.

Records from 1796 up to the war are lost. The fund, in 1861, reached nearly $70,000. It now amounts to at least $15,000. The vestry of St. Thomas has, in accordance with the original plan, combined the office of rector and teacher, and in this way, keeps open both the church and

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 477

the school at Cainhoy. Rev. R. F. Clute, the rector, has now twelve pupils in the school. He has been requested by the vestry to endeavor to supply the missing records. The fund is in careful hands, and is increasing.

The Beresford Bounty is specially noteworthy, first, from its great an- tiquity, and second, from its being the only colonial endowment still in healthy existence. ;

THE COKESBURY SCHOOL.

The first school of high grade in that section of the country was es- iablished at Old Tabernacle Church,” about two miles from Cokesbury. The first teacher, 1821-1824, was Mr. Stephen Olin, of Vermont, who subsequently Bnteded the Methodist ministry, and became professor in the University of Georgia, President of Randolph Macon College, and President of the W esleyan University at Middletown. His school was moved to “Mt. Ariel,” its present site, for hygienic reasons, and was pre- sided over by the Rey. Joseph Travis. In 1836, it was turned over to the Conference, which converted it into a

MANUAL LABOR SCHOOL,

the students working five hours a day, and receiving a discount on board and tuition. This feature was soon abandoned. About the year 1844, Mr. Holloway, then living near old Cambridge, endowed the school with $20,000, the interest being applied to the board and tuition of the sons of Methodist ministers in the Conference. Only $2,000 remained after the war, the interest of which is still used in the same way. The school is a three-story building, fifty by sixty feet. It is now in charge of Mr. Reid, a competent teacher. The attendance numbers- about fifty, and is mostly local.

THE SOUTH CAROLINA SOCIETY,

of Charleston, was the oldest and richest of these associations. It existed as a semi-educational corporation for nearly a hundred years. In 1846, its capital amounted to $116,455.17, notwithstanding a loss cf $17,000 through the United States Bank. About that time it supported fifty widows or families, and was educating twelve children. A little later it gave instruction to seventy-two pupils. Upon the rise of public schools in Charleston, the Society put an end to the educational feature, and de-

A478 A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

voted its fund to the maintenance of families of members. The Society still has a good endowment, and owns substantial buildings.

THE FELLOWSHIP SOCIETY.

This Society for many years maintained both male and female schools, and elected teachers annually. After 1858, these schools were aban- doned, and the Society entered into an arrangement with the Nor- mal and High schools, by which, and on payment of $10,000, it was agreed that the pupils of the Society shall never be debarred the right” of admission to these schools in case of crowding. This contract is still in force. The endowment of the Society was $100,000 at the beginning of the war. It is now about twelve or fifteen thousand.

The membership now numbers fifty-four. Weekly meetings are held for the promotion of goodfellowship. The charitable feature is still maintained.

THE GERMAN FRIENDLY SOCIETY.

A number of sons of the Fatherland had already settled in South Car- olina by the year 1766, and at that time they conceived the charitable design of organizing a society for mutual benefit, and for the aid of fel- low-countrymen in the colony. By the year 1772, the funds had so in- creased as to warrant the establishment of a permanent charity, and in 1777 a loan was made to the State of £1,300.

‘The membership and the fund constantly increased, until in 1800 the income was $1,800. A commodious hall was erected. ‘Two years later a school was opened, for children of members, and for others. In twenty- six years the school lost but $37.50 in tuition fees.

The report for 1828 shows an endowment of $40,000.

In 1847, according to the report, “It was found that it was believed that our schools were charity schools (although it was a very erroneous opinion) and it had the effect of injuring the usefulness of the schools, and they were abolished.” :

This society suffered, like the rest, by the war, losing much of the en- dowment, and also its hall. Still it celebrated its centennial in 1866, and by strenuous efforts it has erected a new hall, and is accumulating a fund which already reaches a considerable amount.

ST. ANDREW’S SOCIETY was founded in 1798, with features similar to those of its sister associa-

tions. For years it maintained a school, which was abandoned when the ° necessity for it was removed. It was in St. Andrew’s Hall that the

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 479 ORDINANCE OF SECESSION

was passed, December 20th, 1861. The great conflagration swept -the hall away. The society still exists, with reduced endowment.

THE CHARLESTON LIBRARY SOCIETY.

In 1748, seventeen young gentlemen of Charleston united in sending ten pounds sterling to London for the purchase of pamphlets and maga- zines. Some months later they organized a library society, and elected officers. By 1750 the society had increased to 160 members. After two unsuccessful efforts, owing to the hostility of Governor Glenn, a charter was secured in 1754, and ratified by the crown the following year. After this the society rapidly increased in numbers, and its library received constant additions. The governor of the Province was regularly elected president ; and membership was regarded as a mark of social distinction.

For many years it was desired to establish a high school or college in connection with the library; but estimates made in 1762, showing that an immediate outlay of $15,000, and increased annual revenue of $2,000 would be required, caused a reluctant abandonment of the scheme.

A disastrous conflagration, in 1778, swept away almost the entire library of five thousand volumes; only one hundred and eighty-five escaping the flames... Many curious pamphlets were irreparably lost.

The Legislature, in 1790, refunded eleven thousand dollars that had been placed in the treasury at the beginning of the Revolution. Six thousand four hundred dollars were deposited in bank as a permanent fund, and the rest used to purchase books, in 1792.

In 1808 the catalogue showed 4,500 volumes; in 1811, 7,000; in 1826, nearly 12,000; in 1876, 15,500, and in 1882, 17,180. During that year over seven thousand volumes were taken out by subscribers, The library has been carefully selected, and many of the books are of great merit.

The society owns a substantial building. The receipts for 1882 were $2 102.54, of which $925 were derived from membership fees.

The annual membership fee is four dollars, A number of members, who paid $100 each in 1835, for the purchase of the building, are absolved from dues. |

In 1770, Benjamin Smith left a legacy of six hundred dollars. Ex- Governor Aiken has presented the society with about $3,000 in securities, and the late William Lebby bequeathed a legacy of $1,000. General W. G. DeSaussure is president ; Colonel C. H. Simonton, vice-president, and Réné R. Jervey, Esq., librarian, of the society.

The Apprentices’ Library, formed in 1824, for the benefit of appren-

-

480 A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

tices and minors, gradually increased in prosperity until 1861, when its hall was burned. In 1870, it placed its books on the shelves of the Charleston Library, and in 1874 the new society was fully merged into the elder. | A handsome catalogue (1876) gives full information regarding the library. THE SOUTH CAROLINA HISTORICAL SOCIETY

was organized at Charleston in 1856, “with the design of tracing out those minor points in the history of our State which have escaped the notice or eluded the grasp of our historians, and more particularly to record the history of local events which, however, strikingly illustrative of social life, are generally considered unworthy of notice. It proposes to collect information respecting every portion of the State, to preserve it, and when deemed advisable to publish it.” In that year and for three years thereafter the Legislature appropriated five hundred dollars annu- ally to aid the society in its publications. Three volumes of publications were issued up to 1860, but of the last volume only a few scattering ~ numbers survived the war, the greater part not having been distributed.

Some years after the war the society was reorganized. It now numbers about one hundred members, of whom one-third reside in the interior of the State. The publications and manuscripts of the society are deposited in the Charleston Library. Sufficient material is now on hand fora fourth volume, which will be published when the society is able to meet the expense. Its revenues are about $200 per annum. The present officers are Prof. IF’. A. Porcher, president ; Rey. C. C. Pinckney and 8. P. Ravenel, vice-presidents, and Messrs. Yates Snowden and C. A. McHugh, secretaries.

THE THORNWELL ORPHANAGE.

Bordering on the thriving village of Clinton, in Laurens County, is a farm of a hundred and twenty-five acres, the property and site of the Thornwell Orphanage. On the 1st of October, 1872, a number of gen- tlemen met and discussed the plan of an orphanage conducted under Presbyterian auspices. To-day that plan is in successful operation. Two handsome concrete buildings, and other wooden structures, accommodate the officers of the institution and the thirty-two orphans under their charge. Another building, the Orphans’ Seminary, is now in course of construction, on the completion of which there wili be accommodations. fora hundred children. Besides the literary instruction, the boys are practised in farming, printing, carpenter work, house-painting and shoe- making. The girls are trained in domestic duties. This orphanage has

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 481

gathered about $20,000 worth of property, and $13,000 have been ex- pended in its support. The endowment ‘is already $5,270, in paying se- curities. Aid has come from Sabbath schools and churches, and from benevolent persons in this and other States, including [linois and California. Though great good has been accomplished, much remains to be done; and the orphanage is a most worthy object of benevolence. Although a Presbyterian institution, it supports orphans representing six denominations.

There is an admirable school, a small library, and a printing press, from which a newspaper is issued. The officers are as follows: Rev. W. P. Jacobs, president; Mrs. Lucy N. Boyd, matron; Miss Pattie Thorn- well, Prof. W. S. Lee, and Miss Laura Whaley, instructors; Mr. T. C. Scott, agent, and Mr. R. 8S. Whaley, superintendent of the farm.

VI. OTHER PRIVATE SCHOOLS.

It is impossible to secure a correct list of the private schools in South Carolina. The State Superintendent and the United States Commissioner of Education have made repeated efforts to do so, without success. The following partial list is published in the hope that it will stimulate other teachers to report their schools to the State Superintendent of Education in Columbia. The educational work of the State cannot be computed without full statistics from private as well as public schools. Especially is it important to secure itemized returns from those schools that are conducted by joint private and public funds:

Partial List of Private Schools, 18Si-2.

ABBEVILLE,

Lethe (De la Howe School suspended for the present.) Brewer Institute (colored). ;

AIKEN.

(Private schools are usually conducted conjointly with public schools.)

ANDERSON. TEACHERS. PUPILS.

Anderson Female Seminary, L. M. Ayer. ..... 2... 2. 7 100 Anderson Home School, Mrs..Murray. - . 2. ee. see 1 25

482 A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

3ARNWELL.

(Either public or private schools.)

BEAUFORT. Penn Industrial School, Miss L. M. Towne ... .

Marher Industrial School, Mrs. R. C. Marher. Mrs. Bohun’s School, Elementary . . .. . . .

CHARLESTON, (Reported elsewhere.) CHESTER.

(No private schools.) CHESTERFIELD.

T.ee-Hampton High School, Joseph Blain. Cheraw Academy, A. M. Rankin.

CLARENDON, Manning High School, R. B. Mahoney... . . . COLLETON, (No returns.)

DARLINGTON.

~

Darlington Male Academy, H.S. Thompson. . .

Miss Player, 15; Miss Spain, 10; Miss Davis, 48; Miss Me-

TEACHERS. 9 2 )

eal

9

Carter, 15; Miss Woodward, 9; Miss Waring, 12; Miss Church, 40; Mrs. Singletary, 14; Miss Kilpatrick, 37 ;

Miss Murphy, 20; Miss Bacot, 7; Mrs Edwards, 25;

Miss Dalrymple, 10; Mrs. Doover, 25; Miss Moon, 15.

Florence High School, Mr. Evans... ..... Florence High School, Mr. Hooper. . .... . Florence High School, Mr. Seabrook Kershaw Elementary (colored). . . .0.).08 2% Kertle Elementary (colored). . .& ... .

PUPILS, 218 75

87

39

[Sy] ol

14 15 37 56. 20M

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA, 483

EDGEFIELD. (No_ report.) FAIRFIELD.

(All schools public.)

GEORGETOWN. TEACHERS. PUPILS.

Miwa laidiwo,“A. McoP? Hamby... oa iidw iiss anata dl 65 GREENVILLE. ; Parack’s Military School, J; B Patrick ...25..5.-5 2 204 50 Business College, J. M. Perry... .... 1 G5 Trescot School, Misses Trescot . . #2 Bhi 2 30 Gowensville Academy, Rev.8. J. Earle .... . 2 55 Grier’s Academy, J.W. Kennedy... .- . 2 45 Grove Military Academy, E. T. Kemp. Waa 4 Fal 1 40 Preamout High’ School, A; B. Miller’... bo. 06 fe gost 2 50 HAMPTON. (No returns.) HORRY. (No returns.) KERSHAW. Leslie McCandless, Mrs. M. C. Thomason, Miss Fretag, Mrs. Withers. LAURENS.

Laurens Female College, J.D. Anderson ......... 4 5A Clinton Male High School, H. E. Lee. . 2 . «2... 4 76 LEXINGTON.

Lexington Academy, ——

MARION.

MistiLendemny, AGW: AaynCh 2h. <a wae sa tet i 2 G7 Marion Female Seminary, J. R. McLean . . 2 49) Marion Primary School, Miss DuBois . 1 52 Little Rock Academy, H. R. Walker 1 43 Mullins Academy, Charles Lovejoy. ...-.... .. 2 74 emeineniit Wb Me toar iy oe a ty bod boot) pared 26

454 A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTIL CAROLINA.

MARLBORO’.

Mineral Spring High School, J. Eleigh Bennettsville School, Miss Sallie Cook Meadow School, Miss Lily Breeden . . . Fletcher’s Mill, Henry Newton .

NEWBERRY. College Preparatory, —__- ... Prosperity School, J. S. Perrin.

OCONEE.

(No report.)

ORANGEBURG.

Kiser’s School, Rev. J. F. Kiser .. . Academy, H. G. Sheridan Academy, 8. R. Mellichamp. . .

iemale High School, Miss Albergottie .

PICKENS.

All schools connected with the public system.

RICHLAND.

Columbia Male Academy, C. H. Barnwell

Graded Classical School, R. H. Clarkson.

Columbia Female Academy, Miss Elmore.

Female Academy, Misses Martin.

Female Academy, Misses Reynolds.

Palmetto Academy, - (Full returns not received).

SPARTANBURG.

Wellford High School, W.S. Morrison. Gaffney City High School.

King’s Mountain High School, W. T. R. Bell.

Reidville Male Academy.

SUMTER. Female Institute, Mrs: L. A. Brown.

TEACHERS. ets ts | SPR Uy Rees | 1 1 2 ] ete it

St. Joseph’s Academy (Roman Catholic), Misses Hurst, Flem-

ing, Herbert, Nettles, Williams, Hudson.

Boys’ Grammar School, T. P. McQueen. A- number of schools in the county.

PUPILS. 24

15

13

25

39

30) 50 58

40)

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 485

UNION. TEACHERS. PUPILS.

ifford Seminary, Rev. B. G: Clifford. . ........ 4 50

WILLIAMSBURG.

(No report.)

YORK.

Fort Mill Academy, A. R. Banks.

VII. HIGHER EDUCATION FOR MALES.

While South Carolina has been reproached for her failure in the past to provide for the education of the masses, no one can truthfully deny that much attention has been paid to higher education from the earliest times. During the colonial period, the sons of the rich sought instrue- tion in Europe; and when the Revolution came on, South Carolina’s sons stepped to the front in the forum, as well as on the field. In literature and science, as well as in statesmanship, South Carolinians had distin- guished themselves from the earliest days. Dr. Lioncl Chalmers, a native of Scotland, practiced medicine in Carolina from 1737 to 1777, during which time he published several medical works. ltey: Richard Clarke, for some years rector of St. Philip’s, was widely known as a theologian beyond the limits of America, and when he returned to Eng- land, he taught there the sons of Charlestonians, who had followed him. William Henry Drayton left a manuscript history of the American Rey- olution in three volumes. Christopher Gadsden understood Latin, Greek, French, Hebrew, and the Oriental languages. Imprisoned at St. Augus- tine by the British, “he came out much more learned than he entered.” Dr. Alexander Garden moved to Charleston from Scotland, and studied botany and natural history with such success as to become a vice-presi- dent of the Royal Society of England, and to win the admiration of Linnzeus, who named the Gardenia” after him. Sir Nathaniel John- son was a scientific experimenter. He introduced silk and improved rice culture in South Carolina. The learning of Henry Laurens is well known. His son, John Laurens, who, at the age of twenty-five, was sent to Paris to negotiate with France in 1780; was an adept in “ancient and modern languages, philosophy, geography, history, and the ordinary circle of sciences, and he excelled in drawing, dancing, fencing, riding, and all the graces and refined manners of a man of fashion.” The Rey.

486 A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

Thomas Reese amassed great knowledge, and wrote an excellent essay on the influence of religion in society, for which he was made a Doctor of Divinity by Princeton. John Rutledge was a man of: varied attain- ments.

Dr. John Lining was one of the first experimenters in electricity, and corresponded on she subject with Franklin. He wrote the first pamphlet on yellow fever that appeared from America. William Bull, the first native of South Carolina that obtained the degree of M. D., defended a thesis before the University of Leyden.

After the Revolution there were a number of learned and scientific men. Dr. David Ramsay introduced vaccination into Charleston in 1806, four years after its discovery by Jenner. (His son, Mr. Nathaniel Ramsay, who was the first subject, died near Columbia, in 1882.) Besides this, he wrote a Universal History, a History of the Revolution, anda History of South Carolina, from which are taken many facts of this sketch, and of all other sketches of our early history. Stephen Elliott was a thorough botanist. Washington Allston, a painter and poet. Hugh S. Legare, a scholar as well as orator. But it is needless to say more.

This appreciation of higher education led the people of South Carolina first to send their sons abroad and then to endow colleges of their own at home.

Sketches of these colleges are appended, each written by the president or one of the professors of the college described.

THE SOUTH CAROLINA COLLEGE.

On the 7th day of December, 1723, the Rev. Thomas Morritt made proposals in the Colonial Assembly ee the establishment of a college. This is the first time the word occurs in South Carolina legislation. A manuscript bill, partly in the handwriting of John Rutledge, in the time of Lieutenant-Governor Bull (1769) provides, in addition to public schools, for “a college for the education of the youth of this province.” The plan was most liberal, embracing instruction in the natural sciences, medicine and law, as well as in the classics and philosophy.

To Governor Drayton, however, was reserved the honor of maugu- ‘rating a successful movement. His message, November 23d, 1801, odeut

cated the erection of a State College. An Act of Incorporation passed the same year. Fifty thousand dollars were appropriated for buildings, and six thousand annually for salaries.

An organization was effected in February, 1802, and buildings were erected, by 1804. A faculty was chosen in April of that year. Rey. John- athan Maxcy was elected president. Born in Massachusetts in 1768, he

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 487

was chosen president of Brown University at the age of twenty-four. In 1802 he became president of Union College, and two years later, came to South Carolina to organize this Institution. There he served faithfully, and with distinguished success, until his death, in 1820. A handsome monument to his memory graces the College Campus.

The College opened on the’ 10th January, 1805, its first matriculate being William Harper, afterwards Chancellor of the State, and one of the ablest jurists that have adorned the American bench. Eight other stu- dents entered the same day, and by July the number had increased to twenty-nine. From that time the College went on increasing in honor and in usefulness. Its history is indissolubly connected with that of the State. With reason has it been said that much of the peculiar genius of South Carolina, much of her prominence in the councils of the Union, much of that high sense of honor characterizing her sons in every walk of life, were due to the formative influences of the South Carolina College.

The youth of the State imbibed political economy from a Cooper, his- tory and government from a Lieber, eloquence from a Preston, logic from a Thornwell, science from an Ellett, or a Le Conte, Greek from a Henry, and other branches from learned masters. Calhoun’s Disquisition on Government was, by law, a text-book in the College. All the depart- ments of the State government attended commencement exercises in a body. The College was the gymnasium in which youthful intellects were prepared to grasp the problems of statesmanship equally with those of ordinary business life.

The succession of presidents up to the war were Rev. Jonathan Maxcy, Thomas Cooper, Robert Henry, pro. tem., Robert W. Barnwell, William C. Preston, James H. Thornwell, Charles F. McCay, and A. B. Longstreet.

Among the alumni, now dead, who bore off honors, are James L. Petigru, B. J. Earle, J. B. O’Neall, George McDuffie, Hugh 8S. Legaré, D. L. Wardlaw, F. H. Wardlaw, Richard Yeadon, Basil Manly, T. J. Withers, Edmund Bellinger, James H. Thornwell, James Simons, and Robert W. Barnwell, Jr.

Among the graduates during the first quarter of a century, were Wil- liam Harper, B. F. Whitner, Warren R. Davis, Job Johnston, W. C. Preston, Waddy Thompson, A. P. Butler, T. N. Dawkins, J. H. Ham- mond, and Stephen Elliott. The dead alone are mentioned ; the liying speak for themselves.

On several occasions the College passed through trying ordeals, but the State rallied to her support. Hon. Robert W. Barnwell was espe- cially successful in twice restoring confidence and infusing new life into the Institution. His name is more closely linked with the College than any other.

488 A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

By the year 1847 additional buildings were necessary, and the roll of students the following session numbered 221. A fire destroyed one building in 1851, aud, four years later, a still more serious loss was in- curred in the burning of Rutledge College and the old chapel. These damages were speedily repaired.

A rebellion in 1852 led to a relaxation of the old rule requiring all. students to board in commons. After this the Steward’s Hall served only as a check upon regularly licensed boarding houses.

The College continued its usefulness until the war. A company was. formed within the walls for State service.

In 1862 the exercises were suspended, and the students and professors were called to other duties. Hundreds of matriculates and alumni were near the flashing of the guns, and many of them achieved high reputation.

The college buildings served as a hospital up to the time of the sur- render.

THE SOUTH CAROLINA UNIVERSITY.

In 1866, the college was reopened and converted into a university, Hon. Robert W. Barnwell being a second time called from private life to the presidency. He placed the institution on asound footing. Schools of law and medicine were attached to the academic department. A num- ber of earnest students attended, and the attendance increased to more than a hundred. The reorganization of the Board of Trustees, in 1869, was followed by some resignations in the faculty. In 1878, a radical change was made. The doors were thrown open to all students, regard- less of race. The old professors resigned their places, and a new faculty and a new class of students cam2 into ogcupancy. In 1877,

THE INSTITUTION WAS CLOSED

by the Legislature. In 1879, the Legislature issued State stock to revive the fund, given by the general Government for an agricultural and me- chanical college, and lost by the State authorities between 1868 and 1876.

THE UNIVERSITY WAS REOPENED

in 1880 with two branches—the South Carolina Agnicultural and Me-

chanical College at Columbia, for the whites, and “Claflin University at

Orangeburg, for the blacks. Hon. Wm. Porcher Miles was elected Presi- dent of the College at Columbia. This organization continued two years. In 1881, the Legislature made additional appropriations, and the trustees,

Soud Cin eh cdas Ayprecktainch Cothge aw Mmachawes ;

Snatbale , alge <a "Chapbnn Cotkege. ebay Users hG joe

Cease the, Renting y Che Care Lashtutions “aay toe operate ree!

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 489

in May following, elected five additional professors. The college opened in October with flattering prospects, the attendance reaching one hun- dred and fifty in a few weeks. Mr. Miles having resigned to accept im- portant private trusts, the faculty elected Prof. J. M. McBryde Chair- man, and he was subsequently elected President.

FACULTY AND OFFICERS.

John M. McBryde, President, and Professor of Agriculture and Horti- culture; James Woodrow, Ph..D., D. D., Professor of Geology, Mineralogy, Botany, and Zoology ; Benjamin Sloan, Professor of Mathematics and Natural Philosophy ; Wm. Burney, Ph. D., Professor of Analytical and Agricultural Chemistry; E. L. Patton, LL. D., Professor of Ancient Languages; E.S. Joynes, M. A., LL. D., Professor of Modern Languages and English; Rey. W. J. Alexander, A. M., Chaplain, and Professor of Philosophy ; R. Means Davis, Professor of History and Political Science. Secretary of the Faculty, R. Means Davis; Treasurer, N. B. Barnwell; Librarian, Miss E. W. Barnwell; Marshal, R. S. Morrison.

COURSES OF STUDY, FOUR: YEARS EACH.

There are three Science courses, conferring the degree of B.S. The first is of general science, the second of applied science (mechanics and engineering), and the third of applied science (agriculture and applied chemistry).

There are, also, two Literature courses, conferring the degree of B. A. The first embraces a first course in classics. The second substitutes nodern languages for the study of Greek.

There are three special courses, Practical Agriculture, Practical Sur- veying, and Practical English.

Tuition is free. A charge of ten dollars is made for repairs, &e._ Board is secured at reasonable rates.

BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS.

The college buildings are enclosed in the college grounds, which con- tain about sixteen acres. The “campus” contains nearly four acres. Around it are the recitation rooms, the tenements, and the professors’ houses. The dormitory system is adopted. For each pair of students there is a suite of three rooms, thus insuring comfort and privacy. The buildings are valued at $250,000. The library contains about 27,000

32

te oe . he x . rs 2 Se Fi?) Sup a . Sate p . oa | i, y ae Cis Cer Sg ee, . ae

490 A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

volumes, selected with great care by such scholars as Elliott, Thornwell and Lieber. Many of the books are of rare value.

FUNDS.

The college receives a portion of the proceeds of the $192,000 in agricul- tural scrip. In addition, the Legislature has for two years appropriated $10,000 for professors, and $2,500 for other purposes. The trustees have made an appropriation for the purpose of carrying out the agricultural feature. A handsome conservatory is in course of erection, and an ex- perimental farm will be carried on for the purpose of testing new seeds, fertilizers, &e. The endeavor will be to make this college practical as well as literary, and to afford a thorough training to the youth of the State.

THE COLLEGE OF CHARLESTON.

The College of Charleston was incorporated by Act of the Legislature in 1785. Two other colleges were incorporated on the same day—Mount Zion College, in Winnsboro; and one in Cambridge. The last, it is be- lieved has no further history. The second was, for years, a respectable grammar school. Certain funds which were bequeathed by individuals to aid in the first college which shall be chartered,’ were thus divided among the three which were thus simultaneously created by the Legisla- ture. The college thus chartered in Charleston enjoyed the possession of the Old Barracks, with the lands attached to it, between George, St. Philip’s and Green streets, and it is on that land the present college building stands. At the time of the charter the Rev. William Smith, afterwards Bishop of the Diocese of South Carolina, kept a large classical school in Charleston, and it was determined to make his school the nucleus of the new college, but it was not until 1794 that the college gave degrees to its eraduates. In that year a commencement was held, and the Baccalaure- ate conferred on six candidates, among whom we find Nathaniel Bowen, afterwards Bishop of the Diocese, and John Davis Gervais.

This was the first and also the last commencement of the college i in that century. Its pretensions as a college seem to have been lost sight of, and for many years it held rank only as a classical school, whose repu- tation depended upon the character of its head.

In 1824, an effort was made to raise its collegiate character, and three of the principal schools were united under the presidency of Bishop Bowen. It was then a school of a mixed character, in which it was not easy to distinguish the academics from the pupils of the grammar. or preparatory school. Having organized the college, Bishop Bowen retired

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 49]

from its headship, and was succeeded by Rev. Jasper Adams. In 1825, the first degree was conferred on Alex. Gadsden, and in 1826 the Rt. Rev. Bishop Wightman took the Baccalaureate. From this time to 1835 the exercises of the college were continued without interruption, and the list of graduates contains the names of gentlemen who have been favor- ably known to the community as lawyers, jurists, merchants and divines.

In 1835, the exercises of the college were suspended in consequence of financial embarrassment. In 1837, by an agreement between the trustees and the City Council, the property of the college was ceded to the Council, which, in return, charged itself with its maintenance.

Under this arrangement the college was re-opened under the presi- dency of Rev. W. H. Brantley, D. D., two professors and a tutor. The grammar or preparatory school was dropped, and this arrangement, with the addition of other professors, continues to the present time.

In 1826, the Old Barracks were taken down, and the centre of the present college building erected. This was enlarged by the addition of the two wings, in 1850, The first commencement was celebrated in 1840, and there has been no interruption since that time. In 184—, Dr. Brant- ley died, and was sueceeded by H. Perroneau Finley, Esq., who resigned in 1858. In 1850 the Cabinet of Natural History was added to the col- lege, and occupies the whole of the upper story of the building. The board of instructors was increased to six.

In 1858, N. Russell Middleton, Esq., was elected president, and served until the end of 1880.

During the war the exercises of the college were not suspended, but the greater number of youths of the age to go to college were called into the service, and in 1865 the college was not opened.

The whole number of graduates between 1825 and 1870 is two hundred and ninety-seven. This, of course, shows small classes, but the college educates few persons outside of the city. Hence the number of students is always, and must always be, small; but among the graduates are found the names of most of those who have led public opinion in the city. In this list are forty-two lawyers, thirty-two physicians, thirty-two merchants, and twenty-three clergymen, besides most of those who have made a mark as educators and teachers of youth. The course of studies does not differ materially from that of other colleges in the United States, and it is doubted whether any college excels it in its mathematical course. Of late particular attention has been given to a practical knowledge of English Literature, including a critical reading of the early poets. French and German have been made obligatory portions of the cur-

riculum. The funds of the college are reported by the Mayor as $300,000. This

AOD A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

has been obtained from various sources. In 1864, Mr. Ephraim Mikell left the college city stock amounting to more than $150,000. Besides this Mr. Ker Boyce left a fund of more than $20,000, the interest of which was to be employed in the support of worthy youths during their college course. :

The college opened October, 1882, with the following faculty :

Henry E. Shepherd, President, Professor of English Language and Literature; Lewis R. Gibbes, Professor of Astronomy, Physies and Chemistry ; Francis W. Capers, Professor of Mathematics and Civil En- gineering ; A. Sachtleben, Professor of Ancient Languages and Literature ; Sylvester Pumer, Professor of Modern Languages and Literature; N. tussell Middleton, Professor Honorary, Lanier on Moral and Political Philosophy, and Evidences of Christianity; F. A. Porcher, Professor Honorary, Lecturer on Belles Lettres and History; H. M. Bruns, Profes- sor Honorary, Lecturer on Classical Literature.

ERSKINE COLLEGE.

This Institution is the property of the Associate Reformed Synod, of the South.

It is situated at Due West, in the upper part of Abbeville County, four miles west of the Donald’s Depot, on the Columbia and Greenyille Rail- road, and on the line of the Atlantic and French Broad Valley Railroad, now being constructed.

For some years previous to 1836, the Institution, which afterwards developed into a College, had been open as a Classical School. In the Fall of 1835, steps were taken to enlarge the course of instruction, which was carried into effect in 1836. The first name of the College, was

CLARK AND ERSKINE SEMINARY.

It was organized as Erskine College, in 1839, and the course of instrue- tion extended so as to comprehend all the studies appropriately belong- ing to Colleges. The first President was Rey. E. E. Pressly, D. D., with the following corps of Professors: Mr. N. M. Gordon, Rev. J. N. Youns and Rey. J. P. Pressly, D. D. As the patronage and means of the Col- lege increased, additional Professors were employed until the plans of 1839 were fully met. It has had the following distinguished gentlemen as Presidents: Rey. E. E. Pressly, D. D., Rev. R. C. Grier, D. D., (two terms, 1846 to 1858, and 1865 to 1871), Rew EK. L. Patten, LL. D., Rev. W. M. Grier, D. D., son of the former Dr. Grier. The following gentle- men have been connected at different times with the College as Profes-

A SKETCH -OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 493

sors: Rev. D. McCaw, Rev. William McWhorter, Rev. W. R. Hemphill, D. D.; Professors J. F. Lee, J. P. Kennedy, Wm. Hood, W.8. Lowry, J. H. Miller, L. P. Kennedy and J. J. McCain. The last five named, together with Dr. W. M. Grier, as President, compose the Faculty at this time. These gentlemen represent, as alumni, quite a large number of Colleges and Universities. The first Faculties were drawn mostly from Northern Colleges, such as Jefferson, Pa, and Miami University, Ohio. In later years, they have been taken from graduates of Colleges in the South—such as the University of Georgia, South Carolina College, and Erskine College. Several of them have taken courses of special study in Yale, Johns Hopkins’ University, Amherst, &e. All of these gentlemen have been noted for their devotion to education, and have stood high in their respective departments.

The course of instruction is believed to be as thorough and full as the ordinary purposes of an education can require, or as students are able to accomplish in the time usually devoted to a college course.

While it is true that, although like most denominational colleges, Erskine is the child of hard struggles, she has now attained such age and growth as place her future beyond the dangers of ordinary con- tingencies.

Endowments. Previous to 1853, the College relied on tuition fees and the interest of a few donations and bequests to defray expenses. In that year, “the plan of endowing the College, by the sale of scholarships was adopted, and a vigorous attempt made to carry out the scheme * * Money was scarce, and crops not abundant, but by making liberal offers in the way of tuition, more than $50,000 was raised towards the endow- ment of the College.” This, in connection with funds previously received from Capt. Blair and others, and more recently from Christopher Strong, Esq., of Tennessee, and Col. Wm. Wright, of Yorkville, South Carolina, raised the endowment to about $70,000.

The results of the late war swept away all of this endowment, except- ing about $15,000. Having tried some temporary expedients, the Synod, in 1871, entered on a second effort to secure a permanent endow- ment. The plan was similar to the one of 1853, except that the price of scholarships was raised to $20 each, and the term of the College obliga- tion limited to 1895. Until that time, each share or serip for $20 entitles the holder to one year’s tuition. Though the friends of the College were impoverished and discouraged, by the disasters of the war, this effort met a liberal response, and the sale of scholarships, together with a few additional donations and bequests, raised the endowment to about $80,000. The largest donation was $15,000, by Mrs. Ann Wallace, of Kentucky, and the largest bequest the College has received, was by the will of the

494 A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

late Dr. Hearst, of Abbeville, S. C. He left two-thirds of his estate to the College. About $11,000 has been realized on it.

Buildings. The first permanent building was erected in 1842, and is a large fine brick structure of three stories; affording ample rooms for recitations, library and other purposes. A second building was erected in 1850-1. Itis also of brick, and has two stories. The first floor is divided into chapel, school and reading rooms. The second floor, with a seating capacity of 1,200 to 1,500, is Commencement Halil, or Lindsay Hall,” named after James Lindsay, Esq., in consequence of his liberality as builder. Here all exhibitions and commencements, not only of Erskine College, but also of the Due West Female College, are held.

Attached to this building is an observatory, about one hundred feet high, on which is mounted a large and valuable telescope under a re- volving cupola. .

In subsequent years, two other brick buildings of two stories each were erected in the campus. These are appropriated to the uses of the two Literary Societies connected with the College. Each contains a gen- eral hall for forensic practice, a library and other rooms. They were built by contributions of the members, their alumni, and other friends. One was built in 1858, the other a year or two later.

BENEFICIARY SCHOLARSHtPS.

Provision has always been made in one way or another for aid of de- serving students in straitened circumstances, and many young men have been enabled to graduate in this way. Until recently, however, there has been no regular beneficiary fund. In the last year or two the Duane Mower Scholarship,” has been founded, the annual interest of which is offered by the Faculty to worthy, but indigent young men.

The buildings and other property are valued at about $40,000.

The foregoing is a brief sketch of the history and purposes of Erskine College. During the forty odd years of its existence, it has annually (ex- cept during the war period) sent out a considerable number of alumni. It has graduated more than four hundred young men, most of whom are now honoring all the learned professions in many States of the Union.

ASSOCIATE REFORMED THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY.

Since the origin of Erskine College, a Theological Seminary has been connected with it, though in no sense a part of it.

Its funds are distinct from the funds of the College. The only connec- tion, is that the two institutions belong to the same body of people, and

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 495

some of the rooms, not needed by the College, answer the purposes of the Seminary. No endowment has yet been undertaken for it. It is sup- ported by an annual assessment of the Churches comprising the Synod.

The only funds it has received for permanent investment are donations and bequests. The largest of these was by the will of the late Dr. Me- Millen, of San Francisco, Cal. This is not in hand yet, but according to reports of the executors, it is believed it will yield a very handsome sum. This, added to others, similar, the more recent of which is from Mrs. Ann Wallace, of Kentucky, and Mr. Thomas Torbit, of Chester, 8. C., raise the amount to about $20,000.

At present, the Seminary has three professors, with Rev. James Boyce, D. D., as the President of the Faculty. The course of instruction is two years, of nine months each. ‘Tuition is free.

Intimately connected with the Seminary, and therefore more or less interesting to the friends of the College, isa Board of Foreign Missions, all of whose officers reside in Due West. The Board was organized in 1875, at which time the first missionary was sent out. As this Board is quite young yet, its funds are also quite small, not amounting to much over $3,000.

WOFFORD COLLEGE, SPARTANBURG C. H., 8. C.

This Institution was founded by the Rev. Benjamin Wofford, a min- ister of the Methodist Episcopal Church, South, and is called by his name. For some years before his death, Mr. Wofford had been deeply interested in the subject of education, and was anxious to afford the ad- vantages of the highest literary improvement to the youth of the up- country of his native State. In his will, he left $100,000 for the pur- pose of establishing and endowing a college for literary, classical and scientific education, to be located in his native district, Spartanburg, and to be under the control of the Methodist Episcopal Church of his native State, South Carolina.” The college received its charter from the Legis- lature of South Carolina, Dee. 16, 1851. A board of trustees was appointed, with “authority to confer and award all such distinctions, honors, licenses, and degrees as are usually conferred and awarded in colleges and universities in the United States. The buildings were completed at a cost of $50,000, leaving the same amount as the nucleus of an endowment. The college building is an imposing and handsome structure of brick, containing a chapel capable of holding about one thousand persons, library, museum and laboratory, and recitation rooms. The other buildings included in the college property consist of a presi- dent’s house, and houses for four professors. They are all substantial

brick buildings

496 A SKETCH OF EDUCATION. IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

The first faculty of the college was composed of the Rev. W. M. Wightman, D. D., President; David Duncan, A. M., Professor of Lan- euages; James H. Carlisle, A. M., Professor of Mathematics; Warren DuPré, A. M., Professor of Natural Science. To these were added, in the following year, Whitefoord Smith, Professor of English Literature. The regular exercises of the college were commenced on the Ist day of August, 1854. During cur late war, the exercises of the institution were never wholly suspended, but a high school was kept up under the supervision of Professors D. Duncan and J. H. Carlisle.

After the close of the war, the regular collegiate classes were again formed, and the number of students has steadily increased. During the last year, one hundred and forty were in attendance. The standard of scholarship in this institution has always been very high, and the services of its graduates as teachers have been in great demand. It has given a large number of its graduates to the work of the ministry, while many others have been called to the field of educational labor, others to distinguished positions in civil and political life.

It is greatly to the credit of Wofford College that it has given the advantages of liberal education to many poor young men who otherwise would have been deprived of them; and this is more to its credit when it is known that its endowment funds were nearly all lost in the dis- astrous effects of the last war. .

The college is beautifully located in the northern part of the town af Spartanburg, and has a campus embracing about seventy acres, nearly all of which is delightfully shaded with forest trees. This section of the State is noted for the salubrity of its climate, pure water, and general healthfulness. It is known as a good summer resort for those living in the lower part of the State. Itis almost unequalled for the high moral tone of its society.

The cost of board and tuition is very reasonable, and the necessary ex- penses of a student here are small. A group of students formed a mess, last year, at a cost of only seven dollars a month to each, and their table was as good as is usually found in private families.

Sessions begin on the 1st October, and close on the Wednesday after the second Sunday in June.

The present faculty is composed of James H. Carlisle, A. M., LL. D., President, and Professor of Mathematics; Rey. Whitefoord Smith, A. M., D. D., Professor of English Literature ; Rev. W. W. Duncan, A. M., D. D., Professor of Mental and Moral Philosophy ; Daniel A. DuPré, A. M., Pro- fessor of Chemistry and Geology; F. C. Woodward, A. M., Professor of Latin and French; J. A. Gamewell, A. M., Professor in charge of Intro- ductory Classes; J. H. Kirkland, A. M., Professor of Greek and German;

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 497

W. W. Duncan, Financial Secretary and Treasurer; J. A. Gamewell, Secretary of Faculty.

FURMAN UNIVERSITY,.GREENVILLE, S. C.

This institution, founded by the Baptists of the State, has been in operation a little more than thirty years. It is situated within the cor- porate limits of the city of Greenville, upon the western side of Reedy river, a little stream rising near the foot of the mountains and, on its way to the Saluda, intersecting the site of Greenville city. The grounds of the University embrace some forty acres of land, constituting a wooded height of remarkable beauty. Near its centre, and fronting the main street of the western portion of the city, stands the main pile of the Uni- versity building. The scene from its tower is one of the finest. The undulations of Laurel creek and Reedy river, the near heights of Lowndes hill, Piney mountain and Paris mountain, the more remote lines of Hog- back, Ceesar’s Head and Table Rock, with yet more distant points of the Blue Ridge, present a view of surpassing beauty. The building itself is wholly devoted to the immediate purposes of instruction; one section containing a chapel, a chemical laboratory, a philosophical apparatus room, and a library room. Another section contains seven recitation rooms, and two society rooms. These two sections are connected by the mathematical room, which is furnished with ample blackboards, and with tiers of desks and seats which enable every student to see distinctly the work upon the blackboards.

There is no provision for boarding within the University. The history of colleges shows that dormitories in college buildings, and boarding in commons, have been the sources of incalculable moral damage. Ina correspondence with some leading instructors, instituted by those who projected this institution, facts and opinions were gathered which made them unwilling to embrace the old college system in the plan to be in- augurated in Greenville. The late President Wayland, for instance, gave it as his deliberate opinion, that forty-nine-fiftieths of the trouble in col- leges grow out of the dormitory system. Boys, to be safe in college, must divide in families; and the boarding-house which is most like home is the best place for them. More than thirty years’ experience in Furman University has confirmed these views. There has never been the slightest sign of any thing like a rebellion. There has been scarcely any need for discipline beyond the kind, quiet admonition. A few instances, at long intervals, have occurred, in which it has been necessary to put away ¢ student for unworthy conduct; but in every such instance, the action of the faculty has had the unqualified moral support of the body of students.

498 A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

In addition to this. the utmost good feeling has ever been reciprocated between the students and the citizens of the town.

The name of the institution, under which it was incorporated, Furman University,” was adopted because, in.its incipiency, it embraced an academie, a collegiate, and a theological department, with the expectation of adding afterward, a department of /aw. Arrangements to this effect were on foot when the war rendered them impracticable. The Southern Baptist Theological Seminary, now located at Louisville, Ky., but originally founded in Greenville, S.C. is an outgrowth of Furman University, which gave up its theological department in order that other States besides South Carolina might be brought in as supporters of a common Southern theological institution.

Soon after the war, the university sought to provide free tuition in the collegiate department on the basis of bonds given for the support of the faculty, on condition of free tuition for ten years. Having no provision for the support of a preparatory department, it was not reorganized.

The plan of free tuition for ten years proved a failure, owing, mainly, to the fact that the bonds matured at the time of the greatest financial stringency known in the State for many years. Out of $200,000 in bonds, the amount actually collected enabled the trustees to invest $20,000 as a permanent interest-bearing fund, the balance being appropriated to meet current expenses.

An experience of five years convinced the trustees that the plan of free tuition would not be a success. Accordingly, at a meeting of the Board, August 30th, 1881, the University was reorganized. It was determined to discontinue free tuition, and appeal directly to the Baptist churches of the State for the means to meet current expenses. For this purpose, the President visited most of the associations meeting in the fall, and such responses were received as gave assurance that the institutiou would be continued. : .

The results of the last session, which closed June 18th, were such as greatly to encourage the friends of the institution ; and as arrangements have been instituted for the satisfactory settlement of the outstanding bonds, a career of enlarged prosperity is confidently anticipated.

The present organization includes an academic and a collegiate de- partment. The former is intended to prepare students for the college studies, and is under the immediate direction of a principal, who has already achieved success in this department. The college department embraces seven distinct schools, viz: the Latin Language and Litera- ture; the Greek Language and Literature ; Mathematics and Mechanical Philosophy ; Natural Philosophy; Chemistry and Natural History ;

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 499

Metaphysics ; the English Language and Literature. Provision is made for a two years’ course in German and French.

The Faculty is as follows: Charles Manly, D. D., President, and Pro- fessor of English; Rev. James C. Furman, D. D. Professor ot Meta- physics; C. H. Judson, Professor of Mathematics; Harvey T. Cook, Professor of Ancient Languages ; George D. Purinton, Professor of Chem-

istry and Physics; R. E. Gaines, Assistant Instructor; W. W. Brown,

Principal of Academic Department.

For catalogues giving full information, application may be made to the President, Rey. Charles Manly, D. D., or to the Secretary of the Faculty, Prof. H. T. Cook, at Greenville, S. C.

NEWBERRY COLLEGE, NEWBERRY, 8. C.

At a meeting of the Evangelical Lutheran Synod of South Carolina, held in 1856, it was resolved to establish a Classical and Literary Insti- tution.” A board of trustees was elected, a charter obtained, and New- berry, S. C., chosen as the location. In 1857, the corner-stone of a building was laid, and in the following year, a large and attractive

-college edifice was completed, at a cost of $20,000. The faculty was as

follows: President, Rev. T. Stork, D. D., and Professors, R. Garlington, O. B. Mayer, M. D., J. Bachman, D. D., LL. D., J. A. Brown, ©. A. Stork, A. P. Pifer, J. M. Streckhise, and M. Whittle. .

The college was opened in 1858, and during the eit session (1859-60) 175 students were enrolled.

A plan of endowment by scholarship was adopted, which was so suc- cessful that, in 1860, the sum of $50,000.00 had been secured. A presi- dent’s house was built at a cost of $4,000.00, and cash subscriptions in hand amounted to $3,000.00. Thus it appears that, in 1860, the property of the college in endowment, buildings, ete., exceeded $75,000.00 in value.

The breaking out of the war eine een the States, in 1861, caused the _ withdrawal of the faculty, and nearly all the students enlisted in the ~ armies of the Confederacy.

In 1862, Rev. J. P. Smeltzer, D. D., was elected president, who, during this and the following year, obtained subscriptions to funds of nearly | $50,000.00. From 1861-5, the college was not regularly open for stu- dents. In 1865, the Synod recommended to the Board to reopen the college. Professors were elected, and, with a limited number of students, the exercises of the institution were resumed in November of that year. But the finances of the college were in a shattered condition, the endow- ment had been totally lost by investment in Confederate securities ; and the college building, beautiful in its architecture, but defective in its

500 A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

construction, necessarily somewhat uncared for during the troublous times of the war, and much injured by its occupancy by United States soldiers during four months of the year 1865, was found in 1866 to be unsafe. Steps were taken to effect the necessary repairs, but to the astonishment of the Board and the friends of the college, claims against the Board to the amount of $18,000.00 were presented. Such was the poverty of the people that the building could not be reclaimed and these debts paid. The trustees, therefore, made sale of the property and closed the institution.

At this juncture, the citizens of Wallhalla, 8. C., made favorable pro- posals to have the college located at that place. The offer was accepted, and in November, 1868, the college was removed to Walhalla. Here the college sojourned for nine years, struggling amid many and heavy em- barrassments.

In 1877, the citizens of Newberry, desiring the re-location of the college on its old site, offered to the Synod buildings and grounds worth $15,000. The offer was accepted, and in September, 1877, the exercises of the college were opened at Newberry. By the close of this year, a suitable and substantial brick building was finished, and the property of the college at this date, 1882, in building, grounds, library, apparatus, &e., is worth $25,000.

Rey. J. P. Smeltzer, D. D., who had been president of the college for sixteen years, upon the remoyal of the college from Walhalla, retired from the presidency, and Rev. G. W. Holland, the present incumbent, was elected his successor.

Up to 1882, the college has graduated forty-eight young men, twelve of whom are now teaching in this State.

In addition to the first faculty, the following gentlemen have been at yarious times members of the corps of instructors: Rey. J. P. Smeltzer, D. D.; D. Arrington, Rey. J. McNeill Turner, D. D., Rev. G. W. Holland, D. B. Busby, E. J. Dreher, Carl Weber, Rev. J. F, Probst, G. D. Halti- wanger, G. B. Cromer, and perhaps others.

The faculty, as at present constituted, is as follows: President, Rev. G. W. Holland, and Professors O. B. Mayer, M. D., 8.8. Rahn, B. W. Bittle, C. W. Welch, and E. H. Aull.

The average number of students for the past four years has been about one hundred.

A small endowment of $12,000.00 has been raised from proceeds of the college in the State, and generous patrons of education in Boston have contributed about $4,000.00 toward the equipment of the college.

It is believed that a career of prosperity and usefulness is now opening to the institution, and that its friends will soon add to its endowment

Sao tte Wis PMR Thre OY Toe Roya iJ a) we Ly a) "Need

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 501

and other appliances. It is hoped, also, that its patronage will, in the near future, be largely extended.

ADGER COLLEGE (PRESBYTERIAN), WALHALLA, S. C.

In 1868, Newberry College was removed to Walhalla, at which place it flourished for nine years. The Lutheran Synod, in the spring of 1877, resolved to carry this college back to its original site in Newberry. Thereupon the people of Walhalla, of all denominations, determined to organize a new college in place of the one about to be removed ; and as other denominations had colleges, it was resolved to place this institution under Presbyterian control.

A subscription was begun, and in a few months the sum of ten thou- sand dollars had been raised. The subscribers formed a joint stock association on the basis of one vote for every twenty-five dollars of sub- scription. It was resolved, also, that upon securing ai endowment fund of ten thousand dollars in addition to the subscriptions, the institu- tion would be placed under the control of the Presbytery of South Caro- lina. The subscriptions were secured by bonds, payable 1st January, 1890, and bearing seven per cent. interest, payable semi-annually from the 1st July, 1877.

At the commencement of Newberry College, June, 1877, announce-

ment was made of the opening of ADGER CoLLEGE in the ensuing autumn The new institution was called in honor of a family whose unsullied ‘name had long been identified with Presbyterianism. A charter was obtained for a white male college, The local subscriptions reached $21,000, in sums ranging from $25 to $500, and before 1879 the endow- ment of $10,000 was also secured. Presbytery accepted control of the college on 26th September, 1878.

A temporary organization was effected with Rey. J. R. Riley, D. D., as chairman of the faculty. :

Parties subscribing $500 each were entitled to free tuition in all depart- ments for all their sons, and every addititional $500 entitled the sub- scriber to designate a person whose sons should also secure free tuition ; this designation being subject to approval of the college management.

Thus equipped, the college began a career of usefulness. In June, 1882, a permanent organization was effected, by the election of the Rey. F. P. Mullally, D. D., President; Rev. J. R. Riley, D. D., Professor of Languages; Rev. H. Strong, Professor. of Natural Sciences; and W. 8. Moore, A. B., Professor of Mathematics.

Upon this permanent organization a new interest sprang up, and sey- eral hundred dollars in cash were added to the endowment fund, with a prospect of a much greater increase.

‘4 \

502 A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

The location of the college is all that.could be desired—within four miles of a mountain range, its water and air are pure and bracing. The surrounding population is generally of the moral, energetic, industrious class, which is the hope of true progress and prosperity.

In the town of Walhalla there are four churches of whites, viz: Bap- tist, Methodist, Lutheran and Présbyterian, with an aggregate member- ship of between five and six hundred, supplied by able ministers.

Walhalla is the terminus of the Blue Ridge railroad, eight miles above its crossing of the Atlanta and Charlotte Air-Line Railway, and easily accessible from all sections of the country, but advantageously removed from the bustle and confusion of larger railroad towns.

Students obtain good board and lodging at nine dollars per month, owing to the fact that the cereals are produced in this neighborhood more abundantly than any other crop. The tuition is forty dollars per scholastic year, and, as might be expected, from the financial statement

in regard to the population, there is no extravagance among us. Our

college, our town, and our country are all free from debt. We have in the county about four whites to one colored inhabitant. The average attendance of pupils in the collegiate and sub-collegiate classes of the college during the five years of its tentative existence has been eighty. Now, that it has been put upon a permanent basis, and its success no longer doubtful, with all the advantages of accessibility and of religious, moral and industrious surroundings, and economy in tuition, board and dress, with a population yearning for learning and liberal in its support, we confidently expect to find this infant, already strong in its preparation for good, substantial, literary work, soon in the foremost rank of educa- tional institutions.

~ INSTITUTIONS FOR SPECIAL INSTRUCTION. - THE THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY (PRESBYTERIAN), COLUMBIA, 8S. C. In 1828, Hopewell Presbytery, in Georgia, took the first steps in the

establishment ofa theological seminary. A theological school was opened in that year, in Lexington, Georgia, under the charge of Rey. Thomas

Goulding, D. D. South Carolina Presbytery agitated the matter with

such success that, in 1830, the seminary was removed to Columbia, a commodious private residence with ample grounds having been purchased for the purpose. Dr. Goulding was assisted by the Rev. George Howe. The Synod of South Carolina and Georgia assumed general supervision. After this the seminary prospered, other professors were added, and two

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 505 additional buildings erected. The endowment constantly increased. When the war came on there were five professorships, with an average endowment of about forty thousand each; besides about fifty thousand more for contingent fund and scholarships.

Judge John Perkins, of Columbus, Miss., in 1859-60, erected a Per- kins Professorship of Natural Science in connection with Revelation,” with an endowment of $40,000. Exercises continued throughout the war, and were interrupted only a few months, in 1865.

In 1880, the institution was compelled to close, in consequence of tem- porary financial embarrassment. Additional sums were subscribed to the endowment fund, and large amounts again became available, so that in September, 1882, the seminary reopened with five professors, and an endowment of about $150,000 ; which is still increasing. Its future pros- pects are full of promise.

The whole number of the alumni is over five hundred. Of these sey-— enteen are foreign missionaries.

The seminary is open to students of every denomination.

OFFICERS.

Hon. James Hemphill, Chairman of the Board of Directors; T. A. McCreery, Esq., Treasurer.

FACULTY.

George Howe, D. D., LL.D., Professor of Biblical Literature ; James Woodrow, Ph. D., D. D., Perkins Professor of Natural Science, in connec- tion with Revelation; J. L. Girardeau, D. D., LL.D., Professor of Di- dactic and Polemic Theology ; Rev. Charles R. Hemphill, A. M., Asso- ciate Professor of Biblical Literature; W.E. Boggs, D. D., Professor of Ecclesiastical History and Church Polity. The senior professor is chair- ~ man of the faculty. Dr. Howe has held this position since 1834.

Professors formerly connected with the institution, were Rev. Drs. Thomas Goulding, A. W. Leland, C. C. Jones, A. T. MeGill, B. M. Pal- mer, J. H. Thornwell, J. B. Adger, W. S. Plumer, and Joseph R. Wilson.

Many of the leading divines of the South have been trained in this seminary.

LIBRARY.

_ The seminary contains a library of over 19,000 volumes, chiefly eccle- siastical and theological. They are carefully selected, and are of much value. Few additions have been made since 1860.

ses, Py . Coy dea aa

504 A SKETCH OF. EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS.

The seminary occupiesa square of four acres, in the heart of Columbia. The buildings are of brick, three stories in height, and substantial. The campus is shaded with trees of native growth.

INSTITUTION FOR THE DEAF, DUMB, AND BLIND.

Prior to the year 1849, deaf, dumb, and blind children were sent to the American asylum, at Hartford, Connecticut. In that year, seven pupils were in attendance from the “upper division of South Carolina,” at a cost of $421. Atthat time a private school for mutes was estab- lished at Cedar Springs, Spartanburg, by Mr. N. P. Walker. The location was five miles from the courthouse, on a hill, from the foot of which _gushed a beautiful, cold spring. Five pupils were in attendance, all from Spartanburg district. Hon. T. N. Dawkins, commissioner of the deaf, dumb, and blind, was so favorably impressed with the advantages of this institution that he recommended it specially to the attention of the Legislature, besides paying to it $250, and providing for two more beneficiaries. In 1850, Gov. Seabrook called attention to the fact that out of seventy mutes in the State, only thirteen were receiving instrue- tion. The Legislature resolved to send no more pupils abroad, and ap- propriated $3,000 for instruction, but refused to make the school a State institution. The appropriation was increased to $5,000, in 1855, and a school for the blind was added by Prof. Walker. A Board of Commis- sioners was appointed to negotiate for the purchase of the property by the State, and the transfer was made in 1857. °$10,000 were appropriated for buildings, and $7,000 for instruction. $20,000 more were appropri- ated, in 1858, for the completion of the buildings, and in 1860, they were ready for occupancy. Sixteen mutes, and seventeen blind pupils were in attendance.

On the 13th November, 1861, Prof. Walker’s death closed his useful labors, and his duties devolved on Mrs. Walker and the faculty; Prof. Henderson (blind) being in charge of the school for the blind, while the department for the deaf and dumb was presided over by Prof Hughston, himself one of the late Prof. Walker’s first mute pupils. The institution . received annually from $7,000 up to $15,000, in 1863. Until 1868, the total appropriation had never been expended.

The school was closed in the beginning of 1865, but in the fall of 1866, the exercises were resumed fora single session. Prof. Hughston had been elected superintendent after the death of Prof. Walker. In 1869, the institution was reopened. Prof. Newton F. Walker, son of the found-

\

ll > Sh tie et te es Ae

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 505

er, was first made associate principal, and then superintendent, Prof. Hughston continuing to preside over the mute department.

In 1878, this institution was again compelled to suspend, owing to the failure of the Republican Legislature to make appropriations for its maintenance.. It was reopened in 1876, and has since then been in a prosperous condition.

An instructor in Bell’s system of visible speech was added to the fac- ulty, in 1880, and a number of the mutes are making gratifying progress in the art of conversation.

There are in attendance fourteen blind, and forty-eight deaf and dumb pupils.

The institution is supported by an annual appropriation of $10,000, and is under control of a Board of Commissioners.

In 1882, an appropriation of $1000 was made for a department for col- ored mutes.

FACULTY.

N. F. Walker, Superintendent ; J. M. Hughston,* and D. 8. Rogers,* Instructors of Deaf and Dumb; L. H. Cromer,+ and Miss Annie Stevens, of the Blind; Miss Eva Ballard, Teacher of Articulation; H. W. Estes,* Music; Mrs. V. E. Walker, Matron ; R. P. Brown,* Master of Shoe Shop ; H. W. Estes,f Master of Broom and Brush Shop.

MEDICAL COLLEGE OF THE STATE OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

The Medical College of South Carolina,’ under the control of the Medical Society of South Carolina, and located in Charleston, received its charter from the State in 1825. In consequence of some difference between the professors and the society, the former resigned, in 1832, and a new faculty was elected, which conducted the college until 1839, at which time it was permanently closed.

The professors who had resigned from the old Medical College imme- diately organized another Medical College, which was chartered under the name of“ The Medical College of the State of South Carolina,” and which still exists. A full Board of Trustees was elected, with Mr. Na- thaniel Heyward as President.

The faculty was organized as follows:

J. Edward Holbrook, M. D.: Samuel Henry Dickson, M. D.; Thomas G. Prioleau, M. D.; Edmund Rayenel, M. D.; Henry R. Frost, M. D.; and John Wagner, M. D.

* Deafand dumb. 7 Blind. 33

506 A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA,

The institution was closed during the war, but reopened immediately. Its list of alumni numbers 2,158 names.

The college owns no property, with the exception of the large and handsome building in which instruction is given, and an expensive and raluable museum of pathological specimens, and anatomical prepara- tions. The college has never been the recipient of any bequest or pecu- niary gift, with the exception of one from the State, thirty or forty years ago, in virtue of which the Governor has the right of appointing one beneficiary from each congressional district. There are no other benefi- ciary scholarships.

Edward McCrady, Esq., is President of the Board of Trustees, and E. Horry Frost, Secretary and Treasurer.

FACULTY AND AUXILIARY INSTRUCTORS.

Medical Department, J. Ford Prioleau, Dean; R. A. Kinloch, M. D., Professor of the Principles and Practice of Surgery and Clinical Surgery; J. P, Chazal, M. D., Professor of Pathology and Practice of Medicine, and of Clinical Medicine ; Middleton Michel, M. D., Professor of Physiology ; ©. U. Shepard, Jr., M. D., Professor of Chenustry ; F. L. Parker, M. D., Pro- fessor of Anatomy, and Clinical Lecturer of Diseases of the Eye and Ear; J. Ford Prioleau, M. D., Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology; F. Peyre Porcher, M. D., Professor of Materia Medica and Therapeutics; Manning Simons, M. D., Demonstrator of Anatomy ; H. D. Geddings, M. D, Assist- ant to the Professor of Chemistry ; George G. Kinloch, M. D., Instructor in Microscopy and Prosector to the Professor of Surgery; P. Gourdin DeSaus- sure, M. D., Prosector to the Professor of Anatomy; John L. Dawson, Jr., M. D., Assistant to the Clinic of the Diseases of the Eye and Ear.

Pharmaceutical Department (established 1801), C. F. Panknin, Dean.

Facutty: C. U. Shepard, Jr., M. D., Professor of Chemistry ; F. Peyre Porcher, M. D., Professor of Materia Medica, and Lecturer on Medical Botany ; C. F. Panknin, Instructor in Practical Pharmacy, and Professor of Pharmacy; H. D. Geddings, M. D., Assistant in Pharmaceutical and Practical Chemistry.

CLINICAL INSTRUCTION,

For several years past, by arrangement with City Council, the Roper Hospital has been under the medical and surgical direction of the faculty of the college. This hospital contains two hundred beds, and affords excellent opportunities for clinical instruction, daily lectures being giy- en in the hospital during the session.

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 507

EXPENSES.

Medical Department.—Matriculation fee, $5; Laboratory, expenses for first course students, $5; Entire course of lectures, including Demonstra- tor’s ticket, and hospital advantages, $75 ; Graduating fee, $30.

Pharmaceutical Department.—Matriculation fee, $5; Tuition fee, $30; Practical laboratory work, $10 to $15; Graduating fee, $10.

THE REQUIREMENTS FOR MEDICAL GRADUATION ARE,

Ist. The applicant must be twenty-one years of age, and have had a pre- liminary education satisfactory to the Faculty.

2d. He must file a satisfactory certificate of having studied medicine for at least three years under a regular graduate or licentiate and practitioner of medicine, in good standing.

3d. He must have attended two full courses of lectures at a medical school approved by the Faculty, the last of which has been in this Insti- tution. (No school will be admitted upon the ad eundem list that ar- ranges its course of instruction to graduate students in less than the time prescribed by this College).

4th. His examination on all the branches, attendance upon lectures, habits and general character must be satisfactory to the Faculty.

The Faculty will give a prize to the candidate for medical graduation who passes the best examination.

' Professor R. A. Kinloch, for the best report of his Clinical Lectures on

Surgery.

Professor F’. L. Parker, for the best report of his Clinical Lectures on Disease of the Eye and Ear.

Professor C. U. Shepard, Jr., to the first-class student who passes the best examination upon Practical Chemistry.

The term begins on the 15th October, and closes during the first week in March. The average attendance is between eighty and a hundred.

The graduating class of 1883 numbers thirty. Further information may be obtained from Dr. J. Ford Prioleau, Dean of the Faculty.

VIII. MILITARY TRAINING AND INSTRUCTION.

The people of South Carolina in early colonial days and during the reyolution became thoroughly enured to the hardships and hazards of war. The exploits of Marion and Sumter, and their companions, were a

508 A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

constant theme to succeeding generations, and aided in stimulating their martial spirit. At every succeeding call to arms the sons of Carolina added fresh laurels to her chaplet of military glory. With the memories of the past before them, and in the midst of exciting discussions over po- litical and social complications, which it was evident would terminate in a bloody protracted struggle, it is not surprising that the youth of Caro- lina were trained to bear arms. Not only the State Military Academy, but private institutions were organized for this purpose.

Since the last war, which has put an end to all further prospect of strife, military schools are still maintained for the sake of their discipline, to ensure a har one development of all the faculties, as mens sana in sano corpore.”

THE SOUTH CAROLINA MILITARY ACADEMY.

For some time previous to the year 1841, this State had two arsenals for storing its arms and munitions of war, one in Charleston and the other in Columbia, each guarded by a company of enlisted soldiers under officers of culture, trained to the profession of arms. The expense of maintaining the two garrisons was $24,000. Governor Richardson sug- gested the propriety of supplying the place of these soldiers with young men, who, in addition to military training, should receive instruction from their officers in the useful and mechanic arts. Accordingly, Col. Phillips introduced in the House a bill to convert the arsenal at Colum- bia into a military school. It failed of passage, but Gov. Richardson nevertheless placed a number of deserving young men under the instruc- tion of the officers of the guard. In 1842, Goy. Richardson earnestly urged such legislation as would establish two schools upon a sure foun- dation. His successor, Gov. Hammond, was equally interested in the measure,.and on the 20th December, 1842, a bill, introduced by Gen. Jamison, was passed, converting both the arsenal and the citadel into military schools.

By the Act, as subsequently amended, authority was invested in a Board of Visitors, consisting of the Governor and the Adjutant and In- spector-General, ex-officio, and five persons appointed by the Governor. The first members were Gov. Hammond, Gen. Cantey, and Messrs James Jones, D. F. Jamison, W. J. Hanna, and John H. Means. They per- formed the duty of organizing with zeal, fidelity and judgment. Both schools were opened in March, 1848, provision being made for the en- trance of fifty-four beneficiaries and as many pay cadets, the latter pay- ing $200 a year, which covered all expenses. At first the academies were independent of each other. An attempt to unite both in Charles-

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 509

ton, in 1845, failed, and the arsenal was then made auxiliary to the Cita- del, providing for the instruction of the entering class. |

Thus organized, the academy was in full and successful operation from March, 1848, to April, 1865. These years were marked by the lights and shadows of life, and the record of them is crowded with much of joy and of sorrow.

The course of study resembled as near as possible that pursued at West Point, taking, in some departments even a wider range. “It may just- ly be claimed that the education there imparted was that of which the State has now the greatest need.” The constant purpose of the Board of Visitors was not to attempt too much, but to do thoroughly what was prescribed. The cadets were taught “how to think,” not “what to think.” Thus practical education was aimed at and attained. The course of training was designed to develop the whole man by careful attention to the cultivation of all his powers, physical, mental and moral. From the moment of his matriculation until the time at which he left the academy, the cadet was ever under the eyes of vigilant officers. Thus he was shielded from many of the temptations and allurements of vice which so often beset and mislead the youth when first freed from the restraint of parental discipline and deprived of the watchful guidance of parental love. But while the authority thus exercised was absolute, it was not arbitrary, and though the discipline was firm, it was not harsh.

The result of this training is best shown in the career of the gradu- ates. In all associations, whether in the learned professions or in the more active pursuits of life, they have not only done honor to the insti- tution, but have vindicated the wisdom of the statesmen who founded - and maintained it, by winning the high prizes always awarded to those possessing what Gov. Richardson styled “the energy and decision of a military character.”

During the first period of the academy nearly eighteen hundred young men of the State were educated partly or wholly within its walls. Though but two hundred and forty passed entirely through the prescribed course of study, the large numbers should not be forgotten who remained long enough in the institution to feel the wholesome effects of its training.

ITS MILITARY RECORD IS BRILLIANT.

Of the 226 graduates living at tiie beginning of the war, more than two hundred were officers in the Confederate Army, filling every grade from heutenant to brigadier-general, and discharging their duties with a zeal intelligence and courage that made them distinguished even in that great _ army of Southern soldiers.

Sy Aad

510 A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTE CAROLINA.

Their first military service was performed in drilling the Palmetto Regiment previous to its departure for Mexico. From an unfinished earthwork on the 9th of January, 1861, a detachment of cadets fired the first shotted gun of the war upon the Star of the West, as she was advance- ing to the relief of Fort Sumter.

The service of the cadets in many fields from the beginning to the end of the war are too well known and too highly cherished to need repeti- tion here.

Upon the evacuation of Charleston the Citadel was seized by Federal forces, and was occupied as a garrison until 1878. On the 13th Septem- ber, 1877, the survivors of the graduates met in Charleston and organized with Gen. Johnson Hagood as President, and other officers. Immedi- ately thereafter a general meeting was held of all who had been connect- ed with the institution, and steps were taken to secure the reopening of the citadel:

The Federal government claimed the Citadel as conquered property. The State maintained that it was private property, and through Goy. Hampton made application for its restitution. President Hayes declined to act, but suggested an appeal to Congress. A bill was introduced in the Senate of the United States to restore the Citadel to the State on con- dition that a claim of $100,000 for rent and damages by fire be relin- quished. The State refused these terms, and the bill was not passed ; but the building was turned over to the State voluntarily, and was taken possession of on Ist April, 1882.

In 1881, the legislature passed an Act authorizing the reopening of the academy for the education of 68 beneficiary cadets (two from each county) and as many pay cadets as could be accommodated without ex- pense to the State. Ten thousand ($10,000) dollars were appropriated for the repairs of the building, and five thousand for the expenses of the current year, with the provision that these amounts should be refunded out of the amount which may be received by the State from the general government for rent. 3y direction of Gov. Hagood, Senator G. B. Lartigue, of Barnwell, as- sumed control of the work of reopening, and had the building put in ex- cellent condition. Bathing arrangements, ventilation, and general sani- tary measures have been secured under his supervision,

The library will be filled as rapidly as possible, and a reading room is provided with newspapers and magazines for the use of cadets when not on duty. An annual encampment will be held in August and Septem- ber in different portions of the up-country, for military exercises and practical instruction in surveying, engineering, mineralogy, geology and other subjects. Military discipline will be used as a means to an end—

=

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 511

the aim being not so much to make soldiers as to make men equal at once to civil and military results.

The Board of Visitors consists at present of Grex. Jonnson Hacoon, Chairman, Barnwell C, H., 8. C.; Rev. 8. B. Jones, D. D., Pendleton, S. C. ; Cot. Epwarp Crort, Greenville, 8S. C.: Con. H. A. Garmtarp, Winns- boro’,S. C.; Gey..C. I. Watker, Charleston, S. C.; THr GovERNoR of the State of South Carolina, ex-officio, Columbia, 8. C.; THe AbJUTANT AND INspEecTOR-GENERAL of the State of South Carolina, ex-officio, Colum- bia, S. C.

The academy opened on the 2d October, 1882, with 180 cadets, a num- ber of applications haying been declined for want of accommodations.

The officers and professors are as follows: Con. J. P. THomas, Super- intendent and Professor; Carr. Wm. Carn, Professor; A. SACHTLEBEN, Professor pro tem ; First Lirur. P. P. Mazycx, Assistant Professor ; First Lizut. H. T. THompson, Assistant Professor; Dr. F. L. Parker, Sur- geon.; Wm. W. Wuire, Bursar.

The following is the course of study prescribed at present :

FOURTH CLASS.

First Term. Algebra, Physical Geography, English Grammar and Word Analysis, French, Reading of British Classics.

Second Term. Algebraand Geometry; Elements of Zoology ; Anatomy and Physiology ; History of England; French; Reading of American Classics ; Free Hand Drawing; Declamation and Composition, for the Session.

THIRD CLASS.

First Term. Geometry Completed; Plane Trigonometry ; Spherical Trig- onometry completed; Physics; Rhetoric and Study of Synonyms ; French ; Industrial Drawing; Reading and Analysis of Shakspeare.

Second Term. Surveying—Field Work with Instrument; Descriptive Geometry, Shades, Shadows and Perspective; Physics (continued) ; Out- lines of General History, and Lectures on Philosophy of History; Elements of Mythology; French; Reading and Analysis of Shakspeare; Topo- graphical Drawing ; Declamation and Composition for the Session.

SECOND CLASS.

First Term. Analytical Geometry ; Civil Engineering—Descriptive Chemistry—Inorganic ; British Literature and Lectures; French Com- pleted ; German; Projection Drawing ; Shaw’s Companion Reader, British.

512 A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA,

Second Term. Caleulus, with Philosophy of Mathematics; Elements of Quaternions; Military Engineering—Descriptive ; Chemistry—Organic ; Chemistry—Agricultural ; United States Literature by Lectures; Mental Philosophy ; German; Mechanical and Agricultural Drawing; Elocu- tion and Composition for Session, and Infantry Tactics; Shaw’s Com- panion Reader—American.

FIRST CLASS.

First Term. Civil Engineering—Stresses in Bridges and Stability of Structures in general; Mechanics; Mineralogy; Moral Philosophy, and Lectures on Ethics; Elements of Logic; German.

Second Term. Civil Engineering—Strength of Materials, Retaining Walls, &c., and Lectures on Hydraulic and Sanitary Engineering; As- tronomy; Geology; Science of Wealth, and Lectures; Elements of Con- stitutional Law, and Lectures; German; Book-keeping; Elocution and Composition for Session, and Artillery Tactics.

During the Military Session, there will be such practical and military (special) instruction as the Board may hereafter prescribe. It is contem- plated, further, to give to cadets the advantages of a military system of Gymnastic Exercises, and a system of Swimming.

KING’S MOUNTAIN MILITARY SCHOOL.

In 1855, Micah Jenkins and Asbury Coward, who had just graduated with distinction in the State Military Academy, formed a military school at Yorkville. A three story building of brick, with additions for officers’ houses, was erected, and the session opened with bright promises. Asa preparatory school to the Citadel, and an institution for military train- ing it enjoyed great success. At the’sound of the tocsin of war the prin- cipals entered the army, and served with distinction. The gallant Jen- kins fell at the head of his troops in the heat of battle. After the surren- der, Col. Coward assumed sole control, and has conducted a school in which the training, intellectual and physical, is of a high order. In 1882, Col. Coward was elected, without solicitation, State Superintendent of Education. Gen. E. M. Law is now associate principal. Prof. Wm. Currell is instructor in Ancient Languages and Belles Lettres, and Lieut. John M. Jenkins instructor in Arithmetic and Book-keeping.

There are five classes, the highest of which is required to study De- Scriptive Geometry, Shades, Shadows and Perspective, Astronomy, Evi-

ae 4

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 518 .

dences of Christianity, Whateley’s Rhetoric, Steedman’s English Compo- sition, Elocution, Drawing.

A full classical course is optional.

This school deserves special mention as the only strictly military school that was established before the war, and is still in successful opera- tion.

GREENVILLE MILITARY ACADEMY.

Another military academy is in successful operation in Greenville, in charge of Capt. J. B. Patrick, formerly an officer and instructor in the South Carolina Military Academy. Capt. Patrick has three assistants and the attendance, according to the report for 1881, was over fifty. Though comparatively a new institution, it isin a prosperous condition. There are several other academies in the State, in which certain military features exist.

IX. FEMALE EDUCATION.

The census of 1880 shows that fifty-nine per cent. of illiterate adult whites in South Carolina are females. It is true, also, that the females have a preponderance in the total population; but the excess of popula- tion is not in proportion to the excess of illiteracy. This is startling to those especially who believe that intellectual progress depends upon the education of woman. Some consolation may be derived from the fact that South Carolina is no worse off in this respect than her sister States, and that the excess of female illiteracy in this State is decreasing. In 1850, females constituted sixty-two per cent. of the adult illiterate population of South Carolina; in 1860, sixty per cent.; in 1870, fifty- nine per cent.; and in 1880, fifty-nine per cent. In 1870 and in 1880, females constituted fifty-one per cent. of the entire population.

Turning to the census of 1870, we find that there are more illiterate females than males in all save three States of the Union, California, Nevada and Vermont. In these, females show the following propor- tion: California, in population, 40 per cent., in illiteracy, 44 per cent.; Nevada, in population, 24 per cent., in illiteracy, 20 per cent. ; Vermont, in population, 49 per cent., in illiteracy, 48 per cent. In only two States, Nevada and Vermont, can females claim educational superiority over males.

South Carolina compares favorably with the other States. The per- centage of females as to population and illiteracy is respectively as fol-

1,4

514 A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

lows: Alabama, 51-and 65; Georgia, 51 and 65; Indiana, 47 and 61; Kentucky, 49 and 59; Massachusetts, 51 and 63; New Jersey, 50 and 60; New York, 50 and 61; North Carolina, 52 and 65; Pennsylvania, 50 and 65; Rhode Island, 51 and 62; SourH Carouina, 51 and 59; Virginia, 51 and 59.

From the above it will be seen that South Carolina is doing relatively more for her daughters than many of her neighbors. Her people have long patronized female academies at home and abroad.

Before the war the schools at Limestone, Barhamville and Orangeburg especially enjoyed high repute; while female colleges in Laurens, York- ville, Sumter and other places, aided’ in forming the character and train- ing the minds of hundreds of the women of the State. Female academies and schools also existed, some of which are still in operation, and are noticed elsewhere. The fact, however, remains that the daughters of the State have not as yet received as many advantages as her sons, yet it is hoped that, at no distant day, education will be more nearly propor- tioned, if indeed the balance do not turn in the opposite direction, under a new order of things, which sends boys into the business walks of life, while girls are kept for a longer period at their studies.

In this connection it is proper to mention the female colleges now in operation in the State.

GREENVILLE FEMALE COLLEGE.

“Tn 1853, the Baptist State Convention of South Carolina appointed a committee to take into consideration the subject of female education as a denominational interest. At the ensuing meeting of the Convention, held in Greenville in 1854, the committee reported, urging the establish- ing of ‘a Female College of high order,’ and, to secure a liberal education for young ladies, recommended that ‘the standard of attainment be high.’” The report was adopted, and the enterprise was begun. Green- ville was chosen as the location, having been long famed as an intellectual centre, and remarkable for its health and social and religious advantages. A handsome building was erected, and under such educators as Professors Duncan, Sams and Judson, the college entered upon and maintained a highly successful career.

In 1878, Prof. C. H. Judson resigned the presidency, to accept, an equally honorable and responsible position in Furman University, and Prof. A. S. Townes, the present incumbent, was chosen to succeed him.

The catalogue of 1881-2 shows a larger attendance than at any pre- vious stage of the college’s history. The number of pupils in the primary department was 29; in the academic department, 62; students in the collegiate department, 80; irregular students, 9. Total, 180.

: *. ;

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 515

The present accommodations are too small, and handsome additions are expected soon to be in course of erection.

COURSE OF STUDY.

Primary Department. The usual elementary studies, with features of the Kindergarten system.

Academic Department. Studies pursued in grammar schools, particular attention being paid to composition.

Collegiate Department. This department is divided into seven schools. Completion of the entire course entitles the student. to full graduation, but partial courses are allowed, and diplomas given in each school. The schools are as follows: JI English; I. Latin; HI. French; IV. Math- ematics; V. Physical Science; VI. Mental and Moral Science; VII. History. Extra courses in Greek and German are provided, besides a Post GRADUATE course, entitling the graduate to the degree of Mistress of Arts. Special attention is paid to CALISTHENICS, a daily drill being had during the entire term. The music department is in charge of Prof. M. G. DeCamps, of the Conservatoire of Music of Brussels. Drawing and painting are taught by the lady principal, Miss M. C. Judson. Lessons are also given in ornamental and fancy work.

SOCIETIES, &C.

The Judson Literary Society meets twice a month, and publishes a monthly periodical, The College Mirror.” The Lula Whilden Missionary Society and a Girls’ Temperance Union are in successful operation.

FACULTY,

A. S. Townes, President, English, Mathematics, Latin, Mental and ~ Moral Science; Miss Mary C. Jupson, Logic, Physical Science, Elocu- tion and Calisthenics; Mrss Caronine E. Dawson, French, Mathematics and History; Miss Anna M. Gaines, Composition, Latin and English ; Pror. J. M. Perry, Writing and Book-keeping ;' Miss F. G. Bree, Prin- cipal of Academic Department; M. G. DeCamps, Principal Music Depart- ment; Mrs. M. E. DeCamps, Pianoforte; Miss M. C. Jupp, Drawing and Painting; Miss Ina Roperts, Ornamental and Fancy Work; Miss F. G. Brep, Governess; Mrs. J. A. FrrzGeraup, Matron.

The term begins in September, and is divided into two terms of twenty weeks each. Terms for twenty weeks, including board, $87.50 to $121.50; graduation fee, $5.

516 A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

THE COLUMBIA FEMALE COLLEGE (METHODIST).

During the prosperous period of the State, between the years 1850 and 1860, it was determined by the Methodists of South Carolina to establish a first-class college for their daughters, as they had already secured Wof- ford for their sons. Liberal subscriptions were made. A lot was secured in Columbia, and a handsome building of brick was erected, in which exercises were opened during the fall of 1859. For several years its suc- cess was most marked, and its career of usefulness continued until the occupation of the city by Federal troops, February 17th, 1865. Owing to the general distress which paralyzed intellectual effort, the college was closed, and the building rented asa hotel. By 1873, the effects of the war had partially passed away, and the college was reopened. It has been continually growing since then, and now stands high in attendance and in excellence. Its several presidents have been: Rev. Whitefoord Smith, D. D., Rey. Wm. Martin, Rev. H. M. Mood, Rev. Samuel B. Jones, D. D., J. L. Jones, Esq., and Rev. O. A. Darby, D. D.

The property is owned by the South Carolina Conference, and is con- trolled by a Board of Trustees appointed by Conference. The attendance is not confined to children of Methodist parents, but all denominations are welcomed. For the year 1881-82, there were 88 students in the col- legiate department, and 39 preparatory pupils; 45 pupils were taught in music. |

FACULTY.

The faculty consists of Rev. O. A. Darspy, D. D., President, Mental and Moral Science; Lawson B. Haynes, A. M., Mathematics and Natural Science; E. Von Finaertin, M. A., Ph. L., Modern Languages; Miss M. E. Boun, English Literature, Physiology and Botany; Miss A. R. Hot- LINGSWoRTH, Latin and French; Miss A. H. Warren, English, History and Elocution; Ernst BrockMANN, Instrumental Music; Miss C. J. Lava, Vocal Music; Miss A. G. Lyncu, Guitar; Miss M. E. Bown, Painting, Drawing and Calisthenies ; Miss Mary B. WILTBERGER, Orna- mental Work; Miss Satire F. Reynoups, Principal of Preparatory De- partment; Mrs. Kare Darsy, Governess; Mrs. Kate BueEt, in charge of Domestic Department.

COURSE OF STUDY.

The PREPARATORY DEPARTMENT embraces a course of six years, and is divided into a primary and grammar school.

The CoLLeGIATE DEPARTMENT is composed of distinct schools, each constituting a complete course for the subject taught. Of these there are

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 517

thirteen, viz: English Language and Literature; Mathematics; Natural Science; History; Mental and Moral Science; Latin Language and Literature; Greek; French; German; Italian; Commercial School ; School of Art; School of Musie.

Three degrees are conferred: Mistress of English Literature; Mistress of Science; and Mistress of Arts.

The session begins in the middle of September. Tuition, including board, lights and fuel, about $200 per year, with extra charges for music, Xe.

The students enjoy the benefit of a library, reading room and public lectures. They have two library societies, a missionary society, and a temperance society. Written and oral examinations are required.

The government is firm, but mild.

THE DUE WEST FEMALE COLLEGE (ASSOCIATE REFORMED PRESBYTERIAN).

This college is located at Due West. Established in 1860, by a com- pany of citizens, it has been in successful operation ever since. Its first president was the Rey. J. I. Bonner, D. D., who served in this capacity until his death, in the year 1882. The college has its own buildings, constructed substantially of brick, and suppled with all the modern improvements. Exhibitions are held in the public hall of Erskine Col- lege, but the two institutions have no further connection. The grounds cover seven acres, and are laid out in walks and flower beds, affording opportunities for exercise on the part of the pupils. The college has no endowment. It enjoys patronage from a number of States. By the catalogue of 1881, attendance in the collegiate department was 52; in the academic department, 16; in the preparatory department, 60. Du- ring the present year the attendance has nearly been doubled.

COURSE OF STUDY. =

The course of study is thorough, comprising a Primary Department, an Academic Department, and four Collegiate classes. Especial atten- tion is paid to music. One hour weekly is devoted to sewing, and the

Art Department is conducted in the most thorough manner.

TERMS:

Tuition, per term of three months, Primary, $5; Academic, $7 ; Colle- giate, $14. Extras from $8 to $15 per term each. No charge for Latin or vocal music. Board, including everything, $3 per week.

518 A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. FACULTY.

J. P. Kennepy, A. M., President; Mrs. K. P. Kennepy, and Mrs. L. M. Bonner, Vice-Principals; Miss E. McQurrns, Miss J. V. LEeGat, Miss S. L. Mirurr, Miss A. E. Perry, Miss L. J. GALLowAyY.

Miss E. L. Pressey, Principal Academic Department. Muss M. E. Hoop, Assistant.

The Boarding Department is under the supervision of Mrs. Kennedy and Mrs. Bonner, assisted by Miss Sanders. The students wear a uni- form. The term begins on the first Monday in October, and closes in

June. THE WALHALLA FEMALE COLLEGE

was chartered 4th March, 1872, under the auspices of Dr. Thomas S. Waring, then its President, and the act of incorporation named sixteen prominent citizens of the town as trustees. It is undenominational. During the first five years after its charter the college was not a success, having no endowment and no suitable buildings in which to conduct it. At the end of this period, Rey. J. P. Smeltzer, D. D., having determined not to remove with Newberry College, was elected President of the Wal- halla Female College, and thereupon, with his own means, erected com- modious buildings and established a college worthy of his reputation as an educator, which, with the assistance of a competent corps of teachers, he has successfully carried on to the present time.

During the session 1881-82, the enrolled students, including nineteen in the juvenile department, numbered eighty-seven.

THE COURSE OF STUDY

is arranged for six classes, three sub-collegiate, and three collegiate, junior, intermediate, and senior. A post-graduate course of study is provided, including Greek, Analytical Trigonometry, and Calculus, English Litera- ture, Mental Philosophy, Geology, and instruction in practical duties of life.

Music and other ornamental branches are optional.

Terms :—Board and washing, $11.50 per month; tuition from seventy- five cents to $4 per month; music, $3. Reduction is allowed to ministers’

daughters. FACULTY.

Rev. J. P. Smetrzer, D. D.,, President; Miss S. J. Frierson, Latin, English Language and Literature; Miss Lizzrze McANNnatty, Music, Piano, Guitar, and Drawing; Miss Lizzime W. Cuapman, Preparatory Department and Faney Work ; Miss H. J. Leeare, French, Ornamental

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 519

Branches, and Painting; Miss A. A. ScoroperR, Wax Works; Miss 8. KATIE SMELTZER, Organist; Mrs. A. E. Smetrzer, Matron.

WILLIAMSTON FEMALE COLLEGE,

At the beginning of the year 1872, Rev. 8. Lander, of the Methodist Episcopal Church South, with the co-operation of the citizens of Wil- liamston, in Anderson County, determined to open “a school of high grade for the education of girls.” A building formerly used as the Wil- liamston Springs hotel was rented, and on the 12th February, 1872, the school was opened, with forty pupils. So great was its promise that dur- ing the fall season a joint stock company was formed, which purchased the building, and organized a permanent institution. In December, 1872, it was proposed to place the college under control of Conference, but as the Methodist Female College was about to be re-opened, in Co- lumbia, the company deemed it best to preserve this as a non-sectarian institution. A vote of nine-tenths of the stock is now required to place it under the control of any denomination.

Increasing patronage caused the erection of additional accommodations in 1873, 1874 and 1875. The standard has been also raised from time to time, with beneficial results. Attendance has been steadily increasing, the catalogue of 1882 showing a list of 138 students.

PECULIAR FEATURES.

Several new features have been introduced into the management and curriculum of this college, for which the President claims the sanction, not only of theory, but of practical success. These “innovations” de- serve special mention.

SEMI-ANNUAL SESSIONS. ; =

The year is divided into two sessions of twenty weeks, each sub-divided into four sections of five weeks, and followed by a vacation of six weeks. New classes are organized each session, instead of only once a year. This ensures better classification, and allows each pupil to find her level.

TUITIONAL PREMIUMS. Instead of offering prizes” for excellence, the college makes deduc-

tions from the regular tuition fees as follows: for an average of from 80 to 85 per cent., a discount of ten per cent.; for an average of from 85 to

POUR eee Oe en eee

520 A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

90, twenty per cent. ; from 90 to 94, thirty per cent.; 94 to 97, forty per cent.; 97 to 100, fifty per cent. An additional discount of ten per cent. is offered for an average of 95 in spelling. Thusany student may reduce tuition fees from $20 down to $8 per session. Up to June, 1882, these premiums aggregated $1,897.25.

ONE STUDY PLAN.”

This name is not exactly appropriate, as it conveys an erroneous idea. The plan is thus described. In most institutions a curriculum is pre- scribed of several studies in parallel courses, each receiving equalatten- tion during the entire session, In this college there are four depart- ments. 1st, Mathematics; 2d, Natural Science; 3d, Latin; 4th, Belles Lettres. During the first five weeks, special attention is paid to Math- ematics, with Arithmetic as a review study ; during the second, the entire school studies Natural Science, with Geography as a review study; dur- ing its third, Latin is studied, with a review in English Grammar; and during the fourth, attention is paid to Belles Lettres, with a review in His- tory. A pupil, for instance, in the fourth class, during the first section, has every day three lessons in Geometry, one in Arithmetic, and one in spelling; during the second section, three recitations in Science, one in Geography and one in Spelling. During the third section, three daily recitations in Cesar, one in English Grammar, and onein Spelling, and during the fourth, three recitations in Logic, one in History, and one in Spelling.

Exercises in Reading, Composition, Penmanship, and Vocal Music obyiate all danger from monotony.

The advantages claimed, are: 1st. Undivided attention to the special subject. 2d. Attention in recitation, the temptation to review stealthily in the class some other study, being removed. 3d. Retention of what is learned ; each lesson forming the introduction to the next. 4th. Enthu- siasm arising from rapid progress. 5th. Habits of concentration. 6th. Symmetrical development, by preventing the study of a favorite branch to the exclusion of others. 7th. Ease of classification, each study being independent. 8th. It is liked by the pupils. 9th. It admits of

GRADUATION EIGHT TIMES A YEAR.

That is, a student may graduate at the end of any section of five weeks, as soon as she shall have completed the round of studies.

Another feature is private graduation. No exhibitions are held, but students are subjected to strict examinations. Completion of the curricu- lum entitles the student to the degree of Artiwm Liberaliwm Baccalaurea.

OU i)

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA,

FACULTY.

Rev. SamMvuet LAnper, A. M., D. D.; Joun G. Ciinxscares, A.B.; Rev. Jno, M. Lanner, A. B.; Wa. T. Lanprer, A. B.; Mrs. M. L. Prince, Miss FRANCIADE WAGNER; Mrs. Maraaret J. LAanapon ; Miss AuGus- TA M. Hagen; Miss Apa FE. Linepack; Miss Laura McP. LANDER.

Terms: For twenty weeks, from $71 td $136. See catalogue.

COOPER LIMESTONE FEMALE INSTITUTE.

As far back as 1835, a number of gentlemen, attracted by the fame of the Limestone Springs, in Spartanburg district, resolved to make a fa- mous watering place there, and for that purpose erected a hotel, four sto- ries in height, with capacity for accommodating between two hundred and fifty and three hundred boarders.

The want of convenient transportation to and from the Springs defeat- ed the object of the projectors of the enterprise, so that shortly after the attempt was abandoned, and the property was sold to the State.

In 1846, the Rev. Dr. Thomas Curtis, and his son, William Curtis, of England, purchased the property, and founded a female college. Their administrations are a part of the history of the State. The thorough in- struction, the refined home influence, the salubrious climate, offered to pupils, attracted large numbers, and Limestone Springs became almost as famous as Dr. Waddell’s school, at Willington, in former years. The institution continued until the close of the war.

After this, the property changed hands several times. At length it was purchased by the philanthropist, Peter Cooper, of New York, whose inténtion it was to establish a technical school for women. He subse- quently made a donation of the property to the “SparTanspure Bapristr AssociaTIon,” for school purposes. :

The present principals, Messrs. H. P. Griffith and R. O. Sams, were ~

elected by the Association, and in October, 1881, the exercises of the In- stitute were regularly begun. About fifty pupils attended during the first year, and the numbers are increasing. The future of the Institute is full of promise.

Locarron. Limestone is situated in the Piedmont country of South Carolina, one mile from the Air Line Railroad. Its post office is Gaffney City, a flourishing town. The building contains about one hundred comfortable rooms, and the grounds extend over six acres of blue grass, shaded by elms and oaks. A mineral spring, pouring out sixty gallons a minute, is just outside the enclosure.

34

oP A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

FACULTY.

H. P. Grirrita, Ancient Languages, English Literature, Moral Sci- ence, History, Rhetoric; R. O. Sams, Mathematics, French, Physical Sci- ences ; Miss E. C. Brack, Preparatory Department; Miss H. W. Gate, Instrumental and Vocal Music, Calisthenics; Miss C. M. Crorvt, Instru- mental Music, Penmanship; Miss E.C. Brack, Drawing and Painting; Miss M. C. Bupp, Matron.

Terms: Board for 20 weeks, $62.50; Tuition, Preparatory, $10; Aca- demic, $15 ; Collegiate, $25. Music, Drawing, &c., extra. Season begins September 28th.

ANDERSON FEMALE SEMINARY.

This Seminary was established by the Rev. L. M. Ayer, in 1879. Since that time he has completed the building of a large and elegant boarding house, and an academy building of six commodious school rooms. The school is supphed with furniture and apparatus of the most approved kind.

The school is entirely non-sectarian in character, but a healthy, refined home influence is exercised over all the pupils. Thesuccess of the Semi- nary has been most gratifying. During the session of 1881-82, the at- tendance exceeded a hundred; and the number of pupils will be larger during the present year. The Seminary is situated in the thriving town of Anderson.

FACULTY.

tev. Lewis M. Ayer, English, Oriental and Classical Literature, Mor- al and Intellectual Science, and Greek; Mrs. L. M. Aver, Music, Instru- mental and Vocal; Miss SArAnH ATKINSON, Assistant Instructor of Music ; Miss Bessie F. Bacpy, Latin, Mathematics, Physics, and French, and Calisthenies; Miss Saran ArKrinson, German, French, Mathematics, and Latin; Miss Susan Witson, Drawing, Painting, and Intermediate Eng- lish; Mrs. M.C. Van Wyck, Principal Primary Department; Miss Maae- cig G. Stimpson, Assistant in Primary Department; Mrs. L. M. AyeEr, Matron; Miss Mary Rowan, Housekeeper.

Terms: For twenty weeks, board, &c., $70; Tuition, $10 to $25; Mu- sic, Designing, and Painting, extra.

The pupils enjoy the use of a well selected library of about one thou- sand volumes.

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 52S

X.—EDUCATION OF THE COLORED PEOPLE.

Slavery was introduced into South Carolina almost contemporaneously with the settlement of the colony; by the early part of the eighteenth century the blacks were already the preponderating element of popu- lation. These slaves, imported from the coast of Africa, were untutored, unclad savages: The first task of their masters was to civilize them and teach them the English language; and the early labors of the mission- aries were largely directed to that end. The first missionary sent to Carolina, the Rev. Samuel Thomas, made a report, in 1705, to the Society for the Propagation. of the Gospel, stating, among other things, that in the parish of Goose Creek, twenty negro slaves came regularly to church, while several others were able to speak and read the English language. He added, that among the thousand negro slaves in the province, many of them were well disposed towards Christianity, and were willing to pre- pare themselves to embrace it by learning to read, the time consumed in which they redeemed from their masters by extra labor.

In the proceedings for 1752, of the Society for the Propagation of the.

Gospel, it was stated, “that a flourishing negro school was taught in, Charleston by a negro of the society, under the inspection and direction.

of the worthy rector, Garden, by which means many poor negroes were:

taught to believe in God, and in his Son, Jesus Christ.” This religious and literary training went. on a long time, until.the idea: began to prevail that knowledge should be reserved for free men, and.

could not, with safety, be imparted to slaves. Several insurrections gave.

strength to this view, and despite the earnest protests of many of the lead-- ing men of the State, laws were passed, providing penalties for the teach-. ing of slaves to read and to write. Notwithstanding this prohibition, a. number of servants managed to acquire some elementary knowledge,

'

either through their own efforts, or aided by indulgent masters and mis--

tresses, or, more often, by younger children of the family. The daily-as-: sociation of favored servants with their cultured superiors was, in itself, an:

education of no mean order. Even when literary instruction was denied,

religious training was zealously imparted. Scarcely a household was there in the confines of the State in which colored children, and some-: times their parents, were not assembled for either morning or evening prayer, or for catechism and religious services on the Sabbath. In every: church was a place set apart for the blacks; they were admitted into church membership, and partook of all the sacraments. On larger plan- tations chapels of worship were established, in which clergymen of dis- tinguished merit regularly officiated. Preachers of their own color were:

524 A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

also permitted to minister to their spiritual wants. Catechisms for the special use of the blacks were carefully prepared by such able divines as Dr. Winkler, of Charleston; Dr. Jones, of Georgia; and Bishop Capers. At the solicitation of Bishop Capers, two missionaries were sent, in 1829, by Conference to labor on the plantations. - In 1855, there were’ twen- ty-six Methodist missionary stations in South Carolina, thirty-two mis- sionaries, 11,546 members, and a revenue of $25,000.

The reports of the Presbyterian Synod of South Carolina, for 1859, ive the colored membership as follows: South Carolina Presbytery, 861 ; Bethel, 688 ; Harmony, 1,823; Charleston, 1,637. Total 5,009—five thir- teenths of the entiremembership. This constituted, of course, but a small proportion of those who received religious instruction..

From the parochial reports of the Protestant Episcopal Church, for the year 1860, the following statistics are taken : |

Baptisms, whites, 491; colored, 1,156; marriages, whites, 105; colored, 209; communicants, whites, 3,166; colored, 2,960; confirmed, whites, 215; colored, 178; Sunday school scholars, white, 1,565, and colored, 604.

Of fifty-six reports made by rectors, but one contained no mention of services among the colored people; fifty-five rectors report baptisms, burials, and marriages, or at least one of these services for the colored people; twenty report colored communicants in excess of whites ; twenty- five report Sunday schools, and twenty-two mention chapels for the use of the blacks. Almost every church for whites contained galleries or special seats for colored. . Besides this, seven ministers were employed specially as missionaries for the slaves.

Other denominations did equally efficient work, though exact statistics cannot be secured. All these members received more or less instruction, and their mental, as well as material condition, compared favorably with the lower classes in many countries of Europe, at least. The statistics of illiteracy of the colored race in South Carolina, previous to emancipation, are incorrect, since, in those days, an acknowledgment on the part of a slave of an ability to read might have proven, at least, inconvenient. It may be added here that these statistics are not proper criteria by which to judge the standard of culture. The ability to write one’s name, or to trace illegible characters representing misspelled words, can be acquired in a few months, at most, and is sufficient to remove from one the stigma of illiteracy. Yet,in manners, in morals, in integrity, and even in oral expression, he may be greatly inferior to another, who has learned much of these, and has been forbidden only to write and read. A striking proof of this is afforded by the many instances, just after the war, in which newly enfranchised citizens, though classed as illiterate, made most ef- fective speakers and skillful parliamentarians.

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH ‘CAROLINA. 525

Very many slaves were apprenticed to the useful trades, and formed a vast proportion of the mechanies and artizans before the war. Almost every planter of large means had his own carpenters, masons and black- smiths. Cabinet-makers, butchers, tailors, porters, hotel waiters, semp- stresses and laundresses, and pastry cooks, trained nurses and midwives were taken to a great extent from the colored population. Many of these were suffered to hire their own time, and thus accumulate sums of money. A few persons of color tiiemselves owned slaves. The fireman on the first train that ran from Charleston to Augusta is said to have been a colored man, and his was the longest trip recorded up to that time. From the ranks of the barbers and hotel waiters, who had listened to the conversa- tions of statesmen and public men, were recruited most of the legislators and congressmen of the era of reconstruction.

EMANCIPATION WAS FOLLOWED

by attempts to instruct the freedmen. The efforts of the State were aided by philanthropists from abroad, who founded schools and churches in different portions of the State. The public schools attracted continually increasing numbers, as follows :* In 1870, 1,800; in 1871, 55,584; in 1882, 38,635; in 1873, 46,938; in 1874, 56,249 ; in 1875, 65,415 ; in 1876,

rect, as the salaries of school commissioners depended on the attendance, and there was no fixed rule for estimating the latter.)

CLAFLIN UNIVERSITY, ORANGEBURG, &. C.

History. In 1869, the Orangeburg Female College was purchased by friends in the North, prominent among whom was the late Lee Claflin, of Massachusetts, and opened as a school for colored youth. A Univer-= sity charter was obtained from the succeeding Legislature, perpetuating the name of the most liberal donor.

In 1872, the Act of Congress, appropriating certain lands for main- taining Agricultural Colleges and Mechanical Institutes, was accepted by the Legislature, and an Agricultural College was made a co-ordinate branch of Claflin University.

When the State Uniyersity was reorganized at Columbia, in 1877, the Agricultural College was made a branch of that University, but still con- tinued at Orangeburg, and remains in successful operation under that union.

rs LY CESAR SOE EAS AES SRS ERE I 2 A Sd SS a eae LAE RAL eee ee S| *For the inte!lestual progress of the colored people, see the section on I}Jiteracy.

526 A SKETCIF OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

InpustrIAL DepARTMENT. The farm of one hundred and fifty acres of choice land, and a carpenter shop connected with the institution, afford an opportunity for manual labor, by which students can defray, in part, the expenses of their education.

Ist. Lirerary Department. College course of four years, both @las- sical and Scientific. :

The course of study covers about the same range in higher English, Mathematics, Natural Sciences, Ancient and Modern Languages, History, Mental and Moral Science, as is usual in the better class of colleges, North and South.

2p. Norma Scuoon Coursr. The object held in view in this school is the preparation of teachers for the common schools.

The course of study covers a period of three years beyond the ordinary common school studies, and embraces History, Rhetoric, English Com- position and Criticism, Higher Arithmetic, Algebra and Plane Geometry, Physiology, Natural Philosophy, and Chemistry.

3D. GRAMMAR ScHoon. The object of this school is to prepare students for the higher departments, and will be a necessity till the common schools of the county shall do a higher grade of work.

The course of study covers two years, and does the work of the better class of common schools.

ATTENDANCE THE PAST YEAR.

In College Classes ©... I RRL Ri In Normal and College Cane he wh a a WES) Ga) SE ane Grammar School! 2 eA ae ee a a 4 Je Potal <TABLE ES eee GRADUATED IN JUNE, 1882. On‘Oollege Gourse : 0k ONE SIS a a On. Normal Sclhiool’ Course ‘\- 60 6 2 Oe i ee ee Total's OBR le ek ee ES eG re

A valuable apparatus for the Natural Sciences and higher Mathematics adds to the facilities for instruction in these branches.

The library contains about two thousand volumes and a large col- lection of pamphlets. Many of the books are very valuable as books of reference. '

Facutty: Rey. Edward Cooke, LL.D., President, Professor of Ethics and Lecturer on’ Agricultural Topics. Rev. W.H. Lawrence, A. M., Pro-

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. - 527

fessor of Latin, Greek, and German Languages and Literature. William J. DeTreville, Jr., C. E., Professor of Pure and Applied Mathematics. Jas. A. Heyward, A. M., Professor of Natural Science. Miss Sarah G. Bag- “nall, Preceptress, Professor of Rhetoric, English Literature, and French. Julian A. Salley, Adjunct Professor of Mathematics, William L. Bulkley, A. B., Tutor in Classics. Rev. Alonzo G. Townsend, A. B., Master of Grammar School ; —, Assistant; ———— ———, Second Assistant. Prof. W. H. Lawrence, Librarian.

ALLEN UNIVERSITY (AFRICAN METHODIST EPISCOPAL), COLUMBIA, S. C.

Allen University, occupying commodious grounds in the suburbs of the city of Columbia, was organized in April, 1881, under the control of the Columbia and South Carolina Annual Conferdnces of the African Methodist Episcopal Church, and is sustained by annual contributions from the churches which compose these Conferences. The property already secured aggregates in value about eight thousand dollars It is in charge of colored educators. The aim of the institution is set forth in a circular written by Right Rev. Wm. F. Dickerson, D. D., of the A. M. E. Church, which concludes as follows:

“To aid in the development of the highest type of Christian manhood, to prove the negro’s ability, to inaugurate and manage a large interest, to govern, to control under normal impulses with only the help which is afforded institutions of like grade and similarly situated (for which we entreat our friends); to stimulate and encourage the worthy and aspiring young women of a race pressed to the rear by its previous condition ; to train them not only for the pulpit, the bar, the sick room and school room, but for intellectual agriculturists, mechanics, and artizans, so that those who are now doing the manual labor in the South shall be fully equipped to perform the mental operations incident thereto as well. To educate, in the fullest sense of that comprehensive word, is the work, mission and cause for the establishment of ALLEN UNIVERSITY

Facutty: Rey. James C. Waters, D. D., President and Professor of Systematic Theology and Hebrew; Rt. Rev. W. M. Dickerson, D. D., President Board of Trustees, and Professor of Moral Philosophy and Church Government; Prof. Joseph W.M ris, A. M., LL. B., Mathematics and Ancient Languages, and Instructosyja Law; D. A. Straker, LL. B., Dean of Law Department and Instruc jg 2 French; Miss B. B. Wolfe, Principal in Department of Music ; Moed yannah A. Jonés, Matron.

Ne

528 A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

Instructors: Rey. J. B. Smith, N. W. Edwards, J. D. Edwards, Jno. H. Byrd, C. C. Dunlap, Mrs. E. A. Pindle, Mrs. H. E. Lee, Misses Sarah F. Perry, Ella H. Clemens, Julia E. Perrin, and Emma Felder.

COURSE OF STUDY.

The University is divided into the Collegiate Department, the Theological Department, the Normal College Department, and the Law Department. A Medical Department will soon, it is hoped, be opened under Dr. George R. Henderson.

Terms: Board, including fuel, &e¢., $9.50 per month. Tuition, 75 cents. Instrumental Music, $1.50. Students preparing for the ministry pay no tuition. Tuition in Law Department, $50.

Firm but reasonable rules are adopted for the maintenance of disci- pline.

Attendance during the session of 1881, 1882, was in excess of three hundred, and the proprietors of the enterprise feel much encouraged.

MISSIONARY AND OTHER SCHOOLS.

Benepict InstituTE, located in the suburbs of Columbia, was estab- lished in 1871, by the American Baptist Home Missionary Society, for the education of ministers of the gospel and of teachers, male and female. It is maintained partly by tuition fees and partly by subscriptions from Northern Baptist churches and individuals. The total receipts for the year ending March 31st, 1882, were $7,596.80; expenditures, $11,705.24, the difference being contributed by the Society. The value of the prop- erty 1s $25,000 ; endowment $20,000. Students of both sexes are taught and boarded under careful regulations. The attendance forthe year was more than two hundred. The course of study is Preparatory, Normal, Classical, or Theological. Rey. C. E. Becker, A. M., is President, and he is assisted by Mrs. C. E. Becker, J. K. Davis, Mrs. A. M. Wood, Miss 5. KE. Mead and Miss Mary Simms.

BRAINERD INstiTuTE, CHESTER, was founded in 1874, by the Northern Presbyterian Church, as a Normal school for the colored. It isin charge of Rev. Mr. Loomis and two assistants. It has a small lbrary, and a chemical laboratory. Besides the Normal department there is a graded school, supported for ten months by State tax and by local taxation. Much good has been aecomplithed by it.

| Farrrietp Norma Instrke, -W1nnsporo, founded in 1869, by the Northern Presbyterian Churebpics.he church owns a school house, a par-

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 529

sonage, and several outbuildings for the accommodation of boarders. The Rey. Willard Richardson has fora number of years labored most acceptably as Principal, assisted by three white ladies. In 1880, of the pupils in attendance one hundred were preparing to teach, and twenty to enter the ministry. Pupils of the school have taken high stands in How- ard University and other institutions of learning.

Tue Scnorrerp Scnoor, in Aiken, has been supported for a number of years by funds from the North. It has handsome buildings, and is well fitted up. About one hundred thousand dollars, in all, have been expended in its support.

XI. PERIODICAL LITERATURE.

According to Ramsay and others, Newspapers were first published in South Carolina, in or about 1730, by Lewis Timothy.” Prof. Rivers doubts this, as the Legislature, in 1731, passed an Act offering induce- ments “for the encouragement of a printer to settle here.” Mr. King, in his sketch of the newspaper press of Charleston, shows that, in 1730, Mr. King offered to print, at his own charge, the laws of the Province, and argues from this that there was no newspaper in the colony. According to him, the first newspaper, The South Carolina Gazette, appeared on Saturday, January 8th, 1731-2,” under the management of Thomas Whitmarsh. It was published weekly, at a cost of £3, and was a quarto,

_of eleven and a half by seven inches, containing two columns to the page. A copy of the first issue is or was in the Charleston Library. It contains ; the announcement of the passage of a charter for the establishment of the Colony of Georgia; while the number, bearing date January 20th, 1732, chronicles the arrival of James Oglethorpe and over a hundred colonists. ;

A press for printing pamphlets was established, by parties now un- | known, in 1731. George Webb and Eleazer Phillips, Jr.,came over about the same time, and the latter is believed to have established a paper, called the South Carolina Weekly Journal, but no number of it appears elsewhere than in the notice of the settlement of his estate.

The Gazette, which was the fifth newspaper in America, flourished for a long time without a rival in Carolina. Whitmarsh died in 1733, of yellow fever, and was succeeded by Lewis Timothy. The Gazette was conducted in turn by himself, his wife, his son, and other parties, under- going several changes of name. Indeed it appears that every paper in

530 A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

the colony was called a Gazette, with some distinguishing title in addi- tion. Thus there were The South Carolina Gazette, The South Carolina Gazette and Country Journal (1765), The South Carolina Gazette and Ameri- can General Gazette, The Royal Gazette, The South Carolina Gazette and General Advertiser, The Charleston Evening Gazette, &c. Some of these were different names of the same paper, but they appear to have been distinct from the original Gazette.

The South Carolina Gazette lived until 1837, when it was purchased by the Courier, and continued by that paper as an auxiliary until 1840, when it was discontinued. As is known, the Courier became a part of the News and Courier, so that this metropolitan daily can claim an indirect descent from Thomas Whitmarsh.

It is unnecessary to notice all the other newspapers that sprang into life and died between 1760 and 1865. <A few will be mentioned, owing» to their influence on affairs. The State Rights and Free Trade Evening Post was founded in 1831, under the editorship of John A. Stuart. He sold it to Messrs. Norris & Gitsinger, but it expired after the excitement of Nullification passed away.

The Investigator was founded in 1812 by John ae and John Lyde Wilson, and earnestly advocated the war against Great Britain. A mob attacked the paper in September of that year.

Ten years later Mr. Wilson became Governor of the State. He had ereat literary attainments; translated into verse and published the epi- sode of Cupid and Psyche ;” codified the laws of the State about 1827, and was the author of the celebrated Code of Honor.”

Governor David R. Williams was also at one time connected with jour- nalism, having been proprietor of the Gazette for several years.

The two leading newspapers of South Carolina up to the time of the’ war were the Courier and the Mercury.

THE CHARLESTON COURIER

was founded in 1803, by Loring Andrews and 8.8. Carpenter, and printed by A. 8S. Willington. For many years it was the organ of the opponents of Nullification and Secession. In 1851, it advocated co-operation as a choice of evils, and in 1860 reluctantly advocated withdrawal from the Union, in view of the election of a sectional President. The chief repu- tation of the Courier was as a business paper. In matters commercial it was an authority. “The proprietors showed much enterprise. Special couriers, during the Mexican war, outstripped the United States mails, and this undertaking was the precursor of press associations. Surviving the war, the Courier was purchased by the proprietors of the Daily News, and became a part of the Ai |W Courier.

| | |

ee Nolet Ae) tel ete b's

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 531

THE CHARLESTON MERCURY

was founded by Edmund Morford, in 1822, and: purchased by H. L. Pinckney, June 1st, 1823. It became the representative of the Free Trade and States Right Party of South Carolina.” Distinguished by the boldness and the eloquence of its utterances, the Mercury was largely instrumental in bringing about the war between the States. Its material was destroyed in the fire in Columbia in 1865, and, though publication was resumed shortly after, it suspended finally in 1868.

Other papers in Charleston, Columbia, and different parts of the State, enjoyed greater or less prosperity. The attention of all was chiefly drawn to politics, and they lacked much of what is now considered essen- tial to journalism. The editorial department often overshadowed the rest, and they are to be regared more as leaders than as chroniclers of events.

The following is a partial list of the newspapers published at the begin- ning of the war:

Abbeville Banner, Abbeville Press, Spartanburg Spartan,and Lupress, Sumter Watchman, Union Times, Yorkville Enquirer, Barnwell Sentinel, Charleston Courier, Charleston Mercury, Charleston Evening News, Southern Christian Advocate, U. 8. Catholic Miscellany, Chester Standard, Cheraw Gazette, Clarendon Banner, Darlington Southerner, Edgefield Advertiser, Fairfield Herald, and Register, Winyah Observer, Greenville Mountaineer, and Southern Enterprise, Camden Journal, Lancaster Ledger, Laurens Herald, Lexington Dispatch, Marion Star, Newberry Herald, Orangeburg Clarion, Keowee Courier, Pickens Sentinel, Columbia South Carolinian, Southern Guardian, Southern Baptist, and Southern Presbyterian.

There were also several literary periodicals. The Southern Presbyterian Review, founded in 1847, which still exists, wielded great influence in the religious world. The Southern Quarterly Review, and Russell's Magazine, with several literary papers, were the vehicle of thought of the highest ~ order and eloquence not often surpassed.

The census gives the newspaper statistics for 1850, 1860 and 1870. Except as to the number of newspapers, the table is not trustworthy, for no means have ever yet been devised for securing a true report of circu- lation from all newspapers.

ry PO eee sh ana Bleak Sat Balt at

532 A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

The following table is an indication :

|

2 are S

- 7 5 g Z m

2 pes eh a ee | iE 3

Uae | aa: | oa alee aie :

iS 2S Matte ire BA Sault Pea : Jace 2 IN ae al ya tis Eats Ll ve wD <0. tS 1850. . | 46 | 7] 5) 27 | 5 | 4 | 83,743 | 7145980 1860 . Brey Mme Me AL lS UB. Ta Ae alae | 58,870 | 3,654,840 1870 . 55) | Bo} 4 | 42 18S 9) 80.500 eae

Tt will be seen that the census of 1860 is utterly wrong. The details give only two daily newspapers, with a circulation of 1,600 against a circulation of 16,000 both in 1850 and 1870.

Estimating the total issue at 8,000,000 in 1860, we find an average of eleven issues per year for each inhabitant, against an average of over thirty issues to each inhabitant of the United States. _The total issue for that year in Massachusetts reached 102,000,000, and in New York, 320,000,000. This means that while South Carolina thought and senti-- ment was expressed 8,000,000 times, that of Massachusetts was announced 102,000,000 times. Is there any cause for surprise at the outcome of the war? The overwhelming paper broadsides of the North were no less effectual than the guns of a Farragut, in shutting out the South from intercourse with, and assistance from, the rest of the world.

During the war, papers suspended for want of patronage, want of ma- terial, and want of compositors. 1865 marks a blank almost in country journalism. The Courier went on, the Mercury was destroyed, and the Columbia papers had gone up in smoke. A new daily was established in Columbia by Julian A. Selby, who brought a bag of type on his back from a neighboring town, and, with the aid of Wm. Gilmore Simms.as editor, founded the Phanix. One by one the country papers resumed operations, and in a year or so the number had largely increased. Since that time there has been a steady progress. Old papers have been con- solidated, new ones have sprung up, and are being born every day.

THE CHARLESTON DAILY NEWS

of Charleston was established in August, 1865, by Benjamin Wood, of New York. In 1867 it changed hands, Messrs. Riordan & Dawson be- coming the managers. Absorbing the Couwriev, it is now the only daily in Charleston, and, as

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 533

THE NEWS AND COURIER, \

is one of the leading papers in the land. The influence of its enterprise and business management may be seen in the general improvement of the State press. :

The Phenix, the Guardian, and the South Carolinian, have lived and died, since the war, in Columbia.

THE REGISTER,

begun several years ago, in Columbia, as a co-operative journal, is now owned by C. A. Calvo, ses and edited by Col. J, W. R. Pope. It is a sterling journal.

THE PALMETTO YEOMAN

is an evening daily, published also in Columbia by Mr. C. M. McJunkin. The only other daily in the State is

THE GREENVILLE NEWS,

a live sheet, which discusses all the topics of the day with pungency and vigor. Its enter | is A. B. Williams, Esq.

OTHER PAPERS.

Among the other papers in the State are: The Charleston Zeitung, published in German, which is the only representative of foreign lan- guages in South Carolina. The Abbeville Press and Banner, and Abbe- ville Medium, the Saluda Argus, Aiken Recorder, and Journal and Review, Anderson Intelligencer, and Journal, Barnwell People, and Sentinel, Beaufort Palmetto Post, Berkeley Gazette, Charleston Mercury, and New Era, Chester Reporter, and Bulletin, Cheraw Sun, Clarendon Enterprise, Colleton Press, Darlington Southron, Florence Times, Edgefield Advertiser, Chronicle, Mon- itor (Johnston’s), Winnsboro’ News and Herald, Georgetown Times, and Enquirer, Greenville News, and Enterprise and Mountaineer, Hampton Guardian, Conwayboro’ Davaiow, Kershaw Gazette, Camden Journal, Lan- easter Ledger, and Review, Laurensville Herald, Lexington Dispatch, Gil- bert Hollow News, Marion Star, and Merchant and Farmer, Bennettsville Farmer’s Friend, Newberry Herald, News, and Observer, Keowee Courier (Walhalla), Orangeburg Times and Democrat, Pickens Sentinel, Seneca Journal, Spartanburg Spartan, Spartanburg Herald, Gaffney City Caro- linian, Samter Watchman, Advance, and Spirit of the Times, Union Times, Williamsburg Herald (Kingstree), Yorkville Enquirer, Rock Hill Herald.

534 A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

RELIGIOUS PAPERS.

Associate Reformed Presbyterian, Due West; Baptist Courier, Greenville ; Lutheran Visitor, Prosperity; Christian Neighbor, Columbia ; Southern Chris- tian Advocate (Methodist), Charieston ; Southern Presbyterian, Columbia.

THE SOUTHERN PRESBYTERIAN REVIEW,

already mentioned, is published quarterly, in Columbia, by the Rev. James Woodrow. It is an able review, being one of the leading expo- nents of Presbyterianism in the South.

THE DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE issues monthly bulletins, which are fuli of valuable information to the farmer at home and to the public abroad.

PRINTING ESTABLISHMENTS.

Messrs: Walker, Evans & Cogswell, of Charleston, conduct a very large printing and binding establishment, and are the publishers of a series of text books.

The News and Courier, the Columbia Register, and the Southern Presby- terian, have large job offices, capable of turning out any kind of work.

Mr. E. R. Stokes, of Columbia, conducts a book bindery. There area large number of job printing offices in different parts of South Carolina.

CONCLUSION.

The census of 1880 relating to newspapers has not been published ; and the tables of advertising agencies are not reliable. It can safely be predicted, however, that the statistics will show material progress ; while the intellectual and journalistic progress is evident to any careful reader. The power of the press is making itself felt more strongly than ever; and, in consequence, it is calling into service a number of the brightest minds of the State.

XII. ILLITERACY.

The illiteracy existing in South Carolina is much to be deplored. It is well, however, to examine into this abnormal condition, in order to ex- plain it, and deduce hope for the future. A comparison instituted be- tween South Carolina and other States on equal terms, is unfair. Three- fifths of her population were, but seventeen years ago, in a state of bond-

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 5389

age. With the exception of a few “free people of color” (always free), there is not now, nor will there be for some time, a single colored voter who was not once aslave. Next, with one exception, South Carolina was the heaviestsufferer by the war, her assessed property shrinking from $480,000,000, in 1860, to $183,000,000, in 1870, while the true shrinkage was from about $550,000,000 to a little over a hundred millions; than half her territory was ravaged by hostile armies. After the surren- der came two years of political chaos, and eight of rapacious robbery, Not until. 1876 did South Carolina shake off the leash and enter the race afresh.

What has been done for education has been shown ; now be considered.

In discussing education before the war, it is but proper to exclude the slaves from consideration. The subjoined table gives the total white pop- ulation of several States, with the number of illiterate whites twenty years of age and over twenty. Comparison is made with States justly celebrated for zeal in education. A much more favorable showing might have been made. This and the following tables are compiled from statistics of the U. S. Census.

the results will

Comparative White Illiteracy 1850 and 1860.

more |

literate Whites ||

Total White Population.) 20 and over. pee ee

1850. 1860. || 1850. °1860. |.1850. 18E0 Connecticut . . 363,099) 451,504 | 4,739| 8,88); 1.3) 1.8 Illinois . 846,034 1,704,291), 40,054 58,037) 4.7| 3.4 Indiana. . 977, 154) 1,888,710) 70,540) 60, 943 | Teles Maine .. 581,813, 626,947), 6,147 7,552 LOhordeg Massachusetts . 985,450! 1,221 432 27,539) _46,262)|) 2.8). 3:7 Ohio . : 1,955, 050| 2, Bsloy 808 61,030} 58,642)| 3.1) 2.5 Pennsylvania. . 25200, L600, 2 849 ,259|| 66,928] 72,156]) 29) 2.5 Rhode Island. . 143,875 170,649, 3,040) - 5,852/| 2.3) 3.4 South Carolina . 274,563 291,300)| 15,684 14.7 92 Bath: BuO) Vermont 313,402 314,369) 6,189) 8,869]| 1.9) 2.8

The percentage decreased in South Carolina.

In some others, notably

the New England States, possibly owing to immigration, the rate ad- vaneed. In 1860, the rate for South Carolina was 5 per cent.; for Mas- sachusetts, 3.7 per cent; and for Rhode Island, 3.4 per cent. By 1870, the percentage of illiterates over twenty years had increased to 4.2 in Connecticut ; 3.8 in Illinois; 5.6 in Indiana; 2.1in Maine; 5.8 in Massa- Rhode Island; 10.5 It must be remembered that

chusetts ; 4.2 in Ohio; 5.1 in Pennsylvania; 7.5 ir in South Carolina ; and 4.0 in Vermont.

~

536 A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

all the other States were prospering, while South Carolina was financially bankrupt. COLORED ILLITERACY.

A comparative statement of colored illiteracy in five leading States, before the war, may be of interest.

Colored Illiteracy, 1850 and 1860.

Ihiterates 20

Total Free Col’d Population.!|Yrs. and over.| Percentage.

| 1850. 1860. 1850 1860. |1850. 1860. Indiana i. 245, 11,262 - | 11,428 2,170) 1,773) 19.2} 16.5 Massachusetts . | 9,064 | 9,602 806}. 659] | 88he 6s Pennsylvania . | Fo626. “| 56,949 9,344| 9,359] 17.4) 164 Rhode Island . | 8,670 | 8,952 267| ~ 260) elas South Carolina . 9601 9,914 880! 1,416} 9.8) 14.3

This table shows that prior to the abolition agitation, free persons of color received almost equal advantages in South Carolina and New Eng- land, while they were comparatively neglected in Pennsylvania and In- diana. In consequence of the agitation illiteracy appears to have in- creased in South Carolina, remained almost stationary in Pennsylvania, and decreased in the other States. (It may be added that the table does not show any large immigration of colored people North, prior to 1860, Colored artizans fared better in the South than they did elsewhere. “Free persons of color” in the South were not always advocates of emancipa- tion.)

Reverting to the statistics of South Carolina, it is found that there were

In 18680, white illiterate males, twenty years and over, 5,811. Total white population, 291,300. $

In 1870, white illiterate males, twenty-one years and over, 12,940. Total white population, 289,667.

In 1880, white illiterate males, twenty-one years and over, 18,924. Total white population 591,005.

This tells the story. Those who were twenty-one years old in 1870, were eleven years old in 1860. The finger of war is evidently here. It is gratifying to see that the increase of adult illiterates during the past decade is small.

hy

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

A comparison of illiteracy by ages between the census of 1870 and that

of 1880, is subjoined. one : White Illiteracy.

Total Total 10-14 Yrs | 15-21 Yrs. 21 and over.|| Illiterate. | Population. 1880 ba i a 10,114 | 34.335 BOTT] 391,105 1870 dat 102 30,391 59,167 289,667 Increase 1,654 ire 988 | 3,944 4,610 101,438 |

Total increase of illiterate whites, 4,610, relative increase,

8.4 per cent.

Total increase of white population, 101,458, relative increase, 35.4 per cent.

The population has increased over four times as fast as the illiteracy. This is a sign of progress..

® Colored Illiteracy. » cae ee Wc otal. 1... Wigcade eae 10-14 Yrs.'15-21 Yrs. 21 and over. Illiteracy. | Population 1880 57,072 52,936 | 200,063 | 310,071 604,332 1870 40,805 45,605 148,754 235,164 415,814 Increase | 16,267 7,331 51,309 74,907 188,518

Total increase in illiterate colored, 74,907, relative increase, 31 per cent.

Total increase in colored population, 188,518, relative increase, 44 per cent.

The population has increased about 14 times as rapidly as illiteracy.

This, at least, shows that illiteracy is not on the increase.

Again, the census of 1580, gives the following

Colored persons who could write, and those who could not, 1880.

Ages. _; 10-14 Yrs. | 15 Yrs. and over, Total. Colored Population. 76,981 317,769 394,750 Could not write .. | 07,702 | 252,999 310,071 Could write... :| 19909" "| 64,770 | 84,679

There were, in 1880, therefore, 84,679 colored persons of ten years of age, and over, who had some acquaintance with the art of reading and writing. With the exception of a few “free persons of color,” these repre-

sent the progress of fifteen years, between 1865 and 1880, or of ten years : of free schools, of which five or six were, in an educational sense, years 35

5

Ra SRR : Loe

538 A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

of famine.” It must be remembered, too, that a very large proportion of the illiterate blacks were too old to avail themselves of school facilities. So that in ascertaining real progress they should be eliminated from the problem. Data for doing this are, unfortunately, not at hand.

The census of 1870 was obviously incorrect, in many respects. Taken carelessly, it was more apt to include prominent than obscure individuals, and, therefore, to lower the percentage of illiteracy, For this reason, greater progress may be claimed for the past decade than a comparison of the statistics would seem to indicate.

Despite the most favorable showing that can be made, it is yet obvious that some extraordinary measures must be taken to combat ignorance. A State, in which the average amount of property per capita is not more than a hundred and twenty dollars, cannot be expected to put one-half its population to school. That it is doing much in proportion to its means is shown by the constitutional tax. The government of the United States elevated the slave to citizenship. His political mistakes are to-day apparent in their influence on public affairs. The United States must aid in universal education as supplementary to universal suffrage. One cannot safely exist without the other,

Nor must South Carolina be weary in welldoing. Her own people are capable of additional effort. They cannot wait for outside aid.

In these days, knowledge is power.. No longer do men sprinkle their. chariots with Olympic dust. Never again will Hercules raise himself to Heayen by dint of muscle, or the fate of Christendom depend on the weight of a Courde Lion’s battle-axe. Physical strength is not the standard of merit.

Man has conquered Nature. She does his work without fatigue, and without complaint. But for him she cannot think. Thought is_his alone, and he thinks best who thinks most, whose mind is best trained in correct methods. Bismarck, Beaconsfield, Gladstone, Moltke, have swayed Europe by brain, not by brawn. Indiana’s war Goyernor and Georgia’s Commoner, from their invalid chairs haye, at times, shaken our political fabric to its foundations. A single thought of Edison’s may be worth millions.

Fertile soil, salubrious climate, rich mineral deposits, unlimited water power, valuable virgin forests—-all that nature can bestow—are but noth- ing compared to the cultured brain. More than railroads, more than canals, more than factories, Carolina needs schools. Having them, the rest will come.

A State that claims sueh glorious educational traditions, that has mani- fested such love of knowledge in most untoward circumstances, that even now is making progress in solying a problem never before submitted to

7? See sie <a PL e, ata Gee bee wt ON Sao stars an kd \~ ei Pe Bie ste | . y my

s ' A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 539

mankind, may be relied upon to keep abreast with the other members of the great Aryan race, in its peculiar domain, the realm of intellect.

THE PEABODY FUND.

No sketch on education would be complete without some mention of the Peabody fund, that lasting monument to the greatest philanthropist of his age. By the will of George Peabody, several million dollars were given in trust to a Board, for the education of the children of the South. The fund is carefully guarded. The interest annually accruing is de- voted, not to helping the destitute, but to building up and improving schools already in a healthy condition, or to fitting young men and women to become skillful and intelligent teachers. For several years aid was given directly to the public schools ; but recently the greater portion of the revenue is expended upon Normal schools, and Normal Institutes. The report of the U. 8. Commissioner of Education, for 1880, shows that since 1868, the trustees had expended $1,191,000, of which South Caroli- na, owing to the inefficiency of her school system, between 1872 and 1876, had received but $38,200, while $223,250 had been given to Virginia, $220,150 to Tennessee, and $118,000 to West Virginia.

In 1881, this State received $4,050, and 1882, $5,375, making in all $47,625.

PEABODY SCHOLARSHIPS

for deserving young white and colored persons, of both sexes, desiring to become teachers, are established, for whites, at Nashville, for the colored, at Hampton, Virginia. Eight students at Nashville and ten at Hamp- ton were enjoying this bounty in 1881. The scholarships are for two. years. Applicants are appointed after competitive examination, and. these are required, after graduation, to teach at least two years in the— public schools of the State. .

APPENDIX.

Tubular Statements Copied or Compiled from the Tables of the United States Census and the Report of State Superintendent of Education, for 1882,

TABLE I. A Comparison of White Population, School Expenditures and White Illiteracy in Thirty-three States in 1860. Taste II. Scholastic Population of South Carolina in 1880.

Taste III. Population and Illiteracy in South Carolina in 1880.

Taste IV. Scholastic Population and School Attendance between the Years 1869 and 1882.

Taste , V. Record of Public Schools in the State. 1882.

Taste VI. Teachers and Salaries, 1882.

Taste VII. Course of Study for 1882.

Taste VIII. School Fund and Poll-Tax, 1880-81.

Taste IX. School Houses used by Public Schools, 1882.

0

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 541

TABLE I.

Showing, in 1860, Ist, the Total White Population of thirty-three States ; 2d, the total Expenditures for Education of all kinds; 3d, the Per Capita Expenditure ; 4th, the adult White Illiteracy ; 5th, the rate per cent. of Illiteracy. (Compiled from statistics of the U. S. Census.)

ADULT

Toran WHITE | = | Rate Alabama 526,271 | $ 838,002 |$1 59 || 37,605 7.14 Arkansas 324,143 194,544 59 || 23,652 7.29 California . 323,177 559,849 | 1-73] 18,989 5.87 Connecticut ; 451,504 748,454 | 165) 8,488 1.83 MeinWATe. 635 [us .s 90,589 124,809 | 1 37 6,661 7.36 Migriday 3.4.62... 77,746 95,511 | 123 5,541 6.87 Gregrm ia! . cw. 591,550 855,270 | 1 44 | 43,684 7.39 POLS ee 1,704,291 | 2,517,546 | 1 47 || 58,037 3.40 fng@iana.\ 2. -.,.. 1,338,710 882,688 66 60,943 4.56 a ee ae 673,779 701,116 | 1 04) 19,782 2.83 TAaAS YS) os 106,390 50,792 48} 3,004 2.82 Kentucky... . 919,484-| 1,080,800 | 117 | 67,577 7.34 Louisiana... . 357,456 | 1,019,726 | 2 85 || 17,808 4.98 LTO a ae 626,947 554,610 88 || 7,552 1.20 Maryland . . 515,918 510,766 99 "||, -15,825 3.06 Massachusetts 1,221,432 | 2,230,611 | 1 82 || 46,262 3.72% Michigan 736,142 816,666 | 110 || 17,441 2.37 Minnesota . -| © 169,395 | 116,702} 63|| 4,751 2.81 Mississippi. . . . 309,899 733,621 | 2 07 || 15,526 4.39 Mueeontrl «=. 1,063,489 | 1,259,139 | 1 18 |; 59,660 5.61 New Hampshire . 325,579 369,945 | 113) 4,683 | 1.43 New Jersey 646,699 858,129 | 1 32 || 19,276 2.98 New York. . . «| 3,831,590 | 5,057,971 | 1 32 || 115,965 3.02 North Carolina. . 629,942 758,444 | 1 20 | 68,128 10.81 ae Sree 2,332,808 | 3,031,770 | 1 30 || 58,642 2:51 Pennsylvania. . .| 2,849,259) 3,379,015 | 118 | 72,156 oom Rhode Island 170,649 23D B21 1 88 5,852 3.43 South Carolina. . 291,300 690,512 | 2 36 || 14,792 5.07 Tennessee . . 826,722 | 1,076,571 | 1 30 || 70,359 8.51 Texas, . a 420,891 651,374 | 1 54 || 18,414 | 4.37 Vermont. | .j 362. 314,369 298,595 95 || 8869 | 2.18 Virginia. . . 1,047,299 | 1,289,819 | 1 23 || 73,955 7.06 Wisconsin. . 773,693 760,096 98 || 16,448 242 hee 18,595,412 | 23,170,382 | 1 22 | 547,140 2.99 Fifteen Slave =

Jae \ 11,244,646 | 13,991,348 | 1 30 | 538,987 4.79

M42 A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. | Sty TABLE I, SCHOLASTIC POPULATION,

Showing the number af persons in South Carolinardetween the ages of Band 1G according to the United States Census of 1880,

——

a ee eee > eee | oS ee

Wirres, i COLORED, At CLAssns. AGES, -. } ee Males, _ Pomales, ' Males, Females, Males, Fomales, aie abees | (He cates tb Se All a, Re G6 Years... . «| 6181 | 5,898 | 11,156. /°11,449 | 17,287 | 27gae 7 Years. . .| 5,686] 5,178 || 9,585 | 9,888 || 15,191 | 16,006 S: Years: 6.04 6,641 | 5,307 | 10,861 | 10,282 | 16,002 | 16,589 9 Yeas... | 5061 | 4,769 | 7,609) 7,464 12,670 |) 12288 10 Years. . . | 5,588 | 5,163 | 10,404} 9,58: | iho | 14697 12 Years. . . . | 4,246 | 4151 || 5686) 5699] 9,882 9,850 | 12 Years. . . ./ 5092] 4955] 9852] 9219 | 14444 | > Tage 18 Years. . . .| 4166 | 4.180'|} 6,599 | 6,394 | tps 10,524 14 Years...) 3,042] 3817 |] 7,982] 6,812] 11,274 | 10,689 16 Years. . . .} 2871 | 2.868 || 6,745 | 6864 | 9,616 | . 9,289" 16 Years. . © | 3216] 8528] 6118] 6528 | O8sb | 10,051 ;

Total...) 51440 | 49,749 || 90,897 | 89,578 | 142,887 | 189,827 |

SUMMARY,

Manes—White . . . 51440 Colored . . 90,897 Total . . 142,887 Freaanes—White . . 49,749 Colored . . 89,578 Total . . 189,827

Totals. . . . 101,189 LSO4A75 281,664

a Dna / Leip? bi he

1 OF EDUCATION IN SOUTIL CAROLINA, TABLE ie POPULATION AND ILLITERACY. According to the United States Consus for 1880.

ao mc

Toran POPoLArIog: capiey Cassor Wares, : < Dv, a. wi oD or | agwOven |< ©. iD t0 AI to] Rand | magi” bee Years, Years.| Over, h, ne ee eee 7!

White. .| 391,105 | 272,706 _ |1592810, 4 94,835 59,777 Colored , 4084 394,750 . » + 187,07262, 936 200,063 310, 71

Total .| 995,577 | 667,456 || 821,780" 72 A008 050 234,398 30848 » , eee *Details not given, ,

; |

ir dey *

i ie

a

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

o44

“oyqerjoru(yg ‘aatpajodt ‘9¢8°G1Z 1%}0F— po10joo C6E‘GeT “OUYM TOFS S9A15 susuay oqvyst "POPU ST y

| SIPS |L8ZL |9ZI%Z |'SSTsS BLE GEE NSLS 08. (GARSON FARO ES ee ES IS eee ae Dens ee 6PGS |SZGL |9GO%S «|iLGOS SoP'esl GEE Glire IGE TS: arate ee a ree pc a ea nae es ILZI§ |SZIL |SP0% ||SL6Z GLOVEL- S98 GL" |616- 19° FOS T8c— (GLP OST: 681 LOL i. topo cs et eee 99TS \9LOL |0606 || 106 corel C60'T9 898'8¢ oS Sea oe eee jAaR AH barteg ere Os eta gn i! 5 ly). LITE |9ZOL |160G |'666z G OLT IZ STFS iis NE alee Sas alent P| sake RAS Re ai RIT “N° 5 PLIG |676 |SGLT IIS8PZ 968 GOL GGG GG FV OF RG ISCGr SG HE ote ee beth | aor’, ame la Bode BOUL eet OLkG 2 << |I080 6G1s 608 OLS - |68G 698" Sie er ae GG9% 616 |9L8— 0896 OI OIT |STr¢9 L00LP ITL6 LEG+ |866 GST |BL9G8+ °° 7? + GUST L696 IGG8 IGLLL |ISSSs GIL00T GFE 9G LF ie ane cel epee Se Pet TE NEE SSE Sa 7L8Z \069 |FS9T | T80G F69'S8 £6 9F 9C9‘8e is 086, LEUGFL |G16F8 Mehee Ser Soe): GSI |86h 4891 ||6L6T ZoS OL C69'8E 189° LE fat rl age | Steals eee ke hc ene 868L |Ztr |ISrI |6S9T 92099 |PESSE [GCE j|OLE60G GATGCT POSTS | °° °° °° °° ELST vet toate ath, age GO '000°0Sx |000'8Tx |O00'ZTx |}° ° °° SE IS ace i Ge Weather 3. fie |e . oe Se ae ts ses ell ae a ge awe Oem oe NGLULPI COB FLT 961'ZS lens t 0AM ay or 10h ~ athe SsietoN em GOST

| |

‘TRIOT, | PAOLOH | “OFLU M || “STOOHOG ‘TPIOL “potopory) ‘OUNM || «= “[RIOL *poto[OrF) “OFT MA |

LO || || “AUVAA yaa WON | | ‘i ; bie “SUAHOVAL FO UATWOAN “HONVGNGALLY TOOHOS If QT OL 9) NOILWTNdOg OMLSV vioHoS |

Saouppuaypy jooys

Cram

(6£8T

"SWOYIDIT, UW panuyucrig, pup ‘sinaxt awuliyy ur uayny) ‘wounndog aysnjoyay Ysp ‘Guanoysy

“AT WTAVL

fo saqunn “Yt seca Sis LOQUINAT ie

“—

545

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

OI8IOL| OGe'te |99FLP |\PL6'S i < Sg 9FL |/PLG'CFT|| O19 TL FoF. lle2¢'08 | e6s'6g |zso'or || Goe'eo | LEZTe | ssoeell ese] oF foo sty esse | 610% 6 r ae SEES ga eee pa te eh Pe er eeedons alraaa| Banke scaeeee ooo | ore't loact |lseo'e | tee't. | Zett Il 6 re 1087 eI 02 : 209 G £90 T StF T Z69'L 90L 986 CTS 6 LF& (i 66L ‘Te Peer Cee YAIOK pease ee. IT ijpae'h || Seo |lgsc's|l66a'% | 260'T Fe pea Ps a aks ae Ge | SangqeurenyirA ae OOL'G €26 080‘ FLO geg'z llFLG‘e aia ers weet 1f6 FSO'T || 22 fe Easton eae CLG 1L6T [2086 ||286'8 $96'E reer ~ lGP'e ei a8 crt 6o9 808 96 fe. [ener eNO vA Wa Par ald Vou OFLS OPS LT 609° Salty See t tv 1o}UINYG mee ay T jigs sous || srsit eos |isau'zs | $88 T ST telteee | ees lea ea renee ie | “-Runqueyavdy rates Weve Sear. -leeay care Pompe Ral lek a i tee eat TRS ai eae pe cle ee a 108 : et ; S eee's ||20L'S | 360 E GT# reg! £ vVG Z BOO Nol eo ep aL 0eS'T 9Q9F FRET 9389'S 186'T | ated COG GIF I Igs 1 e68 206; Re ache ld ; iE 1/988 e6et isso | ete e i diceeen ge6, | PIT g Hainqaouvs 998 G 99¢'T O00 I rO6'S z98'T |? ee | ae && § LOG Ft6 69 ra 2 stoeeeee O ct ; at ZFO'S)««IGOF'S «| «OILS T re pot Li 90 06 § sreee"* O900 968 TL SFO L SES FPS'S more c ¢ G 66 I GFF L vAgS) ue widlatedawiets O Lie ae 28a I zoe't |lsec'L | #F2 ; Li = OGL 18 G ~ £11 MO Teg‘g 60L‘T ZPS‘T lonL'% FEZ A al). 4 P¢8 9G I 0G 802 1G ee aidewacom { N ‘7 , vty ft ae } FPPC |[966% | est : mia Atal pie aa 1 "** O10Q [1B Give... | GOL rg)'t lent e ndere aia C. COLT TILT || aba‘S 602‘T eo'T Daal ie Bore ae W eae alt od. “LV G G69 I LLL [ FEL IL 1z¢ in af ZO" €&& Ost 18 TOLR oe ae } ies I ne 968% 882% ({/199°S eget ae ae te we nt 4 8G pees Sain oe eh L LLY G 606 T PZT lG8e'T- | 12 ae aaW ) é OL fo [oer areantne S16 I 196 OFG C29 Z COOT 7 t 1G | 169 899 SOT Z8C 909 c eae, Walia aoe I re 0 : oe 1GG 0661 {OSE | 869 rer Nie a JU: se tg 1aySBoTer 661 G¢cg 93 T 999% j0z'T ant 6o9 SLG. I: ecg ge9 10 Bro lneweteeedsee i Wy 1 ee edd ; 99F T |/598 SOF OF en‘ AGS Gd ZS 1g MBYSII SY, 162 T Ggg 906 10¢% PZ" T cant : c OOF GOs T 162 Q00'T Ba calla dU pth L fail ales cet isca‘t |{16a‘T | 6¢9 “8 ae £6. Z seis ALLO] Sekt lear cont ony leeve | acer loee't loss | ose'e | oce’e || 2 By [ove aoqd ery ege'e 162'z ae L6G 080 T LOr-r | GsZ't | 6&8 OFG ZIP 08 @ 0S26 |) ZFT Tp Pt ey fTAuears) bor | ocee lieve lleov's | coc's cece lense |eeet) loratt (tet | 609 | aco || #0 AS Noe Je OM Cea i ) ; A GF C C C0a‘S 068 Z1G‘e eg: Ps at u ye PU ccs 6 $F sepeeueren s>-- SOULE L466 | 60L 3075 198 a BUS Se oes ogo T ZOS'T || S808 ecg 7G seeacuat se rol eee HE De RRS | BGS ERT GS TEE Rey SAE PA Boasts gene BN POL 5 | tice yen 03a GEO Sse ae eee PBL | 986 |lger's. | 9ar't O20'T TI ia eres sets 3 c) aes OO4 Go GSL CLG 896 Z ac Es JG ZL op ste eeeererese uoj}o[ oO 969% |-2or'r lege't |'969'L~ || 622 iT &f 969 el ece 66E 7G PU Rete lo cater 6 os AS £4 Z16 FOF GZe “y sans oe 168 6g £6 uopudae | ee0's 5oKte 19% Bal FI G6LT ost e216 GFT oz I ae 609 P29 “8 oy 2 plowsoisort °GG' eerey sae G R19'L —||LTS"9—||2¢9°OL | Tah gece Hvee | 26T ; a gv 29188U Ceg¢g Ieee £02 log} FEZ f pahaiae oF g 9664 || ZFS 16LG C/Z 1 IFT ele Al oa as om 9) IZl‘F OFZZ = «ITSS‘T ey iG GILG |c96F | 186% IS6T || 16% CCT a stele ee brash cape Sak at 7 9 ; G02 ¢ FILG 8866 FOE Ze 6 man ara ee 86T. C9 ¢P se VIOTNBO sols | Fier |r6r's |/so0'e |] gees fiaeric Veo. |oren sclera leene }oterr face Ware | $0 sree AU 118% | OL jcOLT [eel |) C061 ee Me pecsl gup acs eget caer ere GGT ZTE oh rO sla he ee nen wee | ort ltes't lleze'e Il ogra Neso's _Ieet'e | 909° soe (eos | oer Las Ca serena : we - gee ay pl CUGG ¢ CG) ) if OCT ty wreeeeeeees OTTTAD s TVLOL |-amuot09 “LIT AN IVLOY, ||saIvWay [savy] TVLOL | SaTVNa ‘SAT J! |"LVLO LL, ‘SUT VINA {Sa’TV Uae SNE | GNVU || IVLOT, || TVLOT, ; See Ne Zlog 5 % al CTAULOTOL) | “HLTH A Gwelod 4 ; ‘AONVGNALLY ADVUGAY ; ; \SE8 is e E oat INAIWTVIOUNS TVLOL e781 bode aed Be olP Bo

an Ze

: | “palojoy pun apy, ‘aounpuayy aboway oyf “gE aysnjoyoy ayy Hurimp sooyoy pws papuayn wy ‘away pun oop “pawojog pun ayAt : cae ee iS ae |

‘fyunog Yona uy spooyog’ 99nd fo squnyy pun worwssay fo yjbuaT ‘1 ‘sayunog fig bumoyg— A

Ta vil

—-

546 A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

TABLE VI. TEACHERS AND SALARIES. Showing the Number of Teachers Employed in 1882, and their Salaries.

| AVERAGE TEACHERS EMPLOYED, Montuty WaGes)| Toran AmMounrT | Parb TEACHERS | Pap COUNTIES. | 3 | To Tracners 3 6 = a 2 During nS es od = o 3 a ry G D = ic 2 THE YEAR. = >) = os oO a ae Abbeville i. .hea) Pee COT EO). TZ) Sd $20 34 $20 04 $11,228 00 PEE ETD Ss oon adie 82} 31} 77 36) 118) 35 54) 29 41 8,894 79 Anderson... .| °80) 40) 65} 55} 120) 25 11|-22 88") T2seyen Barnwell. . . 93; 64) 109) . 48) 157) 381 07) 28 24 12,825 88 Beaufort... 16; 49) 388) 27; 65) 380 83) 27 07 6,580 50 Charleston . .| 155) 91) 64} 182) 246) 37 05) 29 60) 73,416 78 Chester. ..} 55) 35) 47) 43) 90) 22 00) 20 00) 8,371 25 Chesterfteld.. .| 31) 7 26) 12) 38) 21 12) 28 12) 2,495 00 Clarendon. . .| 35} 17]. 25) 27| 52] 17-16] 20 56] 3,854.80 Colleton. . . . 63} 50; 78) 35) 113) 80 00) 25 00 14,524 50

Darlington. .| 54} 43) 57} 40} -97|| 22 16) 27 05 10,948 60 Edgefield. . .| 96) 58} 80} 74) 154! 24 70) 15 65 11,105 10 Fairfield.. . .| 62) 37; 53) 46) 99) 26 80| 24 42) 11,297 62 Georgetown. .; 16 30) 34) 12) 46) 27 05) 24 86 5,600 00 Greenville. ...| 112) 54) 71} 95) 166) 25 83) 23 66) 14,983 96 Hampton... ..| 52} 24) °43) 33) 76) 23 00, 23.00 6,149 00 Horry... . | 51) «21|~ 62)... 20). 72) 22-7620 16) 4,007 95 Kershaw... { 87) 27) 45) 19) ~64o6-01) 2364 6,790 50

Lancaster... 33} 25) 40) 18} 58] 24 84) 24 10 4,618 25 Laurens. ... .| 59) 50} 60) 49) 109) 25 63) 23 70) 7,020 66 Lexington. . ..| 76). 26) 73) 29) 102) 28 36) 26.85 7,079 00

Marion .- (2) °).9786) 3} 105} 24! 129) 27 29) 22.111 10,662 05 Marlboro. . . 36) 23) 438) 16) 59) 27 39):28 06 5,420 50 Newberry. . . 51; 38 45; 44| 89) 23 70) 22 89 9.65392 Oconee. . 21 TO AT). OSE SS2i SOO 1G TO ales 5,089 03 Orangeburg. .| 70; 48} 70} 48) 118] 31 93) 32 48 9177 09 Bickans<: 0S) OQ eet8)) Sei 3 70) 2h-G2) 18 Ag 4,360 25 Richland. . .| 38} 32) 34) 36) 70) 35 27| 30 04) 9,728 75 Spartanburg. ./ 138! 68) 117) $4 201) 26 44!) 25 44! 17,459 14 pumter. :.:.. 2 J59- 43). 53h. 4S ehO2T oa Bo 2 eo 10,329 00

Union .. ...| 64 34; 48] 50) 928) 24 87) 25 65) 9,807 36 Williamsburg . 36] 28) 438) 21) 64) 28 86] 29 94 3,702 25

York... ../ 76, 59 71) 64) 135) 17 98) 14 82| 10,629 00

Totals . . . 2,126'1,2871,940/1,473/3,413/$26.00.$28 97|| $349,695 55 | |

oe oe ee GE ee —s | = -

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH caRoLINA. == 547

TABLE VII. COURSE OF STUDY FOR THE YEARS 1881-82. |

BRANCHES. ACT 2 Se ara PME ek Pen et, a ee RBIs he Raye a's) on phe Memial Arithmetic... 2.05. 4... Weiiten Arithmetic... .°. 2... NITY Soe is Pee te ERS

_ English Grammar. Lifts

History of the United States. Tieber branches) is

Number of Pupils Studying each of the Branches Taught.

1881,

13,078 106,380 85,408 63,156 39,261 44,561 37,490 23,538 19,566 4,259

1882.

14,070 114,727 92,514 68,184 45,587 46,105 37,469 24,748 19,205 4,507

992 increase. 8,347 increase. 7,106 increase. 5,028 increase. 4,326 increase. 1,744 increase.

25 decrease. 1,215 increase. 361 decrease. 48 increase.

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA,

TABLE VIII.

Showing by Counties the Public School Fund for the Fiscal Year 1880-81, as Contained ir the Annual Report of the

COUNTY,

Abbeville . Aiken. . Anderson . Barnwell Beaufort.

Charleston . .

Chester . Chesterfield

Clarendon. .

Colleton. .

Darlington. .

Edgefield . Fairfield. .

Georgetown . Greenville. .

Hampton . Horry. .

Kershaw. . Lancaster . Laurens. .

Lexington. .

Marion . Marlboro. .

Newberry*. .

Oconee .

Orangeburg .

Pickens . Riehland .

Spartanburg.

Sumter . Union, .

Williamsburg

York .

Totals. .

*No settlement made as yet.

ao-o = . $373,59

Parp

—~—~

TH famed feed fh feel fee —_ a ww

) “oe «) = ae ‘=, os)

10,458 11,781 13414 14,080

5,006

16,828 | 19,428 ¢

12.568 7,309 8,363

17,670 7

47 93 34 98 18 O-+4 51

OY 32

/

ee x | CasH ON HAND. | ScuooLt ORDERS. | Cash ¢

Yomptroller- General. Net Proceeds of the Poll-Tax, (Included in the Available Fi

Toran

Ss Rae eel Bs

rieae

$2,022 70 4) $16,441 17 0) 5,749 28 5} 16,314 21 ) 1,129 53 7| 15,010 87 0} $3,103 07 3) 19,991 05 0; 1,306 80 0} 11,708 98 0} 16,423 68 OF 75,110 72 0 1.886 71 0) 11,186 22 0} 6,811 78 5| 10,1388 10 O:} 2.684 20 9 7,165 99 0} 2.894 21 8} 18.352 66 0. 952 14 4) 12.733 68 Ol. stele dae PGES SARS 0} 1,836 69 1} 15,916 87 1) 451 68 0| 6,185 53 0} 2390 08 7} 15,681 92 0} 82 58 6) 6,374 34 0 3,574 09 0 6,192 26 6h. *1.3066-8 9,198 38 0 946 31 9) 5448 02 0} 1,818 68 0} 10,988 42 0, ; 8,499 75 0O| 1,880 84 9} 14,727 88 0} 38,186 68 0) 9,296 07 OF 29256 22 6. 7.880 67 0 299 96 2; 13,522 12 0) 62 54 5) 5,069 08 0 565 45 0} 16894 18 0} 1,643 05 3! 21,071 89 0 787 99 2). 18,3856 97 0}, 5,133 74 0); 12,443 62 6| 1,673 88 0| -10,087.7 0} 4,551 46 3) yy 2| $79,867 48 8'$452,96

19 09 SOUND o>"

Also the

und.)

| Nerv PRrRoceEDSs

AVAILABLE FuNpD.

Pent Tax,

~~

_ ~

a Oe a —) ANISHAS

~

~

=Oe OWE OWI Oo G9 ST QO OI HCO CO

DOD OV CO 1 WnnoeRive

SONS’ CRPNRFODOCCWOSO coomoecou’ coocoocoooaocorooocoocoucooouceo

3 2 0 9 0 3 0 9 7 2 8 9 0 1 8 6

3,033 1

one

A SKETCH OF EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 549

TABLE IX. | Showing the Number and Value of School Houses used by Public Schools in 1882.

|

| SCHOOL HOUSES. | Scrtoo, Hovses } = = aR et RENTED i] = ; x OR | ERectep Burtt Durinc | | Dourine THE | | » \] r NAME PREVIOUSLY. THE YEAR. 2) I} YEAR. | S| \| OF | | H > =) ra) 2 oD,

Number Owned by other Parties

COUNTY. | | |

Number Owned by Total Amount Paid for Rent.

Number. Value, Number. Value. Number.

. 40; Sli 4| $51 00

Abbeville . . | 121 $44,050 00)..|. . | | $441 06| 24) 38) 4, 98 50

Aiken... .| 62 10.918 00

Anderson . . || 120 15,250 00). Dit INS Lopne ess

Barnwell. . .| 146, 15,613 00 393 00, 43) 103) 7 48 50 Beaufort. . .|| 69) 7,925 00 368 88) 24) 45) 12 84 90 Charleston. .|) 60 133,713 00) 1 05) 46, 14! 52) 721 45

5/21) -40/ 1) 200 00° 90 00} 2| 50! I~ 15:00 15 00) 6 46) 1) 2000

> ie OUR ve) Or

Chester... .|| 61) 3,862 00 Chesterfield... 52; 2,860 00) Clarendon. .|| 52 295 00)

mrprprrwo’ w- Lon loa) ne bo

-

MetOn 8 ||. LOO 2,740 Toy RS 2 7-102) 1 22 00 Darlington...) 26 8,400 00) 3 189 80) 26 56) 11) © 129 50 Ergefield ..||-154)..... I|sast 38 85|) 6 148).. Fairfield. . .'| 94) 18,600 00) ,2 300 00) 4; 90 11) 812 60 Georgetown. ., 42; 2,770 00) 6 125 00) 15) 27] 6) 142 00 Greenville. . || 137| 18,628 00) 10) 659 42) 22) 115) 5) 320 00 Hampton . .|| 67| 4,610 00| 9/ 489 25! 27/40)... | Horry. . . + || 96) (3,360 00) 3 77 00) 43) 53). . | Kershaw. . .|| 58) 6,945 00) 6 323 88] 9) 49). . | Laneaster.. .|| 55) 3,325 00) 2) 250 00) 2) 53)... Laurens. . .|| 107; 8,550 00) 1 75 00) 5 102) 1 5 00 Te): | a a RS an as or a 4 ae Y Marion. . . .||' 29| 2,574 00) 3} ~— 156 50) 29| 103)..| 2... = Marlboro. . .|| 59} 8,775 00). 6} 2,146 57|| 33} 26) 8 59 00 Newberry... .|| 81) 10,485 00) 2 146 75) 6| 75) 1) 14 50 eine: oi! et Top BOO OOS OS ow Be See DOE! SZOWG ms. bse aeerne Orangeburg. «|| 110). 4) 250 50) 29) “81... 1. 108 50 Procene. © he | Y G6, (20 OO es [a 20\e AB NG: Shere Pom ends to ih BB 8c Fob OO ean Bas 30}. 25) 7| 146 00 Spartanburg.) 173 10,300 00) 8 §88 20) 20! 153i. bowen. Sumter... ..|| -79) 7,030 00} 2 180 00) 42; 37) 2) 44 00 iad a ry evap -p,080-00i"38 670 00) 30} 42) 1 9 00 Williamsburg. 62 735 00) 2 150 00}, 32) 30) 1) 15 00 York... . ./ 127, 21,250 00) 8} 550 00)..| 127 1 28 00 Totals. . 2,676$396,923. 75 105 $10,682 66 693 2,142 138.$3,089 45

*No report. ' Notrt.—The returns relating to School Houses are very imperfect. Comparatively few are owned by

the public, most of the Public Schools being taught in Churches, residences and out-buildings, which are owned by other parties, and of which no accurate reports can be made.

CUEL CA: Fh Ea

CHURCHES.

More than a century after the fierce and bloody conflicts of the French Huguenots and the Spanish Catholics along the coast of Carolina, and half a century after the congregation of Pilgrims sought shelter from re- ligious persecution at Plymouth Rock, certain English noblemen, moved by a desire to enlarge the dominions of Charles’II., and zeal for the pro- pagation of the Christian faith among savages who had no knowledge of God, planted the first permanent colony in South Carolina. The colo- nists had no sectarian bias. It was only required that in the terms of ~ communion of every church and profession, these following shall be three:

“1. That there is a God.”

“2. That God is publicly to be worshiped.”

“3. That it is lawful and the duty of every man, being thereunto called by those that govern, to bear witness to truth.”

Most of the Lords Proprietors and the officers of the colony were mem- bers of the Church of England, and, in 1698, it excited little attention that a salary was voted to the Episcopal minister in Charleston by the Provincial Assembly. In 1704, .when the colony numbered between 5,000 and 6,000 souls, the Episcopalians had one and the Dissenters four churches in the province. Nevertheless, through the instrumentality of the Governor and others, the election of members of the Church of Eng- land to a majority of the seats in the Provincial Legislature was obtained in that year. Immediately thereafter, to the surprise and indignation of ~ the people of the province. an Act was passed making conformity to the Church of England a qualification necessary to a seat in the Common House of Assembly, and declaring that church to be the settled and estab- lished church of the province. It became the only church having a legal status in Carolina ; its ministers were paid out of the provincial treasury. Each clergyman received £25 upon arrival, and if afterwards elected rec- tors, their annual legal salary dated from the same period; its parish churches, rectories, and schcols were built out af the common tax fund.

. Sie S ee it ol <* eo ® 4 pl eo eos Yee ere

Shak Ma i Daath Sane 18 2 Nil a a i oh al

CHURCHES. 551

At first a board of lay commissioners were invested with temporal and ecclesiastical jurisdiction over the affairs of this church. In 1726, the Bishop of London, who had immediate care of these churches, appointed the Rev. Mr. Garden his commissary, and the spiritual and ecclesiastical jurisdiction of the lay commissioners was transferred to him. In 1740, the percentages of the different religious denominations in Carolina is given as follows:

Episcopalians. . . . Sho deep ee Presbyterians, French ad aieee Baiotianis eR ios Veta MBB BES Ge (2: Ancestor ins ated aia he ea oe ago ADE CVA ETS ety! is § Tare cipt acct ee aL Sol ROR ee aaa ae ees

Between 1731 and 1775, as many as one hundred and two Episcopal clergymen arrived from England, the average number officiating at one time for some years prior to the revolution, varying from twelve to twen- ty ; of the whole there was not a single native of Carolina.

The Church Act encountered violent and continued opposition. It was passed originally by a vote of only one majority in the Lower House. Appeals were made to Parliament, and the English House of Lords pe- titioned Queen Anne, beseeching her to deliver the province from this oppression. In spite of this, however, and in spite of the steady growth of other religious denominations in numbers and in wealth, the Church of England rémained the established church, and sustained its supremacy for seventy years, until the war of the Revolution. Nor was this without advantage to the colony. _Through this instrumentality a large number of highly educated and cultivated clergymen were brought into the pro- vince. The interest of the Society forthe Propagation of the Gospel in Foreign Parts was aroused, and valuable donations, not only of money, but also of books for the parochial libraries, were sent from England.

Parishes were laid out, churches, rectories, and schools established, and .

the poor and the ignorant cared for and taught. The parochial rule was administered with moderation and toleration, the watchful opposition of the other denominations operating as a continual check to any undue or arbitrary exercise of authority. Those in authority were persons of cul- ture, liberal in their views, and while their livelihood and position was assured, this never served as a stepping stone to any higher offices. Their very authority was a mere incident to occupations of more transcendent importance. It was a sort of impersonal rule that taught self govern- ment as government of self, and the fierce, and often unworthy, struggles

552 CHURCHES.

of local political bodies were avoided. The parish system, founded in part on the representation of territory and wealth, sprang out of it.

But the spirit of the people was opposed to conformity with prescribed forms of any sort. George Whitfield, a gifted and eloquent divine, de- clined to be bound to the observance of church forms, and, during thirty years of controversy with the church, preached almost daily to crowded congregations. Besides the growth of other denominations in the low country, the upper country became settled almost exclusively by Presby- terians and Baptists. So that when the entire physical force of the coun- try was called on in the war against Great Britain, one of the very first acts of the Legislature, with a view to prevent all discord among religious sects, was the repeal of all the privileges granted to the Episcopal Church, and the establishment of all religions on an equal footing. This wise movement fully accomplished its object in uniting all parties in the struggle for independence. Notwithstanding there are those who think that certain long prevailing differences, and even jealousies, between the upper and the lower sections of the State, owed their origin, in part, to the supremacy during the colonial days of the Episcopal Church. Even after, the Revolution it was still known as the Church of England, at a time when all things English were not favorably regarded. At this time the Episcopal Church suffered much embarrassment. Deprived of State aid, it was for the first time thrown upon its own resources. While the severance of the tie with the church in England was such an obstacle to the Apostolic succession that no ordination of ministers in the State oc- curred for twelve years previous to 1795, when all difficulties were re- moved by a convention of Bishops, in Philadelphia, two American Bish- ops having been ordained at the Archiepiscopal palace of Lambeth, in England, some years previously, in 1787. ¢

Numerous Scotch and Irish people among the first settlers of Carolina were Presbyterians. Unaided by the State, they at once established churches, and early in the 18th century the Presbytery of Charlestown was constituted agreeably to the principles and practice of the Church of Scotland.

In 1685, Rey. Mr. Screven established the first Baptist Church in - Charlestown. Prior to the Revolution this denomination had thirty churches. In 1804, there were 130 churches, 100 ministers, and 10,500 communicants of this persuasion.

In 1790, the Independents, or Cirionandinusnt anes established a church in Charleston, the latter forming themselves into a separate congregation in 1750.

In 1756, a Jewish Synagogue was erected in Charleston.

In 1759, the German Protestattis built the first Lutheran Church.

CHURCHES. OD9

In 1785, the Methodists made their first appearance as a religious society, and increased with great rapidity. In 1800, camp-meetings were organized, shelters being extemporized out of bagging the planters had for baling their cotton. In 1804 there were 12 circuits, 26 traveling and 93 local ministers, preaching in all 17,784 sermons in the year. There were 200 charches and stations erected at a cost of $27,000.

In 1791, the Roman Catholic Church was organized, under the care of Bishop Carrol, of Baltimore, the Reverend Doctor Keating officiating in Carolina.

The Christian culture and instruction of the negroes was at first ob- structed by a notion prevalent “from New England to Carolina, that being baptized is inconsistent with a state of slavery.” In 1712, the Legislature of South Carolina passed an Act declaring “that it was lawful for any negro to receive and profess the Christian faith, and to be there- unto baptized.” The Rey. Mr. Taylor, in 1713, examined a considerable number of negroes in St. Andrew’s Parish, who had been instructed in the Christian religion by Mrs. Haige and Mrs. Edwards, fourteen of whom gave him so great satisfaction that he baptized them. In 1742, the Rey. Mr. Garden had a school house for negroes built in Charleston, and for twenty-one years a number of children, varying from thirty to sixty, with sometimes as many as fifteen adults, were instructed there. Other schools were organized and churches erected for the colored popu- latién, and their-religious instruction became a matter of the first con- sideration with all the Christian denominations in the State. The following illustration, one of many that might be cited, will show how wide-spread and groundless the misapprehensions on’ this point have been. When the Federal Army took possession of Beaufort, they found, in gilt letters over the pulpit of one of the largest churches in the town, PREACH THE GOSPEL TO EVERY CREATURE. Some of them tore down the last word and put in its place, in derision of course, WHITE. MAN. Now this church was built by the Rev. Richard A. Fuller, in 1843,. and for many years had about 300 white and about 2,000 colored mem- bers. So great were the numbers of the. latter that the communion service sometimes occupied three hours. They were received into the white churches, but in most instances they had separate church organi- zations, under the care of white ministers, and not unfrequently under: that of preachers of their own race. And it is estimated that not only now, but for several generations past, the percentage of members of Christian churches has been greater among the colored population than among the white. Since emancipation they have withdrawn almost entirely from all connection with the churches of the whites, and have

established everywhere numerous organizations of their own. The largest 9 36

Aad AO Pe a et ot oe De Se a a okey ae ba ee "4 7 EID |

MA ae aoe htm aan GY WR, Ie PT TE | Malas ents TOG | awe ee y RIOR Me Weed WEL - \ ¢ ey

554 CHURCHES.

numbers are Baptist, and next come the Methodists, but there are also Presbyterian and Episcopal churches among them. They are easily susceptible to profound religious emotions, and each individual seems to realize vividly his immediate personal relations with the Author and Ruler of all things. It is this personal and individual character of their religious sentiments which has prevented the establishment among them on any extended scale of a hierarchy or priesthood. Their preachers have ereat influence with them, but this the more because they are representa- tive men chosen by themselves from among their number, than on ac- count of their priestly character. Their religious services are, for the most part, conducted without a liturgy, but voluntary responses and frequent ejaculations attest that each feels he has, of his own right, a share and interest in them.

This will also explain why separate and independent church organiza- tions as are practicable under the Baptist form of worship, should have greater attractions for them than the more centralized and elaborately organized systems of the Catholics and Episcopalians. Despite the in- junction judge not,” it has been asserted that the morality of the ne- groes is not in proportion to their religious fervor. A class marked as ~ distinctly by their inferior social position as they are by race, invites such “% charges, which are far more sweeping than just. If morality be the fruit of religion it is not surprising, wonderful as the progress made by the African in South Carolina has been, that it has not in one century and ~~ a half attained that maturity among the colored race which has been the result of nearly nineteen centuries of Christian teachings to the European. Nevertheless, it would be a great mistake to suppose that any people ex- ~ hibit in a higher degree that instinctive faith in the existence of absolute justice, truth, and goodness, which marks the capacity of human nature alike for religion and for morality, than the colored people of this State do. Space does not admit of a delineation here of the attitude of the Christian churches to the colored racein Carolina. It is safe to’say, how-~ ever, that the ecclesiastical polity announced recently at a conference of” the Episcopal clergy and laity, of preserving the unity of the church or- a, ganization, by receiving on equal terms the clerical and lay deputies of ~ “Of the colored race into the Diocesan Conventions, will meet with encour- ~~ agement, at least from that portion of the former masters of these people, who are usually stigmatized as Bourbons.

The following table exhibits the general condition of the church in Carolina as compared with those of the United States as far as given by sik the census records of 1850, 1860, and 1870. Unfortunately the figures of fe the enumeration of 1880, which are essential to complete the picture, are an a not at this date accessible.

sitll el ks Cue a aa

CHURCHES. 555

'RABLE A.

1870 1860 1850

Chl’hes.| Sittings. |Property.||\Ch’hes | Sittings. |Property. ||Ch’hes.| Sittings. |Property

MIMULCA States ..............ccecseen | 62,082) 21,665,062 $283,586,765)| 54.009 19,128,751 $171,397,932)| 38,061) 14 234,818) $:'7,328,8( South Carolina...... Rane tohdiw see |} 1,308 491,425| 2,621,586) 1,267 451,256| 3,481 236) 1,182 460,450; = 2,172,24 Percentage offU.S.A... 16 13) 64 41 34 96) Ve AT ek oe Ra oi eiosaratn ees Increase............ So. Ca... 8 & 21 decr’se., 7,2 decrease GOW. Ss terns lsSbeotew actus ooh ee She sks Per Capita U.S.A...|1 to 621 0.55 $7 35)|1 to 582 0.60 $5 45)1 to 633 0.61) $3.7 1 SUE Eee So. Ca....1 to 539 0.69 $3 WL to 599 0.64 $4 941 to 565 0.68 $3 2 ; | U.S.A.../1 to 20 17 $220)|1 to 22 16 $143)/1 to 25 14 gs er Square Mile..4 35° Ga..|1 to 23 16 $861 to 23 re $1151 to 26 15 ; Churches, Sittings, [ and Church prop-

. erty to Dwellings, | U.S.A...|! to 120} 55 to 100) $1 to $831 to 92) 69 to 100) $1 to $94)\1 to 88] 61 to 100) $1 to % Population and}So. Ca...1 to 109] 69 to 100) $1 to 463)1 to 46) 64 to 100) $1 to $157/|1 to 43) 68 to 1U0) $1 Lo Sl -all other prop- a |

i, _erby...-. Ceo Sel see daea \|

VTABLE B.—Showing the Condition of the Leading Religious Denominations in Sout Carolina and in the United States in 1850, 1860, 1870, according to United States Censu.

1870 1860 | 1850 q Ch’hes.| Sittings. |Property. ||Ch’hes.| Sittings, |Property. ||Ch’hes.| Sittings. | Property \| i | | Sea ptist §U.S.A...| 12,857} 3,997.116] $31,383.377|| 11,221) 8,749,551) $19,799.378|| 9,876] 3,247,069] $11,020,8 a ie aa (So. Ca... 466) 190,750 51106, 443} 169.580) 698,678] 413} 165,805! 298.8 ees oalet U.S.A...| 21387] 6,528,209 55,883,297 19883] 6,259.799] 33.093,371)| 13,302] 4,845,519| 14,825,0 i ures ia Su. Ca... 532) 164,050} “521,720, 506 149,812) 632,948 484) 165,740} B41. os . (U.S.A...| 5,683} 2,198,900] 38,262,986 5,061! 2,088,838! 24,297,359|| 4,826} 2,079,765 14,543.7 pesbyterian........ {So. Ca... 136 61,450} "430;320|| 149 70,525} 718 885 136 67,765| -483,1 : ' U.S.A...| 2,601 991,051| 29,211,640] 2,145] 847,296] 21,665,698|| 1,451/ 643,598] 11.875,0 Episcopalian........ tee Cas. 3] 35,300| 573,630! §2 30,109} 818,130 72 28.940] 616.9 [a i S.A...| 2,776] 977,332) 11,934.198)| 2,128] 757,637] 5,885,179|/ 1,281] 539,701) 2,907.7 cepts So. Ca... 44 17,900} "109,960 | 48 15,775| 153,780 41 14,750! 109,51 U.S.A...| 3,806] 1,990,514) 48,784,853 2,550| 1,404,487] 26.774,119|| 1,222} 667,863] —9,256,7. Roman Catholic.. {So Ca... B 10.775) 233,200 | ret 8.705} 304,300 14 61030 783 : AN Seta (U.S.A...| 13,022] 4,989,800] 68,127,400|| 11,021] 4,027,000] 4,452,810'| 6,655! +—-2,711,000| 28:399,0 fee OUNETS....4....-.. [so. Ca... 36 11,150} 201;600, 28 6,800 154,415 22 10,420) "2492

i ABLE C.—Percentage of the Leading Ec- | Tasitn D.—Percentage of the Leading E

. clesiastical Denominations in South Caro- clesiastical Denominations in the Unite lina, according to the Census Returns of States, according to the Census Returns « 1850, 1860, 1870. 1850, 1860, 1870.

Pap i ochse SITTINGS. || PROPERTY. CHURCHES.|| SITTINGS. || PROPERT zi | siges Te 1870 1866/1850 |1870|1860|1850 |1870 1860/1850 1870] 1860/1850) 1870| 1860] 1850) 1870] 1860/18, lI 35| 35| 35|| 39} 38] 36)| 21| 20| 14 || Baptist............ | 21] 21} 95|| 19} 20) 293i) aa} 12) 41} 40] 41|| 33| 33} 36|| 20| 15] 16 || Methodist..... 34| 37| 35// 30] 38] 380i] 20) 39] 3 10} 12) 12|| 13] 15] 15| 16| 21; 22 |) Presbyterian 9} 9] 13]| 10} 10) 15|| 14) 14) GESG) Gi ST Ae Ol). s22|— Dah oe Episcopalian 4 4 4 Sia Na Oe aie a A oll 4 Colby ola alia 6 Lutheran... 5 4 4) 4) 3 1) -1} 1] 2} 2] a 9| 9] 4 || Catholic... 6 9 5|| 17| 16 3} 2] 2} af 2] gil 3s} 4] a || Allothers... =: 19|| 24! 93 | “100| 100/ 100}| 100} 100| 100}/ 100) 100) 100 |) Total.......sesssee ; | 100, 100. 100. 1

206 CHURCHES.

According to table (A) it appears that the growth of the churches in South Carolina during the prosperous decade, from 1850 to 1860, was not so great as elsewhere. In the succeeding decade of war and reconstrue- tion this slow rate of increase continues, and is to be attributed to the destruction of much church property, and even of many of the churches themselves, by the invading army. It is to be observed, however, that even during these periods the pr oportion of churches and of chureh ac- commodations to the population is considerably greater in South Carolina than it is in the country at large. It will also be seen that the propor- tion.of church buildings to dwellings is greater here, and that even dur- ing the depression of 1870, a larger percentage of the property of the community was devoted to church purposes.

From the other tables it seems that taking into consideration at one view the number of edifices, the accommodations and the church property, while the preponderance in the country at large was with the Metho- dists, this preponderance in South Carolina was in some regards divided with the Baptists, the Presbyterians, and the Episcopalians. The per- centage of the latter to all denominations was greater in Carolina than in the United States, while that of the Catholics was greater in the United States than in Carolina. No correct ideas of the general status and ten- dency of the various denominations can ‘be formed, however, until the result of the enumerations of 1880 are published.

As to the distribution of the various ecclesiastical denominations in

the different sections of the State, no data later than of 1870 can now be *

furnished ; it will be sufficient, therefore, merely to mention here the six counties having the largest proportion of each leading denomination in the order in which they ranked in this regard in 1870. Showing at the same time the order in which they stood as to population.

iene a Eee |

: POPULATION cr BAPTIST | METHODIST ort. rte cee CATHOLIC 1 ‘Charleston Edgefield Edgefield |Charleston York Charleston Edgefield |Charleston 2 Edgefield ‘Charleston Greenyille Edgefield ‘Abbeville Beaufort Lexington | Edgefield 3 Barnwell |} Anderson Barnwell |Abbeville ‘Chester Colleton | Newbere Burnwell 4 | Beaufort Abbeville Anderson Orangeburg ‘Charleston Anderson /Charleston Sumter

5 Abbeville Barnwell Spartanburg Anderson )Clarendon ‘Abbeville Richland Chester

6 Darlington (Spartanburg Beautort Union Anderson ‘Kershaw ‘Oconee ‘Beaufort

2 . \ \ 4

Corl A ae, ER VT,

OCCUPATIONS.

The population of South Carolina, according to the late census, may be accounted for as follows :

Under the working age, that is under 10 years . . . . . . . . 382,121 Over the working age, that is over 80 years... . . . ...- 4,887 Children over 10 years attending school. . . . . . . . . . . 129,975 Defective and Dependent Classes—Idiots.. .....-..-.. 1,588 Defective and Dependent Classes—Insane . ......... 112 Defective and Dependent Classes—Blind Pot The acs dane Ate, Sok Defective and Dependent Classes—Deaf Mutes ........ 564 Defective and Dependent Classes—Paupers. . .....-..- - 720 Metincuents inal the privims’ io... ea tele oe ete pee 642 Engaged in all classes of respectable and Paint Seopanon . . 392,102 MUNTUMOMIME EIS TOE. S55 a Seok! x Mae Wakes Le fe ia lag fee 120,766

Mitel. oat ei) Rie See eee hh eae Ll Bs ahs oe Speen

In considering those not accounted for, it must be borne in mind that there are in the State over 185,000 married women. who have their time, more or less, occupied with the care of families and children, especially with the 67,023 of the population, one year or under in age. There are also more than 30,000 unmarried females, between 18 and 25 years of age, most of whom remaining with their parents and assisting their mothers in household duties, are not yet listed in any regular employment. Allowance, too, is to be made for a certain number of young men of the working age engaged in preparation for professional careers, or in ac- quiring some trade or art. No allowance, however, is to be made for those who are unoccupied, simply because their wealth enables them to be so; their numbers are altogether insignificant, the more wealthy class being usually those most fully occupied. After reasonable deductions on these accounts, the remainder are vagabonds or persons engaged in dis- reputable occupations. Their numbers cannot be very large, but it must give cause for serious consideration, that not more than thirty-nine per cent. of the population can be classed as bread-winners.

For the United States at large the percentage of the population engaged in gainful occupations is still less, being only thirty-four per cent. accord-

* y¢? ur ¢ f ‘a 4 +. 4 be. hit, Ae a ae fhe AL Ol PY, eee ee

5a8 OCCUPATIONS.

ing to the tenth census. This percentage varies greatly in the different States and Territories, being fifty-seven in Montana and twenty-eight in West Virginia; twelve out of forty-seven having a higher percentage of workers than South Carolina.

The status of the State in this regard may be more definitely ascer- tained by considering the percentage of those of the working age who are listed as workers, and comparing this number with the similar percentage of the population of the whole country over ten years of age. It will be more satisfactory also to make this comparison for the ante war period as shown by the census of 1860; for the period of war and reconstruction as shown by the census of 1870, and for the period of peace subsequent to the war and reconstruction, as shown by the census of 1880. This is done in the following table:

A.

PoPpULATION OVER! Drrro ENGAGED || PER CENT. oF WORKERS.

}

. || TEN YEARS IN ALL Koes :

= | 2 : oy On Popula- 2 | oF AGE. | OCCUPATIONS. || tion over | Increase. Decrease. Sor 10 years. |

2 | - —-

2 A pee | 2 Us soe 16. 6 U.S §..C. -|]U..S. |S: C. |U. 8../S5@R Oana TE | |

1860, 23,329,997 492,316 11,011,645 359, 74 a7 73) | oe |

1870 28,228,945 503,763 12,505,923 263,321) 42 |.50}..|. .|.06 |.39

i | |

1880 36,761,607 667,456)17,392,099 392.102) 47 58 | .06 | 12) |e (eas ; | | | |

These figures are taken from the census returns of 1870 and 1880 with- out change, but although no definite statement to that effect was found, it was inferred that the table of occupations in the census of 1860. referred only to the free population. Of the 81,631 persons listed in the occupa- tion tables of 1860, at least 49,291 were engaged in pursuits not open to slaves, such as teachers, merchants, clerks, planters, &c. There were, however, at that date in South Carolina 278,243 slaves over ten years who all had gainful occupations, and these Wek battalions of trained laborers have been added to the 81,651 free workers in calculating the ta- ble above given. The table shows that the people of Carolina were work- ers of old. It shows the immense nett loss the working class sustained by war and the subsequent period of industrial disorganization. And

te a

ee

OCCUPATIONS.

above all, it shows the increase in the number of bread-winners for the country at large, and for the State, since this period of disquiet has

passed.

A comparison more in detail of the ninth and tenth census as

regards the increase and decrease of persons engaged in gainful occupa- tions will exhibit some of the more general features of the industrial ten-

dencies of the State.

mated as follows: age in 1870 was 503,763; in 1880, this population was returned as 667,- In 1870, the workers numbered 263,321, and if they increased in the same ratio as the

456, giving an increase of 163;693, or thirty-two per cent.

population, that is by thirty-two per cent., 347,583, but actually they are numbered in the tenth census at

The increase and decrease here referred to is esti- The population of South Carolina over ten years of

they should have numbered

392,102,

a gain of 44,519, or a net increase of workers of twelve per cent. over and aboye, and in addition to the natural increase of thirty-two per cent. 'This increase furnishes what may be called the index to the moral, as

distinguished from the natural increase in industrial tendency.

If it is

desired to know the gross rate of increase in all occupations, or in any leading class of occupations given in the following table (B,) the natural rate of increase of the population over ten years must be added to the This is, as above stated, thirty-two for South Carolina, and thirty for the United States.

percentage there stated.

Table showing the percentage of net increase or decrease—(m) designates the latter—in relation to the increase of the population over ten years, of persons engaged in occupations in South Carolina and the United States, between 1870 and 1880.

B.

SoutH CAROLINA.

|

Male. Female.

All occupations .

Agriculture. . al service.

tion .

Total. 2G He a0 087 | .052 Professional and person- | 2%, A10 | .359 Trade and Transporta- 219 | 188 Manufactures and Min- 079 | .079

ing .

138 108 A84 97 000

UNITED STATES.

Total. | Male.

(Female.

et Ga aN ied ORR BED NR th oti ara)” RNS Sub OAS ASS 8

560 OCCUPATIONS.

Here the marked tendency to the increase in female workers is clearly shown. That this should be more apparent in the United States than in South Carolina is doubtless due to the fact, which will presently appear, that the proportion of females among the workers of the United States is considerably less than in South Carolina, and in so far as this is owing to natural conditions the percentage of increase in the female workers of the United States above given, shows the force of the moral tendency in opposition to natural conditions. The rate of increase of the classes en- gaged in professional and personal services, and in trade and transporta- tion is markedly greater than in the other occupations, and this rate of increase is very much greater for South Carolina than it is for the coun- try at large. By a curious coincidence the increase of the persons en- gaged in manufactures and mining in South Carolina agrees precisely with the rate of natural increase, that is, thirty-two per cent. A more complete view on these points may be obtained by considering the

SEX AND NATIVITY

of the working population as given in the census of 1880, and from data there given is compiled the following: :

Table showing the percentage of males and females, native and foreign born engaged in all occupations, and in each leading class of occupations in the United States and in South Carolina.

C. U.S. |) So. Ca.]/ U.S | So. Ca. | ihe meee & 2 & |} M.} Fj) M.) F. jl 3) 2 ie cee | | ,& O Nias S) 1 A\|e | A! & All occupations... . . . . . |.85| 15 |.69| 31] .80 | .20 || 991 | 009 Agriculture. . . . . . . « « |.92/.08 || 71|.29/! .89 | .11 ||.998}.002 Professional & personal services. .66 | 34 |.54| 46 || .75 | .25 || .988 |.012 Trade and Transportation . . . |.97) .08 |.97| 03) .75 | .25 || .924|.076 Manufacturing and Mining. . . |.83) .17 ‘84 16 || .67 | .33 ||.986 | .014

—— SASS. -—

OCCUPATIONS. 561

Although South Carolina has taken no prominent part in the move- ment for the emancipation of the female sex, it is notable that here the proportion of women who enjoy the privilege of earning their livelihood in respectable occupations, is more than double that of the country at large. In thus leading in one of the great movements of modern civili- zation, which seeks more and more to make women bread-winners, the State is largely indebted to favorable conditions afforded by its climate. For while the percentage of females engaged in the occupations embraced under trade, transportation and manufactures, occupations pursued under shelter, and in a large measure independent of climatic influences, is almost identical in South Carolina and in the United States, the state of the case is altogether different as regards out of doors occupations, such as agriculture. From the above table it appears that in the tem- perate climate of South Carolina twenty-nine women are capable of per- forming field work, where under the rigors and vicissitudes of the climate to which the population of the country at large is exposed, only eight women are found able to engage in this employment. The crops culti- vated also favor this. Nowhere is female labor more remuneratively employed than in picking cotton, and of the four and one-half millions of dollars annually disbursed as wages in the State in this employment, the larger proportion goes to females. The seeding and hand culture of the crop is also light, but nice work, and employs many women. Since the reverses of fortune following the late war, many delicately reared, and once wealthy ladies, have found themselves able to assist in this re- munerative labor. This state of things is alone sufficient to explain the greater healthfulness and vigor of Southern women, as indicated by the more rapid increase of the Southern populations. Comparing the white population North and South, in this regard, J. Stahl Patterson, (Pop. sci., Vol. XIX, p. 671,) makes the ratio of increase per decade of the Northern

whites to be 15.7 per cent., and for the Southern whites, 30.4, or nearly

double.

As regards nativity, it will be observed that while the country at large owes one-fifth of its working population to foreign nations, South Caro- lina is indebted for only nine-tenths of one per cent. of her workers to such assistance from abroad. Comparatively few of the foreign born population engage in agriculture, the leading pursuit in South Carolina. They are chiefly miners, traders, and dealers, and domestic servants, oc- cupations, hitherto, not largely represented in South Carolina, but which are daily acquiring more importance, and becoming more remunerative

here. (See Table E.)

ae

~aA V0a

OCCUPATIONS.

It is of interest to note the

CHANGES OF

OCCUPATION

which are in progress, and with this view the following table has been compiled from the returns of the Ninth and Tenth U.S. Census, show- ing the percentage of persons at differentages and for the sexes engaged in all occupations in the United States and South Carolina in 1870 and 1850, and also the per cent. engaged in each of the four great classes of

occupations.

D. = = 7 = See Se "ii T AGES, AGES, AGES | 10 ro 15 | 15 70 59. | 60 anv ae TOrAaS | | | |} Sex. | Sex. |} Sex | U.S. | So. Ca. iEeore weer . |. oe) gale h ool oneal | 3 | 2 | S$ | 2 | S$ | & js7o\1ssoj1s70j1880 i 8 5) En ee | o | = fe = | Be ioe & 4 | , Bri: i] | : = | United States 1870) .0456 | .0151 || .7584 | 1273 0506 0080 1 100 ~taues ac eae = | United States 1880) .0475 2169 || 7467 | .1812 |} .0537 | 0040 ||... ie re on = / ; | = 9 a I : 2 | South Carolina 18704 0730 | 0446 || 5656 | .2495 || 0567 | .0106 |}......'...... LOQh sess = South Caroiina 1880) .0810 | .0535 || .5577 | 2413 || 549 | 0137 |)...... eocavafennsen ane er if i| | | | I South Carolina: 1} Agriculture 1870)) .0663 | .0361 || 4467 | 1788 | .0480 | .0092 | AS)... AE) Re mo 0700 | .0425 |) 4156 | .1688 | 0464 .0088 |)... 44)... 75 Professional and per- 1870)| .0046 | .0070 || .0507 | .0598 0055 | 0047 | .21)...... RL eS sonal services oe 0094 | 0082 || 0738 | 0638 || .0042 | 0043 |...... | 2A as ae Trade and Transpor- 1870)} .0002 |.........!} . 0299 | .0007 || .0011 |......... | LO eee OSiisce tation eH 0004 |.......3.1}. 0320 | .0008 || 0009 ....... “| ae 8 | 20h ens .03 Manufactures and —_-1870)| .0008 | .0006 || .0378 | .0109 | .0030 | .0003 | Be) | Ree OSL Mining 1 0018 0007 1 | .0087 | .0032 | .0002 Dates el Rend | |

|

100) £100) 100) 100

The increase in the percentage of bread-winners among the old and

the young is clearly shown in this table, and is even more marked in The only exception to the

South Carolina than in the country at large.

general rule is found among males over sixty years in South Carolina. The decrease in workers of this class is small, and is due, doubtless, to reduction in the number and strength of this class as a consequence of the late war, men now oyer sixty having been at that date in the prime That the same

of life, and especially exposed to the casualties of war.

OCCUPATIONS. 563

reduction is not apparent in the country at large results from the fact, that immigrants, which count for nothing in South Carolina, have else- where filled the gap; and, furthermore, that the proportion of soldiers to the population was far greater in Carolina than in the country at large. The explanation of this tendency is that, with the development of civil- ized life, industrial improvements render labor easier, so that the very young and the very old may, by art, supply the vigor of adult life and become bread-winners. Nature has also assisted here, and in a genial climate like that of South Carolina the young and the old may engage in many kinds of labor, especially in agricultural labor, from which much more robust workers would be precluded by the extremes of severer seasons in more northern latitudes.

Before examining in further detail the changes of occupation taking place, attention is directed to the following table, copied from the eighth, ninth and tenth census, showing the number of persons engaged in each occupation, in which more than five hundred persons in South Carolina were engaged, according to the census of 1880.

‘ea a] ma te a " be Sy > 564 OCCUPATIONS. + = = a | = 1860. 1870. | 1880. : || =, So. Ca.,, U.S. || So. Ca.) U.S. | So. Ca. U.S:

: | OR) ee | :

Pe PeAOTICIIGUP Obs de serisc eae eeaee| | acaeaceicael Seasete atone 206,654) 5,922,471); 294,602) 7.670493 Agricultural laborers.......... 6,312) 795,679 | 163,528} 2,885,996|| 198,147] 3,323,876 poe ene WE RCT hap 40,392)2,547,339 | 42,546) 2,981,320)| 93,550) 4,225,945

urpentine farmers and la- |

borers Re eee: 160} 1,303| 249] 2478/1 2,357 7,450

2. Professional and _ personal)

SEN VIGES ehehccte rtccadelcseticce ca | au custowaeel decesaceeeuel 34,583) 2,684,793} 64,246) 4,074,288 Chere iien co6 cy sctce hep tancey | 586; 37,529, 553 43,874 1,165 64,698 Domestic servants,............. 1,103] 259,908} 24.563) 975,734|| 18,463] 1,075,655 Laborer ......sseeeeeeseeeesseeeee!| 5,796) 969,301]| 16,780) 1,031,666) 32,486) 1,852,228 Launderer and laundress | 309) 38,625} 1,555, 60,906 4,793 121,942 TER MOU BEAR cece ad Maa eect ae et 457| 33,193} 1126) 40,736) 614 64,137 Officials and employees of.

Government’... csczares 445} 31,170 475 44,745 1,077 115,551 MEAG EHS ee ses aeessesrees ceasustes| 1,455) 118,596. Vedat 136,570 2,170 227,710 Physicians and Surgeons...) 1,116) 55,055 789 62,283) 919 85,671

ov Trade. aid “Transportation... s|icecwiessleccserceceus ~ 8,470} 1,191,238)| 138,556) 1,810,256 Traders and dealers............ 3,720) 268,978 2,798| 351,477 3,794 481,450 Draymen, hackmen, team-

=) ea sc Us 10 CURE Ren ee ne 505) 92,207 661) 120,756 1,309 177,586 Officers and employees of

R. R. companies............ 364) 36,567 1,211} 163,303 2,035, 250,458 Sailors, steamboatmen, pi-| |

lots watermen .............. 282) 102,087 49] 98,255] 691 100,902

4. Manufacturing and Mining..||........06.|esseseeseeee 13,794| 2,707,421)| 19,698) 3,837,112 Blacksmiths. ..0. secede 692} 112,207), 1,140) 141,774! 1,404 172,726 DBNOemAKeNrs7s ene dosccseecese seek 589 164,108. 538) 171,127 647 194,079 Brick and stone masons and |

SCONE CULLENS, .2<<..cc-ccsarees 569) 109,913; 494) 115,541 735 138,315 Carpenters and joiners........ 1,848) 251,286] 2,454) +344,596 3,177 873,142 COD DERE bop gosunacdanooes cee a 176} 43,624 294 41,780 618 49,133 Cotton and woolen mill op-

CPAUVES fey cceitnwteb vanes 623} 87.289) 1,064) 215,317 2,304) 310,533 Millers and sawyers............ | 526} 52,282 678 48,512) 892 120,490 Tailors, milliners, seam-

BITORSES Hc cen: Genres nescens | 2.898] 252,953), 2,528] 257,317) 2,544 104,379

| - - ee All classes of occupations ...|| 81,631)8,287,043 | 263,301)12,505,923 | 392,102) 17,392,099 i I

dominant pursuit of the people of South Carolina. is evidence that this predominance is on the wane.

Agriculture remains, as it has always been by a long interval, the pre-

Nevertheless, there Within the last

census decade the number of agricultural workers has only increased twenty-one per cent., which is eleven per cent. less than the natural increase of the working population, and twenty-three per cent. less than the actual increase in workers in that period. The result is that, in com-

Se ee Phage) Pa PO. 2 ee shh VME ae Oe

OCCUPATIONS. 565

parison with the other leading classes of occupations, agriculture has suffered a decrease of four per cent., and this is the only decrease any- where to be noted. In the United States at large there is also the same decrease of four per cent. in agriculture, which, relatively to the num- bers concerned, is much greater than the decrease in South Carolina. For, while agriculture employs nearly one-half of the aggregate working population of the country at large, and double the number engaged in any other of the leading classes of occupation, still the proportion of agri- cultural laborers in the United States is not two-thirds of the proportion so employed in South Carolina. In this decrease South Carolina follows the general tendency throughout the country, and it might be said throughout Christendom. For there seems to have prevailed with in- creasing power, during the present century, a proneness among the popu- lations everywhere to abandon the open country, and to flock to cities and towns, and laying one side rural pursuits, to adopt urban occupa- tions. England strikingly illustrates this tendency; there, side by side with the development of enormous wealth in commerce and manufac- tures, has been a decline in agricultural prosperity to such an extent, that, it is said, some of the landholders find it more profitable to lease their lands to sportsmen for hunting and fishing than to cultivate them. There has been in South Carolina, during the decade under considera- tion, an increase in the number of independent farmers of 110 per cent., while the increase in the country at large in this regard has only been 40) per cent. Among the classes engaged in

PROFESSIONAL AND PERSONAL SERVICES,

a marked increase has taken place in Carolina. It amounts to 87 per cent. on those thus engaged in 1870, while the same increase for the country at large amounted to only 51 per cent. This class of occupations shows in this State a gain of 4 per ceut. upon the others, being identical

with the loss just remarked regarding agricultural pursuits. Clergymen -

have increased 110 per cent., or at the same rate as the small farmers. Lawyers, on the other hand, have decreased 46 per cent., there being less demand for their services since the establishment of peace and good goy- ernment in 1876. Physicians have increased only 14 per cent., and are still 17 per cent. less than they were in 1860, notwithstanding the great increase in the population. This enormous falling off is due to the fact, that the colored population are no longer able to pay for the services of physicians, as they were during slavery. Teachers have increased 95 per cent., but this increase amounts to only 49 per cent. on the number of this class in 1860, an increase wholly disproportionate to the great increase of the school population by the introduction of the colored race.

\’

RGAE ee Se ye ho, OES renee VO OM CRM Re Rear ae A 7 »

566 OCCUPATIONS.

Domestic servants have decreased one-third, while for the United States: at large there has been an increase since 1870 of 11 per cent. in this class, and since 1860, of 297 per cent. Thus, while domestic servants constitute 6 per cent. of the whole working population of the country at large, they only form 4 per cent. of that in South Carolina. These facts justify the very shrewd observations of Sir George Campbell, who points out to the emigrant classes of England and Ireland the excellent opening here for competent servants. The great increase, however, in those engaged in personal services in this State is due to the inerease in laborers. For this large and important class it amounts to 98 per cent. since 1870, and is greater than that which has taken place for the country at large within two decades. This augmentation is accounted for in South Carolina only in a very small degree by immigrants, but comes almost exclusively from the large class of idlers and vagabonds created by emancipation, who have been admonished, by the gentle but steady pressure of good govern- ment since 1876, that they must earn their bread in the sweat of their brows. The percentage of all workers engaged in

TRADE AND TRANSPORTATION

has varied during the last decade less than one per cent. both in South

Carolina and in the United States, the increase being but slight in both ‘ases. In spite of the large river and harbor appropriations the actual numbers of sailors, steamboatmen, pilots, watermen, &e, have decreased more than 1000 in the United States since 1860. In South Carolina this class of workers have increased over forty per cent. in the last decade. There has also been in this State a large increase in the official and em- ployees of railroad companies, amounting to about sixty-eight per cent. on those enumerated in 1870. As it was formerly a popular argument in this State against railroads, that they would do away with horses in transportation, to the loss of corn and hay raising farmers, and put an end to the occupations of teamsters, stage-drivers, hackmen and dray- men, it is curious to note, that side by side with the above statement, the classes here referred to have more than doubled in numbers in the same time. Traders and dealers have, with the restoration of peace and quiet, increased over thirty percent. since 1870; they only number, however, seventy-four more than they did in 1860. A most insignificant increase in comparison with the increase in the population. None of the colored population engage in trade, saving a few as porters in large stores. In

MANUFACTURES AND MINING

the percentage of increase in the working class of the country at large has been one per cent.; in South Carolina the increment has been

OCCUPATIONS. 567

less. So much for change of occupation. Actually the numbers of per- sons engaged in these occupations in South Carolina were more numer- ous in 1880 than it was in 1870 by nearly forty-three per cent., an incre- ment slightly greater than that of the United States, as a whole, which did not quite reach forty-two per cent. In the major manufacturing in- dustries the numbers engaged have greatly increased in South Carolina. For example, the number of cotton mill operatives increased from 1870 to 1880 one hundred and sixteen per cent., and if account be taken of the additional increase up to the 1st February, 1883, as ascertained by a spe- cial enumeration, made by the State Department of Agriculture, this in- crease will be raised to three hundred and fifteen per cent. on those em- ployed in 1870. The same increase has not taken place in the minor manufacturing industries, and this would seem to confirm the impres- sion that South Carolina is lacking as regards the lesser mechanical pur- suits, an impression doubtless,in the main, correct. However, by the tenth census, South Carolina is represented in fifty-three out of fifty-seven manufacturing occupations mentioned in the compendium, and has over and above this seven per cent. of her workers engaged in this class of in- dustries employed in other lesser and miscellaneous pursuits of this char- acter, not mentioned. Rhode Island, Massachusetts, and Connecticut are represented in all the fifty-seven leading manufacturing industries, but in the first two named only six per cent., and in the latter nine per cent. of their artisans are engaged in the smaller and miscellaneous pursuits. So that as far as the mere number of industrial pursuits of this character is concerned, South Carolina would seem to have very nearly as many as these States, notable for the great diversity of their manufactures. More definite information on this point will not be had until the com- pleted census returns of 1880 are published. In the census of 1870, out of about four hundred specified manufacturing industries, South Carolina is credited with only sixty-three pursued within her bordres. But the

deficiency now under consideration may be better accounted for in an--

other way. Take, for example, blacksmiths, masons, and carpenters. The numbers engaged in these occupations form four per cent. of the entire working population of Connecticut, five per cent. of that of Massa- chusetts, and six per cent. of that of Rhode Island. In South Carolina only a little over one per cent. of the working population is engaged in these trades. Only 4,442 are enumerated as pertaining to these occupa- tions. This was far otherwise in 1860. Then,in addition to the 3,006 free persons, mostly whites, engaged in these occupations, and in addi- tion to a large number of slaves, who having served their time as appren- tices, were hired out at their trades, every large plantation had one or more blacksmiths, one or more carpenters, and not unfrequently a brick-

568 OCCUPATIONS.

layer. The acquisition of such arts by negroes added largely to their value, and was being more and more encouraged. The class of planta- tions here referred to exceeded 2,000 in number, and it would be safe to say that at least 6,000 slaves were then engaged in these occupations, which, if added to the number of free artisans, would make the total number at work in these trades 9,000, or more than double the number enumerated in 1880. The elder of these slave mechanics have almost all passed away in the years which have elapsed since emancipation. The negro apprentices and younger mechanics very generally abandoned their pursuits when emancipated, each feeling that the brand of servitude at- tached to the special occupation in which he had been engaged, and

hopeful of a higher calling, threw it aside least it might interfere with _

his chances. Such callings were to vote, to go to the Legislature, to preach, or to become a land owner. The gap has never been filled. The work-shops, that were filled with negro apprentices in former days, have none now, and very few negroes have learned trades since the war. If to the occupations named, those of tailor, seamstress, shoemaker, and cooper be added, in all of which large numbers of negroes were formerly employed, but among which few are found now, the explanation would be fully given as to the comparatively small numbers engaged in the mi- nor manufacturing industries in South Carolina.

As to the comparative healthfulness of the various classes of occupa- tion in South Carolinaand elsewhere. The only data at present available are the very meagre ones in the census of 1870. From these it appears that among agriculturists one death occurs in every one hundred and fourteen so employed in the country at large, and one in every one hun- dred and thirty-five in South Carolina: among clergymen there is one death in sixty-nine for the United States, one in forty-two for South Car-

olina; among laborers, one in seventy-seven in the United States, and one ~

in ninety-seven in South Carolina; among lawyers, one in sixty-six in the United States, and one in one hundred and sixty in South Carolina; among physicians, one in sixty-three in the United States, and one in seventy-eight in South Carolina; among teachers, one in one hundred and twenty-two, in the United States, one in two hundred and twenty-two in South Carolina. The number of persons in South Carolina haying

NO OCCUPATION

because they belong to the defective and delinquent classes, is 5,726. Table B presents the data regarding these classes.

*

A iy “4 ay | ere ea

OCCUPATIONS. 569

Number of defective, dependent, and delinquent persons in each 100,000 of the population of South Carolina and of the United States, according to the Seventh, Bighth, Ninth and Tenth U. S. Census.

F. aie | | 1850 1860. 1870. 1880. | ; | | i | |U.S.)S0. CaU. 5.) So. Ca./|U. S.|S0. Ca|/U.S.) So. Ca Insane.. . i's OMe 76 45) 97 47|| 183 111 cS aie J APeGiat >. GOP ashe eal Ve ia tns tae Blind . TMIREE BETS Rae: 21 a 41), 52 63] 97! 110 as Matesio 6-4 s cei 42) 05 hobell 40M & \B8le B8l 04 BOL LOTL. oanedee Paupers . || 217; 198) 263) © 202) 199} 293') 176: 12 Prisoners. . 29) 5| 60 12) 83; 103] 117) 64 Totals. 464) 198! 539/386 538| coil 798) 572 asada |

It will be observed from these totals that the burden of these classes has always been less in South Carolina than in the country at large, except for the decade embracing the period of war and reconstruction. The hu- mane and enlightened treatment of

THE INSANE

is of modern origin, and takes date from the efforts of Dr. Pinel, in Paris,. in 1791, and of William Tuke, of York, England, in 1796. Virginia was the first State in the Union to grant aid to this charity, and South ~ Carolina was the third. In 1828 the South Carolina Lunatic Asylum, with accommodations for 120 patients, was opened at Columbia. It was a handsome fire-proof building, with extensive grourds, costing some- thing less than $100,000. Since this date extensive additions and im- provements have been made. On November Ist, 1877, 310 patients were accommodated. Under the able superintendence of Dr. P. E. Griffin a number of large and commodious buildings have been added, and in the year 1882, 755 patients were under treatment. The Institution is sup- ported by an annual appropriation from the State of $70,000 or $80,000, and during the last few years of $20,000 or $30,000 in addition for build- ings and improyements. There are also accommodations for the insane in 37

: 3 ate PE eB ee sib ky be aa os) ahs ee See yar Py fe LR ep a eR, pe ate RO, te a) Lae Ge a MIN a nis COR C Lc a O

ev Shey RR at eee ee

570 OCCUPATIONS.

the Roper Hospital, in Charleston, a charity founded by a bequest from Mr. Thomas Roper, in 1854, and aided since by the City and State. The results of the treatment in 1882 are as follows: - Deaths, 10 per cent ; cured, 8 per cent.; discharged, improved, or on trial, 6 per cent.; dis- charged on other accounts, 4 per cent. ; remaining at the Asylum, 72 per cent. = The great apparent increase in te number of the insane since the census of 1870 is not attributed by those who have studied the subject most closely to any “sudden and surprising increase in the number of unfortunates themselves, but to the more careful and accurate methods adopted in their enumeration. Owing to the very defective manner in which data regarding this matter have hitherto been collected, it is doubt- ful if there is anywhere positive evidence that this class of diseases is on the increase, much less as to the rate of such increment, 1f any.

As regards the number of the insane in hospitals, especially for their treatment, it appears, from the tenth census, that 44 per cent. of those in tle country at large were found in such institutions, while only 37 per cent. of the insane of South Carolina were found in such institutions. It is possible that the enumeration of these defectives was more thorough in - this State than elsewhere; on the above showing it must at least have been as thorough. But, making no count of this, the figures of the tenth census fall far short of showing the actual state of the case in South Carolina at the present time. The number of the insane in hospitals on the first day of June, 1880, is given at 416 by the census. By Dr. Grif- fin’s report it appears that, on the 31st of October, 1882, there were in the Asylum at Columbia 550 patients, besides 255 others. under treatment, ‘during the year. So that, allowing that the 1,112 insane enumerated in 1880 had inereased to 1,200, and making no account for those in the Roper Hospital, or for such insane of the State as were under treatment outside of its limits it appears that more than 60 per cent. of these un- fortunates were receiving treatment at the State Asylum at Columbia, nor will the character of this charity be lessened by stating that only 24. of this number were pay patients. In this connection it is to be noted that Dr. Griffin has practiced the system of release on probation to a greater extent than has been done in any other asylum. Giving the’ results of his experiments in this line in 1882, he says: “There were sent home 93. Of those who were afterwards discharged as cured, 35; as improved, 13; as unimproved, but able to be cared for at home, 6; died, 5; 18, who were recently released, are still abseut, and only 16 have returned. It is gratifying to state that, so far, there has been no instance of violence on the part of those released.” Should this plan prove equally successful in future, it will largely increase the number of those who may

OCCUPATIONS. 571

enjoy the charity of the State. The insane belong not only to the de- fective, but also to the dangerous classes, and if the opinion now growing among jurists is well founded, that the delinquent classes are largely recruited ‘from these defectives when neglected, the State, taking the greatest care of its insane, may hope, in a measure, to be freed from the inealculably greater burdens of criminals. In 1880, while there were 300 criminals in the insane asylums of the Union, there were none of this class in the State Asylum at Columbia.

By the tenth census, only 29 per cent. of the colored insane of the United States were receiving treatment, while 32 per cent. of this class in South Carolina were the recipients of State charity. This percentage is doubtless very largely increased since, as of the increase at the State Asylum, in 1832, the whites were 27 and the colored 33; and while the census makes only 132 colored at the Columbia Asylum on the Ist of June, 1880, Dy. Griffia reports 220 colored patients present on the 31st of October, 1882. Thus the numerous charges brought against the people of this State, of the ill-treatment of this race, is not sustained by the care of these helpless unfortunates.

The increase in the number of

IDIOTS,

in consequence of the more accurate enumeration made by the tenth census, is about the same in South Carolina a3 in the United States. Of the 1,538 in the State, 7 are foreigners, and 782 are colored, including 2 Indians, There are no training schools for idiots in South Carolina, but 54 of these unfortunates are charitably maintained in the State asylums and alms houses.

THE BLIND AND DEAF MUTES.

Of the 1,100 blind in South Carolina, 669, or a little more than 60 per cent., are colored. Of the 564 deaf mutes, the larger proportion are whites, there being only 263, or about 46 per cent., negroes. The South Carolina Institution for the Education of the Blind, Deaf and Dumb, at Cedar Springs, Spartanburg County, was educating, in 1880,16 blind and 50 deaf mutes. The institution is maintained by the State, and prior to its foundation, as early as 1834, the Legislature made an annual appro- priation for sending deaf and dumb children to the Hartford school.

PAUPERISM

is an evil so slightly developed in South Carolina as to be of small con- cern. The comparative status of the State is most truly shown in this regard by the census of 1880, in which the number of paupers in alms

aaah

a ee OY LS Me oe Ses oe

DTZ OCCUPATIONS,

houses is alone given. For the other years the number of persons receiv-

ing support on the Ist June in each year, is chosen as the most accurate

upon which to base the comparison offered in table F. This number in.

South Carolina agrees very nearly with the number of paupers estimated to have been supported during each census year. This is far from being

the case with the figures given for the country at large. There the.

aggregate number of paupers supported during the year exceeds those

enumerated on the Ist of June of each year by from 52 per cent. in 1870, to 298 per cent. in 1860, and 168 per cent. in 1850. While the superin- tendent of the census states, as his opinion, that these figures are of little value for purposes of comparison, nevertheless, in the absence of all other data, so far as they may be relied on, they show that there has been from one-half to one-fourth the proportion of pauperism among the population of South Carolina that there has been in the country at large, saving only during the period of military rule and reconstruction, as shown by the census of 1870. Of the inmates of alms houses in 1880, 277 were whites and 242 were colored.

THE CRIMINAL POPULATION

of South Carolina has never been large, as will be seen by reference to table F. It has always been less than that of the country at large, except in the dark days of misrule, during reconstruction in 1870—days never to return, unless some social upheayal, of which no symptoms now ap- pear, should occur. Of the 642 prisoners enumerated in this State in 1880, 586, or 91 per cent., were colored, and were confined chiefly for thefts: During slavery such offences were prevented or punished by home discipline, and when emancipation imposed the burden of their correction upon the public, the number of delinquents largely exceeded any accommodations available for them. As a consequence, South Caro- lina, in common with other Southern States, was forced to lease out her convicts. Measures haye been taken to remedy this. Industrial estab- lishments are being erected at the Penitentiary. Early in 1883, the Board of Directors of the State Penitentiary announced that, on the expiration of the leases now in force, no more convicts would be let

out; and that hereafter all persons condemned to labor would be worked -

either within the Penitentiary itself, or upon State works, under the supervision of State officers.

CO. Ag Per WOE

MANUFACTURES.

The occupation of the inhabitants of South Carolina has been more ex- clusively agriculture than that of most civilized communities. One great cause of this is, that the soil and climate here render agriculture more profitable than in most places. A brief comparison of South Carolina with the country,at large, as regards the relative values of farm produc- tions and farm expenditures, will make this clear. The following data are taken from the compendium of the Tenth U. 8. Census, the latest au- thority on the subject.

UNITED STATES. OUTLAY. Value of farms, including land, fences, and buildings . . $10,197,096,776 Value of farming implements and machinery... .. . 406,520,055 Value of live stock on farms, Ist June,1880 . . . . . . = 1,500,464,609 Cost of building and repairing fences,in 1879 .... 77,763,473 Mose or reriiizers. purchased in. 1879... 2 ee 28,586,597 Doped igo, bi hy perce oes one Rd . $12,210,481,310 Value of all farm productions in 1879 . $2.2 13 402 564 Percentage of value of productions on aie “bse ARs Mig ls, SOUTH CAROLINA. OUTLAY. Value of farms, including land, fences, and buildings... . . $68,677,482 Value of farming implements and machinery. . . . .. . = 3,202,710 Mateo. live stock cnitarms 1st. June, 188043)... edt!) 4) 2,279,402 Cost of building and repairing fences in 1879... .... 917,000 Most of ferulizers: purchased: 1m.1879> oo %.) ate wins oy Ghee QIOSR OO Wortalsouiblagcs can. ot 80 rei tie © e507 cage & Yee eee Teale hes Value of all farm ey Vo in 1879. oo. 841,969,749

Percentage of value of productions on fae Dera netted tage

beet Rae i a eS Bas An

ed ‘i

oT4 MANUFACTURES, Mie Bes

Nevertheless, from an early period numerous processes were invented _ and practiced by the people of Carolina in: rendering raw material suit- ) able tor business uses. Such was the extraction of indigo, in the middle of the last century, and notably the inventions for threshing and cleaning” rice. Power mills accomplishing the latter purpose were first invented in’ this State, and have since served as models in this important industry for the rest of the world. South Carolina was also the first State to pay Eli Whitney for the use of his invention in cleaning seed cotton. The first water gin was erected by Captain Kincaid, on Mill Creek, near Mon- ticello, Fairfield county, in 1795, and for many years, dating from 1801, the Boatwrights, of Columbia, were the great manufacturers of cotton: gins for the South. Before and during the Revolution the families of planters and their slaves were clothed in cotton homespuns made in the State. A factory, weaving these goods for the supply of the adjacent country, was established some years previous to 1790, by the Scoteh-- Trish settlers, at Murray’s Ferry, Williamsburg county, and Mr. Benja- min Waring established, in’ the latter part of the last century, a cotton factory, near Statesburg, for spmning and weaving Manchester cotton stuffs.” At this time there were in York, Greenville, Spartanburg, and Anderson, seven iron works for extracting the metal from the ore, and’ ~ working it. The one in York possesses a forge, a furnace, a rolling mill, and a nail manufaetory, and was operated by an improved water blast, the invention of Mr. Hill, one of the proprietors. - There were five fulling mills in the upper country, and three excellent wheat merchant mills on Pine Tree Creek, Camden county, one of which, thought to be equal to any in the United States, produced fifty barrels of superfine flour per day. By the census returns of 1810, the Carolinas, Georgia, and Vir- ginia manufactured greatly more in quantity and in value than the whole of New England together. These facts, at least, make it plain that neither the original character and activities of the people, or their’ natural surroundings, such as the climatic or physical features of the country, were hindrances to manufacturing pursuits.

That manufacturing has not held a more prominent position among the occupations of the people is by no means wholly due to the great profits accruing to agricultural pursuits. The improvements in spinning and weaving, the invention of the power loom, the development of great iron ore and coal resources, and the consequent activity in the manufae- ture of machinery of all sorts, which took place in Great Britain in the earlier part of the century, distanced competition in other countries, mak- ing English goods far cheaper than any produced elsewhere. But the - chief obstacle to manufactures in South Carolina was the institution of slavery. The large land holders had a monopoly of labor, which, in

MANUFACTURES. 57D.

common with all other monopolies, was adverse to the development of manufactures, More than this, the sentiment against slavery, which spread about this time throughout Christendom, isolated the industrial institutions of the South. Forced by the necessity of the case to stand by the institution with which, against her protest, she had been bur- dened, she faced single-handed the public opinion of the civilized world. Feeling that every man’s hand was against her, she became suspicious of strangers. Immigration ceased almost entirely, and the elbow-touch with the great industrial advance of the age was lost; resigning her- self almost as exclusively, as she was elsewhere excluded, to agricultural pursuits, South Carolina satisfied herself with such profits as were gained in the culture of cotton, and produced the largest amount of the raw ma- terial ever offered in the markets of the world. Even then, South Carolina was not unmindful of the great advantages to be obtained from diversified pursuits, and the development of manufactures. Propositions for employ- ing slave labor in cotton factories were discussed, and ninety-eight negro slaves as operatives, under a single white overseer, were successfully worked at the Saluda Factory, near Columbia, in 1848, and in this same factory, destroyed during the war, and rebuilt since, mixed operatives have been employed, and the negro has been found as capable of -learn- ing, within certain limits, as the white.

When at length the obstacle of slavery was forever removed, as a re- sult of the war of secession, step by step with the recevery of the people from the ruin then wrought, the interest in manufactures has advanced. To-day there is, perhaps, no community more anxious to diversify their pursuits, and to engage in manufactures, than the people of South Caro- lina. Abundant evidence of this is given in the exemption, by stat- ute for ten years, from taxation of al] capital invested in manufactures, by the encouragement that has been given to immigration, and particu- larly by the growth of manufacturing industries.

This will appear more clearly by an inspection of Tables A, B, and C, on the following page.

Lee a oe oy Fe Say oe

A)

a ac

~

Path a it, Oe

ae ee tt Cae fe ee oI

Ios

re Ft

4

“ostaRd Wd LO] P,O3 07 poonpod Uoaq BABY OLST JO SoNyeA AQUdIIND OY —ALO NT att engage |r eOr Sle aTAL © [oe iidele ee te aressseesesteee===BUTOUB) YMOG Ul SBT OF GST WOT Fes 9¢T Ish FSG §1¢ Fol | FST c8 FOP cv 901 45 Se ea eee a, ORR Oe Qe ya ae 9€ GLL op TIE = 04 Hee 6S 6ST $9 1 i) =" oN ge eee ORS Loew Oe eee EL 89 6% Is (Gx 66 91 [8 Lox L9 86 6L ee et OLE EOP Ue Lees 88 GG 98 98 c8 Tx 8I 68 ||9T x iA! Genes seonenegcomsrsene’ “OORT 0F OSE Wot

‘O's |‘s‘a O'S. oa ‘O'S ‘9g Sct eee ee pis 3

het: SH LO ous ‘sLondoud || ‘STVINTLV\Y || “BONVET "LVLIdV,) || SINGIN AVLSI saordad pe ‘QQT PUD GT waamjaq ‘MULpO.ID YNOg Us pup sag poy) ah MA SAUNpD{NUD]Y We paudsaouod swopogy Pug ayy fo suos fo (, hig poyubisop Jan] ap) asnasooy pw aspasouy fo apy Buranoys Obnpur.vag—Q, AVAY J, ee Ge 198 Tier oF re IF 1G cP ive rosressereseesseereeriseseesseseerrserererererersSTRLOIRY PUB sant A\ S80] OnE za zSI GFT Z61 ISL BOG Fal OST OUT 161 ciceeseeeeeesesenseeserecessresereerseestererorerereeerere dR HO SPNPO JO "UID Ie 2 FLL 6L1 OFS ICL ZOE 161 ve i6EL LEZ see eee eee ewer ewer ee eee ee er eeeesaees EUR E SNe INCS Se tiie amie a meer oan ELC aod SODR AL 5 668 GZ, TLS, hare O68 16Z OG aEF LES sialde wie'eawouisevatWybcis.s ¢ewsan ¥ gas @hderssesneyssSeNvScanes STEIN TAT pure SOGE MN +S9| OVICT a poet |IZeoL |G96°L |.896 199T ler |e99T |/266 GGL [Sei A omar aeannatraghs shee se Ads escent AS eT dod spnpoig JO onj@A é a ZS) ; ZO CHEST CLG 696 : rc . 116 ‘F6E O88 2 pean oe ae sianiogjeins viabirsiictes ele sy sinjeie/'Vinlei2 tS ai Pie's Sea anceeme coy USEY od S|VMOye yy jo one 2 aa 2 SS OS eS DO Sa] So Oy ership eal - at = BRSL OSS OL8I | O98T O&ST | See —— ae a =: ‘OSRT OF OGST mows ‘snsuag sanIy paul) aYt OF Hurpsoo “DUyOuny 3 yoy ur pup saynyy pay) ey Wt SaAINp~D{NUD]T UL PAULIIUGI SLOP Dy fog ayy fo amos woanjq souny~—g AV] . . . . . Py . « | a FLEES S00°SEL9T| IGGL GIES |/CSL'OS'L | F&EONS EFS [SGT S198 OLOTISESS' [||LZFEPOL O19 DOLGIOL [eg ‘spnpodg Jo anyeA > [Se'ZEOFL SECCRS'G |6ES'SZ8'96E"E | GOIF89 F | FEL TFL 066 T | 188 861 G60'CO9'T80'T /FES282'S Ges'eor cog [uw 9G TRL JO JSOO CZLT9E'S |68C9E8'S |S6L'ECE LEG [G16 Feo T /SLF LIP 0G9 LEV'O8E'T |99GSLBBLE GIL LTT |FOP SCL OGG [nin rn eg TSOBU MA CIG6L |\868 ST. C6S CELE |TFL 8 9666606 F669 SFO ISLT | 9902 '6G0' LE6 shaepveds sack avhansivavar TUNTTRT, “SPIE POF LLL'SL FES'COSTL|909'GLG 062 6 CES0ZE'P |9LO Z9G'F69 T [982 166 9 GIL SC8'600 T |/S96 C0 9 JSG OG es Oe ee es eee he nace “Oe BL8F 8L0'% GES ES P8¢'T SEL G&S {086 T E&P OFT. eri _—«| ea 0ST. Herrero TOCGTUNN ‘S}UOUIYST| BIS : hae 10) 4s) $0 ‘D8 $0 ‘O'S $ 0 ‘0S | aceelal : ‘ESS OS8T OL8T “Q98T “OCSI : = = = = - ra ES we) , . : a ‘DUNOMY YNOY UL PUD say pay) yp UL S|PIAL fiq sampofriny—y aATav I,

MANUFACTURES. 577

The growth of manufactures. has been gigantic. In less than one generation there is an increase more than five-fold of the capital seek- ing investment in these industries; three times as many hands are em- ployed, and six times the value of raw material is converted to human uses. In spite of the much greater cheapness of all manufactured ar- ticles, the aggregate value of the products has increased five-fold. The amount of raw material that each hand manufactures is nearly doubled in South Carolina, as well as in the United States, indicating the great advance in skill and efficiency, together with the improvements in machinery. If on the whole the percentage of the nett products on capi- tal show a decline, this is in accordance with a general tendency of capi- tal, where there are large accumulations, to accept lower rates of inter- est and of profits, while the steady improvement of wages is a subject for gratulation, the greater remuneration of labor, moving parallel with its greater productiveness, and pointing to that great goal of all industrial systems, when each laborer shall be paid in accordance with the work he does.

It will be seen that the history of South Carolina for this period does not conform with that of the country at large. The asterisks in Table C will show that during the first two decades there was an actual decrease in some regards, and no where very marked gains in her manufacturing industries. This decline may in reality be said to have continued until the close of 1876, as it was not until the restoration of civil government at that date, that the wonderful recuperation exhibited in these tables set in. As has been remarked, social institutions—now passed away— unfavorable to manufactures, checked their growth in Carolina during the decade 1850 to 1860, immediately anterior to the war, notwithstand- ing it was otherwise a period of great material prosperity in Carolina,-as it was elsewhere in the country. The war, as usually happens, was a great incentive to the development of manufactures in the United States, and to some extent, in South Carolina. But here the destruction of pro- perty was too great, and the pressure of the contest, and subsequently of military government, bore too heavily on every interest to admit of any decided material progress. With a removal of this pressure the census of 1880 shows a remarkable change. Manufacturing establishments are increasing in numbers at a rate five times greater in South Carolina than they are in the country at large; in fact, the 494 new establishments in South Carolina represent nearly one-third of the total increase through- out the country. While such an increase does not indicate the higher development of manufactures, where the tendency is to the consolidation of establishments, it is common, to their early and vigorous growth, and shows plainly the direction which the activities of the population are

aes é) : eo HS ERS A Ree TPR a ed teeta iF : Fe NR Se ee RTS ee Re ON BO” Ore eee

578 MANUFACTURES.

taking. The rate of increase in capital and hands is nearly three times. as great as in the whole country. The amount of material used has more than doubled in South Carolina, while it has only increased seventy per cent. in the United States, and this disparity would be greater if either the value—over $440,000,000—of grain converted into flour and grist in. the United States were deducted from the materials used in manufae- tures, or the value—$25,000,000—of seed cotton converted into lint and seed by the gins of Carolina, were credited. The rate of increase in man- factured products of South Caroliua doubles that for the United States, and the rate of increase in net products, that is, in products after deduet- ing the cost of materials, is nearly three times as great. The impres- sions thus derived from the data furnished by the U. S. Census will be: strengthened by a consideration of those given for 1882. The statement for this data is based for the most part upon the U. S. Census returns of 1880, most of the items being taken directly from it. Other items have been added in consequence of the development of new industries not in operation at that date. Anda careful renumeration of cotton mills and fertilizer factories has necessitated important additions. These will be treated of in detail when the respective items are considered, and the fol- lowing statement of manufactures in South Carolina in 1882, is given.

TasBLtE D.— Manufacturing Industries in South Carolina in 1882.

¥ te S| Se |

35 ES e

—_— 2 . | ~~

e=t 3 .|.8.) 3 = :

sm = = S 5) | | oO Pe She a Ay | |

| . 2 Cotton Manufactures............08 26) $4,084,000) 4,467! $942,700) $5,219,564) $8,147,126 MERCI CRIMI 508 8 Fab acons CRE i 2800) 3,000,000) 3,000) 319,770) , 300,000) 3,228,062 Cotton Seed Oil Mills................. = 120,000) 50 5,000 80,000 193,200 PRE REURROIS 300i Shear eesices pore ecavee 11) 1,511,000} 587) 195,387} 1,567, 833 2,230,000 Flouring and Grist Mill products. 720) 1,339, 269) 1,052) 139,852) 3,265,485) 3,779,470 Foundry and MachineShop 18} 179,850) 314; 90 49) 137,389 289,502. BAP SA WEE. es vs tocenes 420) 1,056,265) 1,468) 221 963) 1,237,361, 2,031.507 RANDOM IE. 5. 0 caver ena tiurinsorinscce 2 120,000 110 20,000 85,000 133,000 Printing and Publishing............ 14) 132,700. 242! 115,947 89. "450 299,520 Tar and Turpentine...............:..: 192) 565.200) 4,619) 555,460 666,179 4 893,206 All other industries................... 672) 1,663,120) 3,356) 755,694) 1,384,170) 2,857,981 Protalha.catuis tite) cdeka decedent 4878 $13 3,771 404 19,215 $3,361,7 25 814, 032 031 $25,062,574

In the United States the number of establishments engaged in THE MANUFACTURE OF COTZON GOODS

constitute less than one-half per cent. of the manufacturing establish- ments. The capital employed is a little over seven per cent. of the ag-

79

Or

MANUFACTURES.

gregate capital engaged in manufactures, the iron and steel business alone being larger. The number of hands is a little more than five per cent. of all hands employed in manufactures, and somewhat larger than in any other manufacturing industry. The wages are four per cent. of the ag- gregate of wages paid in manufacturing, and about equal to the amount disbursed for picking the cotton crop. The materials are three per cent. of all materials converted by manufacturing, and seven other industries, to wit: flour and grist mill products, slaughtering and meat packing. Jron and steel, lumber, sugar and molasses, and men’s clothing, consume more. The products are three per cent. of the aggregate products of man- ufactures; five industries, to wit: flour and grist mills, slaughtering and meat packing, iroy and steel, lumber, and foundry supplies, produce more. But cotton manufactures form the chief manufacturing industry in South Carolina, and their condition and growth from 1850 to 1880, as shown by United States Census returns, are given in the following table:

TABLE FE.

“4

= / | C } : Ph en ‘\omngw | OST 1s VAaute =e Spinpies., Capirav. Hanps | WaceEs. Pee Megara gies voue, J | F meas. i ONSUMED;| MaTE’aLs.| PRODUCTS. ==! No. | 5 |; dO; $ Lps. $ $ S| | : } A 1850; 2 || | | | | Wes eea OFA. dees sede es 74,500,931} 92,286)........000000 288,558,000) 34,835,056 65,501,687 01 9a lias (| a 857,200} -1,019).........4.-0.- | 4,468,050) 295,971! 842,440 1860. | | | ! U.S. A.}1091, 5,255,727) 98,585,269) 122,028! 23,940,108) 422,704,975) 57,285,534 115,681,774 So.Ca.... 17) 30,890, 801,825 891,123,300, 3,978,061) 431,525) 713,050 #1870 | | US. A.) 956) 7,182,415 112,545.032) 135,369) 31,235,307) 409,901,106) 89,399,448 141,891,781 So. Cu...| 12) 34,940} 1,069,600] 1,123] 206,143] 4,756,823; 609,173| 1,223,949 1880. | | U.S. A. 756) 10,653,435 208,280,346 174,659 42,040,510) 750,343,981 102,206,347 192,090,110 So. Ca... 14, 82.334) 2,776,100! 2,053) 380,844) 15,601,005) 1,808,300 2,895,769 #1882, | | ) So. Ca...| 26 181,743, 4,084,000, 4,467/ 942,700) 47,924,273) 5,219,564) 8,147,126

Notr.—*The figures given in the United States Census are stated in currency for the year 1870; they are here reduced to gold, which was at an average premium in that vear of 25.5 per cent.

+These totals are from an enumeration made by the Department of Agriculture of South Carolina in November, 1882, which is given in detail further on.

The marked and continuous decrease during this entire period in the number of establishments throughout the country at large indicates that the old established centres of this industry had already before its com- mencement attained their widest extension, and that thereafter the development of these enterprises depended rather on consolidating and enlarging existing mills, than on erecting new ones. Such a degree of

at he 78 Z ; P ad S vir 6 he ae et a ee “Y 4 : eS OM ee et kere i PF ig ue eS EP ae a eee

580 MANUFACTURES.

maturity is not apparent in South Carolina, and the large increase in the number of cotton mills here since 1870 shows that there remains much suitable territory still unoccupied, and that the competition between the larger and the smaller mills is not yet so sharp, but that all may survive and prosper.

Between 1850 and 1860, while the capital and hands employed in eot- ton mills throughout the country show an increase, each of about 32 per cent., and the products an increase of 76 per cent., there was a marked decrease in all these regards in South Carolina, making it plain that; during that period of exceptional prosperity, there was no tendency in the State towards the development of cotton mills.

During the decade of war and reconstruction, $860-70, there is a marked change. The percentage of increase, except only as regards the number of spindles, is notably greater in South Carolina than elsewhere. The capital employed in cotton manufactures increased 33 per cent., while in the United States the increase was only 14 per cent.; the num- ber of hands increased 26 per cent., against only 10 per cent. throughout the country at large. South Carolina consumed 19 per cent. more cotton in 1870 than in 1860, while there was an actual diminution in the amount used in the United States of 3 per cent.; the value of the pro- ducts of the mills’ increased 23 per cent. for the whole country, but in South Carolina this rate was nearly trebled, being 62 per cent. ; the gain in the number of spindles was 86 per cent. for the whole United States, but only 15 per cent. in South Carolina. The mill owners here still lack the capital necessary to purchase a full supply of machinery, but they make no mean showing with what they have.

In the decade ending 1880 the gains are great everywhere, and in every particular, but in every particular the rate of increase is very much greater in South Carolina than in the country at large. The United States have 52 per cent, more spindles, but South Carolina has more than double, the increase being 1533 per cent. The capital employed in cotton manufactures in the country at large is 84 per cent. more than it was in 1870; in South Carolina this increase rises to 159 per cent. The United States employ 28 per cent. more hands, while South Carolina furnishes work for 82 per cent. more. The value of the products of the cotton mills of the United States is greater than it was in 1870 by 505 per cent., but the value of the products of the Carolina mills has nearly quadrupled this rate of increase, showing a gain of 137 per cent. As to the raw material, the country at large consumed 183 pounds in 1880, where it consumed 100 pounds in 1870, and for every 100 pounds manufactured in Carolina in 1870 there was, according to Mr. Atkinson, 328 pounds manufactured in 1880. The fifteen and a half millions pounds of raw

MANUFACTURES. 581

cotton manufactured in South Carolina in 1880 was more than four times as much as the entire amount used by the eighty-seven cotton mills of the United States in 1810, according to Mr. Albert Gallatin’s report to Congress in that year. It is interesting to note that this greater work performed in 1880 in Carolina engaged but little more than half the capital, half the number of hands, and only about three per cent. more spindles than are shown in 1810 by the enumeration of Mr. Gallatin.

Owing to the decline of manufactures in South Carolina between 1850 and 1860, if the comparison were made between their condition in the last named year and in 1880, their progress would be more clearly marked. But, taking the whole period under consideration, the follow- ing results are exhibited. The United States has increased its spindles by 102 per cent., South Carolina by 166 per cent.; the capital engaged in cotton ip eaeschur es in the whole country has increased 179 per cent., in South Carolina the gain is 222 per cent.; the number of hands finding work in the mills is greater for the Tinea States by 88 per cent., in South Carolina by 101 per cent.; the value of the products of the cotton mills of the whole country is greater by 191 per cent. in 1880 than it was _ in 1850, in South Carolina this increase is 246 per cent.; the increasé in the annual consumption of raw material is 160 per cent. for the United States, and for South Carolina it is 248 per cent. Rapid as the develop- ment of this industry thus appears for the country at large, the rate of progress is shown to be greater in each particular in South Car olina. Nor does this complete the statement.

In the fall of 1882, the Department of Agriculture of South Carolina undertook an enumeration of the cotton mills of the State. The data obtained are exhibited in detail in the following table:

J

; or : : “*JUDUTAS IN Ud Foy padudorg *a - "4OMSUL OF} PaSNjoyYy “p oe “SPUOPIATP OABpPop OF YAnous Suoy Suraund oN 9 sPUIWAAOAd UT, UL nd spueprlAld *@ f ‘ootid AMV 1B OBS LO] ION *‘V—'TLON

| | ' See le ae | ween cee eae aa eee 9ZT LET'S b9G‘6IZ GR eeeeeeeee GlZ P26 LP VOL'SEGS LOPE 000 PROFS “EL IS] SIPS 8669 63 3'T gee'TT FERRO ORR meee eeN EHH HEE OE Hees | Meee EEE EH EH EEEE EEE EEE HEHE | eee EEE “S[VIOT | ! 4 \009' Gb "°°" BE'OL og9'a¢ OL 000'R9F §=}009'S = |S | 00 00L jnn0's Ms seamed (01 tg *1OISIYO |" You AUlysty ALOPVA Y9MD SULTS oa OZ O00'SZT | “eee** OE TS: GLG'OL GL OONVET (OOF ML |OVDOTS a19 | acer OG oF 19{SOU)) "Mod BUST] ALOJOR WT S[BOUS cepa 1 \00V83L orn OPR TET 06S‘OUT «| 0Se'@ JOO) PRR = |000'TZ «166 fODN‘VOL = 10.0°8 Ost “"1G0T “YLOX SEE OSES a eee Se A TOLOB IT TP ED UO en - q errrrrrera re Aa ge eel CATER AEE OR Oe weeeeenee OUO'ORH BeereR ene ING 0 108 SERS rrr rrrrery 00g LOT nee ‘sede OK tees AOAIY prog Aeeeee * £10904 SB 9a OIIyO é 9 \00L'0L = |000°U08% | LEB‘ 0SB'9T 00S § joov;0ST 00S F = |SE }000,0G 108 ae Semen OFT | SUNquypcedss OAT AaB i) ALOPORA [TLE LBPID 4 |GLEER -|G44'EGs |Sa9°08 GLLGS Ovg j00g'20s = |onB'S =~ |G |G00'0R SCOT WG feta Sea OPT | AANqQuvp edgy) aay Lost L! “SLOZOVMA A[[TAPALOJ MBL 41.000°S6 = }029°80B 008 OT ogy OL OOF \000'°e6 00SS FL 000% 996 a wey) OPE | BANG ae pV 3LOoT S$ MOSMBTT | AIO VOB STB SOTA. Z100G'S 000'0G ——|00B'LT_ | UG" OOT, 00008 0086 BT |000.91 FOG |6 “\961 OFT | BINQUBBS| "MOAT JolOowd """" ALOJOVA O[ [A193 PT gyre 1000 0VGS OOP LIE = O00'AIT = 000'L |0.10.000'T Jo0uSs JOST \000ST —- Jann’ |aaT ea (Ge OFT | BLnquejeds)19Ary jopooud """ £L0V WOP}OD 9[VpuITH 01000029 = }0N0000'R (O00) OUOEIG |OOD. BL) 000'0S2°L 000 00T |009- |000"00S GaP | ee Sos GET | Sng uBiiedgs)"19Aly Jaloovd | "OD SaLinjoRunuvyy WOW MAOUOMER Me ee lene OFS IP O00'T jO00'808 = (0009 JOB |000°0F eS 63 [OT [TAUaap |" oor AYOOY “o([fAsoy eg, pa joecass enensramee”" 1009'OL 000/99 O00'T \WODOPE jO0GL 109 00008 Fa 3 06 O[ [AUDIT |"MOATY OOOO "OD FAULINOBINUBAL ULB Od =" OT) O00'OGE'T 0000096 |000°SE8 \vN0'ATS |0ONAT |000°00R'F |O00O0L (09S 000.009 OF | 03 [OL LAUIOLE) |" OATY BPO By SITE AT FUOULpaT 21000008 T "000 00F sree e""900'006'S |000'S9 —|0S8 |ONS'S9T ake Ogg 00% O8 |" A TLAMIOD |"""o ALY Apgay ys TTA, UOMO psad ue Tod at e St aii ae Ee rmee"""qn0'00L j000SP JOST |000'09 08% 08 meee 08 VOTLLAMON OD) """OALYT Apaayy es TAL Fodensan AL A) eee eee OER Ee CR eneee wal ETAL A Fata ec ONG LEE 0 09 ia 00 ‘OP 0G i 0G 0g 10% 88 “OT TAUAILS JOALY Apaay rrrere ee eree seee sreseees BOUS yoy or" LOGE HONE \B90'TKE |O00'0L = |G4 |Q0G'LF O0L'S |N8 pe “GIT ek | “aL AdoaIp |" oA Apooy “OO A AovNUBW JOATY Apoay Bs [NENG G8Ge 1000'9 109. 1009:94 ODO a Geen ees : 89 9% |" UOsLO PUY |"" 3904.) OLLEAL-E% °°" LOB WOPI| PUT 2 jones an0*ANDR veer" 0000008 090VOL |0IE |00N'008 NOT |009 ; “O0ET 6B | Osa pay | aA TY BpNpeg vereeeeee TIAL 102 [9d ral sewn seen eeee eee eeeeeee OUD0'006 O00 0% ZT O)0'0G4 09 ‘Or OT O09 ib Oe dese! DAG La “(TOL RULXA'T “"TOATY vVpuley sent ene eweee Pee ee TRE epuplyg 2 1000'S" OFG Rb OTR 00S |000'9L4 |00E9 = | hr 0000S Sho | VlURL 108 09 130 |" MOISU [Xo] Yat GaLEsUoy ALOPVA WB pow OZ jOT\""*" OOO OW SL) ee se eee yer" 100'39'S |ONVO3L 08 |090009 BLESS |FGS DIS |O0E 003 yg yee COMP | OOD OS.L0 FN ASU[ONKR A W IT[LAI}[UBIL) GLI [9% OW OOTY [rrrtttres cereseerereeee nig langage |QIgL8 lus |on0;oor loss‘ur |e lln0e 008 i heyaal “Ud IIL 08.00 pyr teers AAS LOR OOL OOT ey) ooo Z Perec rere cree HON TE OOF OOU'ZIE OOO'L GE once 9x6' seen (9 GL Aetna eeeeee QZ weeee . Laur FOOT ERE R ERR eee eee Fee eeeee KOTOR qyuourleg OIL }2 1000'S [nt loge'ect# ocL'e |000009'T Jo00'RT [48 jovnoor jag |" 0g (ST SOAS PBT, || ERC ORMUEITG) | ann anachese Aaa kes Sa neFuaneys esky eee TAT OBUBIC) ? |? 009099 |000 WU08 srerewsnwerworsyerer**"10.'000'8 (000001 |003 |009‘0S OoIST \"°"")009 009 pe iemecce let a heal’ (0) 2) 0401 6a ee cranes teatro : LA “o}solego zip 4 Q < es 7) (cp 4 ise oS N Sid Heats hareicin | 4 eels) F 5 b > = 5 the f See 86 | 5 ; FB fg 4 P Me! rg : a 5 eas ‘d‘H| *d‘H | & male| 2 A bs be E y BG 3 Beet at c : ‘as a © D i a 2 : : tt, is es - E be LI q “s oo i “CUS (}) “AU AOTH AC as ALN OOS) WVOULS VIL OSA y a 4°) tial A o | Rix 5 5 ae ia ——__—_——— 2 OT n o} aie | q 4 aig is) palit, s =\s - 4 ir x 5 n . ; ‘A Tai S| "UA MOT A Sis 5 : 3 | @, a 7 D ——— ~— T : . ‘Sf “DUquiun}o; ) ‘NY NID Y fo sauors LMUULOr) “Long

‘dV 49 ‘@887 Sioquaaon wr oingnoby fo yuoupsdogy oy) fig. app ‘DULOMID YINOS Ut SI WoROQ ay, fo WolppsownuT— yy ALA Y,

MANUFACTURES. 5835

The returns are only partially complete, and it was found impracticable to obtain answers in full, unless there were some law compelling the mill owners to make them. No returns whatever could be obtained from the Pendleton Factory, and those published some years since were used. The first nine columns are very nearly complete, and furnish important in- formation. The aggregate of the other columns. is given by estimates based, in part, upon Mr. Edward Atkinson’s statements regarding the mills in South Carolina in 1880, and in part on deductions from the data fur- nished by such mills as made complete returns to the Department of Ag- riculture. Looking from this enumeration in 1882, backwards to the condition of the cotton manufactures in South Carolina in 1850, it will be seen that the number of mills has increased forty-four per cent.; the number of spindles is nearly six-fold greater, showing. an increase of four hundred and eighty-eight per cent.; the capital employed is nearly five times as much, showing an increase of three hundred and seventy-six per cent. ; there are more than four times as many hands, their increase being three hundred and thirty-nine per cent.; the value of the products has increased eight hundred and sixty-seven per cent.,and the amount of raw material annually consumed, nine hundred and seventy-four per cent. Nor does this movement seem as yet to have approached a limit. There is scarcely a town above the lower Pine Belt, that is, in the upper two- thirds of the State, in which the erection of one or more cotton mills is not being actively agitated ; at the last session of. the Legislature, in De- cember, 1882, nine new companies for the manufacture of cotton were in- corporated, and several of these will commence operations on the present coiton crop. It would seem that this State, which was a pioneer in the cultivation of cotton, is about to assume the position of a cotton manu- facturing State on a large scale. Already the forty-seven millions of pounds of raw cotton required by the spindles in operation in this State, in 1883, is more than the average consumption of the whole United States from 1825 to 1830, which is placed at 129,954 bales per annum, averaging less than four hundred pounds. Already also, the value of the products of the mills in this State exceeds the cost of the cotton goods consumed annually within its borders, assuming this to be about the average consumption per capita of the whole country. For if the value of the products of cotton manufactures in the United States ($192,090.110) be added to the value of the yearly imports of cotton stuffs ($29,922,000) and from this sum the value of the yearly exports ($9,981,000) be deducted, the remainder will represent the domestic consumption, and will be about $422 to each inhabitant of the country. On this basis the consumption of cotton goods in Carolina would be less than $5,000,000 per annum, and the mills running in 1883 are expected to yielda product exceeding

“eR nt ae et. le

584 MANUFACTURES.

$8,000,000. Again, the amount of raw cotton manufactured in Carolina in 1883 is about equal to the total quantity of that material imported into Great Britain in the year 1800, the import for 1799 being given» as forty-three millions pounds, and for 1801 as fifty-six millions pounds. The rapid development taking place in the cotton manufactures of South Carolina is not exceptional. It is almost entirely within the present cen- tury that this industry has had its growth, and “taking into consideration the capital invested, the labor employed, the genius it has waked, and the honors with which that genius has been crowned, the endless st2am marine, the number of merchants, bankers, clerks, and sailors engaged in its world-wide distribution, it may be said that the cotton manufactur- ing industry fills a larger space in the commercial activity and greatness of to-day than any otber, perhaps, than all the other manufacturing in- dustries of the world combined.” The value of the products of the cot- ton manufactures of the world for 1880, are estimated at $1,548,310.000. Of this enormous product forty-one per cent. comes from the United Kingdom of Great Britain, seventeen per cent. from the United States (which ranks next by more than double the quantity produced by any other nation), and forty-two per cent. from all the other countries of the world. And yet, if the natural and reasonable wants of mankind in the matter of cotton goods are to be supplied, this industry is only in its in- fancy. Leaving out of view all the numerous and important human uses that cotton goods subserve, and the new purposes (such as roofing, &c., &e.,) to which they are being daily apphed, if the matter of underwear alone be considered, it is computed that the cleanliness, comfort and health of a human being will be increased by an annual consumption of cotton cloth up to $20 at current prices. But the greatest consumption of cotton goods in 1880 in Great Britain and Ireland was only $5.71 per capita, having risen from $3.47, in 1855. In the United States it is twenty-one per cent. less. Taking the population of Europe, including Russia and Turkey, and of North and South America, the annual product of the world would supply only $2.95 per capita. China and India chiefly supply themselves with cotton goods, manufactured by hand looms. The former country produces annually by this primitive and costly method, 7,300,000,000 yards, an amount almost equal to twice the total annual export of cotton piece goods from Great Britain. If their population be included, the present products of the cotton mills of the world wouldonly furnish goods to the value of $1.20 per capita. If, finally, the populations of the rest, of Asia, of Africa, and the islands of the sea be included, and the entire product of the world’s cotton manufactures were divided out to its inhabitants, there would be only a value of ninety-three cents for each. How far and how fast the civilization of

Jt

MANUFACTURES. 85

this age will open up markets for these products is one of the great ques- tions of the day, and one of paramount importance to the Southern States which produce seventy-six per cent. of the raw material on which this stupendous industry is based, a supremacy they are likely to maintain in the future, as they have in the past, whatever the course of events may be. It would seem to follow from these facts that the apprehensions sometimes expressed that cotton manufactures and cotton culture are be- ing overdone is idle and without foundation, “in view of the hundreds of millions of people, with an increased ability to purchase, which every new invention makes, who are awaiting the advent of civilization to avail themselves of more perfect appliances for their daily wear.”

What is of immediate interest here, is to ascertain the facilities offered by the character of our manufacturing operations, and the conditions that surround them for their successful competition in the markets of the world with those of other countries. Some of the more important of these details in cotton manufacture in South Carolina and in the United States, as deduced from the U.S. Census returns, are exhibited in the following table:

TABLE G.

| |

| 1880. || 1870. 1860. || 1850. Se ae | a peed a | Foetal! Cla) oS llalo feos) on hey | BNE | a | bl we

| } Set eM CT? RATIC 504k os 5 4cineapcds-naseseom No. | fee | Pounds cotton consumed per hand...... Lbs. ||4295 7602 |'3020 4524 (3463/4464 5102 4483

Pounds cotton consumed per spindle... Lbs. || 70) 177 |) 57) 183 | 80) 125 |...) . Value of products per hand .............4. | $ ||1093/1410 ||1040 1089 | 948) 800 |, 709) 823 Value of products per hand, less wages) | |

REMI ATECIANS fies... <c'was csscseatteeesses eis | $ 273) 344 || 157) 274'| 283) 188 |...... [resto Value of products per spindle ............ | $ 1S)? BB), AOT vy BENS BA) SOU ooo eae Value of products per cent. on capital..| p.c. |; 92) 104}| 126) 114 | 117; 83|| 87! 98 Value of products per cent. on capital, I] | |

less wages and materials............... p.c.|| 22) 25 || 18) 28 | BAL 191... Prone Value of products per pound cotton | | | tl

nL EO See, oreo ek Pe Peay Per cts. 25 LUSH) SAIN 25 NG2T 1) V7N | 22) oS Cost of materials per pound cotton || | 1 ae

HH he oocysts -sepnsogi> stssanereeante-aeo| CEB, || 18.7] 11-6] 21-7] 12:8 || 13.5/'10.8 |} 12. | 6.6 Cost of materials and wages per pound) / | |

SUB URRUL ISOC oi5 ab ccs a baaw abi decbune ss = aese> cts. |} 19.2) 14. || 29.4) 17.1 | 19.2) ple Soy fae peeae Ie eet Wawie per hand:2.0.0e03..2 sone ees ke (Un 5) ppt ke | ene a |

If the number of spindles run per hand be considered, it would appear that the effectiveness of the operatives in Carolina was not so great as in the country at large. In this particular, if the comparison be made in 1860, it will be more favorable than if made in 1880. The reason for

38

61). 40|| 50! 30 | CARE S| Bont

hl

ae

DRO ah eat ke BAS by LR es go A goo

586 MANUFACTURES.

this is quite simple, in the great increase in the number of hands em- ployed, drawn almost entirely from the immediate neighborhood of the new mills, many inexperienced ones have been brought-in, and are being taught. Nevertheless, South Carolina shows forty spindles to the hand, while in Germany there are only thirty-nine, in France twenty-four, and in Russia, nineteen. Great Britain boasts, it is true, of eighty-three spin- dles to the operative, and in this respect she is further ahead of the United States than the latter is of South Carolina. At all times South Carolina exhibits a marked superiority in the num- ber of pounds of raw material manufactured per hand, while the cheaper products of her mills do not compare with the more delicate and costly fabrics of England and the North, they are suited to a far wider market, and, therefore, furnish a safer and more stable basis of operations. This view gathers force when it is observed that the gross value of the pro- ducts per hand in Carolina is greater than elsewhere, even than it is in Great Britain, where it is only $1,169 per hand. (See Cotton Goods Trade of the World, Government printing press, Washington, D. C., 1881.) It will be strengthened also by noting that the value of the net products per hand, that is of the products less the cost of materials and wages, is greater in Carolina; and further, that these products, both gross and net, give a larger percentage on the capital employed in Carolina than in the country at large. . The most striking advantage exhibited by the census in the manufac- turing operations of Carolina over those of the country at large is in the much lower cost. here of materials, a difference in favor of the Carolina manufactures of from eight and nine-tenths cents per pound of cotton consumed in 1870, to two and one-tenth cents per pound, according to the: carefully prepared statements of Mr. Edward Atkinson, of Boston, in 1880. Computed from the data furnished by the report of the Cotton Goods Trade, above referred to, each pound of cotton consumed by the English manufacturers in 1880, cost 14.8 cents, or 3.2 cents per pound more than in Carolina. These differences in the cost of raw material between the Carolina cotton fields and other places may need some qualifications in view of the fact that manufactured material, as yarns, more costly than” raw cotton, may be included among the materials consumed in other places. For England, at least, such corrections must be very small, as the total value of the yarns imported in 1880 only exceeded by a small fraction one per cent. of the cost of the imports of raw cotton, and are probably more than offset by the cheaper, though poorer materials ob- tained from India. It is not easy to form even an approximate estimate of the actual difference between the cost of raw cotton to the manufac- turer in Carolina and to the manufacturer in Europe. The rates of

ea a 2 A mae Wee tS —< ro Ont *. CF) ee rote a

MANUFACTURES. 587

freight and insurance are probably far from being the largest items. There are the commissions for buying and selling, often more than once; the charges for hauling, weighing, storage, drayage, wharfage, compress- ing, mending; the loss by shrinkage of various sorts, by sampling, by damage from dirt and damp during transportation, by injury in com- pressing, by stealage, by the deduction of a heavy tare, which is heavily discounted by the foreign purchaser, and which, fall as it may at first on the producer, is paid finally by the consumer of cotton goods. Then there is other tribute paid in various forms to the vast army of middlemen who exact every iota the material will bear during its passage between the planter and the manufacturer. And above all these, the robber hordes of speculators, increasing daily in numbers, hover over the trade for the opportunity to plunder it affords. To illustrate the confusion worse confounded with which this last named class involve those transactions, it is sufficient to mention that the speculations in 1881-82 caused the price of American cotton to be lower during the whole year in Liverpool than it was to American spinners, and that with a nearly uniform supply and demand the price was forced up three cents per pound, or thirty per cent., in the summer of 1882. Water can not be made to run up hill without much work, and this reversal of the natural order of things in the cotton market could have been effected only at immense cost. And this much is certain, that whoever might pay for it, or gain by it in the first instance, ultimately it must all be charged in the cost of cotton goods, and operate as an obstacle in the development of this trade. The cotton | mills in Carolina find it largely to their interest to purchase directly from the farmers, and several find it profitable to have gins for cleaning the seed cotton, which they afterwards purchase for their own consump- tion.

In the matter of wages the advantage is once more with South Caro- lina. And this arises partly from the very nature of things, for ina genial and healthful climate like this, human life being easier, must, under other like conditions, be more abundant. The labor, too, has many admirable characteristics in addition to its cheapness. The Anglo-Saxon population here, anxious to escape from field labor, possesses all the intelligence and good qualities exhibited by that race wherever it has been Americanized, beside being, as yet at least, unaffected by those Communistic notions that have interfered so profoundly with the effect- iveness of such labor in many places. Ifa greater extension of manu- facturing operations should make larger demands for labor than the native white population of the State could supply, besides the induce- ments such a state of things would hold out to immigrants, there is the negro population, which, as the whites passed on to the higher operations

588 MANUFACTURES.

requiring greater skill, might be brought in for the simpler kinds of work. The experience of the Saluda Mills with colored operatives, already referred to, shows what may be done in this line. At any rate, things will change very much in South Carolina before manufacturers here will ask for a tariff of 40 per cent. on their products to protect them from the cheap labor of other countries, or cease to demand its removal in order that they may avail themselves of the new inventions and

cheaper machinery of other lands.

The other natural conditions which surround manufactures, such as the available water powers, and cheap land and building material of stone, brick and wood in South Carolina, have been referred to in detail in the preceding chapters of this book. It only remains to mention that, with the opening up of the great coal and iron fields of Alabama, now in rapid progress, these materials will also be supplied here at low rates. Mr. McCaughrin, President of the National Bank of Newberry, and late President of the Columbia and Greenville Railroad, says that when the Atlanta and Birmingham Railway is opened this fall, coal from that point will be delivered in this State for $4.50 or less per ton.

With cheaper land and with cheaper and better raw material than can be had elsewhere, and with cheaper and, as it would appear, more reliable and effective labor, and with every advantage in the other natural condi- tions of the environment, it follows that the future development of cotton manufactures in South Carolina will be limited alone by the amount of capital seeking investment in them, Although the laws which regulate the movements of capital are perhaps as little understood as those which compel the migrations of men and animals, they are doubtless as absolute as those which govern the diffusion of gases. And it may be assumed that when the tendency of production, prevalent everywhere, in opulent countries, and especially in old established centres of manufacturers, to reach a minimum rate of profits, is no longer checked by the importation of cheaper raw material and food supplies, or by new inventions, cheap- ening still more the cost of production, or by commercial revulsions, to ul of which there is a limit, but one resource will be left to capital— emigration. This must come in the cycle of events, and, with the amaz- ing rapidity with which history reaches maturity in these days, it may, in the matter of cotton manufactures, come soon. In view of the advan- tages offered by South Carolina, above detailed, a comparison of the value of factory stocks and the rate of dividends exhibited by the mills in Carolina, as shown in the enumeration furnished by the State Depart- ment of Agriculture, with those of other countries, would indicate that even now some such movement would be profitable. Take for example this statement from the United States Consul at Manchester, England,

MANUFACTURES. 589

January 12th, 1881: “Out of 125 cotton spinning and manufacturing companies, mentioned in the Oldham Chronicle, one paid a dividend for the last quarter of 2 per cent., one of 2} per cent., two of 4 per cent., six of five per cent., one of 5} per cent., two of 8 per cent., five of 10 per cent., while 104 paid no dividends, and, in a great majority of cases, made losses, more or less serious.” If these 104 mills were removed to the healthy hills of granite along the Catawba, the Broad, and the Saluda rivers and their tributaries in this State, they would escape the close com- petition which threatens their destruction. Such an increase of numbers here would facilitate manufacturing operations, and it would be long years hence, if ever, before their productions would reduce their profits in the wide markets of the world. Always there, would rest with them the vantage that first comers hold, which is now held against them.

COTTON GINNING

is one of the most important industries in South Carolina, but it has never received separate mention in the returns of the United States Census. Its omission in the list of manufacturing industries, which includes the grinding of wheat and corn into flour and grist, depends rather upon some arbitrary definition of manufactures than upon any essential difference in the industries themselves. In the absence of a general enumeration of the gin houses of the State, the following estimate, based on partial enumeration, is offered as an approximate statement in regard to this industry :

| Power Emrioven. | | EXPENsEs. Propucr.

. Sees ) ee

ay | | be

S : pm Sante is | pairs, || Bales | Tens

x ) E 2 Wee —j Capital. Hands. || Wages. | Supplies,

a). 8 48) 2-1 2 | |, Cotton.) Seed.

= ¢ | im | ig es | ened

2800)| 5967 | 5661 | 2295 | 38:925}-83.000,000} 3000 | sa1s,r70 $303,36 o 516,498) 258,245 / i w

Before the subdivision of the large plantations into the numerous small farms of the present day, nearly every cotton planter had a gin house of his own. Now, however, there is not more than one gin house to each

_ thirty-two farms growing cotton. From this it has resulted that cotton ginning has become a business, in a large measure, separate and distinct from cotton growing. In the reorganization of Southern industries on

and 4. hos . +o Mee

P< =. |

i> =

a te. a. =

590 MANUFACTURES.

the new basis, it was first thought that movable ginneries would meet the necessities of the case, and fora year or two traction engines with ginning equipments went through the country for this purpose. It was found, however, that they would not answer. The small cotton farmers did not have the facilities for storing their cotton until the whole or even a large portion of their crop was gathered; the exigencies also of their financial condition made it necessary for them to put their cotton in the market without delay after it was gathered. For these reasons the port- able gins were obliged to change their location for nearly every bale they ginned, which was so expensive that, after a fair trial, they were aban- doned as unsuitable. Immediately, in addition to the gin houses estab- lished of old upon the -plantations, new ones were erected by country merchants and others as toll gins, expressly for the purpose of supplying the wants of the new growth of small cotton producers. The competition for custom among these new establishments greatly reduced the charges for ginning ; formerly the seed was given for the ginning, now bagging and ties are supplied in addition where the seed is taken. The money charges for ginning were at first $1.00 per ewt. of lint ginned, or $5.00 a bale, now it has been reduced to $3.00, and even as low as $2.00 a bale, the average price being about $2.50 per bale. ;

Unfortunately, with the reduction of the charges for ginning, there has been a great falling off in the quality of the work done. There is usually a cheap steam engine of five to eight horse power, the gins ave- rage forty to forty-five saws, and the object is to prepare the cotton as rapidly as possible for their customers, to take the lint from the seed as close as practicable, and not to reduce the weight of the product by sep- arating too much the dust and motes from the lint. The consequence is that the quality of the staple is much poorer, not only on account of the motes and dust not removed, and of the short fibres which the close gin- ning of the seed mixes with the longer ones, but also by the knotting, and even breaking of the fibres, owing. to the high speed with which these small gins are run, in order to turn off: each customer’s work with the least delay to him possible. Asa rule, a forty saw gin is made to give ten to twelve bales, or about 5,000 pounds of lint per day, whereas to separate the fibres, without injury, from the seed, four bales, or 2,000 pounds lint per day, is the most that was done when horse powers were used before the introduction of steam engines.

The deterioration of American cotton, which has recently been much complained of, both at home and in England, is partly due to the causes above mentioned. Other causes co-operate to promote this evil. The small and decreasing size of the farms leads more and more to the inter- mixture of cotton of different qualities. First, because where less than

eer Re ay Bets ae ee ee ye Tt gh et age

MANUFACTURES. 591

one bale is produced on the farm it must necessarily be mixed with cot- ton grown elsewhere, and most likely of different quality. Second, if the farm produces as much as one bale, this is gathered at successive pick- ings, which effect a difference of quality. And third, the necessities of the small farms compel them to dispose of much of their cotton in the seed, to country storekeepers, which is, perhaps, the most frequent cause of mixture. In these regards the situation approaches that which has occasioned the inferiority of India cotton. Dr. Watson Forbes, in his elab- orate report on cotton gins, published by order of the Secretary of State, for India. 1879, states the chief sources of difficulty as follows: “The small- ness of the farms in India, as compared with the American cotton plan- tations, is at the root of the evil. In India there are but: few ryots who could produce, at a single picking, as much even as one bale of cotton; each bale being made up of cotton produced by several ryots. It is clear that under such circumstances the difficulty of producing cotton of uni- form quality must be immensely increased.” The gravity of this evil will be appreciated from Dr. Watson Forbes’ statement that formerly theloss of cleaning the impurities from India cotton was four times as great as for American uplands.” Nor is the crop so well handled now as formerly in picking. The laborers being paid by the hundred weight, find it to their advantage not to separate the dirt and trash from the cotton; in- deed, it is not uncommon for them to add water and sand to increase the weight, a practice very apt to escape detection where the baskets and sheets are weighed in the twilight, at the close of the day’s work. The sheets on which the cotton is emptied during the day by the pickers were formerly kept open and exposed to the sun’s rays, so that the dews on cotton gathered early in the morning might be thoroughly dried out; now the sheets are kept carefully covered, so that the laborer may escape loss from evaporation. The loss resulting is not only in the loss of weight, but in the injury to the staple consequent upon the storing and ginning of damp cotton. The waste of cotton incurred in‘ preparing it for spinning averages thirteen per cent., and varies from five to twenty per cent. Although this loss apparently falls on the manufacturer, such is by no means the case, for they discount it, adding thereto a large mar- gin, in the price paid to the producer. Mr. Edward Atkinson, a practi- cal manufacturer, estimates that careful preparation of cotton would ad- vance its price one cent per pound. This would amount, in South Caro- lina, to a clear gain of more than two and one-half millions of dollars, annually, a sum nearly sufficient to replace, with modern conveniences, all the gin houses in the State.

It therefore becomes a matter of much importance to determine how in the present transition state of the industrial organization of the State, so considerable a saving in this one industry may be effected.

pew sal VIP esr = rae q gay MeL tS eR ey) Wee OE Oe eT Te Poe yeh: Nee” RPE? Sone y

ad

592 MANUFACTURES.

The loss or waste sustained in spinning ginned cotton arises from the presence in the lnt of foreign substances, such as sand, dust, and leaf, or of motes (which are light immature seed), of short fibres, of fibres crimped or knotted, termed nips, and of fibres that have been strained and weak- ened by being pulled with too great or sudden a force from the seed.

The adventitious impurities, such as sand, dust, and leaf, are to be remedied by careful handling in picking and storing, and they may be in large measure removed by passing the cotton, before ginning, through machines known as openers, whippers and threshers, where the cotton, while violently agitated, is exposed to a current of air. At an early period this was accomplished by subjecting the cotton to the vibration of cord fastened to a large wooden bow, and cotton known as bowed cotton,” or Georgia bows,” enjoyed a high reputation in the market. Formerly these machines were to be found in nearly every gin house, and although several excellent patterns of these machines are still offered by the makers of agricultural implements, their use has been almost entirely aban- doned. The plea being the loss in weight, which is of the same short- sighted character as the notion that the out-turn increased by the use of the heaviest bagging and ties, not reflecting that all this tareis estimated and overestimated by the purchaser, and deductions made therefor in the price.

Motes are separated by their greater specific gravity from the lint. The volume of air passing to the gin brush, which sweeps the lint through to the lint room, is regulated by a movable mote board. In most gins the proper arrangement of the mote board effectually separates the motes from the lint. Many of the patrons of toll gins, however, ob- ject to the loss in weight occasioned by the removal of these impurities, a loss which, owing to the bulk of the loose motes, is more apparent than real.

Short fibres are, to some extent, a necessity, as both short and long fibres occur on every seed, The remedy is a careful selection of planting seed having the most uniform length of fibre. Mr. Ephraim Clark, a distinguished selector and perfector of long staple seeds, pays special at- tention to this, using a comb to straighten out the fibres on the seed, so as to ascertain accurately the degree of uniformity before selecting them for planting. Ginning first for the long, and a second time for the short fibres mitigates the evil, as did the old-fashioned lint room in use before the introduction of condensers, where the different lengths of fibres were separated by being blown greater or less distances as they fell into a large room. The prolific source of the trouble is, however, the mixing of different lots of cotton, those grown from different seed, or on different soils, or even opening at different periods of the same season, all which

Vy 24 Sahel Ft

MANUFACTURES. 593

circumstances would materially modify the character of the fibre. This cause depending on the small and lessening size of cotton farms might be counteracted by diminishing the size of the cotton bales, as uniformity could be more easily obtained with packages of one hundred pounds than with those of five hundred pounds. The tendency, however, is towards making the packages larger.

Cotton samplers are in the habit of speaking of gin cut” cotton, but except with wet cotton, or where very great speed is employed, the cut- ting or breaking of the fibres is not a frequent occurrence. The saw gin does not saw or cut the fibre from the seed, and in so far ismisnamed. The teeth of the so-called saws are in reality small hooks, which, in passing through the seed cotton, catch the lint and pull it through the bars or ribs of the feed hopper, placed so close to each other as to prevent the passage of the seed. -These teeth, or hooks, pass through a rapidly revolv- ing brush, that cleans them of the lint and casts it out by the draft of air its rotation causes, on the other side of the gin. In Whitney’s first gin these hooks were made of wire, which, there being no wire at hand, Whit- ney, then a law student, drew out for himself. The idea of a notched iron plate, or so-called saw, Whitney is thought to have borrowed frem a Mr. Bull, of Georgia, who was experimenting there at the same time in devices for separating the lint from seed cotton. The hooks, if properly formed, never cut a fibre, nor if moving at the proper speed, are they likely to break one. The fibre is spindle shaped, being largest and strongest in the middle, and tapering towards the ends, so that when eaught by the hook it gives way at thissmaller and weaker point of ,at- tachment to the seed, and is separated from it without being broken.

Crimped and knotted fibres, or nips, are avoided in all good gins by regulating the speed at which the teeth strike the fibre, and the relative speed of the brush to that of the saws. Thesame remark regarding speed applies to the weakening and straining of the fibres while they are being detached from the seed. Of the two classes of gins in use, those which pinch and beat the seed from the lint, as the various forms of roller gins do, and those which simply pull the lint from the seed, as the saw gins do, the former are much more liable to produce the class of injuries here referred to than the latter. The loss in the best samples of roller ginned long staple, as tested by the Willimantic comber, at the Atlanta exposi-

. tion, was frequently as much as twenty per cent., due to injury of the

fibre, exclusive of motes, seed, dust and other foreign matters.

It remains to mention another hindrance to the better handling of cot- ton. This is a more intelligent demand on the part of purchasers and consumers for the best article to be had. Such a demand, if made in definite terms, would do much towards creating the supply. That it is

ae ee eee re! oe poke na 4 io) bb dw YM Pe eee ee een ig

594 MANUFACTURES.

not male is due largsly, perians, to the remoteness of manufacturers from the producers of cotton, and to the large intervening class of buy- ers, sellers, and speculators, and middlemen, who prosper more by “rendering darkness visible” than by revealing the interest of these two great classes of laborers, in their true light. The following extract from a letter of a large manufacturer of cotton goods will illustrate this.

Speaking of his former experience of sixteen years in selling Florida long

staple cotton, he says: “Some of it was saw ginned and some: of it was roller ginned. The roller gin retained all of the trash, and a good many of the seed. The saw ginned was free of seed, and in every way cleaner than that ginned on the roller gin. Still that ginned on the roller gin sold for five cents to six cents per pound the highest. I argued the point with the buyers, affirming that the saw ginned was not cut, and was really the most valuable, on account of the freedom from seed and trash, and proved it to them. Their only reply was, ‘I think you are right, but my orders are to pay so much for that ginned on the roller, and they acted as per orders. I wrote to my customers these facts. Their objection to the roller was that it was too slow, and they fell on ‘the plan of using the saw gin, and after ginning to pass the lint through a whip- per. The whipper gave it the appearance of having been ginned on the roller gin (except the seed and trash), and buyers took it as roller ginned, and paid a higher price for it.”

The statement above given in the table regarding the gin houses in South Carolina includes buildings, gins, feeders and condensers, and the presses used for baling the cotton. These are mostly hand lever presses. They are not so powerful as the old wooden pin screw, moved by horses attached to levers thirty feet in length. The result is that, while the average weight of the bale has increased from 350 pounds to 450 pounds and 500 pounds, it has increased also in size in about the same propor- tion. So that the average bale now occupies about thirty-seven cubic feet of space. At the shipping ports the size is reduced by placing it under a powerful and costly hydraulic compress, which crushes it into about seven cubic feet, an operation that by no means improves the

quality of the staple; removed from the repress the bale swells up, be-.

coming rounded in form, so that when packed in layers above each other

they actually occupy, counting the spaces between the rounded sides,

nearly twenty cubic feet each. The Dederick perpetual press in use at a few gin houses apparently removes all these difficulties. It compresses the original package, with the power in use and less hand labor, into square bales of such density that from twelve to fourteen tons, according to the power of the press used, may be put into a grain car. The bales are compressed in sections, a section at a time, so that no portion is sub-

is BE hee A CC, De ERIE: adele Hy). “eh | Wali ise he Phe ie hy , Voy 3 ,

ae

MANUFACTURES. 595,

jected to undue pressure, as must always be the case where the pressure is applied at one time to the whole bulk of the bale. That the staple thus treated is not injured may be inferred from a statement made by the Willimantic Company regarding high-priced sea island cotton, which it has always been thought could not, without great loss, be packed in any press yet devised. The treasurer writes of a bale compressed by this method tested in this mill: The cotton so compressed makes less waste at the picker, in the cards, and in the combing machine.”

From these facts it appears that no new inventions are essential to overcome mechanical difficulties in the proper handling of cotton to secure the best quality of staple, if the methods already devised are employed with intelligence and skill. The old gin houses, with their laborers skilled by a lifetime of careful training under intelligent direc- tion, have passed away with the plantation system. Portable ginneries, with skilled labor, have been tried and have been found unsuitable. Numerous small toll gins, where the quantity, without consideration as to the quality, of the work done, is the object, now occupy this field. The improvement and development possible and demanded for this im- portant industry can only be looked for in the consolidation and enlarge- ment of gin houses. This raises the question whether the conditions are favorable for the enlargement of these establishments. The most important of these conditions is the production of a sufficient amount of cotton to afford full work within such a distance as would admit of haul- ing seed cotton by wagon to the gin. In the partial enumerations on which the estimates as to the statistics of gin houses is here based, the average distance that cotton was hauled was 1.4 miles; the maximum distance seed cotton was hauled was eight miles, and for the largest purely toll gin the distanced averaged four miles. It may be therefore considered that, if sufficient inducements were offered, an improved gin house might command the ginning within a radius of four miles. The production of cotton for the whole State is about seventeen bales per square mile, which for an area having a radius of four miles, would be about eleven hundred and seven bales. But if the three principal cotton regions, the Upper Pine Belt, the Red Hill, and the Piedmont Region, which produce ninety per cent. of the cotton crop of the State, be taken, the average is found to be about twenty-seven bales per square mile, which gives seventeen hundred and ninety-five bales for the area indi- cated. ‘The average size of the enumeration districts for the census of 1880, for the regions above specified, was about sixty square miles. Of these two hundred and seventy districts, seventy-two, or more than one- fourth, produced between two tiiousand and three thousand bales of cot- ton each, and twenty between three thousand and four thousand. It

7?

oy up aoe Miata A i brah GR be ems mala ll ea bi it) ols.

596 MANUFACTURES.

follows, therefore, that there are at least seventy locations where more than two thousand bales of cotton are grown withina maximum distance not exceeding four miles. A two-horse wagon would transport at least four bales of cotton in the day over this distance, so that the propinquity would suffice. The buildings proper for a ginnery, turning out im the three ginning months two thousand bales of cotton, would not cost $2,000. Three fifty saw gins, with feeders and condensers, would cost $650. A Dederick cotton press, $1,000; shafting, elevators and belting, $350; for the power, whether water or steam, $1,000 would suffice. In all, an investment of $5,000, against an average cost of $1,074 for the gin houses actually enumerated, having an average capacity of six balesa day. The expenses of running’ such an establishment would be: for supplies, in- cluding wood, if a steam power were used, $400 ; for wages, one mechanic at $2.00 a day, $200; a firemen at $1.00 per diem, $100; two boys and two grown laborers for the season, $120—total, $420. At the minimum charges for ginning, viz: $2.00 per bale, the proceeds would be $4,000 for the season, and deducting running expenses, there would be left $3,180, or sixty-three per cent. on the capital invested. It will naturally be asked what inducements over and above the minimum charges would be offered to draw custom. To the present gin house the small producer delivers his seed cotton without knowing exactly what it weighs, it is stored in close proximity to other heaps of cotton, which are to be ginned first, and there is always more or less doubt, uncertainty, and suspicion as to the out-turn. Besides, for the most part, the cotton has to be carried up stairs to the second story, a laborious process, and almost always there is a delay of one or two days.

With the enlarged gin house the cotton might be weighed on platform scales, in the wagon, it could be quickly and easily thrown into a hopper, and thence carried, by an elevator, immediately to the platform from which it would be raked into the feeders. In twenty minutes, or almost as soon as the wagon could be unloaded, the ginning would be complet- ed, the seed delivered, and the bale packed, weighed and thrown on the wagon. The whole process would be completed under the immediate inspection of the producer, and to his satisfaction. This method is pur-— sued at a ginnery connected with the Glendale cotton factory, in Spar- tanburg, which, in consequence, receives the patronage of the neighbor- hood, seed cotton being hauled there from a distance of eleyen miles. To these inducements are to be added the increased value of the cotton from better handling, the cost of repressing at the shipping port would be saved, and there would be a reduction of freight on inland transportation for the compressed bales. Where these ginneries were on a line of rail- way the cotton might be delivered at reduced rates in any market town

ul < ha asaa a a ai e M ad vf \ . © J:

MANUFACTURES. 597

specified by the producer, at a great saving of expense in labor to him, as otherwise he must haul his crop home, store it, and again haul it to mar- ket. The seed, too, could be shipped without delay to the nearest oil mill, and the producer might return home with a railroad receipt for his cot- ton and cotton seed meal prepared to feed his stock, or fertilize his land, accomplishing by one step what it now requires several tedious ones to compass.

The value of cotton seed and‘of its manufacture into oil and cake is just receiving a development which is likely to make great changes. In 1880 the price of upland cotton seed in South Carolina was ten to twelve cents per bushel, and it was used almost entirely asa manure. There was no oil mill in the State, and only one in Georgia. Before the work- ing season of 1882, at least five new oil mills were established in Georgia, and three in South Carolina. Those in Carolina were the Charleston Oil

Mill, capital $60,000, having three twenty box presses, with a capacity of -

working fifty tons of seed a day; two other mills, one in Greenville and one in Chester, having together about the capacity of the former, so that now of the 250,000 tons of cotton seed annually produced in the State, about 20,000 tons, or less than ten per cent., can be worked up into oil and cake. As a consequence of these enterprises, cotton seed is selling at

eighteen cents per bushel, or at an advance of eighty per cent. in two -

years. So that this crop, worth $1,721,000 in 1880, may, in 1882, be sold for $3,097,000. Nor is there anything of a merely speculative character in these advances. Cotton seed oil is to-day the cheapest edible oil in the world. Up to January 1st, 1881, none of this oil, as such, was sold for consumption in South Carolina. In the summer of 1882 it was to be found in nearly all of the country grocery stores along the lines of rail- road, and in all the principal towns; about one hundred barrels a month are sold from Charleston, and the consumption in the State was not less than 2,000 barrels. Such is the favor with which it has been received that the dealers estimate that more than 5,000 barrels will be required to supply the demand during the present year. Considering the excellent qualities of this oil as a salad oil, or for cooking, and the present wide margin between its price and that of lard and olive oils, together with the growing population, and the increasing demand for food stuffs all over the world, nothing seems more certain than that it must advance

in value rapidly as soon as its use becomes generally tested and known. -

The cotton seed cake, or meal, now sells for $24 per ton at the oil mill; two- thirds of it is exported, and about ten per cent. is used as a fertilizer, being considered by the manufacturers of commercial manures as the cheapest supply of nitrogenous material; the balance is used for stock feed, chiefly by Northern farmers and dairymen, a single broker, in Boston, dispos-

STA Fe Sophie eee ee ree et ee

598 MANUFACTURES.

ing last year of more than 15,000 tons for consumption there. Mr. Thos. Rose (see Dr. Watson Forbes’ Report on Cotton Gins, Vol. IL., p. 415) gives the value of that cake in England as £10 per ton, which would be $48.50. The following table gives the comparative value of cotton seed meal and corn meal, from the German fodder tables : /

Proteine Carbo- Matter. | hydrates.

Per cent. | Per cent.

Fat, Comparative

Per cent. | Money Value.

Cotton seed meal. | 41.5 24.4 18.0 | $3.60 per ewt.

Gom-meak vr. Bote 70.6 4.1 1.62 per cwt.

Here the proteine matter and fats, which go to form flesh, fat, milk, butter, and cheese, are valued at four and one-eighth cents per pound, and the carbohydrates, which support respiration, at nine-tenths of a cent per pound. From this estimate it appears that when corn meal is worth seventy-seven and three-quarter cents per bushel for stock feed, cotton seed meal is worth $72 per ton, or just three times its price at the oil mill in South Carolina. j

The product of a ton of cotton seed is stated as follows:

Thirty-five gallons of oil, value forty cents per gallon . . $14.00 Seven hundred and fifty pounds cake, at $24 perton. . 9.00 Twenty-four pounds lint, at six cents per pound .... 144

$24.44

No count is made of the 1,000 pounds of hulls; they furnish fuel needed in the process of manufacture. From this estimate, the value of the pro- ducts of the manufacture of the cotton seed crop of South Carolina would be $6,295,000. If the English value for the cake was instituted, this amount would be $8,648,000, or by the German estimate of the value of the cake, it would be $10,552,000.

Heretofore the chief obstacle to the successful operation of cotton seed oil mills has been the difficulty of procuring a supply of seed. The in- creasing facilities of railroad transportation will, to some extent, remove this difficulty. The diffusion of more accurate information among the cotton growers and ginners must convince them that they will gain enor- mously by disposing of their seed at present prices, and buying back the meal as stock feed, or to be employed directly as a fertilizer. Nothing heats and rots more rapidly than cotton seed, especially when fresh

vy Fre

MANUFACTURES. 599

ginned and heaped in bulk. The seed are now kept in this manner by einners and cotton growers until the month of February, when they are composted or drilled in the furrow for manure. A recent examination in the month of January of a number of such heaps, aggregating thou- sands of tons, revealed the fact that at least three-fourths of the seed, that is, all but those on the top of the heaps, were heated until the kernels were black, and they were entirely valueless for the manufacture of oil. The seed so examined were under shelter, and had’ received far above av- erage attention. Unfortunately, no chemical analysis has been made to

determine the exact deterioration as regards fertilizing constituents re-

sulting from this heating process. It has, however, long been known prac- tically to farmers that fresh green seed were far more valuable for ferti- lizing purposes than those which had been heated or fermented. Leav- ing chemical considerations aside, the mere loss in weight by evaporation is enormous, and it is probable that of the seed cleaned by the gins dur- ing the fall months barely one-half to one-third in weight remains to be hauled out into the fields the ensuing spring, so that it would be econo- my for the ginner to turn his fresh seed over without delay to the oil manufacturer, being sure to receive in return cotton seed meal, nearly equal in weight to what his seed would be reduced to if he kept them himself, while the former contains nearly three times the fertilizing con- stituents of the latter.

The true basis, however, for the development of this remunerative in- dustry would seem to be the establishment of ginneries in connection with oil mills. The following estimates of the cost of such a combined establishment is taken from the statements of Richard Macdonald, of Charleston, who has had thirty years’ experience in England and Ameri- ea in the manufacture of cotton seed oil. A mill to work fifteen tons a day will cost as follows:

PRACT ORS ora, ve ale on x ui PSE ke ay glia a yd ow ka OOUU PLEMENT TVA IME Gait cote ss gh a pene Re It ag targire 900 BETAS re oa Nanl Meka dg) ba," Naa tn sist os fap he 500 _ FETT RETR SS ar Ok SS UR OER a SR 2 650 Engine and boiler complete... . . Sie Ue Po tat OO Corer forerindime. meals. hee sei wt. oe ated 240 UO MBE eT EIFS 4 ee Co. kh ke Thy cpl ; 104 DIUM CIOE tie Aree ae Te Gacke a fs POR Been Gren 100 Screws, elevators, belting, shafts, pulleys, &e.. . . 1,500 AEC ESTES ga Se Gk GOST gOS NEP oy I 250 Cost of construction . . Ace Wea Vaal abdicr ides fay te ae MMOD

AM OMA eT REIOIG, COGs “tye ut ey) Bh he ese ka te eee po iy OHO Orenstein ein Mme ests ee Saeco on Re Mterey cet wy t's (1g, ape a Ae

600 MANUFACTURES.

Allowing that only a custom work of 2,000 bales could be counted on. at a ginnery, it would require four such establishments to furnish seed for one fifteen-ton oil mill. Their total cost, as above estimated, would be $20,000, making in all $38,144, say $40,000. The oil mill would yield

Say :

4,000 tons of seed, yielding 35 gallons oil per ton, @ 40 cts. per gallon.........$56,000 4 000 tons of seed, yielding 750 pounds cake per ton, @ $24 per ton............ 36,000

4,000 tons of seed, yielding 24 pounds lint per ton, @ 6 cents per pound...... 5,760

Total prodact. 2.5.00 200s en sseds aaa Srokan sete op Ses ne wh = tomes Clee as $97,760 ° If from the above expenses be deducted, as follows: ; Cost. of 4,000 tons of seed, @ $12 per tOM........ccccasevccsscseearennecvecenens 348,000 Expense of working ditto, $2 per tom. .c.2. ccc. 4ss.-ennquiton son negananensas 8,000 Freight, $2.50 per ton .:.......:... aw oaS Ca ee Nee dee neee eat ae ME TORARE RC So ORCC 10,000 "DOtA] OS PBNSES 65k. cn dune sa shenpogeneudeseeces tanaaee anaes Metbeeh cubes see aes $66,000 NGG) PPOGUeYd wa. j.ccens sek joe ensng hve can cecteardee ue eadlelln Gttase stall onaeaats aetna $31,760

This would be 175 per cent. on the investment in the mill. If the capital invested in the ginneries be included, and their net product of

$3,180 for each of the four, as above estimated, be added, in all, $12,720,

it makes a total net product of $44,480. This will amount to one hun- dred and eleven per cent. on the combined capital ($40,000) of the gin- neries and oil mill. The cost, especially of the gins, is here given at the highest figure. The use of water power would be a saving of $1,200 per annum. On the other hand, the minimum rates for ginning are taken, and no allowance is made for the profits accruing from handling 8,000 bales of cotton, from the improved staple of these bales, representing itself a net gain of $40,000 per annum, at one cent per pound, and from the saving in waste and in cost of transportation by the easier handled pack- ages. ‘These gains would, in part, be shared with the farmer as an in- ducement to secure his patronage. But it must be remembered that such establishments, while immediately surrounded by the producers, would also be in direct contact with.the consumers. Cotton would be sold on samples taken during the ginning, and contracts with manufacturers might be filled directly from the gin house ata great saving to both parties. ee

The numerous water powers in the middle and up-country would fur-

nish suitable and healthful locations for such establishments. Those

convenient to both railroad and river transportation would offer the great- est advantages, and would always hold a leading position. The expenses and repairs attending steam would be obviated, and cheap land and abundant labor could be commanded, Such ginneries and oil mills would at once become the centres round which the leading industries

connected with cotton growing would organize themselves, and the

Se Ue ee SOLS Ne eee ee” RS eae |

MANUFACTURES. 601

present supremacy of the cross-road grocery would be transferred to it. The cotton seed, now little better than a waste of the farm, would be trans- formed into staple articles of food for man and beast, to which all the markets of the world are open. The growing deterioration in the prepa- ration of the great staple of the country for market would be arrested, and it would be furnished to the manufacturer in its cleanest and best form. ‘The various qualities‘of cotton could be kept separate by the sub- stitution of small, compact packages for the present unwieldly bales, such packages might be carried on the shoulder instead of being pulled through the mud with hooks, as at present. There would be a vast say- ing in the labor of transportation to the farmer, and in the reduction of freight to the manufacturer. Such establishments would, while infusing fresh strength into agricultural pursuits by rendering its entire product available and valuable at the least cost, form a connecting link between the field laborer and the manufacturer, cleaning up the enormous waste and changes that now cumber the space between them. Here is the point. where a reorganization and renewal of the agricultural and manu- facturing industries of the South may join hands and take a new de- parture.

While this paper is passing through the press three new cotton seed oil mills are’ being erected in the State. In giving the aggregate for the

FERTILIZER FACTORIES

in South Carolina, only those establishments have been considered which employed machinery in preparing their products; the changes effected in the materials by merely mixing by hand the different constituents of a fertilizer not being considered of sufficient importance to entitle the parties engaged in it to be regarded as manufacturers. But even if all these latter were included, it is not apparent how twenty-five fertilizer factories ever employed 2,679 hands, as stated in the compendium of the Tenth U.S. Census. It is probable that the number of hands employed during the short shipping season in sacking and handling the phosphate was taken in the census returns, in place of the average of the force an- nually employed. The latter is here given from returns made by each company. ‘The material used by these companies consists chiefly of the phosphate rock mined in the vicinity. This is ground and used in this state, or treatel with sulphuric acid and sold as a soluble superphos- phate, to which other materials, containing nitrogen and potash, or both, are sometimes added. The ground rock is reduced to extreme fineness, known in commerce as floats,” and itis thought that the subdivision of

the particles is sufficient to enable the roots of plants to appropriate the 39

x PR Sed PMA ay ee he FP oP

602 . MANUFACTURES.

phosphoric acid it contains as food. Measurements with the micrometer show that the size of the particles obtained by grinding vary from the 0,003 inch to the 0,00003 inch. By chemical tests it was estimated that as much as twenty-five per cent. of the phosphoric acid present in this dust was dissolved by the ammonium citrate solution used in laborato-— ries to represent the soil water, plant-root juices and other solvents in the soil; from which it was inferred that this percentage was available by plants. The best results were obtained from the finest powder, that 1s, where eighty-five per cent. of the particles were finer than 0,0003 inch. Improvements in machinery to reduce the phosphate rock to an impalpa- ble powder are being much sought, since the great expense necessitated by chemical processes in rendering it soluble would be avoided if this could be accomplished by mechanical means. Analysis shows that the percentage of phosphoric acid in floats” varies from 24.2 to 27.8. The following table shows the average of the analysis of fertilizers manufac- tured in South Carolina, being the mean of analysis made for the De- partment of Agriculture of South and of North Carolina, together with the estimated value per ton of 2,000 pounds, based on the current prices of the phosphoric acid, ammonia, and potash they contain.

1;

——|

is od] | ms 5 el onl wn Ost|og |S | se o'S.q| of | SS | aa Mea) ag oO © Sd (S | tS eae 2 o G| o Sg gj Py <q <q < 'é) Simple Superphosphates. .. .... . .| UL77)2 . >) Simple Superphosphates, with Potash. . .| 10.55). . .| 1.29) $26.66 Ammoniated Superp’phates, without Potash. 9.61) 2.96, . . | $38.41 Ammoniated Superphosphates, with Potash. 8.95, 2.70) 1.78) $85.18

The product of these factories exceeds 110,000 tons yearly, the average estimated value of the product at the factory is placed at $20 per ton. 3y the Tenth U. S. Census, South Carolina stood fifth among the States in the manufacture of manures. The product for the State was estimated at that date at 64,794 tons, and it is probable that the increase in the

MANUFACTURES. 603

product, as above shown, makes South Carolina at this time the largest producer, except, perhaps, the State of Maryland alone. In 1870 there -were but two fertilizer factories in Carolina, and the value of their pro- ducts was less than one-fifth that of the present product, which is greater than the product of the entire United States in 1860, by 148 per cent.

FLOURING AND GRIST MILL PRODUCTS,

while greater in value than those of any other single manufacturing in- dustry in the United States, form only about nine per cent. of the aggre- gate products of manufactures. In South Carolina they amount to twenty-two per cent. of the products of all manufactures. The figures of the U.S. Census relating to this industry in the United States, and in South Carolina,.from 1860 to 1870, are given in the following table:

Table of Flouring and Grist Mill. Products.

EstTas- | iter CaprTaL. | Hanps.| WaGes. | Matertats.| Propucts. PERIODS MENTS. $ $ $ $ 1 SERS Seaee ae 24,338) 177,561,878) 52,407, 17,422,516, 441,545,225 505,185,712 18804 . tO ck sais 720 1,330,262 1,052; 139,352) 3,265,485) 3,779,470 | ta ees ccs es 22,573) 121,252,361) 58,448) 11,672,067| 293,913,698) 355,988,147 *1870 ae re ew orede 624 668,652 1,138 87,509) 2,130,759 2,444,998 ES Fee eee take 13,878) 84,485,964) 27,692! 8,729,390) 208,499,309) 248,580,365 1860 ISOM GEE creer 270 639,525) 395 66,424 1,517,366 1,757,174

*Here and elsewhere the currency values of 1870 are reduced to gold.

The rate of increase and decrease in this industry during the period under consideration will be most readily seen by consulting the following table, deduced from the above.

7e

604 MANUFACTURES.

Table showing Percentage Rate of Increase and Decrease (the latter marked by *) in Flour and Grist Mill Products in South Carolina and in the United States, during the two decades embraced in the period from 1860 to 1880.

EsTABLISH-

SEEN CapitaL. | HANDs. Ee a MATERIALS. | PRODUCTS.

US eS Cav U.S. tse. USS C.\U.S.|S.C.| U.S. | S.C. | US. 8.C.

1860 to 1870....- 62; 120 43) 4) 111) 220} 33) 31 40 41 43, 39

Or (ae) nS —_ or ws

1870 to 1880..... pie 15 46 98| *10| *7| 49) 59 41

The impetus this industry received during the decade of war and re- construction will be noticed. The rate of increase appears greater in South Carolina than in the country at large in every particular, except two. The increase of capital is markedly less and is explained by the losses of war; the increase in products is naturally somewhat less also. In the subsequent decade, 1870 to 1880, the rate of increase lessens, but to a less degree in Carolina than in the country at large, and her rate of increase in capital and in products is large. Notable features in this de- cade are the lower rates of increase in the number of establishments, and the actual decrease in the number of hands employed, and were it not accompanied in a marked rate of increase of wages, in which Carolina leads, it would almost seem that improved machinery and enlarged cap- stal were assuming entire control of this industry. ;

SAWING LUMBER

ranks, as to value of products, third among the manufacturing industries of the country, the iron and steel industry and meat packing alone ex- ceeding it in this regard. It produces four per cent. of the aggregate products of manufactures sn the United States, and twelve per cent. of these products in South Carolina. The following table exhibits the con- dition-of this industry in the United States and in South Carolina, as given in the U. S. Census returns from 1860 to 1880:

Re &

ee a ed

few at?

fo ie me Oy we

MANUFACTURES.

605

PERIODS.

seeeee

eee ewes ceeee

Estas- LISH-

MENTS,

CAPITAL.

$

HAnps.

W AGES.

$

MATERIALS.

$

181,186,122 1,056,265 114,794,586 436,730 74,530,090 1,145,116

147,956 1,478 149,997 1,212

75,862

1,263

31,845,994 221,963 32,007,330 167,842 21,702,265

219,361

146,155,385 1,237,361 82,668,986 465,400

44,551,763

498,290

PRODUCTS.

$

233,268,729 2,031,507 178,127,462 957,604 96,715,854

1,125,640

The following table, deduced from the above, will make the changes that have occurred plainer:

Table showing the Percentage Rate of Increase and Decrease (the latter marked by *) in the Lumber Industry in South Carolina and in the United States, in the two Census decades embraced between 1860 and 1880.

EstaBLisn- CapiITaL. | Hanps.| WaAces. | Materrats.| Propucts. MENTS. Weswicass Coase Se O. USES: Gis: Se Cs cS. IS. Cal UES: Te SsiG 1860 to 1870..... 20) *37 54) *61- 98). *4) 47), 28 85 *6 83) *14 1870 to 1880..... 88 57 TE e SL 2OW Hb) 382 76) 187 30} 105

The decade of war and reconstruction does not seem to have promoted

the lumber business as it did manufactures in general, and it was actually disastrous to this industry in South Carolina, as shown by the decrease during this period in the number of mills and in the capital, hands, ma- terials and products of the industry.

In the last decade, 1870 to 1880, however, the losses are much more than recovered, and the rate of increase is much greater in each partic- ular in Carolina than it is in the country at large. Next to the pine for- ests, which cover 20,000 square miles in the lower part of the State, and furnish the very best quality of yellow pine, the cy- press is, perhaps, the most important timber tree in Carolina. The lumber is hght and durable, especially for outside work. The tree is of rapid growth, and attains a great size, occupying swamps and waste places. Whenever the timber supply is reduced to the

606 MANUFACTURES.

extent of necessitating the culture of trees, as in the older coun- tries of the world, the cypress will be among the most available here. Before that time however arrives, there are thousands of square miles in Carolina to be denuded of their pine forests. The live oak, for ship building, and many other hard woods, as the persimmon, for cogs of motive wheels, the dogwood, for shuttles, and white oaks, for staves, abound in this State. The only other manufacturing industry in South Carolina whose annual products, according to the U. 8. Census, exceed one million of dollars, is the manufacture of

TAR AND TURPENTINE.

The data furnished by the U. 8. Census regarding this industry in South Carolina for the years 1860-70-80 are given in the following table:

Census | Estas- j,,. é a Cy 0) | Oe NARA ; i

he fat eaaaral ee oy Hawnps | W AGES’ | 5 cat Propucts

1860. . 95 $931,270) 1,482 | $150,124! $691,555) $1,096,974

187 54 | 205,495, = 876 | 123,645) 422.878 774,077 |

1880 192 | 565,200; 4,619 | 555,460; 666,170 1,893,206

The product of South Carolina in 1880 is over one-third of the aggre- gate products of this class in the whole United States. .

In the thinly peopled lower third of the State, where lumber, turpen- tine and phosphate rock are the chief products of industry, the lands from which these bounties of nature have been gathered are esteemed of little value. And yet, if the physical and chemical constitution of these soils be considered (see Lower Pine Belt), or the crops they yield, there is no reason why they should not make to agriculture returns as valuable as any lands in the State. If the State, or capitalists, would arrange for their thorough drainage, this would become a certainty, and a large region, now almost waste, would be opened for the colonization of a permanent and thriving population. This would be facilitated by a number of private railroads five to twenty miles in length, built here by lumbermen and phosphate miners, rendering points formerly remote

oasily accessible.

=

4

MANUFACTURES. 607

Space does not here admit of mention of the OTHER MANUFACTURING INDUSTRIES

of South Carolina. The five leading industries, according to the census of 1880 furnish seventy-eight per cent. of the aggregate products of man- ufactures in the State, The case is widely different in the country at large ; there the five largest manufacturing industries only furnish twen- ty-eight per cent. of the aggregate products. It is this apparent lack of development of the minor manufacturing pursuits in this State which has sustained a very general belief that the people possessed little apti- tude for manufacturing. It has been pointedly charged that they had little skill for small affairs ; there was no change among them for a nick- el, and in all their transactions they preferred wholesale methods to re- tail. Granting that there is some force in this charge, it obviously needs qualification when applied to a comparison of the industries of one State with the diversification of pursuits rendered practicable by the diversity

of conditions obtaining over the country at large. Doubtless also, the

accurate enumeration of these minor pursuits among a population largely rural, while it was much more difficult, was necessarily less complete. Nevertheless, after making every allowance, the want of the minor me- chanical industries in Carolina is much felt, and nowhere do the resources of the country or the necessities of the people offer greater promise of success to artizans of this description.

MINING.

The gold product of South Carolina was, by the U.S. Census, $13,040 in 1880, which puts the State fifteenth in point of production of this metal among the other States. By the report of the director of the U. S. Mint this production increased in 1882 to $25,000, which would place the State fourteenth in point of production. (See page 134.)

The commercial value of the numerous deposits of

PHOSPHATE ROCKS

along the coast of Carolina was established in 1868. The river mining yielded from 1870, when the product was 1,987 tons, to the close of 1882, when the yield was 140,772 tons, an aggregate of 948,852 tons, paying a royalty into the State treasury of one dollar per ton. In 1876, the total product of the river and land mining companies was 182,625 tons; in 1883 it is given as 395,533 tons. The aggregate product for this period

Ree cor iy er, Pav rant ee Le, one ee fv Fy Fe aE ae ee oe ee

op) & as)

MANUFACTURES.

of eight’years is 1,850,440 tons. The market price of the rock has varied from $5.50 to $9.50 per ton; a circular dated 1st June, 1883, states that “the two largest mining companies (producing over forty per cent. of all the rock raised) have sold all they can produce for the remainder of the year.

The following statement will give a general view of this industry in 1883 :

CoMPANIES, No.| Capita. | Hanps.| Waces. | Propvets.

ELVEN Mite. odsss kc bain cin taeoee 11 $525,000 649) $259,300} $907,170 Mund Miningo) sais nee 14 | 1,980,000) 1,286] 363,560) 1,288,830 A) i) RA NRCan RS Nae ede colts te tata des 19.5 25 | $2,505,000 1,935) $622,860) $2,190,000

KAOLIN CLAY.

There are, in the neighborhood of Aiken, Graniteville and Beech Island, some large deposits of kaolin clay of excellent quality. Several of these deposits are being worked. The capital employed is stated at $65,000, and the average annual product for some years past has been about $88,- 000. Other deposits of this material in Lexington, Kershaw and other counties have been mentioned in describing the localities where they oe- cur, but they have not been developed,

GRANITE.

Thomas W. Woodward’s Rock City quarries, four miles southwest of Winnsboro, the county seat of Fairfield, cover several square miles, fur- nishes the finest quality of blue and white granite, and compares fayor- ably with any quarry in the world as to the quantity, quality and acces- sibility of the material. A steam tramway connecting these quarries with the Charlotte, Columbia and Augusta Railroad, is being constructed. The U.S. Postoffices and Courthouses of Columbia, S. C., and of Nash- ville, Tenn., are built of granite from this point. These sales of this rock with those to the asylum in Columbia and others, aggregate up to this time about $135,000. The white granite is the finest, and has been in use only since 1877. It is fine grained, free from impurities, works easi- ly, has fine finish from the hammer and polishes well. Buildings con- structed of it do not assume the sombre hues common to stone houses, it whitens with age, and approaches marble in appearance.

Sere oe ON a Ge ee ef ee wis A Pe ae ay” Ye. oor a 3" hd Bh Ml Se eb, Se Boa

MANUFACTURES. * 609

The Granby quarry, two miles below the city, furnished’ the material of which the State House is built. It has not been worked since the war.

The Green quarry, one mile north of Granby, is worked by the Co- lumbia Granite Company, making blocks for the pavements of Charles- ton. The company have a large capital, employ about twenty block makers and fifty drillers and laborers; the product is at the rate of one million of paving blocks annually.

Colonel F. W. McMaster has a quarry of fine granite on the Greenville Railroad, one mile north of Columbia ; it is also within one hundred feet of the State canal that is being constructed here.

Professor Woodrow, of the University of South Carolina, who has ex- amined these rocks in the vicinity of Columbia, says: “As to quantity they are practically inexhaustible. The rock is of a light gray color, the feldspar being ight colored and the mica dark brown or black. It is fine grained, compact, and of uniform texture, and is comparatively free from seams and injurious veins, so that solid blocks of any desired size may be attained. Its durability might be inferred directly from the condition of its constituent material, and it is attested not only by blocks long exposed to the weather in the oldest buildings in the vicinity, but better still by the condition of the blocks that have been lying upon the surface for untold ages.” For numerous other quarries see chapter on the Piedmont region, and the accompanying map.

FISHERIES.

South Carolina comes twentieth in the fish producing States, with 1,005 fishermen, and products valued at $212,482. She is, however, noted for her shrimp fisheries, these being more extensive than those of any other State, and nearly equal to those of all other States combined. In 1880 her fishermen secured 18,000 bushels, valued at $37,500. The principal fisheries are about Charleston, where several hundred negroes, with an occasional Spaniard, are engaged in fishing with hand-lines from vessels and small boats, to supply the city with whiting, blackfish and other species. A limited fishery occurs in the sounds about Beaufort, from which point a few fish are shipped to interior cities. Beyond the places mentioned no sea fishery of importance occurs, though there is more or less fishing for local supply along all portions of the coast. About 400,000 pounds of alewives, 207,600 pounds of shad, and 261,250 pounds of sturgeon, with considerable quantities of other species, were

_ taken by the river fishermen, the largest fisheries being in the Edisto river

and in the tributaries of Winyah Bay.

610 . MANUFACTURES.

The following is from U.S. Census of 1880:

Persons employed tise ns «a ee cee kaa eerste Capital dependent on fishery industries . . . . . $66,275 Pounds of sea products taken, including oysters . 5,099,400 Veluecor same Cart rete... a eee . $173,125 Pounds of river products taken « . . . . . . . 1,048,850 Vi8i06 (Of GHG on arent |. ome Une | wy $8R eae m Total value of fishery products... . . . . . +. $212,482

It may be here mentioned that in 1882 six whales were taken off Port Royal. f

In 1878 a fish commission was appointed by the State government. Many eggs have been taken and the young fry hatched, and released in the streams of the State. In 1882 the commission released 166,000 well formed salmon, and 1,945,000 shad, besides a number of black bass and some salmon trout in the waters of the State. A State pond for the ar- tificial propagation and culture of carp is established at Columbia, and has furnished these fish to 894 private ponds in the different sections of the State. .

ee PT ORR Ly eM | ER Ree: Pe EE

CHAPTER VIII.

THE HISTORY AND PRESENT CONDITION

OF

TRANSPORTATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

By W. L. TRENHOLM.

The area of the State is about 30,000 square miles, and its topography creates three natural divisions, called the upper, middle and lower, of which the dividing lines are nearly parallel with the general line of the coast.

Its frontage on the Atlantic, in a straight line from Little River Inlet to the mouth of the Savannah river, is one hundred and ninety miles, and towards this line the country descends in long undulations until it runs into the ocean, where it’s flat edge is frayed out into capes and points and spits, or rent into islands, which present to the sea sloping beaches of white sand, backed by dunes covered with myrtle and studded with palmettos.

Between and behind these insulated fragments of the continent the sea water extends in bays, sounds and harbors, bordered with vast areas of marsh-covered mud flats, which, like the islands and the main land in rear of them, are pierced by innumerable inlets, creeks and passages, - where twice a day the tides sweep through in endless ebb and flow.

Here the large rivers from the upper and middle country mingle their fresh waters with the brine, and lose their way to the sea amidst a laby- rinth of tortuous passages.

On a belt varying in width from ten to thirty miles and stretching along the whole coast, these features repeat themselves with endless vari- ation of detail, presenting to sloop and steamboat navigation access to full five thousand miles of shore line and to rivers, up which these vessels may ascend for hundreds of miles.

In the old days before railroads, half the area of the State enjoyed un- interrupted water communication with Charleston, and if we go back to

\ RACES Res ue aki) co :

612 TRANSPORTATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

the first permanent European settlements, in 1670, we shall find that these characteristics of the country influenced materially the course of colonial development.

In the first place it was probably owing to the sub-division of the ee by these water courses that the Indians in lower South Carolina were found in detached tribes, of only a few hundred each, which were too weak to contend singly against the whites, and too much separated from each other by physical barriers and old feuds to combine successfully.

In the next place the first settlers found the Indians well supplied with boats, but without roads, bridges, or domestic animals of burden, hence all the earher needs of the colonists, in the way of transportation, were supphed by using the vessels they brought with them and the Indian boats.

These Indian boats were of the same sort as were found along the whole coast from the Delaware capes to Florida, where they had been seen by Verazzani, in 1524, nearly a century and a half before the settle- ment of Charlestown. His description of them is thus translated by Hackluyt:

“We saw many of their boats made of one tree, twenty foote long and four foote broad, which are not made with iron or stone, or any other kind of metall; * * * * * * * they help themselves with fire burning so much of the tree as is sufficient for the hollownesse of the boat, the like they doe in making the stern and fore part untill it be fit to sail upon the sea.”

This sort of boat, constructed however with tools, continued in use by the colonists for a long time, under the names of Perriaguer, Pettiauger, and Dug-out. In 1696, the Colonial Legislature passed an Act to punish “any person who should steal, take away, or let loose any boat, perria- guer, or canoe,” and from the earliest dates the statutes are full of the provisions made for opening and keeping open navigable waters.

It happened, too, that rice soon became the chief product of the coun- try; it was grown in the swamps extending between the oozy water courses near the coast, and, being.a heavy grain, is peculiarly dependent upon water transportation. The row boats and sloops that brought the rice to “town” belonged to the planters, and were manned by slaves; they carried back the family and plantation supplies, and at a later period were used in the annual moving to and from the city, in spring and autumn, which came into vogue. The rice was conveyed from the plan- tation to the landing in flats upon canals, or, when that was not practi- cable, it was hauled by oxen, on sleds.

Lumber, the next most important product of the country, was rafted to Charlestown, and on the rafts came also the wood to supply the city demand for fuel.

@ } xs oR ial hams

oe eh we eRe, ge Le ry A “i mat ee eS a) LW wl, | 4 ee) ae ie Od

TRANSPORTATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 613

Among the exports, beef and pork occupy positions next in importance to lumber; the cattle and hogs, we know, were driven through the woods, for among the early Statutes is one prohibiting the slaughtering of ani- mals within a certain time after they had been driven to town.”

A third consequence of the character of the country was, that when the colonists, who at first were planted only at Charleston and its imme- diate vicinity, began to push their settlements into the surrounding territory, their movements and location were determined by the direc- tions and navigability of the water courses.

Georgetown, Beaufort, Goose Creek, Dorchester, Coosawhatchie, Salt- ketcher and Pocotaligo, were early occupied by traders with the Indians, and became, afterwards, rallying points of the colonists who took up the lands around them.

It was only after some settlements had been thus made that the colo- nists seemed to turn their attention to communications by land.” In 1682, there is mention of a hundred and fifty mares and some horses that

had been brought into the Province from New York and Rhode Island; -

and inthe same year, on the 26th May, the Colonial Assembly passed the first law to provide for the making of roads.

Unfortunately, the text of the statute is lost, but the title has been pre- served. It is An Act for Highways.” This Act was followed by many others of a special character, 7. e., relating to particular localities, or pro- viding for some particular work, all, however, conforming to a general plan which placed the construction and maintenance of roads and bridges, as well as the conservation of navigable water courses, in the hands of prominent residents ofthe vicinity. Two or three of the leading planters in each neighborhood constituted the board of commissioners for that road district, and the confines of their territory were precisely defined.

Every male inhabitant between sixteen and sixty years of age was com- pelled by law to work on the roads of the district in which he lived; and all. the timber required for bridges and causeways could be taken by the commissioners without compensation to the owner.

The location of roads and bridges, during the early days of the colony, was obviously governed by military considerations, rather than by those relating to trade and peaceful travel. The colonists were never free from attacks by the Spaniards and Indians until after 1715, and both before and after that time the apprehension of servile insurrection seemed always present to their minds. :

To secure the public safety was, therefore, necessarily a prime. con- sideration, and since the roads were at first regarded chiefly as lines of communication by which the scattered colonists could concentrate for defence, it is not surprising that the whole labor of the community should

614 TRANSPORTATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

have been rendered available for their construction and maintenance. The road law was only parallel to the militia law, which placed in service every white man capable of bearing arms, and settled, by the place of his residence, to what division, brigade, regiment, battalion and company he should belong.

The facilities for water transportation were so pony, and the colonists had become so habituated to their use, that the trade with the distant tribes of Indians probably occasioned the only land traffic of any im- portance up to the middle of the eighteenth century. It was in allusion

to this that Governor Archdale, in 1707, wrote: ‘“ Charlestown trades »

near one thousand miles into the continent.” Muskets, powder, lead, woolen cloth, tools, and iron ware were the principal articles supplied to the Indians; frontier trading stations were established at*Savana Town and old Apalachicola Town, both on Savannah river; at Wineau, near the Waccamaw Indians; at Congaree Fort, in South Carolina; Altamaha Fort, in Georgia, and Forts Palochuclas, Moore, and Charlotte, on the Savannah river. Later, in 1762, was established the station at Keowee, Fort Prince George, for trading with the Cherokee Indians... Beyond the frontiers, the transportation of the goods, wares and merchandises” into the Indian country was effected by means of pack horses and Indian “burtheners,” and these brought back the skins and furs which, with Indian slaves, constituted the returns in the trade. There was water transportation between Charleston and all the trading posts except Keo- wee, and from the latter to Fort Charlotte was not a long way. It ap-

pears, however, that at intervals trains of pack horses and some vehicles -

passed directly between Charleston and Keowee, but by what route is not certain. The magnitude and growth of the Indian trade are partly shown by the export of deer skins, which, according to official records were, In 1710, 70,000 deer skins. In 1731, 250,000 deer skins. In 1748, 600,000 deer skins. These 600,000 deer skins were valued at £36,000 sterling, about $180,000 gold, or thirty cents each. The Indian trade was encouraged by the Provincial government, but

it was, also, strictly regulated, with a view always to preserving the con-—

fidence and friendship of the tribes surrounding the colony. Among the restrictions imposed upon traders was one-that they should employ no negroes, even in rowing the perriagos” between Charleston and the trading stations; and another, that they should bring no free Indians into the settlements.

The burtheners,” therefore, could not be used within the frontier,

Be ih atin ee Np NE eR pe ia FLL ie i MS yy Oo 2h

TRANSPORTATION IN SOUTH. CAROLINA. 615

nor could negroes be employed in their place, and hence arose an ad- ditional influence tending to restrict Indian traders to the use of water transportation for their goods between Charleston and the several trading posts, while they and their agents passed on horseback by the trails through the woods.

Until after 1730, no settlement had been made above the tide-water line, and there was little occasion, near the coast, for any but short roads.

The early history of the roads, bridges and ferries of the State can be traced in the statutes of the Colonial Legislature. There it appears that, during fifty years, these public works were confined to the strip of land along the coast, about twenty miles wide, and to the settlements along the navigable rivers and watercourses ; but,

In 1737, An Act was passed which refers to the settlements lately made by several families in Orangeburg township, and directs a road to be made to them from the head of the path that leads from Dorchester to Captain Izard’s cow pen.”

In 1739, A ferry for “passengers, horses and cattle,’ was authorized across the Savannah river, from Fort Moore, in South Carolina, to the Sand Bar, in Georgia, but it appears not to have been established, even in 1747, when another Act was passed for the purpose.

In 1742, An Act provides for a ferry across the Santee, and a road to be made in connection with it, “to facilitate the passage of travel- ers from Charlestown to Williamsburg and other, the northwest parts of this Province.”

Up to 1750, all the white inhabitants of South Carolina were Europeans, who reached the province by sea, and passed to their destination in the interior by boat; hence the interior settlements of that day were at or near river landings. These settlements were no where far from the coast, cane ae at Windsor (near Hamburg),on the Savannah river, the Conga-

rees” (near Columbia), on the Congaree river, Camden, on the Wateree, can

Cheraw, on the Pee Dee, these Stes being eee ae at the head of schooner navigation on each of the four great rivers of the State. ai

By reference to the map, it will be found that a line drawn from Ham- burg, through Columbia and Camden, to Cheraw, will be nearly straight, nearly parallel to the coast,and will about divide the State in half. The upper country which lay beyond this line began to be peopled about 1750, by settlers from Pennsylvania and Virginia, whose numbers were afterwards greatly increased by the effects of Braddock’s defeat, in 1755. The few immigrants who made their way there from the coast were absorbed

>

616 TRANSPORTATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

into the mass of these overland immigrants, who were an enterprising and progressive people, prepared, by several generations of frontier life to conquer success under difficult conditions, and accustomed to depend wholly upon themselves in all the exigencies of their surroundings. They knew neither the benefits nor the burdens of government, nor, if they had known, were they of the temper to assume the burdens for the sake of the benefits. Afterwards, their descendants, acquiring property, took a short cut towards government through the Regulation.”

Between the upper Carolinians and the colonists of the low country, the patient subjects of the Lords Proprietors, and afterwards of the King, there were no ties of consanguinity, no identity of history, traditions or experience, no religious affinities, no personal acquaintance, no com- mercial relations. It is natural to suppose that the upper Carolinians maintained some intercourse with their own people, both those at their old homes in Pennsylvania and Virginia, and their kinsfolk and ae- quaintances settled in Ohio, Tennessee and North Carolina, and this in- tercourse would naturally take the form of trade as soon as the new settlers had any surplus produce to exchange for the articles of consump- tion which they had been accustomed to obtain from Philadelphia, Baltimore and Richmond. As these immigrants had come with wagons and teams, there must have been practicable routes for a wagon trade; indeed, for a part of the way, they would’ have the same roads that served other offshoots from the Pennsylvania and Virginia stock, and, no doubt, some families were seattered all along the route from the Alle- ghanies to the southern slopes of the Saluda mountains. It was not only more natural for them to maintain intercourse with the northern settlements than with those on the coast, but was less difficult, for the whole middle country of South Carolina was a wilderness in 1750, and there were no roads through it practicable for wagons. There were, as yet, few ferries,except very near the coast, the rivers were not fordable, and approach to them was obstructed by swamps, which are more for- midable even than rivers to highland people with wagons.

There were, as has been said, four points in the middle country enjoy- ing water communication with Charleston, but they do not appear to have been attractive or even practicable as markets for the upper country, and it is probable that they had little or no trade, besides that with the Indians, until after the Revolution.

In the absence of definite information on the subject, I am strongly of opinion that, until the Revolution had knit them together, the upper and lower Carolinians had very little intercourse with each other, and that, on the other hand, a constant overland trade was maintained by the former with the northern settlements. In corroboration of this opinion,

<r ent . “Fy

TRANSPORTATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 617

Iam informed that, only two or three generations ago, cotton was sent by wagon to Philadelphia from the neighborhood of Hamburg; and if from a point in constant water communication with Charleston, why not more probably from points not so advantageously situated in that respect ? In Grege’s History of the old Cheraws, page 110, it is said: The stock was driven to Charlestown and other places on the coast, as well as to more distant markets. Large numbers of eattle were sent from Peedee to Phil- adelphia.” Also, at page 112, in a note, we find the following: “Gen. Harrington sent three four-horse wagon lgnds of indigo to Virginia, and with the proceeds bought 15@20 negroes.’

It may be a mere coincidence, but it is singular that, to-day, when railroads dominate trade, the only railroads in the State which are avow- edly ancillary to the trade of Charleston, are those which terminate at Hamburg, Columbia, Camden and Cheraw; precisely the four points which, a century and a half ago, were outposts of European colonization ; while all the railroads traversing upper South Carolina are controlled either by the Pennsylvania Railroad, or by the Richmond and Danville, of Virginia:

Is it the persistence of some occult natural law of trade, is it fate, or is it simply accident, that has wrested from Charleston the control she once had of the Greenville and Columbia, the Blue Ridge, and the Lau- rens railroads, and thrust them into the hands of Pennsylvania and Virginia? However this may be now, there is evidence that, as soon as the settlement of the upper country developed itself, the Provincial Legis- lature, at Charleston, were diligent in passing Acts for the establishment of ferries and the construction of roads to connect the new settlements with the capital. It appears, from a careful comparison of these Acts, that many of them failed of their purpose, for the same roads and the same bridges were over and over again ordered to be constructed, and frequently new commissioners were appointed at each repetition of the legislation.

The principal roads (omitting those connecting the coast settlements, and one from Charleston to the Congarees”) were projected as follows:

1753. From Eutaw Springs, on the Congarees road, by Beard’s ferry, across the Santee, through Manchester, Camden and Lancaster C. H., to the upper settlements on the northeast of the Wateree river, near the Catawba nation,” about 120 miles. (This Act also provided for opening out the navigation of the Wateree river.) 40)

* Vewic at bal Le «

G18 TRANSPORTATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

1766. From near Fort Motte, by McCord’s ferry, over the Congaree, just above the point of its confluence with the Wateree, along the west side of the Wateree to Fishing Creek, “so far as the Province extends,” about 110 miles.

1766. From near Fort Motte, up the west bank of thie Congaree, across this stream at Howell’s ferry, through the Forks of the Wateree to Lee’s Fort,” about 80 miles probably.

1768. In conjunction with a ferry across Peedee, near Society Hill, two roads, one on northeast side of Peedee, connecting Bennettsville, Marion and Conwayboro with Georgetown, and so with Charles- ton, about 150 miles of new road. The other, from Cedar Creek, tes Society Hill, Darlington and Kingstree, to Fort Motte road,-about 90 miles.

1768. From Orangeburg, across the Saluda, near Rocky Creek, eee Newberry, to Laurensyille, about 110 miles. ;

1770. From Orangeburg, across the Edisto, through Ninety-Six, across the Saluda, through Abbeyille to Pendleton and beyond, about 170 miles.

1770. From Augusta, through Edgefield, across Saluda river, near Nine- ty-Six, across Enoree river to Broad river, at Fishdam Ford, about 100 miles.

The highways were ordered to be constructed by the personal labor of the inhabitants of the country through which they respectively passed, which seems certainly to have been a hardship upon those thus burdened.

The road laws then in force in England required personal labor on local roads, but the main highways were maintained at the expense of the whole public. The Colonial Legislature, as we have seen, had at first only local roads to make, and these were sanctioned by military exigencies, hence it was quite appropriate to have them built and kept up by the neighborhood, according to the English system, but when the time came to build highways so as to connect the capital with the distant parts of the Province, then only recently settled, the law-makers seem not to have recurred to English precedents ; they simply applied to these highways the laws in force for the-construction and maintenance of the roads previously built, which were wholly local.

Besides this hardship of making the dwellers along a highway keep it up for the convenience of a traffic in which they have no interest, there were special circumstances which made the road law more onerous in the upper country tian in the low country.

In the first place, in the low country the large number of slaves ren- dered the burden of road duty in that section comparatively light on the

TRANSPORTATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 619

whites, whereas in the upper country at first, there were no slaves, and

their numbers remained small until after the heaviest work on the roads

must have been already finished, so that there both road duty and mili-

tary duty fell on the same individuals.

In the second place, in the low country each person could see the im- portance to his individual safety and convenience of every road.on which he had to work, either in person or with his slaves, and these roads were used exclusively by those who made and kept them up; but in the up- per country the highways were intended principally to promote a traftic between distant points, which brought with it no advantages to the great majority of those whose time and labor were consumed in constructing and mending them, while this demand upon their time and labor prevent- ed, retarded, or at least rendered more onerous, the making of such short- er roads as were needed and would have sufficed for the convenience of each neighborhood. " After the highways were built and the cultivation of indigo, tobacco and cotton spread throughout the upper country, the benefit of having good roads to Charleston became apparent, and their existence was found to be essential tothe material prosperity of the country.

During the Revolution the people of South Carolina seemed to realize, for the first time, that they were all bound together by common interests and had alla common destiny. Both Whigs and Tories recognized the unity of the State and acted upon it, and when the struggle was over, the patriotic enthusiasm it had excited manifested itself in efforts to render intercourse between all parts of the State easy and agreeable.

Roads, bridges, ferries and water courses were lmproved, new routes were established, and there was evidently a desire to improve, too, the methods previously relied upon for making and mending the roads.

The legislation of this period contains the following Acts of interest or unportance.

1778. To render navigable the Wateree river, by an assessment upon the inhabitants, and upon owners of uninhabited lands, within a cer- tain distance on both sides the river.

This Act seems to have been an effort to break away from the principle by which for more more than a century all work of that sort in the State had been exacted of the people in kind, but it still clung to the idea that the locality, and not the whole State, should pay for such public works. Unfortunately this timid endeavor after a better method seems to have been abortive, and having been

tried again and again, during the next decade, was abandoned.

1784. The road duty age was changed from between sixteen and sixty

to between sixteen and fifty.

620 TRANSPORTATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

To clear the navigation of several rivers, by voluntary subserip-

tions and by assessments upon the lands in the vicinity, and upon

the male inhabitants between sixteen and fifty. (Another weak

and vain innovation.) |

1786. 'To establish a company for the inland navigation from Santee to Cooper river. (Santee Canal Company.)

1786. To make, inter alias, a road from Friday’s ferry, on Congaree, to Augusta.

(N. B. On the same day, 22d March, was'passed the Act to es- tablish the seat of government at a place near Friday’s ferry-—to lay out a town there and to call it Columbia.)

1787. To establish a company to improve the navigation of Edisto and Ashley rivers, and to make a canal between the two rivers. 1787. To establish a company to open the navigation of the Catawba and Wateree rivers, from the North Carolina line to Camden. Among the corporators were John Rutledge, Thomas Sumter, John Gaillard, Benjamin Waring and Joseph Atkinson.

The company was to construct canals, dams and locks, or otherwise to render the river navigable; whereupon it was to acquire perpetual control of the stream, with power to levy upon the traffic whatever tolls the directors thought proper, not exceeding, in any annual aggregate, twenty-five per cent. of the whole outlay of the company down to that date. The company had also the power to open roads through any private lands, so as to connect the river landings with the existing high- ways; it might take up and acquire title to any land, not already granted, within two miles of the river bank on either side. The shares were to be forever exempt from taxation, &e. The company might import negroes, not exceeding three hundred, and have credit for five years for the duty on such as they should import.

1787. Lynches creek, Clarke’s creek and Black creek to be opened by labor of inhabitants in the neighborhood of each respectively.

1788. A general road law. Term of commissioners, three years; liniit of road duty, twelve days in the year; penalty for non-attendance, two dollars for each white man, and one dollar for each slaye per diem. Bridges may be built by contract, and cost assessed on male inhabitants betweey sixteen and fifty years of age.

1788, To establish a company for opening the navigation of Broad and Pacolet rivers. This charter was almost the same as that given for opening the Wateree and Catawba.

bo) POL ee . we

TRANSPORTATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 621

1789. General road and ferry law. Vests in road commissioners the granting of licenses for taverns and billiard tables, the proceeds to be expended in repairing bridges and roads within the parish or district to which the license applies. This new departure, like that of 1778, seems to have been unsuccessful.

The dawn of the nineteenth century found the people of South Caro- lina at peace, united and prosperous. The years which had elapsed since the Revolution had been well employed in securing these material benefits. Industry and frugality had been elevated into the rank of patriotic and fashionable virtues by the spirit of republican simplicity which then pervaded all parts of the State. The cultivation of cotton had spread rapidly and was very profitable, and the roads, bridges, ferries and water courses were kept in as good order as circumstances allowed. Drayton’s View of South® Carolina,” published in’ 1802, contains, at page 158, the following sketch of the roads of that day: ‘The roads in the State are well adapted to transportation and traveling, even to the mountains ; and hence, wagons find no difficulty in coming from the upper counties, bringing with them the commodities of that distant region. Cross roads to and from each court house are made throughoct the State, and a wagon road has lately been made from the north fork of Saluda river, over the mountains to Knoxville, in the State of Tennessee, by which wagons have passed, carrying loads of twenty-five hundred pounds weight. This opens a new source of wealth to this State, and speeds a happy intercourse between the countries east and west of the Apalachian mountains.

“In the upper country, the water courses are mostly fordable, and when they are not, like other parts of the State, they are crossed by bridges and ferries. These roads are made and kept in repair—under the direction of commissioners—in the lower country by negroes, and in the middle and upper country by a suitable number of the residents in the county or parish through which they lead; otherwise there is little or no expense attending them, and at this time a carriage and four may be driven from any part of this State to the other, and from the sea shore to the mountains, without any other difficulty than such as naturally arise in long journeys. Some few toll bridges are erected, but the spirit of the people is not yet favorable to these taxes on traveling. It is hoped, however, that the day will come when bridges which are of too great magnitude to be built and kept in repair by individuals, will be taken under the direction of government. This is one of the good purposes for which public moneys may be reserved in the public treasury, and for which they may be drawn out in the public service.”

PRE GL pwn t eae Ch ia aN CO EE

622 TRANSPORTATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

The vehicles used upon these roads for heavy traffic were of three kinds. In the low country, they were mostly ox carts, made with large wheels, four to six inches tread, drawn by three or four yoke of oxen, and capable of carrying three to four barrels rice—about two thousand pounds. In the middle and upper country, sleds were used for short distances on the farms and cross roads, while for long distances, four and six horse wagons were employed, capable of carrying two to three tons. These wagons had narrow wheels, and cut up the roads in winter, especially where the ground was clayey. Besides these ordinary conveyances, several novel methods were employed of moving produce to market. It is said that cotton was sent to Hamburg from the country near the’ upper Savannah by throwing the bales into the stream and letting them float with the current. When produce had to be hauled to market from a locality requiring no return in goods, it was sometimes the practice to put it on a sled drawn by oxen,so that, at the end of the journey, not only the produce, but the oxen and even the material of the sled could be sold. Persons now living remember hogsheads of tobacco arriving in Charleston, having been hauled by oxen or horses attached to a shaft run through the axis of the hogshead, from head to head, so that the pack- age might roll freely. Barrels of rosin were sometimes secured together, and floated in rafts to Georgetown from the Cheraw section.

The efforts which after the Revolution had been so earnestly directed towards facilitating communication between Charleston and the middle and upper parts of the State reached their climax in the conception and construction of the Santee Canal. By referring to the map it will be seen that the Santee river unites the waters of the Wateree and the Con- earee, and these, in turn, trace their sources to the head waters of the Catawba, the Broad, and the Saluda, all beyond the northern lmit of the State. Had the improvements then contemplated proved practicable, those streams, and some of their tributaries, would have been rendered navigable to the State line, and then, by means of the Santee Canal, con- necting the Santee and Cooper rivers, Charleston would have received by water the products of all Clarendon, Sumter, Kershaw, Lancaster, York, Chester, Fairfield, Richland, Lexington, Newberry, Laurens, Union, Spar- tanbure and Greenville, with those of a part of each of the counties of Oconee, Anderson, Abbeville, Edgefield and Orangeburg. So patriotic and magnificent a project deserved the success which, alas, it did not ob- tain. The corporators named in the Act of 1786, chartering the “Com- pany for the inland navigation from Santee to Cooper river,” are John Rutledge, John Fauchereuad Grimké, Theodore Gaillard, George Haig, James Kennedy, ———— Graham, Thomas Sumter, Benjamin Waring, Thomas Walker, John Vanderhorst, James Mitchell, A%danus Burke,

f Treas! DP ease eS yy Yes, wy” Sei lee lle OU Oo Ga ay

TRANSPORTATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 623

Peter Fayssoux, Richard Champion, Aaron Loocock, ———— Pearson, John James, Francis Marion, John Dawson, Alexander Gillon, Samuel Midwood, John Richardson, Ephraim Mitchell, William Bull, Duncan McRae, Nathaniel Russell, Philip Gadsden, Peter Belin, Henry Laurens, Jr., Edward Rutledge, Ralph Izard, John Budd, Robert Beatty, William Smith, Minor Winn, William Clarkson, William Hill, James Theus, Joseph Atkinson, Thomas Jones and Daniel Bourdeaux. This was the grandest work of internal improvement that had been attempted in all America (although it was soon afterwards surpassed by similar schemes in other States), and nothing can show more conclusively the devotion and resolute spirit of its promoters than the fact that after the charter was obtained six years were consumed in making up the company. At leneth, in 1792, work was commenced, and in July, 1800, at a cost of $750,000, the canal was finished and a boat loaded with salt went from Charleston to Granby.* The Santee Canal, twenty-two miles long, thirty- five feet wide at the surface of the water,-with a minimum depth of four feet (the same as the Erie Canal), and thirteen locks, all built of stone or brick, was a work of which the State may well be proud. It was no light misfortune either to the generation which built the canal or to those as witnessed its gradual disuse and final abandonment, that so much public spirit, so much faith and energy, should have failed to yield a rich return. Although the Santee Canal never realized the expectations of its projectors, it served a useful purpose, and was for thirty-odd years an important highway, serving to keep down the rates of land carriage be- tween Charleston and an extensive and important region. The defect in the canal was its location across a ridge, and consequently the want of a supply of water at its summit, sixty-nine feet above tide level.

The facilities for water transportation in South Carolina probably reached their highest development just before the epoch of railroads— they are thus described in Mills’ Statistics, published in 1826, page 156, et seqg.: “The Savannah river divides this State from Georgia. It has a ship navigation eighteen miles, from the ocean to the city of Savannah, and good steamboat navigation 140 miles further, to Hamburg and Au- gusta. Above these places, 100. miles, to Andersonville, the river has thirty-three miles of rapids, with a fall of about eight feet to the mile, on a regular inclined plane; the other sixty-seven miles is smooth, deep

*In this same year, 1792, the Western Inland Navigation Company was incor- porated by the State of New York, for the purpose of making a lock navigation from the Hudson river to Lake Ontario, but it accomplished very little, and after great expenditures, abandoned its work, which extended from the Mohawk to Oneida Lake. Nothing more was done until 1817, when the New York Legislature appointed a com- mission to build what has been since known as the Erie Canal. This was finished in 1825—a quarter of a century after the Santee Canal was opened.

Pr

i

624 TRANSPORTATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

water. Boats descend from Andersonville with seventy bales of cotion,

or ten tons. The Tugaloo is navigable for similar boats twenty-five miles,

to Pulaski, and the Seneca twenty-six miles, or six miles above Pendleton Court House. At the junction of Twelve Mile Creek the Seneca changes its name to Keowee, which is capable of being made navigable entirely within the mountains by merely sluicing. The Tugaloo branch of the Savannah rises in the mountains, a short distance from the Hiwassee, a navigable branch of the Tennessee river. By means of these streams it is believed the Southern Atlantic may be connected with the Western States by a navigable canal. The general government have ordered sur- veys to be made to ascertain its practicability.

The Santee river enters the ocean by two mouths. There is a good steamboat navigation on this stream to the junction of the Congaree and Wateree, and up both these rivers to Camden and Columbia. (The Wateree changes its name to Catawba at the Wateree creek). This river, above Camden to the North Carolina line, is interrupted by four principal falls, around which canals have been cut, except at Rocky Mount, where the work isnow going on. The first fall is at the Wateree Canal, which is five miles long, with a width of fifty-two feet, and having six locks; the second is at Rocky Mount, where there is a fall of 121 feet, requiring thirteen locks. The canal here is cut the greatest part of the distance. The third fall is at the Catawba canal, where there is a fall of fifty-six fet in three miles. The canal and seven locks here are finished. The fourth fall is at Landsford, where a canal two miles long, with five locks, completes the navigation. Above this the river has rapids, but the small boat navigation can be extended with care within the Alleghany moun- tains. The Congaree is formed by the confluence of the Broad and Saluda rivers, where there is a fall of thirty-four feet, which is overcome by a canal three miles long, and five locks. On the Broad river, the navigation for small boats extends to King’s creek, with the aid of Lock- hart’s Canal, which overcomes a fall of fifty-one feet by seven locks in two miles. Above King’s creek there are several rapids and extensive falls; locks would be requisite to make good navigation here, and when these are once passed, the navigation to the foot of the mountains is only obstructed by a few rapids. Green river, a main branch of Broad river, extends to a point in the Blue Ridge (properly the Alleghany) where this

mountain is very low and narrow ; on the opposite side of the mountain |

rises the French Broad, a large branch of the Tennessee. It is confi-

dently presumed that the Atlantic and Western waters may be united

here by a navigable canal with great comparative ease. The Saluda river is navigable 120 miles above Columbia. There are three canals on it:

Pa teh Ba | . a he tae We ?

Wane GOn* os Se ee ee . 2 ere i wea! “ae ‘% é . R 4 i

TRANSPORTATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 625:

1st. The Saluda Canal, two miles and a half long, with five locks, over- coming a fall of thirty-four feet.

2d. Drehr’s Canal, one mile long, and with four locks, overcoming a fall of twenty-one feet.

3rd. Lonck’s Canal, which has a single lock of six feet lift.

The Pee Dee river rises in North Carolina (where it is called the Yad- kin), and enters Winyaw Bay, above Georgetown. To Cheraw, above 120 miles from the ocean, it has a good steamboat navigation; from Cheraw to the North Carolina line, nine miles, there is a fall, on a regular inclined plane, of eighteen feet, and above that line the rapids extend to the narrows, about seven miles by water, where the fall is very great. Above the narrows to the mountains this river is represented as favorable for small boat navigation. It heads near New river, one of the main branches of the Great Kenawha.

The Little Pee Dee rises in the sand hills in North Carolina, and is navigable from Lumberton.

The Black river is navigable to the line of Sumter district, about sixty miles from its entrance into Winyah bay.

Lynch’s creek is navigable eighty miles, and Black creek thirty miles from their junction with the Big Pee Dee.

The Edisto discharges into the ocean by two mouths, called North and South Edisto inlets. It rises in the region of sand hills in two branches, which unite below Orangeburg; both branches and the main river are navigable, having no shoals. It has been contemplated to unite this river with the Ashley, by a canal fourteen miles, extending from near Gweham’s ferry to Dorchester. The Edisto will form the feeder; the ridge between the two streams is only thirteen feet high, and less than a half mile through. This canal willsave eighty miles of difficult, and, in some places, dangerous navigation between the upper Edisto and Charleston.

The Combahee has a schooner navigation to Saltcatcher bridge, and the main Saltcatcher is navigable for boats ten miles higher. It may be made navigable to Barnwell Court House by merely removing logs which now obstruct it.

The Waccamaw river rises in Waccamaw lake, near the Cape Fear river. From this lake it is navigable for boats to Conwayborough, and from that place to Winyah bay it is navigable for schooners. From Win- yah bay to Santee river the Winyah Canal, six miles long, has been partly executed, and from the Santee to the head of the Owendaw there is good schooner navigation. From the head of the Owendaw to schooner nayigation on the Wando, the distance is about eight miles, a canal here would require only eight feet depth of digging to be fed with tide

a a

Ye

ek Maa nh Bier teak SS eM a

6256 TRANSPORTATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

water. Wando river enters Charleston harbor. From Charleston to Savannah there is a steamboat navigation between the islands and the main, with the exception of about half a mile between the Broad and the Savannah rivers, where a canal is now cutting. Hence it will be seen that with fourteen miles of canaling, a good steamboat navigation, en- tirely inland, and parallel to the coast, may be effected from the North. Carolina to the Georgia lines. It is supposed that five locks will be all that are necessary. This work has been estimated at less than $250,000. It would appear to fall within the system of internal improvement con- templated by the general government.

The Ashepoo has a schooner navigation to the Ashepoo ferry.

The Ashley river enters Charleston harbor on the southwest of the city, and is navigable for schooners to Dorchester, twenty miles.

The Cooper river is a good navigable stream to the entrance of Biggin creek, thirty-four miles by land from Charleston. From this point to the Santee river, the Santee canal, twenty-two miles long, has been con- structed, passing a summit sixty-nine feet above tide waters in Cooper’ river, and thirty-four feet above the Santee. There are on this canal thirteen locks. A great part of the produce from the upper Santee, Con- garee, Broad, Saluda, Wateree and Catawba rivers pass this canal in boats carrying one hundred and twenty bales of cotton or twenty-five tons of merchandise.

It is said that upwards of three million dollars was expended in the internal improvements thus described, without estimating the value of the labor assessed upon the localities adjacent to the works. In spite, however, of State expenditures, in spite of roads, bridges and ferries, in spite of canals, companies and steamboats, in spite of patriotism and State pride, the trade of upper Carolina could not be permanently retgined by Charleston.

In Judge O’Neal’s Annals of Newberry it is mentioned that, in 1818, the late Hon. Ker Boyce, then keeping a store at Newberry, began to trade overland with Philadelphia. Cotton was hauled from Newberry to Philadelphia, and goods brought back, by wagons. He and the late Thos. Pratt annually mounted their horses and rode to Philadelphia, - purchased their goods, and thus laid the foundations of their respective fortunes. In 1815, they visited Amelia* island on horseback, pur- chased a stock of goods which they understood was there for sale, and transported it to Newberry by wagons.” These operations ceased with the peace of 1815, and they were, perhaps, rendered possible only by the war and the fidelity of Charleston to the National cause, and to the em-

* Amelia Island, in Florida, was then lately taken from the Spaniards, and a noted place for contraband trade.

oy Psy er ceed 6 leas pads heel Sd ae Rea aT ke a

TRANSPORTATION IN SOUTIT CAROLINA. 627

bargo laid by Congress; but they serve to show how frail were the com- mercial ties binding the richest portion of the State to her own emporium, and how habituated the people of the upper country were to seeking markets in distant States. After 1815, steamboats and teamboats were added to the appliances for utilizing the rivers and canals of the State; and, for a time, they served to increase. the volume of trade between Charleston and the interior, and to render it apparently more stable.

In Mills’ Statistics, published in 1826, page 428, it is stated that there were, at that time, ten steamboats plying between Charleston and the towns of Savannah, Augusta, Hamburg, Georgetown, Cheraw and Colum- bia. The average capacity of these was six hundred bales of cotton, of three hundred and twenty pounds each, but some boats carried up to one thousand bales.

The movement of cotton to Charleston by water, between Ist October, 1826, and Ist October, 1827, was, through

me Golummia eanaln uel sees “loti e245 2 ieee. 4 4b,612 bales Shipped down the Congaree from Granby, about. . . . 10,000 bales. Total quantity from above Columbia . . . . 55,600 bales.

Total quantity from Camden. . ...... 40,000 bales.

Total quantity shipped at the various landings on the Con- garee, Wateree and Santee, above Vance’s Ferry . . , 15,000 bales.

Total quantity from above Vance’s Ferry. . . 110,600 bales.

Total quantity from Hamburg and Augusta. . . . . . . 37,500 bales. Total quantity from other sources and wagons . . . . . 51,900 bales.

Total Cotton Receipts (820 Ibs. per bale). . . 200,000 bales.

Flatboats, bringing cotton from Columbia, &c., passed through the Santee canal. They were manned, generally, by a patroon” and five hands, carried 110 bales of 320 Ibs. each, and consumed twenty-four days in the round trip, from Columbia or Camden to Charleston and back. The tolls on the Santee canal were $40 on each boat each round trip, The freight was $1 per bale, or $7 per ton. Cotton was brought from Augusta and Hamburg to Charleston by steamboats; freight average, about. $1.50 per bale, insurance, 25c., equal to $1.75 on 320 lbs., or $12.25 per ton. The up-freights were 50c. per 100 Ibs., or $10 per ton, and in- surance one per cent. The delays on this route from various causes were very great, and, at times, the Savannah river was so low as to stop all navigation. ‘Travel was slow, difficult and expensive, and the mails only

2 ee byt ed A ta et a ; CP NES RR AUN vin dis 2 hier 0 ger Bk |

628 TRANSPORTATION IN SOUTH CAKOLINA.

passed thrice a week between Charleston and Augusta, two days and nights being consumed in the journey by the mail stages. The only regular lines of stages running out of Charleston were those to Savannah, Augusta, Columbia and Georgetown. Travelers who could not make use of these or the steamboats, had to resort to private conveyances.*

The natural advantages of the country for water communication, and the enterprise with which they were improved and utilized, the money and labor expended upon roads, bridges and ferries, failed to meet the needs of the country, and to maintain the trade of the city. A magazine writer in 1831 says: The rich inhabitants of the back country of South Carolina, and of those parts of North Carolina and Georgia which trade with Charleston, are obliged, at great expense, to transport their produce and receive, in return, their supplies ; weeks, and not unfrequently months, have elapsed before places not more distant, in a direct line, than one hundred and twenty miles, could effect their communications, and then, and at all times, with great expense, and at no time without great risk of loss and great delay.

The profits of the planter, or what ought to be his profits, are but too often consumed in the expense of transportation; and the merchant finds it impossible to calculate, with that certainty which his operations require, the time he may expect arrivals or hear of his shipments having reached their points of destination. Capital which would otherwise be active, is thus dormant a large portion of the time, and, consequently, more of it is required than would suffice with more certain, rapid and safe communication for the same amount of business. .

Our climate presents an obstacle of no small magnitude to trans- portation, either for goods or for persons, at least during three months in the year. The rivers are unhealthy, and often too low, the roads are sandy, heavy and hot; the laborers and the animals engaged in trans- portation are with difficulty brought to perform their task, and too often sink beneath it.

The exports of Charleston amount to ten millions of dollars per annum, whilst the direct foreign imports are scarcely more than a tenth of that amount. The merchants in the interior cannot postpone until the fall their supplies for the season, and as they cannot risk the approach to the city, as early as is required in the summer to purchase them and have them transported to their respective homes by the present tedious and expen-

*On the 15th May, 1815, Gen.Thos. Pinckney, with two ladies of his family, set out from their plantation on the Santee, in their own carriage, and traveled to Boston. A diary of the journey, in MS,, is still extant. They reached Philadelphia on the 15th June, having traveled 92 miles in 31 days, including stoppages, to that point. The traveling expenses, including two weeks’ stay in Philadelphia, amounted to $420,

TRANSPORTATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 629

sive modes, they prefer sailing to New York, and laying them in at that place.”

Mr. Elias Horry, in his aa upon the completion of the railroad to Hamburg, in 1833, thus refers to the inception of that work, five years earlier. “In South Carolina, particularly in Charleston, a respectable portion of our citizens wisely determined that railroads would be emi- nently beneficial to the State; that they would revive the diminished commerce of our city, and tend to bring back the depreciated value of property to its former standard. In fact, it became necessary that some efficient measures, some great enterprise, should be resorted to. Real es- tate in and near Charleston had sunk to half its former value, and in some instances to less; and this depreciation had extended also to coun- try property.

Industry and talent had lost encouragement and met not mie merit- ed rewards. These evils had commenced and accumulated within a few years, and were still progressing, and during the same period the North- ern and Eastern States and cities had attained to great and increasing af- fluence and prosperity, while those of the South were gradually falling into decay. To improve, therefore, the welfare of Charleston, and for- ward as much as possible her prosperity, and that of the State, our best merchants and most intelligent men decided in favor of the adoption of the railroad system.

The plan was that a railroad be located from Charleston to Hamburg, on the Savannah river, and that a branch should be extended from the main line, when completed, to Columbia, and afterwards to Camden. The project was grand, and required knowledge and experience to have devised it.”

The first charter was obtained 19th December, 1827, but being unsat- isfactory, another was granted by the Legislature on 30th January, 1828, providing for a corporation, to be called The South Carolina Canal and Railroad Company.”

The Chamber of Commerce, on 4th February, 1828, appointed a com- mittee of ten of its members to inquire into the effect likely to result to the trade and general interests of the city of Charleston by the establish- ment of a railroad communication between the said city and Ham- burg,” also to collect information about railroads, and report the prob- able cost of such a road, and the revenue likely to be obtained from it.

Mr. Alexander Black, the chairman of this committee, on 3d March, 1828, submitted a very lucid account of all that was then known about railroads, and added the committee’s opinion as to the probable effect of the contemplated railroad upon the prosperity of Charleston. Among other things, we learn from this report that “the trade of Charleston is

a Mie vi iheie tabs Mtoe ett s oop co oo CNBe ts tat Ral |

2.) hey deta

we a anrrn > Pay ~ fn 4a Pee 'e a TEAR Pg oP yet,

ite.

630 TRANSPORTATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

supported by about 200,000 bales of cotton and 100,000 barrels of clean and rough rice annually,” and that a bale of eotton was worth about $25. Estimating the barrel of rice at 600 pounds, and its value at $20 (8§ ets. per pound) the whole trade of Charleston was only $7,000,000. The re- port concludes, “Charleston * * * has for several years past retro- graded with a rapidity unprecedented. Her landed estate has, within eight years, depreciated in value one-half. Industry and business talent driven by necessity, have sought employment elsewhere. Many of her houses are tenantless, and the grass grows uninterrupted in some of her chief business streets.”

While Mr. Black’s committee were at work collecting information from a distance, some public spirited citizens furnished the means to have a_ preliminary survey made of the proposed route, and obtained a report of that survey on the 15th March.

These reports were published, and on the 17th March, 1828, books of subscription to the capital stock of the company were opened at Charles- ton, Columbia, Camden and Hamburg.

When the time expired and the books were closed, the subscriptions taken at Charleston amounted to 3,500 shares, the minimum required by the charter, but at the three other places not one share was taken.

On the 12th of May, 1828, the company was formally organized ata meeting of the stockholders, at the City Hall, Charleston, and officers: were elected as follows:

President—Wilham Aiken.

Directors —Alexander Black, Thomas Bennett, Joseph Johnson, John Gadsden, A. 8. Willington, E. L. Miller, T. Tupper, William Bell, John Robinson, Thomas Napier, Henry F. Faber, James Holmes.

Secretaries—Edwin P. Starr, John T. Robertson.

Exploring Surveyors.—Col. J. B. Pettival, Mr. C. E. Detmold, Mr. R. K. Payne. .

United States Engineers. Guion, Anderson and Belin.

ard,and Messrs. Harrison, Swift,

In time, Engineer Corps were organized as follows :

Chief Engineer.—Horatio Allen.

Assistants.—J. B. Pettival, C. E. Detmold, E. Watts, P. Martineau, W.B. Thompson, James Clarke, C. O. Pascallis, A. A. Dexter.

Alexander Black may be regarded as the father of the enterprise. THe got the first charter in 1827, supplied the information which attracted and satisfied others, and became commissioner, that is, fac totum, of the com- pany during the whole period of construction. .

TRANSPORTATION LN SOUTH CAROLINA. 631

President Tupper, in his farewell address in 1848, says it was an un- popular undertaking. Mr. Black and Mr. Allen, in the several reports made by them, from time to time, mention the opposition of the land owners between the Ashley and Edisto to the location of the road through that section, which was wealthy and populous, and the Board of Directors in their anal reports refer to the obstacles thrown 1 in the way of bring- ing the road below Line street.

As late as 1837, the use of locomotives south of Line street was made the basis of an indictment of the company as a public nuisance.

We can not, therefore, do too much honor to the men who risked repu- tation and the public favor, as well as their private means, in carrying the Charleston and Hamburg railroad through to completion.

It required courage as well as skill and labor, and when success was attained, when the public confidence was conquered and public support was ready to attach to an extension of what was quaintly called “The tailroad System,” these heroic men resigned to others the leadership and prominence in the enlarged projects that followed.

The Louisville, Cincinnati and Charleston Railroad, the South Caro- lina Railroad, and the Southwestern Railroad and Banking Company, were great conceptions, and were eagerly championed by the orators and statesmen of the day; but in no case were the practical results in any de- gree comparable with those achieved by Mr. Black, Mr. Horry, Mr. Tupper, and their associates. |

Mr. Wm. Aiken, the first president, died on the 5th March, 1831, and was succeeded by Mr. Elias Horry, who brought to the support of the already flagging enterprise a noble spirit, and the financial force of his large private fortune.

“The mode of construction adopted for the railroad,” says a writer in the Southern Review, of May, 1831, “is to drive piles every six feet apart in parallel lines, the heads of these piles are bound together by trans- verse sleepers; * these are surmounted by the longitudinal wooden rail, about nine inches square, in various lengths, from fifteen to thirty-five feet, on the top of which, on the inner side, the flat bar-iron is nailed. The tracks are about five feet apart.”

Mr. Horry, the president, says, in one of his letters, that “the timber was varnished.”

To do justice to those who conceived and executed the building of the Charleston and Hamburg railroad, we must fully realize the lack of infor- mation on such subjects generally, and, above all, the utter newness of such an undertaking i in the sort of country to be traversed by this road.

* Hence probably the term cross- -tie,” elk still adheres to the transverse piece of timber underlying the rails, though the piles which they tied across are no longer used.

A Spee epee or

632 TRANSPORTATION IN, SOUTH CAROLINA.

It was the first effort in America to build a railroad expressly for loco- motive power, and in England the railroads were short straight lines, built at enormous expense.

The Baltimore and Ohio, begun before the Charleston and Hamburg, was intended for horse-power, it being then supposed to be impracticable to use locomotives on short curves.

Mr. Peter Cooper practically refuted this notion, in August, 1830, but some months before his experiment at Baltimore, viz: on the 14th Jan- uary, 1830, five days after the commencement of work on the road, the Soard of Directors of the Charleston and Hamburg railroad adopted the report of Mr. Bennett, containing this memorable sentence :

“The locomotive shall alone be used. The perfection of this power in its application to railroads is fast maturing, and will certainly reach, within the period of constructing our road, a degree of excellence which will render the application of animal power a gross abuse of the gifts of genius and science

George Stephenson’s Rocket” made its trial trip at Liverpool, on the 6th October, 1829, so that there was barely time for the news of it to have reached Charleston, in January, 1830.

On the 28th of December, 1829, the contracts were given out, and on the 9th of January, 1830, the railroad was actually begun, by the driving of piles at Lines’ street.”

Mr. E. L. Miller, one of the directors, undertook, at his private risk, to provide a locomotive that should draw three times her own weight ata speed of ten miles an hour, and the contract was accepted by the Board of Directors on the Ist March, 1830. The locomotive was built in New York, under Mr. Miller’s direction, and was the first constructed in the United States for actual service on a railroad. It weighed four tons, had four wheels, made with spokes, was called the Best Friend,” arrived in Charleston on the 28d October, 1830, and made one trip on 2d Noyem- ber, when the wheels proved of insufficient strength. Others had to be got from New York, and finally, on the 14th and 15th December, 1830, trial trips were made, when the Best Friend” accomplished from six- teen to twenty-one miles per hour, drawing four or five cars with forty or fifty passengers. Without the cars the locomotive run thirty-five miles an hour, to the amazement of the community. “i

This achievement will be considered all the ‘greater when we remem- ber that the roadway was formed by stringers set on posts, with only a strap of iron spiked along one edge of the surface of the stringers.

In 1830 six miles of road were built. In 1831 the whole line was placed under contract. On the 7tht November, 1832, the road was opened | to Branchville, sixty-two miles; on the 7th February, 1833, to Midway,

ve . - TP AT At ee free ee a ee 60 a? yb 1 oD Tt

re ANN. OD A eee hey ae

TRANSPORTATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 633

ninety-two miles, and in October, 1833, the whole road was completed* and opened to the public from Line street, near Charleston, to Hamburg. Cost $951,148.39. It was then the-longest continuous line of railroad track in the world, 136 miles, and continued to be the longest until 1840. It was built entirely on piles. In February, 1832, the first United States mail ever carried on a railroad was transported over the twelve miles then in operation nearest the city. Stages to and from Columbia and Augusta completed those routes.

The Charleston and Hamburg railroad demonstrated both the practi- cability and convenience of this mode of transportation, and the unwise deflection via Kingville of the Columbia branch of the South Carolina railroad shows how completely the previous apathy of the interior com- munities had given place to an ardent desire to share in the benefits of the accomplished enterprise.

When the railroad from Columbia to Greenville was projected, the first surveys showed a straight and practicable line via Laurens, but so eager had grown the desire for the new accommodation that influences arose strong enough to fasten upon the undertaking an egregious and costly route, which exhausted the resources of the corporation, and forced it to

build up a territory it could not command, and to occupy a line inviting |

competition. It is unnecessary to trace in detail the various railroad projects that have from time to time been set on foot. Some failed that should have succeeded, and some were carried out that should have failed. Following the completion of the railroads to Greenville and Charlotte came the great abortive effort to penetrate the Blue Ridge at Rabun Gap. This was rightly regarded as a public work, and on that ground both the State and city of Charleston contributed liberally to its accomplish- ment, but the war of secession came on and nothing of importance has been done since to utilize the great outlay made, beyond Walhalla.

The period between 1834 and 1860 was marked by the gradual devel- opment of railroads, and by many changes within the State, resulting from that development, which deserve careful consideration, as showing the effects of physical conditions upon society and politics.

Before considering these, however, it should be observed that no ef- fective opposition was ever made to any project for building railroads within or across the territory of the State, but on the contrary, the Legis- lature freely chartered, and in some cases substantially aided railroads which diverted business from our own centres and tended to benefit cities beyond our borders at the expense of those within the State.

Augusta, Charlotte, and Wilmington profited largely by the uncalcu-

*The Liverpool and Manchester railroad, thirty miles long, was begun in June, 1826, and finished 15th September, 1830, at a cost of £820,000, abort $4,000,000.

41

ee

\,!

634 TRANSPORTATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

lating liberality of South Carolina in this respect, and although Charles- ton was necessarily the chief sufferer, and exercised at that time an al- most paramount influence in the State, she never sought to monopolize the trade of the interior by obstructing the charters of railroads leading to rival cities.

It is due toa high-minded and generous community to record this fact, and to point out that it was the consequence of consistent adherence to principle, and not attributable to either weakness or indifference.

The effects produced by railroads, above referred to, are these:

1st. The railroads were built, for the most part, on the ridges between the rivers, and thus tended to produce a new distribution of population in those parts of the State which they traversed.

The earhest settlements in the low country, as we have seen, followed the rivers, and in 1817, Col. A. Blanding stated in a published address, that “two-thirds of all the market products of the State are raised with- in fiye miles, and most of the other third within ten miles of a navigable stream ;” one of the consequences, no doubt, of the work done in im- proying internal navigation, and of the insufficient means provided for making and keeping up the roads. It will be seen from this why the earlier railroads were so coldly received by the persons then most promi- nent as representatives of the agriculturalists of the interior, and why they were taken up and carried to completion only by men who, like Mr. Aiken, Mr. Horry, Mr. Tupper and Judge O’Neale, looked beyond the interests phe prejudices of.a class, and sought to promote the prosperity of the masses

The as lands bordering the rivers were held in large tracts by wealthy proprietors, who had water carriage for their crops and horses and carriages for themselves, but the small farmers, scattered over the less fruitful lands upon the ridges, were without facilities for travel and for marketing their produce. To them the railroads were a great boon, but to the land owners on the rivers they were an annoyance. The Charleston and Hamburg railroad was prevented from passing through St. George’s, Dorchester, and up the valley of the Edisto, by the opposi- tion of the planters, but was welcomed and aided with gifts of land by the scattered settlers in the pine barrens, between the Ashley and Cooper.

2d. The railroads created towns, and the country town became at once a new and important element in the development of the interior of the State. These towns were the centres of trade; churches and schools arose there, some acquired colleges, and each town attracted to itself the enterprise, talent, and mechanical skill of the vicinity, and lawyers, cler- gymen, doctors, and merchants united, gave the towns that leadership in local affairs, social and political, which had been before enjoyed by

TRANSPORTATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 635

certain large settlements.” Since towns represent the thoughts and in- terests of communities, while the settlements” had represented chiefly family influences, the significance of the changes is obvious. Railroads made upper South Carolina even more strongly democratic than it had been before.

3rd. The railroads facilitated negro deportations from the State and thus tended to reduce the wealth of the low country, whence the chief movement took place, while, by cheapening transportation, they vastly augmented that of the upper and middle country. As a consequence, the low country gradually lost the social and political ascendency in the State, which, acquired in colonial days, had been retained until the ad- vent of railroads took it away. Thus it happened that in building the Charleston and Hamburg railway, Charleston unconsciously initiated a movement which ultimately subverted her influence in the State, and de- flected the course of social and political development in the Common- wealth, away from the aristocratic modes, which its origin and history had fixed upon the low country, and towards those principles which un- derlay the development of upper South Carolina, and which are the expo- nents of popular institutions both in government and society.

4th. The railroads stimulated the extension of cotton culture and made Western provisions so cheap that the farmers neglected the production of food at home. By cheapening the transportation of corn and bacon to the cotton lands, and cheapening the carriage of cotton to the seaboard, an unaccustomed adjustment of prices came about, which misled the farmers into that vicious semblance of economy of which the evil effects are still seen and felt throughout the State, whereby the independence and the substantial comforts of farm life are sacrificed to the pursuit of money returns from a large cotton crop.

5th. After the railroads were finished, the highways, which had been so early located, and which were built and maintained by so costly, and even oppressive a system of personal road service, were of little use as. main arteries for trade and travel, but the former cross-roads, connecting the new towns and the railroad stations with the country around them, became important thoroughfares. Owing to the peculiar topography of the country, and to the course of the railroads along the ridges, these old eross-roads were ill adapted to such requirements, while the road laws were not elastic enough to remedy the inconvenience by applying to them the means used in building the former highways. Hence to this day some towns and many important railroad stations are almost inac- eessible in bad weather. This affects even the prosperity of the railroads, for good common roads are essential as feeders to the railroads.

6th. No precautions have been at any time taken to obtain for the Legis-

mer: ‘, A; <; : FV anki Reigity SoS Maen FEN SGN Se ae ee ey

636 TRANSPORTATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

lature, or the public, trustworthy information as to what railroads should

be encouraged and what obstructed, nor as to the judicious location of: such roads as may be desirable in a general way. Upon every occasion

on which the State was asked to grant a charter and to confer the right

of way along a given route for a railroad, even in cases where the State

was asked to aid the enterprise, the field of discussion has been left solely

to volunteers. Thus the public interests involved in the undertaking

were rarely if ever adequately represented, and as a general thing only

that side of the case which was urged by the advocates of the enterprise ever had a hearing either in the Legislature or the newspapers. Any

voice raised in dissent was weak aud ineffectual against the clamor of the interested, while arguments in opposition were too often answered

only by charges of unworthy motives on the part of those who ventured to make them public.

It has been an unfortunate thing that the State abolished the Board of Public Works just at the time when in the building of its railroads such an institution would have been most useful. If the board had been re- tained, and had been charged with the duty of laying out a systematic and comprehensive scheme of railroads for the whole State, leaving each route to be taken up by a’private corporation as soon as it proved to be attractive, we should now be far better off than we are in respect, to rail- road accommodations. Our railroads, in that case, would have been less costly, and therefore might have remained in the hands of the original stockholders; whatever extensions might have been required to meet the demands of increased population and production, could have been made in accordance with a carefully considered and definitely settled plan, avoiding injury to previously vested interests of the same character. It is not yet too late for the State to provide in some way for supplying the public and the Legislature with the advice of a disinterested engineer of high professional standing, whose views, under the sanction of official re- sponsibility, should be obtained upon every project of public improve- ment which may be hereafter brought forward. It is now obvious that such an official, regarding matters from the stand-point of the general in- terest of the people. apart from local interests, would have been eminently useful in the past, and on that ground alone, even if there were no others, it is likely that in the future there will be equal need of a State engineer. There are, however, other reasons why the State should have in its ser- vice engineering talent and skill. Our road laws are of the worst form of the antique, they were not good when made, and are entirely un- suited to present uses. Certain neighborhood roads may perhaps be ad- yantageously and economically kept up by this antiquated method of per- sonal service, but certainly every highway should be maintained in good

TRANSPORTATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 637

_order by the State, and the work should be done upon scientific princi- ples, as respects grading and drainage. Since navigable rivers and rail- roads are channels of public travel and traffic every road leading from a highway to a frequented landing, or to a railroad station, should be re- garded as a part of the highway.

A Board of Works, with a competent engineer at its head, and the convict labor of the State at its disposal, would soon demonstrate its value and would take its place in public estimation as an indispensable part of the machinery of good government.

The war, terminating in 1865, had made excessive demands upon the transportation institutions of the State, and left the railroads in an ex- hausted condition, both as to motive-power and car resources, while miles of track and trestle had been destroyed. The water transportation had been early broken up, and towards the end many important bridges had been destroyed. The common roads and the causeways, from neglect and unusual traffic, were in bad order; almost the only vehicles of any sort in the country fit for use were a few army wagons and ambulances; horses and mules were scarce and dear, while horse-feed and forage were equally so.

The recuperation of the railroads proved to be very costly, owing to the high prices which prevailed up to 1873, and when the exceptional tariffs of that period were no longer practicable, corporation after corpo- ration succumbed under the burden of their augmented debts.

From 1873 to 1880 was the period of receiverships and reorganization, and of legislative action directed towards the regulation of railroads in their relations to the public. These matters can not be discussed here.

The reorganization of the railroads on a lower basis of capital and debt excited new hopes as to their profitableness, and encouraged expen- ditures and a system of management, producing marked improvement in rails, bridges, and station accommodation, and quite a new orderof = things in the speed and frequency of trains.

According to the report of-the Railroad Commissioner for 1882, there are in operation in South Carolina about 1,600 miles of railroads, which transported in that year 961,515 passengers over distances which make the total passenger traffic equivalent to the carriage of 48,664,470 persons one mile.

_ The amount of freight carried over these roads in that year is 1,523,364 tons, and taking this yast quantity in connection with the distance tray- ersed, it is equal to the transportation of 122,043,275 tons one mile.

According to the same report, the average amounts paid by the public were 3.42 cents per passenger per mile, and 2.47 cents per ton of freight per mile.

OE EE IIELG Si a0 FOOSE TCL aE RO Oe

638 TRANSPORTATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA.

In 1821, Mr. Robert Mills, who was both an ardent patriot and an accomplished and accurate statistician, published through “The Tele- scopic Press,” at Columbia, a pamphlet, advocating certain internal im- provements for the facilitating of trade and travel, gai from this authentie source we gather the followine facts :

1st. That the bales of cotton then weighed about 320 pounds, and were reckoned as running seven bales to the ton (page 28).

2nd. That the freight on cotton from Columbia to Charleston by the steamboats which descended the Congaree and Santee, was $1.50 per bale, equal to $10.50 per ton, but this route was so long and hazardous that shippers preferred to send their cotton by wagons at a cost of $3.00 per bale, equal to $21.00 per ton (page 19 and seq).

3rd. That the merchandize, salt, iquors,” &e., carried back to Colum- bia, cost for transportation from $15.00 to $30. 00 per ton, both by steam- ers and wagons. The water route being 500 miles, and the road 110 miles.

4th. That there are annually brought to Charleston from the country watered by the Santee and its branches, 50,000 bales of cotton, at a cost for transportation of $115,000.” This is equal to $2.30 per bale of 320 pounds, or $16.10 per ton.

5th. Cotton carried from Chatham (now Cheraw) and Society Hill to Georgetown by steam and team-boats, cost, before the improvement of the Peedee, $1.25 De bale, and afterwards 75 cents per bale. The carriage by land cost $2.00 per bale, of 320 pounds, to Georgetown. 1

The whole quantity carried in one year was put down at 6,000 bales.

A team-boat, carrrying 300 bales, required eight mules to propel it, five

men to manage it, and took fifteen days to descend the stream from Society Hill to Georgetown. The freight from Georgetown to Charleston is not given.

It is impossible to compute how much the public gains in time and convenience by having railroads, but considering only the gain in econ- omy, calculated upon the data thus furnished, we shall find the follow- ing results:

Cost of wagon transportation between Columbia and Charleston in ~

1821, 110 miles: To Charleston, $10.50 to $21 per ton; average, $15.75. To Columbia, $15 to $30 ‘per ton; average, $22.50. Average both ways, a little over $19 per ton—17 23, cents per mile. The route between Charleston and Columbia being the main artery of travel, rates were probably lower on that route than on any other in the State; hence we might safely assume a higher rate per ton per mile for the cost if carriage over the less frequented routes. The present cost, by average, on all the railroads in the State is, according to the Railroad Commissioners, 2.7

RISEN TC Ne AGT ek NT Oe eT eR Pe J See OR | Re ean oe eae ON PL er A ots AS eer ;

¥ : f .

TRANSPORTATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA. 639

cents per ton per mile. Between this rate and that of 17.27 cents there is a difference of 14.57 cents, which represents the minimum saving to the public on’ the transportation of merchandise. Without railroads, or some equivalent convenience, the freight traffic could never have at- tained its present dimensions, because the public could neyer have paid to move so much material at the old rates. But it may be instructive to observe that the tonnage figures for 1882, given by the Railroad Commissioner, show that, if paid for at the old rates, the excess of cost on the transportation of freight alone would have amounted to (122,048,275 x 14.57) $17,781,705.16. The data for estimating the saving in traveling expenses are not as precise as those we have for calculating the saving in the carriage of freight, but we may, perhaps, safely assume it to be in proportion to the ratio of the number of passengers to the tons of freight carried one mile by the railroads in 1882, 7. ¢., as 48,000,000 is to 122,000,000. We shall thus have:

Perea NCEE 080) fos) Pee ae AN SE ype) koe en he cab een hg OL hes (122 : 48 :: 17,781,705 :) Gain oh passengers. . . ... . . 7,000,000

Annual gain in cost of transportation by railroad =... $24,781,705

which is equal to seven per cent. per annum on $354,000,000, and to nearly seventeen per cent. per annum on $145,442,292, which is the total value of all property in the State, real and personal, including railroad property to the amount of $14,877,250, as stated in the Report of the Comptroller General for 1882.

The cost of all the railroads in South Carolina may be estimated at about fifty million dollars, so that the public is now annually receiving an equivalent of about fifty per cent. on their cost, over and above all interest and dividends paid by the railroads to their creditors and shareholders.. This should be remembered when complaint is made of insufficient accommodations and high charges by the railroads, especially since these great public works have, in nearly every case, proved unre- munerative to their builders.

Another point of gain is, that the railroads are built and kept in order by the corporations owning and operating them, the annual outlay being taken out of the earnings at éven 2.7 cents per-ton per mile, whereas the wagons of 1820-34 made no contributions even to the repair of the roads which they incessantly lacerated, and, besides paying enormous rates of

freight, the public was obliged to keep up the roads and _ rivers.

While the extension of railroads has been taking place, there has also been an expansion in the freight traffic of some of the rivers, notably, the Santee and Pee Dee.

i.

- 3 4 arte Rav vs . , a ALR tet he SN Ne 1 eee, RO) oY NR Rik Pa ee SAS ery

640 TRANSPORTATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA,

The greater volume and activity imparted to the currents of trade by the more numerous and more rapid processes of transportation causes more traffic upon the common roads, which are really extensions of rail- road and steamboat routes. These common roads should be put in good order and kept so by the State, because the benefits to be derived from their improvement is diffused over the whole State. If the roads leading to a given town are good or bad, not only the interests of that town, but the convenience and economy of the whole surrounding region are af- fected, and even, in some cases, the effects extend to distant points having only railroad connection with the town concerned. To this purpose the State may well appropriate all its convict labor and such funds as may be necessary to the efficient and sustained employment of the convicts. Such appropriations would soon appear to be in the nature of remunera- tive investments, raising the value of lands and augmenting the emolu- ments of labor wherever the road improvements extend.

CHAPTER Ix.

TAXATION AND DEBT.

The fiscal history of South Carolina presents many remarkable vicissi- tudes. . Periods of great financial embarassments and depression have not been wanting, but they have never discredited the industry, economy or integrity of her people, and the recurrerice of eras of great prosperity illustrate the recuperative powers with which the manifold resources of the country have endowed it.

The first tax, for the sum of £400, was imposed in 1682, twelve years after the settlement of the colony. During the twenty succeeding years the taxes aggregated £2,320, and the largest amount raised in one year was £800.

Between 1702 and 1720, wars with the Spaniards, the Indians, and the pirates caused an augmentation of taxes, and during this period they amounted to £215,000. A tax of ten per cent. was Jaid on. skins* and furs, and a duty imposed on goods and merchandise imported into, and exported out of the province. The custom duties were a source of in- come until 1790, when their collection was transferred to the Federal government. Specific duties were laid at this time on the importation of negroes; real and personal property was taxed, and a tax was appor- - tioned among the merchants and inhabitants of Charleston. The As- sembly also issued bills of credit to the amount of £33,000. A land bank was established to promote the rapidly increasing and successful culture of rice. It emitted paper bills to the amount of £52,000. The deprecia- tion of this paper currency quickly ensued, exchange and the value of produce rose two hundred per cent. in two years, and in 1722 the value of this paper money was fixed at four for one of sterling

Under the Royal government warm disputes between the different branches of the Legislature for and against the issue of bills of credit occurred. The King’s council refused to sanction the paper money, and the provincial House of Commons declined to concur in passing any legis-

*In the early settlements (as in Newberry) deer and beaver skins were used as cur- rency, and were a tender in law in payment of debts, being rated at certain valuations for the different sorts, as summer and winter dressed, or undressed skins, provided they weighed one pound or upwards.

- De a a eee ae, mr AE ee Bae et a, on ae : , v ist Pha Pa bie ~* ir 3) Pe Bete Ee

642 TAXATION AND DEBT.

lative act whatever, and none were passed from 1727 to 1731. But the Lower House prevailed in 1736, not, however, without a strong protest from Arthur Middleton, James Kinloch and Joseph Wragg, in passing an Act to emit £210,000 in bills of credit, declared in the Act itself to be equal to about £30,000 sterling. In 1746 a second sum of 210,000 was issued by the same authority, and loaned out at eight per cent., as the first had been. During this period the provincial curreney. was some- times as low as ten for one, and averaged seven for one of sterling. Proclamation money,” which was an aggregate of the depreciation es- tablished by Queen Anne’s proclamation of 1708, determining the yalue of coin in the provinces at one-quarter advance on sterling, and the de-— preciation of provincial currency fixed at four for one in 1722, passed at the rate of five for one of sterling.

During the French and English wars South Carolina paid in taxes, from the year 1755 to 1765, the enormous sum of £2,020,652, of which £535,303 were raised in the year 1760. The last emission of previncial paper currency was in 1770, amounting to the sum of £70,000, and valued. at about £10,000 sterling. The total amount of paper money issued by the province during these sixty-eight years was £605,000, of which more than two-thirds was secured by mortgage, and this sum greatly exceeded the amount in circulation at any one time, asthe earlier issues were called in before the later ones were thrown into circulation. The conclusion of the early legislators, after a long experience, and a full discussion of the ad- vantages and disadvantages of an irredeemable paper currency was, that, “while under proper restrictions it might be useful to a certain extent, proper restrictions were seldom imposed, and seldomer observed.” (Ramsey.)

The last colonial tax raised in South Carolina was in 1769, for about £9,600 sterling, or twenty-four times as much as the first tax levied eighty-seven years before; as both periods were times of peace, requir- ing no extraordinary expenditure, this fact is a strong proof. of the pro- gressive improvement of the country.” (Ramsey.)

For five years previous to the Revolution there was great scarcity of money in South Carolina. The importation of about 5,000 negroes an- nually by Great Britain caused the balance of trade to be against the colony. Gold and silver were very scarce. No tax bills had been passed, and there was no emission of paper currency by the Assembly for several years. The clerk of the House of Commons merely issued certificates to the public creditors, that their demands should be provided for in the next tax bill. This stringency was temporarily mitigated by certain gentlemen, men of large estate, who, in 1775, issued their joint and several notes, in convenient sums, payable to bearer, to the amount of

Bo RAR Bat ae ted lacs aad i a he a ie ot Rr ne i cen Ra dia ig Sk . wae a We é . .s PS if } C

»

-

TAXATION AND DEBT. 643

£128,000. They passed freely from hand to hand, but in a short while the war came on, a flood of paper money was issued, depreciation followed, and this project turned out both unprofitable and vexatious.

In the Revolutionary war, asin the wars in which Carolina had been previously engaged, recourse was again had to the emission of paper bills of credit. Between 1775 and 1779 no less than £7,817,553 was thrown into circulation. For the space of one year and nine months the enthu- siasm of a people struggling for liberty maintained, undiminished, the value of this paper, but in April, 1777, a destructive depreciation set in, and the circulation of these bills was wholly arrested by the fall of Charleston, in 1780. Their total value at the dates when the several issues were made, was estimated at £481,065.. At the date of the extine- tion of this circulating medium, there was literally no currency in the State, for about that time also the Continental paper, “like an aged man, expiring by the decays of nature, without a sigh or a groan, fell gently asleep in the hands of its last possessors.” The Spanish and French loans, which were of such vital assistance to the Federal government in the prosecution of the war at this critical juncture, furnished little or no relief to the people of Carolina. The war, however, was carried on with the same vigor. There was no money. Plate, rings, keepsakes, old coin and such like articles, were brought into use by those who had them. Buying and selling for the most part ceased, those having the necessaries of life divided them freely with the destitute. Simply to live, was the aim of most, and this was done to the astonishment of many, who could scarcely tell how it had been effected.

When at length the war was over, the State liquidated its war debts by giving to its creditors an acknowledgment of the sums due them in the form of an indent. For five years the interest on these indents was paid by issuing special indents, made receivable in taxes, which were an- nually imposed for their redemption. And thus every year two to three hundred thousand dollars was furnished, which obtained considerable circulation.

‘In 1785, the State again issued bills of credit to the amount of £100,000, loaning them in small amounts on mortgages of land or deposit of plate, at seven per cent. interest. Of this loan £58,067 was outstanding in 1802, yielding a revenue of $17,420 to the State. The merchants came forward in a body and agreed to take these bills at par with gold and silver. No second issue was made, and the depreciation of the bills was inconsiderable. The South Carolina Bank received this paper medium on deposit and made repayment in specie or in its own bills.

In 1790, the United States, to consolidate the finances of the country and to equalize the condition of the several States, assumed the debts of

fi ad

644 TAXATION AND DEBT.

the thirteen original States, contracted in the prosecution of the war. That of South Carolina was the largest and amounted to $3,999,651. In the further adjustment of the war accounts-of the several States with the United States, on the showing of Simeon Theus, it appeared to the satis- faction of the commissioners appointed on behalf of the United States, that the latter were indebted to South Carolina, for advances made by her, in the further sum of $1,447,173, and certificates of funded stock were given to the State for that sum.

These settlements, and the general prosperity which ensued with the _

establishment of the independence of the country, gave a stable founda-

tion to the finances of South Carolina. A branch bank of the National

Bank was established in Charleston, in 1792, and others followed soon after, and the inconveniences which had afflicted South Carolina in every preceding period of her history from the want of a circulating medium passed away, and the country rose to a high pitch of prosperity. Nevertheless, in 1799, it appeared that no man in or out of office in the State, was able to tell the amount of the debts or of the credits of the State. In consequence, the office of Comptroller-General was established,

and Paul Hamilton, the first incumbent, stated in his final report, in -

1804, that the balance due to the State was $754,555.

This flourishing condition of the finances induced the Legislature to subscribe $300,000 to the State Bank, and to establish and endow the South Carolina College at Columbia.

The war between England and France, causing the imposition of the embargo, and the non-intercourse acts, of 1807 and 1809, and finally the declaration of war against Great Britain, in 1812, bore heavily on the agricultural interests of South Carolina. From December, 1807, foreign trade was almost entirely cut off. Agricultural productions accumulated in the hands of the planters, becoming well-nigh unsalable. Money almost ceased to circulate among the people, and business came to a stand- still. To relieve this distress, the Legislature, in 1512, chartered the Bank of the State, vesting in it the cash in hand and the funds belonging to the State, with power to loan on real security and personal, at an in- terest of seven per cent., the interest being paid in advance annually, and renewable for years. All stocks, bonds, shares and claims belonging to the State, the unexpended money in the treasury, and all taxes to be thereafter collected, were deposited in the bank, and vested in the Presi- dent and Directors, and the faith of the State pledged to support the bank, and to make good all losses. The bank was to pay the interest on the State debt. This debt consisted of three per cent. Revolutionary stock, and was estimated by the Legislature for redemption at fifty-five cents on the dollar, making it, by this valuation, $332,870. The bank

pylexe :

2k Dei oy

gay * Pa: Pig Ba, ao f we”

3

TAXATION AND DEBT. 645

was directed to redeem and extinguish the same by the 31st of Decem- ber, 1824. The bank was chartered until May, 1836.

With the return of peace another period of great prosperity com- menced. The assets of the State were gradually realized by the bank, and its effective capital amounted, in 1819, to $1,372,500. In this year also Stephen Elliott, the learned and distinguished president of the bank, placed the value of property in South Carolina, at $200,000,000.

The subject of internal improvements was discussed in South Carolina as early as 1687, but it was ninety-nine years later before the Santee Canal Company was incorporated, and this work was completed in 1800, at a cost of £150,000 sterling. Other private companies, for the improve- ment of the Wateree, Catawba and Edisto rivers, were incorporated in 1787. It was not, however, until the year 1816 that the office of civil and military engineer to the State was established, and aid given by the State to these improvements, at the rate of $50,000 a year. This expendi- ture was soon much increased, and by the year 1826, the State had paid out more than $2,000,000 in internal improvements, chiefly for canals and turnpikes, and of tuis sum, $1,550,000 remained as a debt.

Thus it happened that the extravagant expenditures indulged in by many of the States on account of internal improvements, which threat- ened them with bankruptcy, and culminated in the financial crisis of 1836-42, occurred some years earlier in Carolina than elsewhere. So that in 1827, when the Charleston and Hamburg railroad—the first railroad built in the world witha view to its operation by locomotive steam power—was projected, the already depleted treasury only aided the private company, who obtained the charter, by a loan of $100,000, secured by mortgage, payable in seven years, and bearing five per cent. interest.

In 1830, the Bank of the State was rechartered until 1856. It had discharged $215,931 of the principal of the State debt. This burden, however, had been increased, by the expenditures for internal improve- ments, to $1,892,880, leaving about $1,676,949 still due. The available assets of the bank at this date amounted to $3,768,292. During the suc- ceeding decade, the debt of the State and assets of the bank were both largely increased, as will appear from the following statements :

When the South Carolina Railroad, one hundred and thirty-seven miles in length, was completed, in 1834, the most brilliant anticipations of its success were entertained. The State had once again become pros- perous; cotton rose from eight to fifteen cents per pound, and thence, in 1836, to twenty cents. The idea of developing great interior routes of communication occupied the public mind throughout the entire United States, and seized for a second time upon South Carolina.

The Charleston, Louisville and Cincinnati Railroad and Banking Com-

i - “i "er oe eee FA ee a Sb ee hae , ve fa

646 TAXATION AND DEBT.

pany, to have a capital of $36,000,000, was chartered. The State took $800,000 of the stock, adyanced $200,000 in cash, and endorsed the bonds of the company for $2,000,000. This magnificent project, with many similar ones undertaken at this date, failed ; accomplishing, some years later, of its great promise, only the Columbia branch of the South Caro- lina railroad, sixty-seven miles in length.

Meanwhile, the enormous increase of the debts of many of the States of the Union, on account of their expenditures for internal improve- ments, threatened to assume the proportions of a great national evil. These debts aggregated $174,306,994, and the Federal Government, free from debt, and with a large amount of surplus revenue in its treasury, was appealed to on all hands for help. $36,000,000 of this surplus rey- enue was ordered to be distributed among the States in four quarterly instalments, commencing January, 1837. The pro rata assigned to South Carolina was about $1,850,000, and of this amount $1,051,422.09 was actually deposited with the State in July, 1837, being the first three instalments. The financial distress, which culminated in the panie of 1837, prevented the payment of the fourth and last instalment.

In 1838, a great fire destroyed a large portion of the city of Charleston, and an extra session of the Legislature authorized a loan of $2,000,000 to aid the sufferers. The Bank of the State negotiated this loan, borrowing the money in England and loaning it on mortgages to the people of Charleston. .

The result of these events was that, in 1840, the State debt had in- creased to $3,676,949 (not counting the surplus revenue deposited by the United States with the State until otherwise ordered by Congress). The assets of the bank had also increased, from the sources above cited, to $5,420,809.

Although the decade, 1840 to 1850, does not appear as one of unusual prosperity, it was marked by great economy in the management of the financial affairs of South Carolina. <A strong anti-debt feeling was aroused among the people. No new loans were made, and, in 1850, the return of the Comptroller-General shows the debt of the State, less the surplus revenue, to be $2,105,920, funded in three, five and six per cent. stocks and bonds. The assets of the Bank of the State amounted to $3,633,718, and other assets of the State in railroad stocks and bonds amounted to $1,320,156. In all, $4,953,874.

This prosperous condition of the treasury again induced a recurrence to unusual expenditures, a tendency which was fostered by the rapid increase in wealth of the people during the decade, 1850 to 1860. -In 1852, the charter of the Bank of the State was a second time extended until 1871. For the third time the project of a great highway to the

ee ee

Fe ere ape Ne Pe

TAXATION AND DEBT. 617

Northwest obtained control of the Legislature, and the State issued six per cent. bonds, to the amount of $1,310,000, in aid of the Blue Ridge railroad. The great increase in State expenditures which prevailed, adding largely to the burden of taxation, as for example, in the State of New York, increasing its amount three hundred per cent., found a par- allel in South Carolina, in the sums expended in erecting a new State House of cyclopean blocks of granite. For this enterprise, if it may be - termed so, the State issued at this time six per cent. bonds to the amount of $1,822,210.

Neyertheless, the assets of the State were ample to meet all liabilities. The report of the joint committee of the General Assembly, in December, 1859, showed that the bank was in a prosperous condition ; that it had paid debts of the State in excess of the interest and principal of the funds with which it had been intrusted by the State (excepting a portion of the fire loan); that, deducting all the liabilities of the bank for issues, de- posits, balances due to other banks, &c., from the $7,779,337 representing its assets, there remained $5,085,397 of net assets, the fruit of its man- agement. This sum, with $2,652,300 held by the State in railroad shares—in all, $5,737,597—represented the fiscal resources of the State available to meet its public debt, which (subtracting the fire loan stocks and bonds already deducted from the assets of the bank) amounted to $2,478,796, as stated by the Comptroller-General in his report for that year.

Such was materially the condition of the finances of South Carolina at the commencement of the war between the States.

In 1867, the Comptroller General stated the funded public debt of the State, interest and principal, as $8,378,255, and the assets of the State, con- sisting chiefly of assets held by the Bank of the State and shares in rail- road companies, as $8,709,189.

Of this increased indebtedness, $2,241,840 was for principal of bonds issued during the war for the military defence of the State; $729,200 re- duced interest on bonds and stocks; $436,600 State capitol bonds, &e., issued during and after the war; thus leaving $4,978,615 to represent the ante-bellum debt increased in the interval by interest.

Doubtless a considerable portion of the assets of the bank, with which these liabilities were to be met, would eventually have proved valueless, as did the results of many of the financial transactions during ‘the war. Time, however, to test this matter was not allowed

In 1868, the Federal military authorities summoned a convention to Reconstruct the State of South Carolina. From this convention the former citizens of South Carolina were virtually excluded, and it was placed by the military authorities, as the State government, for eight

rides. A 2 ag ae te ee tas ia it’ ie wages OD ERI 0 ee eg a en ne a

eh tale

648 TAXATION AND DEBT.

years. Subsequently it was inthe hands of the newly emancipated

negro slaves.

The convention declared the $2,241,840 of war debt wholly and for- ever invalid. ‘The first negro Legislature that met passed an act, in the fall of 1868, to close the operations of the Bank of the State, Thereafter, the assets of this venerable institution added nothing to the revenues of the State. In 1870, it was placed in the hands of receivers, under whose administration its funds have gradually diminished.

Thus passed away a powerful institution, which, for more than half a century had exercised exclusive control of the fiscal affairs of the State. Its friends claimed that it had saved, consolidated and made profitable the funds of the State; that it had furnished relief to many citizens, added to the general revenues of the State, improving and developing the towns of the interior; its profits were employed in paying the in- terest and in reducing the principal of the public debt; it preserved its capital entire and its funds sate, maintaining the character and credit of the State in Europe and at home without blot or suspicion. Its most violent opponents admitted the ability and integrity displayed in its management, and declared that the abiding confidence of the people in it was a high but dangerous compliment to the purity of the public characters of the State.

This was but the prelude to the wreck which the negro government made of the finances of the State. Its policy was of extreme simplicity. It consisted in raising money by every means available, and at any cost, to be squandered in profligate and corrupt extravagances upon the plunder- ers in power. Space does not allow here even a brief summary of the numerous and devious methods adopted for these purposes. Of the high assessments placed on the remnants of property spared by the ravages of war; of the equally high rate of taxation; of the issues of bonds and stocks of the State by the Legislature, by the Governors, Treasurers Speakers of the House of Representatives, and financial agents; of their sale and hypotheeation; of the army of clerks, messengers, porters, &e., aggregating 2,505, employed by the Legislature; of the legislative ac-

counts for services, including wines, groceries and dry oodles amounting

to $543,232; and of much more, concerning which statements made by their own witnesses, will be found in the reports on legislative frauds during the years 1871, °72, ’73, ’7

The average of the annual State taxes for the ten years preceding the war —a time of great prosperity and large expenditure—was $442,589. From 1869 to 1873, they averaged $1,822,007. During this latter period, the assets of the State disappeared. The interest on the public debt remained unpaid, large deficiencies occurred, no public works were undertaken.

TAXATION AND DEBT. 649

The sequel is briefly stated in the language of the Financial Investigating Committee of the negro Legislature of 1871-2: We find ourselves facing a total debt of $28,977,608. This sum represents the present actual and contingent liabilities of the State as the committee find them.” The credit of the State was entirely destroyed. “It was with the greatest difficulty that the officers of the State Lunatic Asylum could purchase four thousand dollars worth of provisions on credit, although appropriations had been made to be payable out of the revenues which were then about to become due (Statistics Public Indebtedness, 10th U. S. Census). The appalling spectacle was presented of a State struggling in the slough of debt, with Labor resting on her rusted implements, Com- merce folding her wings, Trade in prison garments, and the Genius of Liberty weeping over her people, prostrate, bankrupt and disgraced.

Extreme measures were of urgent necessity. A constitutional amend- ment was ratified forbidding the General Assembly to create any further debt without first submitting the question to the people at a general State election, and unless two-thirds of the qualified voters cast their votes in favor of it. The negro Legislature, by act of the 22d December, 1873, declared as absolutely null and void bonds recently issued to the amount of $5,965,000. By the same act, known as the Consolidation Act,” the State Treasurer was authorized and required to receive from their holders certain specified certificates of stock and bonds, and to give in exchange therefor, other certificates of stock or bonds equal in amount to fifty per centum of the face value of the bonds and certificates of stock surrendered. Interest was no longer to be paid on the old bonds and stocks unless exchanged, and then at the rate of six per cent. per annum. . The bonds and stocks thus specified were :

Bonds and Stocks issued by the State from the year 1794 to

the year 1861, amounting to . . . . $2,837,460 Bonds and Stocks issued during the war, pee 1861 to 1366, CENTOS WRLICR AY cag 1 alias hea OP ae 124,865 Bonds and Stocks issued after the war, Caer ins iereaa eae tion Convention of 1868, amounting to. . .. eB 3 io Bonds and Stocks issued by the negroes from 1868 to 1870, amounting to... .. Shits ites aR AAA ate a on ot ese RNIN peek AO ihc hal ay led tak a Uecet che cllogs ay alte, Wel! eu e Os) (aos OR ian eameay

This sum was to be paid at fifty per cent. discount, in consolidation bonds. It would have amounted to $4,904,321, to which the past due in- terest was to be added.

42

650 TAXATION AND DEBT.

Even these measures failed to secure an honest administration of the debt. The Comptroller-General of the negro government reported, in 1875, that the volume of consolidation bonds had been much increased by the funding of a “large amount of coupons, although the records of the treasury prove that they had been previously paid.”

This was the state of affairs in January, 1877, when the United States troops were withdrawn from the State House; the negro government al- lowed to fall to pieces, and the white citizens permitted once more to take part in the administration of affairs.

On October 31st, 1877, the State Treasurer reported that

The principal funded under the Act of December, 1875, amounted bO <p) a6) 0 SS saw Sag Stick a a The principal then still fundable under the Act amounted to $2,704,551, which, at the rate established by the Act, anroumted 0 she a,

Total principal wos) fc.) ete Ea ds 0 er

It was found necessary to appoint a commission to investigate the in- debtedness of the State, under the Consolidation Act. The irregularities discovered by this commission were so numerous and important that the Legislature, in 1878, created a court, known as the ‘‘ Court of Claims,” with jurisdiction to hear and determine cases testing the validity of the consolidated bonds, coupons, and certificates of stock. A number of cases involving issues of law and of fact were determined by this court, and on appeal, by the Supreme court. In 1879, the Legislature appoint- ed a special commissioner to ascertain, in accordance with the decisions of the courts mentioned, and to establish the validity or the percentage of validity of each consol bond, certificate of stock, or of the unpaid interest thereon. The holders of these consols to have the right to surrender the same for cancellation, and to receive new consols from the State Treasurer, bearing interest at six per cent., for the exact amount reported valid in the consols surrendered. These new consols, issued after February, 1880, are engraved from the same plates as the green consols issued under prior Acts, but are distinguished by their color, being brown.

The deficiencies,” or floating indebtedness, left by the negro govern- ment, was adjusted by a Court of Claims established in 1878. De- ficiency bonds and stocks, bearing six per cent. interest, and payable in ten years, were issued in settlement of such portion of these claims as the court adjudged valid.

By these means the final adjustment of the debt of the State has been

4

ee eS Se ae

TAXATION AND DEBT. 651

nearly completed. The interest on it is being paid regularly as it falls due. The State credit has been restored. The bonds and stocks which had been sold as low as sixty cents on the dollar, under the Republican administration, now commands from $1.04 to $1.06 in the money market.

Statement of the Public Debt, 31st October, 1882.

Eotalkeonsoley (valid) <48 ii. PPS Se Ge Se, $5,429,928 54 MotHlsdenciencies 2/256.) 3.) Sak Mette el See 501,992 24 State scrip Agricultural College. ....... 191,800 00 To be funded for ante bellum. principal and inter-

BE rie cole ek aes wian Aa oes ened . 168,924 47 To be funded for post bellum principal aa terest

SOE (AL MV eRLAC)\./ 20s cea ia SNe ge cone! dw pales 85,287 50 To be funded for post bellum principal and interest

ATMEL YS tI VEULIC)”. so) peeer a tae pute |S eS Ye 88,275 00 To be funded for Fundable Interest” partly in-

Rett PA A Spall A ee aia a aaah 105,289 68 To be funded for bills of the Bank of the State. . 378 00

‘otal bondedsdebtaiact eee) aa $6,571,825 43

TAXATION AND DEBT.

once teens cpcecetenasecieonscesss 9100-2

62°08 99°9$

8L6°COTS OLT6E9'9$

991 91 68 826°C918

0&S‘6OL'ZS |S09‘Z68'2$

LVS COLES

Vasveb¥icccus es OLOO"

69'0$ OG TIS

3LC'899'8S oe ‘gZE'8$

F808 gg'eg

FG‘ 2119S 269° 660 FS

OLO00" LF 0$ 9TS$

6FL'Z96-FS 026 SOLES

pe ecass nashresbe Tiny?

¢9°0$ 06°28

PLE SbF GS 9CL‘902 FS

8¢'0$ G0'S$

ZSS'60¢'TS

srrrsseesererele KVQdOag WO SAXBL 24BIg JO "JUa) Jog

6°0$ 92°0$

Sete e eee wees

OLL‘S61$

PastpeRBAe Ne <> Seon Sears SERED SOX, ayeyg ner een Sceanpayan srs <°e=eel epee 199d aye19

SE SRRES Seder os Sear Meet Seer Se Oe 9484S PRCA MCE r SF AER oa Sere SUR: 818g

F08‘922 I$

Cc6'91 COSFSL LES‘LG

Fee eee w ewes

008 FOF L61°e6¢$

SPL

9Z IIS'1$ 9

eg 199 F6E'TS

eee eee ree i |

snes

SSL‘0E

€1 612 T$

66L9F

|

eee re

G66 FCPS

6EL‘8L

sseecesceeseees|

cesecevecccccce| j

tenet ee eeeeee

sete eee enn eee

[FS G6 IS |6FL‘SFO'TS: |SFE GLES |

|

CS6'F

teen e eee eeteeee

CPO § LLEG

seen ee eeeeeene

66L°16ES

ISL‘ LZP8$

\9ZF

see e ewe e sees.

eee e eee eeweee

Coe. 000‘0¢

ose‘sts$

988‘668$

F6S‘c1

ee Serre ewww ee eene eee eee re ee

266 98E$

|

G8E LEFS

000 OST

oer eee ee eee ree

Penne wwe weenee

Sere e meee eeeene

Steet ewe en eeee

G8‘ L6a$

000‘0TS$

000°E2T

Ae ewer ee eee eeee

tee eee eee eeeeee

Pee eee eeeeeeeee

oo0*ests

SSSR Omer bers arsets SRT OST, 1®10J,

Pee e aren ee eee eeeeeeesaseeeee “"""Snoaue] [ASI eee eeweeees senses eee ATG ACST ayeydsoyug srcoeneroesenseneee TIO UIJIUdo(y [Biny [Nos y sreceneeeeerereeeessS9TQMIOAOIA UI] [vus9}UT

a os ‘YW BD ‘Og Spusaprlayy

HiteeeeeeerereeeN BT HOG PUB [OOTg teresesseserreeeeees BT BIBIG [RNULY

“HONTAAY AO SAOUNDOG

ISL‘L6L 1

GEG SF 000°ET 64228 628 6LF

1&9 00F S16! ge LeL‘9e¢ 608*Ee$

“TS81 |

lTe¢‘e9e I$

\SCO°C6T

eee eee eee eee

96L‘LOL €9E OGG L8t‘9ce |

GF SCkS

eee eee eee ee)

“OL8T.

1GG4L

8

|L96 6LE

662 61L'TS

9°89 ee

L 62

196‘ L0

Sees eee ene

9128

Beem ewe seenee

GCG FE0' 1S

eee eee w wees

SoF'CLts

LOS LP 098 FOT FS80'S9 Ga FS

eee eee eee a seer ewww eeees

9ZL'CZZS

we eneee seas

‘F08'08

GES‘OLF : 6 rr ey £88 G6 iso a

26E°S6

Sete eee ee eeeee

(0Z0' FES

896 L968

| |

\96¢° OFS 6S

= te GOOG

leew ween eeweneee

F68'CI 919° 2 168%

| oe

9GL‘0Ezs

ee

“LOST

“O98T

‘OS8T

LIL‘6FS$ ae iTSse@9 iF06'F9 00L'S

‘GOLOL SZF'9

666° C618

90 T'g9cs

809°CF

ee erry

iTe9‘ese

906°66 099° TS 080'6F

& IGG F

“OG8T

880‘S9$ 092‘8

He wee een eweeee

eee eee

FO9'FS

PLS $1

o0S Tze

ereegeuesdeonrs** += ie OT EGC eae: [BIOL

a2? Seitiee Aetes (aee2<eew7en so ee N MOOG ont iAr st Sarno “sce Warr t oi ARs ee Ny REE or[qud rsasconpabecsners©*S< TO MIOAOIOUTT |BUI9JUT “""“SUOTININSUYT a[qeVyVyy puv [Bwuoeg aptense:Pag reels cesss compass =: ceo came OTD i, os Peng Spe Shek s2ene SBT oTqnud uo Soto} UT pen agunshenesdeaehorace rE eT SOA CE Averipne sortonsncensen¥e=9=">a TT QUTINAOy DATPVISIZO'T A eecvecereacessoe sree StI IBC aCy DATIPNII XG

“HHOLIGNAdXY AO Loaragd

TS8T % TOST wouf

ymoy fo purus ay) fo saungupuaduy pun eachooosy 01 ayy fo quauamyy

TAXATION AND DEBT. 653

It will be noticed in 1881 that there is an item of $464,300, under the head of “poll and school tax,” not treated with the annual State taxes. It is derived from the poll tax and a tax of two mills on all property in the State, and is not imposed by the General Assembly, nor subject to ap- propriations made by it. A perpetual tax of this sort is levied by a con- stitutional provision, ratified in 1877, and its proceeds are devoted exclu- sively to educational purposes.

In addition to the regular State taxes, South Carolina, in common with the other States of the Union, allows the citizens of the minor civil divis- ions, and of the towns and cities, to impose, under certain restrictions, such local county and municipal taxes as they may think necessary. The counties and municipalities may also create county and muni- cipal debts, distinct from the State debt. This local taxation was in South Carolina forthe year 1880, $554,164 for the counties ; and $542,109 for the minor civil divisions and municipalities. Of the latter the larger part was levied in Charleston and Columbia. Outside of the counties in which these cities are situated, the total township, town and village taxes of the State aggregated only $62,514. Distributed according to popula- tion, the sum of this local taxation amounted to $1.10 per capita; dis- _ tributed according to area, it was $36.33 to each square mile. Through- out the country at large the weight of these burdens is much greater, the average for the United States being $5.09 per capita, and $94.49 per square mile. The indebtedness of counties, townships, school districts, cities, towns and villages in South Carolina amounted, in 1880, to $6,706,- 767; outside of Richland and Charleston counties, this total amounted to only $1,498,487. This amounted to $6.72 for each one of the popula- tion, and $222 to each square mile. The aggregate of this species of in- debtedness for the country at large averages $16.67 for each one of the population, and $276 for each square mile of territory.

FEDERAL TAXATION.

In common with the citizens of the other States, the citizens of South Carolina pay taxes for the support of the Federal Government. These are of two sorts, the customs duties on articles imported, and the

INTERNAL REVENUE TAXES.

The United States Collection District of South Carolina paid for the fiscal year 1881, internal revenue taxes to the amount of $135;907- This is a little more than one-tenth per cent. of the entire collections of internal revenue in the whole United States. It is notable that the cost of making these collections in South Carolina—compensation of collec- tors, office expenses, per diem of store-keepers, fees and travelling ex-

654 TAXATION AND DEBT.

penses of gaugers—amount to $45,332, or 33.35 per cent. of the amount collected, while for the whole United States the cost of collections amounted to only 37-10 per cent. During the period of the tax on cotton the collections in South Carolina were much _ larger, amounting in 1866 to 34-100 per cent.; in 1867 to 73-100 per cent., and in 1868 to 14 per cent. on the collections for the whole United States, and aggregating, in the year last named, $2,634,800.

The collections made in the State are not, however, the criterion of the amount paid on account of the tax within its limit. For if no collections whatever were made in the State by revenue officers, the citizens consum- ing the articles taxed would pay the tax thereon. If the amount of taxed articles consumed could be ascertained, the chief factor in the amount of tax paid would be determined. This can be done only ap- proximately. It is perhaps safe to assume that retail dealers in the articles taxed make about the same average amount of sales everywhere. The leading articles subject to the internal revenue tax are distilled liquors and tobacco. Liquor dealers are less numerous in South Carolina, where they are only about one to one thousand of the population, than in the rest of the United States, where they average a little more than three to the thousand. In special taxes on pursuits there is collected : In South Carolina, from retail liquor dealers . . ... .. § 27,119

Pc tne UNITE tates es ee he tie OP'S 660) ee In South Carolina, from dealers of sR Del tobacco. . 29,367 In the United States. ... oh. {Se

This would make the pareanieee the Aa trade .0066 of that of the United States, and the retail tobacco business .016 per cent. of that of the United States. Assuming, as above that these percentages represent the percentages of these taxed articles consumed in South Carolina, and that the tax is paid in proportion to their consumption, the statement would be:

Tax from distilled liquors collected in the whole United States for the whole period Internal Revenue taxes have been in force, $707,209,362, of which .0066 per cent. is

paid by South Carolina... . : . $4,667,581 Likewise of the $524,240,114 cotieeted? on iinnate: of nhine .916 paid by South Carolina .. 2. 2 2 20s ee

These items form 80 per cent. of the Internal Revenue collec-

tions, and at the same ratio, 20 per cent. should be added .

to express the amount paid by South Carolina... . . 3,263,854 To these items add the direct collections in South Carolina for

the whole period. F. 2.) aie eal Se oe Ga

Making total revenue tax paid in South Carolina.. . . $24,062,610

TAXATION AND DEBT. 655

This would make the tax-paid in South Carolina to average about one and a half millions of dollars for each year of the sixteen during which the tax has been collected. The aggregate amount is .0085 of the $2,807,- 153,628 collected as internal revenue in all the States. Taking the popu- lation of 1880, the average for the whole United States is $55 per capita; for South Carolina it is $24 per capita.

THE CUSTOMS TAX

of South Carolina is still more difficult to compute. It is a strong point in favor of these’ indirect: taxes that, while as other taxes they are as certain to come as death, they more resemble this dread visitor in coming unawares. The collections made of customs in South Carolina offer no basis whatever for an estimate. Estimating the amount of the $186,- 522,064 of customs collected in 1880, in the ratio of the population of South Carolina to that of the United States, the share paid by this State would be about $3,700,000. This is probably more than what is really paid, but it is estimated much higher by many. From this it will appear that, granting that South Carolina pays less in Federal taxes than the average elsewhere in the Union, nevertheless, she pays, annually, $5,200,000 in such taxes, or more than double all her other taxes, State, county and municipal together. |

SUMMARY.

To estimate even approximately the burden that taxation and debt are to any community, it is essential to form some idea of the relation they bear to the wealth of the community. Unfortunately, the assessment valuation for purposes of taxation furnish no data from which to judge of the true values of property. Thus, in 1870, the assessed value of pro- perty in Vermont was only 43 per cent. of the true valuation, and in 1860 it was 67 per cent.; in New York, in 1870, it was 30 per cent., and in 1860 it was 70 per cent. ; in Illinois, in 1870, it was 22 per cent., and in 1860 it was 70 per cent. ; and in all the States the percentage of true val- uations returned for taxes in 1870 was 47; for 1860 it was 70. The true valuations of property for the year 1880 are in course of preparation in the census office, but will not be completed for some months to come. The census valuations of property in South Carolina placed it at $288,- 257,694 in 1850; in 1860 it was given at $548,138,754. This increase of 90 per cent. was rather remarkable, when it is remembered that, during these ten years, the State not only gained little by immigration, but that she spared largely of her population and wealth in opening up new set-

656 TAXATION AND DEBT.

tlements in the Southwest, and it is to be attributed altogether to an intelligent and careful husbandry which developed the natural resources of the State. For 1870, the census valuation, reduced to a gold basis for comparison, amounted to only $166,416,582, showing that nearly 70 per cent. of the accumulations of 1860 had been sunk by the war. The facts furnished by these pages show how great in many regards the recuperation has been since this date, and especially since 1876. No estimate of the aggregate gains will be here attempted, as without an elaborate study of the values in each of the States, such as is being now conducted by the census office, it would furnish no basis of comparison with other sections. It is safer to compare the relations of debt and taxa- tion with certain comparatively well ascertained factors of wealth. Of the three factors of wealth, land, labor and capital, it may be assumed in communities so homogeneous, in most respects, as the States of the Union, that land and labor correspond, to a considerable extent, with population and area, and therefore a comparison of the debt and taxation per capita and per square mile of one community with another, if not decisive, is at least dealing with tolerably well known elements having a most im- portant bearing on the problem.

TAXATION AND DEBT.

697

The following table, taken from the United States Census returns gives the figures, in accordance ,with which diagrams A, B and C were con-

structed :

1860. POPULATION. AREA, Dest. TAXATION. New England... . 3,185,283) 62,005, $ 9,170,113) $13,564,907 Middle States... ...| 8,333,330; 111,940) 259,168,359, 28,226,668 United States... 31,448,321) 2,970,000; 528,443,991 94,186,746 Western States .. 9,531,195) 966,135) 144,854,788) 34,152,803 Southern States . .| 10,259,016 797,125) 145,750,731 18,132,242 South Carolina . 703,708; 30,170 4,733,242 1,280,386

1870. New England.. . .| 3,487,924: 62,005) 128,611,000, 43,309,461 Middle States... .| 9,848,415) 111,940 308,844,000, 89,130,842 United States.. . .| 38,558,371) 2,970,000, 868,676,000) 280,591,521 Western States .. .| 18,660,591) 966,135) 172,129,000) 105,475,784 Southern States . . | 11,250,411) 797,125, 268,476,000; 41,467,885 South Carolina... 705,606, 30,170) °-18,075,229 2,767,670

1880. | New England... .| 4,011,529 62,005} 178,654,977; 42,010,217 Middle States.. . . | 11,756,073} 111,940 488,638,655) 101,466,347 United States. . ... | 51,155,788) 2;970,000) 1,117 821,671) 312,756,721 * Western States .. . | 18,524,989) 966,158} 248,984,183) 129,117,979 Southern States... . | 15,257,393) 797,125, 204,887,865] 37,507,417 South Carolina... . 995,577) 30,170; 18,419,958 1,839,983

|

Lb he < AL ARIE DP Sete ee ae

rr

Laan we 7 oe

658 TAXATION AND DEBT.

Plate A-exhibits the relation of debt and taxation to population in South Carolina, and for the principal geographical divisions of the United States during the thirty years represented by the United States census returns of 1860, 1870, 1880. National debt and taxation are not con- sidered, but only State and local indebtedness and taxation, the latter including county, township and municipal debt and taxes. It appears that the ratio of debt and taxation to population has greatly increased since 1860, and that these burdens become larger in passing from South Carolina and the Southern States to the Western, Middle, and New Eng- land States. The increase in 1870 is in part attributable to the premium on gold at that date, but in South Carolina it was due in a still greater degree to the corrupt character of the State government, maintained by military authority during reconstruction.” The gradation of taxation from New England to South Carolina is more striking even than that of indebtedness, and while it shows the frugality with which the State gov- ernment is administered, shows also how unjust the general and sweeping BDAtes of repudiation are, inasmuch as the load of debt imposed by the

“reconstruction government is still being borne.

Plate B exhibits the ratio of State and local taxation and indebtedness to area, and agrees in its general features with plate A. The State and local indebtedness per capita of South Carolina is less than one-third that of the Middle and New England States. Per square mile, it is only one-eighth that of the former, and one-tenth that of the latter.

Plate C exhibits the total burden of debt and taxation, Federal, State and local, chargeable on the State of South Carolina, per capita and per square mile, for the periods of 1860 and 1880. The national debt and taxes are here assumed to be equally distributed according to population and area, and the portion assigned South Carolina is estimated on this basis. Of course the Federal debt and taxes are not actually distributed in this manner. As it is certain that no estimate, as to where and by whom these indirect taxes are actually and ultimately paid, would pass unchallenged, the above is given to show the relative magnitude of the changes which have occurred since 1860 in State and Federal taxation and indebtedness. The Federal debt was:

In 38607...) cteees, 6 ne Bib tc pet ae es re a

In 1880 ar eye goalie cn, Bem Silene es alent iets amen nn The Federal taxes were :

In 1860... ou. ea 3 GI. Ra 8

Tn. 1880). °c aa . te, 0 len 0 6p OOO ate

One thing is at least clear, that honiee and by whomssegae the por- tion of F ederal taxes paid by South Carolina be estimated, they will be found to be largely in excess of all taxes, State and local, collected within her borders.

Ping ee ee SS eee Sa Ses ae ae RS SERS The squares enclosed by MMMM show State and local indebtedness per capita. The squares colored Hi show State and local taxation

per capita, The lines ammmm show the population per square mile,

1860 a 1870 < | a

1880

| MIDDLE UNITED WESTERN | SOUTHERN | ENGLAND STATES STATES STATES STATES | CAROLINA

yi

Pt aah f TYP), }. Vaati) ba i By \ 4

itp Tee ML

a) ee | }

iO A

ithe * creme & NRE 7

The squares enclosed by Rae

| : 1860 show the State and local indebt- | edness per square mile. | a losed | hose enclosed by ares. | show the State and local taxa- tion per square mile, eh 1870 c4 & H = 4 2 x A ; _ = . 1880 |

UNITED |SOUTHERNWESTERN| SOUTH STATES | STATES | STATES |GAROLINA

MIDDLE NEW STATES ENGLAND

dR Ase Ads

PER CAPITA

STATE ) : 1880 | a COUNTY AND TOWN, / SOUTH CAROLINA TAX. 1 | STATE, Wee te ‘it ae COUNTY AND TOWN, J DEBT. memes) INTERNAL REVENUE | a CUSTOMS, f FEDERAL TAX. (rates aKanipaive race ony veswessat petnatess ss DEBT. | | ¢ roe ——- a> wy {ieee Serie) PER SQUARE MILE i860 WWMM FEDERAL DEBT. . Reba etl . SQQS) STATE, Ee] COUNTY AND TOWN, f SOUTH CAROLINA DEBT. D ae | INTERNAL REVENUE } SN SSS / al CUSTOMS, j FEDERAI. TAX. r SSNS SSS | SSS STATE, ) i Sasa COUNTY AND TOWN, { SOUTH CAROLINA TAX . : } ' i : | } | j | 5 b au |

I8sce a 3 ; !

fat? t re ES ane: <> >

CHAP PH: 2X:

TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

The urban population of the United States was 3.8 per cent. of the aggregate population in 1790. By the last census it has risen to 22.5 per cent. The facilities offered to trade and manufactures during the present century by the introduction of the use of steam, by improvements in machinery, by the telegraph and cheaper and better postal arrangements, has promoted everywhere this increase in city populations. In South Carolina this tendency has been less obvious than in most countries similarly located. Nevertheless, with the abolition of slavery, the barriers which isolated the State have been removed, and it is plain that she is making haste to take part in this as well as in the other great movements of the age.

Governor Drayton enumerates forty-two towns and villages in South Carolina in 1800, the population of which may be estimated at not ex- ceeding 30,000, or twelve per cent. of the inhabitants of the State. Mills, in 1820, makes the number of towns and villages sixty-one, with a popu- lation of near 45,000, being eight per cent. on the enumeration of the census for that year. William Gilmore Simms counts, in 1840, of towns, villages and hamlets, some seventy-five, with a population not far from 65,000, being ten per cent. of the people in the State. The census of 1880 counts one hundred and five towns in the State. This count, how- ever, includes only a small proportion of the lesser villages and trading settlements, which are increasing with great rapidity, and are effecting ~ marked changes in the social and industrial condition of the population. The growth of the larger towns has been set back by the destruction and losses attendant upon the war, and by the radical revolution it affect- ed in the industries of the State, disturbing all the established methods of trade. But along the lines of railways, and every where in the rural districts, there has been a remarkable increase in the number of: estab- lishments engaged in trade. The cross-road store has become an impor- tant factor in the organization of labor and in the distribution of wealth. Established in the first instance as an adjunct to other industries, as commissariats for farm hands, or those employed in saw mills, turpen-

660 TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

tine or phosphate works, they have gained a foothold of their own, draw- ing round them small but growing communities, which find such locations eligible for the diversified industries and pursuits demanded by civilized life. Originally, the Indian traders, following the trail of the hunters and trappers, opened the interior of the State for settlement. Graziers -

and stock raisers, known as cowpen keepers,” were the first to follow them. In their wake, and to supplement for their uses the short-comings of the seasons, came the tillers of the soil. These throve and prospered until in the fullness of time they became large planters and great land- lords, supplanting and ‘overshadowing all others.. Then came the war, and the destruction of the plantation system. The thirty-three thousand plantations of 1860 are divided out among ninety-three thousand small farmers in 1880. Wholly occupied i their struggle with the soil and the seasons, these small farmers, of necessity, intrust their trading interests to the care of the country storekeeper. And thus the cross- roads store stands again, as stood formerly the Indian trading post, a pioneer in anew industrial departure. The blacksmith, the wheelwright, and the trial justice settle near them, and when two or three stores are gathered together, churches and schools are opened, and a town which, from its very commencement, has instantaneous communication through the telegraph with every quarter of’ the globe, is admitted into the great fellowship of cities, and takes its growth.

The attempt is here made to express numerically the character and distribution of these towns and trading points. Asin some sort, a first attempt, it is necessarily defective. The defects are, however, those of omission, and these can be supphed by more accurate enumerations in future. |

In the following statements, trading settlements alone are considered. Health, educational or social resorts, as such, are not included, nor are mills or manufactories entered unless stores are connected with them.

=

TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 661

Towns, Trading Points, Stores &e. in South Carolina.

iTowns AND TRADING!

| Points. mle: 7 er 3 2 = E CHARACTER OF. oe ls aS $5 la Z e REGIONS. <5 ar Te Poy ee = pet Ay a Ss Sate ae SNS MMtea |p On Aas resol gg Gall hae ee cr basic ets | er eal eee fe | Se pe aL | m need. a feier 5 = i] ro) Sim Cala 2a 20) forall @ i (eee ea a co a a Peete a Saalbach 1S tt re FR |Os|S's| © 2) Ss \en ahs | 2 |S sll s Ba BS Oo) 2) | ei Sho Zi foe aa | mo lO] a) Ae Aas Bo) Coasts ssc: | 341 7| 58,756) 52 |/1,169'$20,322,000/ 51! 187) 660/162) 90] 70} 25 Hi. Lower Pine | 7g) 16) 9,095] 6 |) 880| 1,473,000| 4 295) 23) 3| 1} 8] 5 elt. | + . | | TH. Upper Fine \') 99) 20) 21,538, 9 | 1,009| 5,630,000] 14| 693| 215| 33| 13) 55, 16 IV. Red and | ee : 12 | 49 & Ve Sand Hill \ ae 30 4 7,403, 10 P| Bike 4 143} 62 aevee By 1a! eeccce VI. Piedmont...... 244 49 50,788, 12 |'1,750| 10,546,000| 26 973) 506114 71, 86) 3 | / | | VII. Alpine ......... | 8} 2] 3,084] 33 || 166) 369,000 1] 99} 53] 4) 6| 4i...... Totals... 493, 100 150,664| 15 | 4,645'$40,156,000, 100 2,390 1,519 316 184|286, 49

ey eel

It may be roughly estimated that the annual sales are about one hun- dred and fifty millions of dollars. In this connection, a general view .of the condition of the

BANKS

in South Carolina, in the present and also in the past, is exhibited on the following page.

6 | OL EI Sa eer Re ON POR eee 61 | ie ie cee ees ta gee ae ae | O18) yynog Sutpaaoxa $o}R19 eee ere eeeeg 9Z Tenet eee nwennes COOL ET rhage TERPS! coe tNts sare Cae ¢'F ZF “““saqBIg PAPUA Jo osivAy 8 Zz 1 Mabriawarsnersadones da xsahtee 4¢h retaraae 38 BS hs £6 chee eefee eee" BUT OLOGY yynog ' 69 Vs, cg : eis Pee sen” sme tee ‘Tadeg jp qoaryy |) Tt adag | “1 ypanyy ya ie bee? ae | ‘sn eee ‘Z88I “1881 s}UNOdSIGG pur suvory : SLDOX snow : burpua sypwoyy rug ay} sof nuyowmg ymog ur voynndog ayy fo vpdno wad sayy pau ayy we pun

ur srjdiungy pun yoyidny 07 syung youoyoy fo shuiusog fo oyney mugen “nog WL ane fo PEEL pe saa podionnted

é GFI'609 T 0L'r66% \eFO's60'% |L8z‘0s9% ~——e88'166'G ‘n0! ‘OF9'L |6LE'768 ogstech = isc 'ese |GF6'8L0°9 [8 |" GEST ‘4aqoing ‘syung 078)9 OEL‘R06'FI G06,836'E 69L'eeL's |CIT'916L ZHO'ZIGFL | SIE FOO [9FZ'ELES |G6O0'KGF | FB‘ L69 CRNZEL'EL |0B\""""" "EBT ‘“AOqoyny ‘syuE 09475 F69'S8 1 a ELL |069°LZ0'T jess‘ ISI 00SESS —- || SFO'ESL SI6'SI Cg0'08 6FS'6S LL IRE L 8 |6980 ‘10q0}K ‘syuRg [eUOeN ger'seo" I$ LciLars FOL'ZISFS |C89'69I I$ LLVE19'Z$ ||0F6'SaL'es

| | ;

IGOLL1S |LO89FIS . 6LL' C6 608 162 SERCS 9%) ISSE ‘49909909 ‘TROT,

9c1'8e9'T 2 oc 1zee ZIBOL9% e8s°69I'T$S (00°88 T 625 866% CHE O0L §j9L0FIZ §=la6a 08 jell sued [eaonEN Petes eerie Begg i LLC 6RT Serge: ei ba: testisenscesens nersuctestecsns nssnessnseeress| © leesseeeeeneteeerse-Q MUU OAM

FREER RHO THERE EEE ERE EEH THERE EEHHHEEHH CHEE HEHEHE

5 IS i 9 00°08 RE as | ; [ Soe ahaha pgs enasnntes: St ITE ssuLARy Perec eee eee eee aaen h Ge al 95°14: FLL I$ nee Between nneenee FEE Oleg LI OELs Sane e ener eneeee CZG OFTS e91' 189 666 LEI p bee ogee weg Seewcrres sorued | | | | | | -UlO/) ISNA y, PUR SyUv_ aVIC

ee

‘santiq | ‘syurg “UOIPR[NIAID | “O09 ‘g]UAUIISOA) =“ PUvET ‘syurg | oyeyse |szunoosicy) Z

ayo syisodagq uo 1ayy0 i}

BIT IOI oF ang OF sita eydey ||-ur wag | epedg | jo sid | ee ae susoy | S|

| | ‘SALLITIA VIT | | ‘SHON DOSAA

‘ISST PY BIST ‘GEST ‘GEST 8024 24) of DUYOMIY YPNOS UA syung fo SIYYIQOVT PUM sarsnosany JOULIWIA |

Ate allie so

TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 663

COAST REGION.

On the Coast Region of South Carolina there are 1,111 stores. Of these, four hundred and fifty keep general merchandise and groceries; one hun- dred and sixty-four, dry goods; eighty-five, hardware, and three hundred and ninety-seven are classed as miscellaneous. Notwithstanding the preponderance of the colored race, only twenty-two stores of this whole number are conducted by them. There are seventy-three stores or saloons where liquors are sold. In

BEAUFORT COUNTY

there are 94 stores, to wit: Beaufort, forty-three; Port Royal, seven; Bluffton, three; Hardeeville, four; Yemassee, four; Sheldon, eight; St. Helena Island, seven; Ladies’ Island, one; Pocotaligo, one; Coosaw, two; Grahamville, eight; Ferebeeville, two; Chisolm’s Landing, two; Combahee, two; and doubtless some others which have escaped enu- meration. Nine are kept by colored persons, and the aggregate wealth of the storekeepers is estimated at $588,000. The lines of trade are represented as follows: sixty-nine groceries and general merchandise, twelve dry goods, five hardware, and three miscellaneous. There are eight stores or saloons selling liquors.

PORT ROYAL,

the terminus of the Port Royal and Augusta railroad, is a striking in- stance of great natural advantages long known and neglected. It is the nearest point on the Atlantic ocean to the great centres of travel and pro- duction in the Northwest. It has the deepest entrance, and the deepest, safest and most commodious roadstead from Portland to Pensacola. It is the nearest port on the Atlantic coast to the West Indies and South America. Surrounded on all sides by large bodies of salt water, it is troubled by none of the malarial influences usually affecting fresh water estuaries. Dr. Spear, Surgeon U.S. N., gives the average annual death rate of the U.S. naval forces in Port: Royal waters as 5.6 per 1,000 men. The range lights erected on Hilton and Paris Islands enable vessels with- out a pilot to come in during blowing weather, with perfect) safety by day or night. Capt. Jas. E. Jouett, U.S. N., writes that he has passed in and out several times at night, and never with less than twenty-nine feet of water. There are two distinct channels, so situated that sailing vessels may enter with the wind in any direction, and, passing up Broad and

664 TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

Port Royal rivers, they may enter Battery creek and reach the present wharves under full sail, where there is a stretch of anchorage five miles

in length, with twenty-eight feet depth of water.

The net-work of broad and deep rivers, the beautiful islands resting

in their midst, the verdure of the forests, the immense live oaks, venerable

with the growth of centuries, the glistening fronds of the palmetto trees, the orange trees, the vines, laden with grapes, climbing everywhere, the abundance of wild fowl, and the fragrance of flowers that perfumed the air of this healthful and genial climate, attracted the early explorers and settlers to this locality. Here, in 1520, the Senator and Judge, De Ayllon, was the first European to land on Carolina soil. Here, in 1562, the Huguenots, under Jean Ribault, made the first settlement on the North American continent. Coveted and fought for by Spaniards and French- men, the remains of the forts they built are still to be seen here. It was to this point, called then “the beauty and the envy of North America,” that the English colony, led by William Sayle, which afterwards settled permanently at Charleston in 1670, first came.* And here, in 1682, Lord Cardross and his Scotch colony were dislodged and driven off by the Spaniards. In 1742, the headquarters of the British squadron on this coast was located here. More recently, this port was selected as the rendezyous of the United States naval force during the late war, asa depot of supplies and for repairs, and as a sanitarium for the troops. The records of the Navy Department bear ample testimony to its many natural ad- vantages. The railroad was projected and built to this port under the idea that it was the most accessible from the interior, that it was the legitimate shipping point for Western produce, and that, in time, it would be the terminus of the great Southern lines of railway to the Pacific. That these hopes and plans have not been realized and accom- plished has in no instance been attributed to anything wanting in the— place itself, its surroundings, or its geographical relations to other places. The first settlements were abandoned in consequence of the inroads of Spaniards and pirates. To-day, it is said that hostile: railroad combina- tions and the ill-advised jealousies of neighboring towns have checked the growth of this great seaport. As an illustration of this, it may be mentioned that, in 1875, the city authorities of Savannah presented a me- morial to Congress, expressing the fear that the “establishment of a naval station at Port Royal may result in the establishment of a growing com- merce at that point, to the serious and lasting detriment of the commerce of the city of Savannah.”

The present town of Port Royal is built on the southwestern point of

* This colony report seeing, on St. Helena Island, many peach trees.

Pee ae ee ee ee A ye

TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 665

Port Royal island,* on a high sandy bluff, near the junction of Battery and Port Royal rivers, eighteen miles from Port Royal bar. . There are three thousand feet of wharf room fronting Battery river, and the track of the Port Royal railroad terminating here, runs along the wharves within twenty feet of the vessels’ berths. There is a large railroad ware- house across the railroad track on the wharves, with a storage capacity of 13,000 bales of cotton, uncompressed, 55,000 tons of fertilizer, and 250 tons of merchandise. The steam cotton compress in this warehouse is located within sixty feet of the wharf, where the deepest draft steamships ‘may lie, and is one of the most powerful compresses in the South, and has a capacity of 500 bales per day; the grain elevator, adjacent, has a capacity of 90,000 bushels. Five pilot boats attend Port Royal and St. Helena bars, with an average of three full branch pilots to each boat. Vessels requiring water, coal or wood, can obtain them here. Towing facilities ample. Towage rates the same as in Savannah and Charleston. The town has a population of 387; three churches and a school; two hotels, and two boarding houses. The taxable valuation of real and personal property is $390,000. Town taxes are fifty cents on $100. Stores rent for $8 to $25, and dwellings from $6 to $15 per month. The con- nections by rail are, with Augusta, one hundred and twelve miles; Yem- assee, on the Charleston and Savannah railroad, twenty-five miles, this point being sixty and a half miles from Charleston, and fifty-five and a half miles from Savannah. There is an inland passage among the sea islands, between Charleston and Savannah, and two steamers are on the line, and touch at this point. A line of sea-going steamers run to New York. The number of vessels arriving during 1882 was 429, tonnage, 219,050; ships of deep draft, with heavy freights, as railroad iron, cotton ties, salt and fertilizers, find it convenient to deliver their loads here.

The shipments are, of upland cottons, about 22,000 bales (in 1880, 48,000 -

bales were shipped), yellow pine lumber, manganese ore, cotton seed meal and Kaolin clay. The value of the exports from this port and Beaufort for the year 1881 are stated as $1,461,807, against $2,678,893 for the year previous. Customs receipts in 1879, $15,294. Port Royal has seven

stores, and the yearly sales are given as $45,000 provisions, $15,000 dry

goods, $10,000 hardware. Phosphate rock of the finest quality is found ‘in Battery creek and the Port Royal Fertilizing Company has extensive works here.

BEAUFORT,

the county seat, settled about 1717, has a population of 2,549. It is built on rising ground, on Port Royal island, about sixteen miles from the sea

+ “*In the Statutes of State, 1795, this island is called Port-Republican island.

Oe eS yk ORM ee . u NA Ay)

74 »

666 TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

and one hundred and eight miles a little east of south from Columbia, -

It covers an area of one thousand acres. The southern front of the town is on a bluff over the deep and wide waters of the Port Royal river; along it is a fine broad drive, laid with shell, a mile in length, and a turf-coy- ered promenade, shaded by a growth of massive live oaks. The streets are twenty-seven miles in length, and forty to sixty feet wide. They are regularly laid out, running east and west and north and south, dividing the town into one hundred and thirty-seven blocks. The sidewalks are neatly curbed and raised above the roadways, which are laid with shell, well kept, and shaded by avenues of fine trees. A number of small parks, open squares planted in shade trees and furnished with seats, are interspersed through the town. Wells twenty feet in depth furnisb an abundant supply of excellent water, and cisterns for rain water are also used to some extent. The porous, sandy soil absorbs the rains so rapidly that there is little cause for drainage. The sewerage collected by surface and under ground drains is delivered into twd large brick sewers, one a thousand, and the other six hundred feet in length, which empty into the river north and south of the town at low water mark. East of the promenade is the business portion of the town, and the wharves, which have nineteen feet depth of water at low tide. The Sea Island hotel is well located on the promenade, and is large and well kept; there are anumber of good boarding houses. The private houses are well built, and having been erected as residences for the wealthy planters of the sea islands, are much larger and handsomer than those usually met with in towns of this size. The public buildings are the Arsenal, now used asa Court House, the Town Hall, the Steam Fire Engine House and Hall, and two hand fire engine houses. Building material consists chiefly of choice yellow pine lumber, which costs $10 to $15 per thou- sand feet; tabby, a mixture of shell lime and gravel, was formerly much used for walls and foundations, but is now superseded by the use of brick. The shell road, stretching across the island, furnishes a fine drive, and the facilities for transportation are good, carriages for pleasure drives hiring from seventy-five cents to one dollar per hour. The National ‘cemetery, just beyond the town limits, covers thirty acres. It is hand- somely laid out, and contains the graves of 10,000 Federal soldiers and sailors who lost their lives in the civil war. There are six other small cemeteries attached to the churches in the town, and a number of bury- ing places outside, now used by the colored people. The St. Helena Episcopal Church, built of tabby and brick, dates from 1720. There is als) a Baptist church for the whites and a Roman Catholic church. The colore 1 people have two Baptist, two Methodist and one Reformed Epis- copalian church. The whites have a Masonic lodge, and the colored.

oe

TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 667

population has a number of charitable organizations for the care of their sick and the burial ofthe dead. Some of these are, the Benevolent So- ciety of the First Baptist Church, the Workers of Charity, the Shekinah Society, the Sons and Daughters of Zion, the Rising Sons and Daughters of Zion, the Rising Sons and Daughters of Benevolence, the Rising Sons and Daughters of Charity, the Mary and Martha Society, the Olive Branch, the Sisters of Zion, the Knights of Wise Men, and an Independ- ent Order of Odd Fellows. These societies have an aggregate member-. ship exceeding one thousand, and own eleven buildings and lots, valued at over $12,000. There is a white school, attendance sixty, and a colored school, attendance one hundred. The market is excellent, and living is cheap, fish, oysters, clams, shrimp, sea turtle and terrapin, with game, including partridges, water fowl, wild turkeys and deer, are abundant ; the cost of beef on the foot is four cents to six cents, and of mutton three cents to five cents. The stores.on the Bay rent for $300 to $1,200, and dwelling houses from $180 to $600 per annum; the Sea Island hotel rents for $2,500. The indebtedness of the town is $5,000, bearing seven per cent. interest, and represents the unpaid balance of the sums expended for the purchase of the steam fire engine, in building the house for it, and in laying the brick sewers. The taxable property is valued at $500,000: for the real estate, and $200,000 for the personal property. The taxes. are one per cent., and the sale of licenses yield $1,500 more per annum. The government of the town is invested in an intendant and six alder- men. elected annually by the citizens. The police force consists.of a chief marshal and two assistants. The town is remarkable for quiet and good order; for twenty years past, not a single individual has been killed or seriously injured in any disturbance within the corporate limits. There are forty-three stores, and the yearly sales are estimated at $300,000 for pro- visions and groceries, $200,000 for dry goods, $15,000 for hardware, $20,000: miscellaneous; total, $535,000. Trade and the mechanical and manufac-- turing industries engaged the attention of the old residents of Beaufort toa very limited extent. It was the home of the large landowners of the ad- jacent sea islands. Those whose time was not fully occupied with the care: of their estates, devoted themselves to the professions, to politics, or to: literature. In addition to the amusements incident to a refined and cul-. tivated society, their chief pastime was in -boating, fishing and hunting, and Elliott’s volume on the Field Sports of Carolina is esteemed a classic in such literature, as well for the scholarly elegance of its style, the vivid interest it excites in the adventures and scenes it describes, oc- _ curring in this immediate vicinity, as for the pleasant pictures of rural life it portrays. ‘Recently, three large steam custom gins have been es-

Pe Nh ere MRR i fee Se ee iii GS oe ole ro EL Gall 0 |

Vs > y

Cree

ta ? arr

G68 TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. Sa <i] . tablished, two large saw mills, and three large manufacturing mills or

the manufacture of phosphate rock into fertilizers. 4

BERKELEY COUNTY,

On the coast of Berkeley County there are twenty-nine stores, to wit: Edisto Island, nine ; Rockville, one; Enterprise, seven; Mount Pleeeai nine; Cainhoy, three. These are all groceries, or stores keeping gene merchandise. The estimated wealth of the storekeepers is placed ate $104,500, and one of them is a colored person. :

MOUNT PLEASANT, be the county seat, is on the north shore of Charleston harbor, three and : a half miles from the city. Its front beach extends one and a half miles along the harbor, of which it commands a fine view, its width varies from four hundred to one thousand: yards. Population, 783. Location high, dry and remarkably healthy. Excellent water is obtained from : wells thirty feet in depth. About four miles of streets are laid with | shell and well kept. The place has long been a pleasure and health resort for the planters of Christ Church parish and the people of Charles: | ton. The Alhambra Hall, surrounded by a grove of live dak, is used for public entertainments, and there are two other halls, St. George’s and the British Masonic. A park of ten acres has been laid out, and the county buildings will shortly be erected. The whites have an Episcopal and a Presbyterian church, and the colored people have a Methodist, Baptist, Presbyterian, and free church. There is also a two-story school | house, and an orphan asylum for colored children—-private chariti ties. Stores and dwellings rent for $10 to $20a month. The tax assessment values the property at $182,275 for re eal estate, and $12,000 for personal, on which a tax of one-half cent is levied. Truck farming is largely and profitably engaged in ; as an instance, the cabbages Siena from one farm of eleven acres sold for $10,500 in 1881. Near by i is a large saw-mill, and | an extensive brick and tile factory. There are nine stores, owned chiefly ; by Germans. A steam ferry plies regularly to Charleston, and the town will be the terminus of a rail ay, the stock for which has been rec tly subscribed, to extend along the coast to the Santee river, and ieyond itt Little river, which will develop a region hitherto untouched.

CHARLESTON COUNTY Pi Pts “ee

lies entirely along the coast, and besides the City of Charleston, has tw small towns. Monitsiesiile. on Sullivan’s Island, is five miles ; across

oo, ee nd), eee =a ee

TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 669

bay from Charleston, and is connected with it by a steam ferry. It isa pleasure and health resort for Charlestonians and people from the upper country, who resort here in summer to enjoy the sea air and bathing its fine beach affords; it.contains many handsome cottages and some attrac- tive drives. It derives its name from Fort Moultrie, which beat off the | British fleet of Sir Peter Parker, June 28th, 1776, and which, with Fort Sumter, a mile distant across the north channel, guards the entrance to the port. There are six stores.

McClellansville has ten stores, and is some thirty miles to the northeast.

The city of

CHARLESTON

is built on a peninsula, formed by the confluence of the Ashley and: Cooper rivers, that has an average elevation of eight to ten feet above high tide. Its safe and spacious harbor, forty feet deep at the city, and three miles wide, opens to the sea at a point about six miles to the south- east. The soil is loose, quartzose sand for a depth of twenty feet, resting on a tenacious and impervious clay. The city is three miles long, and varies in width from half a mile to two miles. The first site of the town (on the western bank of the Ashley) had been chosen without re- gard to commerce. The point between the two rivers, to which the names (Ashley and Cooper) of Lord Shaftesbury were ‘given, soon at- tracted attention; those who had purchased grants there, desirous of ob- ‘taining neighbors, willingly offered to surrender one-half their land as commons of pasture. The neck of land, then called Oyster Point, soon to become a village named from the reigning king, immediately gained a few inhabitants; and on the spot where opulence now crowds the wharves of the most prosperous mart on our Southern seaboard, among the groves that swept down to the river’s brink, and were covered with the yellow jesamine, which burdened the vernal zephyrs with its perfumes, the cabins of graziers began the city. Long afterwards the splendid vegetation, which environs Charleston, especially the live oak, palmetto and cypress trees along the broad road which is now Meeting street, delighted the observer by its perpetual verdure. The settlement steadily increased ; and to its influence is in some degree to be attributed the love of letters, and that desire of institutions of learning for which South Carolina was afterwards distinguisned.” (Bancroft.)

Notwithstanding the provisions of the fundamental constitutions of the great John Locke, devised expressly for this colony, Charleston was not governed by a mayor or aldermen. Nor was there any township or- ganization, or select-men,” no merchant or craft guilds, or unions, taking _part in local politics. The affairs of the town were administered directly

a dg ee ac ee Sere ea y a ee eS

weer re ys as Bas BIN b2 Oy” 45d OY A NRC pers , eee is

G7 TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA,

by the Provincial Governor and Assembly; the regulation of many things, especially such as related to education and the care of the poor, being left with the church, Through the leading part taken by the vestry, the parish system, long a feature in the State government, was developed, and thus it happened when, more than a century afterwards, in 1783, Charleston was incorporated by Act of the Legislature, the church wardens were deputed to conduct the first election for intendant and city wardens,

In 1836, the titles intendant and wardens were changed to those of mayor and aldermen. They were to be elected by citizens qualified to vote for members of the Legislature, were declared to be the City Couneil of Charleston, and were vested with the power to establish such by-laws, rules and ordinances respecting the harbor, streets and public buildings, and, in general, every other by-law and regulation that should to them appear requisite for the welfare and security of the city, or for the preservation of peace and good order, and to make assessments on the inhabitants of Charleston for the convenience and benefit of the city, and to fix, levy and recover fines for all offences against their by-laws, and to appoint officers to carry their by-laws and regulations into effectual execution. Such was and has since been the form of government for the city of Charleston, except when it was temporarily suspended in 1867 and 1868, by order of the military authorities in charge of the military district of South Carolina.

The cost of the city government of Charleston reached its maximum”

in 1870, when it was $820,306. For the decade including this year and the succeeding nine, the average annual cost was $794,255. From. this date a more economical administration of the city finances ensued, and for the last three years the average cost of the city government has been reduced to $553,186. The increased expenditure in 1882 was occasioned by the establishment of the paid Fire Department and the Fire Alarm Telegraph, costing $70,000. The following statements give the receipts and expenditures in detail :

TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

671

Statement of Receipts and Expenditures for the years 1870, 1880, 1881, 1882.

RECEIPTS. | 1870. | 1880. 1881, | 1882, Cash Balance [sf Jan uary..c.2..0.000-cevesees sorcoccesens | $ 56,583 91 $ 3,051 44 $ 5,168 43 $ 5525 55 maeensce AS SS Sa Fe oP «aoe At ope ety pe ee | 126,230 91 ag _ ae path a NITEM eS atecs sna dea! pando necnp sorece seb ag se boceogveto es ee oer Pi Raptece -ceeones 5.680 6 . ) Be Taxes, current year...... Be cénasomaiseeiave-casnsl, 1) OE oes PASI 2 473 195 93 | 486,563 75 eRe OLIOS YOUNG 3: cccodeciy srhoordeoes o20seskeeupsosonspase | 43,780 08 30 387 14 | 34,662 78 18,396 2 | OTHER SOURCES. | | Interest Account. «...........0000 SevWordsr tras owls Jopsetets . OSE BBS greeter enc AS binngiecs 2.954 28 EMER VEMSEMENESONL GSS tsn .ptticaces<p ok noo yivdandid Sapo panee| , oapdeasnadioavap le Pace papcenaicl aks 55D 63 RNID SAISTRDG seo cet op atl 5 Age ove sadaacgnacco dnc chores 7,390 96 | > OF vccomaivetccas SR PISETERT PARISIEN G oo esiacnsty arnemiescap sleep orboeersoacde oF ane ZOO), sres<0 mapdpaceae | Bsjaee Railroad Bonds.................. .. 26.000 00 | ceseoee Gi hos W)- cosktestsccizeas |. desacghtipoatos ee , aint Seano eee 3,085 50 7 ; Ret Soeoé i ieangenss j ot 3 "LS RE Se SS Pee me eee RET Te fret Ae J Paar s32.4 Oe 2 7 BeRtINAA SEPCOLVADIOC.. ccs renvtsiss0 sacreade av achedes> oF OAR, SS BONO be Who fetes sc poses 18 688 00 Health Vepartment............. Si nciesa ee eed tetas: aby rected Al Ohi asoor dees sa Poe, Ps | 3.030 33 eI MO APATAIV ES, 3.) azcseeisbiurdoesee leases carpentenso inte te PRE SEF Eris) ates Se RES EN ETS gc 0 a SpA 34 | $848,972 37 | $651,142 59 | $646,283 13 | $700,578 51 EXPENDITURES. Miia teiral SOLELY cheeses as-ocace. soseieeedoocee} Seones ee Lops heats, $ 10000 | $ 1,000 00 MPO FLOBPICAL 5 o0..0-0cccc0y0 -0s5n00 BET PENS et ee be Ba a DS ate ee ee (28ers Ls eine ee ere : 5 672 7 $ 8,000 00 | 7,947 3 8,248 72 ppraiser’s Office........22:.0..1...--200 piled ave can Dbubs Je : Jame 1S, WS La Bsscponpvas Lh sapere a oes) Nat Bouts paaeed Bathing HoOuse,...0...:5. 2000. coors AES: eee fate eC seas te, TERS ie. eee: Pca 4 / 2.000 00 , 5 igeeainan 2 apace eageneaamne Weir FO % 19,820 00 | 21,500 00 24 210 00 SMS se adie acca laser svaownceda nad nc 2sdrups odds ses peony - é t>aancied) | If udirapisapBoppapae ae EM ister asereseraee DONNY NN Nae da opts abit oh ail AsnabcaopVonna von sclede. toboos -cdkad 1,486 83 | ye A uissararas debooas WAl PS saison nae ROAM IINN RD ooo 5, oes caccreabaanags aopedoocesappeiaee Bh eA Pea acon 13,000 00 19,999 84 14,999 62 fare OT ae SES hy “Pe hye Nie Agee - Se iy | na rier PNET ee oaks oesnLaseptabes copes Guecaae Jessen | D1 2 . . ( ce cnes OP Pablic Land$i io.) ssscbcc- senses rd 13 s | 3,954 60 | 3,961 09 | 3,999 69 ¥ e RIN IN eeae nsns S oad yoormien date aedoal Bh + Ait Fa Ne eee beet Send beat Sh aD beet, 6 Liner Commissioners Of FIECHON, i12055..00cc.00e cevetedesees| sorssessansponcs BAS ed Reeens : PRRE SEE PASEEUSNB ONS goo cal sat ecas pass saaprosoerssnoce capems| "| Baaroores eel Ah SB ecenpettecece I) ens tae | 6.981 91 Destitute Orphans... Yee 6,000 00 | 6,000 00 | 6,000 00 6.000 00 EU eT Gee TS I Se ALS sdvacaseesleo con. 4! ooaeee pictipenter Wh’ | wasagene eae a Engineers Department.......0...0. 002... eel 2.959 90 | 600 00 | 600 00 | 600 00 MEO DICMALENICIS, ».-0.25555-sc2s6 once onsernes PE, Oe | 82,191 95 26,000 00 | 20,000 00 92 000 00 PLS PS ie eS a es 28 823 00 25,024 57 | 18,193 SL 18.306 62 eee mene Epp ois site Si BOO br 4 s 15 490 96 13,000 00 : a oe 4 BUNUN edo aasies sank netgeennkel and atmadaegs bros Snnaghiddcamse j tL I | serene f 008 tee wee Onn ete emewee 7 Harbor Master........ SES TEE PaaS TSE F< 1429 | ...... Pree eg) age TE; ) tg ! we oe Incidental Expenses SEPT AIRE, ae OED | 11,982 00 2 = 00 / par 91 / 2-500 00 ITEP ORG AOCOUIN bis oes sos ecsbons coacnsstion lndote seed, | <'eeereren Seed : ae Interest on Public Debt... eecccceeennns sevens] 884-249 61 | 217.004 00 | 249,393 05 | 183,474 04 a Pen cae ee Pisocliancous a propriations., a SEE aia: | 31,912 14 11,069 538 14,000 00 16,281 83 ayor’s Annua Jig Ene See Seo gi 5 tettese tee eeeens one wevseose © | esseresanp nasiass 5 Mayor’s peta. Steg Re ee beet MB, Bed 3,072 25.) oes, 42, spied MT SS Aipa alo ass fi: Shes oeeee Maps for Assessor........ Po eMiielneeas ap aoa paseo adones eee | teeeeeees scacaed WUE mcd wachlrn de Ili lnescbs sare Lencon | 396 00 NCWIT COUTICT COL 255 ce cocves deple cloncsihes once | ote aseaen san ene pezessaanvores TEE vehasnpaepaeaaer 220 00 MEM CRNE GAIN Fe ch LUT Ut ee ane TS eS la eee ele oF aes. COE LAPS SI i ene ee Cane EE Oly ei nae oe | seeserenes cases | be ceareate ese 1.500 00 Orphan House............ ae tattoney otens-Cainaehitesasoiand>? Serene OO 19823 24 | = 19.996 02 2) 000 00 POMS DSRATUMNCI Gnas ins ensetoennnserasorasnnsenes | 74,041 52 65.000 00 | = 70,525 00 73,022. 97 Printing and Stationery 0.000... coe cesses eeeeeees 1,594 80 300000 | 3,498 50 3.190 31 Eabiie Balldings NRE MAR ee AE ERENT | seseneseeeceenee 4,000 00 | bn 25,471 29 nking Fund.......... .. SERNA ory Cine. Sn a el sstcrenenree | seneserses -oone O08 D0 9 a ae street Department... | “W533i |“ F3600 = 101500 00 | “50,660 00 Re ANNU CNG oooh gptcnccbnre Lannbo vdeo corse ZIT AT | sososonoencnnras | erenseress ovens | sesectecve nonas

672 TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

The rate of taxes for 1880 was two and one-half per cent., and for the ©

following two years it was two and one-quarter per cent. In this period the taxable values in the city had advanced two and one-half millions of dollars, or nearly twelve per cent. At the same time it was found by comparison of the sums actually realised on the sale of a number of pieces of property, with their assessment valuations, that the actual value was considerably in advance of the assessed value. In i881 this advance was stated at twenty-two and one-half per cent., and in 1882 it was still greater, being thirty-four per cent.

CITY DEBT.

There has been no growth in America greater or more remarkable than the growth of town and city debts. Previous to 1860 the entire muni- cipal indebtedness of the country aggregated only $51,222,558, being about $10 per capita for the urban population. In 1870 these debts had reach- ed $211,119,688, and stood at $26 per capita. In 1880, the enormous in- debtedness of $710,555,924 is attained, exceeding $51 for each citizen ; in twenty-two cities it exceeds $85 per capita, and reaches a maximum of $216 per capita. The history of the debt of Charleston is in some degree similar. Prior to 1850 this debt amounted to only $388,252, or about $9 per capita. By 1856, however, it had reached $3,161,695, and was $78 per capita. Its maximum was reached between 1872. and 1880, and amounted to $5,648,534, being $115 per capita. Alarmed at this rapid growth, and at the almost unlimited power granted by the city charter to the Council for contracting debts, the city government elected in De- cember, 1879, obtained from the State Legislature the passage of an Act restraining the exercise of this dangerous power. By this Act the City Council was prohibited from creating or endorsing any obligation be- yond the municipal income of the current year, except when a proposi- tion, specifying the object and amount of the indebtedness it was pro- posed to incur, should, by a two-thirds vote of the Council, have been submitted to a vote of the citizens, and having received the votes of two- thirds of the qualified voters voting at the preceding municipal election, should then have been submitted to and approved by the State Legisla- ture. The spirit of economy thus expressed has made itself practically manifest by a reduction of the city debt to the amount of nearly one and one-half millions of dollars, as will be seen from the following statement:

? ee

TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 673

The debt of the City of Charleston on the first:

day of January 1870, was. ... . $5,241,709 77 It was increased by the issue of six ae aout stock, for past due interest... . .. $ 5,725 Five per cent. stock College aed High School 22,000 Seven per cent. Fire Loan Bonds... . . 324,000 Four per cent. bonds issued in settlement Bp

case. Fraser & Dill verCity 0. 50,100 401,825 00

$5,643,534 77 Amount decreased by the cancellation and re-

tirement of Fire Loan Bonds.. . . . . . $250,100 00

Six per cent. stock... . . Sa Le 743,983 79

mamermer cert. stack.) © 2°, WfON Lh ei, 47,600 00

Four per cent. stock (cancelled in 81 and ’$2) 872,100 00

Six per cent. stock, old j ISSUE iy SSNS BAR, 500 00 1,414,283 79

Leaving public debt Ist January, 1883... $4,229,250 98 Which is made up of

Bonds, four percent... .. . ae ME! CR AT B00 00

Bonds, six per cent. . . . vor Sree pote PY 1.60;3500200

Bonds, seven’ percent: 29... 2 oe . 590,000 00

Bonds, seven per cent., Fire Loan . . . . . 108,400 00 4,177,200 00

Stock, six per cent. . <p Ae $29,050 98

Preaeiive per conte (0-28 e a eS 23,000 00 52,050 98

$4,229,250 98 April 24th, 1883.

The burden of this debt has been still further and greatly relieved by a reduction in the rate of interest, which a wise policy of promptly meet- ing all claims at maturity has enabled the present administration in a large measure to effect. Prior to 1880, the annual interest charges on the city debt amounted to $314,557, being $6.41 per capita. In 1883, this charge has been reduced to $188,000, or about $3.65 per capita. If the present plan of paying at maturity the debt bearing six and seven

per cent. interest is persisted in, the city will, at an annual outlay of.

$23,000, clear off the whole of this debt in eight years, and have remain- ing nothing but the four per cent. bonds maturing in 1909, with an an- nual interest charge of only $140,000. Notwithstanding the disasters through which it has passed, swept as it has been by fire and sword, the

hf

674 TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

credit of the City of Charleston has once more gained the high rank it

formerly held. While only one-eighteenth of the aggregate municipal

indebtedness of the United States bears so low a rate of interest as four

per cent., more than three-fourths of the debt of Charleston is placed at

that figure. ri STREETS,

Charleston has seventy miles of streets. Cobblestone roadways extend nine and one-eighth miles, and there is a shell road for one and three- eighth miles. There were five and one-eighth miles of plank roadway, but this has been reduced, and will be entirely done away with. The remainder of the streets are much in the condition in which they were two hundred years ago, a state of things that would have been impossible but for the dry and porous nature of the soil. For the thirteen years pre- vious to 1880, about $100,000 were annually expended by the city on the streets; in that year, two and one-eighth miles of stone roadway was laid, at a cost of $70,000; in 1881, of stone roadway, cobblestone, and Macadam roadway, about 1.4 miles was laid. The city is also charged with the sidewalks. The cost of paving with flagstone is estimated at two dollars, and with brick at one dollar per square yard. In 1881, besides resetting and repairs, 4,257 square yards of flagstone, and 3,811 square yards of brick pavement were laid, together with 2,534 feet of eurbstone. Charleston has five miles of street railway. The early settlers obtained an abundant supply of excellent

WATER by sinking wells, twelve to fifteen feet in depth, through the loose sands: with the growth of the city this water lost its purity, and recourse was had to cisterns supplied by rains. Many plans were proposed to remedy this evil. As early as 1803, Mr. Longstreet attempted to bore an artesian well, but did not succeed. From time to time other similar attempts + were made, with like results. At length, in 1876, Mr.Spangler bored a well on Citadel Green, to the depth of 1,970 feet, and obtained an abundant supply of water. The delivery, tested at four feet above the surface of the earth, was found to be 250 gallons a minute, or 360,000 gallonsa day. -The water has a temperature of 99.5° Fahr. It is pleasant and healthful for drinking and culinary purposes, it is delightful for bathing, and superior even to cistern water for washing. This demonstrates the practicability

of furnishing an unlimited supply of excellent water for the city. Mr. Spangler is working at another well, and others will be constructed as occasion requires.

TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 675

~ DRAINAGE AND SEWERAGE.

There are five and one-quarter miles of tidal drains, built at twenty inches above mean low tide. These drains would be a complete and effective scavenger, but being built with plank floors on loose sands, the planks have in some places rotted, and in others the sand has washed out, lowering the levels to such a degree as to render thorough drainage impracticable. They are to be replaced with concrete or other hard floors.. The numerous street drains, built at different times, do not con- stitute a uniform system, and are defective as to levels, the vital necessity of which is not so conspicuous in tidal drain localities, where the water runs up hill half the time. In 1881, there were laid 11,320 feet of twelve- inch vitrified ironstone pipes, at a cost of eighty-seven and one-half cents a foot,in substitution of brick and wooden drains, and 6,105 feet of eight-inch pipe-drains. The scavengering has been transferred from the Street Department to the

BOARD OF HEALTH,

with very satisfactory results. It is also proposed to concentrate the slaughtering houses at a public abattoir under their supervision. The administration of quarantine too has been transferred to this Board. The City Registrar is Secretary of the Board, and there is in operation a very effective system for the registration of vital statistics.

In consequence of the high rate of mortality prevailing among the col- ored race since emancipation, due to their disregard of the laws of hygiene, especially as regards children, it is necessary, to form a fair estimate of the healthfulness of Charleston, that the mortuary statistics of the races be considered separately. The ratio of deaths among the colored popu- lation of the city was, in 1830, 24.85 per 1,000, in 1840 it was 27.60, in 1850 it was 20.98, or an average of 24.47. In 1870 it had risen to 41.08, and in 1880 to 41.08. In 1880 the ratio of death per 1,000 of the colored population was as follows, for some of the Southern cities: Nashville, 39.23; Norfolk, 37.06; New Orleans, 44.49; Savannah, 45.47. The fol- lowing table exhibits the mortality among the white race in Charleston, as compared with that of some Northern cities during the last half century :

O76 TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA,

Comparative Mortality, Ratio per 1,000 Whites in the City of Charleston, SO and in other Cities,

| . babs ve _ i | 10 AGGRE- | 1880. | 1840. | 1850. | ISGO, S70, | 18s, eves Dacanes

| | Ht At

Philadelphia . | 20.90 | 17.78 | 19.63 | 19.18 | 22.72 | 20.91:) 121.12} 2008 Charleston . . | 25.65 | 18.94 | 18.68 | 17.70 | 28.69 | 22.01 | 126.67 |, 2147 Boston. . . . | 20,00 | 22.19 | 24.59 | 24.68 | 24.80 | 23.58 | 139,29 | s2eiae Baltimore . . | 22.82} 20.04 | 24.91 | 22.91 | 27.09 | 27.16 | 144.94] 24.76 New York . . | 25,66 | 25.16 | 30.70 | 28.19 | 26.47 | 165.02 | 27.60

Te Go

KIRE DEPARTMENT,

In the Fire Department of the city there was a substitution, in 1881, of paid for volunteer service. The service is performed under the direc- tion of a Board of Firemasters. ‘There are six steam fire engines, two reserve steam fire engines, and two hook and ladder trucks, with one hundred men and a sufficient force of officers, horses, fuel; wagons, &e. The fire alarm telegraph has thirty miles of wire, and ninety-three signal boxes, in six separate and distinct metallic circuits, connected oy through a repeater at the central office.

PUBLIC GROUNDS, \

On the extreme southeastern front of the city a massive stone wall, ten feet in width and fifteen hundred feet in length, rises immediately from the waters of the bay; a broad, smooth drive separates it from the hand- some private residences of the city that, with their gardens, oecupy this quarter. The view covers the spacious harbor, with its shipping, forts and islands, stretching seaward to the southeast, where the unbounded ocean terminates the horizon, It is known as the Battery, and forms a seaside promenade scarcely surpassed anywhere. From the southern terminus of this promenade a walk, twenty-five feet broad, extends for eight hundred feet along the southern shore line of the city, Opening

on this walk are the entrances to the White Point gardens, covering |

eight teres of ground, beyond which is again the broad, smooth drive, with the handsome private residences and beautiful gardens. Wash- ington Square, adjoining the City Hall, centrally located, covers one and a quarter acres, with its shade trees. Marion Square, in front of the Citadel, is a well kept parade ground, of nine and a half acres. Hamp-

stead, Wragg, and Aiken Malls, ave lands belonging to the city, making

Rano 6

2

: | ;

a

TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 677

for the whole fifty-three acres, susceptible of being greatly improved for the pleasure and comfort of the citizens. The public buildings, State and Federal, the numerous churches, to some of which historic as well as architectural interest attaches; the Academy of Music, one of the finest theatres in the South; the colleges, the library, the edifices devoted to charity, and many other fine buildings, including the imposing Charles- ton Hotel, and the Market, famous for its fruits, fish, game and vegetables,

can not find place in this brief account. Charleston has always been °

generous in its CHARITIES.

Mills enumerates fifty-one benevolent and missionary societies in ope- ration prior to 1824; of these fourteen were established in the eighteenth century. He ascribes to Charleston the honor of establishing the first religious charitable society in America. The Fellowship Society, formed in 1762, for the succor of the insane, was doubtless one of the first of these humane institutions in modern times. The first library was a dona- tion from Dr. Bray, in the year 1700, and the first free school was opened in 1712. At present the city maintains its charitable institutions at a cost of about ten per cent. on its gross income. Their management is in the hands of boards of commissioners, who serve gratuitously. deeming it a privilege to be intrusted with the duties of administering hospitals and bestowing relief on pauperism; a survival perhaps of the sponta- neous charity cultivated by the old vestry influence. ‘Che Orphan House was established in 1790, and has accommodations for three hundred children; it is maintained at an annual cost of $20,000. The Alms House, founded in 1712, has an annual average of seventy-eight inmates, besides its outdoor relief to two hundred and eighty-nine others. The Ashley River Asylum, for colored persons, averages sixty-eight inmates. The Roper and City Hospitals, and the Shirra’s Dispensary, with four physi- cians employed permanently by the city, give relief to the sick poor, and by arrangement between the city and the Faculty of the Medical Col- lege, “the best medical and surgical skill is at all times available to the humblest person at a nominal cost, without regard to race or creed.”

G78 TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA,

Population of the City of Charleston, as shown by the United Statés Census from

1790 to 1880, with the Decennial Rate of Increase compared with that of

the State, and the Number of Dwellings.

| fe as

POPULATION. ‘Per Cent. INCREASE. 3 3

VYRARC UTR oS Coe are tT Tp ce et =| a Waite, | Conorep.; Toran. | Crry. | STATE. 7, bs

17900 23 a] -8,089-" 4:5 28.270 1) --26,860" Ma Mea it RE ot 1800 . . 9,680 | 10,843 |. 20473 25 | 388 Acs B10 «shy ahwOGen| asdf 2a ee .20 | RAP x2 ABO oy eh ears) <a 187 24,786 ris, 21 2,336 ROSOT Sch vamome |. 1746)" | 80.289 34 22 >| 15 6 RSS 1840 2.1) F180380» 1) 16:28 29.261 | Dee. 3 a 2.804 1850... . | 20,012 | 22,973 42.985 AG} Tae BAGO s ks 1s woe 1 LRT 40,417 | -Dee. .5 5 ; BS70 (6. 2 B2:749,..| < 26.7% 48,956 Dis ist Di 6,861 1880 °. .| 22.690 27,276 49,984 ee 41 6,552

In 1870, Charleston ranked twenty-sixth among the cities of the United States as to population; in 1880 it ranks thirty-sixth. In 1870 it ranked twenty-sixth as to the number of persons engaged in useful and remune- ‘ative occupations, in 1880 it ranks as thirty-fifth in this regard. In 1870 it was twenty-eighth as to the number of families, in 1880 it is twenty- ninth in this respect. In 1870 it was twenty-ninth as to the number of dwellings, in 1880 it is forty-fourth in this respect. In 1870 eighty-eight per cent. of the population were natives of the State, nine per cent. foreign and three per cent. were born in other States of the Union. In 1880, eighty-eight per cent remain natives, eight per cent. are foreign and four per cent. are from other States.

THE HARBOR

is deep, spacious, land-locked, and perfectly safe. The deep water beyond the bar is only six miles from the city. . The present wharves, furnish- ing as much as forty feet depth of water, have accommodations for about two hundred vessels, and the wide and deep waters of the Ashley (Kea- wah, Indian name) and Cooper (Ztiwan) rivers extend for six miles along the peninsula on which the city stands. The depth of water on the bar is at present about eighteen* feet. Since 1878 the United States govern-

* Mills gives the depth, in 1827, as twenty to twenty-two feet.

SI 5 a i Rt ar ra alr gE

TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

ment has been engaged in extensive works for increasing the depth of the entrance. A stone jetty from Sullivan’s Island, running southeast

‘and seaward, and another from Morris Island, bearing northeast and to-

ward the first, are being built. There will be an opening of 2,000 or 2,600 feet in width at their point of convergence, and it is estimated that the concentrated force of the currents arid tides will scour out and keep open, through this funnel-shaped aperture, a permanent channel twenty- six feet in depth. Foundation courses 15,000 feet in length, for the north jetty, and 12,757 feet for the south jetty, in all 27,757 feet, have been laid, varying in width from forty-three feet to one hundred and eighteen feet, and height from two and a half feet to fourteen feet from the bottom, ex- clusive of spur jetties at certain points. The expenditure has been $1,045,000, and it is estimated that it will require $755,000 to complete the work, which can be accomplished by the 30th of June, 1884.

In 1881, the entire management and control of the affairs of Charleston harbor was vested by the State Legislature in a Board of Harbor Com- missioners. The mayor of the city is, ex officio, chairman of this board, which includes among its members, the President of the Chamber of Commerce, a member of the Board of Health, and ten others, appointed by the Governor, one of them a full branch pilot. The board appoints annually, with power to remove at discretion, the Harbor Master and Port Wardens, and defines and assigns their duty. Formerly there were no port charges ; at present the support of the officers and other port expenses is borne by a fee bill of five cents to ten cents per foot of length over all, charged upon vessels ariving. The Harbor Commissioners have charge of all matters pertaining to pilotage and quarantine. The pilot ground for Charleston is thirty miles in any direction from the port. The service is performed by eleven pilot boats and thirty-five authorized pilots; the vate of charges varying from fifteen dollars for six feet to one hundred and eighty dollars for eighteen feet, with four dollars per day detention money. Every care is taken to insure the faithful and efficient discharge of these responsible duties. It is proposed to establish a marine signal station, with telegraphic communication from the Charleston light-house to the city,so that on arrival, masters of vessels will be at once in communication with the commercial world. Charleston is nearer to the grain fields of the great West than any Atlantic port lying to the north of it. The distance from Havana to Cincinnati, via Charleston, is three hundred miles less than by Baltimore, and five hundred miles less than by Boston. For the European trade, this, the largest seaport on the South Atlantic coast, is nearer than the Gulf ports, and offers to immigrants the safest and most comfortable voyage at all seasons of the year, with facilities for their distribution on landing as cheap and convenient as

“oe

MP OOP LOR NT Dore AY OEE ae Poe Les EAE ae a re

oN r 4 3 ay.

680 TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

af

those at any port on the continent. Nearly two hundred years ago the transportation charges for immigrants from Europe to Charleston were twenty dollars apiece. The following statement shows the foreign tonnage entered at the port of Charleston, for the years named:

1801. . 59,880 1843 . . 21,148 1859 . . 129,764 1881 . . 156,500 1802. . 67,914 1853 . . 94,475 1S 702.2568

The following statement shows the value of the exports and imports of merchandise at Charleston for the years given, and also the percentage of such value on the value of the total exports and imports for the colonies, and for the United States:

| c 3 1S 3] | 3 43 ee

| as = S| as ee

ao lA oOo | As Ae

Year. | Exports. |2&!| Inprorts. |=S|| Year.| Exports, |2S| Imrorts./|2e

a & 5 || | aes Bz

[4 a || | ae

TyOOr | £14,158} 4 £10,003} . 3/1810:..:|' “$5.290,614) 11)... 2a WIE. 20,793) 9 19.613} 6 [1821.....)° 7,200,511] 14} $3,007,419) 7 172022: 62,736] 13 18,290, 5 11830... 7,627,051| 13 1,054,019] 2 V7B0 4.0: 151,739) 26 64.785} 11/1840.....| 10,036,769] 9 2,058,870). 2 1740....3 265,560! 37 TRIB 21 Sop) 11845.....| 8,890,648} 8 1,143, (eles ites: Oem | 191,607} 23] 134,037) 20) 1848.....| 1 8,081,917| 6) 1,485,299)...... 1760......| 162,769| 21 218,131} 81856. 17,328,503]. 5 1,905,234 es I 7Or a 278,907| 27 146,273). be /1860.....| 21,170,273) 6| *1 DOG STO aces Aides £579,349] 30} £378116) 14//1870.....! 10,7 720T1 2| °505,609)...... OR eu $2,693,268) 11) $1,520,000! ti 1880...) 19,590,627| “2 202,790)... 1796s." PT GET ees j... |1881.....1 26,498,827)....2 440,240)... ie ea gS Be A |...-2¢|2882.0.1 °° 17617 ABBiigees 586 800)......

In 1769, the exports from Charleston were valued at £508,108, and were greater than from any of the other English colonies; in the same year her imports amounted to £306,600, and were greater than those of New York and Pennsylvania added together. It was not until 1816 that the value of exports from New York equalled those made from Charles- ton in the first year of the century, and as late as 1724 the value of the domestic exports from Charleston was greater than that of any city in the United States. The largest value of imports after the revival of pros- perity, about 1850, was in the year 1858, and amounted to $2,070,249. The lowest ebb in this regard, after the war and reconstruction, was reached in 1879, when the value of the imports amounted to only $131- 182. Here, as elsewhere, it will be observed that there was great devel- opment from 1850 to 1860, a disastrous falling away from that date, with a fair promise of a restoration of prosperity since 1880. From 1791 to 1825 the Federal customs revenues collected in Charleston aggregated

TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

681

$22,337,381 (more than the assessed value of the real and personal pro-— perty of the city in 1880), with a minimum, in 1796, of $52,443, and a

maximum, 1817, of $1,616,460.

Charleston was $53,727.

In 1879, the receipts from customs in

The Leading Articles Received at and Shipped from Charleston in 1882.

ARTICLES.

|

Cotton, Uplands, bales

Rice, tierces

ee gp Oe ee ee

Spirits of Turpentine, barrels... _ Phosphate Rock, tons... .

Lumber, feet . Railroad Ties, feet UCTS Se Corn, bushels... Oats, bushels. . Flour, barrels... .

| Berries; quarts . . .... Potatoes, barrels V. egetables, packages. . Melons

Cotton, Sea Islands, bales... ..

w Sere ea) 0) ee

Sen ee Se eee ee

. . . . ee eae ee eee

SHIPMENTS. RECEIPTs. an aa Foreign. 488,427) 190,856, 297,572 16 468 12,533) 3,933 43,602) SE AIMA I eee 70 047. 15,702 54,345 . 288,928) 110,907 178,039 146,946, 117,470. 29,476 19,028,928) 18,662,258) 366,665 23024 621) 23,020-621) joo. 409,586" 10,700, "398,886 LAOQOOO) 2 oe oe fe rae ts tie a yee e BOON aa cae tenet res cn ee 650, 000 450, 000 pe 5b, 000 A er? Ac 71,000 Poop.

40 000

aren WW, ee

TERS Uh ae ee

lis SI a

TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

Mechanical and sapaslawes® ing Industries ot the Bi tey a | Charleston, 1882.

|

Ps} } & INDUSTRIES. = | CaPmTaL.

| AHS \GPORSOS «hava avaeius ca ccesiaet py 2| $5,000 Bagging Factories.........cceceeees et 245,000 SIM ROTIGS oui Sas cect raicatek cokers cies ) 13} 30,000 -Basket and Willowware,........... 2 2'500 Beer and Breweries, ..........ceeeeee 1 50,000 Blacksmithing. cdc cecvecrecaes 6 10,050 Boots and SHO... ccerscrveeseesees 9) 1,120) Dentistry, Mechanical.............6 7 2,800) Gandy Factoriesa.ccicsccreccecensees 4 8,000

( ‘arpentering.. Pe ee eereee 5 140,000) |

Carriages and Wagons.............- 8 30,000) Pi Bea Fst <i ssycksbougs ans shisha joes 13) 80,000 RGGI) he POR. Gisad ann hed sh Sve sae | 6 60,000 Concrete Piping... icc ccces 2) 12,000 Cotton Factory ....cccccececeenses 1, 800,000) Cotton Compresses...... se receeeeee 4 530,000 Cotton Seed Oi: Mall.c.n.c..cis.. 1} 100,000) ENQraving, ..ccceccccceenseeseneusnetens 2 * 6,000 Flouring and Grist Mill Products) 9 15,000) PQ REINS ONS ai scat se ess cestusqcensatueanss 11) 2,886,000) BRET CPC sisscs vainsaacanehicntsesqtrasy es 3 20,000) oS REE ARE g thet SERIE REE ee 1; = 375,000 UN ONS ior Beds 8 cece oath nencesasssncan’ 11 45,000) Iron Founderies and Works...... 17} 890,000) Lock and Gunsmithing............ 7| 23,300 Marble and Stone Works.......... 5) 25,000 Mineral and Soda Water........... 3} 4.500 Painting and Paper Hanging...) 7 5,550, Photographing sssisssiccsaasiscaseares 4) 8,600) Plumbing and Gas-Fitting......... 7| 30,000) PREVI CEIDS Cok canes exces See cen eE peau eeve 14 240, ‘000. BRIG WTS Nie scvcccesnyynicice gangs 4 450,000) BaD G Ry, occ asssh pe asgncteseectesengene 6 22°00) SO Wp ANE ERR Serrsamtnk wk ann wGainenben Conskins 2} ~—- $25,000 Ship-Building Ra Meae o wavetannmheesh anh eh 44350 Shirt and Underwear............... l 7,000) Street Car Repairs................66 ee 5,000) Tin, Copper and Sheet Lron....... 10) 39,000) IPRA GOES © ccenk cc kccn aks Aceatee See eeeack ne 8 10,000) LU RUE OS peepee tees, Se eee + 4,700) Wood and Saw Mills............... $ 260,000, Watch and Clock Repaurs......... 9 15,000, Mise6 Wan GOUSss6 scien sacs scseacene 7 160 ‘000 | 278 $6,628,470 |

|

90)

| W AGES, MATERIAL,

$6,058) $8,855 "4/256! 4.100 Rat aes 3,785 ac | So ae | 62,900)..... Revesier 62, 900. 65,000 Ceitaiee / $4,000 BT Na ia eh ER RTE see |

2,708, 2,000 4,059) 7,800

9 629 10,228 52,810! 53 S50 Pac eee 6,000; 30,420 SW. [er |

Ree eee Bee e eee et eee ee

PRrRopuUCcT.

These figures include those of several large industries which have gone into operation since the enumeration for the Tenth U. 8. Census was

made.

Had they been in operation at that date, Charleston would have

ranked as twentieth among the cities of the United States in regard to the amount of capital invested in manufactures. .

Ps vd ' AeA; AY it we ie a be pitt chee Uo ante h Ons a iat eo a ies

4

TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

The number of firms engaged in the : WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADE 2 of the City of Charleston is given, in January, 1883, as 924. They are ey credited with an aggregate wealth of $18,785,100. Of their number 392 oe were engaged in the grocery and provision trade; 148 in selling dry er goods, clothing, boots and shoes ; eighty dealing in hardware; miscella- " - neous, 394. There were reported fifty-eight establishments where liquor 4 was sold. Of the whole number twelve were under the direction and management of colored persons. The sales for 1882 were given as fol- | lows: Zz Provisions GPOCETIOS: -!454 14% « ai $15,700,000 i Grain and hay. . 945,000 A | Ice, fish and oysters. . 60,000 $16,705,000 FE Dry Goods Dry goods... . . . 4,320,000 f Boots and shoes. . . 1,255,000 i. Hatsandcaps. .. . 175,000 “4 Clothing... .. 375,000 6,125,000 7 OE Ee pera 1,525,000 i. mumeonneors: 84 8, SPR ele 4,600,000 MTS ME SS Salle tee ce a $28,955,000 The aggregate values of the annual trade of the city may be summa- rized as follows : Value of staple products received ........ $34,840,132 Value of local manufactures .......4.4.. 9,010,731 - Value of wholesale and retail trade. . . , .. . 28 955,500 : a) a: eee kn Giller es oe meh Th bee eran: $72,806,363 Banks of Charleston. x xs a ae | 1848. | 1860. | 1883. Number of Banks. . . : 9 6 OS RRR Se ae ae a $9,152,582 $11,129,637 | $1,120,009 Puvidenae ~~... 5.03 to 7,44 | 6.to 10. | ONES oa cae Sand Bad eee fees 637,000

jie

‘799 miles. Surveys and appropriations for perfecting their navigation

684° TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

There is a large business in foreign and domestic exchange and in dis- counts carried on by merchants in the city, employing a capital three to four times as great as that of the banks.

The most recent improvement in the railroad facilities offered by Charleston is the extension since July, 1882, of the South Carolina Rail- way track to deep water on the Cooper river, in the northeastern portion of the city. The railroad company has built here, on creosoted piling, a wharf 931 feet long and 100 feet wide, with two slips for loading lighters, and a slip on the north for loading lumber. Besides a number of sheds on this wharf, there are two storage sheds for fertilizers, each 400 feet by 60 feet. The wharf is furnished with ten electric lights. West of the wharf, and separated from it by double rows of railway tracks, are two warehouses, 410 by 60 feet each. There is a hoisting engine, and an automatic bucket and dump car, two automatic railways, with switch and chute to facilitate the handling of heavy freights. Immediately west of the southern section of the wharf is the freight depot, 400 feet long, and two business offices. Other wharves are being constructed. They will consist of a number of piers, with docks from 200 feet to 300 feet long. Railroad tracks will run to the head of the piers, enabling vessels to load directly into the cars.

GEORGETOWN COUNTY.

Georgetown, the county seat, the only seaport on the South Carolina coast north of Charleston, is situated at the head of Winyaw bay, ona slightly undulating sandy and clay loam, on the north bank of the Sam- pit river. Immediately above the town, the Black, the Pee Dee and the Waccamaw rivers enter Winyaw bay. The Santee river was also for- merly connected with Winyaw bay by a canal six miles long. To avoid the shoals at the mouth of this river and to render it more accessible, the United States government has made an appropriation to reopen a canal here. When this is completed, Georgetown will be at the outflow into the sea of a system of rivers having a drainage area of 31,000 square miles. These streams are now navigable by steamboats for a distance of

have been made by the general government. The status of this work, up to the Ist July, 1881, may be briefly summarized as follows:

Pa : Peet ae Pe See

oJ ~ TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 685 Sara ap rin eee Bes DO) |. Tees hee | - -— = el a Ay ee Si Sire ts Sar f=} * Zz _ Red ous = = we > Nn S— © a re NaMe or River AND PART NAVIGABLE. 2 oD Ge |"Eot |] BS = & | Ss) Soe a | Se | 826) 285) +2 Z Se jsSs |] ak | ea a= o | = | & é ay a eo < [= <q | | | eeeccaniay, from mouth to Conw ayboro’ ade 66 12) | accamaw, from Conwayboro’ to Reeves Ferry, 125 8 99 270) S95. 00K BK QE | OL } S$: ae Waccamaw, from Reeves Ferry to Lake Wac- 22D) RO 3S be: OMNIBUS Se WSd moron nla sas oes tp Sev eden’ oFe ptrncbsnek ers | 5d 4) . Great Pee Dee, to Cheraw..........-..0..csscsossesseeee | 149) 9 to 33 | 25,250) 13,000, 6,215 ERE NUNC: oe oo sant sess crane sedsbasne se sed 50)| 7 a Peer eel ee eee ere ee ET a ona san sch aint acne niraph hak sonpren dice tien 60. Bal Vina bougaclen ces canes =p eatben Santee River and Canal, to Winyaw Bay.......... 184) 7% | 104,427| 22,000)..........-. meesteree, £0 Camden so. .28 215.000 stesescdeeecveeessese 64) 4 45,991| 8,600)... Congaree, fou alum Dial 522225; coco santeeoas rearey | > end 48 2 Ed ee eee Pee et anh ey TEESE Es eed Sa ns nap ae 8 Set Pee Pe 19D) (ees tae $205, 038, $68,000, $12,169

These great highways, through the most fertile and perhaps the least developed portions of the State, could thus be permanently opened for transportation, which would be cheapened to the lowest rates by the eom- petition consequent on the free admission of all carriers. The cost being estimated at only $257 per mile.

The improvement in the Waccamaw: river, which has its course par- allel to the Atlantic coast, will make it a link in the great interior line of water communication along the seacoast, uniting at the Cape Fear with the inland water routes leading to Norfolk, Va. The estimates of the amounts necessary to complete the whole line of. interior navigation from Georgetown to Norfolk is stated by the United States engineer corps as $6,225,805 ; the distance being 538 miles, the cost would be less than half of that for a railway.

Looking southwestward, the Winyaw canal, uniting the Santee with the waters about Georgetown, opens an inland route for steamboats to Savannah, requiring for its completion, according to Robert Mills, one or two short canals, aggregating in length eight and a half miles. Be- yond Savannah there is the long contemplated inland route across the peninsula of Florida, and thence, by interior salt water rivers, to New Orleans, an improvement, the cost of which has been estimated at less

than half the original outlay for the Erie canal, besides being always free

from the obstacles of ice. Such a route would allow fleets of steam tugs and barges to transport in bulk, safely and cheaply, along the Galf and Atlantic coast, all the products of the great West, from the head waters of the Missouri and the Mississippi.

L202 oO OS6 TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA,

Vessels drawing twelve feet are sometimes detained at Georgetown, because the bar of Sampit river affords only nine feet at low water. Capt. Phillips, United States Engineers, reports that this obstacle may be removed at a cost of a trifle over $14,000,

In the year 1700, a vessel that was detained by low tide at Charleston bar, had previously made its way, without a pilot, to the present site of Georgetown. At that very time, however, a great storm occurred which opened the inlet through North Island, known as North Inlet. The pressure of the vast flood of waters descending the rivers in Winyaw bay was thus no longer confined to a single channel, and as a consequence the entrance has filled up to a considerable degree. Capt. Marcou, United States Corps of Engineers, estimates that it would require the outlay of one and a half millions of dollars to establish a depth of nineteen to twenty-two feet at low water on the Georgetown bar.

The railroad connecting Georgetown with the Northeastern railroad is nearly completed. When this is done, Georgetown will have the shortest railroad connection with Columbia of any seaport in the State.

Georgetown was founded early in the eighteenth century by the Rev. Mr. Sereven, the first Baptist minister in South Carolina. It covers an area.a mile square. In 1820, the population was 2,000; in 1840, it was 1,500; in 1850, it was 1,628; in 1860, it was 1,720; in 1870, it was 2,080; in 1880 it was 2,557.

It is regularly laid out, and has fourteen miles of streets, paved with stone, brick or wood. ‘Transportation through the streets is performed by drays or carts, at fifteen cents a load. Buggies and carriages may be hired at $2.50 to $4.00 a day. Wells and cisterns afford an abundant supply of water. Four main drains, with a number of lateral drains, empty into Sampit river, and constitute an excellent system of drainage. There are three boarding-houses ; charges, from $1.00 to $2.00 a day for transient boarders. ‘The court house, jail,and market house are of brick, and were erected at a cost of $50,000. The hall of the Winyaw Indigo Society is also of brick; it is two stories, and cost $18,000. The lower story is used as a school, the upper story has a library, and is used as a public hall; fees for exhibitions, $5.00. There are five churches, three for whites, Episcopal, Methodist, and Baptist, and two for the colored

population, Methodist and Baptist. They have an aggregate seating capacity of over three thousand, and cost about $80,000. The pupils of the Winyaw Indigo Society school are prepared to enter West Point and the colleges and universities of the United States. There are two public schools, one white and one colored, and, in addition, a number of private schools. The Winyaw Indigo Society, one of the oldest charitable insti- tutions in the South, was incorporated in 1756 ; its funds have been chiefly

pis ates pe PRET RMP RR Tn, thio eRe Une ay TERE yee). LM hes ae TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 687

at

devoted to the education of orphan children, many hundreds of whom have enjoyed its bounty. There is, also,a lodge of Masons. The choicest

game, fish and oysters are abundant and cheap. Beef and mutton sell

at ten to twelve cents per pound; eggs, twelve to fifteen cents per dozen ; fowls, twenty to twenty-five cents. Stores rent from $100 to $500, and dwellings from $60 to $300 per year. The building materials are heart pine and brick; the latter are manufactured in any quantity called for, on Port’s creek, eight miles from the town. The total value of all pro- perty, real and personal, is stated at $800,000, and the annual taxes are about $7,000. The town has no debt.

One hundred and seventy-five sail of vessels, of from fifty to five hun- dred tons burthen, and drawing six to thirteen feet of water, cross Georgetown bar annually. There is regular communication with Charleston and Cheraw by steamboat, and a line of eight three-masted schooners ply regularly between this port and the coast towns. The annual shipments are given as follows :

Bod bales cotton, valuediat... 6 8a) cles ie a a IO MOO 50,000 bbls. spirits turpentine... .. saul cane Re 170,000 bbls. rosin . . . incat lY Ge peat 510,000 6,590,000 feet lumber, taeios and obtuan staff EVO Bee 300,000 SIE COD OU TICO 18) 62 yi a athae BT Mees) + 3) # ae denies 560,000 MR rpg bie ee chai si)» i Aa Aaaslaat ee +k 103 OE

The yearly sales of goods is estimated as follows:

Groceries and provisions ....... lee gdh 4 hie eo TOC 008 OS CSS Cae SLSR ita aks Seetahicn ae Cb, ale ait 300,000 | Hardware and safacillati dota’ Ro, fn WSL tan set Ageia ee 300,000

MS FAS Shay ip td Ee A aN A ys RL OORDNG

There are three saw mills, capacity of 20,000 feet per day; a shingle mill, capacity 15,000 to 20,000 shingles per day; an inexhaustible supply of the finest cypress timber is at hand; it is furnished in blocks three feet to five feet diameter, clear of knots, at five cents to seven cents per cubic foot. A large rice-pounding mill has recently been established, and the direct shipment of this grain to Northern ports is increasing. Other manufactures are the preparation of naval stores, and of corn in various forms, oak staves, &c. The average wages paid to laborers is twenty-five cents to seventy-five cents a day, and for skilled labor, one dollar to two dollars a day.

' oll 4 poy aii tule lk a era

vi

688 TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

The roads leading from the town are fine and well shaded, offering in- ducements for pleasure riding and driving, and there are delightful walks

along the Sampit and Black or Wynee rivers. Winyaw bay is a beauti-

ful sheet of water, and North island, on the seaward side of it, has a fine beach, and affords, with the adjacent sea islands, cool and salubrious | summer resorts. “Here,” says Robert Mills, “besides the refreshing sea | breeze, the good things of this life, the treasures of the ocean and the lean are offered in great piedaane to the inhabitants.”

LOWER PINE BELT REGION.

The ten thousand square miles in lower South Carolina, described as the lower pine belt region, contains, according to the ree of 1880, only

sixteen villages, with an aggregate population of 4,722. Of these Wal- terboro is the largest, with a population of six hundred and ninety-one- If, however, all the small settlements and trading points in this region be counted, they will, with addition of those mentioned in the census, amount in all to seventy-eight. The following account will make them appear still larger, as the settlements in each county will be named, for convenience, under the county, whereas since some of these counties ex- tend into the adjoining regions, towns outside of the lower pine belt will be necessarily mentioned.

HAMPTON COUNTY

contains fifteen towns and trading settlements, with eighty-five stores, to-wit: Brunson, nineteen stores; Varnville, fourteen stores; Lawton- ville, nine stores; Hampton Court House, Brighton, and Matthews Bluff, eight stores each; Gillisonville, six stores; Stafford, three stores; Rob- ertsville, Tillman’s, Early Branch and MeNeil’s, two stores each, and Peeplesville; Wagon Branch, and McCoy’s Bluff, one store each. Of this number, five sell liquor, two are drug stores, two millinery, and the

balance deal in general merchandise. One is kept by a colored person,

and the estimated wealth of the storekeepers is $438,000.

Hampton Court House (Township 120) was established in 1876. It has a brick court house and jail, and a population now of three hundred. It is situated in the centre of the county, on the Augusta and Port Royal railroad.

Varnville, on the same railroad, has a town hall and high-school build- ing. There are three churches, one of which is for colored persons, and has a seating capacity of 1,200. The churches were built at a cost of about $1,000 each. There are two schools, one for white, and one for

fi

:

:

= ,*

TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 689

colored, pupils. Several thousand bales of cotton, a considerable quantity of rice, naval stores, hides and wax are shipped to Charleston and Savan- nah by rail. The Varnville Messenger is edited by E. W. Peeples. The buildings are of brick and wood, and the population and trade are in- creasing.

Peeplesville (Township 117) was settled in 1865, and has now about three hundred inhabitants. It has a hall seventy by thirty-five feet, and there are three churches, and one school, with forty pupils, in the neigh- borhood. The value of the real and personal property is given as $150,- 000. One thousand bales of cotton are shipped to Savannah. The yearly sales are, provisions, $30,000; dry goods, $20,000; hardware, $2,000. There is a boarding-house, blacksmith shop, and livery stable, and several saw and grist mills, and naval stores manufactories. Planting, lumber, and naval stores are the chief pursuits.

Brighton (Township 119). At the close of the war there was one dwelling and one store, with a capital of one hundred dollars, here. There are now eight stores, fifty dwellings, a population of three hundred, two churches and a school. Two barrel makers, who came here ten years

ago without capital, are the owners of a steam saw mill, and a gin and

grist mill, with a turpentine and rosin still, as the result of their indus- try. There is weekly communication with Savannah by steamboat.

Gillisonville (Township 116) was formerly the county seat of Beaufort.

The public buildings were burnt: during the last war. It has a church and two schools. COLLETON COUNTY

contains twenty-two towns and trading settlements, having in all one hundred and twenty stores, to-wit: White Hall, eighteen stores; Walter- boro, thirteen stores; Jacksonboro and St. George’s, eleven stores each ; Ridgeville, nine stores; Saltkehatchie, eight stores; Rantowles, Smokes’ and Green Pond, seven stores each ; Reevesville, five stores; Ashepoo and Combahee, four stores each; Bell’s, Ross’, and Folk’s, three stores each ; Ravenel’s, Byrds, Cottageville, Rumphtown, Twenty-six Mile, Parker’s Ferry, and Maple Cane, one store each. There is one drug store, the re- mainder dealing in general merchandise. Three out of the whole num- ber are kept by colored persons. The estimated wealth of the store- keepers is placed at $383,000.

Walterboro, the county seat, is located in the centre of the county and has a handsome brick court house and jail. The population in 1880 was six hundred and ninety-one. There is an Episcopalian, a Presbyterian, a Methodist, a Baptist and a Roman Catholic church in the town, with three other churches for colored persons, A school house for colored

660 TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

children has a capacity for one hundred pupils. The white schools are private. The Colleton Press is published weekly. There is a daily mail by stage line to Green Pond, twelve miles distant, on the Charleston and Savannah Railroad. A railroad from Walterboro to this point is graded, and when completed it is proposed to extend it to Branchville, which will make it the shortest line from the capital to the seaboard. Walter- boro is in a region devoted formerly to rice culture, and no cotton was sold here before the war; in 1881 one thousand bales were sold in the town. The yearly sales are stated (probably underestimated) as follows ; Provisions, $75,000; dry goods, $25,000; hardware, $10,000; miscella- neous, $45,000.

St. George’s, on the South Carolina Railroad, has a population of three hundred. There is here a hotel, two school houses and a church. About 4,000 bales of cotton are shipped annually to Charleston. The estimate of yearly sales is, provisions, $75,000; dry goods, $30,000; hardware, $6,000; miscellaneous, $50,000. There are two steam saw mills anda grist mill.

BERKELEY COUNTY,

exclusive of the places on the seacoast already noticed, has ten villages and trading settlements, with sixty-five stores, to wit: Summerville, twenty-four stores; St. Stephen’s and Moncks Corner, twelye stores each ; Bonneau’s, eleven stores; Oakley, three stores; Ladson’s, two stores, and Pineville, one store. Of this number there is one liquor store, four drug stores, the remainder dealing in general merchandise. Four are kept by colored persons. The estimated wealth of the storekeepers is given at $200,000. Summerville, in the pine woods on the South Carolina rail- road, is a health and pleasure resort for the citizens of Charleston. There are two hotels, two livery stables, several boarding houses, and churches of the leading religious denominations. The population is given by the last census as 636. But during the season there are as many as 2,500 persons living here.

WILLIAMSBURG COUNTY has thirteen towns and trading settlements, containing one hundred and thirteen stores, to wit: Kingstree, thirty-one stores; Graham’s Cross Road, eighteen stores; Scranton, twelve stores; Black Mingo, ten stores; Salters and Cambridge, nine stores each ; Gourdin’s, seven stores; Indian- town and Johnsonville, six stores each ; Lane’s, two stores; Greeleyville, Lynch's Lake, and Pine Bluff, one each. Among these two liquor stores and one drug store are enumerated, the remainder keep general mer- chandise; one is kept by a colored person. The wealth of the store- keepers is estimated at $478,000.

¢

TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA, 691

_Kingstree, the county seat, has a population of about 300. It is situated at the head of navigation on the Black, more properly the Wynee river, and on the North Eastern railroad. The court house and jail are hand- some brick buildings. There is a Presbyterian, a Baptist, and a Meth- odist church, besides a church for colored persons. The Kingstree Star, a weekly paper, is published here. About two thousand bales of cotton are shipped annually. The name is derived from a large white or short leaf pine tree that stood on the banks of the Wynee, which was called the King’s tree, after William IL, of England.

Scranton, on the same railroad, has a hotel and church, and about two thousand bales of cotton are shipped annually, besides lumber and naval stores.

CLARENDON COUNTY

has ten towns and trading settlements, with fifty-one stores, to wit: Man- ning, twenty-four stores; Summerton, nine stores; Forreston, eight stores; Fulton, five stores; McFadden, two stores; Dudley, Enterprise, Jordan, Panola and Packsville, one store each. Of this number there are two liquor stores, three drug stores and one millinery; the balance deal in general merchandise. The wealth of the storekeepers is estimated at $217,000. Manning, the county séat, is on the Central Railroad, near where it crosses Pocotaligo river. The Methodists, Baptists, and Presby- terians have each a church in the town. There is an academy, and one newspaper, the Clarendon Press.

Forreston, ten miles south of Manning on the railroad, has a Baptist church and two schools. Besides a considerable amount of lumber and naval stores, about four thousand bales of cotton are shipped to Charleston.

HORRY COUNTY

has thirteen towns and trading settlements, with forty-five stores, to wit: Conwayboro, twelve stores; Board Landing and Port Harrelson, seven stores each; Hickman’s, five stores; Red Bluff and Bucksville, three stores each ; Bayton, two stores; Dogwood Neck, Gallivant’s, Hickman’s, Wampee, and Round Swamp, one store each. The wealth of the store- keepers is estimated at $284,000.

THE UPPER PINE BELT

is credited, in the census of 1880, with twenty-one towns, having a popu- lation of 11,715. Including some omitted by the above mentioned enu- meration, and the various trading settlements, they, actually numbered,

RP NGS I PEE TA OS Te EER re ek Te Ty ene

692 TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

January, 1883, ninety-nine, with 1,009 stores and a population of over 20,000. The wealth of the storekeepers is given at between five and six millions of dollars. Their distribution among the counties lying chiefly or wholly in this region is as follows:

BARNWELL COUNTY,

traversed in a north and south direction by two railroads, the Port Royal

and the Charleston and Augusta, has twenty-two towns and trading set- tlements, to wit: Blackville, thirty-three stores; Allendale, thirty-one stores ; Bamberg, twenty-six stores; Williston, twenty-two stores; Barn-

well Court House, seventeen stores; Midway, eleven stores; Campbellton -

and Graham, eight stores each ; Elko, five stores; Appleton, Beldoe, Dunbarton and Martin’s, four stores each ; Buford’s Bridge, Cohen’s Bluff, Lee’s, Robbins’, two stores each; Erwinton, Fiddle Pond, Hattieville, Millett, Varn, one store each. Of these one hundred and ninety-one es- tablishments, fifteen sell liquors, thirty-three miscellaneous articles, and the remainder general merchandise. The wealth of the proprietors is es- timated at $1,250,000. .

Barnwell Court House has a high and healthy situation .on Turkey Creek, in the centre of the county. The public buildings and three- fourths of the town were burned by Sherman’s troops, in 1864, and after the war the county seat was removed for some years to Blackville. In 1876, the old court house was rebuilt and a railroad, twelve miles in length, opened to Blackville. The town is rapidly increasing in size since this date. The Presbyterians, Baptists, Methodists, Episcopalians, and Catholics have churches here. Town lots and lands in the surround- ing country are rapidly advancing in price. A company is formed to build a cotton factory on Turkey Creek, near by. There are two news- papers, the Barnwell People and the Barnwell Sentinel.

Blackville, on the South Carolina Railroad, has now upwards of 1,000 inhabitants, four churches, four schools, a carriage factory, several gins, saw and grist mills, and ships annually about 4,000 bales of cotton.

Allendale is a thriving and rapidly growing town on the Port Royal

railroad, of over six hundred inhabitants; the leading religious denomi- nations have churches, and there is one public and one private school.

Bamberg, on the South Carolina railroad, has two churches, a high school, three private schools, a newspaper, a banking establishment, a planing -mill, three wagon and wood shops, a saw mill, several cotton gins and grist mills, and ships about 5,000 bales of cotton annually. The population, in 1880, was 648.

se

TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 693

ORANGEBURG COUNTY

has eleven towns and trading settlements, with one hundred and thirty- five stores, to wit: Orangeburg Court House, seventy-five stores ; Branchyille, twenty-six stores; St. Matthew’s, seventeen stores; Fort Motte, seven stores; Rowesville, three stores; Elloree and Jamison, two stores each; Edisto, Felderville, Knott’s Mills, one store each. Of this number, eight sell liquors, and eight are druggists, thirty-eight deal in miscellaneous articles, and seventy-six in general merchandise. One is kept by a colored person.

Orangeburg Court House is situated on high, level land, rising above the clear waters of North Edisto river, at the head of raft navigation, and on the Charleston and Columbia railroad. It was first settled in 1730, by German subjects of the Prince of Orange, whence its name. In 1828, the population was 152, in 1840, 350. The public buildings and most of the town was burnt by Sherman’s troops. It has been rebuilt, and the population in 1880, was 2,140, and probably exceeds 3,000 at this time. It has a circular area two miles in diameter, with the court house and public square as the centre. The business portion of the town, including many handsome brick buildings, is built about the public square. Be- tween this point and the railway station is a fine drive, on each side of which are handsome private residences, with well kept grounds. The town government consists of a mayor and two aldermen, a chief of po- lice, and four patrolmen. The sidewalks have a wood curbing, and the roads are well kept. The town is lighted by kerosene street lamps. Water is abundant and good ; the drainage is into the Edisto river, sixty to one hundred feet below the town. The court house is a fine brick build- ing, costing $35,000. The Claflin University, a large three-story brick building, with mansard roof, is surrounded by fine grounds, and has ac- commodations for three hundred colored students. The Boliver and May’s halls are large and handsome halls, fitted with stage, seats, &c., for public entertainments. Charges, $10 to $15 per night. There is a Pres-

byterian, an Episcopal, a Methodist, a Baptist and a Lutheran church3

There are two public schools for whites, and three private schools, with one public school for colored pupils; number of pupils about six hun- dred. Five room cottages, with garden, rent for $12 a month. Stores rent at from $10 to $40 per month. Bricks, for building, cost $7.50 per

thousand. Pine lumber, $10 per thousand; shingles, $3.50 per thou- ; ee sand. The value of Sey and personal eee is estimated at $800,000 ; ! #6“ there is no town debt, and the annual town tax on property is about ro}

half of one per cent. The average yearly sales are given as follows: provisions, $700,000; dry goods, $125,000; hardware, $25,000; miscel-

ata fla zo cole Ba 5.

9 ase ore churches atu tee . Cota

S.s

694 TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

laneous, $50,000. The manufacturing industries consist of a cotton mill,

a rice mill, and two wagon factories, employing about one hundred hands, at wages of $1 to $2.a day. There isa weekly newspaper. The annual shipments of cotton average 10,000 bales, to Charleston and New York.

SUMTER COUNTY

has eighteen towns and trading settlements, with one hundred and sixty- two stores, to wit: Sumterville, seventy-five stores; Maysville, twenty-one stores; Bishopville, twelve stores; Magnolia, seven stores; Providence, Wedgefield, and Lynchburg, six stores each ; Mannyille and Shiloh, five stores each ; Spring Hill and Statesburg, four stores each; Sanders’ and Boykin’s, two stores each ; Bossards, Claremont, Durant, Mechaniesville, one store each. Of this number seven deal in liquor, one in hardware, eight in dry goods, twenty-nine miscellaneous, and one hundred and sey- enteen in general merchandise. Seven are kept by colored persons. The estimated wealth of the storekeepers is $812,000.

Sumterville, on the Columbia and Wilmington railroad, near the head- waters of the Wynee river, was founded in 1800. It occupies a level site on sandy soil, three-fourths of a mile in each direction from the court house square as a centre. There is an intendant and four wardens, with a chief of police, an assistant, and three regular policemen. There are ten miles of streets, with elevated sidewalks of rammed clay. Besides a fine court house building, there is a music hall fitted for public amuse- ment; charges per night, including rent, license and lights, $20.00. There are five churches for the whites: one Episcopal, one Methodist, one Baptist, one Presbyterian, one Catholic. The colored population have three churches: two Methodist and one Baptist. The educational estab- lishments are the Sumter Institute, the St. Joseph’s Academy (Catholic), the Sumter public sehool for whites, cost $1,200, pupils 200; the Lincoln public school, colored, cost $1,200, pupils, 250, and several private schools. Stores rent from $12.50 to $60.00 amonth; dwelling houses from $5.00 to $20.00. The town taxes are four-tenths per cent. on real, and two- tenths per cent. on personal property, realizing on the assessments about $2,000 per annum. The indebtedness of the town is $12,000 for the music hall, fire engines and floating indebtedness from 1872 to 1878, in- terest, seven and eight per cent. Sumterville was only a small village until the railroad was built from Columbia to Wilmington, in 1884. Besides these connections, it is the present terminus of the Central rail- road to Charleston, and has connection with Camden. About 12,000°bales of cotton are shipped annually. The yearly sales are estimated at, pro- visions, $250,000; dry goods, $200,000; hardware, $150,000; miscel-

TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 695

laneous, $100,000. The Bellemonte cotton factory, recently erected, is in successful operation. There are three weekly newspapers, and the town is growing rapidly.

DARLINGTON COUNTY

has sixteen towns and trading settlements, with one hundred and seventy- six stores, distributed as follows: Darlington Court House, fifty-three stores; Florence, forty-six stores ; Timmonsville, twenty-two stores; So- ciety Hill, fifteen stores; Dovesville, thirteen stores; Lydia, four stores ; Ebenezer, Hartsville, Palmetto, Parrotts, and Stokes, two stores each; Cypress, Leavenworth and Oats, one store each. Of this number, ten sell liquors, eight, dry goods, five, hardware, thirty-eight, miscellaneous, and one hundred and fifteen, general merchandise. Two are kept by colored persons. The estimated wealth of the storekeepers is $938,000.

Darlington Court House, embowered in a majestic grove of evergreen oaks, and washed on two sides by the clear waters of Swift creek, is the county seat. It ships about 7,000 bales of cotton annually. It contains two carriage and wagon factories and a furniture manufactory. The school privileges are good, and there are churches of the leading de- nominations. The Darlington National Bank has a paid up capital of $50,000; surplus, $5,193. The fair grounds of the Agricultural Society are well laid out, and have a commodious house. There are two weekly newspapers.

Florence, on the Columbia and Wilmington railroad, and at the ter- minus of the Northeastern and the Cheraw and Darlington railroads, had a population, in 1866, of 600; in 1880, of 1,940; now estimated at 2,500. » There are fourteen miles of streets, constructed at a cost of $75.00 per mile. There are two hotels, a two-story town hall, costing $5,000, seven churches, built at a cost of $19,000, and four schools. Dwellings rent from $7.00 to $17.00 a month, and stores from $15.00 to $40.00 a month. Excellent bricks are burned in the vicinity, and lumber is abundant and cheap. The town taxes are one-half of one per cent. on property, and - there is a town debt of $3,000, at seven per cent. interest, for the purchase of a steam fire engine. About 4,000 bales of cotton are shipped annuaily. The Florence Times is published weekly. There is a carriage factory, four steam and two water gins and grist mills, three steam saw mills, and the railroad shops located here employ about one hundred and fifty hands.

Society Hill is an early settlement made by the planters of this section. It is on the Cheraw and Darlington railroad, and has weekly communi- cation with Georgetown by steamboat on the Great Pee Dee river, which is one mile distant from the town.

A 9 i i ee eee ee we Tee hee See, » Ue s* lope

696 TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

MARLBORO COUNTY

has eight towns and trading settlements, with fifty-five stores, distributed as follows: Bennettsville, forty stores, Clio, seven stores, Brightsville and Brownsville, two stores each, Hunt’s Bluff, Parnassus, Red Hill, and Three Creeks, one store each. Liquors are not sold in the county, and of the stores enumerated, six deal in miscellaneous articles, and forty- nine in general merchandise. The estimated wealth of the storekeepers is $524,000. Bennettsville is the county seat.

MARION COUNTY

has sixteen towns and trading settlements, with one hundred and thirty- six stores, distributed as follows: Marion Court House, fifty-eight stores ; Mullens, seventeen stores; Little Rock, thirteen stores; Mars Bluff, ten stores ; Forestville, nine stores; Effingham, Lynches Creek, seven stores each ; Oak Grove, four stores ; Jeffreys’ Creek, three stores; Little Bluff, two stores; Brick Swamp, Campobella, Cranesville, Donohoe, Free State _ and Hyman, one store each. Of this number, five sell liquors, three, dry goods, twenty-seven, miscellaneous, and one hundred and one, gen- eral merchandise ; two are kept by colored persons. The estimated wealth of the storekeepers is placed at $633,000. Sai

The town of Marion, first called Gilesborough, is on the Wilmington and Columbia railroad. The population was given, in 1880, at 824; it is now thought to exceed 1,500. It has eight churches and five schools. There are three weekly newspapers and an agricultural paper. Avenues of stately trees offer an attractive promenade. About 8,000 bales of cot- ton are shipped annually from this point.

ey ee oO ee! a

THE RED HILL REGION :

requires no separate mention as regards its towns. Being a long and rather narrow region, running northeast and southwest, the railroads crossing it only traverse it for a short distance, except the Columbia and Augusta road. As the towns along this road are actually on the granite formation, or the sand hills, they will be mentioned when treating of the towns in these regions. Actually the two small towns of Wedgefield and Stateburg, with St. Matthew’s, in Orangeburg, are about the only towns in this region, and this will account for the fact that the region itself has never heretofore been recognized, notwithstanding its very characteristic features, as one of the physical subdivisions of the State. The

ee ee uae At TV Oe OP RIN eT TS.

TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 697

SAND HILL REGION

proper, though thinly settled has a larger per cent. of its population collected into villages than either of the regions last treated of, as will be seen by reference to the table. For convenience, the five counties traversed by this region, to wit: Aiken, Lexington, Richland, Kershaw and Chesterfield, will now be considered, and as some of their most considerable towns are situated on intrusions, as it were, of the Piedmont and Lower Pine Belt Regions into these counties, the aggregate of towns will appear greater than strictly belongs to the region.

AIKEN COUNTY

has sixteen towns and trading settlements, with one hundred and four storés, distributed as follows: Aiken Court House, forty-four stores; Graniteville, seventeen stores; Hamburg, nine stores; Beech Island, six stores; Langley, Windsor and Ellenton, five stores each ; Montmorenci, three stores; Bath and Vaucluse, two stores each; Hammond, Johnston, Kitching Mills, Merritt’s, Sunnyside and White Pond, one store each. Of this number eight sell liquors, three hardware, thirty-seven miscellaneous articles, and fifty-six general merchandise. Two are kept by colored persons. The estimated wealth of the storekeepers is stated at $712,000. Aiken, the county seat, was settled in 1833, when the South Carolina railroad, then the longest in the world, was built. The first settlers were persons from the lower country in search of a healthy and invigorating climate during summer. Since it has become a famous health resort for those from Northern latitudes seeking a warm dry winter air and sunshine. It has an elevation of about six hundred feet above the sea level, and the soil is coarse quatzose sand to the depth of ninety to one hundred and fifty feet, sanitary conditions reinforced by the balsamic odors of the great pine forest that surrounds it. In addition to numerous excellent boarding houses, the Highland Park Hotel, open during the spring and winter months for Northern visitors, is one of the largest and, in many respects, one of the best hotels in the South. There is a private bank in the town. The population in 1880 was 1,817. The streets of Aiken are wide. The sidewalks are raised and covered with clay. This clay, resting on a bed of deep sand, is kept well drained, and forms a smooth, hard, elastic surface. A broad drive of the same material has been sim- ilarly constructed from the Highland Park Hotel to the freight depot, three-quarters of a mile, at a cost of $600. It forms an excellent road-

way, over which even heavily laden cotton wagons are in the habit of 45

ee ted BY iy ell ire MRD LCN. of pe Mpa tT

oo" 2 wy Se Pare t ee eee ee

~

O9S TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA,

moving at a trot. Tt is claimed that six to eight inches of such clay, spread over these sand beds, will make a durable road of this character, easily kept in repair, As bodies of this clay are met with in nearly every locality throughout the sandy lower two-thirds of the State, the abeve experiments suggest the material and methods suitable for construet- ing good and cheap dirt roads in this section. Graniteville, on Horse Creek, where the Columbia road approaches the Charleston and Augusta railroad, is a thriving manufacturing village of 1,669 inhabitants. Vau- cluse, a few miles above, and Langley and Bath, a short distance below, are similar villages, situated in the valley of this stream. Hamburg, opposite Augusta, has now only about 485 inhabitants. Fifty years ago it was a prosperous village, of 1,200 inhabitants. Besides ‘flour, corn, tobaceo and other productions, there was then shipped hence by steam- boat to Savannah and Charleston as many as twenty-six thousand bales of cotton in one season. Fifteen steamboats, capable of transporting six hundred to one thousand bales ata load, once plied regularly, making | . weekly trips between this town and the cities of Charleston and Savannah.

—s se ae eS eS

LEXINGTON COUNTY

has eleven towns and trading settlements, with sixty-three ‘stores, dis- tributed as follows: Batesburg, nineteen stores ; Leesville, sixteen stores; Court House, twelve stores ; Gilbert Hollow, six stores; Countsyille, three stores; Rish’s, two stores; Bars, Keisler, Pine Ridge, Rishston and Sin- elair, one store each. Of this number four sell liquors, twelve miscella- neous articles, and forty-seven general merchandise. The estimated wealth of the storekeepers is $390,000.

Leesville, on the Columbia and Augusta railroad, has a population of 177. The situation is bigh and ley al. Soil sandy, with clay sub-soil. There are two hotels, a Methodist and a Lutheran church. The Leesville English and Classical Institute accommodates one hundred and twenty- five pupils. The real and personal property is valued at $100,000. The town taxes aggregate $112.50 yearly. Four thousand bales of cotton are shipped annually, with fruit to the value of $15,000, lumber, oats and other products. The yearly sales are, provisions, $112,000; dry goods, $25,000; hardware, $2,000; miscellaneous, $10,000. The place is growing rapidly.

RICHLAND COUNTY

has seven towns and trading settlements, with one hundred and sixty- nine stores, distributed as follows: Columbia, one hundred and fifty-four stores; Eastover and Gadsden, five stores each; Shand’s, two stores;

_ * » ee A

, aie ite geht fe 4 A etre |S at. i) ae sas 7 la as Ss al aa aa

i f 4 * TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 699

Kingville and Acton, one store each. Of this number thirty-two keep liquors, seventeen hardware, seventeen dry goods, eighty-three miscella- neous articles, and thirty general merchandise; three are kept by cclored persons. The estimated wealth of the storekeepers is given at $1,308,000.

Columbia, the county seat of Richland, and the capital of South Caro- lina, is situated in lat. 33° 59’ 58’ N. Long. 81° 2/3’” W. It hasa level site elevated some two hundred feet above the east bank of the Congaree, at the confluence of the Broad and Saluda rivers, and three hundred and thirty- six feet above the sea. Jt stands upon a promontory of granite, which extends from the crystalline rocks of the Piedmont Region along and between the Broad and Saluda rivers, and at their union juts out into the Sand Hill Region of the State.

The great falls of the Congaree begin at the upper end of the town, and terminate a little below the lower end. The fall in this distance is thirty- six feet, and the greatest width of the river is eighteen hundred feet.

Originally these lands were covered with a magnificent growth of im- mense oaks, hickories and pines. Colonel Thomas Taylor, whose de- scendants still reside here, was their first owner. The city was laid out and incorporated in 1787, and the Legislature met here for the first time in 1789. The town is two miles square, regularly laid out in streets one hundred and one hundred and fifty feet in width, most of them planted with beautiful shade trees. The streets aggregate sixty miles in length, and are neatly kept. The roadways of the main thoroughfares are Mac- adamized, the sidewalks paved. They are maintained, including lamps, at a cost of $8,000 annually. Facilities for transportation of all kinds are ample and cheap. Natural springs, issuing from a valley between the town and river, afford an ample supply of excellent water, which is raised one hundred and twenty feet by steam power, for use, at the rate of one million gallons a day. The soil is porous, and its elevation above the river offers every facility for thorough drainage. There are eight ¥ hotels and first-class boarding houses, with moderate charges, and the > place is much frequented by invalids’ from the North during winter. f The public buildings are the State House, built of enormous blocks of granite, quarried in the vicinity, and to cost five millions of dollars when completed. The U. S. Court House and Postoffice is built of Fairfield ; granite, which at a distance might be mistaken for marble. The large and ie extensive fire-proof buildings of the Insane Asylum. The numerous buildings of the State University, and those of the Presbyterian Theo- Jogical seminary. A large and handsome City Hall and Opera House é (800 seats ; rent and license fee $40 a night). The Court House and Peni- j tentiary, with some fine blocks of business houses, banks, &c. The ag- gregate cost of the public buildings exceeds six millions of dollars. Co- 5

-

700 TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

lumbia is noted for the beauty of its public and private grounds, and for its beautiful flower gardens. Sydney Park covers twenty acres, furnish- ing attractive promenades. The Agricultural Society of the State has extensive fair grounds, with numerous buildings, and during fair week, in November, as many as twenty thousand persons assemble here from | all parts of the State. There are two handsome cemeteries. There are : fourteen churches, three free and fifteen private schools. Stores rent for $20.00 to $50.00 a month, dwellings from $50.00 to $500.00 per an- : num. The assessed value of real and personal property is $3,000,000, and the estimated true value is given as $5.000,000. The taxes aggre- . gate $45,000 yearly, of which $33,000 are levied on property, and $12,000 come from licenses. The city debt, incurred for permanent improvements, water works, streets, &c., aggregates $850,000. Interest payable half- | yearly, and the capital in three installments, running .ten, twenty and thirty years. Railroads radiating from Columbia terminate at the fol- lowing points: Charleston, one hundred and thirty miles; Augusta, eighty-five miles; Greenville, one hundred and forty-four miles; Wal- halla, one hundred and forty-seven miles; Laurens C. H., seventy-two miles; Spartanburg, ninety-four miles; Charlotte, one hundred and ten miles; Camden, sixty miles; Wilmington, one hundred and ninety miles. The Congaree river is nayigable for steamboats from the south- west end of the city to the Santee river, which is navigable to its mouth, a waterway more than one hundred and seventy-five miles in length. For” many years this highway has been neglected, but as long ago as 1825, two steamboats, besides a number of tugs and canal boats, plied regu- larly on these streams and the Santee canal, transporting annually not less than 30,000 bales of cotton from Columbia to Charleston, with full return freights. The receipts of cotton in Columbia in 1876 were 12,257 bales ; in 1882 they were 24,660 bales; and in 1883 they amount to this date already to more than. 38,000 bales. They will overrun 40,000 bales for the whole year, not counting large amounts purchased by factors here from points more or less distant on the railroads, and shipped thence di- rectly. Charleston and Norfolk are the competing points to which pro- duce is shipped. 4

The Carolina National Bank has a capital of $100,000, surplus $15,000, and the Central National Bank has a capital of $100,000, with a surplus of $20,000.

The annual yearly sales are given as follows: provisions, $500,000; dry goods, $500,000; hardware, $500,009; miscellaneous, $1,000,000. This is, probably, a good deal short of the actual figures. The manu- factures of Columbia are:thus stated in the Tenth U. S. Census:

TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 701

Mechanical and Manufacturing Industries of Columbia, S. C., in 1880.

S| oa : 3 Capital.) 4 | Wages. |Materials. Products. ca < Blacksmithing. 5} $3,815] 17) $4,875} $6,250) $15,800 Boots and shoes . . . 3 2,650) 6 1,760 2,200! 4,700 Bread and baking products 5 7,700). 15 4350) 28,232) 31,450 Carpentering .. . 5 3,400) 32 8,050, . 14,900) 28,825 Flouring and grist mill products .. + 8,680) 16 2,154 53,295) 61,049 Foundry and machine shop products. 5| 58,000! 85) 22,3854 30,630) 89,202 peunting and Bene hang- ing Be oe: #200) od 2,165 4,526 8,915 Photographing . 5 3 3,200; 4 750 1,400, = 5,300 Printing and publishing . AN GOGO! BOs 2IGL FO 9,300, 50,200 Tin, copper and sheet-iron ware... ERNE BE I COBO NSD 1,510 2,800 6,050 All other industries . ie (LZl>. 20,050)..46 9,190) 18,212) 41,741 Total. . * 52) $140,855) 293) $84,833) $166,754) $842,732

This statement does not include the products of the manufacture of

gas, nor of quarrying, or the statistics of establishments owned and ope- rated by the railroad companies and by the State. The large railroad shops located in Columbia, the gas works, the manufacturing operations carried on in the penitentiary gee: would augment greatly the above

figures. Even without these, the thirty tems of the two quarries, those of the brewery, ice factory, and the five hundred bricklayers and carpenters constantly employed in the town, would swell the number of skilled workmen to be found here, <A cotton seed oil mill* is being erected, and when the work on the canal, which is being done by the State, is completed, and power for several large factories furnished, Co- lumbia will be a manufacturing centre of considerable importance. > The population in 1820 was 4,000, and it was about the same in 1840.

* Before 1802 Mr. Benjamin Waring established an oil mill here, and obtained half a gallon of oil from one bushel of cotton seed. Mr. Stephen Brown had at that timea valuable rope walk here. Mr. Waring, and subsequently Mr. Herbemont, engaged here successfully in grape culture.

pict Ce hrs dd it i lg te SB Lah Rai Mii ian bt Or Bais ath hd AT

=~ '! we

+

TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA,

In 1850 it was 6,060. In 1860 it was 8,052. In 1870 it was 9,298. In 1880 it was 10,035. Since the latter date the population has increased about 1,500, and since 1876 the returns of taxable property have in- creased $750,000. The growth which set in in 1850 was much increased during the war, to be swept off during the single night which Sherman occupied the town, by the great fire which destroyed it almost as com- pletely as it was possible to destroy a town at one effort. During recon- struction an unhealthy growth was stimulated by the corrupt politicians who congregated here. This has passed away, and the city has entered a promising period of normal and substantial progress, ;

7

702

>

KERSHAW COUNTY $

has three towns and trading settlements, with eighty-four stores, to-wit: Camden, seventy-eight stores; Flat Rock, five stores; Welche’s, one store. Of this number six sell liquors, two hardware, six dry goods, twenty-one | miscellaneous articles, and forty-nine general merchandise. Four are, kept by colored persons. The estimated wealth of the store keepers is. $380,000.

Camden, the county seat, is on the east bank of the Wateree river, a- mile from the stream, and at an elevation of one hundred feet above it. The river is navigable to this point, and the town is one of the termini of the South Carolina Railroad. Pine Tree creek and Belton’s branch wash it on three sides, giving it a position almost insular. It is the oldest inland town in the State, being settled by Quakers in 1750; it was laid out into regular squares in 1760, and chartered in 1769. In 1826 the population was 2,000; in 1840 it was 2,800; in 1850 it was 1,188; _ in 1860 it was 1,621; in 1870 it was 1,007; in 1880 it was 1,780. There are four large churches for the whites—Episcopal, Methodist, Presbyte- rian, and Baptist. Two large colored congregations—Baptist and Meth-_ odist. Two weekly newspapers. About 20,000 bales of cotton are shipped here annually, besides large amounts of naval stores and rice, the pro- duction of the latter article is beeoming very considerable and profitable _ in the vicinage. A private bank in the town affords facilities for the transaction of business.

CHESTERFIELD COUNTY | et has six towns and trading settlements, with sixty-seven stores, to-wit: Cheraw, fifty-six stores ; Chesterfield Court House, five stores; Hornsboro and Jefferson, two stores each, and Irvington and Old Store, one each. ~~ Of this number four sell liquors, twenty-one miscellaneous articles, and e forty-two general merchandise. Mee

: Pa

a ~W

S. & aa,

23) Sn

~* iy rn

~~ ve

x a uot

oof,

7 TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. | 703

_ Cheraw, at the junction of the Cheraw and Darlington Railroad with the railroad to Salisbury, North Carolina, is one mile from the head of navigation on the Great Pee Dee river. There is a population of 1,000 within the corporate limits, and about the same number on the outskirts of the town. In 1825 the population was 1,200, and 20,000 bales of cot- ton were shipped by steamboat on the Pee Dee river from this point; in 1840 the population was 400; in 1860 it was 960. It is regularly laid off. The streets are one hundred feet wide and have an aggregate length of fifteen miles, three lines of handsome full grown shade trees, one on each side, and one in the middle, render them delightful drives and walks. A handsome two-story town hall has the upper story occupied as a Ma-

sonic lodge, the lower story is supplied with seats and scenery, and is

used for public entertainments (charges, including license and lights, five to ten dollars). There is a skating rink, and the river, several streams and two beautiful lakes near by afford good fishing. There is a race-course near the town. There is a Methodist, Baptist, Presbyterian, Episcopal, and Catholic church for the whites. The cemetery of St. David’s church has been used for more than one hundred years, and a ‘number of British soldiers were buried there during the Revolution. There are also several churches for the colored population. Stores rent for one hundred dollars to four hundred dollars per annum, and dwelling houses about the same. The real estate is estimated at $500,000, and the personal property at $250,000. Taxes are restricted by the town charter to one-half of one per cent.,and it has been found necessary to call for only half of this amount. Personal property is not taxed, except

the bar-rooms. There is no town debt. The Chester and Cheraw rail-

road is completed to Lancaster, and partially graded between that point and Cheraw. A gap of eighteen miles from Cheraw to Hamlet,

North Carolina, remains to be built to complete what is considered the shortest line from Augusta, Georgia, to Richmond, Virginia. There is steamboat communication with Charleston, via Georgetown, by the Pee Dee river. Besides considerable shipments of lumber, naval stores, leather, hides, &c., about 10,000 bales of cotton are shipped annually. There is a tannery, a tin-ware, & wagon, and a fertilizer manufactory in the town, besides two steam grist mills, and gins, and one steam saw mill. Abundant water powers in the neighborhood are little utilized. Cheraw is one of the oldest settlements in the State, and has been long noted for the wealth and culture of its citizens.

704 TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

THE ‘TOWNS IN THE PIEDMONT REGION

of South Carolina are given in the census of 1880 as thirty-six in num- ber, with a population of 30,999. A closer count, however, shows that, including towns, villages, and trading points, this region numbers nearly two hundred and fifty (two hundred and forty-four), with a population exceeding fifty thousand. So that half the towns of the whole State, and one-third of the town population is in the villages of the upper country. A count of the stores give 1,750, and the estimated wealth of the store keepers exceeds ten millions of dollars. The enumeration is made here by the counties lying .w eae or in part, in this region, taken in their alphabetical order. ABBEVILLE COUNTY

has twenty-five towns and trading settlements, with one hundred and sixty-three stores, distributed as follows: Abbeville Court House, thirty- nine stores; Greenwood, twenty-one stores; Ninety-Six, nineteen stores ; Hodges, fifteen stores; Due West, twelve stores; Troy, ten stores; Don- aldsville and McCormick, seven stores each; Antreville, four stores; Calhoun’s Mills, Cokesbury, Lowndesville, Mapleton, and New Market, three stores each; Broadway, Simm’s, and Verdery, two stores each ; Bold Branch, Bordence Lulah, Millway, Mountain View, Pheenix, san Sawney, one store each. Of this number nine sell liquors, one hard- ware, five dry goods, fifty-one miscellaneous articles, and ninety-seven general merchandise. The estimated wealth of the store keepers is $681,000.

Abbeville Court House, the county seat, in Lat. 34°, 13’, 8’’; Long. W. from Columbia, 1°, 5’, 15’’; on a hill among the head- rae of Long Cane, is the terminus ae a branch from the Greenville and Columbia railroad, twelve ie i long. In 1840 the population was five hundred ; in 1850 it was 1,252; in 1860 it was five hundred and ninety-two; in 1880 it was 1,548. There are two hotels, six churches, and a large graded school. The value of real and personal property is given at $400,000. The town taxes are two mills. There is no debt. Stores, built chiefly of brick, rent for from one hundred dollars to five hundred dollars a year. The yearly sales are given as $500,000, and ten thousand to fifteen thousand bales of cotton are shipped annually to Charleston and Baltimore. There isa carriage manufactory, and two large weekly newspapers. Property has increased in value twenty per cent. within three years. | ?

Greenwood, at the junction of the Augusta and Knoxville railroad

ee ae ee a eee oe ee ee eee ee ae ee ee eee ed ee eee

TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 705 with the Columbia and Greenville railroad, had a population, in 1870, of seven hundred; in 1880, of seven hundred and forty-five, and is esti- mated now at twelve hundred. There are three churches, and two schools. Four thdéusand bales of cotton are shipped annually.

Ninety-Six, a colonial name, indicating the distance of this point from the old frontier fort of Prince George, is on the Columbia and Greenville railroad. It has a hotel, three churches and a school, with a population of five hundred and fifty. The property is valued at $150,000. Six thousand bales of cotton shipped annually. One hundred and twenty- five thousand bushels of oats were shipped in 1882.

ANDERSON COUNTY

has eighteen towns and trading settlements, with one hundred and thirty- seven stores, distributed as follows: Anderson Court House, sixty-six stores; Williamston, eighteen stores; Pendleton, thirteen stores; Honea Path, twelve stores; Belton, seven stores; Andersonville and Pelzer, three stores each; Equality, Piercetown, Storeville, and Townville, two stores each; Broyle’s, Holland’s, Mountain Creek, Newell, Robert, Rock Mills, and Shallow Ford, one store each. Of this number two sell liquors, five hardware, thirteen dry goods, fifty-two miscellaneous articles, and

sixty-five general merchandise. The estimated wealth of the store

keepers is placed at $1,086,000.

Anderson, the county seat, is on the Columbia, Greenville and Blue Ridge railroad, and is the terminus of the Savannah River Valley rail- road, which is being built. The population in 1860 was six hundred and’ twenty-five; in 1870 it was 1,432; in 1880 it was 1,850, and has much increased since. There are two hotels, three halls for public entertain- ment owned by private individuals; license fee, ten dollars per day. The whites have five churches—Presbyterian, Baptist, Methodist, Episco- pal, and Catholic; colored persons, two churches—Baptist and Metho- dist. There are three public and a number of private schools, and two weekly newspapers. Stores rent for from one hundred dollars to six hundred dollars, and dwellings for one hundred dollars to three hundred dollars a year. Personal property is estimated at $350,000. Real estate $400,000. Town tax seventy cents on the one hundred dollars; no town debt. The yearly sales aggregate $750,000. The national bank has a paid in capital of $50,000; surplus $50,000. The State Saving and In. surance Bank a paid in capital of $25,000. About 20,000 bales of cotton are shipped annually to Charleston, Philadelphia and New York.

Pendleton, on the Blue Ridge railroad, near Eighteen Mile Creek, had a population, in 1840, of three hundred; in 1860, of eight hundred and

Aon, AY ee oa ; + a MeO ee ee) eet by, tye fatty f 44) % OE CREY ye he ee oe Fe A VE Sn Oy) MOO Saree We, ee ky SPL Meee

CGN ELREERD A 0 SAINTS Ta So oa

706 TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA,

u

fifty-four; in 1870, of nine hundred and eighty-tive, and in 1880, of § aps hundred and seventy-two. There is a hotel, and four boarding housess The Farmer’s Hall is a two-story building. There are seven churches: and five schools. No town tax or debt. About fourteen hundred bales s of cotton are shipped to Charleston, and eight hundred to New York and: Philadelphia; six hundred go to the Pendleton, and four hundred to the Piedmont factories in this vicinity. There is a tin, a wagon, a shoe, and’ a blacksmith shop. | Belton, at the intersection of the Blue Ridge with the Columbia aide = Greenville railroad, had a population of three hundred and fourteen in 1880. A large hall, belonging to the Sons of Temperance, is used for’ public exhibitions (license five dollars), There are five churches. The , high school is a large new building; there is also a private school, and a colored free school. Brick stores rent for three hundred dollars to four hundred dollars a year; wooden ones, from one hundred dollars to two hundred dollars. The Atlantic and French Broad Valley railroad is to pass this point. About five thousand bales of cotton are shipped an< © nually, chiefly to Charleston, but in part to Norfolk and New York. The yearly sales are, provisions, $75,000; dry goods, $15,000; hardware, $5,000; miscellaneous, $25,000. There is a wood and blacksmith shop, and a brick-yard. A church, five brick stores, and several residences” have been built within eighteen months.

is ¥

CHESTER COUNTY

has sixteen towns and trading settlements, with one hundred and twenty- five stores, as follows: Chesterville, eighty-seven stores; Blackstock, nine stores; Richburg, seven stores; Fort Lawn, four stores; Bascomville, Chestnut Grove, Hazlewood, Loweryville, and Crosbyville, two stores - each; Carmel, Camwell, Landsford, Rossville, and Wylie’s, one store each. Of this number five sell liquor, two hardware, twelve dry goods, forty-seven miscellaneous articles, and fifty-nine general merchandise: The wealth of the storekeepers is estimated at $904,000, |

Chesterville, the county seat, is in Lat. 34° 37’ 48”, Long. 21’, West of ~ Columbia, from which it is distant forty-eight miles, in an air line. It is built on a dyke of aphanitie porphyry, which slopes upward from all_ sides, in the manner of a glacis, recalling the towns of the middle ages, : built about the castle of some feudal potentate. It has three hotels, and” a large hall for public exhibitions is let for $5 to $10 a night. Nine churches, with accommodations to seat 3,000 persons, were built at a cost of $35,000. There are two graded schools; the buildings cost $9,000, with a capacity for five hundred pupils, a female acadensy)_ and a Methe a

ee ae : es a

dist Institute exclusively for colored pupils. Stores rent at $200 to $250 per annum, and dwellings at $100 to $250. Taxes are two and one-half “mills, with a street tax of $2°50 on all able-bodied males. There is an indebtedness of $3,000, the balance due on the cost of constructing five water tanks for fire supply, with a capacity of 100,000 gallons. Three railroads unite here, the Charlotte and Columbia, and two narrow gauge roads, the Chester and Lenoir, tapping the Atlanta and Air Line rail- road, and the Chester and Cheraw, completed to Lancaster. The Nation- al Bank has a paid up capital of $150,000, surplus $80,000. Besides fruits, hides, &c., about 20,000 bales of cotton are shipped annually to Charleston, New York, Baltimore, and Philadelphia. The yearly sales are given as follows: provisions, $300,000; dry goods, $150,000; hard-

ware, $50,000; miscellaneous, $20,000. Among the industries of the.

town is a large wagon and carriage manufactory, the Chester agricultural works and machine shops, a saddlery, and a cotton seed oil mill. Much attention has been bestowed here on grape culture. Two newspapers are published in the town, and the County Agricultural Society has exten- sive fair grounds. In 1840 the population was 240, in 1880 it was 1,599.

EDGEFIELD COUNTY .

has twenty-nine towns and trading settlements, with one hundred and ten stores, distributed as follows: Johnston’s, thirty-one stores ; Edgefield Court House, fifteen stores; Trenton, twelve stores; Ridge Springs, nine stores; Parksville, five stores; Kirksey’s, four stores; Clintonward, Elm- wood, and Pleasant Lane, three stores each; Big Creek, Butler, Clark- skill, Duntonsyille, Meeting Street, two stores each; Bouknight, Caugh- man, Celestia, Cold Spring, Denny’s, Ethridge, Fruit Hill, Garvin’s, Longmires, McKee’s, Mine Creek, Modoc, Pleasant Cross, Rehoboth, and Havirdsyille, one store each. Of this number five sell liquor, one dry

goods, twelve miscellaneous articles, and ninety-two general merchan-

dise. The estimated wealth of the storekeepers is placed at $549,000.

FAIRFIELD COUNLY

has seventeen towns and trading settlements with ninety-one stores, dis- tributed as follows: Winnsboro, forty-nine stores; Ridgeway, ten stores ; Strother’s, six stores ; Shelton, five stores; Blythewood, Wallaceville, and White Oak, three stores each; Lylesford and Woodward, two stores each :

Blair, Buckhead, Gladden’s, Horeb, Long Run, Monticello, and Poplar ‘Spring, one store each. Of this number five sell liquors, five hardware, five dry goods, nineteen miscellaneous articles, and fifty-seven general merchandise. The estimated wealth of the storekeepers is $675,000.

TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. WW

. ‘ad ; 4s ; res rd Lae @ La - We Wee > oe . +a Q S Ry oe ae eka x TS - i ko 5 ick aay wt Oa a Ni Cs TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA

road, thirty miles from the latter place. The depot has an eleyation of five hundred and forty-five feet above the sea level. It is situa’ " on a ridge dividing the water shed of the Wateree from tha Broad river. The soil is a rich, stiff, dark red clay loam. Granite

and trap rocks are found. Twenty feet below the surface the earth 4 becomes friable, somewhat resembling quicksand, being perfeetly white in some places. The town is regularly laid out; the. streets of g good » width, aggregate six miles in length, have broad pavements, curbec with split granite, and are well shaded by handsome trees. The Court House, Jail, Town Hall, Market, Steam Fire Engine Halls, and Mt. Zion Collegiate Institute are all handsome brick buildings, The Thespian Hall, fitted for exhibitions, is eighty by thirty-five feet. Many of the private residences are beautifully located and are fine buildings. ~The water supply is excellent and abundant from wells and springs. | There are five large fire wells and cisterns, a steam fire engine, a hand fire. en-— gine, and a hook and ladder company. Of the five churches for whites, the Presbyterian cost $35,000 ; the Associate Reformed Presbyterian seats 300; the Episcopal Chinich seats 400; The Methodist 300; the Bap-— tist, 300. The colored people have an African Methodist Church, - seating 600, and Baptist Church, seating 200. The colored Pres- byterian Mission School, built of wood, cost $2,000, and acecommo-— dates 200 pupils. Stores and dwellings rent for $100 to $500, or about ten per cent. of their value; for the latter the demand is greater than the supply ,a considerable portion of the town having been burned by Sherman's army, which has much retarded its growth. Excellent briek are made in the vicinity, and four miles distant, on Col. Thos. J. Wood-— ward’s land, is a quarry of the finest granite, to which a railroad is being built. The yearly shipments are 14,000 to 15,000 bales of cotton OG Charleston and New York, and 3,000 bales to Baltimore and Richmond. The Winnsboro National Bank has a paid in capital of $75,000, and a surplus of $15,000. The yearly sales are given as, provisions, $350,000; dry goods, $150,000 ; hardware, $50,000 ; “niscellaneaiie $100,000. - Pro~ perty is valued at $500,000. There is a debt of $8 000, balance due | purchase of steam fire engine, interest seven per cent. Town taxes” are restricted to two and one-half mills on the dollar by statute. In 1840 the population was 500, in 1850 it was 355, in 1860 it was 1,124, in 1870- about the same, and in 1880 it was 1,500. Peet

GREENVILLE COUNTY

has twenty-six towns and trading settlements, distributed as | follo Greenville Court House, one hundred and forty-nine stores;

TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 709 o ‘fourteen stores; Piedmont, six stores; Fairview, five stores; Hunt- ersville, Marietta, Merrittsyille, and Sandy Flat, three stores each; Bellevue, Fork Shoals, Lima, O’Neal, Plain, Sterling Grove, Tay- lor’s, Highland Grove, two stores each; Alba, Batesville, Chick Springs, Fountain Inn, Gowansville, Lickville, Mush Creek, Pelham’s, Pliny, and Hart’s, one store each. Of this number thirteen sell liquors, twelye hardware, twenty-seven dry goods, sixty-nine miscellaneous arti- cles, and ninety-one general merchandise. The estimated wealth of the storekeepers is $1,298,000. ; _ Greenville, the county seat, long noted for the salubrity of its climate and the beauty of its situation, at the foot of the Blue Ridge mountains, and in full view of them, is located on Reedy river, at the junction of the Columbia and Greenville railroad with the Atlanta ani! Charlotte Air- Line railroad. In 1820 the population was 500, in 1840.it was $50, in 1850 it was 1,305, in 1860 it was 1,518, in 1870 it was 2,757, in 1880 it was 6,160. A careful enumeration by the Inter-State Directory Com- pany, in 1883, shows the population to be 8,355. It appeared on the same date that there were in course of erection sixteen residences, seven stores, one warehouse, one stable, one large church, and a musi- eal conservatory three stories high, and ineluding twenty-one rooms. It has an elevation of ten hundred and fifty feet above the sea level. It has six hundred yards of granite pavement, twelve hundred yards of other rock pavement, and twelve hundred yards of brick pave- ment. There are two miles of street railway in the town. Reedy river, with two falls of over thirty feet each, traverses the town, which has in

addition twenty-five street cisterns, capacity, fifteen thousand gallons -

each. Rock culverts and drains, with side drains of terra cotta, make a good system of drainage and sewerage. There are six hotels and three livery stables in the town. The handsome brick Court House cost $25,000, and an opera hall, costing $15,000, has seven hundred seats. The University grounds are handsomely kept, and the agricultural fair grounds cover thirty acres, having some fine buildings. {here are ten churches; with a seating capacity of three hundred to one thousand each, and costing, in the aggregate, $75,000. There are two colleges, a military institute, a public school, and a number of other schools. Building

_ materials are brick and granite, obtained in the vicinity. The value of real and personal property is stated at $2,500,000, of which $1,800,000 is insured. The taxes are six and a half mills on the dollar, yielding $11,500 perannum. There is a debt of $55,000 in aid of the Air-Line railroad. Forty thousand bales of cotton, it is stated, have been shipped _ in one year to New York, Baltimore, Philadelphia and Boston, and yarn, to the value of $200,000, to Boston. Before the war no cotton was shipped

oo U: *

710 TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

from this point. The yearly sales are approximately given as: provis- ions, $800,000 ; dry goods, $800,000 ; hardware, $300,000; miscellaneous, $100,000. The National Bank of Greste ille has a capial of $100,000; surplus, $20,000, and there is a private bank also. Besides the Huguenot and Camperdown cotton mills, there is a carriage factory, a furniture factory, an iron foundry, a cotton seed oil mill, a mattress factory, three saddle and harness shops, a flour mill, a terra cotta factory, three brick yards, and a mill turning out pearl grits. There are three printing offices; two newspapers and a religious paper. The town is lighted with gas; the mills have electric lights.

Piedmont is a flourishing manufacturing town, eleven miles south of Greenville, where the railroad crosses the Saluda. The population is 1150. There is a hotel, a two-story school house, capacity, one hundred pupils; the upper story used asa town and society hall; one church, capacity, four hundred persons, built at a cost of $1,800. The value of the pro- _ perty is estimated at $1,000,000. The shipments are confined to the products of the mills of the Piedmont Manufacturing Company, estimated at $900,000; by the last report of the president, “the net profits during the year amounted to 214 per cent. on the capital stock of $500,000, or over $105,000. The yearly sales are: provisions, $40,000; dry goods, $40,000; miscellaneous $20,000. This village was commenced in 1874-5.

LANCASTER COUNTY

has nine towns and trading settlements, with fifty stores, as follows: Lancaster Court House, thirty stores; Flat Creek, five stores; Pleasant Hill and Taxahaw, four stores each; Cureton’s and Pleasant Valley, two stores each ; Craigsville, Gum and Hail’s, one store each. Of this num- ber eight sell miscellaneous articles, and forty-two general merchandise. The estimated wealth of the storekeepers is $272,000.

LAURENS COUNTY

has eighteen towns and trading settlements, with one hundred and twenty-three stores, to wit: Laurens Court House, fifty-three stores; Clinton, twenty-seven stores; Martin’s, eight stores; Line Creek and Cross Hill, six stores each ; Power’s Shop and Waterloo, four stores each ; Brewerton, Roseborough, Tumbling Shoals, and Tylersville, two stores each ; Cedar Grove, Mountain Shoal, Mount Gallaghar, Pleasant Mound, Scuffletown, Young’s and Eden, one store each Of this number five sell liquors, five dry goods, eight hardware, twenty-six miscellaneous articles, and seventy-nine general merchandise. ‘The estimated wealth of the storekeepers aggregates $772,000. .

TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA™ TAL

Clinton, on the Laurens branch of the Columbia and Greenville rail-_

road, is a rapidly growing village. In 1870 the population was 200, in 1880 it was 450, and it now exceeds 600. There are nine miles of streets, a hotel, several boarding houses, and a livery stable. There are no taxes, or town debt, and the sale of liquor being prohibited within three miles of the depot, it is not thought necessary to have a police. There are six churches, with a membership of four hundred, costing $7,000, and able

to seat seventeen hundred and fifty persons; a library society, three lodges of Masons, Good Templars, and. Knights of Honor. ‘The educa- tional establishments are, the Thornwell Orphanage, the Clinton College and preparatory school, a military school, and a private school. Among the manufacturing establishments are three steam mills, one carriage shop, one tin shop, one printing office, one gin factory, one steam brick factory, one steam planing mill, one firm of tinners, two shoemakers, six firms of carpenters engaged in house-building. Dwelling houses rent on an average at $100, stores at $100 to $250 per annum. Building mate- rials are lumber, brick and stone, obtained in the vicinity, and a concrete of granite, sand and lime is also being used for buildings. Cotton shipments are about six thousand bales annually. The valuation of property is given as $185,000.

NEWBERRY COUNTY

has fifteen towns and trading settlcments, with one hundred and twenty- one stores, distributed as follows: Newberry Court House, eighty stores; Prosperity, ten stores; Chappel’s and Saluda, five stores each; Liberty Hall, four stores; Kinard’s, Silver street and Jalapa, three stores each ; Pomaria, two stores; Belmont, Boston, Helena, Phifer’s, Walton and Whitemire’s, one store each. Of this number nine sell liquors, eleven hardware, six dry goods, forty-seven miscellaneous articles, and forty- eight general merchandise. The estimated wealth of the storekeepers is 760,000.

Newberry, the county seat, is in Lat. 84° 16’ 37’’, and Long. 41/ West of Columbia, from which it bears N. 60 West, 864 miles.. It is situated on the Columbia and Greenville railroad, on the ridge between the Broad river (the Es-waw-pud-de-nah, or line river, dividing the Indian tribes), and the Saluda (Salutah or Corn river), and has an elevation of 502 feet above the sea level. In 1840, the population was 300; in 1850 it was 509 ; in 1870, it was 1,891; in 1880, it was 2,342. The streets have an _ aggregate length of twenty-four miles. Two small creeks traverse the

town, which, with springs and wells, furnish an abundant supply of excel- lent water. Two large brick hotels, costing $15,000, are open. The court

2

meee sk, rs \ ee Wied Sah MRS OS SUA Sea MB Me alr ts ES a etal aT a Bn a)

712 TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

house cost $8,000, the jail $6,000, the market $2,100 A new brick opera house cost $25,000, seats 1,000 persons, and rents for $40 a night. The whites have six churches, Presbyterian, Methodist, Baptist, Lutheran the Associate Reformed and the Episcopal, built at an aggregate cost of $18,000, capacity, 4,000 seats, and three colored churches, cociing 9460 There are flourishing organizations of Masons, Odd Fellows, Knights cm, Honor, and Sons of Temperance,. The Newberry College buildings cost $20,000, the Female Academy $2,500, the Male Academy $1,000, the | Hoge School (colored) $1,500. The average rental of stores is $350.00; : of dwellings, $200.00. Building materials are brick and pine lumber from the vicinity, and granite, great quantities of which of the finest quality are found in three to five miles of the town. The mayor and aldermen serve without pay. The town tax is two mills on the dollar, and a revenue, in addition, of $2,400 from licenses. There is a debt of $22 006, incurred in 1881, for building the opera house ; interest, seven per cent. The Newberry National Bank hasa paid in capital of $150,000 ; surplus, $99,278. Twenty thousand bales of cotton are shipped annually to New York and Norfolk. The yearly sales are given as, provisions, $450,000; dry gecds, $200,000; hardware, $75,000; miscellaneous, $125,000. A large cotton mill is about being built. |

SPARTANBURG COUNTY

has twenty-three towns and trading settlements, with one hundred and sixty-six stores, distributed as follows: Spartanburg C. H., seventy-four stores; Gaffney, thirty-two stores; Woodruff, eight stores; Pacolet and Wellford, six stores each ; Cowpens and Landrum, five suaee each; Cross Anchor and Reidville, four stores each ; Dumans, hake Prospect and In- inan, three stores each ; Campobello, Damascus, Hobbyville and Martin- ville, two stores each; Compton, Crawfordsville, Fingerville, Glenn Springs, Hills Factory and Rich Hill, one store each. Of this number, seven sell hardware, fourteen dry goods, thirty-one miscellaneous ar- ticles, and one hundred and fourteen general merchandise. The esti- mated wealth of the storekeepers 1 is $1,242,000. Het

Spartanburg, the county seat, is situated at the junction of the Spar- tanburg, Union and Columbia railroad, and the Spartanburg and Ashe- ville railroad with the Atlanta and Charlotte Air Line railroad. The

-populi ition, in-1820, was 800 ; in 1840, it was 1,000; in 1850, it was 1,176;

in 1860, it was 1,216; in 187 0, it was 1,080; it 1880 it was 3,253. . It has an elevation above the sea level of seven hondr ed and eighty-seven feet. Besides the court house and jail, there is an opera house costing $11 ,000, | and three large and handsome brick hotels, one of which has one bate

TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. Tis

dred rooms. There are four churches for the whites, and three for colored persons. The Wofford College is under the direction of the Methodist Church. There is alsoa male seminary, a female seminary, six public and private schools, and an orphan house. The National Bank has a paid in capital of $100,000; surplus, $30,000. Property is valued at one and one-quarter million dollars. There is a city debt of $150,000 for subscription to railroads, and $20,000 for Macadamizing the streets. Twenty-five to thirty thousand bales of cotton are shipped an- nually to New York and Charleston. There is a mineral spring in the town, and several in the vicinity. The town is lighted with gas.

Gaffney, on the Air Line railroad, east of Spartanburg twenty-one miles, was founded in 1873. The population, in 1880, numbered 400, and is now estimated at 1,000. There is a hotel, and brick town hall eighty-five feet by fifty-four feet; four churches, costing $5,000, and two schools. Stores and dwellings rent for ten dollars to twenty-five dollars amonth. he property valuation is $500,000. There is no town debt or taxes. The yearly sales are about $315,000. Eight to ten thousand bales of cotton are shipped to New York and Baltimore. There is a brick yard, lime kiln and two blacksmith forges in the village. One mile distant are the Limestone Springs, formerly a noted summer resort, now a female academy. Near here is the Magnetic Iron Manufacturing Company, with a magnificent water power. Iron ore, lead, copper, gold, flexible sandstone (ita columite or diamond rock), blue limestone, white and streaked marbles, fire-proof sand, and soapstone, are all found in this neighborhood. There is a weekly newspaper.

Clifton, on the Pacolet river, two-thirds of a mile from the Air Line railroad, is a manufacturing village, of one thousand inhabitants, built up within two years. The village is the property of the Cotton Manu- facturing Company, which employs six hundred hands. There is a church and school. Sales, about seventy thousand dollars per annum. Shipment of factory goods, $600,000 per annum.

Woodruff, on the proposed line of the Greenwood and Spartanburg

railroad, is eighteen miles south of the Court House. It has a population of three hundred. There are four churches, one colored, and three schools. Wagon making and saw milling are local industries. Mail by private conveyance.

Reidville, twelve miles southwest of the Court House, and five miles from Vernonville, on the Atlanta and Charlotte Air Line railroad, is a village of three hundred inhabitants, that has grown up around educa- tional institutions located there. These are a female college, one hun- dred and fifty pupils, and a male high school, one hundred pupils. Board costs ten dollars to twelve dollars a month; the buildings are of

46

«

me

a an | Mahe, at Bit bards te 4 1S pte MS ett agl 3 > Oe ae

714 TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA,

brick manufactured there. Dwelling houses rent from six dollars to eight dollars a month. Town taxes, one mill on the dollar. In the neighborhood are two mineral springs, containing sulphur, iron and mag- 7 nesia, Aye

Wellford, ten miles west of Spartanburg, on the railroad, has an Epis- copal Church and the Wellford High School. Rate of tuition, board and Washing, $12.50 per month. ‘The school-room accommodates one hun- dred and twenty-five pupils. .

Glenn Springs, twelve miles south of Spartanburg, is a summer resort noted for its mineral waters and healthful climate. There are two churches, a white and a colored school. Large numbers of visitors come during the summer. Dwellings rent for seventy-five dollars to one hun- dred dollars a year, cottages for thirty dollars during the summer, The mineral waters are bottled and shipped.

UNION COUNTY,

traversed by the Union, Spartanburg and Columbia railroad, has eight- een towns and trading settlements with eighty-four stores, as follows : Union Court House, forty-eight stores; Santuc, eight stores; Jonesville, five stores; Cross Keys and Skull Shoals, four stores each; Mountjoy, three stores; Fish Dam, Mount Tabor, and Smithford, two stores each; Asbury, Colerain, Goshen Hill, Gurdysvill, Meador, Pinegroye, Sedalia, West Spring, and Wilkinsville, one store each, Of this number five sell liquors, three dry goods, twenty-five miscellaneous articles, and thirty- one general merchandise. The estimated wealth of the storekeepers is $785,000.

YORK COUNTY

has twenty-one towns and trading settlements, with one hundred and thirty-seven stores, distributed as follows: Yorkville, forty-five stores ; Rock Hill, twenty-seven stores; Black’s, eleven stores; Fort Mills, | eleven stores; Whitaker and Clover, seven stores each; Bullock’s Creek, four stores ; Clay Hill and Smith’s, three stores each; Blairsville, Bow- ling Green, Clark’s Fork, Guthriesville, Sandersville, Zeno and Bethel, two stores each ; Corncob, Hickory Grove, Tirzah, Bethany, and McCon- nellsyille, one store each. Of this number four sell liquors, two hard- ware, six dry goods, forty-three miscellaneous articles, and eighty-two general merchandise. The estimated wealth of the storekeepers is 4

$920,000. .

Yorkville, on the Chester and Lenoir narrow-gauge railway, is the county seat. In 1823 it hada population of 441, bathe a 1 .

TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 715

chanics, eight lawyers, two physicians, and one clergyman; there was then eight stores, five taverns, a male and female academy, and two weekly papers, one devoted to agriculture. In 1840 the population was 600 ; in 1860 it was 1,360; in 1880, 1,339. There are ten miles of street, paved at a cost of twenty-five cents to one dollar per yard. The Court House is a venerable and handsome building, costing originally $8,000. The King’s Mountain Military Academy and the Female Academy are fine buildings, costing about $20.000 each; there are several other schools, and a newspaper. The churches are the Episcopal, Methodist, Presbyterian, Baptist and Associate Reformed. Building materials are chiefly stone and brick from the vicinity. Taxes are four mills on the dollar, two of which go to pay the balance due on paving the streets, which is nearly paid up. Six toten thousand bales of cotton are shipped to New York. The yearly sales are stated as, provisions, $200,000 ; dry goods, $150,000; miscellaneous, $50,000.

Rock Hill, on the Charlotte and Columbia railroad, has an elevation of six hundred and sixty-eight feet above sea-level. In 1880 the popu- lation was 800, almost all of whom had settled there after the war. There are three hotels, a town hall, engine house, and two public halls, with a capacity for seating six hundred persons; has stage, scenery, &c., for theatrical exhibitions (license fee, $5). The whites have three brick churches, and there are three wooden churches belonging to the colored people. The best stores rent for $400; cottage dwellings, from $100 to $150. Excellent brick are manufactured in the town. The value of property is estimated at $500,000, of which $200,000 is insured. Taxes are three mills on the dollar. Fifteen thousand bales of cotton are ship- ped to New York, Baltimore and Charleston. The yearly sales of goods aggregate $500,000. A cotton factory, two carriage factories, a tin man- ufactory, two shoe shops, and two saddlery and harness shops, employing one hundred and twenty-five hands in manufactures. There is a private banking establishment in the town. The

ALPINE REGION,

of South Carolina, occupies the larger portions of Oconee and Pickens counties, although it extends through the northern portions of Green- ville, Spartanburg and York counties, whose towns have been already treated of. Taken as a whole, it will be seen, on reference to the table, that the percentage of the population living in towns is greater for the Alpine Region than for any region in South Carolina, except immie-

fy . * yy oR nf fie uy ai’ "at :' 8, . » . ee ‘a ? OER RE Ue Ree ee OLE WY Oat aol Nae pe Ptah et ee

“Ff ¢

716 TOWNS OF SOUTH CAROLINA.

diately on the coast. This is due to the wide stretches of mountain sides _

that are but sparsely settled. OCONEE COUNTY

has nine towns and trading settlements, with one hundred and nine stores, as follows: Walhalla, forty-nine stores; Seneca City, twenty-six stores; Westminster, sixteen stores ; Fair Play, seven stores ; Oakway, six stores; Fort Madison, two stores; High Fall, Long Creek, and Whet- stone, one store each. Of this number three sell liquors, five hardware, four dry goods, thirty-seven miscellaneous articles, and sixty general merchandise. The estimated wealth of the storekeepers is $146,000. Walhalla, the terminus of the Blue Ridge railroad, is the county seat, and had, in 1880, a population of 789. There are four churches and two colleges, the Adger and the Walhalla; a newspaper, three saw-mills, five grist mills, three ginneries, and two coach factories.

PICKENS COUNTY

has eleven towns and trading settlements, with fifty-seven stores, as fol- lows: Easeley, sixteen stores; Central, fifteen stores; Pickens Court House and Liberty, six stores each; Briggs, four stores; Rock, three stores; Dacusville, and Six Mile, two stores each; Ninetimes, Stuart, and Table Mountain, one store each. Of this number, one sells liquors, one hardware, sixteen miscellaneous articles, and thirty-nine general merchandise. The estimated wealth of the storekeepers is $223,000.

PN DEX

ABBEVILLE CO., PIEDMONT REGION : The Metamorphic rocks on Savannah river, 127; Mica Slate, overlying belts of Hornblende upon Gneiss in the northern portion of, 182; Tale and Clay Slates of, 132; Trap rock gives rise through the disintegration of Fel- sitic and Dioritic Porphyries to the “Flat Woods” of, 134; Gold mines open in the Tale Slates—above the Metamorphic rocks the Streams gen- era!ly contain Gold in their sands, ib. ; Silver in Galena, Iron Ores, Feidspar, Steatite, Zircons foundin. 137; Analy- sis of the ‘“ Flat Woods,” Soil, 1438; Original Growth Hickory, Oak and Chestnut, with no underbrush. only a dense growth everywhere of Cane, Grasses, and the Wild Pea, grazed on by herds of Deer and Buffalo—the Chestnut has nearly disappeared, but the long extinct Wild Pea is said to be re-appearing since the passage of the Stock Law, 146; Hemp, Tobacco, Silk and Wine produced by the early French settlers who gave its name to, 147; Warren Grape cuttings shipped to France from, ib.; Field Labor and Wages in, 155; Share System preferred in, 156; Quality, Price of Land, Crops, Water-powers, Mines, &c.,in, 164-166; Waddell’s celebrated Willington Acad- emy in, 449; Erskine College, 492; Due West Female College, 517 ; Schools of, 458 ; Towns and Trading Points of, 704.

AGRICULTURE: The Department of, in the State Government, 441; Agricul- tural and Mechanical Colleges of the State University, 488.

AGRICULTURAL REGIONS OF SOUTH CAROLINA : I, Coast Region, 14-48 ; II. Lower Pine Belt, 44-70 ; III. Up- per Pine Belt, 71-109; IV. Red Hill Region, 110-116 ; V. Sand Hill Re- gion, 117-125; VI. Piedmont Region, 126-182 ; VII. Alpine Region, 183-208.

AGRICULTURAL RETROSPECT: Early Colonial Exports, Skins, Lumber, Tar, Oranges, &e., 9; Indigo, Indian Corn, 10; Cotton, 11: Sea Island ditto, 12; Diagram showing the fluctuations of all the Staple Crops from 1670-1880, 13.

AIKEN Co.: In the Sand dills ; Lignite, immense beds of fine Buhr-stone, 112; Boiling Springs, Blowing Wells, 119;

Granites, 119-131; Kaolin Quarries, 120; Soil Analysis—Rapid Rise in the Price of Lands in, 121; Peanuts, Watermelons, i6.; Flower Gardens, Peach Orchards, 122; Aiken Town, a Famous Health Resort, 123; Factories of, 118, 582; Towns and Trading Points in, 697.

ALPINE REGION: Location and Physi- cal Features of, 183 ; Geology of the. 185 ; Soils and Climate, 186; Ginseng and other Medicinal Herbs in great abundance found in the, 188; Gold, Iron, Lime, Kaolin, Silver, Copper, Lead, Corundum, Mica, Mineral Springs, 188 Statistics of Farms, Pro- ducts, &e., 189-195. See reports from Pickens and Oconee. In climbing the mountains the following trees mark the steps of ascent: Rock Chestnut, Mountain Oak, Cucumber Tree, Moun- tain Laurel, White Pine, Hemlock or Spruce Pine, 188.

TEM ONO een ae ve ca scans a boo oe Sears aulantee 115

eel Sal Sal rl Cie ine atl a Pe eat) Panny iat Soe 174

ANALYSES OF SOILS: Coast Region, 19; Lower Pine Belt, 53; Upper Pine Belt, 74; River Swamp Lands, 76,78; Red Hill Region, 113; Sand Hill Region, 120; Piedmont, 139; Gray Sandy and Red Clay Loam, 139; Hornblendic Soils, 140; Clay Slate, 141; Trappean, 142; Black-jack, 143.

ANDERSON CO.. PIEDMONT: Manga- nese, Graphite, Feldspar, Steatite, As- bestos, Tourmaline, Zircon, Corun- dum in, 137; Quality, and price of lands, Growth, Mill Sites, Products, Factories, Gold, Silver, Spinel Rubies, of, 166-8 ; Water Courses, 204 ; Schools, Er a 481; Towns and Trading Points, (Ud.

ANIMALS, VERTEBRATE: Of South Carolina, 209-262.

AREA: Of South Carolina, 8; of Sea Is- lands, 7; Rice Lands, 7, 57; Salt Marshes, 7, 53; Swamp Lands, 7, 8, 52, 53; Improved Land of Coast Region, 24; of Uplands in Lower Pine Belt, 52; Swamp Lands in ditto, 53; Tilled Land in ditto, 55; of Unused Land adapted to Rice Culture in ditto, 57; River Swamps of the Upper Pine Belt, area of, 76; of Upland Swamps, 78; of the Sand Hill Region, 118; of Bottom

718

Lands on Creeks in the Sand Hills, 118; Red Hills, 115; Piedmont, 126; Alpine Region, 188. See Table II. for areas of the regions, 362.

OED EUS OS uedeoeb ume mare year at ons cot eohmingtl 137 Fete WOR: @vio Cc a py 2 31D Sees BERR er 48 BAGGING: Charleston Factory of.........63

BALES: Cotton, different Presses for bal- ing, Weight of, 68, 91; Charges for Transportation of, on Steamboats and Railroads, 92; other Charges on, 93; Tables Showing the Numbers in dif- ferent Regions and Counties made in

1870-80 of, 362 ; Size of,.594.

DRASNVAUNA 2s: Leann Soatneanyentacueltes ey 24,114

BANKS, 643 ; Branch of the National Bank Established in South Carolina, 644 ; Bank of the State Chartered in 1812— 1835, ib.; re-chartered in 1830 until 1856, 645; again in 1852 to 1871, 646; Favorable Report of Joint Committee of General Assembly on the Bank in ‘1871, 647; Closed by Reconstruction in 1870, 648; other Banks, 662.

BANK OF NEWBERRY, good plan fora Farmer’s Bank, 154.

BAPTISTS: Institutions of Learning of the, 497, 528; First Establishment ‘and Early History of the, 552; Churches, Sittings and Property of the, 555.

BARLEY: Bushels. made in 1850—’60—70- 80, 362.

BARNWELL CO., UPPER PINE BELT: System of Labor in, 84; Quality and Price of Lands, Marl, ‘Swamps, Growth, Products of, 99, Towns and Trading Points, 692.

PRAY eis Ute sokenat baenen Neneh eboneetana 137, 182

BEAUFORT CO., COAST REGION: Im- mense Grape Vine in, 25; the First Settlement in South Carolina made in; Long Staple Cotton First Planted in, 27; Labor Contracts, 30; Marsh Grass, Negro Farmers, Schools, Phosphate Rock, Port Royal Harbor and Railroad, 31, 663; Towns and Stores, 663.

BERKELEY CO., COAST REGION: Sta- tistics of, in 1880, Table V.,562; Towns

and Stores, 668. BERMUDA GRASS Aiwa os 25, 87 BEV, Lo toce cetera see caieian canner ane ee 137 BLE DS) MM OUWINIDAGING Apecaneedbeasan ore sede 184 BIRDS: Of South Carolina, 217-33; few

Fossil Remains of, 49. LIED pcs sot SOUS connec ataa te wok Gheemrecteenns 404-7 TS MOUND ooo Soo Vocu ea deeebaate stage eaaesee ea 137 BPA CKIA CK: Tiinitioiie scmecnsete cast 169 BLIND, DEAF AND DUMB, School for,

BLOSSOMS. COTTON: First Appearance

of, 35, 90. BLO WLNG WHLLSH ices cgaresewcdte nes 119 BLOWANG SANDS ii ki. tiscemeeeanteeheres: s 17

BLUE RIDGE MOUNTAINS, 184; height of different Peaks of the, 189.

INDEX.

BOUNDARIES: Of South Carolina..3, 184 BOYLSTON, MRS. 8S. A. (WINNSBORO): Fine Water Power on the Catawba of,

205. BROOMSEDGE..1.1...:0.... tied eee 87 BUBEALO cu sah avicisot so aaa 147, 212 artes STONE: 46, 73; Mill Stones, REEL:

112,

BUILDING MATERIALS ............ 47, 398 CHSAR’S HEAD MT......:.2 eee 185 CALHOUN, JAMES Ey... 4yc eee 186, 188

CAMDEN: Joseph Kershaw’s Flouring Mills, near, 9; Trade in 1826, 627, CANAL: Act Establishing the Catawba,

620; Santee, 623; Saluda, 625.

CANE: Wild, 146, 170; Sugar, 25, 66, 114 CATHOLICS, ROMAN... 2c seseeneng 53 CAT TEs. 5.5. cecsvenesdest ep sete eee 360 CHALYBEATE SPRING 3: scciieetaeees 168 CHARGES ON COTTON: 2. ea 93-162 CHARLESTON CO., LOWER PINE

BELT: Ashley and Cooper Marls, 46; Quality, Price of Land; St 'ihomas and St. Denis, once wealthy and popu- lous, now abandoned—Growth, Indus- tries, Wando Phosphate, 66; Towns and Stores of, 609.

CHARLESTON: Health of, 21, 23, 676; First Appearance of Yellow Fever in, 22; Settlement and Early His- tory of, 422, 669; Schools of, 461-7; Charitable and Literary Institutions of, 469; College of, 490; Cotton Mill, 582; Water Communication with the Back Country, 611; Early Trade with the Indians, 614;) Receipts and Ex- penditures for 1879-S0-1-2 and Debt of, 672; Water Supply, Streets of, 674; Drainage, Board of Health of. 675; Fire Department, Publie Grounds, 676: Charities, 677; Population at differ- ent periods—Harbor of, 678; former Pre-eminence among the Cities of the Union of, 680; Leading Articles of Trade of, 681; Industries of, 682.

CHARLESTON AND HAMBURG RAIL- ROAD: History of the, 630.

CHESTER CO., PIEDMONT: Iron, Stea- tite, Flagging and Whetstones in, 137; Gold, Granite, Blackjack Lands, Lime- stone Spring, Quality and Price of Lands, Catawba Canal in, 169 ; Cotton Mills, 582; Towns and Trading Points in, 706.

CHESTERFIED CO., IN THE SAND HILLS: Beds of Lignite in, 112; Brewer Gold Mine, Bismuth, 1387; Schools of, 482; Towns and Trading Posts, 702.

|'CHURCHES: The “Church Act,” 1704,

declaring the Church of England the Church ok South Carolina, “550 + the Parochial System of Goy ernment, 551; Early Colonial, ibid ; Negroes first Baptized, 553 ; Numbers, Sittings and

INDEX. 719 Property of different, 555; Present 38; Seed, 39; Santees and Mains—

Condition and Distribution of the most important, 556.

CLARLIN UNIVERSITY. ..2.cc scutes: 525

CLARENDON Co., IN THE LOWER PINE BELT: Santee Marls underlie the whole of, 47; Size of Farms, Labor Contracts, Liens, Quality and Price of Lands, 60, 67 ; Stone resembling Mene- lite, found in, 112; Towns and Stores of, 691.

PEROT GAINING, oi ht aanikeisiavadseie sega loo

CLIMATE: Of Sea Islands, 20; of Lower Pine Belt, 54; of Upper ditto, 79; Red Hills, 114; Sand Hills, 122; Piedmont, 144; Alpine Region, 185; Meteorologi- cal Table, 360.

MMO Oy aise scart cas bas delves eae Me te nes oes 147, 181.

COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES: The South Carolina College, 486; Charles- ton, 490; Erskine, 492; Wofford, 495 ; Furman, 497; Newberry, 499; <Adger, 501; Claflin, 525; Allen, 527; Medical College, 505; Female, 514-522.

COLLETON CO., IN THE LOWER PINE | BELT: Sea Island Cotton, first grown in, 27; Quality and Price of Lands, Labor System, Water-Powers, Swamp | Hammocks, Products of, 65; Towns | and Stores of, 689.

COLONY OF SOUTH CAROLINA: Early History of the...9, 381, 421, 550, 574, 612.

COLUMBIA: Congaree Tribe and River, 367 ; Act of 22d March, 1786, to found, 620; Incorporated 1787, First Legis- lative Session at, 699; Trade, Debt, Population, Industries of, 699-702.

CONCRETE FOR BUILDING STONE, 20, 111.

CONSTITUTION: Locke’s Fundamental, 433 ; the Second in 1729 modeled after the English, 425; the Provisional, 1776, the Fourth, 1790, modeled after that of the United States, 427; the Fifth, made by the Convention summoned by Congress in 1868, 429; Leading Principles of the said, 429-442.

et tae SM eh Na WE Saceat Via e'eieoi =e

Vee

COST OF MAKING GOTTON: In the Coast Region, per acre and pound, 42: in Lower Pine Belt, 64; in Upper ditto, 99,

COST OF PICKING COTTON......... 36, 42.

COTTON: Sera Isuanp, derivation of the name, 26; Appearance of the Plant, 28, 35,79; First Crop Maximum Pro- duct, Excellent Quality and High Prices of, 12; Introduction and Early History of, 27; Color, Length and Strength of the Fibre of, 28; Labor and System of Planting, 29; Tillage and improvement of, 32-34; Diseases and Enemies oe 36, 160; Preparation for Market, 37; Gins, Roller and Toll,

a : ey ne NDR AMEN ANU har Sonn eit hy

western limit of, ibid: Cost in general of producing, 40; Table of Itemized Cost per acre, 42; per pound, 43. COTTON : Urranps, Lower Pine Belt, 5 System of Labor, Ole Cultivation ae

60-62 ; Preparation for Market, 63: Cost of producing, 64. COTTON: Uprxtanps, Upper Pine Belt,

Tillage, 86; Manner of Planting, 88; Ginning, Baling , Shipping, 90 ; Diseases

and Enemies of ‘the Plant, 92 ; Charges on Selling, 98; Cost of, ibid ; Itemized,

ditto, 95; Seed and Lint, 96. COTTON: Number of bales made in dif- ferent Regions of South Carolina, Tables II., III.; Number made in United States and South Carolina in 1850, 1860, 1870, 1880, Number in sepa- rate Counties, TableV ., 860-363. COTTON: Manufactures of, 576-597 ; of Raw Cotton in South Carolina, 583 ; Shape of the fibre, 593; Ginneries in

| COUNTIES :

connection with Factories, 599. COTTON SEED: Hybridization of, 39;

Oil and Meal made from the, 598-601. Township report of (see

NAMES (OL) A Malley Visrss..\.c atachedaeecor ass | COURTS SAND SUD GBS oss. ates eee 483. FESTA" Wael Bal Bs Na ee ti ae i ee a ee 61, 81. CORA GARIAISS) ceo ih daee ta contincnecae serene 161. CR BEKS RIPM MEY Ne ate ect Midallale ciate e’aisveioie’ ee 129, 200, 204. CRIMES AND PUNISHMENT........... 37.

CYCLE OF TRADE, 9; and of Transporta- tion, 617,

DARLINGTON CO., UPPER PINE BELT: System of Farming in, 85; Tzble showing Yield of Cotton in Lint, Liens per bale, Size of Farms and Per- centage of Owners, 86; Expenses and Production of, Plantation i in, 97; Wine Making, Quality of Lands, Crops in, 103; Towns and Trading "Points in, 695.

DEATHS: In Charleston, 1877-81, 23, 402 ; Percentage of according to Age, Sex and Color, 408; in Charleston, “1830 to 1880, 676, BA,

DEAF DUMB AND BLIND: Institutes for the, 504; Numbers of, 569.

DEBTS: Remedies for the Recovery of,

443; Sratr, Liquidated by Indents, 643; Assumption of by General Gov- ernment, 644; Amount discharged by

the Bank of the State in 1830, 645;

Amount in 1840 of the, 646; In 1859, 646; War Debt declared Invalid, 648 . State Debt 1871-72 Repudiated by Ne- ero Government, 649; Condition of in 1877, when the People of South Caro- lina recovered the Government of the State, 650; Adjustment by Court of Claims, 650 ; Statement of, in 1882, 651 ; Tabular Statement of Receipts, Expen-

ditures and Indebtedness in South Carolina, 1801-1881, 652 ; State and Lo- cal of Country, 657; Plates A, B and ©, 658 et seq. ; See Towns, 659-715

DEER SICINS (Trade nits. cixuestersaacss 614

DEPRESSIONS, CIRCULAR, IN THE SAND HILLS isdessascbbetesanesecaeaaeers 119

DIAGRAMS : 138, 82, 79, 118, 136, 385, 388, 402, 658.

ROW MADINA ii, cht setlists aahiereeacuashps 133

DISEASES: 22,145. (See Township Re-

ports), 401, 407 to 420. DISINTEGRATION OF ROCKS; 1838, 197,

202. ») LEGAL PLCROSIECAnD Fae PAE MRD Cline ay tS 442 DORN, GOLD MINE: Ps Ne Ue Baer 3 Ve 165

DRAINAGE: 7, 33, 45, 86, 606. DROUGHT: 76 92; Demarcation of areas of, by Synclinal Axis, 145.

WRI PORNG ces Coie Nr a avo, ga 438 DUE WEST, Female College at............517 DWELLINGS AND FAMILIES: ........ 098

EARTHENWARE: Clay, 171.

EARTHQUAKES: Felt during Drought, 145.

EDGEFIELD CO, : The Gneiss Rock dips vertically, 132; Clay Slate faces alter-

nately N. E. a S. W.in, 133; Gold

Mines, 134: Silver. Manganese, Whet- stones, Flagstones, Beryl, Spinel Rubies, found in, 137: Soil Analysis, 140, 144; Lands, Quarries, Water-powers, 170- -72; Towns and Trading Points, 707.

PM DISTOMSTA ND) Vie .csccsbedrcetes-2-00, 41

EDUCATION IN SOUTH CAROLINA: Historical Sketch of, 446; Free School System, 450 ; : Expenditures i in 1850 for, 453 Public School System under Con- stitution of 1868, 455 ; State and Coun- ty Officials, 456; ‘School Districts and Schools by Counties in 1881, 458 ; Grad- ed Schools and Local Taxation, 459 ; Schools in Charleston, 461-467 ; in Co- lumbia, 468; Charitable, Educational and Literary Institutions, 469-481 ; Private Schools, 481-85 ; South Caroli- na College, its Origin and History, its Usefulness ; ‘Presidents and Distin- euished Alumni, 486-88; Reopened as a University, 488 ; Present Faculty and Courses of Study, 489; College of

Charleston, 490; Erskine College, Clark and Erskine Seminary, 492:

Wofford College, 495; Furman Uni- versity, 497 ; Newberry College, 499 ; Adger College, 501; Theological Semi- nary at Columbia, 502 ; Deaf, Dumb and Blind Institution, 504; Medical College of South Carolina, 505 ; South Carolina Military Academy, its bril- Jiant record, 509; King’s Mountain Military School, 512; Greenville Mili- tary Academy, 513; Greenville Fe- male College, ‘514; Due West Female College, 517: Walhalla Female Col-

INDEX.

lege,518; Williamston Female College, a Eee : Cooper Limestone Female Insti- tute, 521; Anderson Female Seminary, 522: Claflin University, Colored, 525; Allen University for ditto, 527} His- tory of the Press of the State, 529; Newspapers and Periodicals, extinct and extant, 530-34 ; Comparative Il- literacy, 5385-537 : Peabody Fund, 4539; Synoptical Tables referring to, 541-49.

ELEVATION OF SEA ISLANDS, 8, 18; of Lower Pine Belt, 45, 72; Hypsome- trical Diagram of Sand Hill Region, 118; of River Banks, 127; of Pied- mont Region, 127; of Alpine Region, 183; Highest Point in the State, 185. (See Section on Map.)

BLK Lcseseced visacesssatibe cteeihceeeni ach aaaann 212

ELLIOTT, WM.: First Long Staple Cotton Planter, 27; ‘‘ Field Sports of Caro- lina,” written by, 667 ; Stephen Elliott, 645

EOCENE FORMATION : 14, 46, 49, 75, 111, Tans)

EPISCOPAL CHURCH: Recognized for seventy years as the State Church,

oo. EROSION 86. .ccgoccees ccd face eee eee 15, 128 BERSKINE COLLEGE: .)..c.csboccenseeeeene 492 EXECUTIVE DEPARTMENT........... 433

FACTORIES: Comparative Cost of Power, 208; Enumeration of in South Caro- lina, in 1882, by Department of Agri- culture, 582; see Manufactures.

FAIRFIELD CO., IN PIEDMONT RE- GION: On second line of Granite Outcrop, 131; Building Granite, of, 131, 608; Soapstones, Whetstones, F lagstones, 137 ; Lord Cornwallis’ opin- ion “Of, 146 ; Compared with Blue Grass Region, immense crop of Lucerne made in, 148; see Township Reports, 172-3; Towns and Trading Points, 707.

FALLS OF THE RIVERSL Soe. 204 RAD LO WING cn eee 29, 61, 86, 158 FAMILIES AND DWELLINGS......... 398 FARMS: On Coast Region, 23-45; Lower

Pine Belt, 55-62; Upper Pine Belt, 82-9; Red Hill Region, 115; Sand Hill. Region, 123; Tabular Statement of Values and Productions, 152; Pied- mont Region, 155-6; Alpine Region, 193; see Reports, Township Corres- pondents, and Tables IL, II1., IV., V. FAULT. 184 FAUNA: Of Phosphate Works, 48 ; found by Early Settlers of South Carolina, 146; 209 to 311. FENCES 90: ices sn coeteepeaa 32, 86, 123, 150 FERTILIZERS: Manufacture of...601, 602 FIRE-PROOF CRUCIBLE CLAY...... 112 FIG. 0.00. coscsecnssntceonsesncesdssanhe Semin 24 FISHES, 20, 45, 48 80; Fish Ponds, 610; of South Carolina: 350 Species of, 248 to 264.

PUeeUeUCPeeICee reer eee

INDEX.

FISHERIES, of the World; Value of the, 243; of South Carolina, 609.

Te YENG ey ONG DIS SURANE tere ene CAE eRe 185

FLATWOODS OF ABBEVILLE......... 166

FLOUR MILLS; OF JOSEPH KER- SHAW, in 1760, 9; Tabular Statement of, 604.

MN, MOET VY HRS 6. thd sven eebceedos 202

POT UAGHH: cn vecce See see ed 25, 58, 61, 88, 148, 161

FORESTS AND FOREST INDUSTRIES, 53, 79. 87, 18, 115; Changes in 146, 606

LLL DIS ce OO Se eee 5. 46, 77, 78

FRENCH COLONISTS’ settlement in South Carolina, of, 381, 425.

VENUS ATL LG ccc ealcuek dees slab Daaleece eet asjelhe 79

FRUITS: Of the Coast Region, 24 664, Note; Sand Hill Region, 114, 322; Best Regions for, 144, 180.

“Bug Ba eM Da Oe UC 186 (CERISE Te UTE 0 Ks eg Ou Ne a 226 RAUB RINIS ic tothe ise teectbaee e teodceeteceedeeD hee GEODESIC: Changesin Rivers and Deltas

in South Carolina, 5; 6, 16.

GEOLOGY: Of South Carolina Upper and Lower Country, 4; of Coast Region, 14; of Lower Pine Belt, 75; of Red Hill Region, 111; of Sand Hill Region, 19) of Piedmont Region, 150; ‘Eras of, 136 ; of Alpine Region, 185.

GEORGETOWN CO ,COAST AND LOW- ER PINE BELT REGION: Quality and Price of Land, 70; Exemption from Stock Law of, 448; Towns and Trading Points, 684; River Transpor- tation, 685.

MRERAUING ie cch ee cdecls secnb owe veledcacsiens 383, 425

GIN: Cotton, Eli Whitney’s, Roller Gin, 37; Toll Gins, 38; different kinds of, 62, 90; Steam and Water, 90; Long Staple on Saw Gin, 593-4.

GINNING Cotton in the Upper Pine Belt, 90; in Piedmont Region, 161; Alpine Region, 193; as an Important Industry, 589 : "Number of Gin-houses in South Carolina, 589; Enlarged Gin- neries, 596.

JOULES LUR Sy ad 5! Bi) Ch Uae ne ee Bee 180, 714 SRNR (am Nek Mess bat cuuieSlovcuacuavedatae civseesn 131 GOLD: 134, 136, 164. 180, 186. See Map

GRAIN, 13, 24, 56, 81, 115, 121, 150, 189 See Tables II , III, IV., V.

GORPUNET Eis vio. cs. .cc0e 119, 131, 169, 170, 608 GRAPE ee 2 ee ERS SAS OMT re a aE 25 GRAPHITE: 137, 168, 186. See Map.

GRASSES, 58, 57, 94; different kinds of, 9, 347.

PT le END, 0 ee es Se 136

BREN AU NED oe cca ch ovine cube dacauece 47. 74, 111

GREENVILLE CO., IN PIEDMONT AND ALPINE REGION, 174-5; Cotton Mills of, 582; Towns and Trading Points, 708.

EO WIDE eee. 58, 79, 114, 121, 146, 128

GOVERNMENT: Laws and Institutions, Original Charter, 422; Locke’s Consti-

721

tution, 423; Organization of, 424; Dif- ferent Constitutions of, 426-429 : De- partments of, 432; Suffrage, 434 ; "Tax- ation, Education, Maltties 435 ; "Statu- tory Laws, 437-9; Public Instruction, 440); Dep. ‘of Agr, 441,

GIG H STR HAM os esatecccretase: sharia 6

HAGOOD, GOVERNOR: Soil Analysis, 75; Bermuda Grass, 148.

HAMBURG: Former Trade, 627, 698; C. & H. Railroad, 629.

spe inane J. H., yield of sein Land,

: Table of Frosts, hee Cost

of Producing Cotton, As Soil gece 74,

PACE ME OIN TOT Eas Sierra seas ciate vatiectgulSenieiee 187

HAMPTON, WADE, Upland Cotton Plan- tation, 11.

HAMPTON CO., LOWER PINE BELT, 65, 84, 96, 98; Towns and Trading ee aaa 688.

HEA LTH, 21, 34,79, 114, 185; Resorts, 54, 114, 125 : Mineral Springs for, 168, 180 HEM ATR yt a ns ee 168

10 Oe Rf GREE Ce CAE eRe Se 80, 256 HIGHWAYS: Colonial Acts Relating to, 613, 615, 617; Materials for, 698. HISTORY OF SOUTH CAROLINA : Chro- nological Table, 381; Early, 425. HOMESPUN: Cotton and Woolen, form- erly used, Murray’s Ferry, 574. HOMESTEAD GA W....cee le eee 440 HORNBLENDE, 131-2 (See Map). HORSES: Act of Legislature against in- ferior, 147.

HORSE CREEK .Q.....0. ..scc.cs000+4.5, 118, 206

PON AND SNOW si. date a ae: 202

ILLITERACY IN SOUTH CAROLINA, 535.

TG OG iG Dae EW eS hea 9, 30

INDIANS: Nations and Tribes formerly inhabiting South Carolina, 363 ; Num- ber, 868; Former Trade with Charles- ton, 614.

INDIAN CORN: Value of early Export, 10; Parker’s crop of. 11; White Flint, 25; Swamp Crops, 77; Amount of Waste Land adapted to culture of, 78; Aver-

age product in Sand Hills, 124. See Tables 1V. and V. INTERNAL IMPROVEMENTG.......... 645 INTERNAL REVENUE.................. 653-5 BING AIN My becky cick 'sdansdakecelabsyad Saaa soe INSECTS: 1770 Species enumerated, 266- 31. IRISH Sea yn BS Aue ey Mpls pounce ae 382 IRON, 187; Mines 172, 178, 180; Early

Works, 574; Pyrites, 135. ISLANDS: Formation of, 15; Elevation

of, 18. ITACOLUMITE, OR DIAMOND BEAR- ING ROCK, 138, 185.

)

LAURENS CO.,

722 INDEX. TOMES STAB elite he ete lat 29 |LUCERNE: J. H. Rion’s Crop of.......148 JAMESTON WEED for Nut Grass.........87 | LUTHERANS: College of, 499, 501; First

JOEL'S ISLA ND Oya wiavcrreas colns toctotase 30

JOHNSON, CHANCELLOR: Tenant Sys- tem of, 84; Soil of Donohoe, 75; Cost of Cotton Production 96.

JUDICIAL DEPARTMENT OF SOUTH

CASTRO TT NAc ua iabouss cathcun aes ceyce shaves 433 BR TREND Es a ccetnes dat ave Sante dtahsk hrataaetew oh 42 ROAQOILIN ion strutetectcars 112, 120, 171, 175, 608.

KERSHAW CO.,SAND HILL AND PIED- MONT REGION: Steatite found in, 119; Porphyritie Granite in, 131; Tow nship Reports, 123; Early "Flour Mills, 574; Towns and Trading Points, 702,

KINCAID: First Gin made by ............ 11

KING'S MOUNTAIN.: Height, 185; Mili- tary School, 512.

LAPOR: Sea Islands, 29; Lower Pine Belt, 59. Upper ditto, 82; Piedmont, 159-164, 199, 588, LABORERS: Proportion of White and Colored in Upper Pine Belt, 83; (See Township Reports), 564. LANCASTER CO., PIEDMONT REGION, 175 ; Schools, 483; Towns and Trad- ing Points, 710. LANDS: Former Prices of, 29,57 ; Present Value in Hampton, 65,98; Colleton, Charleston, Clarendon, 67; Williams- burg, 68; Marion, 69,104; Barnwell, 99; Orangebure, 100; Sumter, 101; Darlington, 108; Marlboro’, 107; Red Hills, 115; Sand Hills, 128; Abbeville, 164; Anderson, 166; Chester, 168; Edgefield, 170; Fairfield, 172; Green- ville, 174; Lancaster, 175; Laurens, 176; Newberry, 178: Spartanburg, 179; Union, 181; York, 182: General View of Values of, 156-157. PIEDMONT REGION: Limestone, Manganese,Graphite, Feld- spar, Asbestos, Tourmaline, Beryl. Corundum, 187; Gray and Blue Gran- ite, Gold. Copper, Lead, Quality and Price of Lands, Sugar Maples, Water Powers, 176; Towns and Trading Points, 710. BRAT), wabsbvnvinaksaantat bien termes 137,177, 186 LEXINGTON CO., SAND HILL RE- GION: Granite and Sandstone, 119; Soil Analyses, 121; Flowers and Fruits, 122; Statistics, Stock and Crops, 123; Towns and Trading Points, 698.

BRARY +) Charleston vision cesantksces 479

ENS: Number and average amount in Upper Pine Belt, 82; Piedmont Re- cion, 154; Laws concerning, 439,

TG NET Easton cots cca ees 165

LIME: From Marls, 74; Kilns, 185, 194.

LIMESTONE, 137. (See Map.)

PORE) SDE tepccmstegics ccd tens caanasie seers 45

CI VIATION GE SOLRSE nt eRe 139

il I

Church of, 552.

Tu UM BERG iia yes hehe nc one eacce rea Rene vada L605 LUNATIC ASYLUM :....:. AR ee 569 MACHINERY: Value of Farming in United States and South Carolina, Tea ble D-V.su5.05 cowns cans Cieeoen aa sore ..362 NGA TO ATRIA a. ree 54, 79, 145, 415, 416, 417 MAMMALS OF SOUTH Cz AROLINA.. 209 MANGANESE sctid. ett coven 137, 165, 186 MAGNOLIA AND GRAY MOSS: Limit OPGHE Ce Rs «80, 114 MANNING, J. L.: Curious Siliceous Rock near residence Of. .......secssceceeeee Se ITZ

MANUFACTURES: Laws to Encourage, 443; Numbers engaged in, 564; of In- digo ; Machinery for Cleaning Rice and Ginning Cotton invented and first used in South Carolina; Early Cotton Factories in Williamsburg and Sum- ter, Iron Worksin York, 574; Increase since 1850 of, 576; Manufacturing In- dustries in South Carolina i in 1882 578 ; great Increase in last Decade, "581s Names and Locations of chief Cotton Mills, &c., in South Carolina, 582; Magnitude of Cotton Manufactures, 584; Products per Spindle, &e., 585; Pr roximity of Cotton, 587 ; other ad-

vantages of South Carolina, 588; Cot- ton Ginning, 589; Fertilizer Factories, 601; Flour Mills, "603.

MANUAL LABORSCHOOLS ...... 478, 477

| MANURES IN COAST REGION, 20, 34; Phosphates, Potash Salts, 61; Cow Pea, Cotton Seed Meal, 88; the Marlboro Plan, 88, 89; Taylor’s Method, ibid ; in Piedmont Region, 159.

MAPS, 3; of Population, 388.

MEACININS SAicesc atcan ates teat 20, 45, 46, 47, 73

MARION CO., UPPER AND LOWER PINE BELT, 69, 85, 87; Schools of, 483 ; Towns and Trading Points, 698,

MARLBORO’, UPPER PINE BELT; Maximum Product of Cotton made in, 8L; System of Farming, 85; no Aban- doned Lands, 87; Product per acre, 88, 107; Schools of, 48+; Towns and Trading Ae bey in, 696,

MARRIAGES, 403-4. Divorce, 442.

MEDICAL COLLE GE OF SOUTH CARO- LIN A. s.c cccug enone ackeaneeeeunainn aaennae 505

METAMORPHIC ROCKS, 4, 119, 130, et seq. See Map.

| METEQROLOGY: . Table Li. cas «360

/'METHODISTS: First appearance in

South Carolina, 553; Institutions of

Learning, 495; Female College, Colum-

bia, 516; Allen University, 527; Nam-

bers, 555.

| MICA SLATE.....132, 186, 193: See Map.

MILITARY ACADEMY, 508; King’s Mt., 512; Greenville, 513; Age, &e., B95.

VETTE TEA x, ca cectan ace tvaccnstc Gace og EES

Ae ROT ro re LY rey ee eee, Fee ame a 7 me rks: ¥ i

INDEX. 723 PUMMIAROAUEN Uddebsha'c ole Vode0scsdsoa¥ap anced cue 201, 582 | ORCHARDS j........-».. 80, 122, 144, 179, 180 MINES, 135. See Gold, Iron, Phosphates. ORES AND MINE RATIO 0S .ceauke cea 13 37 LL CRG RRM ois Seni 134, 607 | OXEEN .....ceesccscenccecrssesessees sesesenarenseoe eet 361 RUAN 0s icopsoaptannipidsseonceracsecs sats 137 \ : } MINERAL SPRINGS. ...........2..000. 132, 168 | PACOLET: A Remarkable Fruit Region MPM STL 233) Su eds srelasterecsdvhsdes sessed opines 4,73 in Fairforest and Pacolet Tow nships, MELANIN 05255 ccecuculs Scop s.sredetpnne hanes 184-5 Spartanburg Co., lying in the Ther- MULES: Tables IV. and V................ 360 mal Belt, not Liable to Frost, 144, 180. PALAEOZOIC ROCKS OF SOUTH CARO- NAVIGATION. Extent of Inland, 6; TS Mido sa veh seep isetoasaae teas ton vue ton 131, 133

Water Courses suited to, 72; Navi- gable Rivers, 129; Bays, Sounds, Har- bors, Rivers, 601, 635.

NEGROES, 31; First Imported, 369; by whom and number of, 1714-1865, 371 ; Free Negroes, 372; Intermixture of Races, 373; Distribution according to Elevation and Temperature, 379; Per- centage in an Regions, 379; Character of the, 379; First Admission to Christian Ghogak 553; Religious Character of, 554 ; Trades, 1860, of, 568 ; Insane, 574; Criminals, 572. See ‘Township Reports for Negro Labor, Wages, &c.,

NEWBERRY ane “PIEDMONT: Quality |

and Price of Land, Crops, Growth, Grasses, Granite, Gold, Water-powers, 178-79 ;

Schools, 458; Towns and ‘Trading Points, 710 CAS Viisiovnbass bn avedsaoesee seeds ee 87, 148 AMBER Lei Weide dacs cdevassvanibaabsce 9, 58, 362 OAKS: 80; 30 Varieties of, 340. OCCUPATIONS OF THE PEOPLE OF

SOU'\H CAROLINA, IN 1880: Far- mers, 93.550; Farm Laborers, 198,147 ; Factory Operatives, 2,314; - Clergymen, 1.165; Physicians, 919; Lawyers, 614; Teachers, 2, 170, Since 1870 the number of those engaged in Agriculture has decreased 4 per cent.; the number of Lawyers has decreased 46 per cent, ; Clergymen have increased 110 per cent. ; 564-65.

OCONEE CO., ALPINE REGION : Tour- maline, Lead, Gold, Silver, Copper, Graphite, Mica, Corundum, 137, 186 ; Soils, Water Falls, Winds, Springs, Climate, 187 ; College at Walhalla, 501 ; Township Reports, 378; See Title Alpine Region; Towns and Trading Stations, 693.

OIL: Of Cotton feed and Meal; the Man- ufacture and Value of, 597.

TID Pat LIDS 5.05 5o caboose sais tsesdemarcsieb hess s's 158

AG DAs ti dC cas\secduasewcslcatsoetinasb¥oeces 24

ORANGES: A Colonial Export, 9, 24, 317.

ORANGEBURG CO., UPPER PINE BELT: Quality and Price of Lands, Growth, Crops, Labor System, Abund- ant Supply of Marl (Iron Ore), Water- Powers, 100; College, 525; Cotton Mill, 582; Townsand Trading Stations 603.

ie) #) Gas " {tee £54 Sn 8 3 - itil sca ala) tha ae ES ie ik US A SG vs) 8

Bank of, 154; College, 499 ;.

PICKENS CO., ALPINE REGION:

PALMETTO: 18; Varieties of, 342. PARIS GREEN: For Cotton Caterpillar, 37

1207-44 O)) 22) UD Eh yee Res aoe em Pee ee RE DS HAT PAC er ea Un sic eas co dita edad ees 122, ye ERDAS CLUS se attaeweua sveniae as’: Ey Ms 18 ao hy ae 12

PEA, Asa Fertilizer Nib at i Te a Se en PEE DEE: Herrin thes ccs. tesco nkarhens 80

PIEDMONT RE GION: Water Courses of the, 129; Geological Formation of the, 130-136 ; - Ores and Minerals, 157 - Soils, 139- -143 ; Climate, 144 ; Growth and Productions, 146 ; Statistics of Farms, Crops. Stock, 149 ; Systems of Labor

and Farming in the, 153-160; See Counties of Abbeville, "Anderson, Ches- ter, Edgefield, Fairfield, Greenville, Lan- caster, Laurens, Newberry, Spartanbur J, York.

Asbe-

tos, Copper, Feldspar, Lron, Mica, Lime stone, Spinel Rubies, Steatite, 137, 186; Towns and radips Stations, 716.

PINNACLE, MOUNTAIN: The Highest Point of South Carolina, 185,

PINCKNEY, GEN. C. C:: Water Culture for Rice introduced by, 9.

PINES: Short and Long Leaf, 114, 121 ; 18 Varieties of in South Carolina, 342

PINE BELT, THE LOWER: Physical and Geological Features of, 44-47.

Phosphate Rock, ib. ; Soils, 52 ; Growth, 53; Climate, 54; Area of, 55; Rice Culture, Dry and Wet—General Sta- tistics, 56; Area of Fertile Swamp Lands in, 57; Systems of Labor and Farming in, 59. Housing Crops in, 63. See Charleston, Clarendon, Colleton, Georgetown, Hampton, Horry, Marion, Williamsburg.

PINE BELT, THE UPPER: Geological and Physical Features of, 71, 73; Water Courses, 72; Soil Analyses of, 74-6; Climate, Growth, 79; Productions, Statistics of Farms, Grain, Cotton, Live Stock, 81; Systems of Farming, Contracts, Wages, Liens, 82-6; Plant- ing, Housing and Shipping Crops in, $0. See Barnwell, Darlington, Marion, Marl- boro, Orangeburg, Sumter.

PHOSPHATE ROCK: Theories concern- ing the Formation of, 49; the Location and Extent of the Formation—the Companies now engaged in mining the, 47-02,

PLANTS: Native and Naturalized, of South Carolina, 312-357,

we.

724 INDEX.

PLANTING AND CULTIVATION: See

Cotton. PLEIOCENE AND POST-PLEIOCENE

FORMATIONS, 14, 20.

PLOWING: 33, 34, 60,80; Steam Plow for Rice, 57.

POLY TEA A A ye, itadimea tegnna pie 47

PO TROY EY ooo esas rus haus aeoeeeenite 92, 668

POTATOES: Sweet, 25, 69; Irish, 362. PREPARATION FOR M ARKET OF SEA ISLAND COTTON, 37; Uplands, 63, PRESSES : Cotton, in use, 92, 594, PRESBYTERIANS: Institutions of learn- ing founded by ; Erskine College, 492; Adger College, 501; Columbia Theo- logical Seminary, 502; Due West Fe- male College, 517; Brainard, Fairfield Normal Institute, 528; Early Church of the, 552; 6070: of the Church of the, 559. PRESS OF SOUTH CAROLINA : Papers, Religious, Political; Periodicals, Ex- tinct and Extant ; Printing, Publish- ing and Binding Establishments, 529-

534, PROP HIRAYGs. Leaiers Oberon emu scgtectee 409 ‘POPULATION: Indians, 364; Negroes,

369, 571; Free Negroes, 372; Increase of the Black, ib ; Distribution of the, 075; Percentage of Colored, 379 ; Chro- nological and Census Tables from 1790-1880 of the different Pursuits of the, 391; as to Sexes and Ages, Com- parative Tables, 392-6; Dwellings and Families, 398 ; Comparative Mortality in South Carolina to that of other States upon the aggregate and classi- fied, 401-408 ; Diseases of the, 412. QUARRIES: Of Kaolin, 120; of Granite,

164, 172, 180, 195, 608; of Building Rock, 164 BSA Ee Dies one restate pbicte dances testes y ankeateaee 138 RPA LIU OW DS -to5. 3S eric. ss Seaueetmayeeee 629, 634

RAIN FALL: In Piedmont, 144, 187; in the State, Average, 199. RATTLESNAKES: Four varieties of, 235 RECLAME D' LANDS siti sues ike 78 REGIONS OF SOUTH CAROLINA, Seven: I. Coast, 14; II. Lower Pine Belt, 44; IlI. Upper Pine Belt, 71; IV. Red BG, 10's V. Sandee dee VA, Piedmont, 126; VII Alpine, 183. RED HILL REGION: The trend of this narrow belt, w hich embraces the “hidge and the High Hills of San- tee” below the Sand Hills, whose pro- trusion occasionally interrupts it, fol- lows that of the other regions, 110; Geological Features of the, 111; Soils, 112; Climate, Growth, 114; and Statis- tics of the, 115; Wedgefield, High Priced Lands of, 116. RENT: See Township Reports, REPTILES OF SOUTH CARQLINA, 284- 240.

Relative Standing i in 1850-

ma tan aie H., Great Crop of Lucerne made

by, 148

RICHLAND CO., SAND HILL REGION: Lies on the dividing line between the recent and very ancient formations; Growth, Productions, Climate and Statistics of, 121-6 ; See Columbia, 698 ; and other Towns and Trading Sta- tions, 699-701.

RICE: Early Export of, 9; Water-Culture introduced in 1784; Mills for Cleaning Rice invented by Lucas, ib ; Exports in 1828, 1850, 1870, 10; "Dry and Wet Culture’ in Lower Pine Belt, 56; Area Adapted to Water-Culture, Process of Cultivation, Price of Land and Product of, 57; Protective Tariff on, 58.

RIVERS AND CREEKS OF SOUTH CAROLINA, affording Inland Coast Navigation, 4-6; Navigable Streams in the Lower Pine Belt, 45; in the Sand Hill Region, 118; Synoptieal Table of all the Rivers and Creeks in the State, 129; with the Water-Powers afforded by each of them, 204.

ROTATION OF CROPS...... 61, 87, 158, 191 SALT MARSHES... .. oc: cc .dseeeueueee 18, 19 SAGO PALM «....00.2.-2-)cs0te eee 114

SAND HILL REGION: See Aiken, Ches- terfield, Kershaw, Lexington, Richland, Elevation of the, 118; Geological Fea- tures, 119; Kaolin, 120; Soil Analy- ses, Corn, Watermelons, 121; Peach Orchards, 122; Salubrity of Climate, 122; Statistics of Farming, 12s

SANTEE MARLS....0 (00 eee 46-7 SANTEES ‘AND MAUNS&eh2t. seceepanaeeee 39 SCHOOLS: Graded, 459; in Charleston,

461 ; Columbia, 468 ; Private, 481 ; Col- ored, 527; Manual Labor, 474-7. SCOTCH SETTERS... Santee .vsceces 383, 425 SEA ISLANDS: Formation of, 15; Char- acter of, 18, 19.

|SEAL: In Charleston Harbor.............- 911

SECESSION ORDINANCE. in 1860.....479

SECTIONS: Geological, see Map.

SERVANTS, Statistics in relation to ...443

SHEEP: Tables TV. and Vitec oaeeeee 360

SHIPPING AND SALE OF COTTON, 63, 90, 93, 162.

SHIP ‘CHANNELS: How lying... cess. 17

SHAD, STURGEON AND ROCK FISH, 80, 610.

SHRIMPS. ...3.:-Gtovs-2.0 293, 609

SHARE SYSTEM IN LOWER PINE BELT, 59, 60; Upper ditto, 84; Pied- mont Region, 156.

NhSLILV ER. | 3.3 ..c2500$5 cokes ecangeee ean 135, 137

SNOW, Late fall of <.. dsc... pee 79 SOC IETIES, Charitable, Educational pa Literary, 469- 480,

ae 19; ditto in Lower Pine Belt, 52-3; River "Swamp, 76; Red Hills, 113;

Sand Hills, 120; Piedmont, 139; Horn- blende, 140 ; Clay Slate, 141; Trap, 142.

SOUTH CAROLINA: Origin of the name, 421.

SPIDERS: 285 species of, 242.

SPARTANBURG, PIEDMONT REGION: Ores and Minerals, 137, 180; Towns and Trading Points, 712.

SPRINGS, Boiling. 118; Temperature of certain, 123; Mineral, 168, 180.

STATEBURG, Early Cotton Mill........ 574

SR) cen on dict ocala «Mer dcy stale ncaa shat 4,198

Mee SOL Do MELL we. coukesscccdecese 73

STACKHOUSE, E. T.: Cost of Cotton Crop, 96.

STEAMBOATS: Charges for Transporta- tion of Cotton, 92.

STEATITE, OR SOAPSTONE, 119, 137, 167, 174, 186.

STOCK LAW: the, 445.

STOCK, Live, on Coast, 24; Lower Pine Belt, 05; Upper ditto, 82; Red Hill, 116; Sand Hills, 124 ; Piedmont, 150 ; Alpine, 190. See Tables LL. pal ays Vv.

Counties Exempted from

PG) Tins Ws eR SO SER ey 187-198 ST. HELENA: Negro Farmers............ 31 STRATA: Order of Superposition in South Carolina, 4, SUBSIDENCE OF COAST................... 15 RS a Ce TRIN UOEI 9 oss» cad ianie sain vse aintgereids oot 15 SUGAR LOAF MOUNTAIN.............. 117 SUGAR, 66, 114; Sorghum, 121; Sugar,

Maple, 174.

SUMTER CO., UPPER PINE BELT: Elevation ‘of, 71; Miocene Marls, 73. See Township Reports, 102: ‘lowns and Trading Points, 694,

res 0. gi. hS S e 145

SYNAGOGUE: ‘The first in South Caro- lina, 552. SWINE: See Tables IV. and V.

TABLES, between First and Second Part.

Fie SCR Te RE A 133 TARIFF: On Rice, 58; on Manufactures, 588.

TAPS PLING et OE PUIN Ge «5 cts gems bindaise cotaele'sdinn 92 AMATI Mie Coca niec eo ac esc atial Ssausevens 435 TEMPERATURE OF SPRINGB.......... 187 TE DIEGS bs 55 sah a aod Canes es covey taze ute 18 THOMPSON, HUGH &., Superintendent

of Education; Zeal and ability of, 456 ; Organization of State Normal School

by, 449. BIBT BENG) 0 0) UN SRN el A Ret Sere 80 WO MINS NTU Gt ONE ea ie ees Fe De aed Ons a 187

TOWNSHIP REPORTS, 65 to 70; 98 to 109 ; 164 to 182.

CRW TiN Eso oon ee warcesacuauaeatnc sen 661

A Ta one or dak iiaes Swednbiernstaadnctn ceinsy 134

. TRANSPORTATION: History of inSouth

~ “yrolina, 611-640 ; Coast Region, In-

Water Communication, | 611; In-

Soee 4

27. UP-COUNTRY AND LOW COUNTRY

dian Boats and Early Exports, 61 Indian Trade of Charleston, 1707, ex- tended 1000 Miles Inland, 614; Ear Road and Ferry Acts, 615; Two Lines of Traffic till 1775; Upper Country Trades with Virginia and the Low Country through Charleston, Lat Road and Ferry Acts to connect T Distinct Peoples of South Caroline 617-21; Canal System, 625-6; Steam. boat Navigation, 6275 Charleston an Hamburg Railroad, 629, Public Spi i and Enterprise of Charleston, ib. velopment of Railroads results in re- newing old divergence of Trade Routes 633-34; Cost of W: agon, Steamboat and Railway Transportation, 638. i

UNION CO., PIEDMONT REGION: Third Line of Granite Out rop and Second Line of Trap Rocks, giving Rise to t Meadow Lands, 134; Ores, 137; Ita lumite, 133; See Township Repo 181 ; Schools, 485 ; Towns and Tra ing Points, 714.

UNIVERSITIES : The South Caroli 488 ; Seay 497; Clafflin, 525; A len, 5

DISHIMNCHOMVOL:....0.eceeppaneeness 4,124, 388

VINE

Tere eer ere ee eee eee eee ee eee ee ee eee ee

WAGON TRANSPORTATION COMPA R- WT EL (SURE AIM soreacascccevteneee WALHALLA FEMALE COLLEGE . WATER CULTURE OF RICE Wakes WATERMELON. .c..s0 dos oogeukosneatat WATER POWER: Summary of,.. 204

WATER SHEDS: Of the River Syste of South Carolina, 129. WARS OF THE REVOLUTION : Of Mex ico and Secession; Troops furnish by South Carolina during the, 398. WELL: 99, 73,114; Artesian, 674. WELSH AND SWISS SETTLERS SOUTH CAROLINA; 383. 7/0 2 DG Ot: Cee ARE Eo Nay 212, 610 WHEAT: 362; Mills for Grinding, 603 WEUHIDSTOINES (ek con's soli... gee WEA GG YS: 0 copccnearece sha tes ss ue penne WILLIAMSBURG COUNTY, Low PR PINE BELT: Farms, 59; Abandoned Lands, 60. Exempted from Stock Law, 443 ; First Cotton Factory of the Ste Established in, 574; Trading Points, 690. Reports, 68 and "69.

Towns See Township

WRENN 2, oy Nerden 4, 17, 114, 187, 202

YORK COUNTY, PIEDMONT eG] WOEPBORD \COLUE GiB: tisetnsesceenseces 495- Black Jack Lands, 134, Ores an WOODWARD, T. W.: Siar Quarry...608 erals, 137; Large trees, | NOLO RRR Didertrds ons teas Aeagieneselenat ed sid Township Reports, 182; To Trading Points, 714. y { “YAz00 FRESHET........... is cated Beant 5, 46 | ZIRCONS ..... PE Pat vistask dee eee e MELLOW BY BR wiccoaceospvenscisesvasseny 410 | ZENG acs ccsvcssean Dyes epihte oy +4eb eh ae

% ) e ee.

> a

/) Ce darn

I

Hi

it